Skip to main content

Full text of "[Works"

See other formats


^^WEUNI\ 


MNnawv 

.>:10SANCE1 


?"      '^.i/ojnvDJO-^     ^ 


oe 


^ 

^j^ 


i   ;^ 

-n  C 

O        uL 


^ 


IJNIVERV/, 


'A- 

i  5 


'jUONVSOI^ 


-'-*»   rri 


Tn> 


'IP,,. 


> 


3-       :^       ■; 
C5       =r>      * 


AWtUNIVERi-ZA 


o 


UNIVER57A 


^•Jjirjfft'l^Ol- 


>s5SlUBRARY^^ 


^OJIIVDJO"^       "^^r 


^OFCAllPOft)^ 


^<?Aav}iaiH^- 


UNIVER% 


^JiUONVSOl^^^ 


MWJ 


!^i 


ARCANA     CCELESTIA 


AEGANA  C(ELESTIA 

THK 

HEATEDLY    ARCANA 

CONTAIXED    IX 

THE  HOLY  SCRIPTURE,  OR  WORD  OF  THE  LORD 
UNFOLDED 

IX  AN  EXPOSITION  OF  GENESIS  AND  EXODUS 

TOGETHER    AVITH    A    KELATIOX    OK 

WONDERFUL  THINGS  SEEN  IN  THE  WORLD  OF  SPIRITS  AND 
IN  THE  HEAVEN  OF  ANGELS 

FROiM  THE  LATIN 
EMANUEL    SAVEDENBORG 

VOLUME  I. 

GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.    TO    CHAPTKi;    IX. 
NOS.  1-1113, 


THE     S  W  E  D  E  N  B  C)  R  G     S  ( )  CI  E  T  Y 

(Instituted  1810) 

36  r.LOOMSBURY  STREET,  LONDDX 

1891 


'Seek  ije  first  the  kingdom  of  God  and  His  righteousness, 
and  all  these  things  shall  be  added  unto  you." 


— .Matthew  vi. 


1^  A 
I^REFACE   TO   THE   FIRST  ENGLISH   EDITION, 

BY    ir.S    TllA.NSLATOll, 

THE  EEV.  J.  CLOWES,  M.A., 

FELLOW   OF   TRINITY  COLLEGE,    CAMBRIDGE,    AND    RECTOR    OF 
ST.    JOHN'S,    MANCHESTER. 


The  good  and  wise  in  all  ages  of  the  Church  have  heen  led  to 
believe  that  the  Holy  Word  of  God  contains  inexhaustible 
treasures  of  instruction  which  do  not  appear  in  the  letter,  and 
that  the  letter  is  an  outer  casket  to  receive  and  preserve  the 
jewels  of  heavenly  wisdom  within.  Hence  in  the  writings  of 
many  of  the  Primitive  Fathers,  and  even  of  St.  Paul  himself,  we 
tind  the  Sacred  Scriptures  interpreted  according  to  a  spiritual 
or  allegorical  sense,  not  only  in  tlie  rituals  of  the  Jewish  law. 
but  also  in  the  historical  and  prophetical  parts  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. Those  holy  men,  by  the  spirit  of  illumination  with  which 
they  were  gifted,  penetrated  through  the  veil  of  the  letter,  and 
saw  into  the  bright  mysteries  of  truth  which  lay  concealed 
behind  it ;  they  kept  in  mind  the  declaration  of  their  heavenly 
Lord,  "  The  words  that  I  speak  tmto  you,  they  are  spirit,  and 
they  are  life ;  "  *  and  therefore  they  were  not  content  to  remain 
only  in  the  deadness  of  the  letter,  but  searched  diligently  for 
the  sjm-it  and  the  life  wuth  which  the  Word  was  inwardly 
animated,  and  which  they  knew  could  alone  render  it  a  spiritual 
and  living,  and  consequently  a  saving.  Word  in  themselves. 

The  pious  and  learned  Archbishop  Wake,  in  his  apology 
for  the  Catholic  Epistle  of  St.  Barnabas,  has  given  us  so  fully 
the  sense  of  the  Primitive  Church  in  regard  to  this  method  of 
interpreting  the  Holy  Scriptures,  tliat,  for  the  reader's  satisfac- 
tion,  we  shall  transcribe  his  words  at  full  length :  "  I  need  not 
say,"  says  he,  "how  general  a  way  this  was  of  interpreting 
Scripture  in  the  time  that  St.  Barnabas  lived.  To  omit  Origen, 
who  has  been  noted  as  excessive  in  it,  and  for  whom  yet  a 
learned  man  f  has  very  lately  made  a  reasonable  apology  ;  who 
has  ever  shewn  a   more   diffusive   knowledge   than   Clemens 

*  .Tolm  vi.  (]?,. 

t  Iluetiu-s  Origeu,  lib.  ii.  quest.  13,  p.  170. 

V 


vi  i'i;i:i'At:E. 

Aloximdriniis  lias  done  in  all  his  composuvcs  ?  And  yet  in  liis 
works  \vi'  lind  the  very  same  method  taken  of  interpreting  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  and  that  without  any  reproach  either  to  his 
learning  or  his  judgment.  What  author  has  there  been  more 
generally  api)lauded  for  his  admirable  piety  than  the  other 
element,  whose  epistle  to  the  Corinthians  I  have  here  inserted  ? 
And  yet  even  in  that  plain  piece  we  meet  with  more  than  one 
instance  of  the  same  kind  of  interpretation;  which  was  never- 
theless admired  Ijy  the  best  and  most  primitive  Christians. 

"  Even  St.  Paul  himself,*  in  his  epistles  received  by  us  as 
canonical,  alibrds  us  not  a  few  instances  of  this  which  is  so 
much  found  fault  with  in  St.  Barnabas;  as  I  might  easily 
make  appear  from  a  multitude  of  passages  out  of  them,  were  it 
needful  for  me  to  enlarge  on  a  point  which  every  one  who  has 
read  the  Scriptures  with  any  care  cannot  choose  but  have 
observed. 

"  Now  that  which  makes  it  the  less  to  be  wondered  at  in 
St.  Barnabas  is,  that  the  Jews,!  one  of  whom  he  was  himself 
originally,  and  to  whom  he  wrote,  had  for  a  long  time  been 
wholly  addicted  to  this  way  of  interpreting  the  law,  and  taught 
men  to  search  out  a  spiritual  meaning  for  almost  all  the  ritual 
commands  and  ceremonies  of  it.  This  is  plain  from  the  account 
which  Aristeas:|:  has  left  us  of  the  rules  which  Eleazar  the 
high  priest,  to  whom  Ptolemy  sent  for  a  copy  of  the  Mosaical 
Law,  gave  him  for  the  understanding  of  it;  when,  it  being 
objected  to  him,  that  their  legislator  seemed  to  have  been  too 
curious  in  little  matters,  such  as  the  prohibition  of  meats  and 
drinks,  and  the  like ;  he  showed  him  at  large  that  there  was  a 
further  hidden  design  in  it  than  what  at  first  sight  appeared, 
and  that  these  outward  ordinances  were  but  as  so  many  cau- 
tions to  them  against  such  vices  as  were  principally  meant  to 
be  forbidden  by  them.  And  then  he  goes  on  to  explain  this 
part  of  the  law,  according  to  the  manner  that  Barnabas  has 
done  in  the  following  epistle. 

"  But  this  is  not  all ;  Eusebius  §  gives  us  yet  another  in- 
stance to  confirm  this  to  us,  viz.,  of  Aristobulus,  who  lived  at 
the  same  time,  and  delivered  the  like  spiritual  meaning  of  the 
law  that  Eleazar  had  done  before.  And  that  this  was  still  con- 
tinued among  the  Hcllenistical  Jeios,  is  e\ident  by  the  account 
that  is  left  us  by  one  of  them,  who  was  contemporary  with  St. 
Barnabas,  and  than  whom  no  one  has  been  more  famous  for 
this  way  of  writing :  I  mean  Philo,  ||  in  his  description  of  the 
Thcrapeutce ;  whether  the  same  whom  in  the  beginning  of  his 

*  See  1  Cor.  x.  1,  4  ;  Gal.  iv.  21  ;  Eph.  v.  31  ;  Heb.  \x.  8,  23,  24  ;  chap.  x. 
1,  PtC. 

t  See  Hist.  Crit.  du  V.  T.,  liv.  iii.  cap.  vii. 

"t  Apud  Euseb.  Prseparat.  Evangel. ,  lib.  viii.  cap.  ix. 

§  Praepar.  Evang.,  lib.  viii.  cap.  x. 

11  .Apud  Euseb.  Hist.  Eccles. ,  lib.  ii.  cap.  xvii. 


PREFACE.  Vll 

book  he  calls  by  the  name  of  Esseues,  as  Scaliger  supposes,  or 
a  particular  sect  of  Jews,  as  Valesius  will  have  it,  or  lastly,  a 
kind  of  monkish  converts  from  Judaism  to  Christianity,  as 
Eusebius  heretofore  described  them,  and  as  some  otlier  learned 
}uen  seem  rather  to  conjecture. 

"  But  whatever  becomes  of  this,  herein  they  all  agree,  that 
they  were  originally  Jews,  and  therefore  we  may  be  sure  they 
followed  the  same  method  of  interpreting  Scripture  that  the 
Alexandrian  Jeivs  were  wont  to  do. 

"  Now  the  account  which  Eusebius  from  Philo  gives  us  of 
them  is  this  :  The  leaders,  says  he,  left  them  many  ancient 
writings  of  their  notions  clothed  in  allegories.  And  again  :  they 
interpret  the  Holy  Scriptures — those  of  the  Old  Testament — 
allcgoricedly.  For  you  must  know,  continues  he,  that  they  liken 
the  law  to  an  animal,  the  words  of  which  make  up  the  lody,  but 
the  hidden  sense,  which  lies  under  them,  and  is  not  seen,  that 
they  think  to  be  the  soid  of  it.  And  this  was  that  which  a  late 
learned  author*  supposes  rendered  their  conversion  to  Chris- 
tianity the  more  easy.  For,  being  wont  to  seek  out  the  spiritual 
meaning  of  the  law,  they  more  readily  embraced  the  gospel 
than  those  who  looked  no  further  than  the  outward  letter,  and 
were  therefore  the  harder  to  be  persuaded  to  come  over  to  so 
spiritual  an  institution."  f 

Thus  far  the  pious  prelate  of  our  own  Church.  Nor  let  it 
be  thought  strange  that  so  many  wise  and  good  men  have  all 
agreed  in  acknowledging  the  spiritual  sense  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures, and  in  interpreting  them  accordingly.  For  surely  sound 
reason  must  be  forced  to  allow  that  the  Holy  Word  of  Cod  con- 
tains in  many  parts  of  it  more  than  appears  in  the  outward 
figure  or  letter.  If  it  is  really  the  Word  of  God,  proceeding 
from  God,  and  consecpiently  partaking  of  His  holy  essence, 
what  candid  mind  but  is  obliged  to  see  and  confess,  that  in 
such  its  holy  essence,  it  must  be  found  more  and  more  spiritual, 
in  proportion  as  the  mind  ascends  to  and  approaches  nearer  the 
essential  fountain  from  whence  the  Word  proceeded  ?  In  the 
works  of  God  in  nature,  we  find  that  the  more  interiorly  they 
(■ome  to  be  examined,  so  much  the  purer,  more  perfect,  anil 
more  astonishing  are  their  forms:  the  reason  is,  because  the 
more  interiorly  they  are  examined,  so  mucli  the  nearer  we 
approach  to  their  internal  spiritual  essences,  from  whence  they 
derive  their  material  coverings.  And  surely  this  consideration 
respecting  the  ivorks  of  God  must  suggest  to  every  candid  mind 
the  reasonableness  of  supposing  that  the  same  may  be  true  of 
the  Word  of  God,  and  that  the  more  interiorly  it  is  examined, 
so  much  the  purer,  more  perfect,  and  more  astonishing  will  its 
contents    be    found,    as    approaching    nearer    to    its    internal 

*  I'nino  (Ic  Therap.,  j).  193. 

t  Sec  Wake  on  the  Catliolic  Epistle  of  St.  Barnabas,  .s.  24  to  30. 


Vlll  I'ltKKACK. 

hivino  Essence,  in  which  it  is  iiilinite,  beiiif;  the  adorahh; 
fF  KHOVAH. 

In  order  to  prevent  mistakes,  let  it  be  observed,  that  in  what- 
ever is  advanced  here,  or  in  the  following  pages,  in  vindicatidn 
of  the  spiritual  inter})retation  of  the  Sacred  Writings,  nothing 
is  intended  to  supersede  the  grammatical  and  literal  sense 
thiM-fof,  wliether  in  relation  to  certain  historical  truths,  or  the 
perceptive  parts  of  religion,  etc.,  which  appear  not  to  have  any 
mystical  meaning,  whilst  otliers  of  them  have  both  an  external 
and  internal  signification.  And  here  "the  scribe  instructed 
unto  the  kingdom  of  heaven"  will  rightly  divide  the  Word  of 
Truth,  giving  unto  letter  and  spirit  their  proper  order  and  place, 
according  to  his  respective  gifts  from  the  Father  of  Lights,  who 
is  graciously  })lcased  in  every  age  to  raise  up  unto  us  of  our 
brethren, — whether  clergy  or  others, — enlightened  expositors 
to  open  to  us  the  treasures  of  Divine  Wisdom  contained  in  tlie 
Holy  Scriptures  according  to  every  one's  needs  and  recipiency. 
Kor  is  any  danger  of  delusion  in  this  case  to  be  feared,  where 
such  fresh  discoveries  are  offered  to  us  by  persons  whose  lives 
and  doctrines  are  according  to  the  gospel  of  Christ,  and  whilst 
we,  on  the  other  hand,  add  to  a  pure  love  of  truth  and  single- 
ness of  heart,  our  humble  supplications  at  the  throne  of  grace 
for  the  guidance  of  God's  good  Spirit.  But  we  shall  further 
guard  against  mistakes  on  this  suVyect  in  the  sequel  of  this 
preface. 

The  Apostle  says,  "  The  invisible  things  of  Him  from  the 
rreation,  of  the  world  are  clearly  seen,  being  understood  by  the 
things  that  are  made ; "  *  and  it  was  a  maxim  of  ancient  wisdom, 
that  "  all  that  u'hich  is  beloiv  is  agreeable  to  that  v:hich  is 
above."  -f  If,  then,  all  the  visible  creation  stands  in  such  con- 
nection with  the  Creator,  and  contains  in  all  its  parts  so  many 
forms  of  things  invisible ;  if  the  things  below,  or  in  this  lower 
material  w^orld,  are  thus  answerable  or  corresponding  to  the 
things  above,  or  in  the  superior  spiritual  world,  how  reasonable 
as  well  as  religious  is  the  idea,  that  the  Holy  Word  of  God  may 
also  stand  in  tlie  same  connection  with  Him  from  w^hom  it  pro- 
ceeds, and  may  contain,  in  all  its  literal  parts,  the  forms  and 
images  of  the  eternal  invisible  wisdom,  descendinsr  through 
various  degrees  m  a  regular  and  connected  order,  till  it  is  finally 
terminated  in  its  last  and  lowest  degree,  namely,  that  of  the 
written  letter,  for  the  use  of  man. 

But  this  idea  concerning  the  spiritual  contents  of  the  Holy 
Word  of  God  is  not  more  reasonable  and  religious  than  it  is 
useful  and  edifying  also,  as  tending  to  impress  deeper  on  the 
mind  a  due  sen.se  of  the  dignity  and  Divine  sanctity  thereof,  and 
t(j  reconcile  many  things  which,  appearing  as  inconsi.stencies 
and  contradictions,  have  too  frequently  been  matter  of  offence 
*  Horn.  i.  20.  t  See  Hermes  in  his  Tab.  Sniarajr. 


ntEFACE.  IX 

and  stumbling  to  those  who  look  no  further  than  to  the  sense 
of  the  letter.  All  Christians  are  from  their  infancy  taught  to 
believe  that  the  Word  of  God  is  most  holy  and  Divine;  hence 
they  contract  an  early,  though  blind,  reverence  for  it,  which 
in  their  younger  years  operates  very  profitably  in  making  them 
in  some  degree  obedient  to  its  heavenly  dictates  ;  but  as  they 
grow  up  to  a  greater  maturity  of  judgment,  it  frequently  happens 
that,  for  want  of  considering  and  apprehending  aright  in  what 
the  sanctity  and  Divinity  of  this  Sacred  Book  essentially  reside, 
they  fall  into  a  gradual  contempt  for  it,  wdiich,  in  many  people, 
is  much  increased  by  observing  in  the  letter  of  the  Word  several 
things  which  appear  as  inconsistent  and  contradictory,  and  some 
as  trifling  and  nugatory,  unworthy,  as  they  think,  of  the  Divine 
Wisdom  to  dictate,  and  at  the  same  time  unprofitable  for  the 
use  of  man,  to  whom  they  are  dictated.  Now  this  evil  con- 
sequence can  only  be  prevented  by  a  right  apprehension  of  the 
spiritual  and  celestial  contents  of  the  Holy  Word.  A  mind 
thus  taught  to  regard  the  letter  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  as  the 
repository  of  holy  and  Divine  things  within  ;  as  a  cabinet  con- 
taining the  infinite  treasures  and  bright  gems  of  spiritual  and 
celestial  wisdom ;  as  a  throne  whereupon  the  Great  Jehovah 
sitteth  (as  the  Psalmist  expresses  it),  "  clothed  with  honour  and 
majesty,  covering  Himself  with  light  as  tcith  a  garment,  stretching 
out  the  heavens  like  a  curtain,  laying  the  beams  of  His  chambers 
in  the  wcders,  and  making  the  clouds  His  chariot ;  "  *  such  a  mind 
must  needs  feel  itself  impressed  with  a  wonderful  reverence 
towards  this  Holy  Book,  grounded  not  in  a  mere  blind  assent 
to  its  sanctity,  as  resulting  from  education  only,  but  in  a  real 
inw^ard  perception  thereof,  as  the  effect  of  a  genuine  conviction 
wrought  in  the  understanding.  In  this  case  all  the  apparent 
inconsistencies  and  contradictions  of  the  letter  vanish,  and  no 
longer  give  offence,  being  all  found  reconcilable  in  the  real 
spiritual  and  celestial  senses  which  they  contain.  What  before 
seemed  trifling  and  nugatory,  when  viewed  only  in  its  outward 
form  and  figure,  now  acquires  a  Divine  weight  and  consequence, 
by  being  viewed  as  to  its  internal  form  and  spirit;  and  thus  all 
the  parts  of  the  letter  are  justified  as  worthy  of  God  to  dictate, 
and  as,  in  some  respect,  either  more  or  less  remote,  conduciAe 
to  the  spiritual  use  and  benefit  of  man. 

But  it  may  possibly  be  objected  to  such  a  spiritual  method 
of  apprehending  and  interpreting  the  Word  of  God,  that  it  has 
a  tendency  to  disparage  and  lessen  the  authority  of  the  letter,  if 
not  totally  to  anniliilate  and  destroy  it.  This  objection,  if  well 
grounded,  is  indeed  of  great  importance,  since  the  letter  of  the 
Word,  like  the  Lord's  coat  without  seam,  ivovcii,  by  a  Divine 
hand,/rrt???-  tlie  top  throughout,  has  ever  been,  and  will  ever  be, 
esteemed  sacred  and  inviolable  l)y  the  wise  and  good  of  all  ages. 

*   I'salin  <MV.  1,  2,  :!. 


X  PKKFACE. 

Hut  smvly  iliie  consideration  will  teach  that  this  oLjection  is  so 
far  from  l»oing  well  grounded,  that  a  spiritual  apjjrehension  and 
intrepretation  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  will  produce  effects 
directly  opposite  to  what  the  ol)jection  implies.  For  who  will 
say  that  the  dignity  or  the  reality  of  the  human  body  are  at  all 
lessened  by  supposing  it  to  be  the  habitation  and  repository  of 
the  soul  within  ?  Or,  who  Avill  say  that  the  visible  things  of 
creation  lose  any  part  of  their  glory  or  their  substance  by  being 
considered  as  the  material  forms,  images,  and  clothing  of  iu- 
visil)le  and  spiritual  things  ?  Nay,  who  does  not  see  that,  in 
both  these  cases,  the  dignity,  value,  and  reality  of  what  is 
material,  are  infinitely  heightened  by  connecting  it  with  that 
which  is  spiritual  ?  Just  so  it  is  with  the  Holy  Word  of  God. 
A  right  apprehension  of  its  celestial  and  spiritual  contents  is  so 
far  from  robbing  tlie  letter  of  its  just  authority,  or  tending  to 
destroy  it,  that  it  will  be  found  of  all  other  considerations  most 
elfectual  to  exalt,  dignify,  and  preserve  it  entire  in  every  candid 
and  well-disposed  mind.  Our  Author  accordingly  is  particularly 
cautious  to  guard  his  readers  against  any  violation  or  disparage- 
ment of  the  sacred  letter,  shewing  them  that  the  Holy  Word  is 
theiein  in  all  its  power  and  fulness,  and  that'  the  letter  ought 
carefully  to  be  read  and  attended  to,  as  being  the  rich  reposit- 
ory of  so  many  holy  and  inestimable  treasures,  which  are 
thereby  preserved  and  secured  from  violation,  yet  ready  to  be 
revealed  unto  all  such  teachable  minds  as,  by  a  diligent  observ- 
ance of  the  letter,  are  rendered  meet  to  receive  and  improve  by 
them. 

Another  objection  to  this  spiritual  method  of  interpreting 
the  Holy  Scriptures  may  arise  from  the  uncertainty  of  it.  It 
may  be  said  that  all  such  interpretations  must  needs  be  vague 
and  indeterminate,  without  any  solid  foundation  of  truth  to  rest 
upon,  and  that,  consequently,  they  may  lead  men  into  various 
fanciful  and  whimsical  conceits  respecting  the  true  sense  of  the 
Holy  Word,  whereby  they  may  pervert  its  genuine  meaning, 
and  thus  fall  into  grievous  error  and  delusion.  In  reply  to  this 
objection,  it  must  be  confessed,  that  great  is  the  danger  of  a 
mistaken,  ill-grounded  construction  of  the  sacred  writings,  and 
that  men  cannot  be  too  cautious  how  they  suffer  themselves  to 
be  led  away  by  the  false  light  of  their  own  imaginations  in 
searching  into  the  deep  mysteries  of  God's  wisdom.  But  still 
it  should  be  remembered  that  the  danger  is  ec^ual  on  the  other 
side,  and  that  men  may  be  alike  sufferers  by  not  searching  at 
all  into  the  spiritualities  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures,  as  by  search- 
ing into  them  with  a  wrong  spirit.  This  is  particularly  observ- 
able in  the  case  of  the  Jews  at  the  time  of  the  Lord's  Coming 
amongst  them ;  they  rested  so  much  in  the  letter  of  the  Holy 
AVord,  which  seemed  to  promise  them  a  mighty  temporal  prince, 
to  deliver  them  from  their  temporal  enemies,  and  establish  his 


PREFACE.  XI 

dominion  over  all  nations  of  the  eartli,  that  they  were  LlindeJ 
thereby  to  the  knowledge  of  that  spiritual  Prince  who  came  to 
deliver  them  from  the  tyranny  of  their  spiritual  foes,  and  to 
establish  His  spiritual  kingdom  in  their  hearts.  We  may  be  led 
astray  by  false  lights,  and  we  may  be  led  astray,  too,  in  con- 
sequence of  having  no  light.  What,  then,  is  to  be  done  in  this 
case,  or  by  what  rule  should  a  wise  man  be  directed  herein  ? 
Are  we  to  reject  all  spiritual  interpretation  of  God's  Holy 
Word,  merely  from  a  supposition  that  it  may  he  false  ?  And  are 
we  to  disclaim  all  acquaintance  with  the  mysteries  of  sacred 
wisdom,  only  from  a  supposal  that  they  may  he  fanciful  ?  Surely 
this  is  but  a  poor  expedient,  to  think  of  securing  ourselves  from 
the  darkness  of  error  by  discarding  the  light  of  truth  along 
with  it.  The  holy  oracles  whereof  we  are  speaking  suggest  to 
us  a  very  different  rule  of  conduct,  where  it  is  written,  "  Open 
Thou  mine  eyes  that  I  may  hchold  wondrous  things  out  of 
Tliy  laiu  ;  "  *  and  in  another  place,  "  The  secret  of  the  Lord  is 
with  them  that  fear  Him  ;  "  -f-  and  again,  "If  any  man  ivill  do 
His  vjilly  he  shall  know  of  the  doctrine,  ivhether  it  he  of  God."  ^ 
Here  we  have  an  infallible  rule  for  our  safe  interpretation  of 
the  Holy  Scriptures,  and  also  for  our  examination  of  the 
pretensions  of  such  as  would  expound  them  unto  us.  It  is  to 
pray  unto  the  Lord  for  Divine  ilkimination,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  prepare  for  such  illumination  by  setting  our  hearts  to 
fear  Him,  and  to  do  His  tvill.  Humility  and  sincerity  in  these 
duties  will  assuredly  preserve  us  both  from  being  deceived  by 
false  and  fanciful  explanations  of  heavenly  mysteries,  and  from 
being  betrayed  into  the  no  less  fatal  delusion  arising  from  an 
indolent  supineness  in  our  spiritual  conduct,  which  would  make 
us  content  with  our  spiritual  darkness,  and  dispose  us  to  reject 
every  messenger  of  heavenly  liglit  without  examining  his 
credentials. 

But  it  may  be  objected  further,  that  by  thus  prying  curiously 
into  the  secret  counsels  of  God,  and  the  mysteries  of  His  wisdom, 
men  may  be  led  to  neglect  the  weightier  matters  of  religion, 
such  as  love,  mercy,  charity,  humility,  patience,  and  the  faitli- 
ful  discharge  of  those  duties  to  which  they  are  called  in  their 
respective  situations;  they  may  fill  their  heads  full  of  speculative 
knowledge,  and  leave  their  hearts  empty  of  substantial  good  ; 
they  may  labour  more  to  enlighten  their  understandings,  than 
to  reform  their  corrupt  wills  and  lives ;  and  thus  they  may  fall 
under  the  severe  denunciation  pronounced  by  the  Lord  against 
all  such  deluded  persons,  "  That  servant  wldeh  knew  his  Lord's 
ivill,  and  pirepared  not  himself,  neither  did  according  to  His  will, 
shall  he  heaten  with  many  stripes."  §  And  in  another  place, 
"  If  ye  tvere  hlind  ye  shoidd  have  no  sin,  hut  now  ye  say.  We  see  ; 

*  Psalm  cxix.  18.  f  Psalm  xxv.  1?,. 

+  John  vii.  17.  §  Luke  xii.  47. 


Xll  I'KEFACE. 

therefore  your  sin  rcmaineth."  *  It  is  very  true.  Notbinu 
can  be  more  dangerous.  Notbing,  tberefore,  is  more  justly 
reprobensibb^  tlian  a  mere  curious  opinionative  knowledge, 
oven  in  Divine  tilings,  if  it  be  not  attended  witb,  or  does 
not  lead  to,  a  suitublerUHiTY  of  heart  and  life.  It  was  tbis 
consideration  wbicb  drew  from  tbe  apostle  that  censure,  wben, 
comparing  knowledge  witb  cbarity,  be  says  of  it,  "  It  shall 
vanish  a wai/  ;"-f  and  in  anotber  place,  "  Knoioledge  puffeth  up , 
hut  charitji  huilddh  up" I  And  yet  we  find  tbe  same  apostle 
in  other  places  passing  high  commendations  on  knowledge;  as 
where  be  prays  for  the  Epbesians,  "  TIlcU  God  v.mdd  rjive  unto 
them  the  spirit  of  wisdom  and  revelation  in  the  knowledge  of 
Jesus  Christ ; "  §  and  for  the  Pbilippians,  "  That  their  love  mif/ht 
abound  yet  more  and  more  in  knowledge  and  in  all  judgment."  ii 
^Vnd  agreeably  to  this  prayer  of  tbe  apostle's,  we  read  in  other 
parts  of  the  sacred  writings,  tbe  great  advantages  and  even 
necessity  of  spiritual  knowledge,  in  order  to  the  soul's  attain- 
ing unto  perfection  in  a  godly  life;  as  where  it  is  written, 
"  It  is  not  good  that  the  soul  be  without  knowledge ; "  ^  and 
again,  "  3fy  people  are  destroyed  for  lack  of  knowledge  :  because 
thou  hast  rejected  knowledge,  /  will  also  reject  thee ; "  **  not 
to  mention  many  other  passages  to  the  same  purport.-j-j-  The 
truth  therefore  seems  to  be  that  it  is  not  hioiolcdge,  but  tbe 
ahuse  of  it,  which  is  hurtful,  and  consequently  reprehensible. 
Men  therefore  should  not  be  discouraged  in  the  pursuit  of 
spiritual  knowledge,  except  so  far  as  they  pursue  it  from  wrong 
motives,  or  in  a  wrong  spirit.  If  they  seek  to  pry  into  the  deep 
mysteries  of  holy  things,  merely  to  indulge  in  a  vain  curiosity, 
or  to  build  themselves  up  in  a  proud  conceit  of  superior  wisdom, 
without  regard  to  real  reformation  of  heart  and  life,  through 
the  humble  spirit  of  love  and  charity,  they  then  deserve  the 
greater  censure,  as  they  will  subject  themselves  to  greater 
condemnation.  But  if,  in  humility  and  the  fear  of  the  Lord, 
they  seek  the  illumination  of  Divine  knowledge,  as  a  principle 
of  heavenly  light  for  spiritual  direction,  to  lead  them  in  the 
ways  of  righteousness  and  regeneration,  to  confirm  their  faith, 
to  purify  their  love,  and  thus  to  build  themselves  up  in  a  godly 
life ;  if  they  study  to  be  acquainted  with  heavenly  mysteries, 
only  that  tbe  spirit  of  truth  may  be  more  fully  opened,  and 
more  powerfully  operative  in  their  wills,  their  understandings, 
and  their  actions,  what  pursuit  in  this  case  can  be  more  pro- 
fitable, what  more  commendable,  than  that  of  spiritual  know- 
ledge, or  a  diligent  searching  for  the  treasures  of  Divine  Truth  ? 

*  .John  ix.  41.  1 1  Cor.  xiii.  8.  t  1  Cor.  viii.  1.  §  Eplies.  i.  17. 

Ii  Phil.  i.  9.  H  Prov.  xix.  2.  **  Hosea  iv.  6. 

tt  Our  enlightened  Author  has  accordingly  proved  in  various  parts  of  his 
numerous  writings,  from  a  deep  and  scriptural  ground,  the  absolute  necessity 
of  the  mnrriage-union  of  love  and  wisdom,  or  of  good  and  truth,  in  order  to 
advance  the  soul  in  the  regeneration,  and  make  it  fruitful  in  the  Divine  life. 


PREFACE.  Xlll 

Surely  we  may  say  of  hnoivkdge,  sought  after  in  such  a  spirit, 
and  applied  to  such  holy  purposes,  what  is  said  in  the  prophet 
concerning  Tyre:  "Her  merchandise  and  her  hire  shall  he  holi- 
ness unto  the  Lord."  * 

But  after  all  some  will  say,  "  Allowing  the  Holy  Scriptures 
to  contain  a  spiritual  or  internal  sense,  and  that  in  that  sense 
their  essential  holiness,  excellence,  and  Divinity  do  reside,  yet 
who  is  to  open  this  sense  unto  us,  and  be  the  interpreter 
thereof  ?  What  sign  or  credentials  does  the  interpretation  here 
offered  bring  along  with  it,  whereby  we  may  be  ascertained  of 
its  authority  and  truth  ?  Why  has  this  spiritual  sense  of  God's 
Word  been  so  long  concealed  from  mankind,  and  how  comes  it 
to  be  now  first  opened  and  made  manifest  ?  Have  not  the 
people  of  God  heretofore  been  sufficiently  taught  the  way  of 
heaven  by  the  plain  Word  of  God,  without  such  a  spiritual 
interpretation  ?  Wliat  need  then  is  there  that  the  internal 
contents  of  this  sacred  book  should  be  divulged  in  these  latter 
ages,  M'hen  former  ages  have  prospered  so  well  without  them  ?  " 
These  questions  are  indeed  of  great  importance,  and  we  could 
wish,  for  the  reader's  satisfaction,  to  give  each  of  them  here  a 
full  and  particular  answer ;  but  this  would  be  to  repeat  what 
has  been  already  most  pertinently  said  on  these  subjects  in 
several  excellent  discourses  prefixed  to  other  works  of  our 
author  translated  into  English,  and  likewise  to  forestall  a  large 
part  of  the  contents  of  the  following  volumes,  wherein  the 
reader  will  find  the  truest  and  most  satisfactory  answers  to  the 
above  inquiries.  Let  him  only  read  with  a  humble,  sincere, 
and  unprejudiced  mind,  hungering  and  thirsting  after  heavenly 
things,  more  than  after  the  things  of  time  and  sense  ;  let  him 
but  put  away  from  him  the  spiiit  of  carnal  wisdom  and  prudence, 
from  which  the  things  of  God  will  be  ever  hid,  and  put  on  the 
sjjirit  of  a  little  child,  to  which  alone  they  are  revealed ;  f  let 
him  be  but  candid  enough  to  allow  that  God  alone  knows  the 
times  and  the  seaso7is  when  it  is  expedient  to  make  His  will 
further  known  unto  men ;  let  him  but  examine  and  ponder 
seriously  the  variety  of  important  matter  presented  to  him  in 
the  following  volumes,  and  mark  the  blessed  effect  it  has  a 
tendency  to  produce  in  his  heart  and  life ;  then  we  have  good 
reason  to  promise  him,  he  will  be  convinced  by  an  evidence  of 
Divine  Truth  in  himself,  infinitely  surpassing  that  of  any 
liunian  testimony  whatever,  that  the  enlightened  Author  of  the 
work  before  us,  being  himself  first  taught  of  God,  was  by  Him 
commissioned  in  these  latter  days  of  sin  and  darkness  to  teach 
others ;  by  preaching  to  them  anew  the  everlasting  gospel  of 
repentance  and  faith  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  manifested 
Jkhovaii,  and  hereby  to  proclaim  the  Lord's  Second  Advent 
for  the  establishment  of  His  New  Jerusalem  Church,  here  on 

*  Isaiah  xxiii.  18.  t  Matt.  xi.  25  ;  Luke  x.  21. 


MV  ri;KKACK. 

citrtli.  Ho  will  not  Uierefore  seek  for,  because  lie  will  not 
want,  any  other  credentials  of  the  authority  of  Sivederibory' n 
Ifsliniony  than  what  the  light  and  power  of  truth  bring  along 
with  them:  for  herein  he  will  discover  an  evidence  of  Divine 
cDiinnission  and  illuniiniitiou  far  superior  to  that  which  the 
working  of  miracles,  or  the  rising  of  one  from  the  dead,  could 
aiVord ;  and  under  the  conviction  of  this  evidence  he  will  no 
longer  ask  why  God  suffered  such  things  to  be  so  long  con- 
cealed ;  but,  being  made  sensible  of  their  excellence,  and  per- 
(H'iving  their  inexpressible  value  in  his  own  mind,  he  will  be 
thankful  to  God  continually  that  they  are  now  further  revealed, 
and  will  labour  to  shew  himself  worthy  of  them,  by  suffering 
them  so  to  influence  his  life  and  conversation,  that  by  their 
doctrine,  reproof,  correction,  and  instruction  in  righteousness,  the 
man  of  God  may  he  more  thoroughly  furnished,  unto  every  good 
uvrk. 

That  such  may  be  the  blessed  effect  of  the  following  pages 
is  the  hearty  prayer  of 

The  Translator. 


CONTENTS. 


PA(iK 

Introduction,  .  .  .  .  .  .  .1 

Genesis,  Chapteh  First— 

Text,             ........  ;j 

The  Contents,           .......  5 

The  Internal  Sense,             ......  C, 

The  St>/les  of  the  Word,        ......  30 

Genesis,  Chapter  Second — 

Intercourse  with  Sj>irits  and  Angels,  .  .  .  .32 

Text  of  Verses  1-17,            ......  33 

The  Contents,            .......  34 

The  Internal  Sense,              ......  35 

Text  of  Verses  18-25,          ......  51 

The  Contents,           .......  6.3 

The  Internal  Sense,             ......  53 

The  Resuscitation  of  Man  from  the  Dead,  and  his  Entrance  into 

Eternal  Life,    .......  63 

Genesis,  Chapter  Third — 

Continuation  concerning  the  Entrance  into  Eternal  Life  of  those 

who  are  Resuscitated,    ......  65 

Text  of  Verses  1-13,             ......  66 

The  Contents,          .......  67 

The  Internal  Sense,              ......  67 

Textof  Verses  14-19,          ......  81 

The  Contents,           .......  82 

The  Internal  Sense,               ......  82 

Text  of  Verses  20-24,          ......  96 

The  Contents,           .......  96 

The  Internal  Sense,              ......  97 

Continuation  cojicerning  Man^s  Entrance  into  Eternal  Life,             .  107 

Genesis,  Chapter  Fourth — 

The  Nature  of  the  Life  of  the  Soul  or  Spirit,  .  .  .       109 

Text,             .             .             .             .             .  .  .  .110 

Tlie  Contents,           .             .             .             .  .  .  .112 

The  Internal  Sense,              .             .             .  .  .  .113 

Some  Examples  from  Spirits  of  what  they  thought  during  the  IJfc  of 

the  Body  concerning  the  Soid  or  Spirit,  .  .  ,151 


CONTENTS. 


Cknksis,  CiiAi'TKiJ  Firrii — 

Heaviii  and  Ilcaceiihj  Joy,  .....        !■>•> 

Tcvt, .       15« 

The  Contents,  .......       loi) 

The  Internal  Sense,  ......       ICO 

Continuation  coucendiuj  llcartn  and  lltavcnbj  Joij,  .  .18(1 

(Jenesis,  Chapter  Sixth — 

Heaven  and  Heavcnli/ Jo'j,  .  .  ■  ■  •  .184 

Text  of  Verses  1-8,  .  .  .  .187 

The  Contents,  .......       187 

The  Internal  Sense,  ......       188 

Text  of  Verses 'J-22,  ......       208 

The  Contents,  .......       20!) 

Tlie  Internal  Sense,  .  .  .  .  .  .210 

The  Societies  which  constitute  Ihaccn,  ....       2J3 

Genesis,  Chapter  Seventh — 

Hell, 2-K; 

Text,            ........  248 

The  Contents,  ....  .  .250 

The  Internal  Sense,             .             .             .             .             .             .  251 

The  Hells  of  those  who  haiepasscd  their  Lives  in  Haired,  Revenge, 

and  Cruelty,     .             .             .             .             .           ■  .             .  208 

Genesis,  Chapter  Eighth — 

The  Hells  of  those  who  have  passed  their  Lives  in  Adulteries  and  Lasci- 
viovsness;   also,    the   Hells  of  the  Deceitftd,   and  of  Crafty 
Women,  .......       304 

Text,.  ........       309 

Tlie  Contents,  .  .  .  .  .  .  .311 

The  Internal  Sense,  .  .  .  .  .  .311 

The  Hells  of  the  Avaricious ;  the  Filthy  Jerusalem,  and  the  llohhers  in 
the  Desert;  likewise  the  Excrementitious  Hells  of  those  who  had 
lived  in  mere  Sensual  Pleasure,  ....       3G8 

Genesis,  Chapter  Ninth — 

Other  Hells,  distinct  from  those  mentioned  before,     .  .  .  373 

Text,  .  .  .  .    '         .  .  .  .  380 

The  Contents,  .......  381 

The  Internal  Sense,  ......  382 

Vaslations,  ........  4G2 


THE 

BOOK    OF    GENESIS. 


1.  That  the  Word  of  the  Old  Testament  includes  arean,a  of 
heaven,  and  that  all  its  contents,  to  every  particular,  regard  the 
Lord,,  His  Heaven,  th€  Church,  faith,  and  the  things  relating  to 
faith,  no  man  can  conceive  who  only  vievjs  it  from  the  letter.  For 
the  letter,  or  the  sense  of  the  letter,  suggests  only  such  things  as 
respect  the  externcds  of  the  Jewish  church,  when,  nevertheless,  it 
everyvjherc  contains  internal  things,  which  do  not  in  the  least 
appear  in  those  externcds,  except  in  a  very  few  cases,  vjhere  the 
Lord  revealed  atul  unfolded,  tlierii  to  the  apostles — as  that  sacri- 
fices are  significative  of  the  Lord — and  that  the  land  of  Canaan 
a,nd  Jerusedem  are  significative  of  Heaven,  on  which  account  they 
are  ccdled  the  heavenly  Canaan  and  Jerusalem — and  that  Paradise 
has  a  like  significcdion. 

2.  But  that  (dl  and  every  part  of  its  contents,  even  to  the 
most  minute,  not  excepting  the  smcdlcst  jot  and.  tittle,  signify  and 
involve  spiritucd  and  celestial  things,  is  a  truth  to  this  day  deeply 
hidden  from  the  Christian  world ;  in  conseguence  of  which  little 
attention  is  paid  to  the  Old  Testammt.  This  tridh,  however, 
wight  appear  plainly  from  tills  single  circumstance,  thcU  the  Word 
beivg  of  the  Lord,  and  from  the  Lord,  could  not  possibly  he  given 
withoid  eontainvnfi  interiorly  such  things  as  relcdc  to  Heaven,  to 
the  Church,  and.  to  faith.  For  if  this  he  denied,  how  can  it  he 
caMed  the  Word  of  the  Lord,  or  he  said  to  have  any  life  in  it  ? 
For  whence  is  its  life,  hut  from  those  things  which  2'>ossess  life  ? 
that  is,  except  from  hence,  thcd  cdl  things  in  it,  hoth  generally 
and,  particLdarly,  have  relcdion  to  the  Lord,  who  is  very  Life 
Itself.  Wherefore  loludsoever  does  not  interiorly  regard  Him, 
docs  not  live ;  nay,  whatsoever  expression  in  the  Word  does  not 
involve  Him,  or  in  its  measure  rekUe  to  Him,  is  not  Divine. 

?K  Witlwut  such  a  life,  the  Word,  as  to  the  letter,  is  dead. 
For  it  is  ivith  the  Word  as  it  is  with  man,  who  consists,  as  all 
Christians  are  taught  to  believe,  of  tuio  parts,  an  cxterwd  and  an 
internal.  The  external  man  separate  from,  the  interned,  is  the 
body,  vjhieh,  in  such  a  state  of  separation,  is   dead;   but   the 

VOL.  I.  A  1 


4,  5.]  CrENESIS. 

internal  is  that  ivkich  lircs  and  causes  the  external  to  live.  The 
internal  man  is  the  soul ;  and  thus  the  Word,  as  to  the  letter 
alone,  is  like  a  hod//  without  a.  soul. 

4.  If  is  impossible,  whilst  the  mind  abides  in  the  sense  of  the 
letter  onli/,  to  sec  that  it  is  full  of  such  spiritual  contents.  Thus, 
in  these  first  chapters  of  Genesis,  nothing  is  discoverable  from  the 
.'<ense  of  the  letter,  hut  that  the//  treat  of  the  creation  of  the  icorld, 
aiui  of  the  garden  of  Eden  ivhieh  is  cedlcd  Parculisc,  and  also  <f 
Adam  as  the  first-created  man;  and  scarcely  a  single  person 
supposes  them  to  relate  to  anything  besides.  But  that  they  con- 
tain arcana  which  were  never  heretofore  revealed,  vnll  sufficiently 
appear  from  the  following  2>('gcs  ;  where  it  will  he  seen  that  the 
first  chapter  of  Genesis,  in  its  internal  sense,  treats  of  the  New 
Okeatiox  of  man,  or  of  his  Regeneuatiox,  in  genercd,  and 
specifically  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church;  and  this  in  such  a 
mamier,  t/iat  there  is  not  a  single  syllable  which  docs  not  repre- 
sent, signify,  and  involve  something  spiritual. 

o.  That  this  is  really  the  case,  in  respect  to  the  Word,  it  is 
impossible  for  any  mortal  to  hwiv,  hoivever,  except  from  the  Lord. 
Wherefore  it  is  expedient  here  to  premise,  that,  of  the  Lord'x 
JJivine  Mercy,  it  has  been  granted  me,  now  for  severed  years,  to 
he  constantly  and  uninterruptedly  in  company  unth  spirits  and 
angels,  hearing  them  converse  luith  each  other,  and  conversing 
with  them.  Hence  it  has  been  j^ermittcd  mc  to  hear  and  sec  things 
in  another  life  ivhich  are  astonishing,  and  which  have  never  before 
come  to  the  hioivlcdge  of  any  man,  nor  entered  into  his  imagina- 
tion. I  have  there  been  instructed  concerning  different  kinds  of 
spirits,  and  the  state  of  soids  after  death, — concerning  Hell,  or 
the  lamentcdjle  state  df  the  unfaithful, — concerning  Heaven,  or  the 
most  happy  state  of  the  faithful, — cmd  particularly  concerning 
the  doctrine  of  faith  which  is  acknowledged  throughout  cdl  heaven  : 
on  which  subjects,  by  the  Divine  Mercy  of  the  Lord,  more  will  be 
said  in  the  following  paejes. 


CHAPTEPt  I.* 

1.  In  the  beginning,  God  created  the  heaven  and  the  earth. 

2.  And  the  earth  was  vacuity  and  emptiness,  and  darkness 
ivas  upon  the  faces  of  the  abyss.  And  the  Spirit  of  God  moved 
ipon  the  faces  of  the  waters. 

3.  And  God  said,  Let  there  be  light :  and  there  was  light. 

4.  And  God  saw  the  light,  that  it  was  good;  and  God 
livided  between  the  light  and  the  darkness. 

5.  And  God  called  the  light  Day,  and  the  darkness  He  called 
N"ight.     And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the  first  day. 

6.  And  God  said,  Let  there  be  an  expanse  in  the  midst  of 
Lhe  waters,  and  let  it  divide  the  waters  from  the  w^aters. 

7.  And  God  made  the  expanse,  and  divided  between  the 
ivaters  which  were  under  the  expanse,  and  between  the  waters 
which  were  above  the  expanse :  and  it  was  so. 

S.  And  God  called  the  expanse  Heaven.  And  the  evening 
md  the  morning  were  the  second  day. 

9.  And  God  said,  Let  the  waters  under  the  heaven  be 
gathered  together  into  one  place,  and  let  the  dry  [land] 
ippear:  and  it  was  so. 

10.  And  God  called  the  dry  [land]  Earth,  and  the  gathering 
together  of  the  waters  called  He  Seas :  and  God  saw  that  it  was 
^'ood. 

11.  And  God  said,  Let  the  earth  bring  forth  the  tender 
^rass,  the  herlj  yielding  seed,  and  the  fruit-tree  bearing  fruit 
ifter  its  kind,  whose  seed  is  in  itself,  upon  the  earth :  and  it 
was  so. 

12.  And  the  earth  brought  forth  the  tender  grass,  the  herl) 
yielding  seed  after  its  kind,  and  the  tree  bearing  fruit,  whose 
seed  was  in  itself,  after  its  kind :  and  God  saw  that  it  was  good. 

13.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the  third  day. 

14.  And  God  said,  Let  there  be  luminaries  in  the  expanse 
)f  the  heavens,  to  distinguish  l)etween  the  day  and  the  niglit ; 
md  let  them  be  for  signs,  and  lor  seasons,  and  for  days,  and  for 
years : 

15.  And  let  them  be  for  luminaries  in  tlie  expanse  of  tlie 
lieavens,  to  give  light  upon  the  earth :  and  it  was  so. 

*  It  is  to  be  observed,  that  the  author,  writing;  in  Latin,  has  jriveii  his  own 
translation,  in  that  language,  of  the  Hebrew  text  of  (lenesis  and  Exodus,  in 
ivhich,  for  the  sake  of  the.  spiriiiud  sense,  he  has  rendered  the  original  almost  as 
literally  as  ])Ossiblc  ;  and  that  in  all  important  yiarticulars,  it  has  been  deemed 
aecessary  to  follow  him  in  this  translation  of  the  work  into  English. 


GENESIS. 

If).  Ami  God  made  two  great  liiniiiiaries,  the  greater  lumin- 
ary to  rule  by  day,  and  the  lesser  luminary  to  rule  by  night ; 
and  the  stars. 

17.  Ami  God  set  them  in  the  expanse  of  the  heavens,  to 
give  light  upon  the  earth  ; 

IS.  And  to  rule  over  the  day,  and  over  the  night,  and  to 
divide  between  the  light  and  the  darkness :  and  God  saw  that 
it  was  good. 

10.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the  fourth  day 

20.  And  God  said.  Let  the  waters  bring  forth  abundantly 
the  creeping  thing,  the  living  soul ;  and  let  the  fowl  Hy  above 
the  earth,  upon  the  faces  of  the  expanse  of  the  heavens. 

21.  And  God  created  great  whales,  and  every  living  soul 
that  creepeth,  which  the  waters  brought  forth  abundantly  after 
their  kind,  and  every  winged  fowl  after  its  kind :  and  God  saw 
tiuit  it  was  good. 

22.  And  God  blessed  them,  saying,  Be  fruitful  and  multiply 
and  fill  the  waters  in  the  seas  ;  and  the  fowl  shall  be  multiplied 
in  the  earth. 

23.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the  fifth  day. 

24.  And  God  said.  Let  the  earth  bring  forth  the  living  soul 
after  its  kind ;  the  l)east,  and  the  moving  thing,  and  the  wild 
beast  of  the  earth,  after  its  kind  :  and  it  was  so. 

25.  And  God  made  the  wild  beast  of  the  earth  after  its 
kind,  and  tlie  beast  after  its  kind,  and  everything  that  creepeth 
on  the  ground  after  its  kind :  and  God  saw  that  it  was  good. 

26.  And  God  said,  Let  us  make  man,  in  our  image,  aftei 
our  likeness  :  and  let  them  have  dominion  over  the  fish  of  the 
sea,  and  over  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  over  the  beast,  and 
over  all  the  earth,  and  over  every  creeping  thing  that  creepeth 
upon  the  earth. 

27.  And  God  created  man  in  His  own  image,  in  the  image 
of  God  created  He  him ;  male  and  female  created  He  them. 

28.  And  God  blessed  them,  and  God  said  unto  them,  Bt 
ye  fruitful  and  nmltiply,  and  replenish  the  earth,  and  subdue 
it :  and  have  dominion  over  the  fish  of  tlie  sea,  and  over  the 
fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  over  every  living  thing  that  creepetl 
upon  the  earth. 

29.  And  God  said.  Behold,  T  give  you  every  herb  bearing 
seed,  which  is  upon  the  faces  of  all  the  earth,  and  every  tree  ii 
which  is  fruit ;  the  tree  yielding  seed,  to  you  it  shall  be  for  meat 

30.  And  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth,  and  to  every  fow' 
of  the  heavens,  and  to  everything  that  creepeth  upon  the  earth 
wherein  there  is  a  living  soul,  [I  give]  every  green  herb  for  meat 
and  it  was  so. 

31.  And  God  saw  everything  that  He  liad  made,  and  behold 
it  was  very  good.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  th( 
sixth  day. 

4 


CHAPTER  I.  [G-12. 


THE   CONTEXTS. 

G.  The  six  days,  or  times,  which  are  so  many  successive 
itates  of  the  regeneration  of  man,  are  in  general  as  follows. 

7.  Th.Q  first  state  is  that  wliich  precedes,  including  both  the 
itate  of  infancy,  and  the  state  immediately  before  regeneration, 
rhis  is  called  vacuity,  emptiness,  and  darkness  ;  and  the  first 
notion,  which  is  the  Lord's  mercy,  is  the  Spirit  of  God  moving 
ipon  the  faces  of  the  waters. 

8.  The  second  state  is  when  a  division  takes  place  l^etween 
hose  things  which  are  of  the  Lord,  and  such  as  are  proper  to 
nan.  The  things  which  are  of  the  Lord  are  called  in  the  Word 
emains,  and  are  here  principally  the  knowledges  of  faith,  which 
lave  been  learned  from  infancy,  and  which  are  stored  up,  and 
,re  not  manifested  till  man  comes  into  this  state.  This  state  at 
he  present  day  seldom  exists  without  temptation,  misfortune, 
ir  sorrow,  by  which  the  things  pertaining  to  the  body  and  the 
k'orld,  thus  those  things  which  constitute  the  projxriitm,  are 
)rought  into  a  state  of  quiescence,  and  as  it  were  of  deatli. 
'hus  the  things  which  belong  to  the  external  man  are  separated 
roni  those  belonging  to  the  internal.  In  the  internal  man  are 
he  remains,  stored  up  by  the  Lord  till  this  time,  and  for  this 
lurpose. 

9.  The  third  state  is  that  of  repentance,  in  which  he  who 
3  to  1)0  regenerated,  begins  to  discourse  piously  and  devoutly 
rom  the  internal  man,  and  to  do  good  actions,  as  it  were  works 
f  charity,  but  which  nevertheless  are  inanimate,  because  they 
re  supposed  to  originate  in  himself.  These  good  actions  are 
ailed  tender  grass,  and  also  the  herb  yielding  seed,  and  after- 
guards the  tree  bearing  fruit. 

10.  ThQ  fourth  &tQ.tQ.  is  when  man  becomes  affected  with  love, 
nd  enlightened  by  faith.  He  indeed  previously  discoursed 
liously,  and  produced  the  fruit  of  good  actions ;  but  he  did  so 
11  consequence  of  the  temptation  and  straitness  under  which  he 
iboured,  and  not  from  a  principle  of  faith  and  charity  :  where- 
jre  faith  and  charity  are  now  enkindled  in  his  internal  man, 
nd  are  called  two  luminaries. 

11.  The  fifth  state  is  when  man  discourses  from  a  principle 
f  faith,  and  thereby  confirms  himself  in  truth  and  goodness, 
'he  things  tlien  produced  by  him  are  animated,  and  are  called 
he  fish  of  the  sea,  and  tlie  birds  of  tlie  heavens. 

12.  The  sixth  state  is  when,  from  a  principle  of  faith,  and 
hence  of  love,  he  speaks  what  is  true,  and  does  what  is  good  ; 
he  things  which  he  then  produces  are  called  the  living  soul 
nd  the  wild  beast.  And  because  he  then  begins  also  to  act 
rom  a  principle  of  love,  as  well  as  of  faitli,  he  becomes  a 
piritual  man,  and   is   called  an  image.     His   spiritual  life  is 

5 


I.UIC]  GEXESIS. 

delighted  and  sustained  l)y  such  things  as  relate  to  knowledges 
respecting  I'ailh,  anil  to  ^V()rks  of  charity,  which  are  called  his 
meat;  and  his  natural  life  is  delighted  and  sustained  by  such 
things  as  belong  to  the  body  and  the  senses  ;  from  whence  a 
combat  or  struggle  arises,  until  love  gains  the  dominion,  and 
he  becomes  a  heavenly  man. 

13.  Those  who  are  regenerated  do  not  all  arrive  at  this  state. 
The  greatest  part,  at  tliis  day,  oidy  attain  to  the  first  state ; 
some  only  to  the  second  ;  others  to  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth; 
few  to  the  sixth;  and  scarcely  any  one  to  the  seventh. 


THE  INTEENAL  SENSE. 


14.  Is  the  follovAng  vjorh,  hj  the  LORD,  is  meant  soldi/ 
Jesus  Christ,  the  Saviour  of  the  vjorkl,  who  is  called  the  Lord, 
■irithout  other  names.  He  is  acknovdedged  and  adored  as  the 
Lo7'd  throughout  all  Heaven,  hecaiise  He  has  all  j^ower  in  Heaven 
mid  on  earth.  He  also  commanded  His  disciples  so  to  call  Him, 
irhen  He  said:  "  Ye  call  me  Lord,  and  ye  say  n-ell,for  so  I  am  " 
(John  xiii.  115).  A7id  after  His  resurrection  His  disciples  called 
Him  Lord. 

15.  Throughov.t  all  Heaven  they  hnoiv  no  other  Father  than 
the  Loi'd,hecause  He  and  the  Father  are  one,  as  He  Himself  said : 
"  I  am  the  way,  the  truth,  and  the  life.  Philip  saith,  Lord,  sheio 
IIS  the  Father.  Jesus  saith  unto  him,  Have  I  heen  so  long  time 
with  you,  and  yet  hast  thou  not  known  3fe,  Philip?  He  that 
hath  seen  Me  hath  seen  the  Father :  and  how  sayest  thou  then, 
Sheu.'  us  the  Father  ?  Bclievest  thou  not  that  I  am  in  the  Father, 
a.nd  the  Father  in  Me  1  Believe  Me,  that  I  am  in  the  Father,  and 
the  FatJier  in  Me"  (John  xiv.  6,  8-11). 

16.  Verse  1.  In  the  heqinning,  God  created-  the  hearrn  and 
the  earth.  The  most  ancient  time  is  called  the  heginning ;  by 
the  prophets  it  is  usually  called  the  ancient  days,  and  also  the 
days  of  eternity.  The  heginning  also  implies  the  first  time  when 
man  is  regenerating,  for  then  he  is  born  anew  and  receives  life: 
it  is  from  this  ground  that  regeneration  is  called  a  new  creation 
of  man.  To  create,  to  form,  to  make,  in  almost  all  parts  of  the 
prophetic  writings,  signify  to  regenerate,  yet  with  a  difference 
of  signification ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Every  one  that  is  called  by  My 
name,  I  have  created  him  for  My  glory,  I  have  formed  him; 
yea,  I  have  made  him  "  (xliii.  7).  Wherefore  the  Lord  is  called 
the  Kedeemer,  the  Former  from  the  womb,  the  Maker,  and  also 
the  Creator ;  as  in  the  same  prophet :  "  I  am  Jehovah,  your 
Holy  One,  the  Creator  of  Israel,  your  King"  (xliii.  15).     And 

6 


CHAPTEE  I.  2.  [17-10. 

iu  David  :  "The  people  wliicli  shall  be  ereatcd  shall  praise  the 
Lord"  (Psalm  cii.  IS).  And  in  the  same:  "Thou  sendest 
forth  Thy  Spirit,  they  are  created ;  and  Thou  renewest  the  face 
«)f  the  earth  "  (civ.  30).  That  heaven  signifies  the  internal  man, 
and  earth,  before  regeneration,  the  external,  may  be  seen  from 
what  follows. 

17.  Verse  2.  And  the  earth  was  vacuity  and  emptiness,  and. 
darkness  v:as  upon  th.e  faces  of  tlte  abyss.  And  the  Spirit  of  God. 
■iiiored  njjon  the  faces  of  the  vjaters.  Man  before  regeneration 
is  called  earth  void  and  empty,  and  also  ground  wherein  nothing 
that  is  good  or  true  is  sown ;  it  is  said  to  be  void  where 
there  is  nothing  of  good,  and  empty  where  there  is  nothing  of 
truth.  Hence  comes  darkness,  or  a  dulness  and  ignorance 
as  to  all  things  which  belong  to  faith  in  the  Lord,  consequently, 
respecting  spiritual  and  celestial  life.  Man  in  this  state  is  thus 
described  by  the  Lord  in  Jeremiah:  "My  people  is  foolish, 
they  have  not  known  Me :  they  are  sottish  children,  and  they 
liave  no  understanding ;  they  are  wise  to  do  evil,  but  to  do 
good  they  have  no  knowledge.  I  beheld  the  earth,  and  lo,  it 
was  vacuity  and  emptiness:  and  the  heavens,  and  they  had  no 
light"  (iv.'22,  23). 

18.  The  faces  of  the  ahyss  denote  the  lusts  of  the  unre- 
generate  man,  and  the  falsities  thence,  of  which  he  consists, 
and  in  which  he  is  totally  immersed.  In  this  state,  having  no 
light,  he  is  like  a  deej)  ahyss,  or  something  obscure  and  confused. 
Such  persons  are  also  called,  in  many  parts  of  the  Word,  abysses 
and  dejjths  of  the  sea,  which  are  dried  up,  or  wasted,  before  man 
is  regenerated.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "Awake  as  in  the  ancient  days, 
in  the  generations  of  old.  Art  not  Thou  He  who  hath  dried  the 
sea,  the  waters  of  the  great  cdjyss ;  that  hath  made  the  depths 
of  the  sea  a  way  for  the  ransomed  to  pass  over  ?  Therefore  the 
redeemed  of  Jehovah  shall  return  "(li.  9-11).  Such  a  man 
also,  when  he  is  seen  from  heaven,  appears  like  a  black  mass, 
destitute  of  vitality.  Tiie  same  expressions  likewise  in  general 
imply  the  vastation*  of  man,  frequently  spoken  of  ])y  tlie  pro- 
])hets,  which  precedes  regeneration :  for,  before  man  can  know 
truth,  and  be  affected  with  good,  there  nuist  be  a  removal 
of  such  things  as  hinder  and  resist  their  admission :  thus 
the  old  man  must  needs  die,  before  the  new  man  can  be 
conceived. 

19.  ¥>y  the  Spirit  of  God  is  meant  the  mercy  of  the  Lord, 
which  is  said  to  move,  or  brood,  ns  a  hen  broods  over  her  eggs. 
The  things  over  which  it  mores,  are  such  as  the  Lord  has  liidden 
and  treasured  up  in  man,  which  in  the  Word  throughout  are 

*  The  term  vastation,  when  applied  to  the  ren;enerate  man,  .signifies  th(>. 
removal  of  such  things  as  hinder  the  ojx'ration  of  the  nivinc  grace  in  the  soul ; 
but  whcii  applied  to  the  unrcgeneratc,  it  signifies  his  (ln|)rivatioii  of  all  good 
and  truth,  wliereby  he  is  left  a  prey  to  tiu;  evils  and  errors  winch  he  has 
embraced. 


20-22.]  (JENESIS. 

called  remains  or  a  remnant,  consisting  of  the  knowledges  of 
initli  and  good,  which  never  come  to  light,  or  day,  until 
external  things  are  vastated.  These  knowledges  are  here  called 
the  faces  of  the  waters.  * 

20.  Verse  3.  And  God  said,  Let  there  he  light:  and  there 
was  light.  The  first  [state]  is  when  man  begins  to  know  that 
good  and  truth  are  of  a  superior  nature.  ^len  who  are  alto- 
gether external  do  not  even  know  what  good  and  truth  are  ; 
for  they  iancy  all  things  to  be  good  which  relate  to  self-love 
and  the  love  of  the  world,  and  all  things  to  be  true  whieli 
I'avour  those  loves ;  not  being  aware  that  such  goods  are  evils, 
and  such  truths  falses.  But  when  man  is  conceived  anew,  he 
then  begins  first  to  know  that  his  goods  are  not  goods  ;  par- 
ticularly when  he  is  enlightened  to  see  that  the  Lord  exists,  and 
that  Ho  is  Good  itself  and  Truth  itself.  That  men  ought  to 
know  that  the  Lord  exists,  He  Himself  teaches  in  John:  "Except 
}e  believe  that  I  AIM,  ye  shall  die  in  your  sins"  (viii.  24). 
Also,  that  the  Lord  is  Good  itself,  or  Life,  and  Truth  itself,  or 
Light,  and,  consequently,  that  there  is  neither  good  nor  trutli 
except  from  Him,  is  thus  declared  :  "  In  the  beginning  was  the 
Word,  and  the  Word  was  with  God,  and  the  Word  was 
God.  All  things  were  made  by  Him,  and  without  Him  was 
7iot  anything  made  that  was  made.  In  Him  was  life,  and  the 
life  was  the  light  of  men.  And  the  light  shineth  in  darkness. 
He  was  the  true  light,  which  lighteth  every  man  that  cometh 
into  the  world"  (John  i.  1,  3,  4,  9). 

21.  Verses  4.  5.  And  God  sarv  the  light,  that  it  was  good  : 
and  God  divided  hetivcen  the  light  and  the  darhiess.  And  God, 
ealled  the  light  Dag,  and  the  darlcncss  He  called  Night.  Light 
is  called  good,  because  it  is  from  the  Lord,  who  is  good  itself. 
Darkness  means  all  those  things,  which,  before  man  is  conceived 
and  born  anew,  appeared  like  light,  evil  in  that  state  seeming 
like  good,  and  the  false  like  the  true  ;  nevertheless  all  is  darl- 
'iiess,  consisting  mei-ely  of  the  things  proper  to  man  himself. 
which  still  remain.  Whatever  is  of  the  Lord  is  compared  to 
day,  because  it  is  of  the  light ;  and  whatever  is  man's  own  is 
compared  to  night,  because  it  is  of  darkness.  These  compari- 
sons frequently  occur  in  the  Word. 

22.  Verse  5.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the  first 
dag.  What  is  mefant  by  evening,  and  what  by  morning,  are  hence 
now  discoverable.  Evening  means  every  preceding  state,  or 
that  of  shade,  or  of  falsity  and  of  no  faith;  morning  \s  every 
subsequent  state,  being  one  of  light,  or  of  truth,  and  of  the 
knowledges  of  faith,  Evening,  in  a  general  sense,  signifies  all 
things  which  are  of  man's  own ;  but  morning  whatever  is  of  the 
Lord ;  according  as  it  is  said  by  David :  "  The  Spirit  of  Jehovah 
spake  by  me,  and  His  word  was  in  my  tongue ;  the  God  of 
Israel  said,  the  Eock  of  Israel  spake  to  me;  He  is  as  the  liulit 

8 


CHAPTER  I.  6.  [23,  24. 

of  tlie  morniiv),  when  the  sun  ariseth,  even  a  morning  without 
clouds  ;  as  the  tender  grass  springeth  out  of  the  earth,  by  clear 
shining  after  rain  "  (2  Sam.  xxiii.  2-4).  As  it  is  evening  when 
there  is  no  faith,  and  morning  when  there  is  faith,  therefore  the 
coming  of  the  Lord  into  the  world  is  called  morning  ;  and  the 
time  when  He  comes,  because  then  tliere  is  no  faith,  is  called 
evening ;  as  in  Daniel  :  '•  And  he  said  unto  me,  Unto  two  thou- 
sand and  three  hundred  days.  The  vision  of  the  evening  and 
the  morning"  (viii.  14,  26).  In  like  manner,  the  morning  is 
used,  in  the  Word,  to  denote  every  particular  coming  of  the 
Lord ;  consequently,  it  is  an  expression  which  lias  respect  to 
the  new  creation. 

23.  That  dag  is  used  to  denote  time  itself,  appears  from 
many  passages  in  the  Word  ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  day  of  Jehovah 
is  at  hand.  Behold,  the  day  of  Jehovah  cometh.  I  will  shake 
the  heavens,  and  the  earth  shall  remove  out  of  her  place,  in  the 
wrath  of  the  Lord  of  Hosts,  and  in  the  day  of  His  fierce  anger. 
Her  time  is  near  to  come,  and  her  days  shall  not  be  prolonged  " 
(xiii.  (J,  9,  13,  22).  And  in  the  same  prophet :  "  Her  antiquity 
is  of  ancient  days.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that 
Tyre  shall  be  forgotten  seventy  years,  according  to  the  days  oi 
one  king"  (xxiii.  7,  15).  Forasmuch  as  day  is  used  to  denote 
time,  it  is  also  used  to  denote  the  state  of  that  time  ;  as  in 
Jeremiah :  "  Woe  unto  us,  for  the  day  goeth  away,  for  the 
shadows  of  the  evening  are  stretched  out "  (vi.  4).  And  again  : 
"  If  ye  can  break  My  covenant  of  the  day,  and  My  covenant  of 
the  night,  and  that  there  should  not  be  day  and  night  in  their 
season,"  etc.  (xxxiii.  20,  also  v.  25).  And  again :  "  lienew  our 
days  as  of  old  "  (Lam.  v.  21). 

24.  Verse  6.  And  God  said,  Let  there  he  an  expanse  in  the 
7nidst  of  tJie  waters,  and  let  it  divide  the  waters  from  the  waters. 
After  the  Spirit  of  God,  or  the  mercy  of  the  Lord,  has  brought 
forth  into  day  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  of  good,  and  has 
communicated  a  perception  that  the  Lord  IS,  that  He  is  the 
Good  Itself  and  Truth  Itself,  and  that  there  is  no  good  and 
truth  but  from  Him ;  He  then  distinguishes  the  internal  man 
from  the  external,  consequently  the  knowledges  which  are  in 
the  internal  man,  from  the  scientifics  which  pertain  to  the 
external.  The  internal  man  is  called  an  expanse ;  the  know- 
ledges which  are  in  the  internal  man  are  called  the  waters, 
above  the  expanse;  and  the  scientifics  appertaining  to  the 
external  man  are  called  the  waters  beneath  the  expanse.  Man  ; 
before  he  is  regenerated,  does  not  even  know  that  any  internal 
man  exists,  much  less  is  he  acquainted  with  its  nature  and 
([uality.  I>eing  occupied  with  corporeal  and  worldly  tilings  in 
which  also  the  faculties  of  his  internal  man  are  immersed,  he 
cannot  conceive  of  any  difference  between  this  and  his  external, 
and  thus  he  forms  a  confused  and  obscure  something,  from  two 

'J 


2.-;-27.]  GENESIS. 

jKntoclly  tlistinct  existences.  It  is  on  lliis  account  that  it  is 
first  said,  "  Lrt  llirrc  he  an  i:i'2)n7is('  in  the  mufst  of  the  waterH" 
ami  iuvther,  "Let  il  diridr  the  waters  from  the  waters;"  but 
not,  "  Ect  it  divide  between  the  waters  which  are  under  tlie 
(expanse,  and  the  Avaters  which  are  ahovc  the  expanse,"  as  it  is 
afterwards  said  in  the  next  verses:  "And  God  made  the  expanse, 
and  diridcil  bctivccn  the  waters  which  were  under  the  expanse, 
and  t/ie  irate rs  which  ivere  above  the  expanse:  and  it  was  so. 
And  God  called  the  expanse  Heaven"  (verses  7,  8).  The  next 
thing  therefore  which  man  observes  in  the  course  of  regenera- 
tion is,  that  he  begins  to  know  that  there  is  an  internal  man, 
or  that  the  things  which  are  in  the  internal  man  are  goods  and 
truths,  which  are  of  the  Lord  alone.  Now,  as  the  external  man, 
when  he  is  being  regenerated,  is  of  such  a  nature  that  lie  still 
supposes  the  goods  which  he  does  to  be  done  of  himself,  and 
the  truths  which  he  speaks  to  be  spoken  of  himself,  and  whereas, 
Ijeing  such,  he  is  led  by  them  of  the  Lord,  as  by  things  of  his 
own,  to  do  good  and  to  speak  truth,  therefore  mention  is  first 
made  of  a  division  of  the  uxiters  under  the  expanse,  and  after- 
wards of  those  cdwvc  the  expanse.  It  is  also  an  arcanum  of 
heaven,  that  man,  by  things  of  his  own,  as  well  the  fallacies 
of  the  senses  as  the  natural  appetites,  is  led  and  inclined  of  the 
Lord  to  good  and  truth :  and  thus  that  each  and  every  moment 
of  regeneration  proceeds  from  evening  to  morning,  thus  from 
the  external  man  to  the  internal,  or  from  earth  to  heaven ; 
wherefore  now  the  expanse,  or  internal  man,  is  called  heaven. 

25.  To  spread  out  the  eaiih  and  stretch  out  the  heavens,  is  a 
common  form  of  speaking  with  the  prophets,  when  they  are 
treating  of  the  regeneration  of  man  ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Thus  saith 
Jehovah  thy  Redeemer,  and  He  that  formed  thee  from  the  Avomb; 
I  am  Jehovah  that  maketh  all  things,  that  stretcheth  forth  the 
heavens  alone,  that  spreadeth  abroad  the  earth,  by  Myself  "  (xliv. 
24).  And  again,  where  he  plainly  speaks  of  the  Lord's  coming: 
"  A  bruised  reed  shall  He  not  break,  and  the  smoking  flax 
shall  He  not  quench;  He  shall  bring  forth  judgment  unto 
truth ; "  that  is,  He  does  not  break  the  fallacies,  nor  quench  the 
desires  of  the  senses,  but  inclines  them  to  what  is  true  and  good  ; 
therefore  it  follows,  "  He  that  created  the  heavens,  and  stretched 
tliem  out ;  He  that  spread  forth  the  earth,  and  that  which  cometh 
out  of  it ;  He  that  giveth  breath  unto  the  people  upon  it,  and 
spirit  to  them  that  walk  therein  "  (xlii.  3,  5).  Not  to  mention 
many  other  passages  to  the  same  purport. 

26.  Verse  8.  And  the  evening  and  the  morning  were  the 
second  day.  The  meaning  of  evening,  morning,  and  day,  was 
shewn  above,  verse  5. 

27.  Verse  9.  And  God  said.  Let  the  waters  under  the  heaven 
he  gathered  together  into  one  jjlaec,  and  let  the  dry  [land']  appear. 
When  it  is  known  that  there  is  both  an  internal  and  an  external 

10 


OHArTEE  I.  10-12.  [28,  29. 

man,  and  that  truths  and  goods  descend  by  influx  from,  or 
through,  the  internal  man  to  the  external,  from  the  Lord, 
although  this  is  contrary  to  appearance,  then  those  things,  or 
the  knowledges  of  truth  and  good  in  the  regenerate  man,  are 
stored  up  in  his  memory,  and  become  scientitics ;  for  whatever 
is  insinuated  into  the  memory  of  the  external  man,  whether 
it  be  natural,  spiritual,  or  celestial,  abides  there  as  a  scientific, 
and  is  called  forth  thence  by  the  Lord.  These  knowledges  are 
the  vxitcrs  gathered  together  into  one  place,  and  are  called  seafi ; 
but  the  external  man  himself  is  called  clnj  [land],  and  presently 
earth,  according  to  what  follows. 

28.  Verse  10.  And  God  called  the  dry  [land']  Earth,  and 
the  gathering  together  of  the  loaters  called  He  Seas:  and  God  saw 
that  it  VMS  good.  That  waters  signify  knowledges  and  scientitics, 
is  plain  from  the  sense  in  which  they  are  most  generally  used 
in  the  Word,  and  hence  it  is  that  seas  signify  their  being 
gathered  together ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  earth  shall  be  full  of 
the  knowledge  of  the  Lord,  as  the  waters  cover  the  sea  "  (xi.  9). 
And  in  the  same  prophet,  where  he  speaks  of  a  want  or  failure 
of  knowledges  and  scientitics :  "  The  waters  shall  fail  from  the 
sea,  and  the  rircr  shall  be  wasted  and  dried  up,  and  they  shall 
turn  the  rivers  far  away  "  (xix.  5,  6).  So  in  Haggai,  where  he 
is  speaking  of  a  new  Church,  "  I  will  shake  the  heavens,  and  the 
eay^th ;  and  the  sea,  and  the  dry  [land]  :  and  I  will  shake  all 
nations ;  and  the  desire  of  all  nations  shall  come,  and  I  will 
fill  this  house  with  glory  "  (ii.  6,  7).  And  concerning  man  in 
the  process  of  regeneration,  in  Zechariah :  "  It  shall  Ite  one 
day  which  shall  be  known  to  the  Lord,  not  day  nor  night  ;  l)ut 
it  shall  come  to  pass  that  at  evening-time  there  shall  be  light ; 
and  it  shall  be  in  that  day  that  living  waters  shall  go  out 
from  Jerusalem,  half  of  them  towards  the  eastern  sea,  and 
half  of  them  towards  the  hinder  sea  "  (xiv.  7,  8).  Da^dd  also, 
in  describing  the  state  of  vastation  in  the  man  who  is  about 
to  be  regenerated  and  to  worship  the  Lord,  says :  "  Jehovah 
despiseth  not  His  prisoners;  let  the  lieavens  and  tlie  earth 
l)raise  Him,  the  seas,  and  everything  that  creepeth  therein  " 
(Psalm  Ixix.  33,  34).  That  earth  signifies  a  recipient,  appears 
from  Zechariah :  "  Jehovah  stretcheth  forth  the  heavens,  and 
layeth  tlie  foundation  of  the  eartli,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of 
man  in  the  midst  of  him  "  (xii.  1). 

29.  Verses  11,  12.  And  God  said,  Let  the  eartli  Iring  forth 
the  tender  grass,  the  herb  yielding  seed,  and  the  fruit-tree  hearing 
fruit  after  its  kind,  vjhose  seed  is  in  itself,  npon  the  earth  :  and 
it  was  so.  And  the  earth  brought  forth  the  tender  grass,  the  herb 
yielding  seed  after  its  kind,  and  the  tree  bearing  fruit,  whose 
seed  is  in  itself  after  its  kind:  and  God  saw  that  it  vms  good. 
When  the  eartli,,  or  man,  is  thus  prepared  to  receive  heavenly 
seeds  from  the  Lord,  and  produce  something  good  and  true, 

11 


;{0.]  GENESIS. 

thou  the  LdvcI  first  causes  souie  tender  tiling  to  spring  foitli, 
which  is  called ///<■  touh'r  grass:  tlieu  something  more  useful, 
which  again  bears  seed  in  itself,  and  is  called  the  hcrh  yielding 
.s<('</ ;  and  at  length  something  good  which  becomes  fruitful,  and 
is  called  the  tree  hearinrj  fruit,  whose  seed  is  in  itself,  each  ac-- 
cording  to  its  own  kind.  The  man  who  is  l)eing  regenerated  is 
at  first  of  such  a  quality  that  he  supposes  the  good  which  he 
does,  and  the  truth  which  he  speaks,  to  be  of  himself,  when, 
in  reality,  all  good  and  truth  are  from  the  Lord,  and  whoever 
supposes  them  to  be  of  himself,  has  not  yet  the  life  of  true 
faith ;  which  he  may,  however,  afterwards  receive :  for  he 
cannot  as  yet  believe  they  are  from  the  Lord ;  because  he  is 
only  in  a  state  of  preparation  for  the  reception  of  the  life  of 
faith.  This  state  is  here  represented  by  things  inanimate,  and 
the  succeeding  one  of  the  life  of  faith,  by  animate  things.  The 
Lord  is  He  who  soivs,  the  seed  is  His  Word,  and  the  ground  is  man, 
as  He  Himself  has  deigned  to  declare  (Matt.  xiii.  19-24,  37- 
;->9  ;  3Lirk  iv.  14-21 ;  Luke  viii.  11-16).  To  the  same  purport 
He  gives  this  description  :  "  So  is  the  kingdom  of  God,  as  if  a 
man  should  cast  seed  into  the  ground,  and  should  sleep  and  rise 
night  and  day,  and  the  seed  should  spring  and  grow  up,  he 
knoweth  not  how ;  for  the  earth  bringeth  forth  fruit  of  herself, 
first  tlie  blade,  then  the  ear,  after  that  the  full  corn  in  the  ear  " 
(Mark  iv.  26-28).  By  the  kingdom  of  God,  in  its  universal 
sense,  is  meant  the  universal  heaven ;  in  a  sense  less  universal, 
the  true  Church  of  the  Lord ;  and  in  a  particular  sense,  every 
individual  having  a  true  faith,  or  who  is  regenerated  by  the  life 
(jf  faith.  Wherefore  such  a  person  is  also  called  heaven,  because 
heaven  is  in  him  ;  and  likewise  the  kingdom  of  God,  because  the 
kingdom  of  God  is  in  him  ;  as  the  Lord  Himself  teaches  in  Luke  : 
being  "  demanded  of  tlie  Pharisees  when  the  kingdom  of  God 
should  come,  He  answered  them,  and  said,  The  kingdom  of  God 
cometh  not  with  observation ;  neither  shall  they  say,  Lo,  here  ! 
or,  Lo,  there  !  for  behold,  the  kingdom  of  God  is  within  you  " 
(xvii.  20,  21).  This  is  the  third  successive  period  in  the  regener- 
ation of  man,  being  his  state  of  repentance,  proceeding,  like 
the  former  periods,  from  shade  to  light,  or  from  evening  to 
morning,  wherefore  it  is  said  (verse  13),  "And  the  evening  and 
the  morning  ivere  the  third  day." 

30.  Verses  14-17.  And  God  said,  Let  there  he  luminaries  in 
the  expanse  of  the  heavens,  to  distinguish  between  the  day  and  the 
night ;  cmd  let  them  be  for  signs,  aiul  for  seasons,  and  for  days, 
and  for  years:  and  let  them  be  for  luminaries  in  the  expanse 
(f  the  heavens,  to  give  light  iipon  the  earth:  and  it  was  so.  And. 
God  made  tvjo  great  luminaries,  the  greater  luminary  to  rule  by 
day,  and  the  lesser  lumimiry  to  rule  by  night ;  and  tlie  stars.  And 
God  set  them  in  the  ea^jxinse  of  tlie  heavens,  to  give  light  upon  the 
earth.  What  is  meant  hj  great  luminaries  cannot  be  clearly 
12 


CHArTER  I.  U-17.  [31. 

understood,  unless  it  be  first  known  what  is  the  essence  of  faith, 
and  also  what  is  its  progress  with  those  who  are  created  anew. 
The  very  essence  and  life  of  faith  is  the  Lord  alone :  for  he  who 
does  not  believe  on  the  Lord  cannot  have  life,  as  He  Himself 
has  declared  in  John  :  "  He  that  believeth  on  the  Son  hath  ever- 
lasting life ;  and  he  that  believeth  not  on  the  Son  shall  not  see 
life,  but  the  wrath  of  God  abideth  on  him  "  (iii.  36).  The  pro-  '■ 
gress  of  faith  with  those  who  are  created  anew  is  as  follows. 
At  first  they  have  no  life,  for  it  is  only  in  good  and  truth 
that  there  is  life,  and  none  in  evil  and  falsity :  afterwards  they 
receive  life  from  the  Lord  Ijy  faith,  first  by  faith  of  the  memory, 
which  is  scientific  faith ;  next  by  faith  in  the  understanding, 
which  is  intellectual  faith ;  lastly  by  faith  in  the  heart,  which 
is  the  faith  of  love,  or  saving  faith.  Scientific  and  intellectual 
faith  are  represented  from  verses  3-13,  by  things  inanimate, 
lait  faith  vivified  by  love  is  represented  from  verses  20-25, 
by  animate  things ;  wherefore  love,  and  the  faith  thence, 
which  are  called  luminaries,  are  now  first  treated  of.  Love  is 
the  greater  luminary  which  rules  ly  day  ;  faith  derived  from  love 
is  the  lesser  luminary  which  rules  hy  night ;  and  as  these  two 
luminaries  ought  to  make  a  one,  therefore  they  are  spoken  of 
in  the*  singular  number,  let  it  be  {sit),  instead  of  in  the  plural, 
let  them  be  (sint).  Love  and  faith  in  the  internal  man  are  like  . 
heat  and  light  in  the  external-corporeal  man,  for  wliich  reason 
the  former  are  represented  by  the  latter.  It  is  on  this  account 
that  luminaries  are  said  to  be  set  in  the  exiJcmse  of  the  heavens, 
or  in  the  internal  man,  a  great  luminary  in  the  will,  and  a  less 
in  the  understanding :  but  they  only  appear  in  the  will  and  the 
understanding,  like  the  light  of  the  sun  in  its  recipient  olijects  ; 
it  is  the  Lord's  mercy  alone  which  affects  the  will  with  love, 
and  the  understanding  with  truth,  or  faith. 

31.  That  great  luminaries  signify  love  and  faith,  and  are  also 
called  sun,  moon,  and  stars,  is  evident  from  the  prophets ;  as  in 
Ezekiel :  "  When  I  shall  put  thee  out,  I  will  cover  the  heavens 
and  make  the  stars  thereof  dark ;  I  will  cover  the  sun  with  a 
cloud,  and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light:  all  the  luminaries 
of  the  light  of  heaven  will  I  make  dark  over  thee ;  and  set 
darkness  upon  thy  land  "  (xxxii,  7,  8).  In  this  passage  Pharaoh 
and  the  Egyptians  are  treated  of,  by  whom  are  meant,  in  the 
Word,  the  Sensual  and  Scientific  parts  ;  and  herein  is  descril)ed 
how  by  sensuals  and  scientifics  they  extinguished  love  and 
faith.  So  in  Isaiah :  "  Behold  the  day  of  Jehovah  cometh  to 
lay  the  land  desolate :  for  the  stars  of  heaven,  and  the  cov- 
steUations  thereof,  shall  not  give  their  light ;  the  sun  shall 
he  darkened  in  his  going  forth,  and  the  moon  shall  not  cause 

*  The  distinction  of  niiniher  lierc  reiiiarked  is  vory  obvious  in  tlie  oii'rinal 
Imt  cannot  be  expressed  in  our  langua^'c,  inasmuch  as  tlie  exi)iession,  " Lei  l/icrc. 
be,"  is  applicable  alike  to  a  single  thing,  or  to  a  multitude. 

13 


32.]  GENESIS. 

lier  liiihl  to  sliino"  (xiii.  9,  10).  Again,  in  Joel:  "Tlie  day  of 
.leliovah  iiinielh,  a  day  of  darkness  and  of  thick  darkness. 
The  earth  trenibleth  before  Him,  the  heavens  are  moved :  the 
suti  and  the  t/ioon  shall  be  dark,  and  the  stars  shall  with- 
draw their  shining"  (ii.  1,  _,  10).  Again,  in  Isaiah,  speaking 
of  the  Lord's  coming,  and  the  enlightening  of  the  Gentiles, 
consequently  of  a  new  Church,  and  in  particular,  of  all  who 
are  in  darkness,  and  receive  light,  and  are  regenerated  :  "  Arise, 
shine,  for  thy  li(jht  is  come,  and  tlie  glory  of  the  Lord  is  risen 
upon  thee.  For  l)ehold  darkness  shall  cover  the  earth,  and 
gross  darkness  the  peojde  ;  and  Jehovah  shall  arise  upon  thee. 
And  the  Gentiles  shall  come  to  thy  Hr/ht,  and  kings  to  the 
brightness  of  thy  rising.  Thy  sun  shall  no  more  go  down, 
neither  shall  thy  moon  withdraw  itself,  for  Jehov^ah  shall  be 
thine  everlasting  light "  (Ix.  1-3,  20).  So  in  David :  "  Jehovah 
by  wisdom  made  tlie  heavens ;  He  stretched  out  the  earth  above 
the  waters  ;  He  made  great  luminaries  ;  the  sun  to  rule  by  day  ; 
tlie  moon  and  stars  to  rule  by  night"  (Ps.  cxxxvi.  5-9).  And 
again :  "  Pi'aise  ye  Him,  sun  and  moon  ;  praise  Him,  all  ye  stars 
of  light ;  praise  Him,  ye  heavens  of  heavens,  and  ye  waters 
that  are  above  the  heavens "  (Ps.  cxlviii.  3,  4).  In  all  these 
passages,  luminaries  signify  love  and  faith  towards  the  Lord, 
and  it  was  on  this  account  ordained  in  the  Jewish  Church  that 
a  per])etual  luminai'ij  should  be  kept  burning  from  evening  till 
UKn'ning,  inasmuch  as  every  ordinance  in  that  Church  was 
representative  of  the  Lord.  Of  this  luminary  it  is  written : 
"  Thou  shalt  command  the  children  of  Israel  that  they  bring 
thee  pure  oil  for  the  luminary,  to  cause  the  lamp  to  ascend 
continually  in  the  tabernacle  of  the  congregation  without  the 
vail,  which  is  before  the  testimony.  Aaron  and  his  sous  shall 
order  it  from  evening  to  morning  before  Jehovah  "  (Ex.  xxvii. 
20,  21).  That  these  things  signify  love  and  i'aith,  which  the 
Lord  kindles  and  causes  to  give  light  in  the  internal  man,  and 
by  the  internal  man  in  the  external,  will  be  shewn,  of  the 
Divine  mercy  of  the  Lord,  when  w^e  come  to  treat  of  the  above 
passage. 

32.  Love  and  faith  are  called,  first,  yre.at  luminaries,  and 
afterwards  love  is  called  the  greater  luminary,  and  faith  the 
less ;  and  it  is  said  of  love  that  it  shall  rule  hy  day,  and  of  faith 
that  it  shall  rule  hy  niyht:  now  these  being  arcana,  which  are 
hidden,  especially  in  these  latter  days,  it  is  permitted,  of  the 
Divine  mercy  of  the  Lord,  to  explain  them.  The  reason  why 
these  arcana  are  more  especially  concealed  in  these  latter  days 
is,  because  we  are  now  arrived  at  the  consummation  of  the  age 
Avhen  tliere  is  scarcely  any  love  remaining,  and  consequently 
scarcely  any  faith ;  according  to  what  the  Lord  Himself  fore- 
told in  these  words  of  the  evangelist :  "  The  sun  shall  be  dark- 
ened, and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light,  and  the  stars  shall 
14 


CHAPTER  I.  14-17.  [33,  34. 

fall  from  heaven,  and  the  powers  of  the  heavens  shall  be  shaken  " 
(Matt.  xxiv.  29).  By  the  sim  is  here  meant  love,  whicli  is 
darkened ;  by  the  moon,  faith,  which  does  not  <]jive  light ;  and 
by  the  stars,  the  knowledges  of  faith,  which  fall  from  heaven, 
which  are  the  virtues  and  powers  of  the  heavens.  The  Most 
Ancient  Church  acknowledged  no  faith  distinct  from  love  itself; 
the  celestial  angels  also  do  not  know  what  faith  is  except  it 
be  of  love ;  and  the  universal  heaven  is  of  love,  no  other  life 
existhig  in  heaven  but  the  life  of  love.  From  love  is  derived 
all  heavenly  happiness,  which  is  so  great  that  no  degree  of  it 
admits  of  description,  or  can  ever  be  conceived  by  any  human 
idea.  Those  who  are  under  the  influence  of  love,  love  the  Lord 
from  the  heart,  but  yet  know,  declare,  and  perceive,  that  all 
love,  and  consequently  all  life,  which  is  of  love  alone,  and 
thereby  all  hap])iness,  come  only  from  the  Lord,  and  that  they 
have  not  the  least  of  love,  of  life,  or  of  happiness  from  them- 
selves. That  it  is  the  Lord  from  whom  all  love  comes,  was  also 
represented  by  the  great  luminary  or  s^in,  at  His  transfigura- 
tion ;  for  it  is  written :  "  His  face  did  shine  as  the  sun,  and  His 
raiment  was  white  as  the  liglit "  (]\latt.  xvii.  2).  By  face  is 
signified  what  is  inmost,  and  by  raiment  that  which  proceeds 
from  the  inmost;  consequently,  His  Divine  was  represented 
by  the  sun  or  love,  and  His  Human  by  the  light,  or  by  wisdom 
from  love. 

33.  It  is  in  every  one's  power  to  see  most  clearly,  that  life 
never  exists  without  love,  and  tliat  there  is  no  kind  of  joy  but 
what  flows  from  love.  Such,  however,  as  the  love  is,  such  is 
the  life,  and  such  the  joy ;  if  you  remove  loves,  or,  what  is  the 
same  thing,  desires,  which  have  relation  to  love,  thought  would 
instantly  cease,  and  you  would  become  like  a  dead  person ;  of 
which  I  have  often  been  convinced  by  personal  experience. 
Self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world  have  in  them  some  resem- 
blance to  life  and  to  joy  :  but  as  they  are  altogether  contrary  to 
true  love,  which  consists  in  a  man's  loving  the  Lord  above  all 
things,  and  his  neighbour  as  himself,  it  must  be  evident  that 
they  are  not  loves,  but  hatreds ;  for  in  proportion  as  any 
one  loves  himself  and  the  world,  in  the  same  proportion  he 
hates  his  neighbour,  and  thereby  the  Lord.  Wherefore  true 
love  is  love  towards  the  Lord ;  and  true  life  is  the  life  of  love 
fnjni  Him ;  and  true  joy  is  the  joy  of  that  life.  There  cannot 
possibly  exist  more  than  one  single  true  love,  nor  more  than 
one  single  true  life,  whence  flow  true  joys  and  true  felicities, 
•such  as  are  tasted  by  the  angels  in  the  heavens. 

34.  Love  and  faith  admit  of  no  separation,  Ijecause  they 
constitute  one  and  the  same  thing :  wherefore,  when  mention 
is  first  made  of  luminaries,  they  are  regarded  as  one,  and  it  is 
said.  Let  there  be  luminaries  in  the  expanse  of  heaven  {sit).* 

*  Sec  note  above,  no.  30. 

15 


•^'^,  :uk]  genesis. 

Coiu'ovning  tliis  circumstaiico,  it  is  permitted  me  to  relate  tlie 
Idllowiii;^-  oxtraovtlinarv  particulars:  The  celestial  angels,  by 
virliie  of  the  love  with  wliieh  they  are  inthienced  from  the 
Lortl,  are  in  all  the  knowledges  of  iaith,  and  enjoy  such  a  life 
and  light  of  intelligence  as  can  scarcely  be  described ;  but,  on 
the  other  hand,  spirits,  who  are  only  skilled  in  the  doctrinals  of 
faith  witliout  love,  are  in  such  a  coldness  of  life,  and  obscurity 
of  light,  that  they  cannot  even  approach  to  the  first  limit  of  the 
entrance  into  the  heavens,  but  lly  back  with  all  speed.  Some 
of  them  profess  to  have  l^elieved  in  the  Lord,  but  they  have  not 
lived  according  to  His  precepts ;  and  it  was  of  such  that  the 
Lord  said  in  Matthew :  "  Not  every  one  that  saith  luito  Me, 
Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but  he  that 
doeth  the  will  of  My  Father  who  is  in  heaven.  Many  will  say 
to  ]\Ie  in  that  day,  Lord,  Lord,  have  we  not  prophesied  in  Thy 
name  ?"  etc.  (vii.  21,  22,  to  tlie  end).  Hence  it  is  evident  that 
such  as  are  in  love  are  also  in  faith,  and  thereby  in  the  posses- 
sion of  celestial  life ;  but  it  is  otherwise  with  those  who  say 
they  are  in  faith,  and  are  not  in  the  life  of  love.  The  life  of 
fiiitii  without  love  is  like  the  light  of  the  sun  without  heat,  -as 
in  the  time  of  winter,  when  nothing  grows,  but  all  things  are 
torpid  and  dead;  whereas  faith  proceeding  from  love  is  like 
the  light  of  the  sun  in  the  time  of  spring,  when  all  things  grow 
and  flourish  in  consequence  of  the  sun's  fructifying  heat.  It  is 
precisely  similar  in  regard  to  spiritual  and  celestial  things, 
which  are  usually  represented  in  the  Word  by  such  as  exist  in 
the  world,  and  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  No  faith,  and  faith 
without  love,  are  also  compared  by  the  Lord  to  winter,  where 
He  speaks  of  the  consummation  of  the  age,  in  Mark  :  "  Pray  ye 
that  your  fliglit  be  not  in  the  v-inter,  for  in  those  days  shall  be 
attiiction,"  etc.  (xiii.  18, 19).  Fliglit  means  the  last  time,  which, 
when  applied  to  each  particular  person,  is  the  time  of  his  death  ; 
winter  is  a  life  destitute  of  love  ;  the  day  of  affliction  is  man's 
miserable  state  in  another  life. 

35.  Man  has  two  faculties,  the  will  and  the  understanding. 
When  the  understanding  is  governed  by  the  will,  they  then 
constitute  together  one  mind,  and  thus  one  life,  for  then  what  a 
man  wills  and  does,  he  also  thinks  and  intends.  But,  when  the 
nnderstanding  is  at  variance  with  the  will,  as  with  those  who 
say  they  have  faith,  and  yet  live  in  contradiction  to  faith,  then 
•  )ne  mind  is  divided  into  two,  one  of  which  desires  to  exalt  itself 
into  heaven,  whilst  the  other  tends  towards  hell ;  and  since  the 
will  rules  in  every  act,  the  whole  man  would  plunge  headlong 
into  hell,  unless  he  were  prevented  by  the  Lord's  mercy. 

36.  Such  as  have  separated  faitli  from  love  do  not  even  know 
what  faith  is.  When  thinking  of  faith,  some  imagine  it  to  be 
mere  thought,  some  that  it  is  thought  directed  towards  the  Lord, 
lew  that  it  is  the  doctrine  of  faith :  but  faith  is  not  only  a 

16 


CHAPTER  I.  18.  [37,  38. 

knowledge  and  acknowledgment  of  all  things  which  the  doctrine 
of  faith  includes,  but  it  is  especially  an  obedience  to  all  things 
which  the  doctrine  of  faith  teaches.  The  primary  point  insisted 
on  in  the  doctrine  of  faith,  and  recommended  for  obedience,  is 
love  to  the  Lord,  and  love  towards  the  neighbour,  by  which,  if 
a  man  be  not  influenced,  he  is  not  in  faith.  This  the  Lord 
teaches  so  plainly  as  to  leave  no  doubt  concerning  it,  in  these 
words  of  Mark  :  "  The  first  of  all  the  Commandments  is.  Hear, 
O.  Israel,  the  Lord  our  God  is  one  Lord :  and  thou  shalt  love  the, 
Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  and  with 
all  thy  mind,  and  with  all  thy  strength :  this  is  the  first  Com- 
mandment ;  and  the  second  is  like,  namely,  this,  Thou  shalt  love 
thy  neighbour  as  thyself:  there  is  none  other  commandment 
greater  than  these"  (xii.  29-31).  In  Matthew,  the  Lord  calls 
the  former  of  these  the  first  and  great  Commandment,  and  says, 
that  on  these  two  Commandments  hang  all  the  law  and  the  ^wo- 
'phets  (xxii.  37-41).  The  law  and,  the  propliets  are  the  universal 
doctrine  of  faith,  and  the  whole  Word. 

37.  It  is  said,  that  the  luminaries  shall  he  for  signs,  and  for 
seasons,  and  for  days,  and  for  years.  In  these  words  are  con- 
tained more  arcana  than  can  at  present  be  unfolded,  although 
in  the  sense  of  the  letter  nothing  of  the  kind  appears.  Suffice 
it  here  to  observe,  that  there  are  changes  relative  to  things 
sj)iritual  and  celestial,  both  in  general  and  in  particular,  which 
are  compared  to  the  changes  of  days  and  of  years.  The  changes 
of  days  are  from  morning  to  mid-day,  thence  to  evening,  and 
through  night  to  morning;  and  the  changes  of  years  are 
similar  ;  from  spring  to  summer,  t\\Q,nc,id  to  autumn,  and  through 
winter  to  spiring.  Hence  come  the  changes  of  heat  and  light, 
and  also  of  the  fruitfulness  of  the  earth  ;  and  with  these  are 
compared  the  mutations  of  things  spiritual  and  celestial.  Life 
without  such  changes  and  varieties  would  be  uniform,  con- 
sequently nothing  [deserving  the  name  of  life] :  nor  would 
goodness  and  truth  be  known  or  distinguished,  much  less  per- 
ceived. These  changes  are  in  the  prophets  called  ordinances 
(statuta),  as  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  who  giveth 
the  sun  for  a  light  by  day,  and  the  ordinances  of  the  moon  and 
of  the  stars  ior  a  light  hy  night"  (xxxi.  35,  36).  And  in  the 
same  prophet :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  If  My  covenant  be  not 
with  day  and  night,  and  if  I  have  not  appointed  the  ordinances 
of  heaven  and  earth,"  etc.  (xxxiii.  25).  But  more  will  be  said 
on  this  subject,  l)y  the  Divine  mercy  of  the  Lord,  when  explain- 
ing Genesis  viii.  22. 

38.  Verse  18.  And  to  rule  over  the  day,  and  over  the  night, 
and,  to  divide  hetivecn  the  light  and  the  darlcncss :  and  God  saw 
that  it  was  good.  By  the  day  is  meant  good,  by  the  night,  evil ; 
wherefore  good  actions  are  called  works  of  the  day,  but  evil 
deeds  works  of  the  night ;  by  the  light  is  meant  truth,  and  by 

VOL.  I.  B  17 


no,  40.]  GENESIS. 

(Jarkncas  falsity,  accordiiij]^  to  wliat  the  Lord  says :  "  j\Ien  loved 
t/((rk/u:-is  rather  tlian  lif/ht.  He  that  doeth  truth  cometh  to  the 
liijht"  (Jolin  iii.  19,  21).  Verse  19.  And  the  cvcn'uuj  and  the 
•iiiorniny  axrc  the  fourth  day. 

.■)9.  Verse  20.  And  God  said,  Let  the  tvaters  h'ing  forth 
(diundantJii  the  crecinng  thing,  the  living  soul;  and  let  the  fowl 
fit/  (dnnr  the  earth,  vjw)!  the  faces  of  the  cxjmnsc  of  the  heavens. 
After  the  great  himinaries  are  kindled  and  placed  in  the 
internal  man,  and  the  external  thence  receives  light,  then  he 
first  begins  to  live.  Heretofore  he  can  scarcely  be  said  to  have 
lived,  inasmuch  as  the  good  which  he  did  was  supposed  by  him 
to  have  been  done  of  himself,  and  the  truth  whicli  he  spake  to 
have  been  spoken  of  himself ;  and  since  man  of  himself  is  dead, 
and  there  is  in  him  nothing  but  evil  and  falsity,  therefore 
whatever  lie  produces  from  himself  is  not  alive,  in  consequence 
of  his  inability  to  do  good  which  is  good  in  itself.  That  man 
can  neither  think  what  is  good,  nor  will  what  is  good,  conse- 
(piently  cannot  do  what  is  good,  except  from  the  Lord,  must 
be  plain  to  every  one  from  the  doctrine  of  faith,  for  the  Lord 
says  in  Matthew :  "  He  ivho  sovjcth  the  good  seed  is  the  Son  of 
Man  "  (xiii.  37).  Xor  can  any  good  come  but  from  the  real 
Eountain  of  good,  which  is  One  only,  as  He  says  in  another 
place:  "None  is  good  save  One,  that  is  God"  (Luke  xviii.  19). 

2  Nevertheless  when  the  Lord  raises  up  to  life,  or  regenerates 
man,  He  permits  him  at  first  to  suppose  that  he  does  good,  and 
speaks  truth  from  himself,  inasmuch  as  at  that  time  he  is  in- 
capable of  conceiving  otherwise,  nor  can  he  otherwise  be  led  to 
believe,  and  afterwards  to  perceive,  that  all  good  and  truth  are 
from  the  Lord  alone.  Whilst  he  thus  thinks,  the  truths  and 
goods  which  are  in  him  are  compared  to  the  tender  grass,  and 
also  to  the  herb  yielding  seed,  and  lastly  to  the  tree  hearing  fruit, 
all  of  which  are  inanimate  ;  but  now  that  he  is  vivified  by  love 
and  faith,  and  believes  that  the  Lord  operates  all  the  good 
which  he  does,  and  all  the  truth  which  he  speaks,  he  is  com- 
pared first  to  the  crec])ing  things  of  the  water,  and  to  the  foivls 
which  fly  above  the  earth,  and  also  to  beasts,  which  are  all 
animate  things,  and  are  called  living  soids. 

40.  By  creeping  tilings  which  the  waters  bring  forth,  are  sig- 
nified scientifics,  which  belong  to  the  external  man ;  by  birds 
in  general,  rational  and  intellectual  things,  the  latter  of  which 
belong  to  the  internal  man.  The  creeping  things  of  the  vmters, 
or  fishes,  signify  scientifics,  as  is  plain  from  Isaiah:  "At  My 
rebuke,  I  dry  up  the  sea,  I  make  the  rivers  a  wilderness ;  their 
fish  stinketh,  because  there  is  no  xvater,  and  dieth  for  thirst ; 

2  I  clothe  the  heavens  with  blackness  "  (1.  2,  3).     But  it  is  still 

plainer  from  Ezekiel,  where  the  Lord  describes  the  new  temple, 

or  in  general  a  new  Church,  and  the  man  of  the  Church  or  a 

regenerate  person,  for  every  one  who  is  regenerate  is  a  temple 

18 


CHAPTER  I.  20.  [41,  42. 

of  the  Lord.  Tlie  words  are  these :  "  Then  said  He  uuto  ine, 
These  'waters  issue  out  towards  the  east  country,  and  go  down 
into  the  desert,  and  go  into  the  sea,  wliich  being  brought  forth 
into  the  sea,  the  waters  shall  be  healed  ;  and  it  shall  come  t<j 
pass,  that  every  living  soul  which  shall  creep  forth  whither- 
soever the  rivers  shall  come,  shall  live  ;  and  there  shall  be  a 
very  great  multitude  of  fish,  because  these  loaters  shall  come 
thither ;  for  they  shall  be  healed,  and  everything  shall  live 
whither  the  river  cometh.  And  it  sliall  come  to  pass,  that 
the  fishers  shall  stand  upon  it  from  En-gedi  even  unto 
En-eglaim ;  they  shall  be  a  place  to  spread  forth  nets  :  their 
fish  shall  be  according  to  their  kinds,  as  the  fish  of  the  great 
sea,  exceeding  many "  (xlvii.  8-10).  Fishers  from  En-gedi 
unto  En-cglaim  signify  those  who  shall  instruct  the  natural 
man  in  the  truths  of  faith.  Birds  signify  things  rational  and  3 
intellectual,  as  is  plain  from  the  prophets  ;  thus  in  Isaiah  : 
"  Calling  a  ravenous  bird  from  the  east,  a  man  that  exeeuteth  My 
counsel  from  afar  country"  (xlvi.  11).  And  in  Jeremiah: 
"  I  beheld,  and  lo,  there  was  no  man,  and  all  the  birds  of  tlic 
heoAiens  were  fled  "  (iv.  25).  Again,  in  Ezekiel :  "  I  will  plant 
a  cutting  of  the  high  cedar,  and  it  shall  lift  up  a  branch,  and 
shall  bear  fruit,  and  be  a  goodly  cedar;  and  under  it  shall 
dwell  every  f Old  of  every  wing,  in  the  shadow  of  the  branches 
thereof  shall  they  dwell"  (xvii.  22,  23).  And  in  Hosea, 
speaking  of  a  new  Church,  or  of  a  regenerate  man :  "  And  in 
that  day  will  I  make  a  covenant  for  them,  with  the  wild  beast 
of  the  held,  and  with  the  fowls  of  heaven,  and  with  the  creeping 
^/mi^s  of  the  ground  "  (ii.  18).  That  ^^iM  beast  here  does  not 
signify  wild  beast,  nor  bird  bird,  must  be  evident  to  every  one, 
inasmuch  as  the  Lord  is  said  to  make  a  new  covenant  witli 
them. 

41.  Whatever  belongs  to  man's  propriuni  has  no  life  in 
itself,  and  whenever  it  is  made  manifest  to  the  sight,  it  appears 
hard,  like  a  bony  and  black  substance ;  but  whatever  is  from 
the  Lord  has  life,  containing  in  it  a  Spiritual  and  Celestial, 
which  to  tlie  sight  appears  as  something  human  living.  It 
may  possibly  seem  incredible,  but  it  is  nevertheless  most  true, 
that  every  single  expression,  every  single  idea,  and  every  the 
least  principle  of  thought  in  an  angelic  spirit,  has  life,  contain- 
ing in  each  particular  an  affection  proceeding  from  the  Lord, 
who  is  Life  Itself.  Eor  whatever  things  are  from  the  Lord 
have  life  in  themselves,  because  they  contain  faith  towards 
Him,  and  are  here  signified  Ijy  tlie  living  soul ;  they  have  also  a 
species  of  body,  here  signified  by  what  7novcs  itself,  or  creeps. 
These  truths,  however,  are  as  yet  arcana  to  man,  and  are  now 
only  mentioned  because  the  living  soul,  and  the  moving  thing, 
are  treated  of. 

42.  Verse  21.    And   God    created  great    whales,  and   every 

19 


4:\  44.]  GENESIS. 

living  sold  that  crcepctli,  wJiich  the  waters  hroiight  forth  abnnd- 
nntlji  after  their  kind,  and  crery  winr/cd  fotvl  after  its  kind : 
and  God  sav:  that  it  icas  good.  Fishes,  as  was  said  above,  sig- 
nify scientitics,  now  animated  l)y  faith  from  tlie  Lord,  and  thus 
tiring.  IThales  signify  tlieir  general  principles,  in  subordina- 
tion to  which,  and  of  which,  particulars  consist ;  for  there  is 
not  a  single  thing  existing  in  the  universe,  which  is  not  in 
subordination  to  some  general  principle,  as  a  means  of  its 
existence  and  subsistence.  Whcdes  or  great  fishes  are  sometimes 
mentioned  by  the  prophets,  and  are  used  to  signify  the  generals 
nf  scientifics.  riiaraoli,  king  of  Egypt,  by  whom  is  represented 
human  wisdom  or  human  intelligence,  that  is  to  say,  science  in 
general,  is  called  a  great  whale.  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  Behold,  I 
am  against  thee,  Pharaoh,  king  of  Egypt,  the  great  vjhede  that 
Jieth  in  the  midst  of  his  rirers,  which  hath  said,  My  river  is 
2  mine  own,  and  I  have  made  it  for  myself  "  (xxix.  3).  And  in 
another  place  :  "  Take  up  a  lamentation  for  Pharaoh,  king  of 
Egypt,  and  say  unto  liim.  Thou  art  as  a  u-hale  in  the  seas,  and 
thou  camest  forth  with  thy  rivers,  and  troubledst  the  seas  with 
thy  feet "  (xxxii.  2) ;  by  which  are  signified  such  persons  as 
desire  to  enter  into  the  mysteries  of  faith  by  scientifics,  that  is, 
of  themselves.  Again,  in  Isaiah  :  "  In  that  day  the  Lord,  with 
His  hard  and  great  and  strong  sword,  shall  punish  levicdhan 
the  piercing  {oUongnni)  serpent,  even  leviathan  that  crooked 
serpent,  and  he  shall  slay  the  vdicdes  that  are  in  the  sea  " 
(xxvii.  1).  By  slaying  the  whales  that  are  in  the  sea,  is  signified 
that  such  persons  are  ignorant  of  general  principles.  So  in 
Jeremiah  :  "  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king  of  Babylon,  hath  de- 
A'oured  me,  he  hath  crushed  me,  he  hath  made  me  an  empty 
vessel,  he  hath  swallowed  me  up  like  a  whcde,  he  hath  filled 
his  belly  with  my  delicaeies,  he  hath  cast  me  out "  (li.  34)  ; 
whereby  is  meant  that  he  hath  swallowed  up  the  knowledges 
of  faith,  here  called  delieacies,  as  the  vdmle  did  Jonah  ;  a  ichale 
denoting  those  who  possess  the  generals  of  the  knowledges  of 
faith,  as  scientifics,  and  act  in  this  manner. 

43.  Verse  22.  Aoid  God  Messed  them,  saying,  Be  fruitful  and 
multiply,  and  fill  the  waters  in  the  seas ;  and  the  foui  shall  he 
midtiplicd  in  the  earth.  Everything  which  has  in  itself  life 
from  the  Lord,  fructifies  and  multiplies  itself  immensely  ;  not 
indeed  so  much  while  man  lives  in  the  body,  but  to  an  amazing 
degree  in  another  life.  Fruetifieation,  in  the  Word,  is  pre- 
dicated of  the  things  which  are  of  love,  and  mult iplieat ion  of 
the  things  which  are  of  faith  ;  fruit  which  is  of  love  contains 
seed,  by  which  it  so  greatly  multiplies  itself.  The  Lord's 
blessing  also  signifies  in  the  Word,  fruetifieation  and  multi- 
plication, because  they  proceed  from  it.  Verse  23.  And  the 
evening  and  the  morning  were  the  fifth  day. 

44,  Verses  24,  25.  And  God  said,  Let  the  earth  bring  forth 

20 


CHAl'TER  I.  24,  25.  [45,  4G. 

the  living  soul  after  its  kind ;  the  heast,  and  the  moving  thing, 
and  the  vnld  heast  of  the  earth,  after  its  Jdnd:  and  it  was  so. 
And  God  made  the  wild  heast  of  the  earth  after  its  kind,  a.nd  the 
heast  after  its  kind,  and  every  tiling  that  crccpcth  on  the  ground 
after  its  kind :  and  God  saio  that  it  was  good.  Man,  like  the 
earth,  can  produce  notliing  good,  unless  the  knowledges  of  faith 
are  first  sown  in  him,  whereby  he  may  know  what  is  to  he 
believed  and  done.  Tt  is  the  office  of  the  understanding  to 
hear  the  Word,  and  of  the  will  to  do  it.  To  hear  the  Word, 
and  not  to  do  it,  is  like  saying  that  we  believe,  when  we  do 
not  live  according  to  our  belief;  in  which  case  we  separate 
hearing  and  doing,  and  thus  have  a  divided  mind,  and  fall 
under  the  description  of  those  whom  the  Lord  calls  foolish  in 
the  following  passage  :  "  Whosoever  heareth  these  sayings  of 
Mine,  and  doeth  them,  I  will  liken  him  unto  a  7vise  man  who 
built  his  house  upon  a  rock  :  and  every  one  that  hcareth  these 
sayings  of  Mine,  and  doeth  them  not,  shall  be  likened  unto  a 
foolish  man  who  built  his  house  upon  the  &and  "  (Matt.  vii. 
24,  26).  The  things  which  belong  to  the  understanding  are 
signified,  as  was  shewn  above,  by  erceping  things  which  the 
waters  bring  forth,  and  also  hy  fowl  iqyon  the  earth,  and  upon  the 
faees  of  the  expanse  ;  but  those  which  are  of  the  will  are  signified 
here  by  the  living  soul  which  the  earth  produces,  and  by  tlie 
heast  and  creeping  thing,  and  also  by  the  wild  heast  of  that  earth. 

45.  Those  who  lived  in  the  most  ancient  times  represented 
in  this  manner  the  things  relating  to  the  understanding  and 
the  will :  and  hence  amongst  the  prophets,  and  constantly 
in  the  Word  of  the  Old  Testament,  like  tilings  are  represented 
by  different  kinds  of  animals.  Beasts  are  of  two  kinds ;  the 
evil,  so  called  because  they  are  hurtful,  and  the  good,  which 
are  harmless.  Evils  in  man  are  signified  by  evil  beasts,  as  by 
bears,  wolves,  and  dogs ;  and  the  things  which  are  good  and 
gentle,  by  beasts  of  a  like  nature,  as  by  heifers,  sheep,  and 
lambs.  The  heasts  here  alluded  to  are  those  which  are  good 
and  gentle,  and  thus  signify  affections,  because  it  here  treats  of 
those  who  are  being  regenerated.  The  lower  things  in  man, 
which  have  more  connection  with  the  body,  are  called  loihl 
beasts  of  that  earth,  and  are  lusts  and  pleasures. 

46.  That  heasts  signify  man's  affections,  —  evil  affections 
with  the  evil,  and  good  affections  with  the  good, — is  demon- 
strable from  numerous  passages  in  the  Word,  as  in  Ezekiel, 
when  speaking  of  regeneratitui :  "  Behold,  I  am  for  you, 
and  I  will  turn  unto  you,  and  ye  shall  be  tilled  and  sown  ; 
and  I  will  multiply  upon  you  man  and  heast,  and  they 
sliall  be  multiplied  and  bring  forth  fruit :  and  I  will  settle 
you  after  your  old  estates  "  (xxxvi.  9,  11).  So  in  Joel :  "  Be 
not  afraid,  ye  heasts  of  My  field,  for  the  pastures  of  the  wilder- 
ness do  spring  "  (ii.  22).     In  David  also :  "  So  foolish  was  I 

21 


47.]  aEXP:STS. 

and  ignorant ;  T  was  as  a  hensi  before  Tliec  "  (Psalm  Ixxiii.  22). 
And  in  Jeremiah,  wlien  treating  of  regeneration  :  "  Behold  tlie 
days  come,  saith  Jehovah,  tliat  I  will  sow  the  house  of  Israel 
and  tlie  house  of  Judah  with  the  seed  of  man,  and  with  the 
fired  of  hcasf,  and  I  will  watch  over  them  to  build  and  to  plant " 

-  (xxxi.  27,  28).  IVild  hcaats  in  the  following  jxassages  have  a 
similar  signification.  As  in  Hosea  :  "  In  tliat  day  will  I  make 
a  covenant  for  tliem  with  the  wild  beasts  of  the  field,  and  with 
the  fold  of  the  heavens,  and  with  the  creeping  thing  of  the 
earth  "  (ii.  18).  So  in  Job  :  "  Thou  shalt  not  be  afraid  of  the 
vild  beasts  of  the  earth,  for  thou  shalt  be  in  league  w4th  the 
stones  of  the  field,  and  the  tvild  beasts  of  the  field  shall  be  at 
peace  with  thee  "  (verses  22,  23).  Again,  in  Ezekiel :  "  1  will 
make  with  them  a  covenant  of  peace,  and  will  cause  the  evil 
irild  beast  to  cease  out  of  the  land,  and  tliey  shall  dwell  safely  in 
the  wilderness  "  (xxxiv.  25).  In  Isaiah  :  "The  tcUd  beasts  of  the 
field  shall  honour  me,  because  I  give  waters  in  the  wilderness  " 
(xliii.  20).  In  Ezekiel :  "  All  the  foiuls  of  the  heavens  made 
their  nests  in  his  boughs,  and  under  his  branches  did  all  the 
■v-ilcl  beasts  of  the  field  bring  forth  their  young,  and  under  his 
shadow  dwelt  all  great  nations  "  (xxxi.  6).  This  is  said  of  the 
Assyrians,  by  whom  is  signified  the  spiritual  man,  is  com- 
pared to  the  garden  of  Eden.  Again,  in  David  :  "  Glorify  ye 
Him,  all  His  angels.  Glorify  Jehovah  from  the  earth,  ye 
lohales,  fruitful  trees,  unld  beasts,  and  all  beasts,  creejmiff  things, 
and  flying  fowl"  (Psalm  cxlviii.  2,  7,  9,  10).  Here  mention  is 
made  of  the  same  things  as  zvhales,  the  fruitful  tree,  the  irild  beast, 
beast,  the  creeping  thing,  and  fowl,  whicli,  unless  they  had  sig- 
nified what  is  living  in  man,  could  never  have  been  called  upon  to 

3  praise  Jehovah.  The  prophets  carefully  distinguish  between 
beasts  and  wUd  beasts  of  the  earth,  and  between  beasts  and  wild 
beasts  of  the  field.  Nevertheless,  goods  in  man  are  called  beasts, 
just  as  those  wlio  are  nearest  to  the  Lord  in  heaven  are  called 
animals,*  both  in  Ezekiel  and  in  John :  "  And  all  the  angels 
stood  round  about  tlie  throne,  and  the  elders  and  the  four 
animcds,*  and  fell  before  the  throne  on  their  faces,  and  wor- 
shipped the  Lamb"  (Apoc.  vii.  11;  xix.  4).  Those  also  who 
have  the  gospel  preached  unto  them  are  called  creatures,  be- 
cause they  are  to  be  created  anew :  "  Go  ye  into  all  the  world, 
and  preach  the  gospel  to  every  creature"  (Mark  xvi.  15). 

47.  These  words  contain  arcana  relating  to  regeneration,  as  is 
also  manifest  from  this  circumstance,  that  in  the  foregoing 
verse  it  was  said,  the  earth  should  produce  the  living  soul,  the 
beast,  and  the  vnld  beast  of  the  earth  ;  whereas  in  the  following 

*  This  word  is  here  correctly  translated  animals  and  not  beasts,  as  iu  the 
Authorized  Version,  for  ^uov  in  Greek,  and  animal  in  Latin  and  English,  precisely 
correspond  with  each  other,  and  properly  signify  a  living  creature.  Zuoy  is  the 
word  used  in  these  passages  in  tlie  original,  and  not  ^r,p  or  ffttpiov,  as  would  be 
the  case  if  beast  had  been  intended. 

22 


CHAPTER  I.  26.  [48,  49. 

verse  the  order  is  changed,  and  it  is  said,  Clod  made  the  wild 
heast  of  the  earth,  and  likewise  the  beast ;  for  man  in  the  first 
state  of  regeneration,  and  afterwards  until  he  becomes  heavenly, 
brings  forth  as  of  himself;  and  thus  regeneration  begins  from 
the  external  man,  and  proceeds  to  the  internal :  therefore  here 
there  is  another  order,  and  external  things  are  first  mentioned. 

48.  Hence,  then,  it  appears  that  man  is  in  the  fifth  state 
of  regeneration,  when  he  speaks  from  a  principle  of  faith,  which 
belongs  to  the  understanding,  and  thereby  confirms  himself  in 
truth  and  good.  The  things  then  brought  forth  by  him  are 
animate,' and  are  called  the  Jishes  of  the  sea,  and  the  foid  of  the 
heavens.  He  is  in  the  sixth  state,  when  from  faith  in  the  under- 
standing, and  from  the  love  thence  in  the  will,  he  speaks  what 
is  true,  and  does  what  is  good ;  what  he  then  brings  fortli 
being  called  the  livinfj  soul,  and  the  least.  And  because  in  this 
state  he  begins  to  act  from  love,  as  well  as  from  faith,  he  be- 
comes a  spiritual  man,  which  is  called,  as  in  the  following 
passages,  an  image  of  God. 

49.  Verse  26.  And  God  said,  Let  vs  make  man,  in  our  image, 
after  our  likeness :  and  let  them  have  dominion  over  the  fish  of 
the  sea,  and  over  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  over  the  heast,  and. 
over  all  the  earth,  and  over  every  creejnng  thing  that  creepeth  iqjo')!, 
the  earth.  In  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  with  the  members 
of  which  the  Lord  conversed  face  to  face,  the  Lord  appeared  as 
a  man ;  concerning  wdiich  much  might  be  related,  had  the  time 
for  so  doing  yet  arrived.  On  this  account  they  called  no  one 
Man  but  the  Lord  Himself,  and  the  things  which  were  of  Him  ; 
neither  did  they  call  themselves  men,  but  only  those  things 
— as  all  the  good  of  love  and  all  the  truth  of  faith, — which  they 
perceived  they  had  from  the  Lord.  These  they  said  were  of 
3fan,  because  they  were  of  the  Lord.  Hence  in  the  prophets,  2 
by  Man  and  the  So7i  of  Man,  in  the  highest  sense,  is  meant 
the  Lord,  and  in  the  internal  sense,  wisdom  and  intelligence ; 
thus  every  one  who  is  regenerate.  As  in  Jeremiah:  "  I  beheld 
the  earth,  and  lo,  it  was  vacuity  and  emptiness,  and  the  heavens, 
and  they  had  no  light.  I  beheld,  and  lo,  there  was  no  man, 
and  all  the  birds  of  the  heavens  were  fled  "  (iv.  23,  25).  In 
Isaiah,  where,  in  the  internal  sense,  by  mcin  is  meant  a  regener- 
ate person,  and  in  the  highest  sense,  the  Lord  Himself,  as  He 
alone  is  Man:  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah  the  Holy  One  of  Israel, 
and  his  Maker :  I  have  made  the  eartli,  and  created  man  upon 
it :  I,  even  My  hands,  have  stretched  out  the  heavens,  and  all 
their  host  have  I  commanded  "  (xlv.  11,  12).  Tlie  Lord  there-  3 
fore  appeared  to  the  prophets  as  a  7nan,  as  it  is  said  in  Ezekiel : 

"  Above  the  firmament  was  the  likeness  of  a  throne,  as  the 
appearance  of  a  sapphire  stone ;  and  upon  the  likeness  of  the 
throne  was  the  likeness  as  the  appearance  of  a  man  above  upon 
it"  (i.  26).     And  there  appeared  to  Daniel  one  called  the  Son 

23 


50.]  GENESIS. 

of  Man,  or  a  Man,  which  is  the  same  thing:  "I  saw  in  the 
night  visions,  and  behold,  one  like  the  Son  of  Man  came  with 
the  clouds  of  heaven,  and  came  to  the  Ancient  of  days,  and 
they  brought  Him  near  before  Him.  And  there  was  given 
Him  dominion,  and  glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that  all  people, 
and  nations,  and  languages  should  serve  Him  ;  His  dominion  is 
an  everlasting  dominion,  which  shall  not  pass  away,  and  His 
kingdom  that  which  shall  not  be  destroyed "  (vii.  13,  1-4). 
4  The  Lord  also  frequently  calls  Himself  the  Son  of  Man,  or  a 
Man,  and,  as  in  Daniel,  speaks  of  His  future  Coming  in  glory: 
"  Then  they  shall  see  the  Son^of  Man  coming  in  the  clouds  of 
heaven  with  power  and  great  glory  "  (Matt.  xxiv.  30).  Tlce 
clouds  of  the  heavens  are  called  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the 
Word ;  poiccr  and  (jreat  [jlory,  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word, 
which  solely  regards  the  Lord  and  His  kingdom,  in  each  and 
every  passage,  and  from  this  that  sense  derives  its  power  and 
glory. 

50.  The  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church  understood  by  the  image  of 
the  Lord  more  than  can  be  expressed.  Man  is  altogether  ignor- 
ant that  he  is  governed  of  the  Lord  by  angels  and  spirits,  and 
that  with  every  one  there  are  at  least  two  spirits,  and  two  angels. 
By  spirits  man  has  communication  with  the  world  of  spirits. 
and  by  angels  with  heaven.  Without  communication  by  spirits 
with  the  world  of  spirits,  and  by  angels  with  heaven,  and  thus 
through  heaven  with  the  Lord,  it  would  be  utterly  impos- 
sible for  man  to  live ;  for  his  life  depends  entirely  on  siich 
conjunction,  so  that  supposing  spirits  and  angels  to  depart  from 

2  him,  he  would  instantly  perish.  Whilst  man  remains  unre- 
generate,  he  is  governed  in  a  manner  altogether  different  from 
what  takes  place  after  his  regeneration.  Whilst  he  remains 
unregenerate,  evil  spirits  are  with  him,  ruling  over  him  in  such 
a  manner,  that  the  angels,  notwithstanding  they  are  present, 
can  scarcely  do  more  than  prevent  his  plunging  himself  into 
the  lowest  depths  of  mischief,  and  incline  him  to  some  sort  of 
good :  and  this  they  effect  by  making  his  own  lusts  in  some 
degree  subservient  to  good,  and  the  fallacies  of  his  senses  to 
truth.  In  this  state  he  has  communication  with  the  world  of 
spirits,  by  means  of  his  associate  spirits,  but  he  has  not  the 
like  communication  with  heaven,  because  evil  spirits  have  the 
dominion   over  him,  and  angels  only  avert  their  influences. 

3  When,  however,  he  becomes  regenerate,  then  the  angels  have 
the  dominion,  and  inspire  him  with  whatever  is  good  and  true, 
infusing  at  the  same  time  a  dread  and  fear  of  what  is  evil  and 
false.  The  angels,  indeed,  guide  man,  but  herein  they  only 
minister  to  the  Lord,  who  alone  governs  him  by  angels  and 
spirits.  As  this  government  is,  however,  effected  by  the 
ministry  of  angels,  therefore  it  is  here  first  said  in  the  plural, 
Let  US  make  man,  in  our  image ;  but,  as  the  Lord  alone  governs 

24 


CHAPTEK  I.  2G.  [51-53. 

and  disposes,  in  the  verse  following  it  is  added  in  the  singular, 
God  created  man  in  His  oivn  imnije.  This  the  Lord  also  plainly 
declares  in  Isaiah :  "  Tims  saith  Jehovah  thy  Eedeemer,  and 
He  that  formed  thee  from  the  womb;  I  Jehovah  make  all 
things,  stretching  forth  the  heavens  alone,  spreading  abroad  the 
earth  by  Myself "  (xliv.  24),  The  angels  themselves  likewise 
confess  that  they  have  no  power  of  their  own,  but  that  they 
act  from  the  Lord  alone. 

51.  We  may  observe,  in  reference  to  an  image,  that  although 
it  is  not  a  likeness,  it  is  similar  to  a  likeness,  wherefore  it  is  said, 
"  Let  us  make  man,  in  our  image,  after  our  likeness."  The 
spiritual  man  is  an  image,  but  the  celestial  man  is  a  likeness  or 
effigy.  This  chapter  treats  of  the  spiritual  man,  but  the  follow- 
ing of  the  celestial.  The  spiritual  man,  who  is  an  image,  is 
called  by  the  Lord  a  son  of  light,  as  in  John  :  "  He  that  walketh 
in  darkness  knoweth  not  whither  he  goeth.  While  ye  have 
light,  believe  in  the  light,  that  ye  may  be  the  sons  of  light " 
(xii.  35,  36).  He  is  called  also  a  friend :  "  Ye  are  My  friends 
if  ye  do  whatsoever  I  command  you  "  (John  xv.  14).  But  the 
celestial  man,  who  is  a  likeness,  is  called  a  son  of  God ;  as  in 
John  :  "  As  many  as  received  Him,  to  them  gave  He  power  to 
become  the  sons  of  God,  even  to  them  that  believe  on  His  name, 
who  were  born,  not  of  bloods,*  nor  of  the  will  of  the  flesh,  nor 
of  the  will  of  man,  but  of  God  "  (i.  12,  13). 

52.  So  long  as  man  is  spiritual,  his  dominion  proceeds  from 
the  external  man  to  the  internal,  as  here  stated  :  "  Let  them 
have  dominion  over  ih&fish  of  the  sea,  and  over  ihefoivlof  the 
heavens,  and  over  the  heast,  and  over  all  the  earth,  and  over 
every  creeping  thing  that  creepeth  upon  the  earth :  "  luit  when 
he  becomes  celestial,  and  does  good  from  love,  then  his  domi- 
nion proceeds  from  the  internal  man  to  the  external.  This  is 
the  case  with  the  Lord  Himself,  and  also  with  the  celestial  man, 
who  is  His  likeness,  as  He  declares  in  David :  "  Thou  madest 
him  to  have  dominion  over  the  works  of  Thy  hands  ;  Thou  hast 
put  all  things  under  his  feet ;  all  sliccp  and  oxen,  and  also  the 
heasts  of  the  fields ;  i\\Gfov:l  of  the  heavens,  and  the  fish  of  the 
sea,  and  whatsoever  passeth  through  the  paths  of  the  sea" 
(Psalm  viii.  6-8).  Here,  therefore.  Leasts  are  first  mentioned, 
and  then  fotvl,  and  afterwards  fish  of  the  sea,  because  the  celes- 
tial man  proceeds  from  love,  which  belongs  to  the  will,  differing 
herein  from  the  spiritual  man,  in  descriljing  whom  fishes  and 
fovd  are  first  named,  which  belong  to  the  understanding,  as 
having  relation  to  faith,  and  afterwards  mention  is  made  of  beasts. 

53.  Verse  27.  And  God  created  man  in  His  own  image,  in 

*  " 'e|  aifiUTuv."  Tlie  plural  Conn,  althotirjli  not  ailojitcil  in  the  connnou 
version,  on  account  of  its  harsh  sound  to  an  Englisli  ear,  is  lici'e  retained,  both 
as  heinj^  THore  correct,  and  as  liaving  reference  to  an  important  fact  connected 
with  the  internal  sense  of  tlic  Word,  which  is  explained  at  no.  374. 

25 


r.4,  ~<'k]  genesis. 

the  imatjc  of  God  nrafaJ  JFc  h'nn.  The  reason  why  image  is  here 
twice  mentioned  is,  because  t'liith,  whicli  belongs  to  the  under- 
standing, is  called  His  image;  whereas  love,  which  belongs  to 
the  will,  is  called  an  image  of  God,  which  in  the  spiritual  man 
follows,  but  in  the  celestial  man  precedes. 

r»4.  Male  (did  female  created  He  them:  AVhat  is  meant  by 
male  and  female,  in  the  internal  sense,  was  well  known  to  the 
]\Iost  Ancient  Church,  but  when  the  interior  sense  of  the  Word 
was  lost  amongst  their  posterity,  this  arcanum  also  perished. 
Their  marriages  were  their  chief  sources  of  happiness  and  delight, 
and  whatever  admitted  of  the  comparison  they  likened  to  mar- 
riages, in  order  that  thence  they  might  perceive  its  felicity, 
lieing  also  internal  men,  they  were  delighted  only  with  internal 
things,  viewing  externals  with  their  eyes  merely,  whilst  in  their 
thoughts  they  regarded  that  which  they  represented.  Thus 
external  things  were  as  nothing  to  them,  serving  only  as  means 
to  lead  them  to  reflect  on  what  was  internal,  and  from  these 
to  what  was  celestial,  and  thus  to  the  Lord — their  all  in  all.  In 
this  way  they  were  led  to  reflect  on  the  heavenly  marriage, 
whence  they  perceived  the  felicity  of  their  marriages  to  flow  ; 
and  on  this  account  they  called  the  understanding  in  the 
spiritual  man  male,  and  the  will  female,  wliich,  when  acting  in 
unity,  were  spoken  of  as  married.  From  that  Church  was  de- 
rived a  form  of  speaking,  which  came  afterwards  into  general 
use,  whereby  the  Church  itself,  by  reason  of  its  affection  for 
goodness,  was  called  davghter,  and  virgin,  as  the  rirgin  Zion, 
and  the  virgin  Jeruscdem,  and  also  v-ife.  But  on  this  subject 
more  may  be  seen  in  the  following  chapter  (verse  23)  ;  and  in 
chapter  third  (verse  15). 

z>V).  Verse  28.  And  God  Ucssed  them,  and  God  said  mito 
them,  Be  ye  fruitful  and  midtiply ,  and  replenish  the  earth,  and 
suhdne  it :  a^id  hare  dominion  over  the  fish  of  the  sea,  and  over 
the  fov-l  of  the  heavens,  and  over  every  living  thing  thcd  cveepeth 
vpon  the  earth.  The  most  ancient  people,  in  consequence  of 
calling  the  conjunction  of  the  understanding  and  will,  or  of 
faith  and  charity,  a  marriage,  also  denominated  everything  of 
good  produced  from  that  inaTv[age,fructifieatio7is,  and  every- 
thing of  truth,  multiplications.  Hence  the  like  method  of 
speaking  is  used  in  the  prophets.  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  I  will  nudfi- 
ply  upon  you  man  and  beast,  and  they  shall  mvUiply  and  fructify 
themselves ;  and  I  will  settle  you  after  your  old  estates,  and  will 
do  better  unto  you  than  at  your  beginnings ;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah,  yea,  I  will  cause  man  to  walk  upon  you, 
even  My  people  Israel  "  (xxxvi.  11, 12).  By  man  is  here  meant 
the  spiritual  man,  who  is  called  Israel;  by  old  estates,  the 
Most  Ancient  Church  ;  by  heginnings,  the  Ancient  Church  after 
the  flood.  The  reason  why  mnltiplication,  which  is  of  truth, 
is  first  mentioned,  and  fructification,  which  is  of  good,  secondarily, 
26 


CHAPTER  I.  29.  [56,  57. 

is,  because  the  passage  treats  of  one  who  is  to  become  regener- 
ated, not  of  one  wlio  is  ah'eady  regenerated.  When  the  2 
understanding  is  united  with  the  will,  or  faith  with  love,  man 
is  called  by  the  Lord  married  land  ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Thy  land 
shall  be  no  more  termed  desolate,  but  thou  shalt  be  called 
Hephzi-bah  [that  is,  My  delight  is  in  her],  and  thy  land  Beulah 
[that  is,  married]  ;  for  the  Lord  delighteth  in  thee,  and  thy  land 
shall  be  married"  (Ixii.  4).  The  fruits  thence  issuing,  which 
are  of  truth,  are  called  sons,  and  those  whicli  are  of  good  are 
called  daughters,  and  this  method  of  speaking  occurs  very  fre- 
quently in  the  Word.  The  earth  is  replenished,  or  tilled,  when  3 
there  is  an  abundance  of  truth  and  good ;  and  when  the  Lord 
blesses,  and  speaks  to  man,  or,  in  other  words,  operates  upon 
him  by  His  Divine  proceeding,  there  is  an  immense  increase  of 
good  and  truth,  as  the  Lord  says  in  Matthew:  "  The  kingdom 
of  heaven  is  like  to  a  grain  of  mustard-seed,  which  a  man 
took  and  sowed  in  his  field ;  which  indeed  is  the  least  of  all 
seeds ;  but  when  it  is  grown,  it  is  the  greatest  among  herbs, 
and  becometh  a  tree,  so  that  the  birds  of  the  heavens  come  and 
build  their  nests  in  the  branches  thereof "  (xiii.  31,  32).  A 
gram  of  mustard-seed  is  man's  good  before  he  becomes  spiritual, 
which  is  the  least  of  all  seeds,  because  he  thinks  to  do  good  of 
liimself,  and  what  is  of  himself  is  nothing  but  evil.  Since, 
however,  a  state  of  regeneration  has  commenced,  there  is  some- 
thing of  good  in  him,  but  it  is  the  least  of  all  good.  At  length 
his  faith  is  joined  with  love,  it  grows  larger,  and  becomes  a7i 
herl ;  and  lastly,  when  the  conjunction  is  perfected,  it  becomes 
a  tree,  and  then  tlic  birds  of  the  heavens,  in  this  passage  also 
denoting  truths,  or  things  intellectual,  huilel  their  nests  in  its 
hranches,  which  are  scientifics.  When  man  is  spiritual,  as  well  4 
as  during  the  time  of  his  becoming  spiritual,  he  is  in  a  state  of 
warfare,  and  therefore  it  is  said,  suhduc  the  earth  and  have 
dominion. 

56.  Verse  29.  And  God  said, Behold,  I  give  you  every  herhhear- 
ing  seed,  whieh  is  upon  the  faees  of  all  the  earth,  and  every  tree  iii 
which  is  fruit ;  the  tree  yielding  seed,  to  you  it  shall  he  for  meat. 
The  celestial  man  is  delighted  with  celestial  things  alone,  which 
being  agreeable  to  his  life  are  called  celestial  meats :  the 
spiritual  man,  with  spiritual  tilings,  and  as  these  are  agreeable 
to  his  life  they  are  called  spiritual  meats  :  the  natural  man  in 
like  manner  is  delighted  with  natural  things,  which  by  reason 
of  their  suitableness  to  his  life  are  called  meats,  and  consist 
chielly  in  scientifics.  Forasmuch  as  the  spiritual  man  is  here 
treated  of,  his  spiritual  meats  are  described  by  representatives, 
as  by  the  herb  bearing  seed,  and  by  the  tree  in  vjhich  is  fruit, 
which  are  in  general  called  the  tree  yieldiug  seed.  His  natural 
meats  are  described  in  the  following  verse. 

57.  TJie  herb  hearing  seed  is  every  truth  which  regards  use  ; 

27 


r.S,  r.O.]  GENESIS. 

iJic  tree  in  which  is  fruit  is  the  jrood  of  faith  ;  fruit  is  what  the 
Lord  gives  to  the  celestial  man,  but  scat  producing  fru  it  is  what 
He  gives  to  the  spiritual  man  ;  wherefore  it  is  said,  the  tree 
yielding  seed,  to  you  it  shall  he  for  meat.  Celestial  meat  is  called 
fruit  from  a  tree,  as  is  evident  from  the  following  chapter,  where 
the  celestial  man  is  treated  of,  and  from  these  words  which  the 
Lord  spake  by  Ezekiel :  "  And  by  the  river,  upon  the  bank 
tiiereof,  on  this  side  and  on  that  side,  shall  grow  all  trees  for 
meat,  whose  leaf  shall  not  fade,  neither  shall  the  fruit  thereof 
he  consumed ;  it  shall  bring  forth  ncio  fruit  according  to  its 
months ;  because  their  waters  issued  out  of  the  sanctuary  ;  and 
the  fruit  thereof  shall  be  for  meat,  and  the  leaf  thereof  for 
medicine"  (xlvii.  12).  Wedcrs  issuing  out  of  the  sanetuary 
signify  the  life  and  mercy  of  the  Loi'd,  who  is  the  sanctuary  ; 
//wnY,  wisdom,  wliich  shall  be  meat  for  them;  the  /m/ denotes 
intelligence  which  shall  be  for  their  use,  and  this  use  is  called 
medicine.  But  that  spiritual  meat  is  called  herh,  appears  from 
David :  "  The  Lord  is  my  Shepherd,  I  shall  not  want ;  Thou 
makest  me  to  lie  down  in  pastures  of  herh"  (Psalm  xxiii.  1,  2). 

58.  Verse  30.  And  to  every  wild  heast  of  the  earth,  and  to 
every  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  to  everything  that  creepeth  wpou 
the  earth,  wherein  there  is  a  living  soid,  [I  give]  every  green  herh 
for  meat :  and  it  was  so.  The  natural  meat  of  the  same  is  here 
described.  His  natural  part  is  signified  by  the  wild  heast  of 
the  earth  and  by  thefoivl  of  the  heavens ;  to  which  is  given  for 
meat,  vegetahles  and  the  green  of  the  herh.  Both  his  natural  and 
spiritual  food  are  thus  described  in  David :  Jehovah  "  causeth 
the  grass  to  grow  for  the  heast,  and  herh  for  the  service  of  man, 
that  he  may  bring  forth /oofZ  out  of  the  earth"  (Psalm  civ.  14) ; 
where  the  term  heast  is  used  to  express  both  the  wild  heast  of 
the  earth,  and  also  the  fowl  of  the  heavens,  which  are  mentioned 
in  verses  11  and  12  of  the  same  Psalm. 

59.  The  reason  why  vegetahles  and  the  green  of  the  herh  only 
are  here  described  -as  food  for  the  natural  man,  is  this.  In  the 
course  of  regeneration,  when  man  is  being  made  spiritual,  he 
is  continually  engaged  in  warfare,  on  which  account  the  Cluircli 
of  the  Lord  is  called  militant ;  for  before  regeneration  divers 
lusts  have  the  dominion,  because  the  whole  man  is  composed 
merely  of  such  lusts,  and  the  falsities  thence  originating.  Dur- 
ing regeneration  these  lusts  and  falsities  cannot  be  instant- 
aneously removed,  for  that  would  be  to  destroy  the  whole  man, 
since  this  is  the  only  life  which  he  has  acquired  ;  wherefore  evil 
spirits  are  suffered  to  continue  with  him  for  some  time,  that 
they  may  excite  his  lusts,  which,  by  innimierable  modes,  may 
be  so  much  weakened  as  to  be  inclined  by  the  Lord  to  good, 
and  thus  the  man  be  reformed.  In  the  time  of  combat  the 
evil  spirits,  who  bear  the  utmost  hatred  against  good  and 
truth, — tliat  is,  against  whatever  is  of  love  and  faith  towards 

28 


CHAPTER  I.  31.  [G0-G3. 

the  Lord,  which  only  are  good  and  true,  having  eternal  life  in 
them, — leave  the  man  nothing  else  for  food  but  what  is  com- 
pared to  vegetables  and  the  green  of  the  herh ;  nevertheless,  the 
Lord  gives  him  at  intervals  meat  also,  which  is  compared  to  tlie 
Jirrh  hearing  seed,  and  to  the  tree  in  whieh  is  fruit,  that  is,  the 
meat  of  tranquillity  and  peace,  with  their  joys  and  delights. 
Unless  the  Lord  defended  man  every  moment,  yea,  even  the  ~ 
smallest  part  of  every  moment,  he  would  instantly  perish,  in 
consequence  of  the  indescribably  intense  and  mortal  hatred 
which  prevails  in  the  world  of  spirits  against  the  things  relating 
to  love  and  faith  towards  tlie  Lord.  Tlie  certainty  of  this  fact 
I  can  affirm,  having  now  for  some  years,  notwithstanding  my 
remaining  in  the  body,  been  associated  with  spirits  in  the  other 
life,  even  with  the  worst  of  them,  and  I  have  sometimes  been 
surrounded  by  thousands,  to  whom  it  was  permitted  to  spit  fortli 
their  venom,  and  infest  me  by  all  possible  methods,  yet  without 
being  able  to  hurt  a  single  hair  of  my  head,  so  secure  was  I  under 
tlie  Lord's  protection.  From  so  many  years'  experience  I  have 
l)een  thoroughly  instructed  concerning  the  world  of  spirits  and 
its  nature,  as  well  as  witli  that  of  the  spiritual  warfare  which  the 
regenerate  must  needs  undergo,  in  order  to  attain  the  felicity  of 
eternal  life.  But  as  no  one  can  be  properly  instructed  in  such 
subjects  by  a  general  description,  so  as  to  believe  them  with  an 
undoubting  faith,  it  is  proposed,  by  tlie  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
to  relate  the  particulars  in  the  following  pages. 

60.  Verse  31.  And  Goel  sa-w  everything  that  He  had  made, 
and.  behold,  it  tvas  very  good.  And  the  evening  and  the  onorning 
inere  the  sixth  day.  This  state  is  called  very  good,  the  former 
being  merely  called  good :  because  now  the  things  which  are  of 
fuith  make  one  with  those  which  are  of  love,  and  thus  a  marriage 
is  effected  between  what  is  spiritual  and  what  is  celestial. 

61.  All  things  which  are  of  the  knowledges  of  faith  are 
called  spiritual,  and  all  which  are  of  love  to  the  Lord  and 
towards  the  neighbour,  celestial ;  the  former  belong  to  man's 
understanding,  the  latter  to  his  will. 

62.  The  times  and  states  of  man's  regeneration  in  general 
and  in  particular  are  divided  into  six,  and  are  called  the  days 
of  his  creation  :  for  by  degrees  he  is  elevated  from  a  state  in 
which  he  possesses  none  of  the  qualities  wliicli  properly  consti- 
tute a  man,  until  by  little  and  little  he  attains  to  the  sixth  day, 
in  which  he  becomes  an  image  of  God. 

63.  During  this  period  the  Lord  fights  continually  for  him 
against  evils  and  falsities,  and  by  combats  confirms  liim  in  truth 
and  good.  The  time  of  warfare  is  the  time  of  the  Lord's  opera- 
tion, wherefore  the  regenerate  person  is  called  by  the  prophets 
the 'worh  of  the  fingers  of  God:  and  He  resteth  not  until  love 
becomes  his  ruling  principle,  and  then  the  combat  ends.  When 
the  work  is  so  far  perfected,  that  faith  is  conjoined  to  love,  it 

29 


G4-GG.]  GENESIS. 

is  then  called  vcri/  good,  because  then  the  Lord  acts  upon  man 
as  His  likc/usa.  At  the  close  of  the  sixth  day  the  evil  spirits 
de])art,  and  the  ^t;ood  succeed  in  tlieir  place,  when  man  is  intro- 
duced into  heaven,  or  the  celestial  paradise,  which  is  the  subject 
of  the  Ibllowiiig  chapter. 


G4.  This,  then,  is  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word, — its  xery 
essential  life,  v:hieh  docs  not  at  all  appear  from  the  sense  of  the 
letter;  hut  the  arcana  contained  therein  are  so  numerous,  that 
volumes  would  not  suffice  for  their  explanation.  Here  only  a 
very  few  things  are  related,  yet  enough  to  shew  that  it  treats  of 
regeneration,  and  that  regeneration  proceeds  from  the  externcd 
man  to  the  internal.  It  is  thus  the  angels  perceive  the  Word. 
They  Icnow  nothing  of  the  letter,  not  even  ivhat  a  single  expression 
proximcdcly  sigmfics,  much  less  the  names  of  countries,  cities, 
rivers,  and  'persons,  icliich  occur  so  frecpiently  in  the  historiecd. 
and  propheticcd  'parts  of  the  Word.  They  only  have  an  idea  of 
the  things  signified,  hy  the  words  and  names ;  thus  ly  Adam  in 
Paradise  they  understand  the  Most  Ancient  Church ;  not  indeed 
as  a  Church,  hut  as  to  its  faith  in  the  Lord.  By  Noah  they 
understand  the  Church  remaining  with  the  descenelants  of  the 
Host  Ancient  Church,  and  continued  till  the  time  of  Ahram  ;  hy 
Ahraharn,  never  that  individucd ,  hut  a  saving  faith  which  he 
represented,  and  so  in  other  instances — thus  they  have  a  per- 
ception of  things  spiritual  and  celesticd,  cdtogether  ahstractcd 
from  words  and  names. 

65.  Cc7'tain  spirits  who  ivere  talxcn  up  to  the  entrance  of  heaven, 
and  conversed  tvith  me  from  thence  whilst  Iivas  reading  the  Word, 
said,  that  they  did  not  understand  anything  of  the  Word,  or  of 
the  letter,  hut  only  whcd  was  signified  thcrehy  in  the  j^roxi^nate 
interior  sense,  ^chich  they  described  as  so  heautiful,  folloiving  in 
such  order,  and  affecting  them  so  powerfidly,  tJiat  they  called  it 
glory. 

66.  T]ie7'e  are  in  general  four  different  styles  in  which  the 
Word  is  written.  The  First  icas  in  use  in  the  Most  Ancient 
Church.  Their  method  of  expressing  themselves  was  such,  that 
when  they  mentioned  earthly  and  worldly  things,  they  thought  of 
the  spiritucd  and  celestial  things  luhich  they  represented,  so  that 
they  not  only  Of^pressed  themselves  hy  representatives,  hut  also  re- 
duced their  thoughts  into  a  kind  ef  series,  as  of  historical  par- 
ticulars, in  order  to  give  them  more  life :  and  in  this  they  found 
their  grecdcst  delight.  This  style  is  meant  when  Hannah  pro- 
phesied, saying,  "  Speak  ye  what  is  high,  high,  let  what  is  ancient 
come  forth  from  your  mouth"  (1  Sam.  ii.  3).  Such  representat- 
ives are  called  hy  David,  dark  sayings  of  old  (Psalm  Ixxviii.  2, 

30 


CHAPTEE  I.  [66. 

etc.).  From  the  posterity  of  the  Must  Ancie'iit  Churck,  Moses  re- 
ceived ivliat  he  tvrote  concerning  the  creation,  the  garden  of  Eden, 
etc.,  doivn  to  the  time  of  Ahram.  The  Second  style  is  the  his- 
torical, occurring  in  tlie  hooks  of  Moses  from  the  time  of  Ahram, 
and  afterwards  in  those  of  Joshua,  Judges,  Samuel,  and  Kings, 
ill  which  the  historical  facts  actually  occurred  as  they  are  re- 
lated in  the  letter,  although  all  and  each  of  them  contain  things 
altogether  different  in  the  internal  sense,  of  ichich,  hy  the  Divine 
mercy  of  the  Lord,  we  shall  speak  in  order  in  the  following  pages. 
The  Third  style  is  the  2)ropheticcd,  which  took  its  rise  from  that 
which  was  so  highly  venerated  in  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  This 
style,  however,  is  not  connected,  and  in  apipearance  historiccd,  like 
the  Most  Ancient,  is  yet  hroken  and  interrupted ,  heing  scarcely  ever 
inteUigihle  except  in  the  internal  sense, — in  which  are  contained, 
tlie  greatest  arcana,  succeeding  each  other  in  a  heautiful  and 
orderly  connection,  and  relcding  to  the  external  and  internal  man, 
the  various  states  of  the  Church,  Heaven  itself,  and  in  their 
inmost  to  the  Lord.  The  Foukth  style  is  that  of  the  Psalms  of 
David,  which  is  intermediate  hetween  the  prophetiecd  style  and 
that  of  common  speech.  Here,  the  Lord  is  treated  of  in  the 
internal  sense  in  the  person  of  David  as  a  king. 


ol 


GENESIS. 

CIIAPTEli    THE    SECOND. 


67.  It  having  been  granted  me,  hg  the  Divine  mercy  of  the 
Lord,  to  hioio  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  in  which  are  con- 
tained the  deepest  arcana,  such  as  never  heretofore  hare  come  to 
the  knoidcdge  of  any  iwrson,  nor  can  come,  unless  the  nature  of 
the  other  life  he  himun ;  for  the  greater  fart  of  what  is  contained, 
in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  describes  and  involves  what 
relates  to  it ;  therefore  it  is  alloiced  me  to  disclose  what  I  have 
heard  and  seen  during  the  communications  vnth  spirits  and 
angels,  which,  now  for  several  years,  have  been  permitted  to  me. 

68.  /  am  well  aware  that  many  persons  vnll  insist  that  it  is 
impossible  for  any  one  to  converse  ivith  spirits  and  angels  during 
his  life  in  the  body;  many,  that  such  intercourse  must  be  mere 
fancy  and  illusion  ;  some,  that  I  have  invented  such  relations  in 
order  to  gain  credit ;  tvhilst  others  will  make  other  objections ; 
for  all  these,  hovjever,  I  care  not,  since  I  have  seen,  heard,  and 
had  sensible  experience  of  ivhat  I  am  about  to  declare. 

69.  3Ian  has  been  created  by  the  Lord,  so  that  during  his  life 
in  the  body,  he  is  ccq^dble  of  conversing  with  sjnrits  and  angels,  as 
indeed  occurred  in  the  most  ancient  times ;  for  being  a  spirit, 
clothed  tvith  a  body,  he  is  one  vnth  them.  But  because,  in  course  of 
time,  mankind  so  immersed  themselves  in  corporecd  and  ivorldly 
things,  caring  for  almost  nothing  else,  the  way  to  effect  this  became 
dosed ;  nevertheless,  it  is  again  opened-  as  soon  as  bodily  things 
are  removed,  ami  then  man  is  introduced  amongst  spirits,  and 
associates  with  them. 

70.  It  being  permitted  me  to  rclcde  what  I  have,  during  several 
years,  heard  and  seen  in  the  spirit^icd  world,  I  shall  begin  by 
shewing  the  state  of  man  when  rising  from  the  dead,  or  in  what 
way  he 'passes  from  the  life  of  the  body  into  the  life  of  eternity. 
For  that  I  might  knoio  that  man  lives  after  decdh,  it  has  been 
granted  me  to  speak  and  converse  with  sevei^al  persons  with  ivhom 
I  had  been  acquainted  dicring  their  life  in  the  body,  and  this  not 
m,erely  for  a  day  or  a  week,  bid  for  months,  and  in  some  instances 
for  nearly  a  year,  as  I  had  been  iised  to  do  here  on  earth.    They 

32 


CHArTEE  IL  [71,  72. 

■I'rrr  greatlij  Hurpriscd,  tliat  ihcij  themselves,  during  their  life  in 
the  hody,  held  lifed,  and  that  many  others  still  live,  in  such  a  state 
of  unhelief  concerning  a  future  life,  'wlien,  nevertheless,  there 
intervenes  hut  the  space  of  a  few  days  between  the  decease  of  the 
hody  a.nd  their  entrance  into  anotJicr  ivorld ;  for  dcatJi  is  a, 
continuation  of  life. 

71.  But,  as  such  relations  vovJd  he  scattered  and  uncomiected, 
vrre  they  inserted  u-ith  the  e.iyplanation  of  the  text  of  the  Word, 
I  propose,  hy  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  to  adjoin  them,  in  order,  as 
a  sort  of  preface  and  conclusion  to  each  chapter,  except  vherc  they 
are  incidentally  introduced . 

72.  How,  therefore,  man  is  raised  from  the  dead,  and  coders 
into  the  life  of  eternity,  it  i'<  p)erinitted  me  to  state  at  the  end  of 
this  chapter. 


CHAPTEK  II. 

1.  And  the  lieavens  and  the  earth  were  finished,  and  all  the 
host  of  them. 

2.  And  on  the  seventh  day  (iod  finished  His  work  wliich  He 
had  made:  and  He  rested  on  the  seventh  day  from  all  His  worlv 
wliich  He  had  made. 

•  5.  And  God  blessed  the  seventh  day,  and  sanctified  it ;  be- 
canse  that  in  it  He  rested  from  all  His  work,  which  God  in 
making  created. 

4.  These  are  the  nativities  of  the  heavens  and  of  the  earth, 
V  when  He  created  them,  in  the  day  in  which  Jehovah  God  made 

the  earth  and  the  heavens. 

;").  And  there  was  no  shrub  of  the  field  as  yet  in  the  earth, 
and  there  was  no  herb  of  the  field  as  yet  put  forth,  because 
Jehovah  God  had  not  caused  it  to  rain  upon  the  earth.  And 
tliere  was  no  man  to  till  the  ground. 

<).  And  He  made  a  mist  to  ascend  from  the  earth,  and 
watered  all  tlie  faces  of  the  ground. 

7.  And  Jehovah  God  formed  man  [of]  the  dust  of  the 
ground,  and  breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  l)reath  of  lives;  and 
nuui  became  a  living  soul. 

5.  And  Jehovah  God  planted  a  garden  eastwai'd  in  Edeu, 
and  there  He  put  the  man  whom  He  had  formed. 

'.).  And  out  of  the  ground  made  Jehovah  God  to  grow  every 
tr(!e  that  is  pleasant  to  the  sight,  and  good  for  food ;  the  tree  of 
lives  also,  in  the  midst  of  the  garden ;  and  the  tree  of  the 
knowledge  of  good  and  evil. 

10.  And  a  river  went  out  of  Eden  to  water  the  garden,  and 
from  thence  it  was  parted,  and  became  into  four  heads. 

11.  The  name  of  the  first  is  Pison  ;  that  is  it  whicli  coiu- 
passeth  the  whole  land  of  Havilah,  where  there  is  gold ; 

VOL.  I.  G  oo 


73-80.]  (J  EN  ESI  S. 

12.  Aiul  the  gold  of  that  hind  is  ^ood  :  tliore  is  hdellimn  and 
the  onyx-stone. 

I'A.  And  the  name  of  the  second  rivev  is  (lihon  ;  the  same  is 
it  that  compasseth  the  ^vhole  land  of  Etliio])ia  [Cusli]. 

14.  And  tlie  name  of  the  third  river  is  lliddekel ;  that  is  it 
Avliich  goetli  eastward  towards  Assyria  ;  and  tlu;  fourth  river  is 
Ku]»hrates. 

If).  And  Jehovali  (uxl  took  the  man,  and  placed  him  in  tlic 
garden  of  Eden,  to  till  it  and  take  care  of  it. 

16.  And  Jehovah  God  connnanded  the  man,  saying,  Of 
every  tree  of  the  garden,  eating  tliou  mayest  eat : 

17.  ]5ut  of  the  tree  of  the  knowledge  of  good  and  evil,  thou 
shalt  not  eat  of  it ;  for  in  the  day  that  thou  eatest  thereof, 
tlying  thou  shalt  die. 


THE  COXTEXTS. 


73.  Wheueas  man  iVom  lieing  dead  is  made  spiritual,  so 
from  being  spiritual  he  is  made  celestial,  as  is  now  treated  of, 
verse  1. 

74.  The  celestial  man  is  the  srccnth  day  on  LoMck  the  Lord 
rests,  verses  2,  o. 

75.  His  scientific  and  rational  parts  are  described  by  the 
sJrnib  and  the  herb  [/roivi/>[/  out  nf  the  ground,  weltered  luith  'mist, 
verses  5,  6. 

76.  His  life,  by  the  trreatk.  of  Vices  hreedhed  into  him,  verse  7. 

77.  Afterwards  his  intelligence,  by  the  (jeirden  in  Eden  eeist- 
'icdrcl ;  in  which  trees  pleasant  to  the  sight  are  the  perceptions 
of  truth,  and  trees  good  for  food ,  the  perceptions  of  good.  Love 
is  described  by  the  tree  of  lives ;  faith,  by  the  tree  of  knowledge, 
verses  8,  9. 

78.  His  wisdom  is  described  ijy  the  river  in  the  geirden  ; 
\\QXiCQ,i\\Q  four  ricers,  tlie  first  oi  which  is  good  and  truth,  and 
tlte  seeond  the  knowledge  of  all  things  belonging  to  good  and 
truth,  or  to  love  and  faith,  wdiich  are  of  the  internal  man ;  tlie 
third  is  reason,  and  the  fonrth  is  science,  which  are  of  the 
external  man  :  all  are  from  wisdom,  and  wisdom  is  from  love 
and  faith  tow\ards  the  Lord,  verses  10-14. 

79.  The  celestial  man  is  such  a  garden :  but  inasmuch  as! 
the  garden  is  the  Lord's,  it  is  granted  him  to  enjoy  all  those 
things,  but  not  to  possess  them  as  his  own,  verse  15. 

80.  He  is  also  permitted  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  what  is] 
good  and  true,  by  means  of  every  perception  derived  from  the! 
Lord ;  but  he  must  not  do  so  from  himself  and  the  world,! 
i]or  inquire  into  the  mysteries  of  faith  bv  means  of  sensualsj 

34 


CHAPTER  II.  1.  [81,  82. 

and  scientifics,  as  in  such  a  case  the  celestial  part  is  destroyed, 
verses  16,  17. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 


81.  This  chapter  treats  of  the  celestial  man,  as  the  pre- 
ceding one  did  of  the  spiritual,  wlio  was  formed  out  of  the  dead 
man.  But  as  it  is  unknown  at  this  day  what  is  meant  by  the 
celestial  man,  and  scarcely  what  by  the  spiritual,  and  the  dead 
■man,  it  is  permitted  me  briefly  to  relate  the  nature  of  each,  that 
they  may  be  known.  Fir>it,  then,  a  dead  man  acknowledges 
nothing  to  be  true  and  good,  Ijut  wliat  belongs  to  the  body  and 
the  world,  and  this  he  adores.  A  spiritual  man  acknowledges 
spiritual  and  celestial  truth  and  good :  but  he  does  so  from  a 
principle  of  faith,  which  is  likewise  the  ground  of  his  actions, 
and  not  from  love.  A  celestial  man  believes  and  perceives 
spiritual  and  celestial  truth  and  good,  acknowledges  no  other 
faith  ]}ut  what  has  its  ground  in  love,  from  which  also  he  acts. 
Secoiidli/,  the  ends  which  influence  a  dead  man  regard  only  '■ 
corporeal  and  worldly  life,  nor  does  he  know  what  eternal  life 
is,  or  what  the  Lord  is ;  or  should  he  knoio,  he  does  not  believe. 
The  ends  whicli  influence  a.  spiritual  man  regard  eternal  life, 
and  thereby  the  Lord.  The  ends  which  influence  a  celesticd 
man  regard  the  Lord,  and  thereby  His  kingdom  and  eternal  life. 
Thirdly,  a  dead  man,  when  he  is  engaged  in  spiritual  combats, . 
most  commonly  yields  in  them,  and  when  he  is  not  in  combat, 
evils  and  falsities  have  the  dominion  over  him,  and  he  is  their 
slave.  The  restraints  by  which  he  is  bound  are  merely  external, 
as  the  fear  of  the  law,  the  loss  of  life,  of  wealth,  of  gain,  and 
of  reputation,  which  he  values  for  their  sake.  The  spiritual 
man  is  engaged  in  spiritual  combats,  but  is  always  victorious  : 
the  bonds  by  which  he  is  restrained  are  internal,  and  are  called 
tlic  restraints  of  conscience.  The  celesticd  man  is  engaged  in  no 
combats,  and  when  assaulted  by  evils  and  falses,  he  contemns 
them,  and  is  therefore  called  a  conqueror.  He  is  apparently 
influenced  by  no  restraints,  but  is  free :  the  restraints  whicli 
()])erate  upon  liim  are  not  apx)arent, — they  are  the  perceptions 
of  good  and  truth. 

82.  Verse  1.  And  the  ]i ravens  and  lite  earth  were  finished, 
and  cdl  the  host  of  them.  l>y  tliese  words  is  meant  that  man 
is  now  rendered  so  far  spiritual,  as  to  have  become  the  sixtli 
day ;  heaven  is  his  internal  man,  and  ea7'th  his  external ;  the 
host  of  them,  are  love,  faith,  and  the  knowledges  thereof,  which 
were  previously  signified  by  the  great  luminaries  and  the  stars. 
The  internal  man  is  called  hcaccn,  and  the  external  earth,  as  is 


8.".  8.".]  GENESIS. 

C'vidcMil  from  llio  passages  of  tlie  Word  already  cited  in  the 
]irecedin;4  clia]iter,  to  which  may  be  added  the  foUowing  from 
Isaiah  :  "  I  will  make  a  man  more  rare  than  solid  gold,  even  a 
man  tlian  the  ]>reeious  gold  of  Opliir  ;  therefore  1  will  shake 
the  /iraroi.^  with  terror,  and  tjie  rarth  shall  remove  ont  of  her 
])lace"  (xiii.  1-,  13).  And  again:  "Thou  forgettest  Jehovah 
thv  ]\Iaker,  that  stretched  forth  the  licavcns,  and  laid  the  foun- 
dations of  the  cdvtli ;  but  1  will  i)Ut  My  words  in  thy  moutli, 
anil  I  will  cover  thee  in  the  shadow  of  My  hand,  that  I  may 
stretch  out  heaven,  and  lay  the  foundation  of  the  earth"  (li. 
13,  16).  From  these  words  it  appears,  that  both  heaven  and 
rarth  are  predicated  of  man  ;  for  although  they  refer  prinaarily 
lo  the  j\[ost  Ancient  Church,  yet  the  interiors  of  the  Word  are 
(»f  such  a  nature,  that  whatever  is  said  of  the  Church  may  also 
be  said  of  every  individual  member,  who,  unless  he  were  a 
Cimrch,  could  not  possibly  be  a  part  of  the  Church  ;  as  he  who 
is  not  a  temple  of  the  Lord  cannot  be  what  is  signified  by  the 
temple,  that  is,  a  Church  and  Heaven.  It  is  for  this  reason 
that  the  Most  Ancient  Church  is  called  Man  in  the  singular 
number. 

83.  The  heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  the  hast  of  them'  are 
said  to  he  finished,  when  man  completes  the  sixth  day,  for  then 
faith  and  love  make  a  one.  In  this  state  love  and  not  faith, 
that  is,  the  Celestial,  not  the  Spiritual,  begins  to  rule  ;  and  thus 
he  becomes  a  celestial  man. 

84.  Verses  2,  3.  And  on  the  seventh  day  God  finished  His 
vorh  u'liieli  He  lead  mcaJe:  and.  He  rested  on  the  seventh  elay  from, 
all  His  v:ork  n-hieh  He  had  made.  And  God  Messed  the  seventh 
day,  and  sanetified  it ;  heccntse  that  in  it  He  rested  from  cdl  His 
'ii'ork,  ichich  God  in  inahing  created.  The  celestial  man  is  tlie 
seventh  day,  which,  as  the  Lord  worked  during  the  six  days, 
is  called  His  icork ;  and  because  all  combat  then  ceases,  the 
liord  is  said  to  rest  from  cdl  His  work.  On  this  account  the 
seventh  day  was  sanetified,  and  called  the  Sabbath,  from  a 
Hebrew  word  signifying  rest;  and  thus  man  was  created, 
formed,  and  made,  as  is  plainly  discoveral)le  from  the  words 
tliemselves. 

85.  That  the  celestial  man  is  the  seventh  day,  and  that  tlic 
seventh  day  was  therefore  sanctified,  and  called  the  Sabbath,  are 
arcana  which  have  not  hitherto  Ijeen  discovered.  For  no  one  has 
been  acquainted  with  the  nature  of  the  celestial  man,  and  few 
only  with  that  of  the  spiritual,  who  as  a  necessary  consequence 
of  this  ignorance  has  been  confounded  with  the  celestial,  not- 
withstanding the  great  difference  which  we  have  seen  to  exist 
between  them  (as  may  be  seen,  no.  81).  With  respect  to  the 
seventh  day,  and  to  the  celestial  man  as  being  the  seventh  day  ox 
tke  Sahbath,  it  is  plain  from  this,  that  the  Lord  Himself  is  the 
Sabbath  ;  wherefore  He  says,  "  The  Son  of  Man  is  Lord  also  of 

30 


CIIArTEE  II.  2,  3.  [8G,  87. 

the  Sahhafh  "  (Mark  ii.  27) ;  which  words  imply  that  the  Lord 
is  Man  Himself,  and  the  Sabbath  itself.  His  kingdom  in  the 
heavens  and  on  the  earth  is  called  from  Him,  a  Sahhath,  or 
eternal  peace  and  rest.  The  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  is 
here  treated  of,  was  the  Sahhath  of  the  Lord  above  all  that  suc- 
ceeded it.  Every  subsequent  inmost  Church  of  the  Lord  is  also  2 
a  Sahhath  ;  and  so  is  every  regenerated  person  when  he  becomes 
celestial,  because  he  is  a  likeness  of  the  Lord.  Six  days  of 
combat  or  labour  always  precede  this  Sahhath.  These  tilings 
were  represented  in  the  Jewish  Church  by  the  da_>/s  of  lahoui; 
and  by  the  seventh  elay  whieh  loas  the  Sahhath :  for  in  that 
Church  there  was  nothing  instituted  which  was  not  representative 
of  the  Lord  and  His  kingdom.  The  like  was  also  represented 
by  the  ark  when  it  went  forward,  and  when  it  rested,  for  by  its 
going  forward  in  the  wilderness  were  represented  combats  and 
temptations,  and  l)y  its  rest  a  state  of  peace  :  therefore,  when 
it  set  forward,  Moses  said :  "  Rise  up,  Jehovah,  and  let  Thine 
enemies  be  scattered  ;  and  let  them  that  hate  Thee  flee  before 
Thy  faces.  And  when  it  rested,  he  said,  Return,  Jehovah,  unto 
the  myriads  of  the  thousands  of  Israel "  (Num.  x.  35,  36).  It 
is  tliere  said  of  the  ark  that  it  went  from  the  mount  of  Jehovah 
"to  search  out  a  rest  for  them"  (verse  33).  The  rest  of  the  3 
celestial  man  is  described  by  the  Sahhath  in  Isaiah  :  "  If  thou 
turn  away  thy  foot  from  the  Sahhath,  from  doing  thy  pleasure 
on  My  holy  day,  and  call  the  Seihhath  a  delight,  the  holy  of 
Jehovah,  honourable;  and  shalt  honour  Him, not  doing  thine  own 
ways,  nor  finding  thine  own  pleasure,  nor  speaking  thine  own 
words  ;  then  shalt  thou  be  delightful  to  Jehovah  the  Lord,  and 
I  will  cause  thee  to  ride  upon  the  high  places  of  tlie  earth,  and 
feed  thee  with  the  heritage  of  Jacolj"  (Iviii.  13,  14).  Such  is 
the  quality  of  the  celestial  man,  that  he  acts  not  according  to 
liis  own  desire,  but  conforms  his  wishes  to  the  good  pleasure  of 
the  Lord.  Thus  he  enjoys  peace  and  internal  felicity,  here 
expressed  by  riding  vpon  the  high  j^lffees  of  the  earth ;  and  at 
the  same  time  trantpiillity  and  external  delight,  which  is  signified 
hy  feeding  on  the  heritage  ef  Jaeoh. 

80.  The  spiritual  man,  who  is  made  the  sixth  day  when  he 
begins  to  be  celestial,  which  state  is  here  first  treated  of,  is  the 
evening  of  the  Sahhath,  represented  in  the  Jewish  Church  by  the 
sanetiJieatio7i  of  the  Sahheithfrom  the  evening.  The  celestial  man 
is  the  morning  to  be  spoken  of  presently. 

87.  Another  reason  why  the  celestial  man  is  the  Sahhath.  or 
rest,  is,  because  all  combat  ceases  when  he  becomes  celestiah 
Then  evil  spirits  retire,  and  good  ones  approach,  as  well  as  celes- 
tial angels ;  and  when  these  are  present,  evil  spirits  cannot 
possibly  remain,  but  flee  far  away.  And  since  it  was  not  the 
juan  himself  wlio  carried  on  tlie  combat,  but  the  Lord  alone  for 
man,  it  is  said  that  the  Lord  rested. 

37' 


S8.  80.]  (lENESIS. 

88.  AVhcn  tlic  spiritual  man  Lecomcs  celestial,  he  is  called 
the  work  of  God,  because  the  Lord  alone  has  fought  for  him, 
and  created,  formed,  and  made  him  :  wherefore  it  is  here  said, 
(lod  Jinisluxl  His  irurk  on  the  seventh  dai/ ;  and  twice  that  He 
rested  from  oil  His  work.  ]iy  the  prophets  man  is  repeatedly 
called  the  vork  of  the  hands  and  finrjers  of  Jehovah  ;  as  in  Isaiah, 
speaking  of  the  regenerate  man :  "  Tlius  saith  Jehovah,  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel,  and  his  ]\Iaker,  Ask  Me  of  tilings  to  come, 
concerning  My  sons,  and  concerning  the  work  of  My  hands 
command  ye  Me.  /  liave  made  the  earth,  and  created  man 
upon  it ;  I,  even  ]My  hands  have  stretched  out  the  heavens, 
and  all  their  host  have  I  commanded.  For  thus  saith  Jehovah 
rreatinrj  the  hcaveyis,  God  Himself /w^nzn^  the  earth  and  making 
it ;  He  is  establishing  it.  He  created  it  not  a  vacuity.  He  formed 
it  to  be  inhabited.  1  am  Jehovah,  and  tliere  is  no  God  else 
beside  Me"  (xlv.  11,  12,  18,  21).  Hence  it  is  evident  that  the 
new  creation,  or  regeneration,  is  the  work  of  the  Lord  alone. 
The  expressions,  to  create,  to  form,  and  to  mctke  are  sufficiently 
distinct  in  their  explanation,  both  in  the  above  passage, 
"  creating  the  heavens, /<?r?»i?;7  the  earth,  and  making  it,"  and 
in  other  places  in  the  same  prophet,  as:  "Every  one  that  is 
called  by  ISiy  name,  I  have  created  him  for  ]\Iy  glory,  I  have 
formed\\\\x\,  I  also  have  made  him"  (xliii.  7);  and  also  both  in 
the  ])receding  and  in  this  chapter  of  Genesis,  as  in  the  passage 
before  iis :  "  He  rested  from  all  His  ivork,  vjliieli  God  in  making 
created."  So,  likewise,  whenever  the  Lord  is  called  Creator,  or 
Former,  or  Maker,  each  term  always  involves  a  distinct  idea  in 
the  internal  sense. 

80.  Verse  4.  These  are  the  nativities  of  the  hcavensi  and  of  the 
earth,  wlien  He  created  them,  in  the  day  in  which  Jehovah  God 
made  the  earth  and  the  heavens.  The  nativities  of  the  heavens 
and  of  the  earth  are  the  formations  of  the  celestial  man.  This 
formation  is  here  treated  of,  as  is  very  evident  from  the  par- 
ticulars which  follow,  as  that  no  herb  had  as  yet  sprung  forth, 
that  there  was  no  man  to  till  tlie  ground,  as  well  as  that  Jehovah 
God  formed  man,  and  afterwards,  that  he  made  every  beast  and 
bird  of  the  heavens,  of  whose  formation  mention  was  made  in 
the  foregoing  cliapter ;  from  all  which  it  is  manifest  that  another 
man  is  here  treated  of.  This  is,  however,  still  more  evident 
from  this  circumstance,  that  now  the  Lord  is  first  called 
Jehovah  God,  whereas  in  the  preceding  passages,  which  treat 
of  the  spiritual  man,  He  is  simply  called  God,  and,  further, 
that  the  ground  and  the  field  are  here  treated  of,  whilst,  in  the 
preceding  passages,  it  is  only  called  earth.  In  this  verse  also 
heaven  is  first  mentioned  before  earth,  and  afterwards  earth 
before  heaven ;  the  reason  of  M'hich  is,  that  earth  signifies  the 
external  man,  and  heaven  the  internal,  and  in  the  spiritual 
man  reformation  begins  from  the  earth,  or  the  external  man, 


CHArTEE  11.  5,  6.  [90-93. 

while,  in  the  celestial  man,  which  is  here  treated  of,  it  begins 
fnini  the  internal  man,  or  from  heaven. 

!)0.  Verses  5,  6.  And  tlicre  was  no  shnib  of  the  field  as  yd 
in  the  earth,  and,  there  was  no  herb  of  the  field  as  yet  jnd  forth, 
because  Jehovah  God  had  not  caused  it  to  rain  upon  the  earth. 
And  there  was  no  man  to  till  the  ground.  And  He  made  a  mist 
to  ascend  from  the  earth,  and  watered  all  the  faces  of  the  ground. 
By  the  shrub  of  the  field  and  the  herb  of  the  field  are  meant  in 
general  all  that  his  external  man  produces.  The  external  man 
is  called  earth  whilst  he  remains  spiritual :  hni  ground  and  also 
field  when  he  becomes  celestial.  Rain,  which  is  soon  after 
called  mist,  is  the  tranquillity  oi  peace  when  the  combat  ceases. 

91.  Unless,  however,  the  state  of  man  be  known,  when  from 
being  spiritual  he  is  made  celestial,  it  is  impossible  to  have  any 
perception  of  what  is  here  implied,  in  consequence  of  their 
being  interior  arcana.  Whilst  he  is  spiritual,  the  external  man 
is  not  yet  reduced  to  such  obedience  as  to  be  willing  to  serve 
the  internal,  hence  there  is  warfare ;  but  when  he  becomes 
celestial,  then  the  external  man  begins  to  comply  with  and 
serve  the  internal,  wherefore  the  combat  ceases,  and  hence 
arises  tranquillity  (see  no.  87).  This  tranquillity  is  signified  by 
rai7i  and  mist,  for  it  is  like  a  vapour,  witli  which  the  external 
man  is  v;atered  and  bedewed  from  the  internal ;  it  is  this 
tranquillity,  the  offspring  of  i)eace,  Mdiich  produces  what  are 
called  the  shrub  of  the  field  and  the  herb  of  the  field,  which  are, 
specifically,  things  rational  and  scientific  from  a  celestial- 
spiritual  origin. 

92.  What  the  tranquillity  of  peace  of  the  external  man,  on 
the  cessation  of  combat,  when  he  is  no  longer  disturbed  by  evil 
desires  and  false  suggestions,  is,  can  only  be  known  to  those 
wlio  are  acquainted  with  the  state  of  peace.  This  state  is  so 
delightful,  as  to  exceed  every  idea  of  delight :  it  is  not  only  a 
cessation  of  combat,  l)ut  it  is  life  proceeding  from  interior 
l>eace,  and  affecting  the  external  man  in  such  a  manner  as 
cannot  be  described  ;  the  truths  of  faith,  and  the  good  affections 
of  love,  which  derive  their  life  from  the  delight  of  peace,  then 
come  into  existence. 

93.  The  state  of  the  celestial  man,  gifted  with  the  tran- 
quillity of  peace,  rerired  by  rain,  and  delivered  from  the  slavery 
of  what  is  evil  and  false,  is  thus  described  by  the  Lord  in 
E/.ekiel :  "  I  will  make  with  them  a  covenant  oi  peace,  and  will 
cause  the  evil  wild  beast  to  cease  out  of  the  land,  and  they 
shall  dwell  safely  in  the  wilderness,  and  sleep  in  the  woods  ; 
and  I  will  make  them  and  the  places  round  about  IVly  hill  a 
blessing ;  and  I  will  cause  the  shower  to  come  down  in  his 
season  ;  there  shall  be  slimcersu^  blessing.  And  the  tree  of  the 
field  shall  yield  her  fruit,  and  the  earth  shall  yield  her  increase, 
and  thev  shall  be  upon  the  ground  in  their  confidency,  and 

39 


94-90.]  (JKNESIS. 

shall  know  that  T  niu  Jehovah,  wlieii  I  have  hrol-cen  the  hanjs 
(if  tlioir  yoke,  aiul  delivcreil  them  out  of  the  hand  of  tliose  that 
served  tlieniselves  of  them.  And  ye  My  liock,  the  Hock  of  My 
])asture,  ye  are  a  man,  and  I  am  your  God"  (xxxiv.  25-27,  31 ). 
This  is  ell'ected  on  the  third  day,  which  in  the  Word  signifies 
the  same  as  the  seventh  day,  as  is  thus  declared  in  Hosea  ; 
"After  two  days  will  He  revive  us;  in  the  third  day  He  will 
raise  us  up,  and  we  shall  live  in  His  sij^^ht ;  and  we  shall  know, 
and  shall  i'ollow  on  to  know  Jehovah:  His  going  forth  is 
prepared  as  the  morning,  and  He  shall  come  unto  us  as  the 
rain,  as  the  evening  rain  watering  the  earth"  (vi.  2,  3).  It  is 
compared  to  the  hud  of  the  field,  as  is  declared  by  Ezekiel,  when 
speaking  of  the  Ancient  Church :  "  I  have  caused  thee  to 
multiply  as  the  had  of  the  field,  and  thou  hast  increased,  and 
waxen  great,  and  thou  art  come  to  excellent  ornaments  "  (xvi. 
7).  And  also  to  a  hunch  of  the  2'lc(,7itations,  and  to  the  work  of 
tlie  hands  of  Jehovah  God  (Isaiah  Ix.  21). 

94.  Verse  7.  And  Jehovah  God  formed,  man  [o/]  the  dust  of 
the  ground,  and  breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  lives  ;  and 
■man  beeanie  a  living  soul.  To  form  man  [of]  the  dust  of  the 
ground,  is  to  form  his  external  man,  which  before  was  not  man  ; 
for  it  is  said  (verse  5),  that  there  was  no  man  to  till  the  ground. 
To  breathe  into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  lives,  is  to  give  him  the 
life  of  faith  and  love  ;  and  by  man  became  a  living  soul  is  signi- 
fied that  his  external  man  was  also  made  alive. 

95.  The  life  of  the  external  man  is  here  treated  of;  the  life 
of  his  faith  or  understanding  in  the  two  former  verses,  and 
the  life  of  his  love  or  will  in  this  verse.  Hitherto  the  external 
man  has  been  unwilling  to  yield  to  and  serve  the  internal,  being 
(jngaged  in  a  continual  combat  with  him,  and  therefore,  properly 
s})eaking,  the  external  was  not  then  a  man.  Now,  however,  being 
made  celestial,  the  external  begins  to  comply  with  and  ser\e 
the  internal,  and  in  this  case  becomes  ft  man,  being  so  rendered 
both  by  the  life  of  faith  and  the  life  of  love.  The  life  of  faitli 
})repares  him,  but  it  is  the  life  of  love  which  causes  him,  tu  In 
a  man. 

96.  It  is  said  that  Jcliovah-  God  breathed  into  his  nostrils.  Of 
this  expression  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  old  time,  and  in  the 
Word,  by  nostrils  was  understood  whatever  was  grateful  in 
('onsequence  of  its  odour,  which  signifies  perception.  On  this 
account  it  is  repeatedly  written  of  -Jehovah,  that  He  smclled  an 
odour  of  rest  from  the  burnt-offerings,  and  from  those  things 
which  represented  Him  and  His  kingdom;  and  as  the  things 
relating  to  love  and  faith  are  most  grateful  to  Him,  it  is  said 
that  He  brcatlicd  the  breath  of  lives  through  the  nostrils ;  hence 
the  Anointed  of  Jehovah,  or  the  Lord,  is  called  the  breath  of  the 
nostrils  (Lam.  iv.  20).  This  also  the  Lord  Himself  signified  l)y 
breathing  on  His  disciples,  as  it  is  written  in  John  :  "He  breathed 

40 


CHAPTER  II.  8.  [97-99. 

en    the/n,  awl   saith  unto   tkoii,  Rcceice   ye   the   Hohf  Spii'd " 
uxx.  22). 

97.  The  reason  why  life  is  described  by  Ircathing  and  h/i 
hrcath,  is,  because  the  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  per- 
ceived states  of  love  and  of  faith  by  states  of  respiration,  which 
were  successively  changed  in  their  posterity.  Concerning  this 
respiration  nothing  can  as  yet  be  said,  inasmuch  as  it  is  a 
subject  at  this  day  altogether  unknown  ;  nevertheless,  the  most 
ancient  people  had  a  perfect  knowledge  of  it,  as  those  also  have 
who  are  in  another  life,  although  there  is  not  a  single  person 
on  earth  at  present  who  is  at  all  acquainted  with  it :  it  was  on 
this  account  that  they  compared  spirit  or  life  to  vnnd.  The 
Lord  also  applies  the  same  comparison,  when  speaking  of  the 
regeneration  of  man,  in  John  :  *  "  The  icind  bloweth  wliere  it 
listeth,  and  thou  hearest  tlie  sound  thereof,  but  canst  not  tell 
whence  it  cometh,  or  wliither  it  goeth ;  so  is  every  one  that  is 
born  of  the  Spirit "  (iii.  8).  So  in  David :  "  V^y  the  word  of 
Jehovah  were  the  heavens  made,  and  all  the  host  of  them  by 
tlie  hrcath  of  His  mouth  "  (Psalm  xxxiii.  6) ;  and  again  :  "  Thou 
takest  away  their  breath,  they  die,  and  return  to  their  dust ; 
Thou  sendest  forth  Thi/  spirit,  they  are  created,  and  Thou 
renewest  the  face  of  the  earth  "  (Psalm  civ.  29,  30).  Breath  is 
used  for  the  life  of  faith  and  of  love ;  as  appears  from  Job  : 
"  There  is  a  sjnrit  in  man,  and  the  insp)iration  of  the  Almighty 
giveth  them  understanding  "  (xxxii.  8).  Again,  in  the  same  : 
"  The  Spirit  of  God  hath  made  me,  and  the  hrcath  of  the 
Almighty  has  given  me  life"  (xxxiii.  4). 

98.  Yerse  8.  And  Jehovah  God  jjlantcd  a  garden  eastward 
in  Eden,  and  there  He  put  the  man  whom  He  had,  formed.  V>y 
a  garden  is  signified  intelligence  ;  by  Eden,  love  ;  by  the  cast,  the 
Lord  :  consequently,  by  the  garden  in  Eden  eastward,  is  signi- 
fied the  intelligence  of  the  celestial  man,  M'hich  flows  in  by 
love  from  the  Lord. 

99.  Life,  or  the  order  of  life,  with  the  spiritual  man,  is  so 
ordained,  that  although  there  is  an  influx  from  the  Lord  into 
liis  intellectual,  rational,  and  scientific  things,  through  the 
medium  of  faith,  yet  there  is  an  appearance,  arising  from  tlie 
opposition  of  the  external  to  the  internal  man,  as  if  intelligence 
did  not  flow  in  from  the  Lord,  but  was  derived  from  himself,  by 
means  of  scientific  and  rational  acquirements.  But  life,  or  the 
order  of  life,  with  the  celestial  man  is  such,  that  the  Lord  flows 
in  by  love,  and  l)y  faith  of  love,  into  his  intellectual,  rational, 
and  scientific  things ;  and  as  there  is  no  strife  between  the 
internal  and  external  man,  he  perceives  that  this  is  so.  Thus 
order,  whicli  is   as   yet  inverted  with    tlie    spiritual  man,  is 

*  The  original  word  nviv/u.x  means  both  wind,  hrenth,  ami  spirit,  and  in  this 
very  passage  is  translated  wind  at  the  beginning,  and  spirit  at  the  end  of  the 
verse. 

41 


100-10;;..]  (lEXESis. 

restored  with  the  celostiul,  and  this  order,  or  Man,  is  called  a 
l/ardfH  in  J'Jdni  ca^it iravd .  IVw  ijardcn  in  EdcneaslvHird  2'>ltt^dr(l 
hi/  Jihovali  God,  is,  in  the  highest  sense,  the  Lord  ;  in  its  inmost 
sense,  which  is  also  the  universal  sense,  it  is  the  Lord's  kingdom 
or  heaven,  in  which  man  is  placed  when  he  becomes  celestial. 
Such  is  then  his  state  that  he  is  associated  with  angels,  iu 
heaven,  and  is,  as  it  were,  one  Avith  them ;  for  man  was  so 
created,  that  he  may  be  in  heaven  at  tlie  same  time  that  lie  is 
living  on  earth.  In  this  state  all  liis  thoughts  and  ideas  of 
thoughts,  yea,  his  words  and  actions,  in  which  are  the  celestial 
and  spiritual,  are  open,  and  open  even  from  the  Lord  ;  for  there 
is  in  each  the  life  of  the  Lord,  which  causes  it  to  have  percep- 
tion. 

100.  That  ix  garden  signifies  intelligence,  and  Eden  love,  ap- 
pears also  from  Isaiah:  "Jehovah  will  comfort  Zion,  He  will 
comfort  all  her  waste  places,  and  He  will  make  her  Mdlderness 
like  Eden,  and  her  desert  like  tlic  garden  of  Jehovah  ;  joy  and 
gladness  shall  be  found  therein,  confession  and  the  voice  of 
melody  "  (li.  3).  In  this  passage,  icildcrness,  joy,  and  confes- 
sion, are  terms  expressive  of  the  celestial  things  of  faith,  or  such 
as  relate  to  love  ;  but  desert,  gladness,  and  the  voiee  of  melody, 
have  reference  to  the  spiritual  things  of  faith,  or  such  as  belong 
to  tlie  understanding.  The  former  have  relation  to  Eden,  the 
latter  to  garden;  for  with  this  prophet  two  expressions  constantly 
occur  concerning  the  same  thing,  one  of  which  signifies  celestial, 
and  the  other  spiritual,  things.  What  is  further  signified  by  ^//'^ 
garden  in  Eden,  may  be  seen  in  what  follows  (at  verse  10). 

101.  That  the  Lord  is  the  east,  appears  also  throughout  tlu^ 
Word  ;  as  in  Ezekiel :  "  Afterwards  he  brought  me  to  the  gate, 
even  the  gate  that  looketh  towards  the  cast,  and  behold,  the 
glory  of  the  God  of  Israel  came  from  the  way  of  the  cast :  and 
His  voice  was  like  the  voice  of  many  waters,  and  the  earth  shined 
with  His  glory  "  (xliii.  1,  2,  4).  It  was  in  consequence  of  tlie 
Lord  being  the  east,  that  a  holy  custom  prevailed  in  the  repre- 
sentative Jewish  Church,  before  the  Imilding  of  the  temple,  of 
turning  their  faces  towards  the  east  when  they  prayed. 

102.  Verse  9.  And  ont  of  tlie  groimd.  made  Jehovah  God  to 
grovj  every  tree  that  is  pleasant  to  the  sight,  and  good  for  food  ; 
the  tree  of  lives  also,  in  the  midst  of  the  garden  ;  and  the  tree  oj 
the  knowledge  of  good  and  evil.  A  tree  signifies  perception  ;  a 
tree  pleasant  to  the  sight,  the  perception  of  truth  ;  a  tree  good 
for  food,  the  perception  of  good  ;  the  tree  of  lives,  love,  and  the 
faith  thence  ;  tlie  tree  of  the  knouiedge  of  good  and  evil,  faith 
from  the  sensual  part,  or  from  knowledge. 

103.  The  reason  why  trees  here  signify  perceptions,  is,  be- 
cause the  celestial  man  is  treated  of ;  but  it  is  otherwise  when 
speaking  of  the  spiritual  man,  for  the  subject  determines  the 
predicate. 

42 


CHAPTEE  II.  10.  [104-108. 

104.  At  this  day  it  is  unknown  wliat  p^rcciHion  is.  It  is  a 
certain  internal  sensation  communicated  by  the  Lord  alone,  as 
a  means  of  discovering  tlie  true  and  the  good,  and  it  was  best 
known  to  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  This  2)crcqytion  is  so  per- 
fect with  the  angels,  that  they  thence  both  may  know,  and  have 
known,  what  is  true  and  good,  wliat  from  the  Lord,  and  what 
from  themselves ;  and  also  the  quality  of  a  stranger,  at  once  on 
his  arrival,  and  from  a  single  idea  of  him.  The  spiritual  man 
does  not  possess  perception,  but  conscience  only  ;  a  dead  man 
lias  not  even  conscience,  and  the  generality  of  persons  do  not 
know  what  conscience  is,  still  less  what  jjcrcrj^^io?^  is. 

105.  The  tree  of  lives  is  love  and  the  faith  thence  ;  in  the 
midst  of  the  garden,  is  in  the  will  of  the  internal  man.  Tlie 
will,  which  in  the  Word  is  called  tJie  heart,  is  the  primary  pos- 
session of  the  Lord  with  every  man  and  angel.  But  as  no  one 
can  do  good  of  himself,  the  will  or  the  heart  is  not  of  man, 
although  it  is  predicated  of  man  ;  lust,  which  he  calls  will,  is 
of  man.  Since  then  the  will  is  the  midst  of  the  garden,  where 
the  tree  of  lives  is  placed,  and  man  has  no  will,  but  mere  lust, 
therefore  the  tree  of  lives  denotes  the  mercy  of  the  Lord,  from 
whom  all  love  and  faith,  consequently  all  life  proceed. 

106.  But  the  nature  of  the  tree  of  the  garden,  or  perception  ; 
of  the  tree  of  lives,  or  love  and  the  faith  thence  ;  and  of  the  tree 
(f  knowledge,  or  faith  from  the  sensual  part,  or  from  knowledge, 
will  be  shewn  in  the  following  pages. 

107.  Verse  10.  And  a  river  went  out  of  Eden  to  wafer  the 
garden,  and  from  thence  it  was  parted,  and  became  into  four 
heads.  A  river  out  of  Eden  signifies  wisdom  from  love,  which  is 
Eden;  to  vrnter  the  garden,  denotes  to  communicate  intelligence  ; 
to  be  thence  jjarted  into  four  heads,  denotes  a  description  of  the 
intelligence  flowing  from  the  four  rivers,  as  follows. 

108.  The  most  ancient  people,  when  comparing  man  to  a 
garden,  also  compared  wisdom,  and  the  things  relating  to 
wisdom,  to  rivers ;  nor  did  they  merely  compare  them,  for  they 
actually  so  called  them,  according  to  their  usual  mode  of  speak- 
ing. This  mode  of  comparison  and  of  speech  was  afterwards 
adopted  by  the  prophets  ;  as  by  Isaiah,  where  he  treats  of  those 
who  receive  faith  and  love :  "  Thy  light  shall  arise  in  darkness, 
and  thy  tliick  darkness  shall  be  as  the  light  of  day ;  and  tliou 
shalt  be  like  a  watered  garden,  and  like  a  spring  of  water,  whose 
waters  lie  not "  (Iviii.  10, 11).  Again,  speaking  of  the  regener- 
ate :  "As  the  valleys  are  they  spread  forth,  as  gardens  by  the 
river  s  side ;  as  the  trees  of  lign-aloes,  which  Jehovah  hath 
planted,  and  as  cedar  trees  beside  the  unters  "  (Num.  xxiv.  6). 
So  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Blessed  is  the  man  wlio  trusteth  in  Jehovah  ; 
he  shall  be  as  a  tree  planted  by  the  %vaters,  and  that  spreadetii 
out  her  roots  by  the  river  "  (xvii.  7, 8).  In  Ezekiel  the  regener- 
ate are  not  only  compared  to  «  garden  and  a  tree,  but  are  so 

4;j 


10'.),  no.]  (I  EXES  IS. 

called,  as  in  the  following  passage  :  "  T]ic  waters  made  her  to 
grow,  the  deep  set  her  up  on  liigh,  the  river  running  round 
about  her  plant,  and  the  watcra  sent  out  her  streams  to  all  thr 
trees  of  the  field:  she  was  made  beautiful  in  her  greatness,  in 
the  length  of  her  branches,  for  her  root  was  by  many  vxiters. 
The  cedars  m  the  f/arden  of  God  could  not  hide  her;  the^?'-^/T's 
were  not  like  her  boughs,  and  the  ehestnut-trces  were  not  like 
her  branches:  nor  was  any  tree  in  the  garden  of  God  equal  to 
her  in  her  beauty ;  I  have  made  her  beautiful  by  the  multitude 
of  her  branches  ;  and  all  tlie  trees  of  Eden  that  were  in  the  garden 
of  God  envied  her  "  (xxxi.  4,  7-9).  From  these  passages  it  is 
evident  that  when  the  most  ancient  people  compared  man,  or 
the  things  in  man,  to  a  garden,  they  adjoined  also  waters  and 
rivers  by  which  he  might  l)e  watered  ;  and  tliat  by  welters  and 
rivers  they  understood  such  things  as  would  make  him 
increase. 

109.  That  W'isdom  and  intelligence,  although  they  appear  in 
man,  are  of  the  Lord  alone,  as  above  observed,  is  plainly  de- 
clared liy  similar  representatives  in  Ezekiel:  "  V)q\\o\(\.,  waters 
issuing  out  from  under  the  threshold  of  the  house  eastweird  ;  for 
the  face  of  the  liouse  is  the  east ;  and  he  said.  These  waters  go 
(jut  to  the  border  towards  the  east,  and  they  descend  upon  the 
plain  and  come  to  the  sea ;  which  being  brought  forth  into  the 
sea,  the  waters  shall  be  healed  ;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
every  living  soul  which  creepeth,  whithersoever  the  trater  oftlu 
rivers  shall  come,  shall  live.  And  by  the  river  upon  the  bank 
thereof,  on  this  side  and  on  that  side,  shall  grow  all  trees  for 
meat,  whose  leaf  shall  not  fade,  neither  shall  the  fruit  thereof 
Ije  consumed ;  it  shall  bring  forth  new  fruit  according  to  his 
months,  because  his  icaters  issued  out  of  the  sanctuary,  and 
the  fruit  thereof  shall  be  for  meat,  and  the  leaf  thereof  fcjr 
medicine"  (xlvii.  1,  8,  9,  12).  Here  the  Lord  is  signiiied  by 
tlie  east,  and  by  the  sanctuary,  from  whence  the  water's  and 
rivers  issued.  In  like  manner  in  .John  :  "  He  shewed  me  a  pure 
river  of  water  (f  life,  clear  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the 
throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb.  In  the  midst  of  the  street  of 
it,  and  on  either  side  of  the  river,  was  there  the  tree  of  life,  which 
l>are  twelve  manner  of  fruits,  and  yielded  her  fruit  every  month  j 
and  the  leaf  of  the  tree  was  for  the  healing  of  the  nations 
(Apoc.  xxii.  1,2). 

110.  Verses  11,  12.  The  name  of  the  first  is  Pison ;  that  is 
it  which  eompassetlb  the  whole  land  of  Harikih,where  there  is 
gold;  and  the  gold  of  theit  land  is  gooel ;  there  is  hdellium  and 
tlie  onyx-stone.  The  first  river,  or  Pison,  signifies  the  intelli- 
gence of  faith  from  love;  the  land  of  Havilali,  the  mind, 
gold,  good  ;  hdellium  and  the  onyx-stone,  truth.  Gold  is  twice 
mentioned,  because  it  signifies  the  good  of  love  and  the  good 
of  faith  from  love  :  and  hdellium  and  the  onyx-stone  are  both 

44 


CHAriEIl  II.  11,  12.  [111-114. 

inentioned,  because  one  signifies  the  truth  of  love,  and  the  other 
the  truth  of  faith  from  love.     Such  is  the  celestial  man. 

111.  It  is,  however,  a  very  difficult  matter  to  descril)e  these 
tilings  according  to  their  internal  sense,  for  in  the  present  day 
no  one  understands  what  is  meant  by  faith  from  love,  and  what 
liy  the  wisdom  and  intelligence  thence.  For  external  men 
scarcely  know  anything  but  knowledge,  which  they  call  both 
intelligence,  and  wisdom,  and  faith.  They  do  not  even  know 
what  love  is,  and  many  do  not  know  what  the  will  and  under- 
standing are,  and  that  they  constitute  one  mind  ;  although  each 
of  them  is  distinct,  yea,  most  distinct,  and  the  universal  heaven 
is  arranged  by  the  Lord,  in  most  distinct  order,  according  to 
the  difi'erences  of  love  and  ftiith,  which  are  innumerable. 

112.  Be  it  known,  further,  that  there  is  no  wisdom  which 
is  not  from  love,  thus  from  the  Lord  ;  nor  any  intelligence,  ex- 
cept from  faith,  thus  also  from  the  Lord ;  and  that  there  is  no 
good  except  from  love,  thus  from  the  Lord  ;  and  no  truth  except 
from  faith,  thus  from  the  Lord.  AVliat  are  not  from  love  and 
faith,  thus  from  the  Lord,  have  indeed  similar  names,  but  they 
are  spurious. 

113.  Nothing  is  more  common  in  the  Word  than  for  tlu'. 
good  of  wisdom  or  love  to  be  signified  and  represented  by  gold. 
All  the  gold  in  the  ark,  in  the  temple,  in  the  golden  tal)le,  in 
the  candlesticks,  in  the  vessels,  and  upon  the  gaiments  of  Aaron, 
signified  and  represented  the  good  of  wisdom  or  of  love.  So 
also  in  the  prophets ;  as  in  Ezekiel :  "  In  thy  wisdom  and  in 
thine  intelligence,  thou  hast  gotten  thee  riches,  and  hast  gotten 
gold  and  silver  in  thy  treasures  "  (xxviii.  4) ;  where  it  is  plainly 
said,  that  from  wisdom  and  intelligence  are  gold  and  silver, 
or  good  and  truth,  for  silccr  here  signifies  truth,  as  it  does 
also  in  the  ark  and  in  the  temple.  Again  in  Isaiah  :  "■  The 
multitude  of  camels  shall  cover  thee,  the  dromedaries  of  Midian 
and  Ephah ;  all  those  from  Sheba  shall  come,  they  shall  bring 
gold  and  frankincense,  and  they  shall  announce  the  praises  of 
Jehovah"  (Ix.  6).  Thus  also  the  wise  men  from  the  east,  who 
came  to  Jesus  when  He  was  born,  "fell  down  and  worshipped 
Him  ;  and  when  they  had  opened  their  treasures,  they  presented 
unto  Him  gifts  ;  //o/^/,  and  frankincense,  and  myrrh  "  (Matt.  ii.  1, 
11).  Here  also  gold  signifies  good:  frankincense  and  myrrh, 
grateful  offerings  proceeding  from  love  and  faith,  which  are 
therefore  called  the  praises  of  Jehovah.  Wherefore  it  is  said 
in  David  :  "  He  shall  live,  and  he  shall  give  to  him  of  the  gold. 
of  Sheba  ;  and  he  shall  also  pray  for  him  continually,  and  every 
day  shall  he  bless  him  "  (I's.  Ixxii.  lo). 

114.  The  truth  of  faith  also  is  signified  and  representcnl  in 
tlie  Word  by  precious  doncH,  as  by  those  in  the  breast-plate  of 
judgment,  and  on  the  shoulders  of  Aaron's  ephod.  In  the  breast- 
plate, gold,  blue,  purple,  scarlet  double-dyed,  and  fine-twined 

45 


115-117.]  GENESIS. 

linen,  roinvsiMilcd  such  things  us  relate  to  love,  and  tlie  precious 
stones  such  things  as  are  of  I'aith  from  love  ;  as  did  likewise  the 
two  stones  of  memorial  on  the  shoulders  of  the  ephod,  whicli 
were  onj/.v-stones,  set  in  ouches  of  gold  (Exod.  xxviii.  9-22). 
It  is  also  ]>lain  from  Ezekiel,  where,  speaking  of  man  possessing 
heavenly  riches,  wisdom,  and  intelligence,  it  is  said,  "Full  of 
wisdom,  and  perfect  in  beauty,  thou  hast  been  in  Eden  the 
ijanlen  of  God  ;  every  lyrccioas  stone  was  thy  covering,  the  ruhij, 
the  topaz,  the  diamond,  the  beryl,  the  onyx,  and  tJce  jasper  ;  tlu 
sapphire,  the  emerald,  and  the  carhnncle,  and  gold,  the  work  of 
thy  tabrets  and  of  thy  pipes,  were  prepared  in  thee  in  the  day 
that  thou  wast  created  ;  thou  wast  perfect  in  thy  ways  from  the 
day  that  thou  wast  created"  (xxviii.  12,  13,  15).  These  words, 
it  must  be  evident  to  every  one,  do  not  signify  stones,  but  the 
(celestial  and  spiritual  things  of  faith  ;  yea,  every  particular  ] 
stone  represented  some  essential  of  faith.  ' 

115.  When  the  most  ancient  people  spoke  of  lands,  they 
understood  what  was  signified  by  them ;  just  as  those  at  the 
])resent  day,  who  have  an  idea  that  the  land  of  Canaan  and 
Mount  Zion  signify  heaven,  do  not  so  much  as  think  of  any 
country  or  mountain  when  those  places  are  mentioned,  but  only 
of  the  things  which  they  signify.  It  is  so  here  with  the  land  of 
HavilaJi,  which  is  mentioned  again  in  Genesis  (xxv.  18),  where 
it  is  said  of  the  children  of  Ishmael,  that  "  they  dwelt  from 
HavilaJi  even  unto  Sliur,  which  is  near  the  face  of  Egypt,  as 
thou  goest  toward  Assyria."  Those  who  are  in  the  heavenly 
iilea  have  no  perception  here  of  anything  but  intelligence,  and 
"what  fiows  from  intelligence.  So  by  to  compass — as  where  it  is 
said  that  the  river  Fison  compasseth  the  whole  land  of  Harilah — 
they  perceive  that  to  flow  in  is  meant,  and  also  that  the  onyx- 
stones  on  tlie  sJwidders  of  Aaron's  ephod  shoidd  he  compassed  in 
(inches  of  gold  (Exod.  xxviii.  11),  signified  that  the  good  of  love 
should  enter  by  infiax  into  the  truth  of  faith;  and  so  in  many 
other  instances. 

116.  Verse  13.  And  tlie  name  of  the  second  river  is  Gihon 
the  same  is  it  that  compasseth  the  whole  land  of  Ethiopia  (Cushh 
The  second  river,  which  is  ccdlcd  Gihon,  signifies  the  knowledge] 
of  all  things  of  good  and  truth,  or  of  love  and  faith,  and  the 
land  of  Ethiopia,  the  mind  or  faculty.     The  mind  is  constitutec 
of  the  will  and  the  understanding :  what  is  said  of  the  first! 
river  has  reference  to  the  will;  what  of  this, to  the  understand-] 
ing,  to  which  belong  the  knowledges  of  good  and  truth. 

117.  The  land  of  Cush,  or  Ethiopia,  moreover,  abounded] 
with  gold,  precious  stones,  and  spices,  which,  as  was  before] 
observed,  signify  good,  truth,  and  the  things  thence  which  ar( 
agreeable  to  them,  such  as  those  of  the  knowledges  of  love  andj 
faith,  as  is  evident  from  the  passages  cited  above  in  no.  113,] 
from  Isaiah  Ix.  6:  Matt.  ii.  1,  11;  David  (Psalm  Ixxi.  15). 

46 


CHAPTER  II.  14.  [118,  119. 

Similar  things  are  understood  in  the  "Word  hy  Ciisli,  or  Ethiopia, 
as  by  Slieba,  as  is  evident  from  the  prophets  ;  thus  from  Zephan- 
iali,  where  also  the  rivers  of  Cush  are  mentioned :  "  In  the 
morning  He  will  bring  His  judgment  to  light ;  for  then  will  I 
turn  to  the  people  with  a  pure  lip,  that  they  may  all  call  upon 
the  name  of  Jehovah,  that  they  may  serve  Him  with  one 
shoulder ;  from  the  passage  of  the  rivers  of  Chcsh  My  suppliants 
shall  bring  Mine  offering"  (iii.  5,  9,  10).  And  from  Daniel, 
speaking  of  the  king  of  the  north  and  of  the  south :  "  He  shall 
rule  over  the  treasures  of  gold  and  silver,  and  over  all  the  desir- 
able things  of  Egypt:  and  the  Lylians  and  the  EtMopians  shall 
be  under  his  steps  "  (xi.  43) ;  where  Egypt  is  put  for  scientifics, 
and  the  Ethiopians  for  knowledges.  So  in  Ezekiel :  "  The  mer-  '■ 
chants  of  Slieha — by  whom  likewise  are  signified  the  know- 
ledges of  faith — and  Eaamah,  these  were  thy  merchants — in 
the  chief  of  all  spices,  and  in  every  precious  stone,  and  in  gold  " 
(xxvii.  22).  So  in  David,  speaking  of  the  Lord,  consequently 
of  the  celestial  man  :  "  In  his  days  shall  the  righteous  flourish, 
and  abundance  of  peace  even  until  there  shall  be  no  moon  ;  the 
kings  of  Tarshish  and  of  the  isles  shall  bring  presents  ;  the 
kings  of  Shcba  and  Seba  shall  offer  a  gift "  (Psalm  Ixxii.  7,  10). 
These  words,  as  is  plain  from  their  connection  with  the  preced- 
ing and  subsequent  verses,  signify  the  celestial  things  of  faith. 
Similar  things  were  signified  by  the  queen  of  Slieha,  who  came 
to  Solomon,  and  proposed  enigmas,  and  brought  to  him  spices, 
gold,  and  the  precious  stone  (1  Kings  x.  1,  2) :  for  all  that  is 
contained  in  the  historical  pflrts  of  the  Word,  as  well  as  in  the 
prophets,  signify,  represent,  and  involve  arcana. 

118.  Verse  14.  And  the  name  of  the  third  river  is  Hiddekel ; 
til  at  is  it  v:]iieh  goeth  eastward  towards  Assyria;  and  the  fourth, 
river  is  EHj)hreites.  The  river  Hiddehel  denotes  reason,  or  the 
clearness  of  reason :  Assyria  denotes  the  rational  mind :  the 
river  s  going  eastward  to  Assyria,  signifies,  tiiat  perspicuity  of 
reason  comes  from  the  Lord  through  the  internal  man  into  the 
rational  mind,  which  is  of  the  external  man.  Fhrath,  or  Uu- 
2)hrates,  denotes  knowledge,  which  is  the  ultinuite  or  boundary. 

119.  Assyria  signifies  the  rational  mind,  or  man's  rational 
part,  as  is  very  evident  from  the  prophets ;  as  from  Ezekiel : 
"  Behold,  the  Assyrian  was  a  cedar  in  Lebanon,  beautiful  in  the 
branch,  and  a  shady  grove,  and  high  in  altitude,  and  her  off- 
shoot was  among  the  dense  [leaves] ;  the  waters  made  her  to 
increase,  the  depth  of  tlie  ivaters  exalted  her,  the  river  running- 
round  about  her  plant "  (xxxi.  3,  4).  The  rational  part  is 
called  a  cedar  ef  Lehanon  :  tlie  offsheiot  among  the  dense  [leavcsj 
signifies  the  scientifics  of  the  memory,  which  are  thus  circum- 
stanced. This  is  still  clearer  in  Isaiah  :  "  In  that  day  shall 
there  be  a  highway  from  Egypt  to  Assyria,  and  the  Assyrian 
shall  come  into  Euypt,  and  the  Egyptian  into  Assyria,  and  the 

47 


1L>0-1L'L'.]  (lENKSlS. 

Ivjivitlians  sliall  serve  with  Ax^iiria.  In  that  day  shall  Israel 
lie  the  third  Mitii  Kgyjit  and  with  Assi/ria,  a  blessing  in  the 
niidsit  i»f  the  land,  whom  Jeliovah  of  Hosts  shall  bless,  sayini;, 
lUessetl  be  Kgypt  INIy  people,  and  Asaijria  the  work  of  IMy 
hands,  and  Israel  Mine  inheritance  "  (xix.  23-25).  By  £f/r/pt 
in  this  and  other  passages  is  signified  knowledge,  by  Assyria 
reason,  and  by  Israel  intelligence. 

120.  As  by  Egypt,  so  also  by  EkjjJi rates,  are  signified  know- 
ledges, or  scientifics,  and  also  the  sensual  things  from  which 
stientifics  are  formed.  This  is  evident  from  the  Word  by  the 
prophets  ;  as  in  Micah  :  "  Mine  enemy  hath  said,  Where  is 
Jehovah  thy  God  ?  The  day  in  which  he  shall  build  thy  walls, 
that  day  shall  the  decree  be  far  removed  ;  that  day  also  he  shall 
come  even  to  thee  from  Assyria,  and  to  the  cities  of  Egypt,  and 
to  tlic  rircr  [P'uphrates]  "  (vii.  10-12).  They  thus  expressed 
themselves  concerning  tlie  Lord's  Coming  to  regenerate  man, 
that  he  might  be  made  heavenly.  In  Jeremiah :  "  What 
hast  thou  to  do  in  the  way  of  Egypt,  to  drink  the  waters  of 
Silior  ?  or  what  hast  thou  to  do  in  the  way  of  Assyria,  to  drink 
the  waters  of  the  river  [Euphrates]  ?"  (ii.  18);  where  Egypt 
and  Ewphraies  likewise  signify  scientifics,  and  Assyria  the 
reasonings  thence.  From  I)avid:  "Thou  hast  made  a  vine  to 
^o  forth  out  oi  Eyypt ;  Thou  hast  cast  out  the  nations;  Thou 
hast  planted  her ;  Thou  hast  sent  out  her  layers  even  to  the  sea, 
and  her  twigs  to  the  river  [Euphrates]"  (Psalm  Ixxx,  8,  11) 
where  also  the  river  Evphrates  signifies  the  sensual  and  scientific 
parts.  For  the  Euphrates  was  the  boundary  of  the  dominions 
of  Israel  towards  Assyria,  as  the  scientific  part  of  the  memory 
is  the  boundary  of  the  intelligence  and  wisdom  of  the  spiritual 
and  celestial  man :  the  same  is  signified  by  what  was  said  to 
Abraham  :  "  Unto  thy  seed  will  I  give  this  land,  from  the  river 
of  Egypt,  unto  the  great  river,  the  rircr  Euphrates"  (Gen. 
XV.  18) :  these  two  boundaries  have  similar  significations. 

121.  What  heavenly  order  is,  or  how  those  things  which  are 
of  life  proceed,  is  demonstrable  from  these  rivers  to  be  from  the 
Lord,  who  is  the  East:  from  Him  proceeds  wisdom,  by  wisdom 
intelligence,  and  by  intelligence  reason;  thus  by  means  of 
reason  the  scientifics  of  the  memory  are  vivified.  This  is  the 
order  of  life,  and  such  are  celestial  men :  wherefore,  since  the 
elders  of  Israel  represented  heavenly  men,  they  were  called 
unse,  intelliycnt,  and  knounng  (Dent.  i.  13, 15).  Hence  it  is  said 
of  Bezaleel,  who  constructed  the  ark,  that  he  was  filled  "with 
the  spirit  of  God,  in  vHsdovi,  in  ■understanding,  and  in  know- 
l(dgc,dM(\.  in  every  work"  (Exod.  xxxi.  3 ;  xxxv.  31;  xxxvi< 
1,2). 

122.  ^  erse  15.  And,  Jrlinrali  God  tool'  the  man,  and  placed. 
him  in  the  garden  of  Eden,  to  till  it  and  take  care  of  it.  By  tlie 
garden  of  Eden  are  signified  all  the  things  of  the  celestial  man, 

48 


CHAPTER  11.  IG,  1^  [123-12G. 

of  wliicli  we  have  been  speaking ;  by  to  till  and  take  care  of  it, 
is  signified,  that  it  is  permitted  him  to  enjoy  all  those  things, 
ln;t  not  to  possess  them  as  his  own,  because  they  are  the 
Lord's. 

123.  The  celestial  man  acknowledges — because  he  perceives, 
that  each  and  everything  is  the  Lord's ;  tlie  spiritual  man  in- 
deed acknowledges  the  same,  but  orally,  because  he  has  learnt 
it  from  the  Word.  The  worldly  and  corporeal  man  neither 
acknowledges  nor  allows  that  it  is  so,  but  whatever  he  has  he 
calls  his  own,  and  imagines  that  were  he  to  lose  it,  he  should 
altogether  perish. 

124.  That  wisdom,  intelligence,  reason,  and  science,  are  not 
of  man,  but  of  the  Lord,  is  very  clear  from  all  that  the  Lord 
lias  taught,  as  in  Matthew,  where  the  Lord  compares  Himself 
to  a  householder,  who  planted  a  vineyard,  and  hedged  it  round, 
and  let  it  out  to  husbandmen  (xxi.  33) ;  and  in  John :  "  The 
Spirit  of  Truth  will  guide  you  into  all  truth ;  for  He  shall 
not  speak  of  Himself,  but  whatsoever  He  shall  hear,  that 
shall  He  speak :  He  shall  glorify  Me,  for  He  shall  receive 
of  3[ine,  and  shall  shew  it  unto  you  "  (xvi.  13,  14) ;  and  in 
another  place :  "  A  man  can  receive  nothing  except  it  be 
given  him  from  heaven"  (iii.  27).  This  truth  is  known  to 
every  one  who  is  acquainted  with  only  a  few  of  the  arcana  of 
heaven. 

125.  Verse  16.  And  Jehovah  God  commanded  the  man,  say- 
ing. Of  every  tree  of  the  fjardcn,  eating  thou  may  est  eat.  To  eat 
of  every  tree  is  to  know  and  understand  ix:o\i\.  fcreeiMon  what  is 
good  and  true  ;  for,  as  was  before  observed,  a  tree  signifies  jyer- 
ception.  The  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  had  the  know- 
ledges of  a  true  faith  by  means  of  revelations,  for  they  conversed 
with  the  Lord  and  with  angels,  and  were  also  instructed  by 
visions  and  dreams,  wliich  were  most  delightful  and  paradis- 
iacal to  them.  They  had  from  the  Lord  continual  j^crception,  so 
that  when  they  reflected  on  what  was  treasured  up  in  the 
memory,  they  instantly  perceived  whether  it  was  true  and  good, 
so  that  when  anything  false  presented  itself,  they  not  only 
avoided  it,  but  even  regarded  it  with  horror :  such  also  is  the 
state  of  the  angels.  In  place  of  this  peree2)tio7i  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church,  however,  the  hiovAedge  of  what  is  true  and 
good  afterwards  succeeded  ;  primarily  from  what  had  been  pre- 
viously revealed,  but  in  succeeding  ages  from  what  was  revealed 
in  the  Word. 

12G.  Yeise  17.  But  of  tlie  tree  of  the  hnmdcdgc  of  good  and 
evil,  thou  shall  not  eat  of  it:  for  in  the  day  that  thou  eat  est 
thereof  dying  thou  shcdt  die.  These  words,  taken  together  with 
those  just  explained,  signify,  that  it  is  allowable  to  obtain  a 
knowledge  of  truth  and  good  by  means  of  every  perception 
derived  from  the  Lord,  but  not  fnjm  self  and  the  world  ;  nor  to 
VOL.  I.  D  49 


12T-120.]  GENESIS. 

inquire  into  the  mysteries  of  faitli  by  sensual  and  scientific 
thiui^'s,  by  which  his  Celestial  would  die. 

127.  A  desire  to  investigate  the  mysteries  of  faith  by  sensual 
and  seientitic  thinj^^s,  was  not  only  the  cause  of  the  fall  of  the 
l)osterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  as  treated  of  iu  the 
following  chapter,  but  it  is  also  the  cause  of  the  i'all  of  every 
Church  ;  for  hence  come  not  only  false  opinions,  but  also  evils 
of  life. 

128.  The  worldly  and  corporeal  man  says  in  liis  lieart :  "  If 
1  am  not  instructed  concerning  faith,  and  matters  relating  to 
faith,  by  things  of  sense,  so  that  I  may  see  them,  or  by  means 
of  knowledge,  so  that  I  may  understand  them,  I  will  not 
believe;"  and  he  confirms  himself  in  his  incredulity  by  this 
fact,  that  natural  things  cannot  be  contrary  to  spiritual.  Thus 
he  is  desirous  of  being  instructed  in  what  is  celestial  and  Divine 
from  what  is  sensual,  which,  yet,  is  as  impossible  as  it  is  for  a 
camel  to  go  tlirough  the  eye  of  a  needle  ;  for  the  more  he  desires 
to  grow  wise  by  such  a  process,  the  more  he  blinds  himself,  till 
at  length  he  comes  to  believe  nothing,  not  even  the  reality  of 
spiritual  existences,  or  of  eternal  life.  This  is  a  necessary  con- 
sequence of  the  principle  which  he  lays  down,  and  this  is  to  eat 
of  the  tree  of  the  hnoidcdgc  of  good  and  evil,  of  wdiich  the  more  he 
eats  the  more  thoroughly  is  he  destroyed.  He,  however,  who 
wishes  to  grow  wise  from  the  Lord  and  not  from  the  world,  says 
in  his  heart,  that  the  Lord  must  be  believed,  that  is,  the  things 
which  the  Lord  has  spoken  in  the  Word,  because  they  are  truths; 
and  according  to  this  principle  he  regulates  his  thoughts.  He 
(confirms  himself  in  his  belief  by  rational,  scientific,  sensual,  and 
natural  things ;  and  he  rejects  from  his  thoughts  every  idea 
which  does  not  tend  to  its  confirmation. 

129.  Every  one  may  see,  that  man  is  governed  by  the  prin- 
ciples he  assumes,  even  the  most  false,  and  that  all  his  know- 
ledge and  reasoning  favour  his  principles ;  for  innumerable  con- 
siderations tending  to  support  them  readily  present  themselves 
to  his  mind,  and  thus  he  is  confirmed  in  falsities.  He,  there- 
fore, who  assumes  it  as  a  principle,  that  nothing  is  to  be  believed 
before  it  is  seen  and  understood,  can  never  believe,  since 
spiritual  and  celestial  things  are  incapable  of  being  seen  with 
the  eyes,  or  conceived  hy  the  imagination.  But  the  true  order 
is,  for  man  to  Ije  wise  from  the  Lord,  that  is,  from  His  Word, 
— then  all  things  succeed  in  their  order,  and  he  becomes  en- 
lightened both  as  to  rational  and  scientific  things.  For  man  is 
by  no  means  forbidden  to  learn  knowledges,  since  they  are 
l^oth  useful  and  agreeable  to  his  life,  nor  is  he  who  is  in  faith 
prohibited  from  tliinking  and  speaking  as  the  learned  of  the 
world  ;  but  then  he  must  be  guided  by  this  principle,  to  be- 
lieve the  AVord  of  the  Lord,  and  to  confirm,  so  far  as  he  can, 
spiritual  and  celestial  truths  by  natural  truths,  in  terms  familiar 

50 


CHAPTER  IT.  [130. 

to  the  learned  world.  Thus  his  principle  of  action  must  be 
derived  from  the  Lord,  and  not  from  himself ;  for  the  former, 
spiritually,  is  life,  but  the  latter,  death. 

130.  He  who  desires  to  be  wise  from  the  world,  has  for  his 
garden  sensual  and  scientific  things  ;  self-love  and  the  love  of  the 
world  are  his  Eden ;  his  cast  is  the  west,  or  himself ;  his  river 
Euphrates,  his  entire  scientific  faculty,  which  is  condemned ;  the 
other  river  going  to  Assyria  is  infatuated  reasoning  productive  of 
falsities  ;  the  third  river  compassing  the  land  of  Ethiopia  denotes 
the  principles  therefrom  of  evil  and  falsity,  which  are  the 
knowledges  of  his  faith  ;  the  fourth  river  is  the  wisdom  there- 
from, which  in  the  Word  is  called  magic ;  wherefore  Egypt, 
which  denotes  knowledge  after  it  became  addicted  to  magic, 
signifies  such  a  one,  because,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  Word, 
he  wills  to  be  wise  from  self.  Of  such  it  is  written  in  Ezekiel: 
"  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  Behold,  I  am  against  thee, 
Pharaoh  Icing  of  Egypt,  the  great  whale  lying  in  the  midst  of 
his  rivers,  who  hath  said,  JNIy  river  is  mine  own,  and  I  have 
made  it  for  myself.  And  the  land  of  Egypt  shall  be  desolate 
;uid  waste,  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  because  he 
liath  said,  The  river  is  Mine,  and  I  have  made  it"  (xxix.  3,  9). 
Such  also  are  called  trees  of  Eden  in  hell,  by  the  same  prophet, 
^vllere  he  speaks  of  Pharaoh,  or  the  Egyptian,  in  these  words  : 
"  When  I  shall  have  made  him  to  descend  into  hell  with  them 
that  descend  into  the  pit.  To  whom  art  thou  thus  made  like 
in  glory  and  in  greatness  among  the  trees  of  Eden  ?  yet  shalt 
thou  be  made  to  descend  vnth  the  trees  of  Eden  into  the  lower 
earth  ;  in  the  midst  of  the  uncircumcised,  with  them  that  be 
slain  by  the  sword.  This  is  Pharaoh  and  all  his  multitude  " 
(xxxi.  16,  18).  Here,  the  trees  of  Eden  are  the  scientifics  and 
knowledges  from  the  Word,  which  they  thus  profane  by 
reasonings. 


18.  And  Jehovah  God  said.  It  is  not  good  that  the  man 
should  be  alone ;  I  will  make  him  a  help  as  with  him. 

19.  And  Jehovah  God  formed  out  of  the  ground  every  beast 
of  the  field,  and  every  fowl  of  the  heavens,  and  brought  it  to 
the  man  to  see  what  he  would  call  it ;  and  whatever  the  man 
called  every  living  soul,  that  was  the  name  thereof. 

20.  And  the  man  gave  names  to  every  beast,  and  to  tlie  fowl 
of  the  heavens,  and  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  field  :  but  for  the 
man  there  was  not  found  a  help  as  with  him. 

21.  And  Jehovah  God  caused  a  deep  sleep  to  fall  upon  the 
man,  and  he  slept;  and  He  took  one  of  his  ribs,  and  closed  up 
the  fiesh  in  the  place  thereof. 

22.  And    the   rib   which   Jehovah    God   had    taken    from 

51 


i 


GENESIS. 

Iho  nifin,  TTo  bnilt   into   a  wdinan,   and   hronght   her  to   the 
miin. 

2;>.  And  the  man  said,  This  now  is  bone  of  my  bones,  and 
ilesli  of  my  flesh ;  therefore  she  shall  be  called  Wife,*  because 
she  was  taken  out  of  man  {vir).-f 

24.  Therefore  shall  a  man  (W?-)  leave  his  father  and  his 
mother,  and  shall  cleave  unto  his  wife,  and  tliey  shall  be  one 
Hesh. 

25.  And  they  were  l)oth  naked,  the  man  and  his  wife,  and 
were  not  ashamed. 

*  The  word  in  the  original  Ilelu'ew  Scriptures  which  is  here  translated  tvife  M 
(uxoi-)  by  Swedenborg,  is  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  verse  is  translated  woman.  " 
]>y  this  change  of  terms,  we  certainly  lose  sight  of  the  relationship  that  exists, 
and  is  expressly  alluded  to,  in  the  text,  between  the  Hebrew  words  ^^X  ('«^')  and 
riu'N  (Ishah),  and  which  is  well  represented  by  the  English  words  "  man  "  and 
"  woman."  Had  our  author  written  in  English,  he  would  probably,  to  exhibit 
this  relationship,  have  again  used  the  word  "woman  "  in  this  verse,  as  is  done 
in  the  common  English  Bible;  but  writing  in  Latin,  in  which  language  neither 
of  the  words  signitying  woman  or  wife  is  at  all  related  to  that  wliich  signifies 
man,  and  thus  not  being  able  to  exhibit  in  his  translation  the  form  of  tlie 
original  expression,  he  has  judiciously  nsed  that  word  which  most  adequately 
exhibits  the  siinne :  for  it  is  in  reference  to  woman  in  her  character  as  the  io[fe  of 
man,  that  the  original  adverts  to  the  derivation  of  her  name.  On  this  account, 
then,  our  author,  after  having  in  the  22nd  verse  translated  the  word  HE^N 
{ishnh) — mnUer,  woman,  as  most  agreeable  to  the  sense  in  that  place,  translates 
it  in  this  verse  uxor — wife,  as  most  expressive  of  the  meaning  here.  In  the 
following  verse — the  24th — the  translators  of  the  authorised  version  of  the  Bible 
have  also  made  the  same  change  of  terms  :  as  we  cannot  say  in  English  "  a  man 
shall  cleave  to  his  woman,'  t\\ey  have  there  introduced  the  term  "wife  "as 
their  translation  of  Hti'X  (ishah).  The  difficulty  arises  from  this  circumstance. 
The  Hebrew  word  nCX  (inhah),  like  the  French  word /emme,  means  both  a 
woman,  in  general,  and  a  u'ife,  in  particular  ;  and  therefore  in  languages  like 
the  English,  which  appropriate  a  separate  word  to  express  each  of  those  ideas, 
it  must  be  translated  either  by  the  one  term  or  the  other,  according  to  the 
.sense,  as  determined  by  the  context. 

From  this  statement  it  will  also  be  seen,  that  when  the  author  says  below,  no. 
lf)l,  that  the  proprium  "  is  called  a  ivoman,  and  afterwards  a  icife,"  he  does 
not  mean  that  the  words  in  the  Hebrew  are  diHerent,  liut  that  different  words . 
are  used  by  him,  because  the  idea  attached  to  the  same  Hebrew  word  is  different 
in  different  places. 

t  It  is  necessary  to  explain  why  the  Latin  word  vlr  is  here  and  in  other  places* 
added  in  parentheses  after  the  word  "  man." 

In  the  three  ancient  langnages,  the  Hebrew,  the  Greek,  and  the  Latin,  there 
are  two  words  to  denote  man  ;  one  of  these  words,  which  in  Hebrew  is  D^K 
iadam),  in  Greek,  IcM^fuvoi  {aniliropos),  and  in  Latin  Aowio,  denoting  a  human- 
being  in  general,  without  any  reference  to  sex  ;  and  the  other,  which  in  Hebrew 
is  tJ'^X  (i«A),  in  Greek,  kvnf  (ano-),  and  in  Latin,  rlr,  denoting  a  male  man  only. 
P>ut  as  the  English  affords  but  the  single  word  "man,"  by  which  to  translate 
the  twofold  expressions  of  the  ancient  languages  ;  and  as,  on  account  of  the 
distinctness  of  the  ideas  in  the  spiritual  sense,  it  is  necessary  to  indicate,  by' 
.some  means,  what  expression  is  used  in  the  author's  Latin,  and  in  the  passages 
of  the  Hebrew  and  Greek  Scriptures  which  he  translates,  tiierefore  throughout 
tliis  work,  when  the  word  in  the  Latin  is  homo,  answering  to  the  Greek  a.y^fwx^t 
{anlhropo^)  and  the  Hebrew  QHX  (adam),  the  English  word  "  man  "  is  given  by 
itself  ;  but  when  the  word  in  the  Latin  is  vir,  answering  to  the  Greek  dthp  (aiier) 
and  the  Hebrew  {^"'J<  [ish),  the  Latin  word  vir  is  added,  as  above. 


52 


CHAPTER  II.  18.  [131-139. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

131.  The  posterity  of  the  Most  Aucient  Church,  whicli 
inclined  to  2^'i'oprmm*  is  liere  treated  of. 

132.  Since  man  is  such  as  not  to  be  content  to  be  led  by 
the  Lord,  but  desires  also  to  be  guided  by  himself  and  the  world, 
or  by  the  proprium ;  therefore  the  propriiim,  which  was  granted 
to  him,  is  here  treated  of,  verse  18. 

133.  And  first  it  is  given  him  to  know  the  affections  of  good, 
and  the  knowledges  of  truth,  with  which  he  is  endowed  by  the 
Lord ;  still,  however,  he  inclines  to  the  proprium,  verses  19,  20. 

134.  Wherefore  he  is  let  into  the  state  of  the  'proprium,  and 
a  proprium  is  given  to  liim,  which  is  described  by  a  rib  huilt 
into  a  ivoman,  verses  21-23. 

135.  Celestial  and  spiritual  life  also  are  adjoined  to  the  ^wo- 
prium,  so  that  they  appear  as  one,  verse  24. 

136.  And  innocence  from  the  Lord  is  insinuated  into  the 
p)ropriuin,  that  it  might  not  be  offensive  to  him,  verse  25. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 


137.  The  first  three  chapters  of  Genesis  treat  in  general  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church  whicli  is  called  Man,  from  its  begin- 
ning to  its  end,  when  it  perished :  the  preceding  part  of  this 
chapter  treated  of  its  most  flourishing  state,  when  it  was  a 
celestial  ma7i ;  the  present,  of  those  who  inclined  to  p)roprmvi, 
and  of  their  posterity. 

138.  Verse  18.  And  Jcliovah  God  said,  It  is  not  good  that  the, 
nnan  should  he  alone;  I  will  make  him  a  help)  as  with  him.  By 
alone  is  signified,  that  he  was  not  content  to  be  led  by  the  Lord, 
but  desired  to  be  so  from  self  and  the  world.  By  a  help  as  with 
him,  is  signified  the  p"t>2«-t«y;i,  which  is  subsequently  called  a 
rib  huilt  into  a  woman. 

139.  In  ancient  times  those  were  said  to  dwell  (done  who 
were  under  the  Lord's  guidance  as  celestial  men,  because  such 
were  no  longer  infested  l)y  evils,  or  evil  spirits.  This  was  also 
represented  in  the  Jewish  Church  by  their  dwelling  alone  when 
they  had  driven  out  the  nations.  On  this  account  it  is  fre- 
quently said  of  the  Lord's  Church  in  the  Word,  that  she  is  alone, 
as  in  Jeremiali :  "  Arise,  get  you  up  to  the  (juiet  nation  tliat 
dwelleth  confidently,  saith  the  Lord,  which  hath  neither  gates 

*  The  Latin  word  proprium,  which  is  lierc  rctaiiuMl,  for  want  of  an  Englisli 
word  exactly  answering  to  it,  literally  signilics  what  is  jn-oparli/  one's  oion  ;  and 
it  is  connnonly  used  by  our  author  to  express  the  self -hood.  The  Frencli  leproprc 
answers  to  it  perfectly. 


140-142.]  GENESIS. 

nor  bars;  tliey  <hrdl  alone"  (xlix.  31).  In  the  prophecy  of 
Moses:  "  Israel  Jiatli  dtrclt  conjidenthi  alone"  (Dent,  xxxiii.  28). 
And  still  more  clearly  in  the  prophecy  of  Balaam :  "  Lo,  the 
people  durllcth  alone,  and  shall  not  be  reckoned  among  the 
nations  "  (Nnm.  xxiii.  9) ;  where  nations  signify  evils.  This 
])osterity  of  the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church  was  not  disposed  to  dwell 
alone,  that  is,  to  be  a  celestial  man,  or  to  be  led  by  the  Lord  as 
a  celestial  man,  but  to  live  amongst  the  nations  like  the  Jewish 
Church.  In  consequence  of  this  inclination,  it  is  said,  i/!  is  not 
good  that  the  man  should  he  alone;  for  he  who  desires  it,  is 
already  in  evil,  and  his  desire  is  granted  to  him. 

140.  That  by  a  help  as  vAth  him  the  propi^ium  is  signified,  is 
evident  both  from  the  nature  of  the  fropriuni,  and  from  what 
folhnvs.  As,  however,  the  man  of  the  Church,  who  is  here 
treated  of,  was  well-disposed,  a  pro2')rium  was  granted  to  him, 
l)ut  of  sucli  a  kind  that  it  appeared  like  his  own,  wherefore  it  is 
said  to  be  a  help  as  with  him. 

141.  Innumerable  circumstances  might  be  related  of  the  p)ro- 
2yrium,  in  describing  its  nature  and  influence  with  the  corporeal 
and  worldly  man,  with  the  spiritual  man,  and  with  the  celestial 
man.  The  proprium,  with  the  corporeal  and  worldly  man,  is 
his  all;  he  knows  notliing  else  but  i\\Q p)roprium,  and  imagines, 
as  was  said  above,  that  if  he  were  to  lose  his  propjTinrn  he  should 
perish.  With  the  spiritual  man  also  the  p)ro2-)rium  has  a  similar 
appearance ;  for,  although  he  knows  that  the  Lord  is  the  life  of 
all  and  gives  wisdom  and  understanding,  and  consequently  the 
power  to  think  and  to  act,  yet  this  knowledge  is  rather  the 
profession  of  his  lips,  than  the  belief  of  his  heart.  But  the 
celestial  man  acknowledges  that  the  Lord  is  the  life  of  all,  and 
gives  the  power  to  think  and  to  act,  because  he  perceives  that 
it  is  really  so.  He  never  desires  a  proprium ;  but  although  he 
does  not,  still  a  proprium  is  given  him  by  the  Lord,  which  is 
conjoined  with  every  perception  of  the  good  and  the  true,  and 
with  all  felicity.  The  angels  are  in  such  a  proprium  and  thence 
in  the  utmost  peace  and  tranquillity  :  for  in  their  j;?'02:)?'n;9»  are 
contained  the  things  which  are  of  the  Lord,  who  governs  their 
propriu7n,  or  themselves  by  means  of  their  ^jro/;ru»n.  This 
jyrojjriinn  is  the  very  essence  of  all  that  is  celestial,  whilst  that 
of  the  corporeal  man  is  infernal.  But  respecting  t\\Q  proprium 
more  shall  be  said  hereafter. 

142.  Verses  19,  20.  And  Jehovah  God  formed  out  of  the 
f/roimd  every  least  of  the  field,  and  every  fowl  of  the  heavens, 
and  brought  it  to  the  man  to  see  vjhat  he  would  call  it ;  and  what- 
ever the  man  ccdled  every  living  soul,  that  was  the  name  thereof 
And  the  man  gave  ouimes  to  every  least,  and  to  the  foid  of  tlie 
heavens,  and  to  every  wild  least  of  the  field :  but  for  the  man 
tJiere  vjas  not  found  a  help  as  with  him.  By  beasts  are  signified 
the  celestial  affections,  and  hy  fou-ls  of  the  heavens,  the  spiritual ; 

54 


CHAPTER  11.  19,  20.  [143-145. 

or  by  hcasts  what  is  of  the  will,  and  by  fowls  what  is  of  the 
understanding.  To  hring  them  to  tlie  man  to  see  what  lie  would 
call  them,  is  to  enable  him  to  know  their  quality,  and  liis  givinrj 
them  names,  signifies  that  he  knew  it.  But,  notwithstanding 
his  knowing  with  what  quality  the  affections  of  good  and  the 
knowledges  of  truth  were  endowed  by  the  Lord,  still  he  inclined 
to  iwoprium,  which  is  expressed  in  the  same  terms  as  before, 
that  there  was  not  found  a  heljy  as  tvith  him. 

143.  That  by  beasts  and  animals  were  anciently  signified 
affections,  and  their  like  in  man,  may  appear  strange  at  the  pre- 
sent day ;  but  as  the  men  of  that  period  regarded  all  objects 
from  a  heavenly  idea,  and  as  such  things  are  represented  in  the 
world  of  spirits  by  animals,  and,  indeed,  by  animals  of  a  similar 
quality,  therefore  when  these  were  mentioned  affections  were 
understood :  in  the  Word  also,  whenever  beasts  are  spoken  of, 
either  generically  or  specifically,  they  are  implied.  The  whole 
prophetic  Word  abounds  with  similar  representative  expres- 
sions ;  wherefore  he  who  does  not  know  what  every  beast 
specifically  signifies,  cannot  possibly  understand  what  the  Word 
contains  in  the  internal  sense :  but,  as  was  before  observed, 
beasts  are  of  two  kinds, — evil  or  noxious  beasts,  and  good  or 
harmless  ones, — by  the  good,  good  affections  are  signified,  as  by 
sheep,  lambs,  and  doves ;  and  as  it  is  the  celestial,  or  the  celes- 
tial-spiritual man  who  is  here  treated  of,  such  are  here  meant. 
That  beasts  in  general  signify  affections,  was  shewn  from  some 
passages  in  the  Word  above  (nos.  45,  46) ;  so  that  there  is  no  need 
of  adducing  further  proof  in  this  place. 

144.  That  to  call  by  name  signifies  to  know  their  quality,  is, 
because  the  ancients,  by  the  name,  understood  no  other  than 
the  essence  of  a  thing ;  and  by  seeing  and  calling  by  name,  to 
know  the  quality.  This  was  the  reason  why  they  gave  names 
to  their  sons  and  daughters  according  to  the  things  which  w^ere 
signified ;  lor  every  name  had  something  peculiar  in  it,  from 
which,  and  by  which,  they  might  know  whence  and  what  it  was, 
as  will  be  seen  in  a  future  part  of  this  work,  when,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  we  come  to  treat  of  the  twelve  sons  of  Jacob, 
Since  therefore  names  implied  whence  and  what  they  were, 
nothing  else  was  understood  by  calling  by  name.  This  was  the 
customary  mode  of  speaking  amongst  them,  and  those  who  are 
not  aware  of  it  must  feel  surprised  that  to  call  by  name  has  this 
signification. 

145.  In  the  Word,  also,  by  name  is  signified  the  essence  of  a 
thing,  and  by  seeing  and  callivg  by  name  to  know  its  quality ; 
as  in  Isaiah :  "  I  will  give  thee  the  treasures  of  darkness,  and 
hidden  riches  of  secret  places,  that  thou  may  est  know  that  I, 
Jehovah,  who  call  thee  by  thy  name,  am  the  God  of  Israel.  For 
Jacob  My  servant's  sake,  and  Israel  Mine  elect,  I  have  even 
called  thee  by  thy  name,  I  have  surnamed  thee,  and  thou  hast  not 

55 


14G-148.]  ,  GENESIS. 

known  Me"  (xlv.  3,  4).  In  this  passage,  to  call  hy  name,  and 
to  surname,  signifies  to  foreknow  liis  quality.  Again :  "  Thon 
slialt  be  called  hy  a  new  name,  which  the  mouth  of  Jehovah 
shall  name  "  (Ixii.  2),  signifies  to  become  another  kind  of  person, 
as  appears  from  the  ])receding  and  subsequent  verses.  Again  : 
"  Fear  not,  0  Israel,  for  I  have  redeemed  thee,  I  have  called  thee 
hy  thy  name ;  thou  art  Mine  "  (xliii.  1) ;  denoting  that  He  knew 
their  quality.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  Lift  up  your  eyes 
on  high,  and  behold  who  hath  created  these  things,  that  bringeth 
out  tlieir  liost  by  number ;  He  will  call  them  all  hy  name  "  (xl. 
26) ;  for  He  knew  them  all.  In  the  Apocalypse  :  "  Thou  hast  a 
few  names  even  in  Sardis  who  have  not  defiled  their  varments. 
He  that  overcometh,  the  same  shall  be  clothed  in  white  raiment, 
and  I  will  not  blot  out  his  name  out  of  the  book  of  life,  but  I 
will  confess  his  name  before  My  Father,  and  before  His  angels  " 
(iii.  4, 5).  And  in  another  place  :  "  Whose  names  are  not  written 
in  the  Lamb's  book  of  life"  (xiii.  8).  By  names  in  these  pas- 
sages are  never  understood  names,  but  qualities ;  nor  is  the 
name  of  any  one  ever  known  in  heaven,  but  only  what  he  is. 

146.  From  wdiat  has  been  stated,  the  connection  of  what  is 
signified  may  be  seen.  In  verse  18  it  is  said,  It  is  not  good  that 
the  man  shoidd  he  alone;  I  will  make  him  a  help  as  ivith  him ; 
by  and  by  heasts  and  hirds  are  spoken  of,  which  had,  however, 
been  mentioned  before ;  and  immediately  it  is  repeated,  that/o?' 
the  man  there  was  not  found  a  help  as  with  him,  which  denotes 
that,  although  he  was  permitted  to  know  his  state  as  to  the 
afi'ections  of  good,  and  the  knowledges  of  truth,  still  he  inclined 
to  ^jroprmw ;  for  those  who  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  desire 
a  pro'prium,  begin  to  despise  the  things  of  the  Lord,  however 
plainly  they  may  be  represented  and  demonstrated  to  them. 

147.  Verse  21.  And  Jehovah  God  caused  a  deep  sleep  to  fall 
upon  the  man,  and  he  slept;  and  He  took  one  of  his  ribs,  and 
closed  up  the  flesh  in  the  place  thereof.  By  a  rih,  which  is  a  bone 
of  the  chest,  is  meant  man's  proprium,  in  which  there  is  but 
little  vitality,  and,  indeed,  a  iwoprium  which  is  dear  to  him  :  by 
flesh  in  tlie  place  of  the  rih,  is  meant  a  proijrium  in  which  there 
is  vitality :  by  a  deep  sleep,  is  meant  that  state  into  which  he 
was  let  so  that  he  might  appear  to  himself  to  possess  a  pro- 
prium ;  which  state  resembles  sleep,  because  whilst  in  it  he 
knows  no  other  but  that  he  lives,  thinks,  speaks,  and  acts  from 
himself;  when,  however,  he  begins  to  know  that  this  is  false, 
he  is  then  roused  as  it  were  out  of  sleejy  and  becomes  awake. 

148.  The  reason  why  man's  proprium  is  called  a  rib,  which 
is  a  bone  of  the  chest,  and  indeed  a  proprium  which  is  dear  to 
him,  is,  because  the  chest,  amongst  the  most  ancient  people, 
signified  charity,  l)ecause  it  contains  both  the  heart  and  the 
lungs  ;  and  bones  signified  the  viler  things,  because  they  possess 
a  minimum  of  vitality  ;  whilst /es7t  denoted  such  as  had  vitalitv. 

56 


i 


CHAPTER  II.  21.  [149, 150. 

The  ground  of  these  significations  is  one  of  the  deepest  arcana 
which  was  known  to  the  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church, 
concerning  which  more  will  be  said,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
in  the  following  pages. 

149.  In  the  Word,  also,  2:)ropriurii  is  signified  by  hones,  and 
indeed  a  j^roprium  vivified  by  the  Lord ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Jehovah 
shall  satisfy  thy  soul  in  drouglit,  and  free  thy  hones  from  in- 
cumbrance, and  thou  shalt  be  like  a  watered  garden  "  (Iviii.  11). 
And  again :  "  When  ye  see  this  your  heart  shall  rejoice,  and 
your  hones  shall  fiourish  like  an  herb  "  (Ixvi.  14).  In  David  : 
"  All  my  hones  shall  say,  Jehovah,  who  is  like  unto  Thee  ? " 
(Psalm  XXXV.  10).  That  is  still  more  evident  from  Ezekiel, 
where  he  speaks  of  hones  receiying  Jtcsh,  and  having  breath  put 
into  them :  "  The  hand  of  Jehovah  set  me  down  in  the  midst 
of  the  valley  which  was  full  of  hones,  and  He  said  to  me, 
Prophesy  upon  these  ho7ies,  and  say  unto  them,  0  ye  dry  hones, 
hear  the  word  of  Jehovah  ;  thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih  to 
these  hones,  Behold  I  will  cause  breath  to  enter  into  you,  and  ye 
shall  live  :  and  I  will  lay  sinews  upon  you,  and  will  bring  up 
Jlesh  upon  you,  and  cover  you  with  skin,  and  I  will  put  breath 
in  you,  and  ye  shall  live,  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah  " 
(xxxvii.  1,  4-6).  Man's  j^^W^'ium,  when  viewed  from  heaven,  2 
appears  altogether  like  something  bony,  inanimate,  and  thor- 
oughly deformed,  consequently  as,  in  itself,  dead,  but  when 
vivified  by  the  Lord,  it  looks  like  a  Hcshi/  substance.  Man's 
2)roprium  is,  indeed,  a  mere  dead  nothing,  although  to  him  it 
seems  so  real  and  important,  yea,  as  his  all.  Whatever  lives  in 
him  is  from  the  Lord's  life,  and  if  this  were  removed,  he  would 
fall  down  dead,  like  a  stone  :  for  man  is  only  an  organ  receptive 
of  life,  and  such  as  is  the  quality  of  the  organ,  such  is  the  affec- 
tion of  the  life.  The  Lord  alone  has  j^^'oprium  ;  by  His  projmuvi. 
He  redeemed  man,  and  by  His  jjrojyrium  He  saves  man.  The 
Lord's  2^'>'opriuvi  is  life,  and  from  His  proprium,  man's  propriuin, 
which  in  itself  is  dead,  is  vivified.  The  Lord's  proprium  is  also 
signified  by  the  Lord's  words  in  Luke  :  "  A  spirit  hath  not  Jlesh 
and  bones  as  ye  see  Me  have  "  (xxiv.  39) ;  and  likewise  by  this, 
that  a  hone  of  the  pcisclial  lavih  should  not  he  hroken  (Exod.  xii.  46). 

150.  The  state  of  man,  when  he  is  in  proprium,  or  when  he 
supposes  that  he  lives  from  himself,  is  compared  to  deep  sleep  ; 
yea,  by  the  ancients  it  was  called  deep  sleep ;  and  in  the  Word 
it  is  said  of  such,  that  they  hcive  poured  out  upon  them  the  spirit 
of  deep  sleep,  and  that  they  sleep)  the  she}).  That  man's  2^'i'oprium 
in  itself  is  dead,  or  that  no  one  has  any  life  of  himself,  is  shewn 
so  clearly  in  the  world  of  spirits,  that  evil  spirits  who  love 
nothing  but  i\\Q  proprium,  and  cjlistinately  insist  that  they  live 
from  themselves,  are  convinced  by  sensible  experience,  and 
forced  to  confess,  that  they  do  not  live  from  themselves.  It 
has  been    especially  permitted  me  now  for  several  years  to 

57 


1,TI-154.]  GENESIS. 

Li^cnniie  acquainted  with  the  liuinan  proprium,  and  it  lias  been 
granted  to  nic  to  perceive  clearly  that  I  could  think  nothing 
fiuni  niyself:  hut  that  every  idea  of  thought  entered  by  inHux, 
and,  sometimes,  how  and  whence  this  influx  entered.  The  man, 
therefore,  who  supposes  that  he  lives  from  himself,  is  in  falsity, 
and  in  conse([uence  appropriates  to  himself  everything  evil  and 
false,  which  he  would  never  do  were  he  to  believe  according  to 
the  real  truth  of  the  case. 

151.  Verse  22.  And  fhc  rib  which  Jehovah  Clod  had.  tah'u 
from  the  man,  He  built  into  a  tvoman,  and  brought  licr  to  the  man. 
By  to  build  is  signified  to  raise  up  what  was  fallen :  by  the  rib, 
the  unvivified  'proprium  :  by  a  icoman,  proprium  vivified  by  the 
Lord  :  by  He  brought  her  to  the  man,  that  a 'proprium  was  granted 
to  him.  The  posterity  of  this  Church  did  not  wish,  like  their 
parents,  to  be  celestial  men,  but  to  be  under  their  own  self- 
guidance ;  and  thus  inclining  to  jnvprium,  it  was  granted  to 
them,  but  still  one  vivified  by  the  Lord,  and  therefore  called  a 
woman,  and  afterwards  a  vnfe* 

152.  It  requires  but  little  attention  in  any  one  to  discern, 
that  v:oman  was  not  formed  out  of  the  rib  of  a  man,  and  that 
deeper  arcana  are  here  implied  than  any  person  has  heretofore 
been  aware  of.  It  must  be  plain  also,  that  by  the  woman  is 
signified  the  p)roprium,  from  this  circumstance,  that  it  was  the 
woman  who  was  deceived  ;  for  nothing  ever  deceives  man  but  the 
proprium,  or  what  is  the  same,  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world. 

15.3.  The  rib  is  said  to  be  built  into  a  looman,  but  it  is  not 
stated  that  the  woman  was  created,  or  formed,  or  made,  as  it 
was  before  when  treating  of  regeneration.  The  reason  of  its 
being  said  to  be  built,  is,  because  to  build  is  to  raise  up  that 
which  is  fallen  ;  in  this  sense  it  is  applied  to  the  Word,  where 
to  build  is  predicated  of  evils :  to  raise  up,  of  falses  ;  and  to  rc- 
neu),  oihoth..  As  in  Isaiah:  "They  shall  build  the  wastes  of 
eternity,  they  shall  raise  up  the  ancient  desolations,  and  they 
shall  renew  the  waste  cities,  the  desolations  of  many  genera- 
tions "  (Ixi.  4).  Wastes  in  this  and  other  passages  signify  evils  ; 
desolations,  falses ;  to  build  is  applied  to  the  former ;  to  raise  up, 
to  the  latter ;  and  this  distinction  is  carefully  observed  in  other 
places  by  the  prophets  ;  as  where  it  is  said  in  Jeremiah :  "  Again 
I  will  build  thee,  and  thou  shalt  be  built,  0  virgin  of  Israel" 
(xxxi.  4). 

154.  Nothing  evil  and  false  can  possibly  exist  which  is  not 
projn'ium,  and  from  the  proprium,  for  the  pirojyrium  of  man  is 
evil  itself;  thence  man  is  nothing  but  evil  and  falsity.  This 
was  demonstrated  to  me  by  the  fact,  that  when  the  propriuni 
of  man  is  presented  to  view  in  the  world  of  spirits,  it  appears 
so  deformed  that  it  is  impossible  to  depict  anything  more  ugly, 
although  with  a  difference  according  to  the  nature  of  the  pro- 

*  See  the  note  above,  p.  52, 

58 


CHAPTER  II.  23.  [155,  156. 

prium,  so  that  he  to  wliom  the  things  of  his  jnvprwm  are  visibly 
exhibited,  is  struck  with  horror,  and  wishes  to  flee  from  himself 
as  from  a  devil.  AYhen,  however,  the  things  of  the  j^Top'^^i-t""' 
of  man  are  vivified  by  the  Lord,  they  appear  fair  and  beautifid, 
with  a  variety  according  to  the  life,  to  which  the  Celestial  of 
the  Lord  can  be  adjoined.  Thus,  such  as  have  been  endowed 
with,  or  vivified  by,  charity,  appear  like  boys  and  girls  with  the 
most  beautiful  countenances ;  and  those  who  are  in  innocence, 
like  naked  infants,  variously  adorned  with  garlands  of  flowers 
encircling  their  bosoms,  and  diadems  upon  their  heads,  living 
and  sporting  in  an  adamantine  aura,  and  having  the  most 
interior  perception  of  felicity. 

155.  The  words,  the  rib  was  built  into  a  woman,  include  more 
arcana  than  it  is  possible  for  any  one  ever  to  discover  from  the 
letter;  for  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is  such,  that  its  inmost  con- 
tents regard  the  Lord  Himself  and  His  kingdom ;  thence  is  the 
life  of  the  Word.  Tlie  passage  before  us  likewise,  as  may  be 
seen  when  viewed  interiorly,  refers  to  the  celestial  marriage. 
This  celestial  marriage  exists  in  the  proimum,  which,  when 
vivified  by  the  Lord,  is  called  both  the  Lord's  bride  and  wife. 
The  proprinm  thus  vivified  has  a  perception  of  all  the  good  of 
love  and  the  truth  of  faith,  and  consequently  possesses  all 
wisdom  and  intelligence,  conjoined  with  inexpressible  felicity. 
The  nature,  however,  of  the  vivified  proprinm,  wdiich  is  called  2 
the  Lord's  bride  and  ivifc,  cannot  be  concisely  explained.  Suffice 
it,  therefore,  to  observe,  that  the  angels  perceive  that  they  live 
from  the  Lord,  although,  when  not  reflecting  on  the  subject, 
they  know  no  other  but  that  they  live  from  themselves.  They 
are  influenced  by  a  common  affection,  which  is  such,  that  if 
they  recede  even  in  the  least  from  the  good  of  love,  and  the 
truth  of  faith,  they  perceive  a  change  ;  and,  consequently,  they 
are  in  the  enjoyment  of  their  peace  and  felicity,  which  is  inex- 
pressible, whilst  they  are  in  this  common  perception  that  they 
live  from  the  Lord.  This  p)ropiriuni  also  is  what  is  meant  in 
Jeremiah,  when  it  is  said :  "  Jehovah  hath  created  a  new  thing 
in  the  earth,  a  woman  shall  compass  a  man"  (xxxi.  22).  The 
celestial  marriage,  also,  is  signified  in  this  passage,  where  by 
a  vjoman  is  meant  the  p)i'02)rium  vivified  by  the  Lord,  of  whom 
the  expression  to  compass  is  predicated,  because  the  2)roprkim 
encompasses,  as  a  rib  made  flesh  encompasses  the  heart. 

156.  Verse  23.  And  the  man  said.  This  now  is  bone  of  my 
hones,  and  flesh  of  ony  flesh;  therefore  she  shall  be  called  Wife, 
because  she  was  taken  out  of  man  (vir).  Bone  of  bones  and  flesh 
of  flesh,  signify  the  2)ro2rrium  of  the  external  man  :  bone,  the 
projjriuni  before  it  is  vivified,  and  flesh  the  vivified  ])roprium. 
Man  (vir),  moreover,  signifies  the  internal  man  ;  and  as  this  is 
consociated  with  the  external,  as  stated  in  the  subsequent  verse, 
therefore  the  p)'''02')rium  which  was  before  called  u:oman,  is  here 

59 


157-lGl.]  GEXESIS. 

ilenoniinaled  wife.     Now,  si;j;nifies  tlmt  it  was  thus  effected  at 
this  time,  when  the  state  was  changed. 

lo7.  Inasmuch  as  hone  of  hones  and  flesh  of  flesh  signified 
the  'proprium  of  the  external  man  in  which  was  the  internal, 
therefore  in  ancient  times  all  those  were  called  hone  of  hones 
and  Jlesh  of  flesh,  who  could  he  said  to  belong  to  them,  and 
were  of  one  house,  or  of  one  family,  or  in  any  degree  of  relation- 
ship to  each  other.  Thus  Lal)an  says  of  Jacob,  "  Surely  thou 
art  my  hone  and  mj/ flesh"  (Gen.  xxix.  14).  And  Abimelech 
says  of  his  mother's  Ijrethren,  and  of  the  family  of  the  house  of 
his  mother's  father,  "  llemember  that  I  am  your  hone  and  your 
flesh "  (Judges  ix.  2).  The  tribes  of  Israel  also  say  of  them- 
selves to  David,  "  Behold,  we  are  thy  hone  and  we  are  thy  flesh  " 
(2  Sam.  V.  1). 

158.  That  man  (vir)  signifies  the  internal  man,  or,  what  is 
the  same,  one  who  is  intelligent  and  wise,  is  plain  from  Isaiah : 
"  I  behold,  and  there  is  no  man  (vir),  even  among  them,  and 
there  is  no  counsellor  "  (xli.  28) — that  is,  none  icisc  and  intelli- 
(jcnt.  Also  in  Jeremiah :  "  Pain  ye  to  and  fro  through  the 
streets  of  Jerusalem,  and  see  if  you  can  find  a  man,  if  there  be 
any  executing  judgment,  seeking  the  truth  "  (v.  1).  One  who 
executes  judgment  is  a  wise  person,  and  he  who  sechs  the  truth,  an 
intelligent  one. 

159.  It  is  not,  however,  easy  to  perceive  how  these  things 
are,  unless  the  state  of  the  celestial  man  is  understood.  In  the 
celestial  man  the  internal  man  is  distinct  from  the  external ; 
indeed,  so  distinct,  that  he  perceives  what  belongs  to  the 
internal,  and  what  to  the  external,  and  how  the  external  is 
governed  by  the  internal  from  the  Lord.  But  the  state  of  the 
posterity  of  this  celestial  man,  in  consequence  of  inclining  to 
'proijrium;  which  belongs  to  the  external  man,  was  so  changed, 
that  they  no  longer  perceived  the  internal  man  to  be  distinct 
from  the  external,  but  imagined  the  internal  to  be  one  with  the 
external,  for  such  a  perception  takes  place  when  man  inclines 
to  2)ro2)rium. 

IGO.  Verse  24,  Therefore  shcdl  a  man  (vir)  have  his  father 
and  Ids  mother,  and  shall  cleave  unto  his  icife,  and  they  shall  he 
one  flesh.  To  leave  father  and  mother  is  to  recede  from  the 
internal  man,  for  it  is  tlie  internal  which  conceives  and  brings 
forth  the  external.  To  cleave  unto  a  xvife,  is  that  the  internal 
may  be  in  the  external;  to  he  one  flesh,  that  they  are  there 
together ;  and  because  there  was  previously  an  internal  man, 
and  an  external  man  from  the  internal,  what  was  then  a  spirit 
is  now  made  flesh.  Thus  celestial  and  spiritual  life  was  adjoined 
to  the  proiri'ium,  that  they  might  be  as  one. 

161.  This  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  not 
evil,  but  still  good;  and  because  they  desired  to  live  in  the 
external  man,  or  in  the  propriurn,  this  was  permitted  them  by 
60 


CHAPTER  II.  25.  [162-164. 

the  Lord, — what  was  spiritual-celestial,  however,  being  mercifully 
insinuated  therein.  How  the  internal  and  external  act  as  one, 
or  how  they  appear  as  one,  cannot  be  known  unless  the  nature 
of  the  influx  of  one  into  the  other  be  understood.  To  enable 
us  to  conceive  some  idea  of  this  influx,  let  us  take  an  action  as 
an  example,  in  which  unless  there  be  charity  interiorly,  or  love 
and  faith,  and  the  Lord  in  them,  it  cannot  be  called  a  work  of 
charity,  or  the  fruit  of  faith. 

162.  All  the  laws  of  truth  and  rectitude  flow  from  celestial 
principles,  or  from  the  order  of  life  of  the  celestial  man.  For 
the  whole  heaven  is  a  celestial  man,  because  the  Lord  alone  is  a 
celestial  man ;  and  as  He  is  the  all  in  all  of  heaven  and  the; 
celestial  man,  they  are  thence  called  celestial.  As  every  law  of 
truth  and  rectitude  flows  from  celestial  principles,  or  from  the 
order  of  life  of  the  celestial  man ;  so,  in  an  especial  manner, 
does  the  law  of  marriages.  It  is  the  celestial  marriage,  from 
and  according  to  which  all  marriages  on  earth  will  be  derived  : 
and  this  consists  in  there  being  one  Lord  and  one  Heaven,  or 
one  Church,  whose  Head  is  the  Lord.  The  law  of  marriages 
thence  derived  is,  that  there  shall  he  one  husband  and  one  wife, 
who  are  thus  an  image  of  the  celestial  man.  This  law  was  not 
only  revealed  to  the  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  but  also 
inscribed  on  their  internal  man ;  wherefore  a  man  (vir)  at  that 
time  had  but  one  wife,  and  they  constituted  one  house.  But 
when  their  posterity  ceased  to  be  internal  men,  and  became 
external,  they  then  married  more  wives  than  one.  Because  the  ■ 
men  of  tlie  Most  Ancient  Church,  with  their  wives,  represented 
the  celestial  marriage,  conjugial  love  was  to  them  a  kind  of 
heaven  and  heavenly  felicity ;  but  when  the  Church  declined, 
they  had  no  longer  any  perception  of  happiness  in  conjugial 
love,  but  in  multiplied  connections,  which  is  a  delight  of  the 
external  man.  This  is  called  by  the  Lord  hardness  of  heart,  on 
account  of  which  they  were  permitted  by  Moses  to  marry  more 
wives  than  one,  where  He  says  :  "  For  the  hardness  of  your  heart 
Moses  wrote  you  this  precept,  but  from  the  beginning  of  the 
creation  God  made  them  male  and  female.  For  this  cause 
shall  a  man  leave  his  father  and  mother,  and  shall  cleave 
unto  his  wife,  and  they  twain  shall  be  one  flesh ;  wherefore 
they  are  no  more  twain  but  one  flesh.  What,  therefore,  Cod 
hath  joined  together,  let  no  man  put  asunder  "  (Mark  x.  5-9). 

163.  Verse  25.  And  they  vrre  hotli  naked,  the  tnan  and  his 
vnfe,  and  imrc  not  ashamed.  Their  heimj  'naked,  and  not  ashamed, 
signifies  that  they  were  innocent ;  for  the  Lord  had  insinuated 
innocence  into  their  ^j?'oprM«?/i,  to  prevent  its  being  unpleasing. 

164.  Man' s  p7r)prinm,  as  before  stated,  is  mere  evil,  and  when 
exhibited  to  view,  is  most  deformed ;  but  when  cliarity  and 
innocence  from  the  Lord  are  insinuated  into  the  p7'oprium,  it 
then  appears  good  and  beautiful  (as  was  observed,  no.  154). 

61 


lOr.-lGT.]  GENESIS. 

Charity  and  innocence  not  only  excuse  the  proprium,  or  evil  and 
lalsity  in  man,  but,  as  it  were,  abolish  it;  as  may  be  observed 
in  little  children,  in  whom  evil  and  falsity  are  not  merely  con- 
cealed, but  even  pleasing,  so  long  as  they  love  their  parents 
and  one  another,  and  manifest  their  infantile  innocence.  Hence 
it  may  be  known  why  no  one  can  be  admitted  into  heaven,  un- 
less he  possesses  some  degree  of  innocence,  agreeably  to  what 
the  Lord  has  said  :  "  Suffer  the  little  children  to  come  unto  Me, 
and  forbid  them  not,  for  of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily, 
1  say  unto  you,  whosoever  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God 
as  a  little  chihl,  he  shall  not  enter  therein.  And  He  took  them 
Tip  in  His  arms,  put  His  hands  upon  them,  and  blessed  them  " 
(Mark  x.  14-16). 

165.  That  the  nakedness  of  which  they  were  not  ashamed,  sig- 
nifies innocence,  is  proved  by  what  follows ;  for  when  integrity 
and  innocence  departed,  their  nakedness  appeared  to  them  dis- 
graceful, and  they  therefore  hid  themselves.  It  is  evident  also 
from  the  representations  in  the  world  of  spirits,  where  nakedness 
(if  u-hich  they  were  not  ashamed  denotes  innocence  ;  for  spirits, 
when  desirous  to  exculpate  themselves  and  prove  their  guiltless- 
ness, stand  naked  before  their  accusers  to  testify  their  innocence. 
But  it  is  best  demonstrated  by  the  fact,  that  the  innocent  in 
heaven  appear  as  naked  infants  decorated  with  garlands,  varying 
according  to  the  specific  nature  of  their  innocence  ;  whilst  such 
as  are  not  so  thoroughly  imbued  with  innocence,  are  clad  in 
handsome  and  shining  garments,  resembling  adamantine  silk, 
as  the  angels  were  occasionally  seen  by  the  prophets. 


166.  This  is  an  exposition   of  a  few   of  the  contents  of  the 

Wwd  in  this  chapter,  hut  as  it  treats  of  the  celestial  man  who 

is  scarcely  knov:n  to  any  one  in  the  present  day,  it  must,  to  some 

persons,  necessarily  appear  obscure. 

167.  If  any  one  could  know  how  many  arcana  each  particular 
verse  cmitains,  he  woidd  he  perfectly  astonished ;  for  although 
there  is  hut  little  evidence  of  their  existence  in  the  letter,  they 
are  too  numerous  ever  to  he  fully  explained.  For  the  purpose  of 
hriefly  elucidcdinrj  the  nature  of  the  Word,  it  may  he  mentioned 
that  in  the  irorld  of  spirits,  tvhieh  is  a  rep)resentative  inorld,  the 
sense  of  the  letter,  as  it  occurs,  is  vividly  represented  in  a  heautiful 
order,  and  wludever  is  thus  represented  to  the  life  is  perceived  in 
the  second  heaven  hy  the  angelic  spirits  as  to  the  more  minute 
ideas  conveyed  hy  the  representations,  and  these  again  hy  the 
angels  in  the  third  heaven  still  more  copiously,  heing  full  of  inex- 
ptressihle  angelic  ideas,  which  are  moreover  presented,  according 
to  tlie  Lord's  good  pleasure,  in  all  and  in  unlimited  variety. 
Such  is  the  Word  of  the  Lord, 

62 


CHAPTEK  II.  [168-177. 


THE   RESUSCITATION    OF   MAN   FROM   THE   DEAD,   AND   HIS 
ENTRANCE    INTO   ETERNAL    LIFE. 

168.  Being  I'^criiilttcd  to  describe  in  a  series  the  mode  in 
irhich  man  passes  from  the  life  of  the  hody  into  the  life  of  eternity, 
that  I  might  'understand  the  way  in  which  he  is  resuseitcded,  I 
was,  as  has  been  stated,  instructed  not  audibly,  but  by  sensible 
experience. 

169.  /  ivas  reduced  into  a  state  of  insensibility  as  to  the  bodily 
senses,  thus  almost  into  the  state  of  dying  persoiis,  retaining,  how- 
ever, my  interior  life  tmimpaired,  attended  with  the  power  of 
thinking,  that  I  might  perceive  and  remember  ivhat  occurs  to  those 
who  die  and  arc  resuscitated,  with  so  much  of  respiration  as  was 
tiecessary  for  life,  and  afterwards  with  tacit  respiration. 

170.  Celestial  angels  came  and  occupied  the  region  of  the 
heart,  so  that  as  to  the  heart  I  might  seem  united,  with  them,  and 
thus  at  length  scarcely  anything  was  left  to  me  except  thought, 
and  the7ice  jicrception ;  and  this  for  some  hours. 

171.  I  was  thus  removed  from  communication  with  spirits  in 
the  7V07'ld  of  spirits,  who  supposed  that  I  had  departed  from  the 
life  of  the  body. 

172.  Besides  the  celesticd  angels,  who  occupied  the  region  of 
the  heart,  there  were  also  tivo  angels  sitting  at  my  head,  and  it 
was  given  me  to  perceive  that  it  is  so  with  every  one. 

173.  The  angels  who  sat  at  mi/  head  ivere  perfectly  silent,  only 
commtinicating  their  thoughts  with  the  face,  so  that  I  coidd  per- 
ceive that  another  face  was,  as  it  were,  induced  upon  me  ;  indeed 
two,  because  there  loere  two  angels.  When  the  angels  perceive 
that  their  faces  are  received,  they  then  hnoiv  that  the  man  is  dead. 

174.  After  recognising  their  faces,  they  induced  certain 
changes  abottt  the  region  of  the  mouth,  and  thus  communicated 
their  thoughts;  for  it  is  customary  with  the  celestial  angels  to 
specth  by  the  province  of  the  mouth  ;  and  it  was  permitted  me  to 
perceive  their  thought-speech. 

175.  An  aromatic  odour  like  that  of  an  embalmed  corpse  was 
perceived;  for  when  the  celestial  angels  are  present,  then  the 
cadaverous  odour  is  2ycTceived  as  if  it  were  an  aromcdic,  which 
when  recognised  by  the  evil  spirits  preve7its  their  approach. 

176.  In  the  meantime  I  perceived  that  the  region  of  the  heart 
was  kept  very  closely  U7iitcd  with  the  celestial  angels,  as  was  also 
evident  from  the  pulse. 

177.  It  ivas  insinuated  to  rnc  that  man  is  kept  engaged  by  tlte 
angels  in  the  pioics  and  holy  thoughts  which  he  entertained  at  the 
point  of  death ;  and  it  was  also  insinuated  that  those  ivho  die 
usually  think  about  eternal  life,  and  seldom-  of  salvation  and- 
hap2nness,  therefore  the  angels  keep  them  in  the  thought  of  eternal 
life. 

63 


17S-181.]  gp:nesis. 

11^.  Tliey  arc  kept  eiujaycd  in  this  thouf/hf,  for  a  sufficient 
Ictii/f/i  of  time,  hy  t/ic  celestial  angels,  hforc  their  departure ;  and. 
then  "'■^'  ''^'^'"'  entrusted  to  the  spiritual  anyels,  vnth  whom  they 
arc  affencards  associafed :  in  the  mean  time  tlicy  have  an  obscure 
/lotion  that  they  arc  liriny  in  the  body. 

179.  lichen  the  intermd  ^;ari'.s  of  the  body  grow  cold,  the  vital 
sidisfances,  wherever  they  may  be,  even  if  enclosed  in  tJie  vndti- 
plied  intricacies  of  the  most  elaborate  tissue,  are  separated  from 
the  man;  for  such  is  the  efficacy  of  the  Lord's  mercy,  which  pre- 
cionsly  to  this  separation  was  perceived  by  me  as  a  vivid  and 
spiritual  attraction,  that  nothing  vital  could  remain  behind. 

ISO.  The  celestial  angels,  who  sat  at  the  head,  remained  vnth 
me  for  some  time,  after  I  was,  as  it  u'cre,  resuscitcttcd,  but  they 
conversed  only  tacitly ;  it  was  perceived  from  their  cogitative 
speech,  that  they  made  light  of  all  fallacies  and  falsities,  not 
indeed  laughiiuj  at  them  as  contemptible,  but  regarding  them  as 
mere  nothings.  Their  speech  is  cogitcdive,  not  sonorous,  and  this 
is  the  language  they  employ  when  first  conversing  with  soids. 

181.  3fa'}i,  when  thus  resuscitated  by  the  celesticd  angels,  pos- 
sesses only  cm  obscure  life  ;  but,  when  the  2Jeriod  arrives  for  him 
to  be  delivered  to  the  spiritual  angels,  tlien,  cfter  a  little  delay, 
as  the  spiritncd  angels  approach,  the  celestial  retire ;  and  it  has 
been  shoivn  to  me  how  the  latter  operate  tliat  he  may  receive  the 
actual  use  of  light,  as  described  in  the  continuation  of  this  subject 
_preJlTed  to  the  following  chapter. 


64 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTER     THIRD. 


CONTINUATION    CONCERNING   THE   ENTRANCE  INTO   ETERNAL 
LIFE   OF  THOSE   WHO   ARE   RESUSCITATED. 

182.  As  the  celestial  angels  are  with  the  rcsuscitatecl  person, 
they  do  not  leave  Mm,  for  they  love  every  one  ;  hut  ivhcn  the  soul 
can  no  longer  consociate  with  the  celestial  angels,  it  desires  to 
depart  from  them  ;  and  ivhen  this  takes  place,  the  spiritual  angels 
arrive  and  communicate  the  actual  use  of  light ;  for,  previously, 
tlie  spirit  scav  nothing,  hut  only  thought. 

183.  The  mode  in  which  the  angels  effect  this  ivas  shcv:n  to 
me.  They  were  seen  to  unrol,  as  it  were,  a  memh'anc  from  the 
left  eye  toivards  the  nose,  so  that  the  eye  might  he  opened,  and 
the  enjoyment  of  light  cfforded  ;  and  a  mcin  has  no  idea  hid  that 
this  is  really  the  case  ;  it  is,  however,  only  an  appearance. 

184.  After  this  delicate  membrane  has  been  thus  in  appearance 
stripped  off,  some  light  is  visible,  cdthough  only  obscurely,  as  a 
man  sees  through  his  eyelids  when  he  first  aivakes  out  of  sleep,  the 
spirit  remaining  in  a  tranquil  state,  guarded  by  the  celestial 
angels.  At  this  time,  there  appears  a  sort  of  cloud  of  a  blue 
colour,  and  a  little  star ;  but  it  ivas  perceived  that  this  was  done  ' 
with  considerable  variety. 

185.  Aftericards  it  seems  as  if  something  was  gently  removed 
from  the  face,  and  perception  is  communicated  to  him ;  the  angels 
being  especially  cautious,  whilst  effecting  this,  to  prevent  any  idea 
gaining  admission  but  such  as  is  of  a  soft  and  tender  nature,  as 
of  love ;  and  it  is  now  given  him  to  know  that  he  is  a  spirit. 

186.  He  then  enters  upon  a  life  which  is  at  first  happy  and 
joy  fid ;  for  he  appears  to  himself  to  have  been  admitted  into 
everlasting  life,  which  is  represented  by  a  splendid  white  light 
heaictifidly  merging  into  ycUovj,  which  signifies  that  this,  his  Jirst 
life,  is  celestial-spiritual. 

187.  IViat  he  should  afterwards  be  received  into  the  society  of 
good  spirits,  is  represented  by  a  yoidh  sitting  upon  a  horse,  which 
cannot  move,  however,  a  single  step,  and  directing  him  towards 

VOL.  I,  E  65 


1S8,  ISO.]  GENESIS. 

7/(7/.  He  w  rcprrsrvfi'd  r^<?  a  youth,  because  when  he  first  enters 
vpoH  eternal  life  he  /.s  in  the  society  of  angels,  and  therefore 
appears  to  himself  to  he  in.  the  fioirer  of  youth. 

188.  2'he  snhsegnent  life  is  represented-  by  his  dismounting  from 
the  horse  and  walkiny  on  foot,  because  he  cannot  make  the  horse 
more  from  his  place ;  and  it  is  insinuated  to  him  that  he  must  be 
instructed  in  the  knouiedfjcs  of  truth  and  good. 

189.  Afterwards  there  appear  'pathvays  leading  gently  up- 
wards in  an  oblique  direction,  tvhich  signify,  that  by  the  hnov)- 
tedges  of  truth  and  good,  and.  by  an  achwidedgment  of  what  he 
is  of  himself,  he  should  be  led  by  degrees  towards  Heaven  ;  for  no 
one  can  he  condvcted  thither  without  such  self -acknowledgment , 
and  the  knoicledges  of  truth  and  good.  The  continuation  may  he 
seen  at  the  end  of  the  chapiter. 


CHAPTER  III. 

1.  And  the  serpent  was  more  subtle  than  any  wild  beast  of 
the  field  which  Jehovah  God  had  made;  and  he  said  to  the 
woman,  Hath  not  God,  moreover,  said,  Ye  shall  not  eat  of  every 
tree  of  the  garden  ? 

2.  And  the  woman  said  to  the  serpent,  We  may  eat  of  the 
fruit  of  the  tree  of  the  garden  ; 

'5.  But  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree  which  is  in  the  midst  of  the 
garden,  God  hath  said,  Ye  shall  not  eat  of  it,  neither  shall  ye 
touch  it,  lest  ye  should  thence  die. 

4.  And  the  serpent  said  to  the  woman,  In  dying  ye  shall 
not  die. 

5.  Eor  God  knoweth  that  in  the  day  in  which  ye  eat  thereof, 
then  your  eyes  shall  be  opened,  and  ye  shall  be  as  God,  know- 
ing good  and  evil. 

6.  And  the  woman  saw  that  tlie  tree  was  good  for  food,  and 
that  it  was  pleasant  to  the  eyes,  and  a  tree  to  be  desired,  to  give 
intelligence;  and  she  took  of  the  fruit  thereof,  and  did  eat ; 
and  she  gave  also  to  her  husband  (xir)  with  lier,  and  he  did 
eat. 

7.  And  the  eyes  of  them  both  were  opened,  and  they  knew 
that  they  were  naked :  and  they  sewed  fig-leaves  together,  and 
made  themselves  girdles. 

8.  And  they  heard  the  voice  of  Jehovah  God  going  from 
Himself  in  the  garden  in  the  air  (aura)  of  the  day ;  and  the  man 
and  his  wife  hid  themselves  from  the  face  of  Jehovah  God,  in 
the  midst  of  the  tree  of  the  garden. 

9.  And  Jehovah  God  called  to  the  man,  and  said  to  him, 
AVhere  art  thou  ? 

6G 


CHAPTEE  III.  1.  [190-194 

10.  And  he  said,  I  henrd  Tliy  voice  in  the  garden,  and  I  was 
afraid,  because  I  was  naked ;  and  I  hid  myself. 

11.  And  He  said,  Who  told  thee  that  thou  wast  naked  ?  hast 
thou  eaten  of  the  tree,  whereof  I  commanded  thee  that  thou 
shouldest  not  eat  ? 

12.  And  the  man  said,  The  woman  whom  thou  gavest  to  be 
with  me,  she  gave  me  of  the  tree,  and  I  have  eaten. 

13.  And  Jehovah  God  said  to  the  woman.  Why  hast  thou 
done  this?  And  the  woman  said.  The  serpent  deceived  me,  and 
I  have  eaten. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


190.  TiiE  third  state  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  is  treated 
of,  in  which  they  so  far  inclined  to  projwnim  that  they  loved  it. 

191.  Because  they  then  began  to  believe  nothing  which  they 
could  not  comprehend  with  the  senses,  from  the  love  of  self,  or 
the  proprium,, — the  sensual  part  being  represented  by  the  ser- 
pent ;  self-love  or  the  2^'^'oprm7n,  by  the  woman  ;  and  the  llational, 
by  the  man. 

192.  Thence  the  serpent  or  the  sen,sual  part  persuaded  the 
woman  that  she  should  scrutinize  those  things  which  relate  to 
faith  in  the  Lord,  whether  they  are  so, — which  is  signified  by 
eating  of  the  tree  of  hiouiedge ;  and  that  the  Eational  of  man 
{homo)  consented,  is  signified  by  the  man's  {vir)  eatmg  thereof, 
verses  1-6. 

193.  But  they  perceived  that  they  were  in  evil ;  from  which 
remnant  of  perception, — which  is  signified  by  their  eyes  being 
ojjened,  and  their  hearing  the  voice  of  Jehovah,  verses  7,  8  ;  and 
from  the  fig-leaves,  of  which  they  made  themselves  girdles, 
verse  7  ;  from  their  shame,  and  coneealmeiit  in  the  midst  of  the 
tree  of  the  garden,  verses  8,  9  ;  and  likewise  from  their  aclcnon-- 
ledgment  and  confession,  verses  10-13,  it  is  evident  that  natural 
good  still  remained  with  them. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 

194.  Verse  1.  And  the  srypent  was  more  sid)tle  titan  any 
wild  beast  of  the  field  ivhieh  Jehovah  God  had  made  ;  and  lie  said 
to  the  woman,  Hath  not  God,  moreover,  said,  Ye  shall  not  cat  of 
every  tree  of  the  gardeii  ?  By  the  serpent  is  here  meant  the 
Sensual  of  man,  when  depended  upon  ;  by  the  wild  beast  of  the 
field,  as  before,  every  affection  of  the  external  man  ;  by  the 
vjoman,  proprium  ;  by  the  seypent's  saying.  Hath  not  God,  more- 

07 


lO:..]  GENESIS. 

over,  said,  Ye  sJuill  not  cat  of  every  tree  ?  that  they  began  to 
doubt.  The  subject  treated  of  is  the  third  generation  of  tlie 
Most  Ancient  Cliurch,  which  began  to  disbelieve  iu  what  was 
revealed,  unless  they  could  see  and  have  sensuous  evidence  of 
its  truth.  Their  first  state  is  described  in  this  and  the  sub- 
sequent verse,  which  was  a  state  of  doubt. 

195.  The  most  ancient  people  did  not  compare  all  things  in 
man  to  beasts  and  birds,  but  they  so  named  them.  This  was 
their  customary  manner  of  speaking,  which  remained  even  in  the 
Ancient  Church  after  the  Hood,  and  was  preserved  amongst  the 
prophets.  The  sensual  things  of  man  they  called  serpents, 
because,  as  serpents  live  close  to  the  earth,  so  sensual  things 
are  closely  connected  with  the  body.  Hence  also  reasonings 
concerning  the  mysteries  of  faith,  founded  on  the  evidence  of 
the  senses,  were  spoken  of  by  them  as  the  poison  of  a  serpent, 
and  the  reasoners  themselves  as  scrjKnts:  and  because  such 
reasoners  argue  much  from  sensual  or  visible  things,  wliich  are 
terrestrial,  corporeal,  mundane,  and   natural,  it  was  said  that 

2  the  serpent  was  more  subtle  tluin  any  vnlcl  least  of  the  field.  It 
is  likewise  said  by  David,  speaking  of  those  who  seduce  man 
b}^  reasonings :  "  They  have  sharpened  their  tongue  like  a  ser- 
jjcnt ;  the 2^018071  of  the  asp  is  under  their  lips"  (Psalm  cxl.  3). 
And  again :  "  They  are  estranged  from  the  womb,  speaking  a 
lie.  Their  2'>oison  is  Wee  the  poison  of  a  serpfAit :  like  the  deaf 
■poisonous  asp  that  stoppeth  her  ear,  that  she  may  not  hear  the 
voice  of  charmers,  the  companionship  of  the  wise  companion" 
(Psalm  Iviii.  3-6).  Eeasonings  are  here  called  the  poison  of  a 
serpent,  which  induce  an  unwillingness  to  hear  the  wise,  or  the 
voice  of  the  wise  ;  hence  it  became  a  proverb  amongst  the 
ancients  that  the  serpent  stoppeth  the  car.  It  is  said  in  Amos  : 
"As  if  a  man  went  into  the  house  and  leaned  his  hand  on  the 
wall,  and  a  serpent  bit  him.  Shall  not  the  day  of  Jehovah  be 
darkness  and  not  light  ?  even  very  dark,  and  no  brightness  in 
it?"  (v.  19,  20).  The  hand  on  the  laall  stands  for  one's  own 
power,  and  the  confidence  in  sensual  things,  whence  comes  the 

3  blindness  which  is  here  described.  So  in  Jeremiah,  it  is  related 
of  Egypt :  "  The  voice  thereof  shall  go  like  a  serpent,  for  they 
shall  go  in  strength,  and  shall  come  to  her  with  axes,  as  hewers 
of  wood.  They  shall  cut  down  her  forest,  saith  Jehovah,  be- 
cause it  will  not  be  searched;  for  they  are  more  than  the 
locusts,  and  are  innumerable.  The  daughter  of  Egypt  was 
ashamed ;  she  shall  be  delivered  into  the  hand  of  the  people  of 
the  north  "  (xlvi.  22-24).  Egypt  denotes  reasoning  about  Divine 
things  from  what  is  sensual  and  scientific ;  such  reasonings  are 
called  the  voice  of  a  serpent,  and  the  blindness  thereby  occasioned 
is  signified  by  the  p)eople  of  the  north.  Again,  in  Job  :  "  He  shall 
suck  the  poison  of  asps ;  the  viper's  tongue  shall  slay  him.  He 
shall  not  see  the  brooks,  the  rivers  of  rivers  of  honey  and  butter" 

OS 


CHAPTER  III.  1.  [19G. 

(xx.  16,  17).  Hivcrs  of  honey  and  hutfcr  are  things  spiritual 
and  celestial,  which  could  not  he  seen  by  mere  reasoncrs ;  rea- 
sonings are  called  the  poison  of  the  asp  and  the  vip)ers  tongue. 
More  may  be  seen  respecting  the  serpent  in  tlie  explanation  of 
verses  14,  15. 

196.  In  ancient  times,  those  were  called  serpents  who  had 
more  confidence  in  sensual  things  than  in  revealed  truth.  But 
it  is  still  worse  at  the  present  day,  for  now  there  are  persons 
who  not  only  disbelieve  everything  which  they  cannot  see  and 
feel,  but  who  also  confirm  themselves  in  such  incredulity  by 
scientifics  unknown  to  the  ancients,  and  thus  occasion  in  tliem- 
selves  a  far  greater  degree  of  blindness.  That  it  may  be  known 
how  those  who  form  their  opinions  on  heavenly  subjects  from 
sensual,  scientific,  and  p)hilGsophical  considerations  blind  them- 
selves, so  as  afterwards  to  see  and  hear  nothing, — being  not 
only  deaf  se^yents,  but  also  the  flying  serpents  frequently  spoken 
of  in  the  Word,  which  are  much  more  pernicious, — we  will  take, 
for  example,  what  they  believe  about  the  spirit,  Tlie  sensual  2 
man,  or  he  who  only  believes  on  the  evidence  of  his  senses, 
denies  the  existence  of  spirit  because  he  cannot  see  it,  saying, 
There  is  nothing  which  I  cannot  feel :  what  I  see  and  touch 
that  I  know  to  exist.  The  man  of  science,  or  he  who  forms  his 
conclusions  from  the  sciences,  says,  What  is  spirit,  unless,  per- 
haps, a  vapour  or  heat,  or  some  other  existence  recognised  by 
science,  which  will  vanish  when  the  fire  which  gave  rise  to  it 
is  extinguished  ?  Have  not  animals  a  body,  senses,  and  some- 
thing analogous  to  reason  ?  and  yet  it  is  asserted  that  although 
these  must  all  perish  the  spirit  of  man  is  immortal.  Thus  they 
deny  the  existence  of  the  spirit.  Philosophers  also,  who  wish 
to  have  the  credit  of  possessing  more  discernment  than  the  rest 
of  mankind,  speak  of  the  spirit  in  terms  which  they  do  not 
themselves  understand,  for  they  dispute  about  them,  contend- 
ing that  not  a  single  expression  is  applicable  to  spirit  which 
is  derived  from  what  is  material,  organic,  or  has  extension ; 
thus  by  abstracting  from  spirit  every  conceivable  quality,  it 
vanishes  from  their  ideas  and  becomes  to  them  notliing.  Tlie  3 
wiser  philosophers,  however,  assert  that  tlie  spirit  is  thought ; 
but  in  their  reasonings  about  thought,  in  consequence  of  separ- 
ating from  it  all  substantiality,  they  conclude  that  it  must 
necessarily  cease  to  exist  when  the  body  expires.  Thus  all  who 
reason  merely  from  sensual,  scientific,  and  philosophic  con- 
siderations, deny  the  existence  of  spirit,  and  in  so  doing  cease 
to  believe  wliat  is  asserted  of  the  spirit  and  spiritual  things. 
Not  so  tlie  simple  in  heart;  if  these  are  questioned  al)0ut  the 
existence  of  the  S])irit,  they  declare  their  unftiigned  belief 
therein,  because  the  Lord  has  said  that  they  sliall  continue  to 
live  after  death ;  thus,  instead  of  extinguishing  their  Pational, 
they  vivify  it  by  the  Word  of  the  Lord. 

69 


197-200.]  GENESIS. 

1 97.  By  tJic  serpent,  amongst  tlie  most  ancient  people,  who 
■were  celestial  men,  was  signified  circumspection,  and  also  the 
sensual  })rinciple  by  which  they  exercised  circumspection  so  as 
to  be  secured  from  injury.  It  is  in  this  sense  that  the  Lord 
said  to  His  disciples  :  "  IJehold,  I  send  you  forth  as  sheep  in  the 
midst  of  wolves :  be  ye  therefore  prudent  as  serpents,  and  harm- 
less as  doves"  (Matt.  x.  16).  Thus  also  the  brazen  serpent  v:as 
set  up  in  tlie  wilderness,  by  which  was  signified  tlie  sensual  part 
of  the  Lord,  who  alone  is  the  celestial  man,  and  takes  care  of 
and  provides  for  all ;  wherefore  all  who  looked  upon  it  were 
preserved. 

198.  Verses  2,  3.  And  the  woman  said  to  the  serpent,  We 
may  eat  of  tlie  fruit  of  the  tree  of  the  garden  ;  but  of  the  fruit 
of  the  tree  ivhich  is  in  the  midst  of  the  garden,  God  hath  said. 
Ye  shall  not  cat  of  it,  neither  shall  ye  touch  it,  lest  ye  should 
tlienee  die.  The  fruit  of  the  tree  of  the  garden  is  the  good  and 
the  truth  revealed  to  them  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church ;  the 
fruit  of  the  tree  which  is  in  the  midst  of  the  garden,  of  ivhich 
they  vxre  not  to  eat,  is  the  good  and  the  truth  of  faith,  which 
they  were  not  to  learn  from  themselves;  not  to  touch  it,  is  a 
prohibition  against  thinking  of  the  good  and  the  truth  of  faith 
from  themselves,  or  from  what  is  sensual  and  scientific ;  and 
lest  ye  should  thence  die,  is,  because  thus  faith,  or  all  wisdom 
and  intelligence,  would  perish. 

199.  That  the  fruit  of  tlie  tree  of  which  they  might  not  eat, 
siirnifies  the  cjood  and  the  truth  of  the  faith  revealed  to  them 
from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  or  the  knowledges  of  faith,  is 
evident  from  this  circumstance,  that  it  is  said  to  be  the  fruit  of 
the  tree  of  the  garden  of  tvhich  they  might  eat,  and  not  the  tree 
of  the  garden,  as  before,  when  treating  of  the  celestial  man,  or 
the  Most  Ancient  Church  (ii.  16).  Tlie  tree  of  the  garden  as  it 
is  there  denominated,  signifies  the  perception  of  good  and  truth  ; 
and  the  good  and  truth  originating  thence  is  here  called  fruit, 
and  is  also  frequently  signitied  hy  fruit  in  the  Word. 

200.  The  reason  why  the  tree  of  hnoujledge  is  here  spoken 
of  as  being  in  the  midst  of  the  garden,  although  previously 
(ii.  9),  the  tree  of  lives  was  said  to  be  in  the  midst  of  the  garden, 
and  not  the  tree  of  knowledge,  is,  because  the  midst  of  the  garden 
signifies  the  inmost ;  and  the  inmost  of  the  celestial  man,  or  the 
Alost  Ancient  Church,  was  the  tree  of  lives,  which  is  love  and 
the  faith  thence ;  whereas  with  this  man,  who  may  be  called  a 
celestial-spiritual  man,  or  with  this  posterity,  faith  was  the 
midst  of  the  garden,  or  the  inmost.  It  is  impossible  more  fully 
to  describe  the  quality  of  the  men  who  lived  in  that  most 
ancient  time,  because  in  the  present  day  it  is  utterly  unknown, 
their  genius  being  altogether  difterent  from  our  own.  For  the 
purpose,  however,  of  conveying  some  faint  idea  of  their 
character,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  from  good  they  knew  the 

70 


CHAPTER  III.  2,  3.  [201,  202. 

truth,  or  from  love  they  knew  what  is  of  faith.  But,  when 
that  generation  expired,  another  succeeded  of  a  totally  different 
nature  ;  for,  instead  of  from  good  discerning  the  trutli,  or  from 
love  what  was  of  faith,  they  acquired  the  knowledge  of  good  by 
means  of  truth,  and  of  love  from  the  knowledges  of  faith  ;  and 
with  many  amongst  them  mere  knowledge  alone  was  the  object 
sought.  Such  was  the  change  made  after  the  flood,  to  prevent 
the  destruction  of  the  world. 

201.  Since,  therefore,  the  genius  of  the  most  ancient  people 
before  the  flood  was  such  as  is  not  now  found  to  exist  amongst 
mankind,  it  is  no  easy  matter  to  explain  intelligibly  what  the 
words  of  this  passage  in  their  genuine  sense  imply.  They  are, 
however,  perfectly  understood  in  heaven,  for  the  angels  and 
angelic  spirits  who  are  called  celestial,  are  of  the  same  genius 
as  the  most  ancient  people  who  were  regenerate  before  the 
flood ;  whilst  the  angels  and  angelic  spirits  who  are  termed 
spiritual,  are  of  a  similar  disposition  to  the  regenerate  after  the 
flood  ;  although  in  l.ioth  cases  in  indefinite  variety. 

202.  The  Most  Ancient  Church,  Mdiich  was  a  celestial  man, 
was  so  constituted  as  not  only  to  abstain  from  eating  of  the  tree 
of  knowledge,  that  is,  from  acquiring  their  ideas  of  faith  by 
means  of  information  obtained  from  things  sensual  and  scientific, 
but  they  were  not  even  allowed  to  touch  that  tree,  or,  in  other 
words,  to  think  on  any  matters  of  faith  under  the  influence  of 
things  sensual  and  scientific,  lest  tliey  should  descend  from 
celestial  into  spiritual  life,  and  thence  downwards.  Such  also 
is  the  life  of  the  celestial  angels,  the  more  interiorly  celestial  of 
whom  do  not  even  allow  I'aith  to  be  named,  nor  anything  what- 
ever which  has  a  merely  spiritual  origin  ;  and  if  it  is  spoken  of 
by  others,  instead  of  faith  they  have  a  perception  of  love,  with  a 
difference  known  only  to  themselves ; — thus  whatever  is  of  faith 
they  derive  from  love  and  charity.  Still  less  can  they  endure 
listening  to  any  reasonings  about  faith,  and,  least  of  all,  to  any 
mere  scientific  respecting  it ;  for,  by  means  of  love,  they  have  a 
])erception  of  good  and  truth  from  the  Lord.  From  this  percep- 
tion they  know  instantly  whether  it  be  so  or  not :  wherefore 
when  anything  is  said  al)Out  faith,  they  answer  simply  that  it 
is  so,  or  that  it  is  not  so,  because  they  perceive  from  the  Lord 
liow  it  is.  This  is  what  is  signified  by  the  Lord's  words  in 
]\Iatthew  :  "  Your  communications  shall  be,  Yea,  yea ;  nay,  nay  ; 
for  whatsoever  is  more  than  these  cometh  of  evil "  (v.  37). 
'J'his  then  is  what  was  meant  by  their  not  being  alloioed  to  touch 
the  fruit  of  the  tree  of  knoviedge ;  for,  in  case  they  touched,  they 
would  be  in  evil,  or  would  thereby  die.  The  celestial  angels, 
however,  converse  together  on  various  subjects,  like  the  other 
angels :  but  their  celestial  Lmguage,  which  is  formed  and  de- 
rived from  love,  is  more  ineffable  than  that  of  the  spiritual 
angels. 

71 


203-20G.]  GENESIS. 

203.  The  spiritual  angels,  however,  converse  about  faith,  and 
even  contirni  their  views  of  faith  by  intellectual,  rational,  and 
scientific  considerations  ;  but  they  never  form  their  opinions 
toucliing  mailers  of  faith  on  such  grounds;  for  they  only  act  in 
this  manner  \vho  are  in  evil.  They  are  also  endowed  by  the 
Lord  with  a  perception  of  all  the  truths  of  faith,  although  not 
such  a  perception  as  the  celestial  angels  enjoy.  The  perception 
of  the  spiritual  angels  is  something  of  conscience  vivified  by 
the  Lord,  which,  indeed,  appears  like  celestial  perception, yet  is 
not  so,  but  only  spiritual  perception. 

204.  Verses  4,  5.  And  the  serpent  said  to  the  voman,  In 
dying  ye  shall  not  die.  For  God  knotceth thatin  the  day imvhich 
ye  eat  thereof,  then  your  eyes  shall  he  opened,  and  ye  shall  he  as 
God,  hnoiviny  good  and  evil.  That  their  eyes  woidd  he  opened  if 
they  should  eat  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree,  signifies  that  were  they  to 
examine  matters  of  faith  from  the  sensual  and  scientific,  that 
is,  from  themselves,  they  would  then  see  clearly  that  their 
former  opinions  were  erroneous ;  that  they  shall  be  as  God,  know- 
ing good  and  evil,  denotes  that  if  they  thus  examined,  from 
themselves,  they  would  be  as  God,  and  might  guide  them- 
selves. 

205.  Every  single  verse  contains  a  particular  state,  or  change 
of  state,  in  the  church.  The  preceding  verses  express  a  percep- 
tion of  the  unlawfulness  of  that  to  which  they  were  inclined  ; 
these  verses,  an  incipient  doubt  whether  it  might  not  be  lawful, 
since  they  would  thus  be  enabled  to  see  the  truth  of  what  they 
had  heard  from  their  forefathers,  and  so  Jiave  their  eyes  ojjencd. 
At  length,  in  consequence  of  the  ascendancy  of  self-love,  they 
desired  to  be  under  their  own  guidance,  and  thus  to  be  like  the 
Lord  ;  for  such  is  the  nature  of  self-love,  that  it  is  unwilling 
to  be  led  by  the  Lord,  but  prefers  to  be  led  by  self,  and  to 
form  its  creed  from  the  deductions  of  tlie  senses  and  from 
science. 

206.  Who  are  more  persuaded  that  their  eyes  are  open,  and 
that  as  God  they  Icnow  good  and  evil,  than  those  who  love  them- 
selves, and  at  the  same  time  excel  in  worldly  wisdom  ?  And 
yet,  who  is  more  blind  ?  An  attentive  examination  would 
shew  that  they  do  not  even  know,  much  less  believe  in,  the 
existence  of  the  spirit.  ^Yith  the  nature  of  the  spiritual  and 
celestial  life  they  are  utterly  unacquainted.  They  do  not 
acknowledge  an  eternal  life,  for  they  believe  themselves  to  be 
like  the  brutes  which  perish.  Xeither  do  they  acknowledge 
the  Lord,  but  worship  only  themselves  and  nature.  Those 
amongst  them  who  wish  to  be  guarded  in  their  expressions,  say 
that  there  is  a  certain  Supreme  Being,  of  whose  nature  they  are 

2  ignorant,  and  who  rules  over  all.     These  are  the  principles  in 
which   they   confirm  themselves    by   numerous   sensual    and 
scientific   arguments  ;   and  if  they  dared,  they  \vould  do  the 
72 


CHAPTER  III.  6.  [207-210. 

same  before  all  mankind.  Such  persons,  although  tliey  desire 
to  be  regarded  as  gods,  or  as  the  wisest  of  beings,  if  they  were 
asked  wliether  they  know  what  it  is  to  have  no  irropriiuii,  would 
reply,  that  it  is  the  same  thing  as  to  have  no  existence,  and 
that  were  they  deprived  of  their  propriuvi,  they  would  be 
nothing.  If  they  were  asked,  what  it  is  to  live  from  the  Lord, 
they  would  conceive  it  to  be  a  mere  fantasy.  And  if  inter- 
rogated as  to  their  knowledge  of  conscience,  they  would  say  it 
is  a  mere  creature  of  the  imagination,  which  may  be  serviceable 
in  keeping  the  common  people  under  restraint.  If  interrogated 
as  to  their  knowledge  of  perception,  tliey  would  do  nothing  Ijut 
laugh  at  the  question,  and  call  it  enthusiastic.  Such  is  their 
wisdom,  such  open  eyes  have  they,  and  such  gods  they  are  !  On 
these  principles,  which  they  imagine  to  be  clearer  than  the  day, 
they  ground  all  their  reasonings  and  conclusions  concerning 
the  mysteries  of  faith.  And  what  can  be  the  result  but  an 
abyss  of  darkness !  These  are  the  serpents,  above  all  others, 
who  seduce  the  world.  However,  this  posterity  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  was  not  as  yet  depraved ;  but  such  was  the 
case  with  those  described  from  verses  14  to  19  of  this  chapter. 

207.  Verse  6.  And  the  woman  saw  that  the  tree  ivas  good, 
for  food,  and.  that  it  urns  pleasant  to  the  eyes,  and.  a  tree  to  he 
desired,  to  gire  intelligence ;  and  she  tooh  of  the  fruit  thereof,  and, 
did  eat ;  and  she  gave  also  to  her  husband  (vir)  ivith  her,  and  he 
did  eat.     Good  for  food  signifies  lust ;   pleasant  to  the  eyes, 

'fantasy;  and  desirable  to  give  i^itelligence,  •pleasure:  these  are 
of  the  propriuni,  or  ivoman.  By  the  husband's  eating  is  signified 
the  consent  of  the  Rational,  no.  265. 

208.  This  was  the  fourth  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church,  which  suffered  itself  to  be  seduced  by  the  love  of  the 
proprinm,  and  was  unwilling  to  believe  what  was  revealed, 
unless  confirmed  by  things  sensual  and  scientific. 

209.  The  expressions  here  employed,  as  that  the  tree  was  good 
for  food,  pleasant  to  the  eyes,  and  desirable  for  giving  intelligence, 
are  such  as  were  adapted  to  the  genius  of  those  who  lived  in 
that  most  ancient  time,  having  especial  reference  to  the  will, 
because  their  evils  originated  in  the  will.  Where  the  Word 
treats  of  the  people  who  lived  after  tlie  flood,  such  expressions 
are  adopted  as  are  not  thus  applicable  to  the  will,  but  to  the 
understanding ;  for  the  most  ancient  people  derived  truth  from 
good,  whilst  those  who  lived  after  the  flood  acquired  good  l)y 
means  of  truth. 

210.  In  order  that  tlie  nature  of  the  projirium  may  be  under- 
stood, it  should  be  ol)served  that  the  propriuvi  of  man  is  all 
evil  and  falsity  originating  in  the  love  of  self  and  the  world, 
whereby  men  are  inclined  to  l)elieve  in  self,  and  not  in  the 
Lord  or  the  Word,  and  to  suppose  that  what  they  cannot 
acquire  sensually  and  scientifically  lias  no  existence.     Hence 

73 


211-213.]  GENESIS. 

they  become  nltogetlier  evil  and  false,  and  thus  see  all  things 
perversely.  Tliey  regard  evil  as  good,  and  good  as  evil ;  falsities 
as  truths,  and  truths  as  falsities ;  realities  as  nothing ;  and 
nothing  as  everything.  They  call  hatred  love,  darkness 
light,  death  life,  and  vice  mrsd;  and  are  denominated  in  the 
AVord,  the  lame  and  the  hllnd.  This  then  is  the  proprium  of 
man,  which  in  itself  is  infernal  and  accursed. 

211.  Verse  7.  And  the  ei/es  uf  them  both  were  opened,  ami 
they  knew  that  they  were  naked.  Their  eyes  heiny  opened,  signi- 
fies that  they  knew  and  acknowledged,  in  consequence  of  an 
internal  dictate,  that  they  u-crc  naked,  that  is,  no  longer  in  inno- 
cence, as  before,  but  in  evil. 

212.  Tiiat  by  their  eyes  heiny  opened  is  signified  an  interior 
dictate,  is  evident  from  similar  expressions  in  the  Word ;  as  from 
what  Balaam  says  of  himself,  who,  in  consequence  of  having 
visions,  calls  himself  the  man  tchose  eyes  were  opened  (Num. 
xxxiv.  3).  And  from  Jonathan,  who,  when  he  tasted  of  the 
honey-comb,  and  had  a  dictate  from  within  that  it  was  evil, 
said  that  his  eyes  saiv  so  as  to  be  enliyhtenr.d,  that  he  might  see 
what  he  did  not  know  (1  Sam.  xiv.  29).  Besides,  in  the  Word, 
the  eyes  are  often  used  to  denote  the  understanding,  and  thus 
an  interior  impression  thence  received ;  as  in  David :  "  Liyhten 
Thou  mine  eyes,  lest  I  should  sleep  the  death  "  (Psalm  xiii.  3)  ; 
where  eyes  denote  the  understanding.  So  in  Ezekiel, — speak- 
ing of  those  who  are  not  willing  to  understand, — "  ivho  have  eyes 
to  see,  and  see  not "  (xii.  2).  In  Isaiah :  "  Shut  Thou  his  eyes, 
lest  he  sec  with  his  eyes  "  (vi.  10) ;  which  signifies  to  blind  them 
lest  they  should  understand.  So  Moses  says  to  the  people : 
"  Jehovah  hath  not  given  you  a  heart  to  know,  and  eyes  to  see, 
and  ears  to  hear  "  (Deut.  xxix.  4) ;  where  heart  signifies  the 
will  and  eyes  the  understanding.  It  is  written  of  the  Lord  in 
Isaiah,  that  He  should  open  the  Mind  eyes  (xlii.  7).  And  again, 
in  the  same  prophet :  "  The  eyes  of  the  hlind  shall  sec  out  of 
obscurity,  and  out  of  darkness"  (xxix.  18). 

213.  That  by  knowiny  that  they  were  naked,  is  signified  that 
they  knew  and  acknowledged  themselves  to  be  no  longer  in 
innocence  as  before,  but  in  evil,  is  evident  from  the  last  verse 
of  the  preceding  chapter,  where  it  is  said,  ami  they  were  both 
naked,  the  man  ami  his  ivife,  and  were  not  ashamed.  Not  to 
be  ashamed  because  they  were  naked,  is  there  shewn  to  signify 
that  they  were  innocent.  The  contrary  is  signified  by  their 
being  ashamed,  as  in  this  verse,  where  it  is  said  that  they  sewed 
Jty-leaves  together,  ami  concecded  themselves ;  for  where  there  is 
no  innocence,  there  'nakedness  is  a  scandal  and  disgrace,  because 
it  is  attended  with  a  consciousness  of  thinking  evil.  For  this 
reason  nakedness  is  used  in  the  Word  as  a  type  of  disgrace  and 
evil,  and  is  predicated  of  a  perverted  Church  ;  as  in  Ezekiel : 
"Thou  wast  naked  and  bare,  and  polluted  in  thy  blood"  (xvi. 

74 


CHAPTER  III.  7.  [214,  215. 

22).  And  again  :  "They  shall  leave  her  nalrd  and  hare,  and 
the  nakedness  shall  be  discovered"  (xxiii.  29).  In  John  :  "  1 
counsel  thee  to  buy  of  Me  white  raiment  that  thou  mayest  be 
clothed,  and  that  the  shame  of  thy  nakedness  do  not  appear " 
(Rev.  iii.  18).  And  concerning  the  last  day  :  "  Blessed  is  he  who 
watcheth,  and  keepeth  his  garments,  and  doth  not  walk  naked, 
and  they  see  his  shame  "  (Rev.  xvi.  15).  In  Deuteronomy :  "  If 
a  man  shall  find  in  his  wife  some  nakedness,  let  him  write  her  a 
bill  of  divorcement "  (xxiv.  1).  On  this  account,  also,  it  was 
commanded  to  Aaron  and  his  sons  to  have  linen  breeches,  when 
they  came  to  the  altar  to  minister  in  the  Holy  Place,  to  cover 
the  flesh  of  their  nakedness,  lest  they  should  bear  iniquity  and 
die  (Exod.  xxviii.  42,  43). 

214.  They  are  called  neiked  because  left  to  their  propriuvi ; 
for  those  who  are  left  to  the  jrroprium,  or  to  themselves,  have 
no  longer  anything  of  intelligence  and  wisdom,  or  faith  re- 
maining; consequently  they  are  naked  as  to  truth  and  good, 
and  therefore  in  evil. 

215.  That  the  proprium  is  nothing  but  mere  evil  and  falsity, 
was  made  evident  to  me  from  this  circumstance,  that  whatever 
any  spirits  uttered  from  themselves  was  evil  and  false,  insomuch 
that  whenever  it  was  made  known  to  me  that  they  spoke  from 
themselves,  I  was  instantly  aware  that  what  they  said  was  false, 
and  yet  they  were  themselves  so  thoroughly  persuaded  of  the 
truth  of  what  they  spake  as  to  have  not  the  slightest  doubt 
about  it.  The  case  is  similar  also  with  men  who  speak  from 
themselves.  It  has  likewise  been  permitted  me  to  perceive 
when  any  have  begun  to  reason  concerning  the  truths  relating 
to  spiritual  and  celestial  life,  or,  in  other  words,  truths  of  faitli, 
that  they  were  in  a  state  of  doubt,  yea,  even  of  denial ; — for  none 
reason  about  faith  but  such  as  doubt  and  deny  it.  As  this 
proceeds  from  self,  or  from  the  proprium,  they  fall  into  mere 
falsities,  consequently  into  an  abyss  of  darkness  or  falsity  ;  and, 
when  in  this  state,  the  slightest  objection  prevails  over  a  thou- 
sand truths ;  as  a  minute  particle  of  dust  applied  to  the  eye  in 
the  axis  of  vision  interrupts  the  view  of  the  universe  and  of 
everything  which  it  contains.  Of  such  persons  the  Lord  says 
in  Isaiah  :  "  Woe  unto  those  who  are  wise  in  their  own  eyes,  and 
intelligent  before  their  own  faces  "  (v.  21).  And  again  :  "  Thy 
wisdom  and  thy  knowledge,  it  hath  turned  thee  aside ;  and  thou 
hast  said  in  thine  heart,  I,  and  none  else  beside  me  ;  and  evil 
shall  come  upon  thee ;  thou  shalt  not  know  from  whence  it 
riseth  :  and  mischief  shall  fall  upon  thee,  which  thou  shalt  not 
be  able  to  expiate ;  and  vastation  shall  come  upon  thee  suddenly, 
which  thou  shalt  not  know"  (xlvii.  10,  11).  In  Jeremiah: 
"  Every  man  is  made  stupid  by  knowledge,  every  founder  is 
confounded  by  the  graven  image,  for  his  molten  image  is  false- 
hood, neither  is  there  breath  in  them  "  (li.  17).     A  graven  inunjc 

75 


216-218.]  GENESIS. 

stands  for  tlie  falsity  of  the  proprho)!,  and  a  molten  image  for 
the  evil  of  the  jrroprium. 

216.  And  the;/  seiccd  Jig-leaves  together,  ami  made  themsehe>i 
girdles.  To  sciv  leaves  together,  is  to  excuse  themselves  ;  the 
^fig-tree  is  natural  good ;  and  to  mahe  themselves  girdles,  is  to  be 
alfected  with  shame.  Thus  spake  the  most  ancient  people,  and 
thus  they  described  this  posterity  of  the  Church,  which,  instead 
of  the  innocence  they  had  formerly  enjoyed,  possessed  only 
natural  good,  by  which  their  evil  was  concealed  ;  and  because 
they  were  in  natural  good,  they  were  affected  with  shame. 

217.  That  the  vine  is  used  in  the  Word  to  signify  spiritual 
good,  and  the  fig-tree  natural  good,  is  at  this  day  utterly  un- 
known, because  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  has  been  lost. 
Nevertheless,  wherever  those  expressions  occur,  they  signify  or 
involve  this  meaning ;  as  when  the  Lord  spake  in  parables  con- 
cerning the  vine  and  the  fig-tree.  Thus  in  Matthew  :  "  Jesus  seeing 
a  fig-tree  in  the  way,  came  to  it,  but  He  found  nothing  thereon 
save  leaves  only ;  therefore  He  said  to  it,  Let  no  fruit  grow 
on  thee  henceforward  for  ever.  And  presently  the  fig-tree 
withered  away  "  (xxi.  19).  By  this  is  understood,  that  no  good, 
not  even  natural  good,  was  to  be  found  upon  the  earth.  Similar 
is  the  meaning  of  the  vine  and  fig-tree  in  Jeremiah :  "  Were 
they  ashamed  when  they  had  committed  abomination  ?  Even 
in  being  ashamed,  they  were  not  affected  with  shame,  and  they 
knew  not  how  to  blush  ;  therefore  in  collecting  I  will  collect 
them,  saith  Jehovah  ;  there  sliall  be  no  grajjes  on  the  vine,  nor 
figs  on  the  fig-tree,  and  the  leaf  shall  fall"  (viii.  12,  13).  By 
this  is  signified  that  all  good,  both  spiritual  and  natural,  had 
perished,  since  they  were  so  depraved  as  to  have  lost  even  the 
sense  of  shame ;  like  many  at  the  present  day  who  are  in  evil, 
and  who,  so  far  from  blushing  for  their  wickedness,  make  it  their 
boast.  In  Hosea  it  is  said  :  "  I  found  Israel  like  gro.jjes  in  the 
wilderness  ;  I  saw  your  fathers  as  the  first-ripe  in  the  fig-tree  at 
her  first  time  "  (ix.  10).  And  in  Joel :  "  Be  not  afraid,  ye 
beasts  of  My  fields,  for  the  tree  shall  bear  her  fruit,  the  fig-tree 
and  the  vine  shall  yield  their  strength  "  (ii.  22).  The  vine  is 
put  for  spiritual  good,  the  fig-tree  for  natural  good. 

218.  Verse  8.  A7id  they  heard  the  voice  of  Jehovah  God 
going  from  Himself  in  the  garden  in  the  air  (aura)  of  the  day  ; 
and  the  man  and  his  vife  hid  themselves  from  the  face  of  Jehovah 
God,  in  the  midst  of  the  tree  of  the  garden.  By  the  voice  of 
Jehovah  God  going  from  Himself  in  the  garden,  is  signified  an 
internal  dictate,  which  caused  them  to  feel  afraid, — this  dictate 
being  the  residue  of  the  perception  which  they  had  possessed  : 
by  the  air  or  hreath  (aura)  of  the  day,  is  signified  a  period  when 
the  Church  still  possessed  some  residue  of  perception :  to  hide 
thernselves  from  the  face  of  Jehovah  God,  is  to  fear  the  dictate, 
as  is  usual  with  those  who  are  conscious  of  evil :  by  the  midst 
76 


CHAPTEE  III.  8.  [219-221. 

of  the  tree  of  the  garden,  in  which  they  hid  themselves,  is  signi- 
fied natural  good;  that  which  is  inmost  is  called  the  midst ;  the 
tree  denoting  perception,  as  before ;  but,  because  there  was  little 
perception  remaining,  the  t7'ce  is  spoken  of  in  the  singular- 
number,  as  if  there  were  only  one  remaining. 

219.  That  by  the  voiee  of  Jehovah  God  goiuff  from  Himself  in 
the  garden,  is  meant  an  internal  dictate,  of  which  they  were 
afraid,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  voiee  in  the  Word  ; 
where  the  voice  of  Jehovah  is  used  to  designate  the  Word  itself, 
the  doctrine  of  faith,  conscience,  or  an  internal  animadversion, 
and  also  every  warning  thence  resulting.  For  this  reason  also 
tMinders  are  ecdled  the  voices  of  Jehovah ;  as  in  John  :  "  Then  the 
angel  cried  with  a  great  voice,  as  a  lion  roareth,  and  when  he 
had  cried  seven  thunders  nttered  their  voices  "  (Apoc.  x.  3) ;  de- 
noting that  the  voice  was  then  lioth  external  and  internal.  Again, 
with  a  similar  meaning :  "  In  the  days  of  the  voice  of  the  seventh 
angel,  the  mystery  of  God  shall  be  consummated  "  (Apoc.  x.  7). 
In  David :  "Sing  unto  God;  sing  praises  unto  tJie  Lord,  who 
rideth  upon  the  heavens  of  heavens  which  were  of  old ;  lo.  He 
doth  send  out  His  voice,  thQ  voice  of  strength"  (Psalm  Ixviii. 
82,  33).  The  heavens  of  heavens  ■irhich  were  of  old,  denote  tlie 
wisdom  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church ;  voice  denotes  revelation, 
also  an  internal  dictate.  Again  :  "  The  voice  of  Jehovah  is  upon 
the  waters ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  is  in  power ;  the  voice  of 
Jehovah  is  in  glory ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  breaking  the  cedars  ; 
the  voice  of  Jehovah  dividing  the  flames  of  fire  ;  the  voice  of 
Jehovah  maketh  the  wilderness  to  shake ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah 
maketh  the  hinds  to  calve,  and  discovereth  the  forests"  (Psalm 
xxix.  3-5,  7-9).  And  in  Isaiah :  "  Jehovah  shall  cause  the 
excellency  of  His  voice  to  be  heard ;  for  through  the  voice  of 
Jehovah  shall  the  Assyrian  be  beaten  down  "  (xxx.  30,  31). 

220.  By  the  voice  going  from  Himself,  is  meant,  there  was  but 
little  of  perception  remaining,  and  that  alone,  as  it  were,  by 
itself,  and  unheard, — whicli  is  manifest  also  from  the  follo\vin<>' 
verse,  where  it  is  said,  Jehovah  called  to  the  man ;  as  in  Isaiah : 
"  The  voice  of  one  calling  in  the  wilderness.  The  voice  said. 
Call "  (xl.  3,  6).  2%e  wilderness  is  the  Church  where  there 
is  no  faith ;  the  voice  of  one  ccdling  is  the  annunciation  of  the 
Lord's  Coming,  and  in  general  every  announcement  of  His  Com- 
ing as  to  the  regenerate,  to  whom  it  is  made  hy  an  internal 
dictate. 

221.  That  by  tlte  air  or  Ireath,  of  the  day  is  signified  a  ])eriod 
when  the  Church  had  still  somewhat  of  perception  remaining, 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  day  and  night.  The  most 
ancient  people  compared  the  states  of  the  Church  to  the  times 
of  the  day  and  of  the  night, — to  the  times  of  the  day  whilst 
still  in  light ;  wherefore  this  state  is  compared  to  the  hreath  or 
air  of  the  day,  Ijecause  there  was  still  some  remnant  of  percep- 

77 


222-225.]  GENESIS. 

tion,  from  wliich  tlioy  knew  tliat  tliey  wore  fallen.  The  Lord 
also  calls  the  state  of  faith,  dai/,  and  that  of  no  faith,  night ;  as 
in  John  :  "  It  behoveth  me  to  work  the  works  of  Him  that  sent 
.me  whilst  it  is  dn}i,  tlie  nirjld  cometh  wlien  no  man  can  work" 
(ix.  4).  The  states  of  tlie  regeneration  of  man  were  for  the 
same  reason  called  daija  in  the  tirst  chapter. 

222.  That  to  hide  tliemselves  from  the  face  of  Jehovah,  means 
to  be  afraid  of  His  dictate,  as  is  nsnal  with  those  who  are  con- 
scious of  evil,  appears  evidently  from  their  reply  (v.  10),  where 
it  is  written,  "  I  heard  Thy  voice  in  the  garden,  aiul  I icas  afraid, 
because  I  was  naked."  The  face  of  Jehovah  or  the  Lord  is 
mercy,  peace,  and  e^'ery  good,  as  appears  clearly  from  the  bene- 
diction :  "  Jehovah  make  His  faces  to  shine  upon  thee,  and  be 
merciful  unto  thee ;  Jehovah  lift  up  His  faces  upon  thee,  and 
give  thee  peace  "  (Num.  vi.  25,  26).  And  in  David :  "  God  be 
■merciful  unto  us,  and  Uess  us,  and  cause  His/acf.s  to  shine  upon 
us  "  (Psalm  Ixvii.  1).  And  in  another  place  :  "  There  be  many 
that  say,  Who  will  shew  us  any  flood  ?  Jehovah,  lift  Thou  up 
tlie  light  of  Tliy  faces  upon  us  "  (Psalm  iv.  6).  The  mercy  of 
the  Lord  is  therefore  called  the  angel  of  faces,  in  Isaiah :  "  I  will 
mention  the  mercies  of  Jehovah,  which  He  hath  bestowed  on 
them  according  to  His  mercies,  and  according  to  the  multitude 
of  His  mercies ;  and  He  became  their  Saviour.  In  all  their 
affliction  He  was  afflicted,  and  the  a7igel  of  His  faces  saved  them  ; 
in  His  love  and  in  Ris  2^111/  He  redeemed  them  "  (Ixiii.  7-9). 

223.  Since  the  face  of  the  Lord  is  mercy,  peace,  and  every 
good,  it  is  evident  that  He  regards  all  from  mercy,  and  never 
averts  His  countenance  from  any ;  but  that  it  is  man,  whilst  he 
is  in  evil,  who  turns  away  his  face  from  the  Lord.  This  is 
declared  by  the  Lord  through  Isaiah :  "  Yoitr  iniquities  have 
separated  between  i/ou  and  your  God,  and  your  sins  have  hid 
His  face  from  yon  "  (lix.  2).  Tims  also  here,  they  hid  themselves 
from  the  face  of  Jehovah,  hecause  they  vjere  naked. 

224.  Mercy,  peace,  and  every  good,  or  the  faces  of  Jehovah, 
are  what  cause  the  internal  dictate  with  those  who  have  per- 
ception, and  also  with  those  who  have  conscience,  although 
in  a  different  manner;  and  they  always  operate  mercifully, 
although  they  are  received  according  to  the  state  in  which 
man  is.  The  state  of  this  man,  or  of  this  posterity  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church,  was  natural  good  ;  and  such  as  are  in 
natural  good  hide  themselves  through  fear  and  shame  because  they 
are  naked;  whilst  such  as  are  destitute  of  natural  good  do  not 
indeed  hide  themselves,  because  they  are  insusceptible  of  shame 
(concerning  whom  see  Jer.  viii.  12,  13 ;  and  above,  no.  217). 

225.  That  tlie  midst  of  the  tree  of  the  garden  signifies  natural 
good  in  which  there  is  some  perception,  and  which  is  called  a 
tree,  is  also  evident  from  the  garden  in  which  the  celestial  man 
dwelt ;  for  all  that  is  good  and  true  is  called  a  garden,  with  a 


CHAPTER  III.  9,  10.  [22G-229. 

difference  according  to  the  man  who  cultivates  it.  Good  is  not 
good  unless  its  inmost  be  celestial,  from  which,  or  by  which 
from  the  Lord,  comes  perception.  This  inmost  is  here  called 
the  midst,  as  also  elsewhere  in  the  Word. 

226.  Verses  9,  10.  And  Jehovah  God  called  to  the  man,  and 
mid  unto  him,  Where  art  thou  ?  And  he  said,  I  heard  Thy  voice 
in  the  garden,  and  I  ivas  afraid,  because  I  ivas  naked ;  and  I  hid 
myself.  Tlie  meaning  of  crying,  of  the  voice  in  the  garden,  and 
of  their  being  afraid  heeause  they  were  naked,  and  therefore 
hiding  themselves,  has  been  previously  explained.  It  is  common 
in  the  Word  for  man  to  be  interrogated  as  to  where  he  is  and 
what  he  is  doing,  although  the  Lord  previously  knew  everything 
about  him.  The  reason  of  tlie  inquiry  is,  that  man  should 
acknowledge  and  confess. 

227.  As  it  is  desirable  that  the  origin  of  perception,  internal 
dictate,  and  conscience  should  l)e  understood,  because  it  is  at 
the  present  day  altogether  unknown,  therefore  it  is  permitted 
me  to  relate  something  on  the  subject.  It  is  most  true  that 
man  is  governed  by  the  Lord  by  means  of  spirits  and  angels. 
When  evil  spirits  begin  to  rule,  then  the  angels  labour  to  avert 
evils  and  falsities,  and  hence  arises  combat.  It  is  this  combat  of 
which  he  is  rendered  sensible  by  perception,  by  inward  dictate, 
or  conscience.  By  these,  and  also  by  temptations,  it  might  be 
plainly  known  to  man  that  spirits  and  angels  are  with  him,  were 
he  not  so  deeply  immersed  in  corporeal  things  as  to  believe 
nothing  that  is  said  about  spirits  and  angels.  Such  persons, 
therefore,  supposing  them  to  feel  these  combats  hundreds  of 
times,  would  still  say  they  were  imaginary,  and  the  effect  of  a 
disordered  mind.  To  me  it  has,  however,  been  permitted 
sensibly  to  feel  such  combats  tliousands  of  times ;  and  now,  for 
several  years  past,  it  has  been  granted  me  to  perceive  almost 
continually  what  spirits  were  with  me,  their  nature  and  origin, 
the  period  of  their  approach  and  departure,  and  I  have  conversed 
with  them. 

228.  It  is  impossible  to  describe  the  exquisite  perception 
whereby  the  angels  discover  whethei-  anything  gains  admission 
which  is  contrary  to  the  truth  of  faith  and  the  good  of  love. 
They  perceive  both  the  quality  of  the  influx  and  the  precise 
moment  of  its  entrance  a  tliousand  times  more  perfectly  than 
the  man  himself,  who,  indeed,  scarcely  knows  anything  respect- 
ing it.  The  least  of  thouglit  in  man  is  more  fully  jjcrceived  by 
the  angels  than  his  greatest.  However  incredible  it  may  appear, 
it  is  yet  most  true. 

229.  Verses  11-13.  And  He  said.  Who  told  thee  that  thou 
wast  naked  ?  Hast  thou  eaten  of  the  tree,  whereof  I  commanded 
thee  that  thou  shouldcst  not  eat  ?  Aiid  the  man  said,  The  vmmart. 
wJwm  tjiou  gavest  to  he  vnth  me,  site  gave  me  of  the  tree,  and.  I 
have  eaten.      And  Jehovalb  God  said  to  the  womaii,  Why  hast 

79 


230-23:;..]  GENESIS. 

thou  done  this?  And  the  voman  said,  The  serpent  deceived  me, 
and  I  have  eaten.  The  signification  of  these  words  is  evident 
from  what  has  been  previously  stated,  that  the  Kational  of  man 
suffered  itself  to  be  deceived  by  the  ^j?'Ojo?'i»w,  because  it 
was  dear  to  it — or  by  self-love — so  as  to  believe  nothing  but 
what  it  could  see  and  feel.  Every  one  may  see  that  Jehovah 
(lod  did  not  speak  to  a  serpent,  and  indeed  that  there  was  no 
serpent, — neitlier  did  He  address  the  sensual  part  signified  by 
the  serpent, — but  tliat  these  words  imply  a  different  meaning, 
namely,  that  they  perceived  themselves  to  be  deluded  by  the 
senses,  and  yet,  in  consequence  of  self-love,  were  desirous  of 
ascertaining  the  truth  of  what  they  heard  concerning  the  Lord, 
and  faith  in  Him ;  and  wished,  in  this  manner,  first  to  believe. 

230.  The  ruling  evil  of  this  posterity  was  self-love,  without 
their  having  at  the  same  time  so  much  of  the  love  of  the  world 
as  exists  in  the  present  day ;  for  they  dwelt  each  in  his  own 
house  and  family,  and  had  no  desire  to  accumulate  wealth. 

231.  The  evil  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  which  existed 
before  the  flood,  as  well  as  that  of  the  Ancient  Church  after 
the  flood,  of  the  Jewish  Church,  and  subsequently  of  the  new 
Church  established  amongst  the  Gentiles  after  the  Lord's 
Coming,  and  also  of  the  Church  of  the  present  day,  is,  that 
they  do  not  believe  the  Lord  or  the  Word,  but  themselves  and 
their  own  senses.  Hence  there  is  no  faith ;  and  where  there  is 
no  faith  there  is  no  love  of  the  neighbour,  thus  every  evil  and 
falsity. 

232.  At  this  day,  however,  the  evil  is  much  greater  than  in 
former  times,  because  men  can  now  confirm  the  incredulity  of 
the  senses  by  scientifics  unknown  to  the  ancients ;  and  these 
have  given  1)irth  to  an  indescribable  degree  of  darkness,  at 
which  mankind  would  be  perfectly  astonished  did  they  but 
know  its  extent. 

233.  To  explore  the  mysteries  of  faith  by  scientifics,  is  as 
impossible  as  for  a  camel  to  pass  through  the  eye  of  a  needle,  or 
for  a  rib  to  regulate  the  movements  of  the  purest  fibres  of  the 
chest  or  of  the  heart ;  so  gross,  yea,  much  more  so,  are  the 
sensual  and  scientific  respectively  to  the  spiritual  and  celestial. 
He  who  seeks  to  investigate  merely  the  secrets  of  nature,  which 
are  innumeraljle,  with  difficulty  discovers  a  single  one  ;  and,  as 
experience  proves,  in  the  course  of  his  investigation  is  liable  to 
fall  into  many  errors.  How  much  more  likely,  then,  is  this  to 
be  the  case  whilst  investigating  the  hidden  truths  of  spiritual 
and  celestial  life,  where  myriads  of  mysteries  exist  for  one  that 

2  is  to  be  found  in  nature  !  For  the  sake  of  illustrating  this  point 
let  us  take  the  following  instance :  Man  of  himself  cannot  act 
otherwise  than  wickedly,  and  turn  himself  away  from  the  Lord, 
yet  it  is  not  the  man  who  acts  thus,  but  as  he  is  incited  by  the 
evil  spirits  who  are  attendant  upon  him  ;  nor  do  the  evil  spirits 
80 


CHAPTER  III. 

so  act  except  from  the  evil  itself  which  they  have  appropriated ; 
nevertheless  man  does  evil  and  turns  himself  away  from  the 
Lord,  and  is  in  fault ;  and  yet  he  lives  only  from  the  Lord.  So, 
on  the  other  hand,  man  of  himself  cannot  possibly  do  good,  and 
turn  towards  the  Lord,  but  by  the  ministry  of  angels ;  neither 
can  the  angels,  except  from  the  Lord  alone ;  and  yet  man  may 
as  if  from  himself  do  good,  and  turn  to  the  Lord.  Neither  the 
senses,  nor  science,  nor  philosophy,  can  conceive  such  truths  as 
these ;  and,  if  consulted,  would  utterly  deny  their  possibility, 
although  in  themselves  most  certain.  And  so  it  is  in  all  other 
similar  cases.  From  what  has  been  said  it  is  evident  that  those  3 
who  consult  sensual  and  scientitic  things  respecting  what  is  to 
be  believed,  not  only  precipitate  themselves  into  doubt,  but  also 
into  denial,  and  thus  into  darkness,  and  into  every  lust.  For 
such  persons  as  believe  falsity  act  accordingly,  and,  denying  the 
existence  of  the  spiritual  and  celestial,  they  believe  only  what 
is  corporeal  and  worldly.  Thus  they  love  whatever  is  of  them- 
selves and  the  world ;  and  a  false  sentiment  removing  all 
restraint  over  the  inclinations  of  the  natural  man,  gives  rise  to 
evils  of  life. 


14.  And  Jehovah  God  said  to  the  serpent.  Because  thou  hast 
done  this,  thou  art  cursed  above  every  beast,  and  above  every 
M'ild  beast  of  the  field ;  upon  thy  belly  shalt  thou  go,  and  dust 
shalt  thou  eat  all  the  days  of  thy  life. 

15.  And  I  will  put  enmity  between  thee  and  the  woman,  and 
between  thy  seed  and  her  seed ;  He  shall  tread  upon  thy  head, 
and  thou  shalt  bruise  His  heel. 

16.  And  to  the  woman  He  said,  In  multiplying  I  will  multiply 
thy  sorrow  and  thy  conception ;  in  sorrow  thou  shalt  bring 
forth  sons,  and  thine  obedience  shall  be  to  thy  husband,  and  he 
shall  rule  over  thee. 

17.  And  to  the  man  He  said,  Because  thou  hast  hearkened  to 
the  voice  of  thy  wife,  and  hast  eaten  of  the  tree  of  which  I 
commanded  thee,  saying,  Thou  shalt  not  eat  of  it;  cursed  is 
the  ground  for  thy  sake ;  in  great  sorrow  shalt  tliou  eat  of  it 
all  the  days  of  thy  life. 

18.  And  it  shall  bring  forth  to  thee  the  thorn  and  the  thistle, 
and  thou  shalt  eat  the  herlj  of  the  field. 

19.  In  the  sweat  of  thy  face  shalt  thou  eat  bread,  till  thou 
return  unto  the  ground  ;  for  out  of  it  wast  thou  taken  :  for  dust 
thou  art,  and  unto  dust  shalt  thou  return. 


VOL.  I.  F  81 


234-241]  GENESIS. 


THE  CONTENTS. 

234.  The  subsequent  state  of  the  Church  down  to  tlie  flood 
is  here  described  ;  and  as  at  tliat  time  the  Church  utterly  de- 
stroyed itself,  it  is  foretold  that  the  Lord  would  come  into  tlie 
world,  and  save  the  human  race. 

235.  Beino-  unwilling  to  believe  anything  which  could  not 
T>e  apprehended  by  the  senses,  the  sensual  part,  which  is  tlie 
ficrpcnt,  cursed  itself,  and  became  infernal,  verse  14. 

236.  To  prevent,  therefore,  all  mankind  from  falling  into  hell, 
the  Lord  promised  that  He  would  come  into  the  world,  verse  15. 

237.  The  Church  is  further  exemplified  by  the  tvoman,  who 
so  loved  self,  or  the  ijroprium,  as  to  be  no  longer  capable  of 
apprehending  truth,  although  a  liational  was  given  to  it,  that  it 
might  rnJe,  verse  16. 

238.  The  quality  of  the  Eational  is  then  described,  in  that  it 
consented  to  the  suggestions  of  the  proprium,  and  thus  cursed 
itself,  and  became  infernal,  so  that  reason  no  longer  remained, 
but  rcttiocinatio7i,  verse  17. 

239.  The  curse  and  vastation  are  described,  and  also  their 
animal  nature,  verse  18. 

240.  Also  their  turning  away  from  everything  of  faith  and 
love;  and  thus  from  being  man  that  they  became  not  men, 
verse  19. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 


241.  The  most  ancient  people,  being  celestial  men,  were  so 
constituted,  that  every  object  which  they  beheld,  either  in 
the  world  or  upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  produced  indeed  the 
ordinary  impression  on  their  natural  eye,  but  at  the  same  time 
excited  in  their  minds  a  perception  of  the  heavenly  and  Divine 
realities  which  they  signified  and  represented ;  their  sight  was 
thus  only  a  kind  of  instrumental  sense,  and  their  language 
thence  partook  of  a  similar  character.  Every  one,  by  consult- 
ing his  own  experience,  may  in  some  measure  apprehend  how 
this  was ;  for  whoever  attends  earnestly  to  the  meaning  of 
what  is  spoken  by  another,  hears  indeed  the  words  which  he 
employs,  and  yet  as  it  were  does  not  hear  them,  for  he  regards 
their  sense  only;  and  he  who  thinks  still  more  deeply  does  not 
even  attend  to  the  mere  meaning  of  the  expressions  used,  but 
to  the  sense  of  the  whole.  These  descendants,  however,  of  whom 
the  Word  here  treats,  were  unlike  their  forefathers ;  for  in  con- 
sequence of  their  love  being  placed  on  worldly  and  terrestrial 
objects,  the  sight  of  them  induced  a  permanent  impression  on 
82 


CHAPTER  III.  14.  [242-245. 

tlieir  minds ;  on  these  tlieir  thoughts  were  first  employed,  and, 
from  the  ideas  thus  acquired,  they  thought  concerning  celestial 
and  Divine  things.  Hence  the  sensual  order  l)ecame  with  them 
the  2^}'incij>('i,  instead  of  being  esteemed,  as  l)y  their  ancestors, 
merely  as  the  instrumental;  and,  whenever  what  is  worldly 
and  terrestrial  is  regarded  as  the  principal,  then  men  reason 
thence  on  heavenly  things,  and  thus  bring  on  themselves 
spiritual  blindness.  Every  one  may  comprehend  this  also  from 
his  own  experience :  for  he  must  have  remarked  that  when- 
ever he  does  not  attend  to  tlie  sense  of  a  speaker,  but  rather  to 
his  words,  he  carries  away  with  him  but  little  of  their  mean- 
ing, and  knows  almost  nothing  about  their  sense  as  a  whole,  be- 
cause, judging  perhaps  from  a  single  word,  yea,  from  a  single 
grammatical  construction,  respecting  it. 

242.  Verse  14.  And  Jehovah  God  said  to  the  serpent,  Be- 
cause thou  hast  done  this,  thou  art  cursed  above  every  Least,  and 
above  every  wild  beast  of  the  field ;  uijon  tliy  belly  shalt  thou  go, 
and  dust  shalt  thou  eat  all  the  days  of  thy  life.  Jehovah  God's 
speaking  to  the  serpent,  signifies  that  they  perceived  that  the 
sensual  part  was  the  cause  [of  their  fall] ;  and  by  the  scipent's 
being  cursed  above  every  beast,  and  every  wild  beast  of  the  field, 
that  the  Sensual  turned  itself  away  from  the  Celestial,  and 
towards  the  Cai'poreal,  and  thus  cursed  itself.  The  beast  and 
the  tvild  beast  of  the  field,  signify  affections,  here,  as  before  ;  and 
tlie  serpent's  goi^ig  on  his  belly,  tliat  the  sensual  part  could  no 
longer  look  uj^wards  towards  celestial  things,  but  downwards 
only  towards  things  corporeal  and  terrestrial.  To  eat  dust  all 
the  days  of  its  life,  is  that  the  sensual  part  could  no  longer  live 
except  on  what  was  corporeal  and  terrestrial,  and  thus  had 
become  infernal. 

243.  In  the  most  ancient  celestial  man,  the  sensual  things  of 
the  body  were  such  as  to  yield  oljedience  and  service  to  their 
internal  man,  and  beyond  that  they  were  not  regarded ;  but 
when  men  began  to  love  themselves,  and  preferred  sensual 
things  to  the  internal  man,  it  was  therefore  separated,  became 
corporeal,  and  was  thus  condennied. 

244.  Having  Ijefore  shewn  that  by  Jehovah  God  spcaJcing  to 
the  serpent,  is  signified  their  perceiving  the  sensual  part  to  be 
the  cause  [of  their  fall],  no  more  need  l)e  said  on  these  words. 

245.  That  His  saying  to  the  serpent,  TJlou  art  cursed  above 
every  beast,  and  above  every  wild  beast  of  the  field,  signifies  that 
the  Sensual  turned  itself  away  from  the  Celestial,  turned 
towards  the  Corporeal,  and  thereljy  condemned  or  cursed  itself, 
may  be  clearly  demonstrated  from  the  internal  sense  of  the 
Word.  Jehovali  (lod,  or  the  Lord,  never  curses  any  one;  He 
is  never  angry  with  any  one,  never  leads  any  into  temptation, 
punishes  no  one,  and  still  less  does  He  curse  any.  All  this  is, 
however,  done  by  the  diabolical  crew,  for  such  actions  can  never 


24G,  247.]  GENESIS. 

proceed  from  the  fountain  of  mercy,  peace,  and  goodness.  The 
reason  of  its  l>eing  said,  both  liere  and  in  other  parts  of  the 
AVord,  that  Jehovah  God  not  only  turns  away  His  face,  is  angry, 
punishes,  and  tempts,  but  also  kills  and  even  curses,  is,  that 
men  may  believe  the  Lord  governs  and  disposes  all  and  every 
thing  in  the  univer.se,  even  evil  itself,  punishments,  and  temp- 
tiitions ;  antl  wlicn  they  have  received  this  most  general  idea, 
may  afterwards  learn  how  He  governs  and  di.sposes  all  thing.s 
by  turning  the  evil  of  punishment  and  of  temptation  into  good. 
In  teaching  and  learning  the  Word,  the  most  general  truths 
must  be  first  considered  ;  such  therefore  abound  in  the  sense  of 
the  letter. 

24G.  That  the  least  and  the  wild  beast  of  the  field  signify 
affections,  is  evident  from  what  was  previously  said  concerning 
them  (nos.  45  and  46);  to  which  it  is  permitted  to  add  the  follow- 
ing passage  from  David  :  "  Thou,  0  God,  hast  shaken  out  the 
rain  of  benevolences  ;  Thou  contirmest  Thy  labouring  inherit- 
ance :  Thy  ivild  least  shall  dwell  therein  "  (Psalm  Ixviii.  9, 10)  ; 
where  also  wild  least  denotes  the  affection  of  good,  because  it  is 
said  it  shall  divell  in  the  inheritance  of  God.  The  reason  why 
here,  and  also  in  chap.  ii.  19,  20,  the  least  and  the  wild  least  of 
the  field  are  mentioned,  whilst  in  chap.  i.  24,  25,  the  least  and 
the  wild  least  of  the  earth  are  named,  is,  because  the  present 
passage  treats  of  the  Church  or  regenerated  man,  whereas  the 
first  chapter  related  to  what  was  as  yet  not  a  Church,  or  of 
man  about  to  become  regenerate ;  for  the  word  fiekl  is  applied 
to  the  Church,  or  to  the  regenerate. 

247.  That  the  serpent's  going  on  his  lelly  denotes  the  inability 
of  the  sensual  part  any  longer  to  look  upwards  towards  celes- 
tial things,  and  its  looking  downwards  towards  such  as  are 
corporeal  and  terrestrial,  is  plain  from  hence,  that  in  ancient 
times  by  the  lelly  such  thiugs  are  signified  as  are  nearest  to  the 
earth ;  by  the  chest  such  as  are  elevated  above  the  earth ;  and 
by  the  head,  what  is  supreme.  It  is  here  said  that  the  Sensual, 
which  in  itself  is  the  lowest  part  of  man's  nature,  v-ent  ujjon  its 
lelly,  because  it  regarded  what  was  terrestrial.  The  depression  \ 
of  the  belly  even  to  the  earth,  and  the  sprinkling  of  dust  on 
the  head,  had  a  similar  signification  in  the  Jewish  Church. 
Thus  we  read  in  David :  "  Wherefore  hidest  Thou  Thy  faces, 
and  forgettest  our  affliction  and  our  oppression  ?  For  our  soul 
is  bowed  down  to  the  diist,  our  lelly  cleaveth  to  the  earth. 
Arise  for  our  help,  and  redeem  us  for  Thy  mercy's  sake" 
(Psalm  xliv.  24-26) ;  where  also  it  is  evident  that  when  man 
turns  himself  away  from  the  face  of  Jehovah,  he  cleaves  ly  his 
lelly  to  the  dust  and  to  the  earth.  In  Jonah  likewise,  by  the 
lelly  of  the  great  fish,  into  which  he  was  cast,  the  lower  parts 
of  the  earth  are  signified,  as  is  evident  from  his  prophecy : 
"  Out  of  the  lelly  of  hell  have  I  cried ;  Thou  heardest 
84 


CHAPTER  III.  15.  [248-250. 

iny  voice "   (Jonali   ii.   2) :    where  hell  is  put  for   the   lower 
earth. 

248.  For  this  reason,  also,  when  man  regarded  celestial 
tilings  he  was  said  to  ivalk  erect,  and  to  look  upwards  ov  forwards, 
which  means  the  same :  but  when  lie  regarded  corporeal  and 
terrestrial  things,  he  was  said  to  be  inclined  to  the  earth,  and  to 
look dowmoards  or  backwards;  as  in  Leviticus:  "  I  am  Jehovah 
your  God,  who  brought  you  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt, 
that  ye  should  not  be  their  bondmen ;  and  I  have  broken  the 
bonds  of  your  yoke,  and  made  you  to  go  erect"  (xxvi.  13).  In 
Micah  :  "  Ye  shall  not  thence  remove  your  necks,  neither  sliall 
ye  go  erect "  (ii.  3).  In  Jeremiah :  "  Jerusalem  hath  sinned ; 
therefore  they  despise  her,  because  they  have  seen  her  naked- 
ness ;  yea,  she  groaneth  and  hath  turned  havkward.  From 
above  hath  He  sent  fire  into  my  bones,  and  hath  made  me 
to  turn  back;  He  hath  made  me  desolate"  (Lan^  i.  8,  13). 
And  in  Isaiah :  "  Jehovah,  thy  liedeemer,  turneth  wise  meti 
backward,  and    maketh    foolish    their   knowledge"   (xliv.  24, 

249.  That  eating  dust  cdl  the  dags  of  its  life  signifies  that 
the  Sensual  was  reduced  to  such  a  state  that  it  could  feed  only 
on  what  was  corporeal  and  terrestrial,  and  had  consequently 
become  infernal,-  is  evident  also  from  the  signification  of  dust 
in  the  Word;  as  in  Micah:  "Eeed  Thy  people,  as  in  the  days 
of  old.  The  nations  shall  see  and  shall  blush  at  all  their 
might ;  theg  shall  lick  the  dust  like  a  serpent,  they  shall  move  out 
of  their  holes  like  the  creeping  things  (serpentes)  of  the  earth  " 
(vii.  14, 16, 17)  ;  the  days  of  old  mean  the  INIost  Ancient  Church  ; 
the  nations,  those  who  trust  in  proprium,  of  whom  it  is  predicated 
theg  shall  lick  the  dust  like  a  serpent.  In  David :  "  Barbarians 
shall  bow  themselves  before  God,  and  His  enemies  shcdl  lick  the 
dust "  (Psalm  Ixxii.  9).  Barbarians  and  enemies  are  those  who 
only  regard  terrestrial  and  worldly  things.  In  Isaiah  :  "  Dust 
shall  be  the  serpent's  bread  "  (Ixv.  25).  As  dust  signifies  those 
who  do  not  regard  spiritual  and  celestial  things,  but  only  what 
is  corporeal  and  terrestrial,  therefore  the  Lord  enjoined  His  dis- 
ciples, that  if  the  city  or  house  into  which  they  entered  was  not 
worthy,  they  should  shake  off  tlie  dust  of  their  feet  (Matt.  x.  14). 
That  dust  signifies  wliat  is  condemned  and  infernal,  will  Ije further 
shewn,  verse  19. 

250.  Verse  15.  And  I  vMl  pid  enmity  between  thee  and  the 
vjoman,  and  betiveen  thy  seed  and  her  seed ;  He  shall  tread  upon 
thy  head,  and  thou  shcdt  bruise  His  heel.  Every  one  is  aware 
that  this  is  the  first  prophecy  of  the  Lord's  Coming  into  the 
world;  it  appears,  indeed,  clearly  from  the  words  theniselves  : 
from  this  and  from  the  prophets,  the  Jews  also  knew  that  the 
Messiah  would  come.  Hitherto,  liowever,  no  one  has  under- 
stood what  is  specifically  meant  by  the  serpent,  the  ivoman,  the 

85 


2r)l,  252.]  GENESIS. 

scrpt'iit's  seal,  ihc  y'fl7nan's  seed,  the  head  of  the  sequent  which  vms 
1o  he  trodden  upon,  and  the  heel  vltieh  the  serpent  shoidd, 
hruise.  They  must  tlicreforo  be  eN]>lained.  By  tJie  serpent  is 
here  meant  every  evil  in  general,  and  specifically  self-love  ;  l)y 
tlie  vjoman  is  understood  the  Church ;  by  the  seed  of  the  serpent, 
all  intidelity ;  by  the  seed  of  the  woman,  faith  in  the  Lord ;  by 
He,  the  Lord  Himself;  by  the  lieeid  of  the  serpent,  the  dominion 
of  evil  in  general  and  of  self-love  specifically  ;  by  treading  upon, 
depression,  so  that  it  should  go  npon  the  Jjelly  and  cat  the  dust  : 
and  by  the  heel,  the  lowest  natural  part,  as  the  corporeal,  ichieh 
the  serpent  should  bruise. 

251.  The  reason  why  the  serpent  means  in  a  general  sense  all 
evil,  and  specifically  self-love,  is,  because  every  evil  has  its  rise 
from  the  sensual  and  scientific  parts,  which  were  primarily 
signified  by  tlie  serpent ;  wherefore,  now,  it  denotes  evil  of  every 
kind,  and  specifically  self-love,  or  hatred  against  the  neighbour 
and  the  Lord,  which  is  the  same  as  self-love.  As  this  evil  or 
hatred  was  various,  consisting  of  numerous  genera,  and  still 
more  numerous  species ;  it  is  described  in  the  Word  by  various 
hinds  of  serp)cnts,  as  snakes,  cockatrices,  asps,  haemorrhoids, 
presters  or  fiery  serpents,  flying  serpents,  and  also  creeping  things, 
and  vipers,  according  to  the  differences  of  the  poison,  which  is 

2  hatred ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Rejoice  not,  thou  whole  Palestina, 
because  the  rod  which  smiteth  thee  is  broken ;  for  out  of  the 
serpent's  root  shall  go  forth  a  cockatrice,  and  his  fruit  shall  be  a 
fiery  flying  serpent"  (xiv.  29).  The  serjjent's  root  denotes  the 
sensual  and  scientific  parts ;  the  cockatrice  denotes  evil  from 
the  falsity  thence;  and  the  f  cry  flying  se^ye^it , the  lust  of  self-love. 
By  the  same  prophet,  also,  similar  things  are  elsewhere  thus 
described :  "  They  hatch  cockatiices  eggs,  and  weave  the  spider's 
web ;  he  that  eateth  of  their  eggs  dieth,  and  when  it  is  crushed 
there  cometh  out  a,  viper  "  (lix.  5).  The  serpent  is  called  in  the 
Apocalypse  the  great  and  red  dragon  and  the  old  serpent,  and 
also  the  Devil  and  Satan,  who  deceives  the  whole  world 
(xii.  3,  9 ;  xx.  2).  Where  and  elsewhere,  by  the  Devil  is  never 
meant  any  particular  devil  who  is  prince  over  the  others,  Ijut 
the  whole  crew  of  wicked  spirits,  and  evil  itself. 

252.  That  by  the  ivomcin  is  meant  the  Church,  may  appear 
from  what  was  said  above  (no.  155),  concerning  the  celestial 
marriage.  Such  is  the  nature  of  the  celestial  marriage,  that 
heaven,  and  consequently  the  Church,  is  united  to  the  Lord  by 
its  jnvprium,  so  that  the  conjunction  is  in  the  p)rop)rium,  since 
without  d,  2)7V2rrium  there  can  be  no  union.  When  the  Lord 
in  mercy  insinuates  innocence,  peace,  and  goodness  into  this 
propi^i^im,  it  still  retains  its  identity,  but  becomes  celestial  and 
most  happy  (as  may  be  seen  at  no.  164).  The  quality  of  a 
celestial  and  angelic  proprium  from  the  Lord,  and  the  quality 
of  one  which,  because  it  is  from  self,  is  infernal  and  diabolical, 

86 


CHAPTER  in.  15.  [253-255. 

cannot  be  explained  ;  it  is,  however,  like  tlie  difference  between 
heaven  and  hell. 

253.  It  is  by  virtue  of  a  celestial  and  angelic  j^fopriicjn  that 
the  Church  is  called  a  ivoma-ii,  and  also  a  wife,  a  bride,  a  virgin, 
and  a  daughter.  She  is  called  a  uvman  in  the  Apocalypse : 
"  A  vjomcuh  clothed  with  the  sun,  and  the  moon  under  her  feet, 
and  upon  her  head  a  crown  of  twelve  stars.  And  the  dragon 
persecuted  the  woman,  who  brought  forth  the  man-child " 
(xii.  1,  4,  5,  13).  In  this  passage,  by  a  ivoman  is  meant  the 
Church ;  by  the  sun,  love ;  by  the  moon,  faith  ;  by  stars,  as  before, 
the  truths  of  faith,  which  evil  spirits  hate,  and  persecute  to  the 
utmost.  The  Church  is  called  a  woman,  and  also  a  wife,  in 
Isaiah  :  "  Thy  Maker  is  thy  Husband ;  Jehovah  of  hosts  is  His 
name  ;  and  thy  Eedeemer  the  Holy  One  of  Israel ;  the  God  of 
the  whole  earth  is  He  called.  Tor  the  Lord  hath  called  thee  as 
a  woman  forsaken  and  grieved  in  spirit,  and  a  wife  of  youth  " 
(liv.  5,  6) ;  where  the  Maker  is  called  Husband  also,  because 
united  to  the  pro2Jrium ;  and  a  woman  forsaken  and  a  wife 
of  youth  signify  specifically  the  Ancient  and  Most  Ancient 
Churches.  Likewise  in  Malachi :  "  Jehovah  hath  been  witness 
between  thee  and  the  wife  of  thy  youth  "  (ii.  14).  She  is  called 
a  vnfe  and  a  bride  in  the  Apocalypse :  "  I  saw  the  holy  city 
New  Jerusalem  coming  down  from  God  out  of  heaven,  prepared 
as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  Husband.  Come  hither,  I  will  shew 
thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife "  (xxi.  2,  9).  The  Church  is 
called  a  virgin  and  a  daughter  throughout  the  prophets. 

254.  That  by  the  seed  of  the  serpent  is  meant  all  infidelity,  is 
plain  from  the  signification  of  a  serpent,  which  is  all  evil;  seed 
is  what  produces  and  is  produced,  or  which  begets  and  is 
begotten  ;  and  as  the  Church  is  here  spoken  of,  this  is  infidelity. 
In  Isaiah,  in  reference  to  the  Jewish  Church  in  its  pervertetl 
state,  it  is  called  the  seed  of  evil  doers,  the  seed  of  adultery,  the 
seed  of  falsehood :  "  Woe  to  the  sinful  nation,  a  people  laden 
with  iniquity,  a  seed  of  evil  doers,  sons  that  are  destroyers  :  they 
have  forsaken  Jehovah,  they  have  provoked  the  Holy  One  of 
Israel,  they  are  gone  away  bacJcivard"  (i.  4:).  Again:  "Draw 
near  hither,  ye  sons  of  the  sorceress,  the  seed  of  adultery.  Are 
ye  not  children  of  prevarication,  a  seed  of  falsehood  ? "  (Ivii. 
3,  4).  And  also,  speaking  of  the  serpent  or  dragon,  who  is  there 
called  Lucifer:  "Thou  art  cast  out  of  thy  sepulchre  like  an 
abominable  branch,  because  thou  hast  corrupted  thy  land,  tliou 
hast  slain  thy  people ;  the  seed  of  evil-doers  sliall  not  be  called 
for  ever  "  (xiv.  19,  20). 

255.  That  ^/te  seed  of  the  ivoman  signifies  faitli  in  the  Lord,  is 
manifest,  since  ^/;6»7??a'/Mlenotes  the  Chnvch,  ivhose  seed  is  nothing 
but  faith,  for  it  is  from  faith  in  the  Lord  that  the  Churcli 
derives  its  name.  In  Malaclii  faith  is  called  the  scetl  of  God: 
"Jehovah  hath  witnessed  between  thee  and  the  tvife  of  thy 

87 


250,  257.]  GENESIS. 

youth.  And  did  not  He  make  one  ?  yet  had  He  the  residue  of 
the  spirit.  And  wherefore  one  ?  that  He  might  seek  a  seed  of 
God.  Therefore  take  heed  to  your  spirit,  and  let  none  deal 
treacherously  against  the  tnfe  of  thy  youth"  (ii.  14,  15).  In 
this  passage  the  wife  of  youth  is  the  Ancient  and  Most  Ancient 
Cliurches,  of  wliose  seed  or  faith  the  prophet  is  here  speaking. 
In  Isaiah  also,  in  reference  to  the  Church :  "  1  will  pour  waters 
upon  the  thirsty,  and  floods  upon  the  dry  ground ;  I  will  pour 
IVIy  spirit  upon  thy  seed,  and  My  l)lessing  upon  thine  offspri7ifj^' 
(xliv.  3).  In  the  Apocalypse :  "  The  dragon  was  wroth  with  the 
icoman,  and  went  to  make  war  with  the  remnant  of  her  seed, 
who  keep  the  Commandments  of  God,  and  have  the  testimony 
of  Jesus  Christ "  (xii,  17).  And  in  David :  "  I  have  made  a 
covenant  with  Mine  elect,  I  have  sworn  unto  David  My  servant, 
Thy  seed  will  I  establish  for  ever.  His  seed  also  will  I  make 
to  endure  for  ever,  and  his  throne  as  the  days  of  heaven.  His 
seed  shall  endure  for  ever,  and  his  throne  as  the  sun  before  Me  " 
(Ps.  Ixxxix.  3,  4,  29,  36).  By  David  is  here  meant  the  Lord ; 
by  throne,  His  kingdom;  by  the  sun,  love',  and  by  seed,  faith. 

256.  Xot  only  is  faith  called  the  seed  of  the  tcoman,  but  also 
the  Lord  Himself,  both  because  He  alone  gives  faith,  and  thus 
is  faith,  and  because  He  was  pleased  to  be  born,  and  that  into 
such  a  Church  as  had  altogether  fallen  into  an  infernal  and 
diabolical  7;?'02J?-i?(??i  though  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world, 
in  order  that  by  His  Divine  power  He  might  unite  the  Divine- 
celestial  iiroprium  with  the  human  2^'''op')^ium  in  His  human 
essence,  so  that  in  Him  they  might  be  one ;  and  unless  this 
union  had  been  effected,  the  whole  world  must  have  utterly 
perished.  Because  the  Lord  is  thus  the  seed  of  the  icoman,  it  is 
not  said  it,  but  He. 

257.  Tlmihy  the  head  of  the  serjyent  is  meant  the  dominion 
of  evil  in  general,  and  specifically  of  self-love,  is  evident  from 
its  nature,  which  is  so  direful  as  not  only  to  seek  dominion,  but 
even  dominion  over  all  things  upon  earth;  nor  does  it  rest 
satisfied  with  this,  but  aspires  even  to  rule  over  everything  in 
heaven ;  yea,  not  content  with  this,  it  would  extend  its  author- 
ity even  over  the  Lord  Himself,  and  still  desire  an  extension 
of  its  power.  Such  lust  is  latent  in  every  spark  of  self-love. 
If  it  were  only  indulged,  and  the  bonds  by  which  it  is  restrained 
removed,  we  should  perceive  this  to  be  its  course,  and  that  it 
would  grow  even  to  such  an  aspiring  height ;  hence  it  is  evident 
how  tlie  serpent,  or  the  evil  of  self-love,  lusts  for  dominion,  and 
how  much  it  hates  all  those  who  refuse  to  come  under  its  sway. 
This  is  tlie  head  of  the  serjyent  which  exalts  itself,  and  which  the 
Lord  treads  doicn,  even  to  the  earth,  that  it  may  go  ni^on  its 
helly,  and  eeit  dust,  as  stated  in  the  verse  immediately  preceding. 
The  ser23ent  or  dragon,  which  is  called  Lucifer,  is  described  in 
Isaiah :  "  0  Lucifer,  thou  hast  said  in  thy  heart,  I  will  scale 


CHAPTER  III.  15.  [258,  259. 

the  heavens,  I  will  exalt  my  throne  above  the  stars  of  God ; 
and  I  will  sit  upon  the  mount  of  the  congregation,  in  the  sides 
of  the  north ;  I  will  ascend  above  the  heights  of  the  cloud ;  I 
will  be  made  equal  to  the  Most  High :  yet  thou  shalt  lie 
brought  down  to  hell,  to  the  sides  of  the  pit"(xiv.  12-15). 
The  serpent  or  dragon,  moreover,  is  described  in  the  Apocalypse  : 
"  A  great  red  dragon,  having  seven  heads,  and  ten  horns,  and 
seven  crowns  upon  his  heads;  and  he  was  cast  out  into  the 
earth"  (xii.  3,  9).  In  David:  "The  saying  of  Jehovah  to  my 
Lord,  Sit  Thou  at  My  right  hand,  until  I  make  Thine  enemies 
Thy  footstool.  Jehovah  shall  send  the  rod  of  Thy  strength  out 
of  Zion.  He  shall  judge  the  gentiles.  He  shall  fill  with  the 
dead  bodies.  He  shall  bruise  the  head  over  much  earth.  He 
shall  drink  of  the  brook  in  the  way,  therefore  shall  He  lift  up 
the  head"  (Psalm  ex.  1,  2,  6,  7). 

258.  That  by  treading  down,  or  hniising,  is  understood  de- 
pression, so  as  to  compel  it  to  r/o  on  the  helly  and  cat  the  dtist,  is 
now  evident  from  this  and  the  preceding  verses.  It  has  also 
the  same  signification  in  Isaiah  :  "  Jehovah  hringeth  down  them 
that  dwell  on  high ;  the  lofty  city  He  will  humble  it ;  He  will 
humble  it  even  to  the  earth :  He  will  prostrate  it  even  to  the 
dust ;  the  foot  shall  tread  it  down "  (xxvi.  4-6).  Again : 
"  Jehovah  shall  cast  down  to  the  earth  with  the  hand :  they 
shall  tread  the  crown  of  pride  with  the  feet "  (xxviii.  2,  3). 

259.  That  by  the  heel  is  meant  the  lowest  natural  or  corporeal 
part,  cannot  be  known,  unless  the  mode  in  which  the  most 
ancient  people  considered  the  various  components  of  man's 
nature  is  understood.  They  referred  his  celestial  and  spiritual 
things  to  the  head  and  face ;  what  exists  from  these, — as  . 
charity  and  mercy,  to  the  chest;  natural  things,  to  the  feet; 
the  lower  natural,  to  the  soles  of  the  feet ;  and  the  lowest 
natural  and  corporeal,  to  tlie  heel ;  nor  did  they  merely  refer 
them,  but  also  so  called  them.  The  lowest  things  relating  to 
reason,  such  as  scientiiics,  were  also  understood  by  what  Jacob 
prophesied  concerning  Dan :  "  Dan  shall  be  a  serpent  by  the 
way,  an  adder  in  the  path  ;  biting  the  horse's  heels,  so  that  his 
rider  falls  backward"  (Gen.  xlix.  17).  Also  in  David:  "The 
iniquity  of  my  heels  shall  compass  me  about "  (Psalm  xlix.  5). 
In  like  manner,  by  what  is  related  of  Jacob,  when  he  came 
forth  from  the  womlj,  and  his  hand  laid  hold  of  Esau's  heel, 
whence  he  AA'as  called  Jaeoh  (Gen.  xxv.  2C),  for  Jacob  is  named 
from  the  heel,  because  the  Jewish  Church,  signified  by  Jacob, 
injured  the  heel.  The  serpent  can  only  injure  the  lowest  natural  2 
things,  but  not  unless  it  be  a  particular  species  of  xipcr,  the 
interior  natural ;  still  less  can  it  approach  his  spiritual  things, 
and  least  of  all  the  celestial,  which  the  J^ord  preserves  and  lays 
up  in  man  witliout  his  knowledge.  What  are  thus  stored  up 
by  the  Lord  are  called  in  the  Word  remains.     The  mode  iu 

89 


2G0-2G4.]  GENESIS. 

Avhich  tlio  srrjh'iif  destroyed  those  lowest  things  in  the  people 
lieforc  the  tlood,  hy  tlie  Sensual  and  self-love  ;  and  how  he 
destroyed  it  amongst  the  Jews,  l)y  sensualities,  traditions,  and 
idle  stories,  and  by  the  love  of  self  and  of  the  world  ;  and  how 
at  this  day  he  has  destroyed  and  continues  to  destroy  them  by 
tilings  sensual,  scientific,  and  philosophic,  and  at  the  same  time 
hy  those  loves,  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in 
the  following  pages. 

2l)0.  From  wliat  has  been  said,  it  is  evident  tliat  it  was 
revealed  to  the  Church  of  that  time,  that  the  Lord  would  come 
into  the  world  to  save  them. 

261.  Verse  16,  And  to  the  voman  He  said,  In  multi2)lying 
I  v:ill  multipljf  thy  sorww  and  thy  conception ;  in  sorrovj  thou 
shalt  hring  forth  sons,  and  thine  obedience  shall  he  to  thy  hushand, 
and  he  shall  nde  over  thee.  By  the  woman  is  now  signified  the 
Church  as  to  the 7?ro2?W?»?i  which  it  loved;  hy  in  multiplying 
to  multiply  sorroiv,  is  signified  combat,  and  from  combat  anxiety  ; 
by  conception,  every  thought ;  by  the  sons  ichom  she  would  bring 
forth  in  sorroiv,  the  truths  which  she  would  thus  produce ;  by 
husband  here,  as  before,  the  Eational  which  it  will  obey,  and 
which  will  rule. 

262.  That  the  Church  is  signified  by  tlie  v:oman,  was  pre- 
viously shewn,  but  here  the  Church  perverted  by  the  proprium 
which  was  itself  formerly  signified  by  the  u'oman,  because  the 
posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  had  become  per- 
verted, is  now  treated  of. 

263.  When,  tlierefore,  the  sensual  averts  itself,  or  curses 
itself,  evil  spirits  then  commence  a  violent  war,  and  attendant 
angels  struggle  for  man,  in  consequence  of  which  combats  are 
described  by  in  mtdtiplying  to  midtiply  sorroia  as  to  the 
conception  and  birth  of  sons,  that  is,  as  to  the  thoughts  and 
productions  of  truth. 

264.  Conception  and  the  birth  of  son.?  are  spoken  of  in  some 
parts  of  the  Word  in  a  purely  spiritual  sense, — concep)tion  for 
the  thought  and  advice  of  tlie  heart,  and  sons  for  truths,  as  is 
plain  from  Hosea :  "  As  for  Ephraim,  their  glory  shall  fly  away 
like  a  bird ;  from  the  birth,  and  from  the  womb,  and  from  the 
conception.  Though  they  should  have  educated  their  sons,  yet 
will  I  bereave  them,  that  they  shall  not  be  a  man:  yea,  woe 
also  to  them  because  I  shall  depart  from  them  "  (ix.  11,  12) ; 
where  Ephraim  signifies  the  intelligent,  or  the  understanding 
of  truth,  and  sons  truths  themselves.  It  is  likewise  said  else- 
where concerning  Ephraim,  or  the  intelligent,  who  has  become 
foolish  :  "  The  sorrows  of  a  travailing  woman  have  come  upon 
him :  he  is  an  unwise  son ;  for  he  shall  not  stay  long  in  the 
breaking  forth  of  the  sons  of  the  ivomb  "  (xiii.  1.3).  And  in 
Isaiah :  "  Blush,  O  Zidon,  for  the  sea  hath  spoken,  even  the 
strength  of  the  sea,  saying,  I  have  not  ty^a vailed,  nor  brought 

90 


CHAPTER  III.  17.  [2G5-2G7. 

forth  sons,  nor  educated  the  young  men,  and  brought  up  vir- 
gins :  as  to  the  report  concerning  Egypt,  they  shall  hviiirj  forth 
according  to  the  report  of  Tyre  "  (xxiii.  4,  5) ;  where  Zidon 
means  those  who  have  Ijeen  in  tlie  knowledges  of  faith,  but 
have  destroyed  them  by  scientifics,  and  so  become  liarren. 
And  in  the  same  prophet,  treating  of  regeneration,  and  where, 
likewise,  the  truths  of  faith  are  signified  by  sons :  "  Before  she 
travailed,  she  hro  light  forth ;  and  before  her  pain  came,  she  was 
delivered  of  a  man-child.  Who  hath  heard  such  a  thing  ?  Wlio 
hath  seen  such  things  ?  Shall  the  earth  be  made  to  hr in g  forth 
in  one  day  ?  or  shall  a  nation  l)e  horn  at  once  ?  Shall  I  hrhig 
to  the  birth,  and  not  cause  to  bring  forth  .^  saith  Jehovah  ;  shall 
I  cause  to  bring  forth,  and  shut  the  womb  ?  saith  thy  God  " 
(Ixvi.  7-9).  Goods  and  truths,  being  conceived  and  horn  of  the 
celestial  marriage,  are,  therefore,  also  called  sons  by  the  Lord 
in  Matthew  :  "  He  that  soweth  the  good  seed  is  the  Son  of 
Man ;  the  field  is  the  world ;  the  good  seed  are  the  sons  of  the 
kingdom  "  (xiii.  37,  38) :  and  the  goods  and  truths  of  a  saving 
faith  are  "  the  sons  of  Abraham"  (John  viii.  30);  for  seed  (as 
was  stated  in  no.  255)  denotes  faith :  wherefore  sons,  which  are 
of  the  seed,  are  the  goods  and  truths  of  i'aith :  thence  also  the 
Lord,  as  being  Himself  the  seed,  called  Himself  the  Son  of  Man, 
that  is,  the  faith  of  the  Church. 

265.  That  by  husband  (vir)  the  Rational  is  signified,  appears 
from  verse  6  of  this  chapter,  where  it  is  written,  the  uvman 
gave  to  her  husband  itith  her,  and  he  did  eat,  by  which  is  meant 
his  consent :  also  from  what  is  said  of  the  man  (in  no.  158),  where 
one  who  is  wise  and  intelligent  is  understood  bv  him.  Here, 
however,  husband  denotes  the  Rational,  because  in  conse- 
quence of  the  destruction  of  wisdom  and  intelligence  by 
eating  of  the  tree  of  hnoivlcdgc,  nothing  else  remained ;  for  the 
Rational  is  imitative  of  intelligence,  being  as  it  were  its 
semblance. 

2G6.  Since  every  law  and  precept  exists  from  what  is 
celestial  and  spiritual,  as  from  its  true  beginning,  it  follows  that 
this  law  of  marriage  does  so  also,  which  requires  that  the  wife, 
who  is  actuated  by  desire,  appertaining  to  the  ■proprium,  rather 
than  from  reason,  like  the  man,  should  be  subject  to  his 
prudence. 

267.  Verse  17.  And  to  the  man  He  said,  Because  thou  hast 
hearkened  to  the  voice  of  thy  v.nfe,  and  hast  eaten  of  the  tree  of 
which  I  commanded  thee,  saying.  Thou  shalt  not  eat  of  it ;  cursed, 
is  the  ground  for  thy  sake;  in  great  sorroiv  shalt  thou  eat  of  it  cdl 
tJie  days  of  thy  life.  By  the  mans  hearkening  to  the  voice  of 
his  wife,  is  signified  the  consent  of  the  husl)and  {vir)  or  the 
Rational,  by  which  it  also  turned  away  or  cursed  itself,  and 
consequently  the  whole  external  man,  denoted  by  cursed,  is  the 
ground  for  thy  sake.     To  eat  thereof  in  sorrow,  means  that  the 

91 


l->r.8-270.]  GENESIS. 

future  state  of  his  life  would  be  miserable,  and  this  even  to  the 
eiul  of  that  I'hureh,  or  (dl  t/ie  (fai/s  of  his  life. 

12G8.  (rromul  signities  the  external  man,  as  is  evident  from 
what  was  previously  stated  concerning  earth,  (jround,  and  JidiL 
When  man  is  regenerated,  lie  is  no  longer  called  earth,  but 
ground,  because  celestial  seeds  are  implanted  therein ;  he  is 
also  compared  to  (/round,  and  is  called  (/round  in  various  parts 
of  the  Word.  The  seeds  of  good  and  truth  are  implanted 
in  the  actcrmd  man,  or  in  his  afl'ections  and  memory,  but  not 
in  the  intcrmd  man,  because  there  is  nothing  of  the  proprtum 
in  the  internal,  but  only  in  the  external.  In  the  internal  man 
are  goods  and  truths,  and  when  these  no  longer  appear  to  be 
present,  tlien  man  is  external  or  corporeal ;  they  are,  however, 
stored  up  in  the  internal  by  the  Lord,  without  man's  knowledge  ; 
since  they  do  not  come  forth,  unless  when  the  external  dies,  as 
it  were,  as  during  temptations,  misfortunes,  sicknesses,  and  at 
the  hour  of  death.  The  liational  also  belongs  to  the  external 
man  (no.  118),  and  is  in  itself  a  kind  of  medium  between  the 
internal  and  external;  for  the  internal,  by  means  of  the 
National,  operates  on  the  corporeal-external ;  but  when  the 
liational  consented,  then  the  external  became  separated 
from  tlie  internal,  so  that  the  existence  of  the  internal  is  no 
longer  known,  nor,  consequently,  the  intelligence  and  wisdom 
which  are  of  the  internal. 

269.  Jehovah  God,  or  the  Lord,  did  not  curse  the  (/round,  or 
the  external  man,  but  the  external  man  turned  away  or  separ- 
ated itself  from  the  internal,  and  thus  cursed  itself,  as  is 
demonstrable  from  what  was  previously  shewn  (no.  245). 

270.  That  to  ccd  of  the  ground  in  great  sorroiv  denotes  a 
miserable  state  of  life,  is  evident  from  what  precedes  and  follows; 
not  to  mention  that  to  eat,  in  the  internal  sense,  is  to  live.  It 
is  plain,  also,  from  this  fact,  that  such  a  state  of  life  ensues 
when  evil  spirits  begin  to  assault  man,  and  the  attendant  angels 
to  experience  difficulty  in  preserving  him.  This  state  of  life 
becomes  more  miserable  when  evil  spirits  begin  to  obtain 
dominion ;  for  they  then  govern  his  external  man,  and  the 
angels  only  his  internal,  of  which  so  little  remains  that  they 
can  scarcely  pick  out  anything  thence  with  wliich  to  defend 
him :  hence  arise  misery  and  anxiety.  Dead  men  are  seldom 
sensible  of  such  misery  and  anxiety,  because  they  are  no 
longer  men,  although  they  think  themselves  more  truly  so  than 
others :  for  they  know  no  more  than  the  brutes  what  is 
spiritual  and  celestial,  and  what  is  eternal  life,  and  like  them 
they  look  downwards  to  terrestrial  things,  or  outwards  to  the 
world ;  they  favour  the  projrrium  only,  and  indulge  their 
inclinations  and  senses  with  the  entire  concurrence  of  their 
rational  part.  Being  dead,  they  sustain  no  spiritual  warfare  or 
temptation,  and  were  they  exposed  to  it,  their  life  would  sink 

92 


CHAPTER  III.  18.  [271-273. 

under  its  weight,  and  they  would  thereby  curse  themselves 
still  more,  and  precipitate  themselves  into  damnation  still 
more  deeply  infernal :  hence  they  are  spared  this  until  their 
entrance  into  the  other  life,  where,  being  no  longer  in  danger  of 
dying  in  consequence  of  any  temptation  or  misery,  they 
endure  most  grievous  temptations,  which  likewise  are  here 
signified  by  the  ground  hcing  cursed,  and  eating  of  it  in  great 
sorroiv. 

271.  That  all  tlui  dags  of  thy  life  denote  the  end  of  the  days 
(if  the  Church,  is  evident  from  the  fact  of  its  not  here  treating 
•  if  an  individual  man,  but  of  the  Church  and  its  state, — the  end 
of  the  days  of  that  Church  was  the  time  of  the  flood. 

272.  Verse  18.  And  it  shall  bring  forth  to  thee  the  thorn  and 
the  thistle,  and  thou  shcdt  eat  the  herb  of  the  field.  By  the  thorn 
and.  the  thistle  are  meant  the  curse  and  vastation ;  and  by  thoii, 
shall  eat  the  herb  of  the  field,  is  signified  that  he  should  live  as 
a  wild  animal.  Man  lives  like  a  wild  animal  when  his  internal 
IS  so  separated  from  his  external  as  to  operate  upon  it  only  in 
a  most  general  manner,  for  man  is  man  from  what  he  receives 
through  his  internal  from  the  Lord,  and  is  a  wild  animal  from 
what  he  derives  from  the  external  man,  which,  separated  from 
the  internal,  is  in  itself  no  other  than  a  wild  animal,  having  a 
similar  nature,  desires,  appetites,  fantasies,  and  sensations,  and 
also  similar  organic  forms :  still  he  is  able  to  reason,  and,  as  it 
seems  to  himself,  acutely  ;  and  this  from  the  spiritual  substance 
by  which  he  receives  an  influx  of  life  from  the  Lord,  which  is, 
however,  perverted  by  him,  becoming  the  life  of  evil  or  death, 
and  hence  he  is  called  a  dead  man. 

273.  That  thorns  and  thistles  signify  the  curse  and  vastation, 
is  evident  from  the  harvest  and  fruit-trees  denoting  the  opposite, 
such  as  blessings  and  multiplications.  That  the  thorn,  thistle, 
briar,  bramble,  and  nettle,  have  such  a  signification,  is  evident 
from  the  Word ;  as  in  Hosea :  "  Lo,  they  are  gone  because  of 
vastation  ;  Egypt  shall  gather  them,  JSIemphis  shall  bury  them  ; 
tiie  desirable  thing  with  their  silver,  the  nettle  shall  inherit 
them;  the  thorn  shall  be  in  their  tent"  (ix.  6).  YLqyq  Egypt 
and  Memphis  denote  such  as  seek  to  understand  Divine  things 
from  themselves,  and  their  own  scientiflcs.  Again  in  the  same 
]>rophet :  "  The  high  places  also  of  Aven,  the  sin  of  Israel,  shall 
1)G  destroyed;  the  thorn  and  the  thistle  shall  come  up  on  their 
altars  "  (x.  8) ;  where  the  high  pjlaces  of  Aven  signify  self-love, 
and  the  thorn  and  the  thistle  on  the  altars,  profanation.  In 
Isaiah :  "  Beating  upon  the  breasts,  for  the  fields  of  desire,  for 
the  fruitful  vine ;  upon  the  ground  of  my  peo])le  shall  come 
up  the  p-ic/c/y  thorn"  (xxxii.  12,  13).  And  in  Ezekiel :  "The 
house  of  Israel  shall  be  no  more  a  ^r^'/r/;/?;//  briar,  and  the 
painful  th/irn  [sliall  Ijc  removed]  from  all  that  are  round  about 
them  "  (xxviii.  24). 

93 


1274-270.]  (JENESIS. 

274.  That  to  cat  the  Jwrh  of  thr  Jldd,  ov  wild  food,  is  to  live 
like  a  wild  beast,  is  evident  from  what  is  said  of  Nel)uchadnezzar 
in  Daniel :  "  They  shall  drive  thee  from  man,  and  tliy  dwelling 
shall  be  with  the  beast  of  the  field  ;  they  shall  make  thee  to  eat 
f/rass  as  the  oxen;  and  seven  times  shall  pass  over  thee" 
(iv.  25).  And  from  Isaiah  :  "  Hast  thou  not  heard  from  afar  off, 
I  have  done  it ;  from  the  days  of  antiquity,  and  I  have  formed 
it ;  now  I  have  brought  it  to  pass,  and  it  shall  be  to  lay  waste 
bulwarks  ;  defenced  cities  into  heaps,  and  their  inhabitants 
were  short  in  the  hand ;  they  were  dismayed  and  afiected  with 
shame ;  they  were  made  the  (/rass  of  the  field,  and  the  green  of 
the  hcrl),  the  grass  of  the  house-tops,  and  a  field  dried  up  before 
the  standing  corn  "  (xxxvii.  26,  27).  Here  is  unfolded  what  the 
<p'ass  of  the  field,  the  (jreen  of  tlu  herb,  grass  on  the  house-tojjs, 
and  a  field  dried  vp,  signify  :  for  it  here  treats  of  the  period 
before  the  flood,  which  is  meant  hj  from  afar  off  and  the  days 
of  antiquitg. 

21  o.  Verse  19.  In  the  sweat  of  thy  face  shall  thou  eat  bread, 
till  thou  return  unto  the  ground  ;  for  out  of  it  wast  thou  taJcen  ; 
for  dust  thou  art,  and  unto  dust  shall  thou  return.  By  eating 
bread  in  the  sweat  of  the  face,  is  signified  to  turn  away  from  what 
is  celestial ;  to  return  to  the  ground  from  whence  he  was  taken, 
is  to  relapse  into  the  external  man,  such  as  he  was  before  re- 
generation ;  and  dust  thou  art,  and  unto  dust  shcdt  thou,  return, 
that  he  is  condemned  and  infernal. 

27G.  That  to  eat  bread  in  the  stceat  of  the  face  signifies  to 
turn  away  from  what  is  celestial,  is  evident  from  the  significa- 
tion of  bread.  By  bread  is  meant  everything  spiritual  and 
celestial,  which  is  the  food  of  angels,  on  the  deprivation  of 
which  they  would  cease  to  live,  as  certainly  as  men  deprived 
of  bread  or  food.  What  is  celestial  and  spiritual  in  heaven, 
also  corresponds  to  bixad  on  earth,  by  which  they  are,  moreover, 
represented,  as  appears  from  many  passages  in  the  Word.  The 
Lord  is  bread,  because  from  Him  proceeds  whatever  is  celestial 
and  spiritual,  as  He  Himself  teaches  in  John :  "  This  is  the 
bread  which  came  down  from  heaven ;  he  who  eateth  this 
bread  shall  live  for  ever"  (vi.  58).  Wherefore  also  bjrcid  and 
unne  are  the  symbols  employed  in  the  Holy  Supper.  This 
celestial  food  is  also  represented  by  manna.  That  what  is 
celestial  and  spiritual  constitutes  the  food  of  cmgcls,  is  manifest 
from  the  Lord's  words :  "  Man  shall  not  live  by  bread  alone, 
Imt  by  every  word  proceeding  out  of  the  mouth  of  God  "  (]\Iatt. 
iv.  4) ;  that  is,  from  the  life  of  the  Lord,  from  which  everything 
:  celestial  and  sjjiritual  proceeds.  The  last  posterity  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church,  which  existed  immediately  before  the 
Hood,  and  is  here  treated  of,  had  become  so  thoroughly  corrupt, 
in  consequence  of  their  immersion  in  what  was  sensual  and 
corporeal,  as  no  longer  to  desire  to  hear  what  was  the  truth  of 
94 


CHAPTER  III.  19.  [277-279. 

faith,  or  that  tlie  Lord  was  about  to  come  and  save  them ;  and 
when  such  sul)jects  were  mentioned  they  turned  away  from 
them  ;  this  aversion  is  described  by  eating  bread  in  the  siveat  of 
the  face.  So  also  the  Jews,  in  consequence  of  their  non- 
acknowledgment  of  heavenly  things,  and  their  desiring  only  a 
worldly  Messiah,  could  not  help  feeling  an  aversion  towards 
the  manna,  because  it  was  a  representation  of  the  Lord, 
denominating  it  vile  bread,  on  which  account  serpents  were 
sent  amongst  them  (Num.  xxi.  5,  6).  It  may,  moreover,  be 
observed  that  the  celestial  things  imparted  to  them  in  states 
of  adversity  and  misery,  and  when  brought  to  tears,  were 
called  by  them,  the  hjrad  cf  adversity,  the  hrcad.  of  misery, 
and  the  hread  of  tears ;  as  what  is  here  made  use  of  in  aversion 
is  called  the  hread  of  the  siveat  of  the  face. 

277.  This  is  the  internal  sense ;  he  who  adheres  to  the  letter, 
understands  no  other  than  that  man  must  procure  bread  for 
himself  out  of  the  ground  by  labour,  or  by  tlie  sweat  of  his  face. 
Man,  however,  does  not  here  mean  any  single  individual,  but 
the  Most  Ancient  Church ;  nor  does  ground,  mean  ground,  or 
hread  bread,  or  garden  garden,  but  celestial  and  spiritual  things, 
as  lias  been  sufficiently  shewn. 

278.  That  by  returning  to  the  ground,  whence  he  was  taken,  is 
signified  that  the  Church  would  return  to  the  external  man  such 
as  it  M'as  before  regeneration,  is  evident  from  the  circumstance 
of  ground  denoting  the  external  man,  as  was  p)reviously  stated. 
That  dust  signifies  what  is  condemned  and  infernal,  is  also  proved 
by  what  was  said  of  the  serpent,  which  in  consequence  of  being 
ciirsed  is  said  to  eat  dust.  In  addition  to  what  was  there  shewn 
as  to  the  signification  of  dust,  we  are  permitted  to  give  the 
following  passages  from  David :  "  All  those  who  go  down 
to  the  dust  shall  bow  before  Jehovah,  and  those  whose  soul  He 
hath  not  made  alive  "  (Psalm  xxii.  29).  And  in  another  place  : 
"  Thou  hidest  Thy  faces,  they  are  troubled ;  Thou  takest  away 
their  breath,  they  expire,  and  return  to  their  dust "  (civ.  29) ; 
for  when  men  avert  themselves  from  the  face  of  the  Lord,  they 
then  expire  or  die,  and  thus  return  to  the  dust,  that  is,  are  con- 
demned and  Ijccome  infernal. 

279.  All  thcise  verses,  then,  taken  in  a  series,  involve  that 
the  Sensual  turns  itself  away  from  the  Celestial,  verse  14  ; 
that  the  Lord  would  come  into  the  world  for  the  purpose  of 
re-uniting  them,  verse  15 ;  that  combats  took  place  in  conse- 
([uence  of  the  external  man  turning  itself  away  from  the 
internal,  verse  16  ;  whence  resulted  misery,  verse  17 ;  con- 
demnation, verse  18;  and  at  length  Llell,  verse  19.  These 
successive  states  were  passed  tlirough  in  that  Church,  from  the 
fourth  posterity  to  the  deluge. 


20.  Ani>  iIm'  man  callfil  his  wiff's  nainc  Eve,  because  she 
will  hi'  the  iiiolhiT  »»f  nil  liviiii,'. 

'2\.  Aiitl  .li:ii«>VAn  (ion  ina<le  f<>r  the  man  and  his  wife  coats 
«>f  skin,  and  elelhed  liieni. 

•J2.  And  .iKlloVAH  (lOL)  said,  liehold  the  man  was  as  one  of 
us."i"ii  knowing'  i^'ood  and  evil ;  and  now  lest  he  put  forth  his 
hand,  and  take  also  <if  the  tree  of  lives,  and  eat,  and  live  for 

fver ; 

•J.'i.  Therefore.  Jkiiovah  (loi>  sent  him  forth  from  the  garden 
of  Kden,  to  till  the  ground  from  wliich  he  was  taken. 

24.  And  He  cast  out  the  man;  and  He  made  cherubim  to 
dwell  in  the  east  towards  the  garden  of  Eden,  and  the  flame  of 
II  sword  turning  itself,  to  keep  the  way  of  the  tree  of  lives. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


280.  The  ]\[ost  Ancient  Church,  and  those  who  fell  away, 
:ire  here  sumnuirily  treated  of;  thus  also  its  posterity  down  to 
the  Hood,  when  it  expired. 

281.  Of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  which  was  celestial,  and 
frum  the  life  of  faith  in  the  Lord,  called  Eve,  and  the  motlmr  of 
(ill  lirhiff,  verse  20. 

282.  Of  its  first  posterity,  wliich  were  in  celestial-spiritual 
good  ;  and  of  its  second  and  third,  which  were  in  natural  good, 
signified  by  the  coat  of  sJcin  ivhich  Jehovah  God  made  for  the 
man  and  his  wife,  verse  21. 

283.  Of  the  fourth  posterity  in  which  natural  good  began 
tu  be  dissipated,  which, had  they  been  created  anew  or  instructed 
in  the  celestial  things  of  faith,  would  have  perished,  that  is,  had 
he  2^1  forth  his  haml,  and  taken  also  of  the  tree  of  lives,  and 
tatcn,  and  lived  for  ever,  verse  22. 

284.  Of  the  fiftli  posterity  which  were  deprived  of  every  good 
and  truth,  and  reduced  to  the  state  in  which  they  had  been 
jjrevious  to  regeneration,  which  is  his  heing  sent  forth  out  of  the 
f/ardc)i  of  Eden,  to  till  the  ground,  from  which  he  was  taken, 
verse  23. 

28."j.  Of  the  sixth  and  seventh  posterity  which  were  separated 
fi-om  the  knowledge  of  good  and  truth,  and  left  to  their  own  filthy 
lovt'S  and  persuasions,  lest  they  should  profane  the  holy  things 
of  faith,  signified  by  his  being  driven  out,  and  cherubim  being 
made  to  dwell  in  order  to  keep,  with  aflame  of  a  sword,  the  way 
of  the  tree  of  lives,  verse  24. 


96 


CHAPTEE  III.  20.  [286-289. 


THE  INTERNAL  SEXSE. 

286.  The  preceding  chapters,  and  down  to  the  verses  now- 
under  consideration,  treat  of  the  most  ancient  people,  and  of 
their  regeneration  :  primarily,  of  those  who  had  lived  like  wild 
animals,  but  at  length  became  spiritual  men ;  then  of  those 
who  became  celestial  men,  and  constituted  the  Most  Ancient 
Church ;  afterwards  of  those  who  fell  away  and  their  descend- 
ants, detailed  in  regular  order  through  the  first,  second,  and 
third  posterity  and  their  successors,  down  to  the  deluge.  In 
the  verses  following,  which  conclude  the  chapter,  there  is  a 
recapitulation  of  what  occurred  from  the  period  when  the  man 
of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  formed  until  the  flood  ;  thus 
it  is  a  summary  of  all  that  has  been  previously  stated. 

287.  Verse  20.  And  the  man  called  his  wife's  name  Eve, 
hccause  she  will  he  the  mother  of  all  living.  By  man  (homo)  is 
here  meant  the  man  (^-ir)  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  or  the 
celestial  man  (homo) :  by  the  wife  and  the  mother  of  all  living, 
the  Church.  She  is  called  mother,  as  being  the  first  Church, 
and  living,  from  faith  in  the  Lord,  who  is  Life  itself 

288.  That  by  man  is  meant  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church,  or  the  celestial  man,  has  been  previously  shewn ;  and 
indeed  that  the  Lord  alone  is  Ifan,  and  that  every  celestial 
man  derives  his  existence  from  Him,  because  he  is  His  likeness. 
Hence  the  man  who  belonged  to  the  Church,  whoever,  and  of 
whatever  quality  he  was,  was  denominated  a  man;  and  at 
length  this  name  was  applied  to  all  mankind,  to  distinguish 
them  from  the  beasts. 

289.  It  was  also  shewn  above  that  by  wife  is  meant  the 
Church,  and  in  a  universal  sense  the  Lord's  kingdom  in  the 
heavens  and  on  the  earth ;  and  that  the  same  is  understood  by 
mother,  follows  of  consequence.  In  the  Word  the  Church  is 
very  frequently  called  mother ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  Where  is  the  bill 
of  your  mother's  divorcement  ?  "  (1.  1).  In  Jeremiah  :  "  Your 
mother  is  greatly  ashamed :  she  that  hare  you  is  sull'uscd  with 
shame  "  (1.  12).  In  Ezekiel :  "  Thou  art  thy  mother's  daughter 
that  loathed  her  husband  and  her  sons ;  your  mother  was  a 
Hittite,  and  your  father  an  Arnorite  "  (xvi.  45)  ;  where  hnshand, 
is  put  for  the  Lord  and  all  that  is  celestial ;  sons,  for  the  trutlis 
of  faith  ;  a  Hittite,  for  what  is  false  ;  and  an  Arnorite,  for  what 
is  evil.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  Tliy  mother  is  like  a  vine  in 
thy  likeness,  planted  near  the  waters  ;  she  was  fruitful  and  full 
of  branches  because  of  many  waters "  (xix.  10) ;  here  mother 
denotes  the  Ancient  Church.  The  term  mother  is  more  especi- 
ally applicable  to  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  Ijecause  it  was  the 
first  Church,  and  the  only  one  wliich  was  celestial,  and  there- 
fore beloved  by  the  Lord  more  than  any  other. 

VOL.  I.  G  97 


200-294.]  GENESIS. 

200.  Sho  was  called  the  mother  of  all  livvnfj  in  consequence 
of  "iH)Ssessina  faith  in  the  Lord,  who  is  Life  itself,  as  is  also 
ilonu.nstratod  from  what  was  previously  stated.  It  is  impos- 
sible f.»r  more  than  one  fountain  of  life  to  exist,  from  which  is 
the  life  of  all.  or  for  any  life  to  be  communicated,  which  is  life, 
except  by  faith  in  the  Lord,  who  is  Life  itself;  nor  indeed  can 
a  living  faith  exist,  except  from  Him,  consequently  unless  Hr 
be  in  it.  On  this  account,  in  the  Word,  the  Lord  alone  is  called 
Zrj-t;(//,  and  is  named  the  Living  Jehovah  (Jer.  v.  2;  xii.  16  ; 
xvi.  14, 15  ;  xxiii.  7  ;  Ezek.  v.  11).  Living  for  ever  (Dan.  iv. 
34;  Apoc.  iv.  10;  v.  14;  x.  6).  In  David:  The  Fountain 
OF  Lii'K  (Psalm  xxxvi.  9).  In  Jeremiah  :  A  Fountain  of  Liv- 
ing AVaters  (xvii.  13).  Heaven,  which  lives  from  Him,  the 
Land  of  the  Living  "  (Isa.  xxxviii.  11  ;  liii.  8 ;  Ezek.  xxvi. 
20  ;  xxxii.  23-27,  32  Psalm  xxvii.  13 ;  lii.  5  ;  cxlii.  5).  Those 
are  called  Living,  who  are  in  faith  in  the  Lord ;  as  in  David : 
"  Who  holdeth  our  soul  amongst  the  liviivj  "  (Psalm  Ixvi.  9). 
Such  as  possess  faith  are  said  to  be  in  the  Book  of  Lives 
(Psahn  Ixix.  28) ;  and  in  the  Book  of  Life  (Apoc.  xiii.  8 ; 
xvii.  8  ;  xx.  15).  Wherefore,  also  those  who  receive  faith  in 
Him  are  said  to  be  made  Alive  (Hosea  vi.  2  ;  Psalm  Ixxxv.  6). 
And,  on  the  contrary,  such  as  do  not  possess  faith  are  called 
dead ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  They  are  dead,  they  shall  not  live  ; 
Eephaim  shall  not  rise,  therefore  hast  Thou  visited  and  de- 
stroyed them"  (xxvi.  14);  meaning  those  who  are  puffed  up 
with  self-love  :  to  rise,  signifies  to  enter  into  life.  They  are  also 
said  to  be  pierced  (Ezek.  xxxii.  23-26,  28-31).  They  are  also 
called  decul  by  the  Lord  (Matt.  iv.  16 ;  John  v.  25  ;  viii.  21,  24, 
51,  52).     Hell  is  also  called  death  (Isa.  xxv.  8  ;  xxviii.  15). 

291.  In  this  verse  is  described  the  first  time  of  the  Church, 
when,  in  the  flower  of  her  youth,  she  was  representing  the 
celestial  marriage,  on  which  account  she  is  described  as  a  mar- 
riu.fje,  and  is  called  Eve,  which  means  living. 

292.  Verse  21.  And  Jehovah  God  made  for  the  man  and  his 
vjife  coats  of  skin,  and  clothed  them.  These  words  signify  that 
the  Lord  instructed  them  in  spiritual  and  natural  good.  His 
instructing  them  is  expressed  by  making  and  clothing;  and 
spiritual  and  natural  good  are  denoted  by  a  coat  of  skin. 

293.  It  could  never  appear  from  the  letter  that  these  things 
are  signified  ;  yet  still  it  is  evident  that  more  mysterious  things 
are  involved  than  appear  in  the  letter,  for  every  one  must  per- 
ceive that  Jehovah  God  did  not  make  a  coat  of  skin  for  them. 

294.  Neither  could  it  be  manifest  to  any  one  that  a  coat  of 
skin  signifies  spiritual  and  natural  good,  except  by  a  revelation 
of  the  interior  sense,  and  subsequent  comparison  of  passages  in 
the  Word,  where  similar  expressions  occur.  Skiii  is  here  men- 
tioned in  a  general  way,  but  the  skin  of  a  kid,  sheep,  or  ram,  is 
understood.     These  animals,  in  the  Word,  signify  the  affections 

98 


CHAPTER  III.  21.  [295-297. 

of  good,  charity,  and  the  things  relating  to  cliarity.  Similar 
things  were  signified  by  the  sheep  used  in  sacrifices.  Those  are 
denominated  shcej^  who  are  endowed  with  the  good  of  charity, 
that  is,  with  spiritual  and  natural  good ;  consequently  the  Lord 
is  called  the  Shepherd  of  the  sheep ;  and  those  who  are  endowed 
with  charity,  are  denominated  sheep,  as  is  known  to  every  one. 

295.  The  reason  that  they  are  said  to  be  clothed  u-ith  a  coat 
of  skin,  is,  because  the  most  ancient  people  were  described  as 
being  naked  on  account  of  their  innocence ;  but  when  they  lost 
their  innocence,  it  is  stated  that  they  discovered  themselves  to 
be  in  evil,  which  is  also  denominated  nakedness.  That  all  things 
might  appear  to  cohere  historically,  agreeably  to  the  mode  of 
speaking  of  the  most  ancient  people,  they  are  here  said  to  be 
clothed  and  not  naked,  or  in  evil.  That  they  were  in  spiritual 
and  natural  good,  is  evident  from  what  was  remarked  above 
concerning  them  (from  verses  1  to  13  of  this  chapter),  as  well  as 
from  its  being  here  related  that  Jehovah  God  made  them  a  coat 
of  skin,  and  clothed  them  ;  for  it  here  treats  of  the  first,  and  more 
especially  of  the  second  and  third  posterity  of  the  Church,  who 
were  endowed  with  such  good. 

296.  That  the  skins  of  kids,  sheep,  goats,  badgers,  and  rams, 
signify  spiritual  and  natural  goods,  may  appear  from  the  internal 
sense  of  the  Word,  where  it  treats  of  Jacob  and  of  the  ark. 
This  will  be  shewn  in  reference  to  Jacob,  when  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy  we  arrive  at  the  explanation  of  the  passage  where 
he  is  described  as  being  clothed  with  the  raiment  of  Esau,  and 
having  on  his  hands  and  on  his  neck  the  skins  of  kids  of  the 
gocUs,  which  when  Isaac  smelled,  he  said,  "  The  smell  of  my  sou 
is  as  the  smell  of  a  field  "  (Gen.  xxvii.  22,  27).  And  the  same 
will,  of  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  be  shewn  of  the  ark,  where  it 
is  related  that  the  covering  of  the  tent  was  of  rcons  skins  and 
Imdgcrs'  skins  (Exod.  xxvi.  14  ;  xxxvi.  19);  and  that  Aaron  and 
his  sons,  when  they  went  forward,  covered  the  ark  with  a  cover- 
ing of  badgers'  skins,  and  likewise  the  table  and  its  vessels,  the 
candlestick  and  its  vessels,  the  altar  of  gold,  and  the  instru- 
ments of  ministry,  and  of  the  altar  (Xum.  iv.  6-14);  for  what- 
ever was  in  the  ark,  the  tabernacle,  or  the  tent,  yea,  whatever 
was  upon  Aaron,  when  clothed  with  the  garments  of  holiness, 
signified  something  celestial-spiritual,  so  that  there  was  not  the 
most  minute  thing  which  had  not  a  distinct  representation. 

297.  Celestial  good  is  that  which  is  not  clothed,  because  it 
is  inmost,  and  is  innocent.  But  celestial-spiritual  good  is  that 
which  is  first  clothed,  then  natural  good,  for  they  are  exterior, 
and  on  that  account  are  compared  to  and  called  garments,  as  in 
Ezekiel,  M-hen  speaking  of  the  Ancient  Church  :  "  I  clothed  thee 
with  broidered  work,  and  shod  thee  with  badgers  skin,  and  I 
girded  thee  about  with  fine  linen,  and  I  covered  thee  with  silk  " 
(xvi.  10).     In  Isaiah  :  "  Fut  on  thy  beautiful  garments,  0  Jeru- 

99 


298-300.]  GENESIS. 

salem,  the  city  of  holiness"  (Hi.  1).  And  in  the  Apocalypse: 
••  Who  have  not  defiled  their  garments,  and  they  shall  walk  with 
me  in  \rhiti\  for  they  are  worthy"  (iii.  4,  5) ;  also  where  it  is 
related  of  the  four-and-twenty  elders,  that  they  were  "  clothed 
in  white  raiment"  (iv.  4).  Thus,  then,  exterior  goods,  which 
are  celestial-spiritual  and  natural,  are  garments :  wherefore  also 
those  who  are  endowed  with  the  goods  of  charity  appear  in 
lieaveu  clothed  in  splendid  garments  ;  here,  however,  because 
they  are  still  in  the  body,  with  a  coat  of  skin. 

298.  Verse  22.  And  Jehovah  God  said,  Behold  the  man  unsas 
one  of  us,  in  knowing  good  and  evil ;  and  now  lest  he  put  forth  his 
hand,  and  take  also  of  the  tree  of  lives,  and  eat,  and  live  for  ever. 
Jehovah  God  is  first  mentioned  in  the  singular,  and  afterwards 
in  the  plural  number,  because  by  Jehovah  God  is  meant  the 
Lord,  and  at  the  same  time  the  angelic  heaven.  The  man's 
knoidng  good  ami  evil  signifies  his  having  become  celestial,  and 
thus  wise  and  intelligent;  lest  he  put  forth  his  hand,  and  take 
also  of  the  tree  of  lives,  is  that  he  should  not  be  instructed  in 
the  mysteries  of  faith,  for  otherwise  it  would  be  impossible  for 
him  to  be  saved  to  all  eternity,  which  is  to  live  for  ever. 

299.  Here  are  contained  two  arcana ;  first,  that  Jehovah  God 
signifies  the  Lord,  and  at  the  same  time  heaven  ;  and  secondly, 
that  had  they  been  instructed  in  the  mysteries  of  faith,  they 
would  have  perished  eternally. 

300.  With  reference  to  the  first  arcanum,  that  by  Jehovah 
God  is  meant  both  the  Lord  and  heaven,  it  is  to  be  observed, 
that,  for  a  mysterious  reason,  the  Lord  is  sometimes  called  in 
the  Word  Jehovah  only,  at  others  Jehovah  God,  noiv  Jehovah,  and 
afterwards  God,  now  the  Lord  Jehovih,  again  the  God  of  Israel, 
and  at  another  time  God  only,  as  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis, 
where  also,  although  God  only  is  mentioned,  it  is  said  in  the 
plural  number,  Let  us  make  man  in  our  image.  Nor  is  He 
denominated  Jehovah  God  until  the  subsequent  chapter,  which 
treats  of  the  celestial  man.  He  is  called  Jehovah  because  He 
alone  is  or  lives,  thus  from  essence;  and  God,  because  He  can 
do  all  things,  thus  from  ijower;  as  is  evident  from  the  Word, 
where  the  names  are  distinguished  (Isa.  xlix.  4,  5  ;  Iv.  7 ;  Ps. 
xvni.  2,  28,  29,  31 ;  xxxi.  14).  On  this  account  every  angel  or 
spirit  who  conversed  with  man,  and  who  was  supposed  to  pos- 
sess any  power,  was  called  God  ;  as  appears  from  David :  "  God 
standeth  m  the  congregation  of  God,  He  will  jud^e  in  the  midst 
of  the  gods"  (Ps.  Ixxxii.  1);  and  in  another  place:  "  Wlio  in 
the  heaven  shall  be  compared  with  Jehovah  ?  who  among  the 
sons  of  the  gods  be  likened  to  Jehovah  "  (Ps.  Ixxxix  6)  Ao-ain  • 
"Confess  to  the  God  of  gods;  confess  to  the  Lord  of  lords" 
( l^s.  cxxxvi.  2  3).  Men,  also,  as  possessed  of  power,  were  deno- 
minated "gods"  (as  in  Ps.  Ixxxii.  6;  John  x.  34,35):  Moses 
was  also  said  to  be  "  a  ^or?  to  Pharaoh  "  (Exod.  vii.  1);  where 


CHAPTER  III.  22.  [301,  302. 

also  the  word  God  is  in  the  phiral  number,  Elohim.  Since, 
however,  the  angels  do  not  possess  the  least  power  of  themselves, 
as  they  indeed  acknowledge,  but  only  from  the  Lord,  and  as 
there  is  but  one  God,  therefore,  by  Jehovah  God,  in  the  Word, 
is  meant  the  Lord  alone.  Where,  however,  anything  is  effected 
by  the  ministry  of  angels, — as  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis, — 
He  is  then  spoken  of  in  the  plural  number.  Here,  also,  because 
the  celestial  man,  Iteing  a  man,  could  not  be  put  in  comparison 
with  the  Lord,  but  with  the  angels  only,  therefore  it  is  said,  the 
man  was  as  one  of  us,  in  hiowing  good  and  evil,  that  is,  was  wise 
and  intelligent. 

301.  The  other  arcanum  is,  that  had  they  been  instructed 
in  the  mysteries  of  faith,  they  would  have  perished  eternally, 
which  is  signified  by  the  words,  noio  lest  he  jmt  forth  his  hand, 
and  take  also  of  the  tree  of  lives,  and  eat,  and  live  for  ever.  Con- 
cerning this  it  may  be  observed  that  when  men  became  inverted 
as  to  the  order  of  their  life,  and  were  unwilling  to  live,  or  to 
become  wise  except  from  themselves  and  from  proprium,  then 
they  reasoned  about  everything  they  heard  respecting  faith, 
whether  it  were  so  or  not ;  and  because  it  was  from  themselves, 
from  their  own  sensual  and  scientific  things,  it  necessarily  led 
to  denial,  and  then,  also,  to  blasphemy  and  profanation,  so  that 
at  length  they  did  not  scruple  to  commingle  what  is  profane 
with  what  is  holy.  When  man  thus  acts  he  is  then  so  con- 
demned, that  in  the  other  life  there  remains  for  him  no  hope 
of  salvation.  For  the  ideas  commingled  by  profanation  remain 
associated,  so  that  whenever  a  holy  thought  presents  itself  to 
the  mind  it  does  so  conjoined  with  the  idea  of  something  pro- 
fane, and  consequently  prevents  the  possibility  of  being  any 
other  than  that  of  the  damned.  The  association  of  ideas  in  the 
mind  of  every  individual  is  exquisitely  perceived  in  the  other 
life,  even  by  spirits  in  the  world  of  spirits,  and  much  more  so 
by  angelic  spirits  ;  so  exquisitely,  indeed,  that  from  the  presence 
of  a  single  idea,  they  become  acquainted  with  a  man's  quality. 
The  separation  of  profane  and  holy  ideas,  when  thus  conjoined, 
cannot  be  effected,  except  by  means  of  such  infernal  torment, 
that  if  a  man  were  aware  of  it,  he  would  as  cautiously  avoid 
falling  into  profanation  as  into  Hell  itself. 

302.  The  Jews  were  so  prone  to  profanation  that  the  mys- 
teries of  faith  were  never  revealed  to  them,  so  that  it  was  never 
explicitly  declared  to  them  either  that  they  should  live  after 
death,  or  that  the  Lord  would  come  into  the  world  to  save  them. 
Nay,  they  were,  and  still  are,  kept  in  such  ignorance  and  blind- 
ness, that  they  neither  have  known  nor  now  know  of  the  exist- 
ence of  the  internal  man,  or  indeed  of  anything  internal ;  for 
had  they  known  these,  or  did  they  now  know,  so  as  to  acknow- 
ledge them,  such  is  their  nature  that  they  would  profane  them, 
and  thus  preclude  themselves  from  all  hope  of  salvation  in 

101 


:;o;V]  GENESIS. 

niiotluT  life.  This  is  what  is  meant  by  the  Lord  in  John :  "  He 
hath  hhntk'd  their  eyes,  and  closed  their  heart,  that  they  should 
not  see  with  their  eyes,  nor  understand  with  their  heart,  and 
be  converted,  and  1  should  heal  them"  (xii.  40).  This  is  the 
reason,  too,  why  the  Lord  spake  to  them  in  parables  without 
explaininjj;  to  them  their  meaning,  lest,  as  He  Himself  says, 
"  Seeing  they  should  see,  and  hearing  they  should  hear,  and 
understand"  (Matt.  xiii.  13).  On  the  same  account,  likewise, 
all  the  mysteries  of  faith  were  hidden  from  them,  and  concealed 
under  the  representatives  of  their  Church  ;  and  such  was  the 
style  of  the  prophetic  writings,  for  the  same  reason.  It  is, 
however,  one  thing  to  know,  and  another  to  acknowledge.  He 
whu  knows,  and  does  not  acknowledge,  is  as  if  he  knew  not ; 
but  it  is  he  who  acknowledges  and  afterwards  blasphemes  and 
profones,  who  is  meant  by  the  Lord. 

303.  ]\Ian  acquires  to  himself  a  life  according  to  the  persua- 
si(_»ns  which  he  embraces,  or,  in  other  words,  by  what  he  acknow- 
ledges and  believes.  That  of  which  he  is  not  persuaded,  or 
which  he  does  not  acknowledge  and  believe,  can  in  no  degree 
affect  his  mind  :  and  therefore  it  is  impossible  to  pn-ofane  what 
is  holy  without  a  previous  persuasion  and  acknowledgment  that 
it  is  so,  and  at  length  its  denial.  Those  who  may  know  but 
do  not  acknowledge,  are  as  if  they  knew  not,  or  like  persons 
acquainted  with  matters  of  no  consequence.  Such  were  the 
Jews  about  the  time  of  the  Lord's  Coming,  and  therefore  they 
are  said  in  the  Word  to  be  vastated,  that  is,  to  have  no  longer 
any  faith.  Under  these  circumstances,  it  does  a  people  no  injury 
to  have  the  interior  contents  of  the  Word  unfolded  to  them,  for 
they  are  as  persons  seeing,  and  yet  not  seeing ;  hearing,  and  yet 
not  hearing ;  and  whose  hearts  are  hardened  ;  of  whoni  the  Lord 
says  in  Isaiah  :  "  Go  and  tell  this  people.  Hear  in  hearing,  but 
understand  not ;  and  see  in  seeing,  but  know  not.  Make  the 
heart  of  this  people  fat,  and  make  their  ears  heavy,  and  shut 
their  eyes,  lest  they  see  with  their  eyes,  and  hear  with  their 
ears,  and  understand  with  their  heart,  and  be  converted,  and 
2  healed  "  (vi.  9, 10).  That  the  mysteries  of  faith  are  not  revealed 
previous  to  vastation,  or  the  entire  removal  of  faith,  lest,  as 
was  said  before,  they  should  be  profaned,  the  Lord  also  plainly 
declares  in  the  subsequent  verses  of  the  same  prophet :  "  Then 
said  I,  Lord,  how  long  ?  And  He  said,  Until  the  cities  are 
desolated,  so  that  there  be  no  inhabitant,  and  the  house,  so 
that  there  be  no  man,  and  the  land  be  desolated  with  desolation, 
and  Jehovah  have  removed  man"  (vi.  11,  12).  He  is  called  a 
man  who  is  wise,  or  who  acknowledges  and  believes.  Such  were 
the  Jews,  as  has  been  before  observed,  about  the  period  of  the 
Lord's  Commg;  and  for  the  same  reason  they  are  still  kept 
vastated  by  their  lusts,  and  particularly  by  their  avarice,  so  that 
though  they  heard  of  the  Lord  a  thousand  times,  and  that  the 
102 


CHAPTER  III.  23,  24.  [304-306. 

representatives  of  their  Church  are  significative  of  Him  as  to 
every  particular,  they  would  yet  acknowledge  and  believe 
nothing.  This  then  was  the  reason  why  the  antediluvians  were 
cast  out  of  the  garden  of  Eden  and  vastated,  so  as  to  be  no 
longer  capable  of  acknowledging  any  truth. 

304.  From  these  observations  it  appears  what  is  meant  by 
the  words,  lest  he  2^ut  forth  his  hand,  and  take  also  of  the  tree 
of  lives,  and  eat,  and  live  for  ever.  To  take  of  the  tree  of  lives, 
and  cat,  is  to  know  even  so  as  to  acknowledge  whatever  is  of 
love  and  faith  ;  for  lives  in  the  plural  are  love  and  faith,  and  to 
eat  signifies  here,  as  before,  to  know.  To  live  for  ever  is  not  to 
live  in  the  body  for  ever,  but  to  live  after  death  in  eternal  dam- 
nation. A  man  who  is  dead  [spiritually]  is  not  called  dead 
because  he  is  about  to  die  after  the  life  of  the  body,  but  because 
he  will  live  the  life  of  dccdh;  for  death  is  damnation  and  hell. 
The  expression  to  live  is  used  with  a  similar  signification  by 
Ezekiel :  "  Will  ye  hunt  the  souls  of  My  people,  and  make  to 
live  souls  to  you,  and  profane  Me  with  My  people,  slaying  the 
souls  which  should  not  die,  and  making  the  souls  to  live  which 
should  not  live"  (xiii.  18,  19). 

305.  Verse  23.  Therefore  Jehovah  God  sent  him  forth  from 
the  garden  of  Eden,  to  till  tlie  ground  from  whieh  he  was  taken. 
To  he  cast  out  of  the  garden  of  Eden  is  to  be  deprived  of  all 
intelligence  and  wisdom ;  and  to  till  the  ground  from  which  he 
was  taJccn  is  to  become  corporeal,  as  he  was  previous  to  regener- 
ation. That  to  he  cast  oid  of  the  garden  of  Eden  is  to  be  de- 
prived of  all  intelligence  and  wisdom,  is  manifest  from  the 
signification  of  a  garden,  and  of  Eden,  as  given  above ;  for  a 
garden  signifies  intelligence,  or  the  understanding  of  truth ; 
and  Eden,  because  it  refers  to  love,  signifies  wisdom,  or  the 
will  of  good.  That  to  till  the  ground  from  whieh  he  luas  taken 
signifies  to  become  corporeal,  such  as  he  was  before  regener- 
ation, was  shewn  above  (ver.  19),  where  a  similar  expression 
occurs. 

306.  Verse  24.  And  He  cast  out  the  man ;  and  He  made  cheru- 
him  to  dwell  in  the  east  towards  the  garden  of  Eden;  aiul  the 
flame  of  a  sword  turning  itself,  to  keep  the  loay  of  the  tree  of  lives. 

To  drive  out  the  man  is  to  deprive  him  entirely  of  all  the  will 
of  good  and  the  understanding  of  truth,  so  that  he  is  separated 
from  them,  and  is  no  longer  man.  To  make  cheruhim  to  dwell 
in  the  east  is  to  provide  against  his  entering  into  any  mystery 
of  faith ;  for  the  east  towards  the  garden  of  Eden  denotes  the 
Celestial  from  which  is  intelligence  ;  and  by  chcridjim  the 
Lord's  Providence  is  signified,  preventing  such  a  man  from 
entering  into  the  things  of  faith.  By  the  flame  of  a  sword 
turning  itself,  is  signified  self-love  with  its  unruly  desires  and 
consequent  persuasions,  which  are  such  that  he  wishes,  indeed, 
to  enter,  but  is  carried  away  thence  to  corporeal  and  terrestrial 

103 


:U17, 308.]  GENESIS. 

things,  aiul  tliis  for  the  purpose  of  kecjnnj  the  way  of  the  tree  of 
lives,  lest  lioly  tilings  should  be  profaned. 

307.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  sixth  and  seventh 
jvosterity,  which"  perished  by  the  flood,  and  were  altogether  cast 
out  of  the  Harden  of  Eden,  or  from  all  understanding  of  truth; 
and  thus  ceasing,  as  it  were,  to  be  vien,  they  were  left  to  their 
insane  lusts  and  persuasions. 

308.  As  the  significations  of  the  east  and  of  the  garden  of 
Eden  were  given  above,  it  is  needless  to  dwell  longer  on  them ; 
but  that  cherubim  denote  the  Lord's  Providence,  lest  man 
should  insanely  enter  into  the  mysteries  of  faith,  from  the 
jnvprinm  and  the  Sensual  and  Scientific,  and  thus  profane  them, 
and  destroy  himself,  might  be  demonstrated  by  all  the  passages 
in  the  Word,  where  mention  is  made  of  cheruMm.  Because  the 
Jews  were  of  such  a  quahty,  that  if  they  had  possessed  any 
clear  knowledge  concerning  the  Lord's  Coming,  the  representat- 
ives or  types  of  the  Church  significative  of  Him,  the  life  after 
death,  the  interior  man,  and  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word, 
they  would  have  profaned  it,  and  have  perished  eternally ; 
therefore  this  was  represented  by  the  cherubim  on  the  mercy- 
seat  over  tlie  ark,  over  the  curtains  of  the  tabernacle,  over  the 
veil,  and  also  in  the  temple ;  and  it  signified  that  the  Lord  had 
them  in  keeping  (Exod.  xxv.  18-21;  xxvi.  1,  31;  1  Kings 
vi.  23-29,  32)  Eor  the  ark,  in  which  was  the  testimony, 
signified  the  same  as  the  tree  of  lives  in  this  passage,  that  is, 
the  Lord,  and  the  celestial  things  which  belong  solely  to  the 
Lord.  Hence  also  the  Lord  is  so  often  called  the  God  of  Israel 
sitting  upon  the  cherubim,  and  hence  He  spake  with  Moses  and 

2  Aaron  between  the  cheriMm  (Exod.  xxv.  22 ;  Num.  vii.  89). 
This  is  plainly  described  in  Ezekiel,  where  it  is  said :  "  The  glory 
of  the  God  of  Israel  was  gone  up  from  the  cherub  whereupon 
He  was,  to  the  threshold  of  the  house.  And  He  called  to  the 
man  clotlied  with  linen,  and  said  to  him,  Go  through  the  midst 
of  the  city,  through  the  midst  of  Jerusalem,  and  set  a  mark 
upon  the  foreheads  of  the  men  who  sigh  and  who  cry  for  all 
the  abominations  done  in  the  midst  thereof.  And  to  the  others 
He  said.  Go  ye  after  him  through  the  city,  and  smite.  Let  not 
your  eye  spare,  neither  have  ye  pity  :  slay  utterly  the  old  and 
the  young,  and  the  virgin,  the  infant,  and  the  women ;  defile 
the  house,  and  fill  the  courts  with  the  slain"  (ix.  3-7).  And 
agam  :  "  He  said  to  the  man  clothed  with  linen,  Go  in  between 
the  wheels  even  under  the  cherub,  and  fill  thy  hands  with  coals 
(jf/'/-efrom  between  the  cherubim-,  and  scatter  them  over  the 
city.  And  a  cherub  stretched  forth  his  hand  from  between 
the  chcriibim  unto  the  fire  which  was  between  the  cherubim, 
and  took  thereof,  and  put  it  into  the  hands  of  him  that  was 
clothed  with  linen,  who  took  it  and  went  out "  (x  2  7)  From 
these  passages  it  is  evident  that  the  Lord's  Providence  pre- 


CHAPTER  III.  24.  [309,  310. 

venting  men  from  entering  into  the  mysteries  of  faith,  is  under- 
stood by  cherubim,  and  therefore  that  they  were  left  to  their 
insane  lusts ;  which  are  here  signified  by  the  fire  that  ivas  to  he 
scattered  over  the  city,  and  by  that  none  might  he  sjmred. 

309.  That  the  flame  of  a  sivord  turning  itself  signifies  self- 
love  with  its  insane  lusts  and  persuasions,  which  are  such 
indeed  as  to  desire  to  enter  [into  the  mysteries  of  faith],  but  are 
carried  thence  to  corporeal  and  terrestrial  things,  might  be  con- 
firmed by  as  many  passages  from  the  Word  as  would  fill  pages. 
AVe  will,  however,  only  make  the  following  quotations  from 
Ezekiel :  "  Prophesy  and  say,  Thus  saith  Jehovah  ;  Say,  A  sivord, 
a  sivord,  is  sharpened,  and  also  furbished :  it  is  sharpened  to 
make  a  sore  slaughter;  it  is  furbished  that  it  may  glitter. 
Let  the  sivord  be  doubled  the  third  time,  the  sivord  of  the  slain  ; 
the  sword  of  a  great  slaughter,  which  entereth  into  their  privy 
chambers,  that  their  heart  may  faint,  and  their  offences  be  mul- 
tiplied ;  it  is  made  bright,  it  is  wrapped  up  for  the  slaughter  " 
(xxi.  9,  10,  14,  15,  19,  20).  A  sivord  here  signifies  the  desola- 
tion of  man,  so  that  he  sees  nothing  which  is  good  and  true,  but 
mere  falsities  and  contrarieties,  denoted  by  multi2)lying  offences. 
It  is  also  said  in  Nahum,  of  those  who  desire  to  enter  into  the 
mysteries  of  faith :  "  The  horseman  lifteth  up  both  the  flame 
of  the  sword,  and  the  glittering  of  the  spear,  and  there  is  a 
multitude  of  slain  "  (iii.  3). 

310.  Each  particular  expression  in  this  verse  involves  so 
many  important  arcana,  applicable  to  the  genius  of  the  people 
who  perished  by  the  flood — a  genius  totally  different  from  that 
of  those  who  lived  subsequent  to  the  deluge — that  it  is  impos- 
sible to  explain  them.  It  may  be  briefly  stated  that  their  first 
parents,  who  constituted  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  were  celes- 
tial men,  and  had  consequently  celestial  seeds  implanted  in  their 
minds;  whence  their  descendants  possessed  in  themselves  seed 
of  a  celestial  origin.  Seed  from  a  celestial  origin  is  such  that 
love  rules  the  whole  mind  and  makes  it  a  one.  For  the  human 
mind  consists  of  two  parts,  the  will  and  the  understanding. 
Love  or  good  belongs  to  the  will,  faith  or  truth  to  the  under- 
standing ;  and  from  love  or  good  that  people  perceived  every- 
thing relating  to  faith  or  truth,  and  thus  their  mind  was  single, 
or  a  one.  With  the  posterity  of  such  a  race,  seed  of  the  same 
celestial  origin  necessarily  remains,  so  that  any  falling  away 
from  truth  and  good  on  their  part  is  attended  with  the  most 
dangerous  consequences,  since  their  whole  mind  becomes  so 
perverted  as  to  render  a  restoration  scarcely  possible  in  another 
life.  It  is  otherwise  with  those  who  do  not  possess  celestial  but 
only  spiritual  seed,  as  the  people  after  the  deluge,  and  also  the 
present  generation  of  mankind.  There  is  no  love  in  them, 
consequently  no  will  of  good,  luit  still  there  is  a  capacity 
of  receiving  faith,  or  the  understanding  of  truth,  by  means  of 

105 


;;il-;;i:V]  GENESIS. 

wliiih  soiiio  dogree  of  charity  can  be  induced,  althoiigli  by  a 
(lin'oreut  process,  namely,  by  the  insinuation  of  conscience  from 
the  Ltird,  from  the  knowledges  of  truth  and  of  tlie  good  thence. 
Such  a  state  is  obviously  altogether  different  from  that  of  the 
antediluvians,  of  whose  genius,  by  the  Lord's  Di^ine  mercy, 
more  will  be  said  hereafter.  These  are  arcana  with  wliich  the 
jtreseut  generation  of  mankind  are  utterly  unacquainted  ;  since 
in  modern  times  none  understand  the  nature  of  the  celestial 
man,  nor  even  that  of  the  spiritual  man,  still  less  the  quality 
of  the  human  mind  and  the  life  thence,  and  the  consequent 
state  after  death. 

:lll.  The  condition  of  those  who  perished  by  the  flood  is 
such  in  the  other  life,  that  they  cannot  exist  anywhere  in  the 
W(  )rld  of  spirits,  or  with  other  spirits,  but  are  in  a  hell  separated 
from  the  hells  of  others,  and  as  it  were  under  a  certain  moun- 
tain. This  appears  as  an  intermediate  mountain  in  consequence 
of  their  direful  fantasies  and  persuasions.  Their  fantasies  and 
persuasions  are  such  as  to  produce  so  profound  a  stupor  in 
other  spirits,  that  they  do  not  know  whether  they  are  alive  or 
dead ;  for  they  deprive  them  of  all  understanding  of  truth,  so 
that  they  can  perceive  nothing.  Such  also  was  their  persuasion 
during  their  abode  in  the  world.  And  because  it  was  foreseen 
that  in  another  life  they  would  be  incapable  of  associating  with 
other  spirits,  without  occasioning  in  them  an  appearance  of 
death,  they  were  all  destroyed,  and  the  Lord  of  His  Divine 
mercy  induced  other  states  on  those  who  lived  after  the  deluge. 

312.  In  this  verse,  the  state  of  these  antediluvians  is  fully 
described ;  as  that  they  were  cast  out,  or  separated  from  celestial 
good,  and  that  cherubim  were  made  to  dwell  in  the  cast  tovjards 
the  garden  of  Eden.  This  expression,  in  tlu,  east  toicards  the 
(jardcn  of  Eden,  is  only  applicable  to  them ;  for,  had  the  suc- 
ceeding generation  Ijeen  spoken  of,  it  would  have  been  said,  in 
the  fjarden  of  Eden  toicards  the  cast.  In  like  manner,  had  the 
words,  the  flame  of  a  sivord  turning  itself  been  applied  to  the 
present  race  of  men,  they  would  have  been  transposed  thus— 
the  sword  of  aflame  turning  itself  Nor  would  it  have  been  said 
the  tree  of  lives,  but  the  tree  of  life  ;  not  to  mention  other  things 
inthe  arrangement  of  the  words  which  cannot  be  explained, 
being  understood  only  by  the  angels,  to  whom  the  Lord  reveals 
them :  for  every  particular  state  contains  infinite  arcana,  not 
even  one  of  which  is  known  to  mankind. 

31.3.  From  what  is  here  stated  respecting  the  first  man,  it 
is  manifest  that  all  hereditary  evil  existing  at  the  present  day 
was  not  derived  from  him,  as  is  commonly,  but  falsely,  supposed. 
J^  or  It  IS  the  Most  Ancient  Church  that  is  here  treated  of  under 
the  name  of  man;  and  when  it  is  called  Adam,  it  signifies  that 
'//irr/i  was  formed  from  the  ground,  or  that,  by  regeneration  from 
llie  Lord  he  was  made  truly  a  man,  who  was  not  so  previously. 
106  ^  '' 


CHAPTEE  III.  24  [314-316. 

This  is  the  origin  and  signification  of  the  name.  Hereditary 
evil,  however,  is  such  that  from  it  every  one  who  commits 
actual  sin  acquires  to  himself  a  nature,  whence  evil  is  implanted 
in  his  children,  and  becomes  hereditary.  Conseqviently  it  is 
derived  from  every  particular  parent ;  from  the  father,  grand- 
father, great-grandfather,  and  ancestors  in  succession,  and  is 
thus  multiplied  and  augmented  in  each  descending  posterity ; 
remaining  with  each  and  being  increased  in  each  by  his  actual 
sins,  and  never  becoming  dissipated  or  losing  its  baneful  in- 
fluence, except  in  those  who  are  regenerated  by  the  Lord. 
Every  attentive  observer  may  see  evidence  of  this  truth  in  the 
fact,  that  the  evil  inclinations  of  parents  remain  visibly  in  their 
children,  so  that  a  family,  yea,  an  entire  race,  may  be  thereby 
distinguished  from  every  other. 


CONTINUATION   CONCEKNING   MAN  S   ENTRANCE   INTO   ETEENAL 

LIFE. 

314.  When  the  resuscitated  being,  or  soul,  enjoys  the  Icnefit 
of  light,  so  as  to  he  enabled  to  look  around  him,  the  spiritual 
angels,  of  whom  ive  before  spoke,  sheio  him  every  attention  which 
he  can  desire  in  that  state,  and  instruct  him  respecting  the  things 
if  the  other  life,  so  far  as  he  is  in  a  ccqyacity  to  bear  it.  Should 
he  be  in  faith,  and,  desire  it,  they  also  point  out  to  him  the 
wonderful  and  magnificent  scenes  of  heaven. 

315.  If,  however,  the  resiLscitated  person,  or  said,  is  not  of 
such  a  disposition  as  to  desire  instruction,  he  then  tuishes  to  separ- 
ate himself  from  the  society  of  the  angels.  Of  this  the  angels 
have  an  exquisite  perception,  since,  in  the  other  life,  there  is  a 
communication  of  all  the  ideas  of  thought ;  and  ivhen  he  desires 
to  separate  from  them,  they  do  not  even  then  leave  him,  but  he 
disunites  himself  from  them.  The  angels  love  every  one,  and 
desire  nothing  more  than  to  do  him  services,  to  instruct  him,  and 
to  convey  him  to  heaven,  for  herein  co7isists  their  chief  delight. 

316.  When  the  soid  thus  separates  himself,  he  is  received  by 
good  spirits,  who  likewise  do  him  all  kind  offices  whilst  he  is  in 
fellowship  with  them.  If,  however,  his  life  in  the  world  was 
such  that  he  cannot  remain  associated  with  the  good,  he  seeks  to  be 
disunited  from  them  also ;  and  this  separation  is  repeated  again 
and  again,  until  he  associates  himself  with  those  whose  state 
entirely  agrees  with  that  of  his  former  life  in  the  world,  among 
whom  he  finds,  as  it  were,  his  own  life.  They  then,  wonderful  to 
relate,  live  together  a  life  of  a  similar  quality  to  that  which  had 
constituted  their  riding  deliglit  when  in  the  body.     On  rctui'ning 

107 


317-319.J  GEXESIS. 

inio  this  li/i',  ichich  appears  to  them  as  a  neiu  coriimencc7ncnt  of 
c.ristcwc,  some  after  a  longer  and  others  after  a  shorter  space  of 
time  arc  carried  thence  towards  hell;  whilst  such  as  have  been  in 
faith  towards  the  Lord  are  led  hj  degrees  from  this  iievj  heginniny 
of  life  to  heaven. 

317.  Some  are,  however,  conveyed  more  slowly,  and  others 
more  speedily  to  heaven.  Indeed,  I  liave  seen  those  vjho  were 
elevated  to  heaven  immediately  after  death.  I  am  permitted  to 
mention  only  two  examples. 

318.  A  certain  spirit  came  and  discoursed  with  me,  who,  it 
was  evident  from  some  appearances  ahout  him,  had  only  lately 
died.  At  first  he  knew  not  where  he  was,  supposing  himself  still 
to  he  in  the  world;  hut  lohen  he  became  conscious  of  having 
entered  upon  another  mode  of  existence,  and  tliat  he  nx)  longer  pos- 
sessed anything, — as  house,  ivealth,  and  the  like, — being  in  another 
kingdom,  where  he  was  deprived  of  all  he  hoA  in  the  worM,  he 
was  seized  with  anxiety,  and  knev:  not  where  to  betake  himself,  or 
v:hither  to  go  for  a  'place  of  abode.  He  ivas  then  informed  that 
the  Lord  alone  provides  for  him.  and  for  all ;  and  was  left  to  him- 
self that  his  thoughts  might  take  their  ivontcd  direction,  as  in  the 
world.  He  now  considered  (for  in  another  life  the  thoughts  of  all 
nuiy  he  plainly  'perceived)  what  he  must  do,  being  deprived  of  all 
oneans  of  subsistence;  and  whilst  in  this  state  of  anxiety,  he  was 
brought  into  association  with  some  celesticd  spirits,  who  belonged. 
to  the  province  of  the  heart,  and  %oho  shewed  him  every  attention 
that  he  could  desire.  This  being  done,  he  was  again  left  to  him- 
self; and  beginning  to  consider ,  from  a  princi2)le  of  charity,  how 
he  might  repay  so  great  kindness,  it  teas  evident  from  this,  that 
whilst  he  lived  in  the  body  he  had  been  in  the  charity  of  faith, 
and  he  loas  therefore  taken  up  straightway  into  heaven. 

319.  /  horve  also  seen  immediately  translated  into  heaven  by 
the  angels,  another  person  who  was  accepted  by  the  Lord,  and 
shewn  the  glory  of  heaven;  not  to  mention  much  other  experience 
respecting  some  who  ivere  translated  after  a  lapse  of  time. 


108 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTER   FOUETH. 


THE   NATURE   OF   THE   LIFE   OF   THE    SOUL   OR    SPIRIT, 

320.  With  respect  to  the  general  circumstances  relating  to 
tlte  mode  of  life  of  souls,  or  fresh  sjnrits,  after  death,  it  was 
demonstrated  to  me,  on  numerous  occasiotis,  that  when  a  man 
enters  upon  eternal  life,  he  is  utterly  unconseio2is  of  it,  imagining 
himself  to  he  still  in  the  world,  yea,  in  his  body.  Hence,  on  being 
informed  that  he  is  a  spirit,  he  is  all  uvnder  and  astonishment, 
hoth  because  he  is  altogether  like  a  man  as  to  his  senses,  desires, 
and  thoughts,  and  because  he  did  not  believe,  during  his  abode  in 
the  'ivorld,  that  he  was  a  spirit,  or  {as  is  the  case  ivith  some)  that 
a  spirit  could  be  what  he  now  finds  himself 

321.  Another  circumstance  to  be  noted,  is,  that  a  spirit  enjoys 
much  more  excellent  sensitive  facidties,  and  far  superior  poimrs 
of  thinking  and  speaking,  than  when  living  in  the  body,  so  that 
the  former  state  scarcely  admits  of  com^xtrison  tenth  the  latter ; 
although  this  is  unknown  to  the  spirits  before  they  are  gifted  with 
reflection  by  the  Lord. 

322.  Care  shoidd  be  taken  not  to  give  credence  to  the  erro- 
neous opinion,  that  spirits  do  not  possess  far  more  exquisite  sen- 
sations than  during  the  life  of  the  body ;  for  I  have  been  convinced 
to  the  contrary  by  experience  repeated  thousands  of  times.  Shoidd 
any  be  unwilling  to  believe  this  fact,  in  consequence  of  their  pre- 
supposed ideas  concerning  the  ncdurc  of  spirit,  let  them  ascertain 
for  themselves  when  they  come  into  another  life,  where  they  will 
be  compelled  to  believe  by  their  oivn  experience.  Spirits  not  only 
possess  the  faculty  of  sight,  for  they  live  in  light — and  the  good 
spirits,  angelic  spirits,  and  angels,  in  such  light — that  the  mid- 
day light  of  this  world  cannot  be  compared  to  it.  Of  the  light 
in  which  they  divell,  and  by  which  they  see,  we  shcdl,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  subsequently  treat.  They  enjoy  cdso  the  poiver  of 
hearing,  and  that  in  so  exquisite  a  degree  as  ineomp)arably  to 
exceed  what  they  p)ossessed  in  the  body ;  of  which,  in  my  almost 
constant  conversations  with  them,  noiv  for  some  years,  I  have  had 
repeated  opportiLnity  of  being  convinced.  The  nature  of  their 
speech,  and  the  sense  of  smell  they  also  possess,  will,  by  the  Lord's 

109 


32:1]  GENESIS. 

JMi'iiir  mercy,  he  considered  licreafter.  They  liavc,  hcsidcs,  a  most 
f.wuisitc  sense  of  touch,  whence  come  the  pains  and  torments 
rndu red  in  hell ;  for  all  sensations  have  relatioii  to  the  touch,  of 
2  uhich  they  are  merely  diversities  ami  varieties.  Their  desires 
and  affections,  moreover,  areheyond  comparison  stronger  than  those 
jMK-isessed  duriny  the  life  of  the  body ;  hut  more  ivill  he  said  on 
this  suhjecf,hy  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  follovnny  pages. 
Men  think  also,  after  death,  luith  greater  perspicacity  a.nd  distinct- 
ni'ss  t Jul 71  during  their  2>revious  life:  for  in  a  sjnritticd  state  of 
being  more  is  involved  in  one  idea  than  in  a  thousand  whilst  in 
the  natural  life.  If  it  were  possible  for  men  here  to  -perceive  vnth 
what  acidencss,  pcnetratio7i,  sagacity,  and  clearness,  spirits  con- 
verse with  each  other,  they  would  he  2^erfectly  amazed.  In  a  word, 
man  loses  nothing  hy  death,  hut  is  still  a  man  in  cdl  respects, 
although  more  perfect  than  when  in  the  hocly,  having  east  off  his 
bones  and  flesh,  and  the  inqjerfcctions  which  necessarily  attend 
tJiem.  Spirits  acknowledge  and  pierccive,  that  whilst  they  lived  in 
the  body  their  sensations  were  those  of  tlie,  soul,  and  although  they 
seemed  to  be  in  the  body,  they  ivcre  still  incorporeal,  and,  there- 
fore, when  the  body  is  laid  aside,  sensations  exist  in  a,  much  more 
exquisite  and  perfect  state.  Life  consists  in  sensation,  since  with- 
out senscdion  there  can  he  no  life,  and  such  as  the  sensation  is, 
such  is  the  life, — a  fact  tchich  all  have  the  capacity  of  krwunng. 

323.  At  the  end  of  the  chapter,  several  examples  will  be  given 
of  persons  entertaining  opinions  during  their  abode  in  this  vjorld 
rtintrary  to  those  advanced  above. 


CHAriER  IV 


1.  And  tho  Man  knew  Eve  his  wife,  and  she  conceived,  and 
bare  Cain  ;  and  said,  I  have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah. 

2.  And  she  again  bare  his  brother  Abel.  And  Abel  was  a 
.shepherd  of  the  Hock,  but  Cain  was  a  tiller  of  the  ground. 

3.  And  at  the  end  of  days  it  came  to  pass,  that  Cain  brought 
of  the  fruit  of  the  gTound  an  offering  to  Jehovah. 

4.  And  Abel,  he  also  brought  of  the  firstlings  of  his  flock, 
and  of  the  fat  thereof.  And  Jehovah  had  respect  unto  Abel 
and  to  his  offering : 

5.  And  to  Cain  and  to  his  offering  He  had  not  respect.  And 
Cain  was  very  wroth,  and  his  faces  fell. 

G.  And  Jeliovah  said  unto  Cain,  Why  art  tliou  wroth  ?  and 
why  are  thy  faces  fallen  ? 

7.  If  thou  doest  well,  art  thou  not  exalted  ?  and  if  thou  doest 
not  well  sin  lietli  at  the  door.     And  to  thee  is  his  desire,  and 
tiiou  Shalt  rule  over  him. 
110 


CHAPTEE  IV. 

8.  And  Cain  spoke  to  Abel  his  brother ;  and  it  came  to  pass 
when  they  were  in  the  field,  that  Cain  rose  up  against  Abel  his 
brother,  and  slew  him. 

9.  And  Jehovah  said  to  Cain,  AVhere  is  Abel  thy  brother  ? 
And  he  said,  I  know  not :  am  I  my  Ijrother's  keeper  ? 

10.  And  He  said,  What  hast  thou  done  ?  the  voice  of  thy 
brother's  bloods  crieth  to  Me  from  the  ground. 

11.  And  now  art  thou  cursed  from  the  ground,  which  hath 
opened  its  mouth  to  receive  thy  brother's  bloods  from  thy  hand. 

12.  When  thou  tillest  the  ground,  it  shall  not  henceforth 
yield  unto  thee  its  strength ;  a  fugitive  and  a  A'agabond  shalt 
thou  be  in  the  earth. 

13.  And  Cain  said  to  Jehovah,  Mine  inquity  is  too  great  to 
be  removed. 

14.  Behold,  Thou  hast  driven  me  out  this  day  from  the  faces 
of  the  ground;  and  from  Thy  faces  shall  I  be  hid,  and  I  shall 
be  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  in  the  earth  ;  and  it  shall  come  to 
pass  that  every  one  that  tindeth  me  shall  slay  me. 

15.  And  Jehovah  said  to  him,  Therefore  whosoever  slayeth 
Cain,  vengeance  shall  be  taken  on  him  sevenfold.  And  Jehovah 
set  a  mark  upon  Cain,  lest  any  one  finding  him  should  smite 
him. 

16.  And  Cain  went  out  from  the  faces  of  Jehovah,  and 
dwelt  in  the  land  of  Nod,  toward  the  east  of  Eden. 

17.  And  Cain  knew  his  wife,  and  she  conceived  and  bare 
Enoch  :  and  he  was  building  a  city,  and  called  the  name  of  the 
city  after  the  name  of  his  son,  Enoch. 

18.  And  unto  Enoch  was  born  Irad ;  and  Irad  begat  Mehu- 
jael ;  and  Mehujael  began  Methusael ;  and  Methusael  begat 
Lamech. 

19.  And  Lamech  took  unto  him  two  wives ;  the  name  of 
one  was  Adah,  and  the  name  of  the  other  Zillah. 

20.  And  Adah  bare  Jabal ;  he  was  the  father  of  all  such  as 
dwell  in  tents,  and  of  cattle. 

21.  And  his  brother's  name  was  Jubal;  he  was  the  father  of 
all  such  as  play  upon  the  harp  and  the  organ. 

22.  And  Zillah,  she  also  bare  Tubal-Cain,  an  instructor  of 
every  artificer  in  brass  and  iron :  and  the  sister  of  Tubal-Cain 
was  Naamah. 

23.  And  Lamech  said  unto  his  wives  Adah  and  Zdlah  :  Hear 
my  voice,  ye  wives  of  Lamech ;  and  with  your  ears  perceive  my 
speech,  for  I  have  slain  a  man  to  my  wounding,  and  a  little  one 
to  my  bruising. 

24.  If  Cain  shall  be  avenged  sevenfold,  truly  Lamech  seventy 
and  sevenfold. 

25.  And  the  Man  knew  his  wife  again ;  and  she  bare  a  son, 
and  called  his  name  Seth  :  for  God  hath  replaced  to  me  another 
seed  instead  of  Abel,  because  Cain  hath  slain  him. 

Ill 


324-333.]  GENESIS. 

20.  And  to  Seth,  to  liim  also  there  was  born  a  son ;  and  he 
i;illed  liis  name  Enos :  then  began  they  to  call  upon  the  name 
iif  Jehovah. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


324.  The  Word  here  treats  of  doctrines  separate  from  the 
Church,  or  of  heresies  ;  and  of  a  new  Church  afterwards  raised 
up,  calknl  £nos. 

325.  The  j\Iost  Ancient  Church  possessed  faith  in  tlie  Lord 
througli  the  medium  of  love ;  but  there  were  some  who  separ- 
ated faith  from  love.  The  doctrine  of  faith  separated  from  love 
was  called  Cain;  and  charity,  which  is  love  towards  the  neigh- 
bour, Ahel,  verses  1,  2. 

826.  The  worship  of  each  is  described,  that  of  faith  separate 
from  charity  by  the  offering  of  Cain,  and  tliat  of  charity  by  the 
(ffcrinf/  of  Abel,  verses  3,  4.  That  worship  from  charity  was 
acceptable,  but  not  worship  from  faith  alone,  verses  4,  5. 

327.  That  the  state  of  those  who  were  in  faith  alone  became 
evil,  is  described  by  Cain's  anger  being  Jcindled,  cmd  his  counte- 
'iiancc  falling,  verses  5,  6. 

328.  That  the  quality  of  faith  is  known  by  charity  ;  and  that 
charity  wishes  to  abide  with  faith,  if  faith  does  not  assume  the 
pre-eminence,  and  exalt  itself  above  charity,  verse  7. 

329.  That  charity  is  extinguished  with  such  as  have  separ- 
ated faith,  and  preferred  it  to  charity,  is  described  by  Cain's 
daying  his  brother  Abel,  verses  8,  9. 

330.  Charity  extinguished  is  called  the  voice  of  bloods,  verse 
10;  perverse  doctrine,  the  curse  from  the  ground,  verse  11. 
Falsity  and  the  evil  thence  are  the  fugitive  and  vagabond  in 
the  earth,  verse  12.  And  as  they  averted  themselves  from 
th^e  Lord,  that  they  were  in  danger  of  eternal  death,  verses 
13,  14.  But  because,  by  means  o"f  faith,  charity  was  after- 
wards to  be  implanted,  it  was  made  inviolable;  and  this  is 
signified  by  the  mark  set  upon  Cain,  verse  15.  And  its  removal 
from  its  former  situation  is  denoted  by  Cain's  dwelling  tou-ards 
the  east  of  Eden,  verse  16. 

331.  The  heresy  thus  extended  is  called  Enoch,  verse  17. 
332._  The  heresies  thence  originating,  each  by  its  respective 

name,  in  the  last  of  which,  denominated  Zamech,  there  was 
nothing  of  faith  remaining,  verse  18. 

333   A  new  Church  then  arose,  which  is  understood  by  Adah 

and  Zdlah,  and  described  by  their  sons  Jabal,  Jubal,  and  Tubal- 

tT'i    ?      celestial  things  of  the  Church  were  represented  by 

Jabal,  the  spiritual  by  Jid)al,  and  the  natural  by  Tid}al-Cain, 

verses  19-22. 

112 


CHAPTEIl  IV.  [334-337. 

334.  The  origin  of  that  Church,  when  everything  of  faith 
and  charity  was  extinguished,  and  violence  done  to  what  was 
most  sacred,  is  described  in  verses  23,  2-4. 

335.  A  general  recapitulation  of  the  subject  is  given.  After 
i'aith,  signified  by  Cain,  was  separated  from  charity,  a  new  faitli 
was  given  by  the  Lord,  whereby  charity  was  implanted.  This 
faith  is  denominated  Scth,\er&e  25. 

336.  The  charity  implanted  by  faith  is  called  Unos,  or  another 
man,  which  is  the  name  of  that  Church,  verse  26. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 


337.  Since  this  chapter  treats  of  the  degeneracy  of  the 
]\Io3t  Ancient  Church,  or  tlie  falsification  of  its  doctrine,  and 
consequently  of  heresies  and  sects,  under  the  names  of  Cain  and 
Jii,<  descendants,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  there  is  no  possibility 
of  understanding  how  doctrine  was  falsified,  or  what  was  the 
nature  of  the  heresies  and  sects  of  that  Church,  unless  the 
([uality  of  the  true  Church  be  rightly  understood.  Enough  has 
been  said  above  concerning  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  shewing 
tliat  it  was  a  celestial  man,  and  acknowledged  no  other  faith 
than  such  as  was  connected  with  love  towards  the  Lord  and  the 
neighbour.  By  means  of  that  love  from  the  Lord,  they  obtained 
faith,  or  a  perception  of  all  its  truths,  and  were  therefore 
unwilling  to  speak  of  faith,  lest  it  should  be  separated  from  love, 
as  was  shewn  above  (nos.  200,  203).  Such  is  the  nature  of  the  ^ 
celestial  man  ;  and  in  this  character  he  is  described  in  David  by 
representatives,  where  the  Lord  is  spoken  of  as  the  King,  and 
the  celestial  man  as  the  King's  so7i :  "  Give  the  King  Thy  judg- 
ments, 0  God,  and  Thy  righteousness  to  the  King's  son.  The 
mountains  shall  bring  peace  to  the  people,  and  the  hills,  by 
righteousness.  They  shall  fear  Thee  as  long  as  the  sun  and 
moon  endure  throughout  all  generations.  In  his  days  shall  the 
righteous  flourish,  and  abundance  of  peace,  until  there  be  no 
moon  "  (Ixxii.  1,  3,  5,  7).  By  the  sun,  love  is  signified ;  by  the 
■moon,  faith ;  by  mountains  and  hills,  the  Most  Ancient  Church  ; 
])y  throughout  all  generations,  the  Churches  after  the  flood; 
until  there  he  no  moon,  denotes  that  faith  will  become  love  (see 
also  what  is  said  in  Isaiah  xxx.  26).  Such  was  the  nature  of  the  3 
Most  Ancient  Church  and  of  its  doctrine ;  but  the  case  is  far 
( itlierwdse  at  the  present  day ;  for  now  faith  precedes  charity, 
and  by  means  of  faith,  charity  is  given  by  the  Lord ;  and  then 
charity  takes  the  precedence.  It  hence  follows  that  doctrine 
became  falsified  in  ancient  times  when  men  made  confession  of 
faith,  and  thus  separated  it  from   love.     Those  who  falsified 

VOL.  I.  H  113 


338-341.]  GENESIS. 

iloctrine  in  this  wav,  or  separated  faith  from  love,  or  acknow- 
leiiged  faith  alone,  were  there  denominated  Cain.  And  such  a 
thinti  wa.^,  in  them,  a  great  enormity. 

338.  Verse  1.  And  the  Man  hieiv  Eve  his  wife,  and  she  con- 
ceimtand  hare  Cain:  and  said,  I  have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah. 
\W  the  man  and  his  wife  the  Most  Ancient  Church  is  signified, 
as  has  been  shewn  above.  Its  first  offspring  or  first-born  is 
faith,  which  is  here  called  Cain ;  the  saying,  /  have  gotten  a 
man,  Jehovah,  signifies  that,  with  sucli  as  are  called  Cain,  faith 
is  known  and  acknowledged  in  a  distinct  form. 

339.  In  the  three  foregoing  chapters  it  was  so  abundantly 
shewn  that  by  tlie  man  and  his  ivife  the  Most  Ancient  Church 
is  signified,  that  on  this  point  there  can  remain  no  doubt ;  and 
this^being  admitted,  it  is  evident  that  tlie  conception  and  off- 
.><pring  of  that  Church  can  be  no  other  than  what  has  been  stated. 
It  was  customary  with  the  most  ancient  people  to  give  names 
by  which  they  represented  events,  and  thus  framed  a  genealogy. 
For  whatever  has  relation  to  the  Church  may  be  considered  in 
this  light,  since  one  faith  is  conceived  and  born  of  another,  like 
an  ordinary  generation.  Hence  it  is  common  in  the  Word  to 
name  various  circumstances  relating  to  the  Church,  conceptions, 
births,  offspring,  infants,  little  children,  sons,  daughicrs,  young 
men,  etc.     The  prophetical  books  abound  with  such  expressions. 

340.  That  she  said,  /  have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah,  signifies 
tliat  with  such  as  are  called  Cain,  faith  is  known  and  acknow- 
ledged as  a  thing  by  itself,  is  evident  from  what  was  said  in  the 
introduction  to  this  chapter.  They  had  been,  as  it  w^ere,  pre- 
viously ignorant  of  faith  as  a  separate  object  of  thought,  because 
they  had  a  perception  of  whatever  related  to  it ;  but,  when  they 
began  to  make  a  distinct  doctrine  of  faith,  they  then  collected 
together  the  truths  which  they  had  perceived,  and  reduced  them 
into  doctrine,  calling  it,  /  have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah,  as  if  they 
had  found  out  somewhat  new  ;  and  thus,  what  was  before 
inscribed  on  the  heart  became  a  mere  matter  of  knowledge.  In 
ancient  times  they  gave  every  new  thing  a  name,  and  explained 
what  the  name  implied  by  particular  sayings.  Thus  the  signi- 
fication of  the  name  Ishmael  is  explained  by  the  saying,  ''Jehovah 
hath  heard  his  ajfliction"  (Gen.  xvi.  11);  that  of  Beuhen  by  the 
expression,  "Jehovah  hath  looked  upon  thij  afiiction"  (Gen. 
xxix.  33);  the  name  Simeon  by  the  saying,  "Jehovah  hath 
heard  that  I  was  hated"  (Gen.  xxix.  33) ;  and  that  of  Jvdah 
by,  "  Noio  will  I  praise  Jehovah "  (ver.  35).  The  altar  built 
by  Moses  was  called  "  Jehovah  my  Banner"  (Ex.  xvii.  15);  and 
in  like  manner  the  doctrine  of  faith  is  here  denominated,  "  / 
have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah"  or  Cain. 

341.  Verse  2.  And  she  again  hare  his  brother  Abel.  And 
Abel  was  a  shepherd  of  the  flock,  but  Cain  was  a  tiller  of  the 
ground.     The  second  offspring  of  the  Church  is  charity,  which 

114  ^ 


CHAPTER  IV.  2.  [342-344 

is  signified  by  the  term  Abel  and  brother.  A  shepherd  of  the 
tlock  denotes  one  who  exercises  the  good  of  charity ;  a  tiller  of 
the  ground  denotes  one  wlio  is  destitute  of  charity,  although 
in  faitli  separate  from  love,  which,  indeed,  is  no  faith. 

342.  That  the  second  offspring  of  the  Cliurch  is  charity,  is 
evident  from  the  fact  that  the  Church  conceives  and  brings 
forth  nothing  else  than  faith  and  charity.  The  same  is  signi- 
fied by  the  first  children  of  Leah  by  Jacob ;  Reubeyi  denoting 
faith,  Simeon  faith  in  act,  and  Levi  charity  (Gen,  xxix.  32,  33, 
34) ;  wherefore  also  the  tribe  oi  Levi  received  the  priesthood,  and 
represented  the  sheplicrd  of  the  flock.  Since  charity  is  another 
offspring  of  the  Church,  it  is  called  brother,  and  named  Abel. 

343.  That  a  shepherd  of  the  flock  is  one  who  exercises  the 
good  of  charity,  must  l)e  obvious  to  every  one,  this  expression 
being  commonly  used  in  the  Word  of  the  Old  and  New  Testa- 
ments, He  who  leads  and  teaches  is  denominated  ct  shepherd, 
and  those  who  are  led  and  taught  are  called  tlte  flock.  He  who 
does  not  lead  to  and  teach  the  good  of  charity,  is  not  a  true 
shepherd. ;  and  he  who  is  not  led  to  good,  and  does  not  learn 
what  is  good,  is  not  of  the  flock.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to 
confirm  this  signification  of  shepherd  and  flock  by  quotations 
from  the  Word ;  we  will,  however,  adduce  the  following  passages. 
It  is  written  in  Isaiah :  "  The  Lord  sliall  give  the  rain  of  thy 
seed,  that  thou  shaft  sow  the  ground  withal ;  and  bread  of  the 
increase  of  the  ground.  In  that  day  shall  He  feed  thy  cattle  in 
a  large  pasture  "  (xxx.  23).  In  this  passage,  bread  of  the  increase 
of  the  ground  denotes  charity.  Again :  "  The  Lord  Jehovah 
shall  feed  His  flock  like  a  shepiierd ;  He  shall  gather  the  lambs 
with  His  arm,  and  carry  them  in  His  bosom,  and  shall  gently 
lead  those  that  are  with  young"  (xl.  11).  In  David:  "Give 
ear,  0  Shepherd  of  Israel,  Thou  that  Icadest  Joseph  like  o.  flock  ; 
Thou  that  dwellest  between  the  cherubim,  shine  forth"  (Ps. 
Ixxx.  1).  In  Jeremiah  :  "  I  have  likened  the  daughter  of  Zion 
to  a  comely  and  delicate  woman  ;  the  shepherds  with  their  flocks 
shall  come  unto  her ;  they  shall  pitch  their  tents  near  to  her 
round  about ;  they  shall  feed  every  one  in  his  place  "  (vi.  2,  3). 
In  Ezekiel :  "  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  I  will  increase 
them  like  2^  flock  of  men,  as  a  \\o\^  flock,  as  \\\q,  flock  of  Jerusalem 
in  her  solemn  feasts ;  so  shall  the  waste  cities  be  filled  with 
flocks  of  men  "  (xxxvi.  37,  38).  And  again  in  Isaiah  :  "  All  the 
-flocks  of  Kedar  shall  be  gathered  together  unto  thee,  the  rams 
of  Nebaioth  shall  minister  unto  thee  "  (Ix.  7).  Such  as  lead  the, 
Hock  to  the  good  of  charity,  gather  the  flock,  but  those  who  do 
not  so  lead  them,  disperse  the  flock ;  for  all  gathering  together, 
and  all  union,  proceed  from  charity,  whilst  the  origin  of  all 
dispersion  and  disunion  is  in  a  want  of  charity. 

344.  What  is  the  purpose  of  faith,  or  of  the  science,  know- 
ledge, and  doctrine  of  faith,  but  that  man  may  become  such  as 

115 


:U5-348.]  GENESIS. 

faith  li'iu'hes  I  The  primary  tiling  which  it  teaches  is  charity 
(Mark  xii.  28-35  ;  Matt.  xxil.  34-39).  This  is  the  end  of  all 
ti)  which  failh  looks.  If  this  object  be  not  attained,  what  is 
kiiowledm'  or  doctrine  but  an  empty  nothing  ? 

34').  That  a  tilhv  of  the  ground  denotes  one  who  is  destitute 
of  charity,  although  in  faith  separate  from  love — which  is  no 
faith  at  all— is  plain  from  the  circumstances  which  follow, 
namely,  that  Jehovah  had  no  respect  to  his  offering,  and  that  he 
slew  Ins  brother,  or  destroyed  charity,  which  is  signified  by  Ahd. 
They  were  said  to  till  the  ground,  who  regard  corporeal  and  ter- 
restrial objects.  This  is  evident  from  what  is  related  in  the 
third  chapter  (vers.  19-23),  where  it  is  said  that  the  man  was 
rant  out  of  the  garden  of  Eden  to  till  the  ground. 

34G.  ^''erse  3.  And  at  the  end  of  days  it  came  to  pass,  that 
Cain  brought  of  the  fruit  of  the  ground  an  offering  to  Jehovah. 
liy  the  end  of  days  is  understood  in  course  of  time;  hy  fruit 
of  the  ground,  works  of  faith  without  charity ;  and  by  an  offering 
to  Jehovah,  worship  thence. 

347.  It  must  be  ob^dous  to  every  one  that  by  tlie  end  of  days 
is  signified  in  course  of  time.  This  doctrine,  here  denominated 
Cain,  does  not  appear  to  have  been  so  unacceptable  when  first 
pronndgated  and  received  in  simplicity  as  it  became  afterwards. 
This  is  evident  from  the  circumstance  that  they  called  the 
oflspring  a  man  gotten,  Jehovah.  Thus  at  its  origin  faith  was 
not  so  far  separated  from  love  as  in  the  end  of  days,  or  in  the 
course  of  time ;  which,  indeed,  is  the  case  with  every  doctrine 
of  true  faith. 

348.  That  works  of  faith  without  charity  are  signified  by  the 
fruit  of  the  ground,  appears  from  what  follows ;  for  works  of 

faith  without  charity  are  works  of  infidelity,  being  in  themselves 
dead,  and  the  product  of  the  external  man  alone.  Of  these  it 
is  written  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Wherefore  doth  the  way  of  the  wicked 
prosper  ?  Thou  hast  planted  them,  yea,  they  have  taken  root ; 
they  grow,  yea,  they  bring  forth  fruit ;  Thou  art  near  in  their 
mouth,  but  far  from  their  reins.  How  long  shall  the  land 
mourn,  and  the  herbs  of  every  field  wither  ? "  (xii.  1,  2,  4). 
[They  with  whom  the  Lord  is]  near  in  the  mouth  hut  far  from 
the  reins,  are  such  as  act  from  faith  separate  from  charity,  con- 
cernmg  whom  it  is  predicated  that  the  land  mourns.  [Such 
works]  are  also  called  the  fruit  of  their  doings,  in  the  same 
prophet:  "The  heart  is  deceitful  above  all  things,  and  de- 
sperately wicked ;  who  can  know  it  ?  I,  Jehovah,  search  the 
heart ;  I  try  the  reins,  even  to  give  to  every  man  according  to 
his  ways,  and  according  to  the  fruit  of  his  doings"  (xvii.  9,l0). 
So  in  Micah :  "  The  land  shall  be  desolate  because  of  them  that 
dwell  therein,  for  the  fncit  of  their  doings  "  (vii.  13).  But  it  is 
declared  that  such  fruit  is  no  fruit,  or  that  the  work  is  dead, 
and  that  both  the  frmt  and  root  perish.  Thus  it  is  written  in 
llo 


CHAPTER  IV.  3.  [340. 

Amos :  "  I  destroyed  the  Amorite  before  them,  whose  height 
Avas  like  the  height  of  the  cedars,  and  he  was  strong  as  the 
oaks;  yet  I  destroyed  his /riiit  from  above,  and  his  roots  from 
beneath "  (ii.  9).  And  in  David :  "  Their  fruit  shalt  thou 
destroy  from  the  earth,  and  their  seed,  from  among  the  children 
of  men  "  (Psalm  xxi.  10).  The  works  of  charity,  however,  are 
living,  and  of  them  it  is  declared  tha.t  they  take  root  downwards, 
and  hear  fruit  upwards.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  remnant  that  is 
escaped  of  the  house  of  Judah  shall  again  take  root  downwards, 
and  hear  fruit  upwards"  (xxxvii.  31).  To  hear  fruit  upunrds, 
is  to  act  from  charity.  Such  fruit  is  called  the  fruit  of  excellence 
in  the  same  prophet :  "  In  that  day  shall  the  branch  of  Jehovah 
be  beautiful  and  glorious ;  and  the  fruit  of  the  earth  excellent 
and  comely  for  them  that  are  escaped  of  Israel "  (iv.  2).  It 
is  also  the  fruit  of  salvation,  and  is  so  denominated  by  the  same 
prophet :  "  Drop  down,  ye  heavens,  from  above,  and  let  the 
skies  pour  down  righteousness ;  let  the  earth  -open  itself,  and 
let  them  bring  forth  i\\Q  fruit  o/67//t-a^ifm,  and  let  righteousness 
spring  up  together ;  I  Jehovah  will  create  it "  (xlv.  8). 

349.  That  worship  is  denoted  by  an  offering,  may  appear 
from  the  representative  rites  of  the  Jewish  Church.  There, 
sacrifices  of  every  kind,  as  well  of  the  first-fruits  and  of  all  the 
other  produce  of  the  earth,  as  the  oblation  of  the  first-born,  are 
called  offerings,  in  which  their  worship  consisted.  Now,  since 
all  these  were  representative  of  heavenly  things,  and  had  refer- 
ence to  the  Lord,  it  should  be  obvious  to  every  one  that  by  the 
(fferings  true  worship  was  signified.  Por  what  is  a  representat- 
ive without  the  thing  which  it  represents  ?  Or  what  is  external 
I'eligion  without  internal,  but  as  an  idol  which  is  dead  ?  The 
external  lives  from  the  internal,  or  by  the  internal,  from  the 
Lord.  From  these  considerations  it  is  evident  that  all  the  offer- 
ings of  the  representative  Church  signify  the  worship  of  the 
Lord.  Of  these,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall  treat 
in  the  following  pages.  That  by  offerings  in  general  is  meant  2 
worship,  may  be  shewn  from  the  prophets  throughout.  Thus 
it  is  written  in  Malachi :  "  Who  abideth  the  day  of  His  coming  ? 
He  shall  sit  as  a  refiner  and  purifier  of  silver,  and  He  shall 
purify  the  sons  of  Levi,  and  purge  them  as  gold  and  silver,  and 
they  shall  offer  unto  Jehovah  an  offering  in  righteousness. 
Then  shall  the  offering  of  Judah  and  of  Jerusalem  be  pleasant 
unto  Jehovah,  as  in  the  days  of  eternity,  and  as  in  the  former 
days"  (iii.  2-4).  An  offering  in  righteousness  is  an  internal 
offering  which  the  sons  of  Levi  or  the  holy  worshippers  should 
offer.  The  dags  of  eternity  signify  the  Most  Ancient  Church, 
and  the  former  dags  the  Ancient  Church.  So  in  Ezekiel:  "  In 
the  mountain  of  My  holiness,  in  the  mountain  of  the  height  of 
Israel,  there  shall  all  the  house  of  Israel,  that  whole  land, 
worship  ]\Ie ;  there  will  I  be  gracious  to  them,  and  there  will  I 

117 


330-353.]  GENESIS. 

roipiiiv  yowY  oUlatioiis,  and  the  first-fruits  of  your  offerings,  in 
Jill  yt.ur\sanctitic;iti()ns  "  (xx.  40).  Oblations  and  the  first-fruits 
of  offtri»i/s,  in  the  sand ifieat ions,  denote  likewise  works  sancti- 
tiod  l»v  charity  from  the  Lord.  Again,  in  Zephaniah :  "  From 
lu'ViMul  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia  My  suppliants  shall  bring  Mine 
ojfet'inij  "  (iii.  1 0).  Ethiopia  denotes  those  who  are  in  possession 
of  celestial  things,  which  are  love,  charity,  and  the  works  of 
charity. 

350.  Verse  4.  And  Abel,  he  also  hrought  of  the  firstlings  of 
hisfloeh,  and  of  the  fat  thereof.  And  Jehovah  had  respect  unto 
Ahel  and  to  his  offering.  Abel  here,  as  before,  signifies  charity  ; 
and  the  firstlings  of  the  fiock,  the  holiness  which  is  of  the  Lord 
alone.  P.y  fat  is  signified  the  Celestial  itself,  which  also  is  of 
the  Lord.  That  Jehovah  had  respect  unto  Ahel  and  to  his  offer- 
ing, signifies  that  the  things  of  charity,  and  all  the  worship 
therefrom,  are  well  pleasing  to  the  Lord. 

351.  That  Abel  signifies  charity  was  shewn  above.  By 
charity  is  meant  love  to  the  neighbour,  and  compassion ;  for  he 
who  loves  his  neighbour  as  himself  is  also  compassionate  towards 
him  when  he  sutlers,  even  as  towards  himself. 

352.  That  the  firstlings  of  the  fioch  signify  wdiat  is  of  the 
Lord  alone  may  appear  from  the  firstlings  or  first-born  in  the 
representative  Church  which  were  all  holy,  because  they  had 
reference  to  the  Lord,  who  alone  is  the  first-born.  Love  and 
faitli  thence  are  the  first-born.  All  love  is  of  the  Lord,  and 
not  the  least  of  love  is  of  man  ;  therefore  the  Lord  alone  is  the 
first-born.  This  was  represented  in  the  Ancient  Churches  by  the 
first-born  of  man  and  of  beast  being  sacred  to  Jehovah  (Exod, 
xiii.  2,  12,  15).  And  by  the  fact  that  the  tribe  of  Levi,  whicli 
in  the  internal  sense  signifies  love,  though  born  after  Eeuben 
and  Simeon,  who  signify  faith,  was  accepted  instead  of  all  the 
first-born,  and  constituted  the  priesthood  (Xum.  iii.  40-45; 
viii.  14-20).  Concerning  the  Lord  as  the  first-horn  of  all,  with 
respect  to  His  Human  Essence,  it  is  thus  written  in  David:  "  He 
shall  call  Me.  TIk.u  art  My  Father,  Mv  God,  and  the  Eock  of  mv 
salvation.  I  will  also  make  Him  MJ first-born,  high  above  the 
knigs  of  the  earth "  (Psalm  Ixxxix.  26,  27).  And  in  John : 
"  Jesus  Christ  the  First-begotten  from  the  dead,  and  the  Prince 
of  the  kmgs  of  the  earth  "  (Rev.  i.  5).  Let  it  be  observed  that 
the  first-born  of  worship  signifies  the  Lord,  and  the  first-born  of 
the  Church,  faith.  "^ 

.  ^f\  ^Y^  ^y  f^'^^  is  signified  the  Celestial  itself,  which  also 
IS  of  the  Lord,  may  appear  from  the  following  considerations. 
Ifie  Celestial  is  everything  which  is  of  love.  Faith  also  is 
celestial  wlien  it  is  from  love.  Charity  is  celestial.  Every 
good  of  charity  is  celestial.  These  were  all  represented  by  the 
various  kinds  o^  fat  in  the  sacrifices,  and  especially  bv  the  fat 
upon  the^hver,  or  the  caul;  by  the  fat  upon  the  kidncr/s;  hx^th^ 


CHAPTEE  IV.  4.  [354. 

fat  covering  the  intedincs ;  and  hi/  that  lying  upon  the  intestines ; 
which  were  hoi}',  and  were  offered  up  as  burnt-offerings  upon 
the  altar  (Exod.  xxix.  13,  22;  Lev.  iii.  3,  4,  14;  iv.  8,  9,  19, 
26,  31,  35  ;  viii.  IG,  25).  It  is  on  account  of  their  signification 
that  they  are  called  the  food  made  by  fire  for  the  peace  of 
Jehovah  (Lev.  iii.  14,  16).  For  the  same  reason  the  Jewish 
people  were  forbidden  to  eat  any  of  the  fat  of  the  beasts,  by 
what  is  called  an  everlasting  statute  for  generations  (Lev. 
iii.  17 ;  also  vii.  23,  25) ;  because  that  Church  was  such  that  it 
did  not  even  acknowledge  what  was  internal,  much  less  what 
was  celestial.  That/a^  signifies  celestial  things  and  the  goods  2 
of  charity,  is  evident  also  from  the  prophets.  As  in  Isaiah : 
"  Wherefore  do  ye  spend  money  for  that  which  is  not  bread  ? 
and  your  labour  for  that  which  satisfieth  not  ?  Hearken 
diligently  unto  Me,  and  eat  ye  that  which  is  good,  that  your 
soul  may  delight  itself  in  fatness  "  (Iv.  2).  And  in  Jeremiah  : 
"  I  will  fill  the  soul  of  the  priests  with  fatness,  and  My  people 
shall  be  satisfied  with  My  good  "  (xxxi.  14).  In  these  passages 
it  is  plain  that  fat  does  not  mean  material  fat,  but  celestial- 
spiritual  good.  So  it  is  written  in  David :  "  They  are  filled 
with  the  fatness  of  Thy  house,  and  Thou  makest  tliem  to  drink 
of  the  river  of  Thy  pleasures.  For  with  Thee  is  the  fountain  of 
lives,  and  in  Thy  light  we  see  light"  (Psalm  xxxvi.  8,  9). 
H&XQ  fat7iess  and  i\\Q  fountain  of  lives  signify  the  Celestial  which 
is  of  love-;  and  the  rivei'  of  delights  and  light,  the  Spiritual 
which  is  of  faith  from  love.  Again :  "  My  soul  shall  be 
satisfied  as  with  marrow  and  fatness,  and  my  mouth  shall 
praise  Thee  with  lips  of  songs  "  (Psalm  Ixiii.  5).  Here  in  like 
manner,  fat  denotes  the  Celestial,  and  lips  of  songs  the 
Spiritual.  It  is  evident  that  it  denotes  celestial,  because 
"  the  sold  shall  he  satisfied."  Hence  also  the  first-fruits  which 
were  the  first-born  of  the  earth,  are  called /a^  (Num.  xviii.  12). 
Since  celestial  things  are  of  innumerable  genera,  and  still  more  3 
innumerable  species,  they  are  thus  generally  described  in  the 
song  which  Moses  recited  before  the  people  :  "  Butter  of  kine, 
and  milk  of  sheep,  with  fat  of  lambs  and  of  rams,  sons  of 
Bashan,  and  of  goats,  with  the  fat  of  kidneys  of  wheat ;  and 
thou  didst  drink  the  pure  Uood  of  the  grape  "  (Deut.  xxxii.  14). 
It  is  impossible  for  any  one  to  know  the  signification  of  these 
things  except  from  the  internal  sense.  Without  the  internal 
sense  no  one  can  know  what  is  meant  by  butter  of  kine, 
milk  of  sheep,  the  fat  of  lamhs,  the  fat  of  rams  and  goats, 
sons  of  Bashan,  the  fat  of  kidneys  of  wheat,  and  the  Uood 
of  the  grape.  They  would  be  nothing  but  mere  sounds,  when 
yet  they  all  and  each  signify  genera  and  species  of  celestial 
things. 

354.  That  Jehovah  had  respect  unto  Abel  and  to  his  offering, 
signifies  that  the  things  of  charity,  and  all  the  worship  there- 

119 


355-r.S.]  GENESIS. 

from,  are  well  pleasing  to  the  Lord,  was  explained  above  ;  also 
what  is  meant  by  Abel  and  by  an  offcrhuj. 

Woo.  Verse  5.  And  to  Cain  and  to  his  opring  He  had  not 
resiKct.  And  Cain  was  very  wroth,  and  his  faces  fell.  It  has 
been  stated  already,  tliat  by  Cain  is  signified  faith  separate  from 
love,  or  such  a  doctrine  as  admits  the  possibility  of  this  separa- 
tion.' By  his  offering  which  was  not  respected  is  signified,  as 
before,  that  his"  worship  was  unacceptable.  Cain's  being  xery 
wroth,  and  his  faces  fcdling,  signifies  that  the  interiors  w-ere 
elianged ;  for  by  anger  is  denoted  that  charity  had  departed,  and 
by  i\\Q  faces,  the  interiors,  which  are  said  tofcdl  when  a  change 
takes  place  in  their  state. 

350.  That  by  Cain  is  signified  faith  separate  from  love,  or 
such  a  doctrine  as  admits  of  this  separation  ;  and  that  the  nv- 
respectcd  offering  signifies  that  his  worship  was  not  acceptable, 
has  been  shewn  above. 

357.  That  Cains  being  very  wroth  represents  that  charity 
had  departed,  appears  from  what  is  afterwards  related,  that  he 
killed  his  brother  Abel,  by  whom  charity  is  signified.  Anger 
is  a  general  affection  resulting  from  whatever  is  contradictory 
to  self-love  and  its  lusts.  This  is  manifestly  perceived  in  the 
world  of  evil  spirits  ;  for  there  a  general  feeling  of  anger  exists 
against  the  Lord,  because  they  are  not  in  charity,  but  in  hatred. 
Whatever  does  not  favour  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  w^orld 
excites  opposition,  which  is  manifested  by  anger.  Anger,  wrcdh, 
and  even  fury,  in  the  Word,  are  frequently  preclicated  of 
Jehovah ;  but  they  belong  only  to  man,  and  are  attributed  to 
Jehovah  because  they  appear  to  be  in  Him,  for  a  reason 
mentioned  above.  Thus  it  is  written  in  David  :  "  He  cast  upon 
them  the  anger  of  His  nostril,  %vrath,  and  indignation,  and 
trouble,  by  sending  evil  angels.  He  weighed  the  path  for 
anger;  He^ spared  not  their  soul  from  death"  (Psalm  Ixxviii. 
49,  50).  Xot  that  Jehovah  ever  casts  anger  upon  any  one,  but 
that  men  bring  it  upon  themselves;  nor  does  He  send  evil 
angels  amongst  them,  but  man  draws  them  to  him  as  his 
associates ;  therefore  it  is  added,  that  He  iveighed  the  path  for 
anger,  and  spared  not  their  soul  from  death.  For  the  same 
reason  it  is  written  in  Isaiah :  "  To  Him  (Jehovah)  shall  men 
come,  and  all  that  are  incensed  against  Him  shall  be  ashamed  " 
(nIv.  24).  It  is  therefore  evident  that  anger  signifies  evils,  or 
what  IS  the  same,  a  departure  from  charity. 

358  That  by  the  faces  fcdling  is  signified  that  the  interiors 
were  changed,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the  face  and 
of  falling.  The  face,  with  the  ancients,  signified  'internal 
things,  because  internal  things  shine  forth  through  the  face. 
Ihe  most  ancient  people  indeed  were  such  tliat  the  face  was 
in  perfect  accordance  with  the  internal ;  so  that  it  appeared 
plainly  trom  the  face  what  was  the  quality  of  the  mind  (animu.^ 


CHAPTER  IV.  G,  7.  [359-362. 

mtt  7nc7is)  within.  They  considered  it  to  be  an  enormous  crime 
to  sliew  one  thing  witli  the  face,  and  think  another.  Hypocrisy 
and  deceit  were  then  held  in  utter  detestation.  Hence  the  face 
became  significative  of  the  interiors.  When  charity  shone  fortli 
from  the  face,  the  covntcnance  was  said  to  be  elevated ;  and 
when  the  contrary  occurred,  it  was  said  to  fall.  It  is  therefore 
jtredicated  of  the  Lord  also,  that  He  lifts  iip  His  countenance 
on  man,  as  in  the  benediction  (Num.  vi.  26 ;  and  Psalms  iv.  6). 
By  this  is  signified,  that  the  Lord  gives  charity  to  man.  What 
is  meant  by  the  countenance  fallrncj,  appears  from  Jeremiah  : 
"  I  will  not  make  My  countenance  to  fall  towards  you,  for  I  am 
merciful,  saith  Jehovah  "  (iii.  12).  The  face  of  Jeliovah  is 
mercy,  and  when  He  lifts  ni)  His  coiintcnance  on  any  one,  it 
signifies  that  He  gives  him  charity  out  of  mercy ;  and  the 
reverse  when  He  makes  the  countenance  to  fall,  or  more 
correctly,  when  man's  coimtencmce  falls. 

359.  Verse  6.  And  Jehovah  said  iinto  Cain,  Why  art  thou 
wroth  ?  and  why  are  thy  faces  fallen  ?  By  Jehovah's  spcalcing 
to  Cain,  the  dictate  of  conscience  is  signified  ;  the  wrath  of 
Cain,  and  the  fcdling  of  his  faces,  signify  here,  as  before,  the 
departure  of  charity,  and  an  internal  change  of  state. 

360.  It  is  needless  to  confirm  the  truth  that  Jehovah's  speak- 
ing to  Cai7i  signifies  the  dictate  of  conscience,  since  a  similar 
passage  w^as  explained  above. 

361.  Verse  7.  If  thou  docst  well,  art  thoit  not  exalted?  and 
if  thou  docst  not  well,  sin  licth  at  the  door.  And  to  thee  is  his 
desire,  and  thou  rulest  over  him.  If  thou  docst  well,  art  thou  not 
excdted,  signifies,  if  thou  art  well-disposed,  thou  hast  charity : 
if  thou  docst  not  well,  sin  licth  at  the  door,  signifies,  if  thou 
art  not  well-disposed,  thou  hast  no  charity,  but  evil.  To  thee 
is  his  desire,  and  thou  rulest  over  him,  signifies,  charity  is 
desirous  to  be  with  thee,  but  cannot,  because  thou  wishest  to 
rule  over  it. 

362.  The  doctrine  of  faith  is  here  described,  which  is  called 
Cain;  which,  because  it  separated  faith  from  love,  separated  it 
also  from  charity,  which  is  the  offspring  of  love.  Wherever 
there  is  any  Church  there  exist  heresies ;  because  whilst  men 
apply  their  minds  to  a  single  article  of  faith,  they  make  that 
the  chief ;  for  such  is  the  tendency  of  man's  thought,  that 
while  he  is  intent  on  any  particular  thing,  he  prefers  that  to 
another,  especially  when  his  imagination  claims  it  as  a  dis- 
covery of  his  own,  and  when  he  is  inflated  with  self-love  and 
the  love  of  the  world.  Then  there  is  nothing  which  does 
not  apparently  accord  with  and  confirm  his  opinions ;  so  that 
he  is  ready  to  swear  to  their  truth,  although  they  are  false. 
Those  who  were  called  Cain,  thus  made  faith  essential  rather 
than  love ;  and  from  thus  living  without  love,  both  their  self- 
love,  and  the  fantasy  thence  originating,  became  confirmed. 

121 


r>G:U3GT.]  GENESIS. 

'\[V\  The  nature  of  the  doctrine  of  faitli,  wliicli  was  denomin- 
utodV'<n"»  is  evident  from  the  description  of  it  in  this  verse, 
thai  charity  coukl  be  adjoined  to  faith,  but  so  that  charity  and 
not  trtith  should  have  dominion.  On  this  account  it  is  first 
said  //  thou  (hesi  iccU,  art  thou  not  exalted  ?  which  signiHes,  if 
tiiou  art  well-disposed,  charity  might  be  present  with  thee  ;  lor 
/(.  do  ircll  siunities,  in  its  internal  sense,  to  wish  well ;  for  good 
actions  proceed  from  good  intentions.  In  ancient  times  action 
and  will  were  one ;  for  the  will  was  seen  in  the  action,  there 
l)L'ing  no  dissimulation.  That  to  he  exalted,  is  to  be  possessed 
of  charity,  appears  from  what  was  said  above  concerning  the 
countenance ;  where  its  elevation  is  shewn  to  denote  the 
presence  of  charity,  and  its  fallinf/,  the  contrary. 

:.5G4  In  the  second  place  it  is  said,  If  thou  doest  not  v:ell,  sin 
Ueth  at  the  door;  which  signifies,  if  thou  art  not  well-disposed, 
tiiou  hast  no  charity,  but  evil.  That  sin,  wliilst  it  lies  at  the 
door,  is  evil  near  at  hand  and  desirous  of  entering,  must  be 
obvious  to  every  one ;  for  whilst  there  is  no  charity,  there  is 
unniercifulness,  and  hatred,  and  consec^uently  all  evil  Sin  in 
"eneral  is  called  the  Devil,  who,  with  his  crew  of  internals,  is 
ever  at  hand  when  man  is  destitute  of  charity ;  and  the  only 
thing  which  drives  away  the  Devil  and  his  crew  from  the  door 
of  the  mind,  is  love  to  the  Lord  and  towards  the  neighbour. 

365.  In  the  third  place  it  is  said.  And  to  thee  is  his  desire, 
and  thou  ndest  over  him ;  by  which  is  signified,  that  charity  is 
willing  to  abide  with  faith,  but  cannot,  because  faith  wishes  to 
rule  over  it ;  wliich  is  contrary  to  order.  So  long  as  faith 
seeks  to  have  dominion,  it  is  not  faith  ;  but  when  charity  rules, 
then  there  is  faith ;  for  the  fiist  thing  of  faith  is  charity,  as 
was  shewn  above.  Charity  may  be  compared  to  a  flame,  which 
is  the  essential  of  heat  and  light,  for  thence  are  heat  and  light. 
Faith,  separated  from  charity,  may  be  compared  to  light  wdiich 
is  without  the  heat  of  the  flame.  Then  there  is  indeed  light, 
but  it  is  the  light  of  winter,  producing  cold  and  death. 

366.  Yerse  8.  And  Cain  spohe  to  Abel  his  brother;  and  it 
came  to  pass  when  they  were  in  the  field,  that  Cain  rose  up  against 
Abel  his  brother,  and  slew  him.  Cain  speaking  to  Abel  signifies 
an  interval  of  time.  By  Cain,  as  was  before  stated,  is  signified 
faith  separate  from  love  ;  by  Abel,  charity,  which  is  the  brother 
of  Caitb,  on  which  account  he  is  here  twice  called  his  brother. 
A  field  signifies  whatever  has  respect  to  doctrine;  and  Cains 
rising  up  against  Abel  his  brother,  and  sla.giyig  him,  signifies, 
that  faith,  in  its  separate  state,  extinguished  charity. 

367.  It  is  unnecessary  to  confirm  these  explanations  by 
similar  passages  from  the  Word,  except  so  far  as  to  shew  that 
charity  is  the  brother  of  faith,  and  that  a  field  signifies  what- 
ever has  respect  to  doctrine.  That  charity  is  the  brother  of 
faitli,  may  appear  to  every  one  who  reflects  upon  the  nature  or 

122 


CHAPTER  IV.  8.  [368. 

essence  of  faith.  Thin  fmtcrn if ]/  was  represented  Ijy  Usau  and 
Jacob,  and  was  the  ground  of  their  dispute  about  primogeniture, 
and  thence  dominion.  It  was  also  represented  by  Pharez  and 
Zarah,  the  sons  of  Tamar  by  Judah  (Gen.  xxxviii.  28,  29,  30) ; 
and  by  Uphraim  and  Manassch  (Gen.  xlviii.  13,  14).  In  both 
tliese,  as  well  as  in  other  similar  instances,  there  is  a  strife  for 
primogeniture,  and  for  the  dominion  from  it.  Each  of  these 
brethren,  faith  and  charity,  is  the  offspring  of  the  Church. 
Faith  is  denominated  a  7iian  (vir),  as  Cain  is  (in  verse  1  of  this 
chapter),  and  charity  is  called  his  hrothcr  (as  in  Isa.  xix.  2  ; 
Jer.  xiii.  14;  and  other  places).  The  union  of  faith  and 
charity  is  called  the  covenant  of  brethren  (Amos  i.  9).  The  ~ 
signification  of  Cain  and  Abel,  as  has  been  said,  was  similar  to 
what  was  represented  by  Jacob  and  Esau ;  for  that  Jacob  like- 
wise desired  to  supplant  his  hxot\\Qv  Esau,  is  plain  from  Hosea  : 
"  Jehovah  will  visit  Jacob  according  to  his  ways :  according  to 
his  doings  will  He  recompense  him  ;  he  supplanted  his  brother 
in  the  womb "  (xii.  2,  3),  But  that  Esau,  or  charity  repre- 
sented by  Esau,  should  nevertheless  at  length  have  the 
dominion,  appears  from  the  prophetic  declaration  delivered  by 
their  father  Isaac :  "  By  thy  sword  shalt  thou  live,  and  shalt 
serve  thy  brother ;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  when  thou  shalt 
have  tlic  dominion,  that  thou  shalt  break  his  yoke  off  thy  neck  " 
(Gen.  xxvii.  40),  —  or  what  is  the  same,  the  Church  of  the 
Gentiles,  or  the  new  Church,  signified  by  Esait,  and  the  Jewish 
Church  signified  by  Jacob ;  wherefore  it  is  so  often  said,  that 
the  Jews  should  acknowledge  the  Gentiles  as  brethren.  In  the 
Gentile  or  Primitive  Church,  moreover,  they  all  called  each 
other  brethren  from  charity.  They  who  hear  the  word  and  do 
it  were  also  called  brethren  by  the  Lord  (Luke  viii.  21).  They 
who  hear  are  such  as  have  faith :  they  who  do  are  such  as  have 
charity.  But  they  are  not  brethren  who  hear,  or  say  that  they 
have  faith,  and  do  not,  or  have  not  charity ;  for  the  Lord  likens 
them  io  fools  (Matt.  vii.  24,  26). 

368.  That  a  field-  signifies  doctrine,  and  consequently  what- 
ever relates  to  the  doctrine  of  faith  and  charity,  is  evident  from 
the  Word.  Thus  it  is  written  in  Jeremiah  :  "  0  My  mountain 
in  the  field,  I  will  give  thy  powers  and  all  thy  treasures  to 
the  spoil "  (xvii,  3).  In  this  passage  field  signifies  doctrine ; 
2)owers  and  treasuo^es  are  the  spiritual  riches  of  faith,  or  the 
things  pertaining  to  the  doctrine  of  faith.  Again  in  the  same 
prophet:  "  Will  the  snow  of  Lebanon  fail  from  the  rock  of  My 
field  ? "  (xviii.  14).  It  is  declared  concerning  Zion,  when 
destitute  of  the  doctrine  of  faith,  that  she  shall  be  ploughed 
like  a  field  (Jer.  xxvi.  18  ;  Micah  iii.  12).  It  is  written  in 
Ezekiel :  "  He  took  of  the  seed  of  the  land,  and  planted  it  in 
a  fruitful  field  "  (xvii.  5).  This  is  said  of  the  Church  and  her 
faith ;    for  doctrine  is  called  a  field,  because  a  field  is  the 

123 


:U^0-371.]  GENESIS. 

.Icpository  of  seed.  So  again,  in  tlie  same  prophet :  "And  let 
all  the  trees  of  the  fichl  know  that  I,  Jehovah,  bring  down  the 
hi^h  tree"  (xvii.  24).  And  in  Joel:  "The  field  is  wasted,  the 
land  niournoth,  for  the  corn  is  wasted,  the  new  wine  is  dried 
up.  the  oil  languisheth.  The  husbandmen  are  ashamed,  the 
hntTcst  of  the  field  is  perished,  all  the  trees  of  the  field  are 
witliered  "  (i.  10-12).  Here  field  signifies  doctrine,  trees  repre- 
sent knowledges,  and  hHshandmcn,\\OYshij)Tpers.  In  David  it 
is  said :  "  The  field  shall  be  joyful,  and  all  that  is  therein  : 
then  shall  all  the  trees  of  the  wood  sing "  (Psalm  xcvi.  12). 
It  is  manifest  that  a  field  cannot  be  joyful,  nor  the  trees  of  the 
wood  swg.  The  expressions  must  therefore  relate  to  some- 
thing in  man,  which  are  the  knowledges  of  faith.  Again,  in 
Jeremiah :  "  How  long  shall  the  land  mourn,  and  the  herhs  of 
every  field  wither?"  (xii.  4).  Here  also  it  is  evident  that 
neither  the  land  nor  the  herhs  of  the  field  can  mourn,  but  that 
the  expressions  relate  to  something  in  man  while  in  a  state  of 
vastation.  A  similar  passage  occurs  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  moun- 
tains and  the  hills  shall  break  forth  before  you  into  singing, 
and  all  the  trees  of  the  field  shall  clap  their  hands"  (Iv.  12). 
The  Lord  also  in  His  prediction  concerning  the  consummation 
of  the  age,  calls  the  doctrine  of  faith  o, field:  "Then  shall  two 
be  in  the  field:  one  shall  be  taken,  and  the  other  left"  (Matt, 
xxiv.  40 ;  Luke  xvii.  36).  Here  by  di  field  is  meant  the  doctrine 
of  faith,  whether  true  or  false,  as  in  the  passage  under  con- 
sideration. On  account  of  the  signification  of  the  word  field, 
whoever  receives  any  of  the  seed  of  faith  is  called  a  field,  also 
a  man,  a  chureh,  and  a  vjorld. 

369.  It  therefore  follows  that  Cains  rising  uj)  against  his 
brother  Abel,  and  slaying  him,  when  they  loere  in  the  field  to- 
gether, denotes  that  when  both  faith  and  charity  were  from  the 
doctrine  of  faith,  then  faith  separated  from  love  could  not  but 
disregard  and  thereby  extinguish  charity.  So  it  is  at  the 
[•resent  day  with  those  who  maintain  that  faith  alone  saves, 
without  any  work  of  charity  ;  fov  in  this  very  supposition  they 
extinguish  charity,  although  they  know,  and  confess  with  their 
lips,  that  faith  is  not  a  saving  faith,  unless  there  be  love. 

370.  Verse  9.  And  Jehovah  said  to  Cain,  Where  is  Abel  thij 
brother .?  And  he  said,  I  hioiv  not :  am  I  my  brothers  keeper  ? 
Jehovah's  speaking  to  Ca2;?i,  signifies  a  certain  interior  perception 
which  dictated  an  inquiry  concerning  charity,  or  the  brother 
Abel.  His  reply,  /  knoiu  not :  am  I  my  brothers  keeper  ?  signi- 
fies that  he  accounted  charity  as  nothing,  and  was  unwilHug  to 
be  subservient  to  it ;  thus,  that  he  altooether  rejected  every- 
thing of  charity.  Such  became  the  doctrine  of  those  who  were 
called  Cai7i. 

371.  By  Jehovah's  speaking  the  most  ancient  people  signified 
perception,  for  they  knew  that  the  Lord  gave  them  the  faculty 


124 


CHAPTEli  IV.  10.  [372-374. 

to  perceive.  This  perception  could  continue  no  longer  than 
whilst  love  was  the  chief.  When  love  towards  the  Lord  ceased, 
and  as  a  consequence  love  towards  the  neighbour,  perception 
perished  ;  for  perception  could  only  exist  in  the  degree  that  love 
remained.  This  faculty  of  perception  was  peculiar  to  the  Most 
Ancient  Church.  When  faith,  however,  became  separated  from 
love,  as  in  the  people  after  the  Hood,  and  charity  was  communi- 
cated through  the  medium  of  faith,  then  [in  the  place  of  per- 
ception] conscience  succeeded ;  which  also  dictates,  but  in  a 
different  manner.  Of  this,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall 
speak  hereafter.  It  is  in  like  numner  said  in  the  Word  that 
Jchocah speaks  when  conscience  dictates;  because  conscience  is 
formed  from  what  is  revealed  and  made  known  from  the  Word. 
When  the  Word  speaks  or  dictates,  it  is  the  Lord  tvho  speeds. 
Hence  nothing  is  more  common,  even  at  the  present  day,  when 
treating  on  any  matter  of  conscience,  or  faith,  than  to  say  that 
the  Lord  sa_i/s. 

372.  To  he  a  keeper  signifies  to  serve,  like  tlie  keepers  of  the 
(jate,  or  the  keepers  of  the  poreh,  in  the  Je\vish  Church.  Faith  is 
called  the  keeper  of  charity,  from  being  thus  as  it  were  its  ser- 
vant ;  but  it  was  according  to  the  principles  of  that  doctrine 
[the  doctrine  called  Caiii\  that  faith  should  have  dominion,  as 
stated  in  the  explanation  of  the  seventh  verse. 

373.  Verse  10.  And  He  said,  What  hast  thou  done?  the 
voice  of  thy  Irother's  bloods  cricth  to  Me  from  the  ground.  The 
voice  of  thy  brother's  Uoods  signifies  that  violence  was  done  to 
charity ;  the  crying  of  Uoods  signifies  guilt ;  and  ground,  schism 
or  heresy. 

374.  Tliat  the  voice  of  bloods  signifies  that  violence  had  been 
done  to  charity,  may  appear  from  various  passages  of  the  Word, 
in  which  voice  is  put  for  whatever  accuses,  and  blood  for  every 
kind  of  sin,  especially  for  hatred ;  for  whoever  bears  hatred 
towards  his  brother  kills  him  in  his  heart ;  as  the  Lord  teaches 
(Matt.  v.  21,  22)  :  "  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  to  them  of 
old  time.  Thou  shalt  not  kill,  and  whosoever  shall  kill  shall  be  in 
danger  of  the  judgment ;  but  I  say  unto  you,  that  whosoever  is 
angry  with  his  brother  without  a  cause,  shall  be  in  danger  of 
the  judgment;  and  whosoever  shall  say  to  his  brother,  liaca, 
shall  be  in  danger  of  the  council ;  but  whosoever  shall  say,  Thou 
fool,  shall  be  in  danger  of  hell  fire."  By  these  expressions  are 
meant  different  degrees  of  hatred.  Hatred  is  contrary  to  charity, 
and  if  it  does  not  murder  with  the  hand,  yet  it  does  so  in  mind, 
and  by  every  possible  method,  being  only  prevented  from  com- 
mitting the  outward  act  by  external  restraints.  Every  species 
of  hatred  is  described,  therefore,  by  the  term  blood.  As  in  Jere- 
miah :  "  Why  trimmest  thou  thy  way  to  seek  love  ?  Even  in 
thy  skirts  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  innocents  " 
(ii.  33,  34).     As  hatred  is  denoted  by  blood,  so  likewise  is  every  - 

125 


o  —  -      ••> ' 


.]  GENESIS. 


kimi  of  iniiiiiity,  for  hatred  is  the  fountain  of  all  iniquities. 
Therefore  we  read  in  Hosea :  "  By  forswearing,  and  lying,  and 
killing,  and  stealing,  and  committing  adultery,  they  commit 
robbery,  and  bloods  have  touched  bloods  ;  therefore  shall  the  land 
nitiurn,  and  every  one  that  dwelleth  therein  shall  languish  "  (iv. 
2,  ;'.).  And  in  Ezekiel  (xxii.  2-4,  6,  9),  where  he  is  speaking  of 
tuimercifulness :  "  Wilt  thou  judge  the  city  of  bloods?  yea,  thou 
shalt  shew  her  all  her  abominations.  The  city  sheddeth  bloods 
in  the  midst  of  it :  thou  art  become  guilty  in  thy  blood  that 
thou  hast  shed."  Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  The  land  is 
full  of  the  judgment  of  bloods,  and  the  city  is  full  of  violence  " 
(vii.  23).  So  in  Jeremiah:  "For  the  sins  of  the  prophets  of 
Jerusalem,  and  the  iniquities  of  her  priests,  that  have  shed  the 
blood  of  the  just  in  the  midst  of  her ;  they  wander  as  blind  men 
in  the  streets,  they  have  polluted  themselves  with  blood  "  (Lam. 
iv.  13,  14).  And  in  Isaiah:  "When  the  Lord  shall  have 
washed  away  the  filth  of  the  daughters  of  Zion,  and  shall  have 
purged  the  bloods  of  Jerusalem  from  the  midst  thereof,  by 
the  spirit  of  judgment,  and  by  the  spirit  of  burning "  (iv.  4). 
And  again :  "  Your  hands  are  defiled  in  blood  and  your  fingers 
in  iniquity/  "  (lix.  3).  Also  in  Ezekiel,  speaking  of  the  abomina- 
tions of  Jerusalem,  which  are  called  bloods:  "  I  passed  by  thee, 
and  saw  thee  polluted  in  thine  own  bloods ;  and  I  said  unto  thee. 
Live  in  thy  bloods,  yea,  I  said  unto  thee.  Live  in  thy  bloods " 
(xvi.  6,  22).  The  unmercifulness  and  hatred  of  the  last  times 
are  also  described  by  blood  in  the  Apocalypse  (xvi.  3,  4).  The 
term  bloods  is  used  in  the  plural  number,  because  everything 
that  is  unjust  and  abominable  flows  from  hatred,  as  all  that  is 
good  and  holy  comes  from  love.  Whoever  indulges  in  hatred 
towards  his  neighbour  would  murder  him  if  he  could,  and  indeed 
does  murder  him  by  every  method  in  his  power.  And  this  is 
to  offer  violence  to  him,  which  is  here  properly  represented  by 
the  voice  of  bloods. 

375.  A  voice  enjing,  and  the  voice  of  a  cry,  are  common 
forms  of  expression  in  the  Word,  and  are  applied  in  every  case 
where  there  is  any  noise  or  tumult,  or  infestation ;  and  also 
where  there  is  rejoicing  (see  Exod.  xxxii.  17,  18  ;  Zeph.  i.  9, 10  ; 
Isaiah  Ixv.  19;  Jer.  xlviii.  3).  In  the  present  passage  it 
denotes  accusation. 

376.  Hence  then  it  follows,  that  the  crying  of  bloods  signifies 
an  accusation  of  guilt ;  for  they  who  use  violence  are  Guilty  • 
as  It  IS  written  in  David :  "Evil  shall  slay  the  wicked,  a^nd  the 
Juiters  of  the  righteous  shall  be  gidlty"  (Psalm  xxxiv.  21). 
And  in  Ezekiel:  " Thou,  city,  art  become  guilty  by  t\xe  Uood 
which  thou  hast  shed  "  (xxii.  4). 

377.  That  the  ground  here  signifies  schism  or  heresv  is 
evident  from  the  consideration  that  a  field  denotes  doctrine ; 
wherefore  the  ground  in  which  the  field  is  formed   denotes 

Izo 


CHAPTEE  IV.  11,  12.  [378-380. 

scliisni.  Man  liiniself  is  called  ground  and  also  afidd,  because 
of  those  things  which  are  soivn  in  liim ;  for  it  is  by  virtue  of 
these  that  he  is  a  man.  He  is  a  good  and  a  true  man  from  the 
goods  and  truths  that  are  implanted  within  him,  or  an  evil  and 
false  man  from  the  evils  and  falsities  that  he  receives.  He  who 
receives  any  particular  doctrine  or  heresy  is  named  from  the 
doctrine  or  heresy  that  he  receives.  Thus  ground  is  here  used 
to  denote  tlie  schism  or  heresy  which  was  in  man. 

378.  Verse  11.  And  now  art  thou  cursed  from  the  ground, 
which  hath  opened  its  mouth  to  receive  thy  brother's  bloods  from 
thy  hand.  Cursed  art  thou  from  the  ground  signifies  that 
through  schism  he  had  become  averse  to  [good] ;  ivJiicli  hath 
opened  its  mouth,  signifies  the  teaching  [of  the  heresy] ;  and  to 
receive  thy  brothers  bloods  from  thy  liand,  denotes  the  violence 
inflicted  upon  charity  which  he  extinguished. 

379.  That  these  things  are  here  signified,  is  evident  from 
what  has  been  said  above.  It  has  also  been  shewn  (in  no.  245), 
that  to  be  cursed  is  to  be  averse  [to  good].  Iniquities  and 
abominations,  or  hatreds,  are  the  things  which  turn  man  away 
from  heaven,  and  cause  him  to  look  only  downwards  towards 
corporeal  and  terrestrial  things,  and  so  towards  those  which  are 
infernal.  This  takes  place  when  charity  is  banished  and  extin- 
guished, for  then  the  bond  which  connects  the  Lord  with  man 
is  severed.  It  is  charity  alone — or  love  and  mercy — which 
conjoins  ;  faith  never  without  charity  ;  for  it  is  no  faith.  It  is 
mere  knowledge,  such  as  even  the  infernal  crew  may  possess, 
and  by  which  they  are  able  craftily  to  deceive  the  good,  and 
feign  themselves  angels  of  light ;  as  wicked  priests  sometimes 
are  wont  also  to  preach  with  the  zeal  as  it  were  of  piety,  when 
nothing  is  further  from  their  heart  than  that  which  proceeds 
from  their  lips.  Can  any  one  be  so  weak  in  judgment  as  to 
imagine  that  faith  alone,  a  thing  of  the  memory,  or  tliought 
alone  from  faith,  can  be  of  any  avail,  when  every  one  knows 
from  his  own  experience,  that  no  words  and  declarations  of 
assent  are  held  in  any  estimation  unless  they  come  from  the 
wdll  or  intention  ?  It  is  the  will  and  intention  which  srive 
weight  to  words,  and  conjoin  one  man  witli  another.  The  will 
is  the  man  himself,  not  the  thought  or  speech  which  he  does 
not  icill.  From  the  will  he  derives  his  particular  nature  and 
peculiar  disposition,  for  that  communicates  its  character  to  the 
whole  man.  But  if  a  man  thinks  what  is  good,  the  essence  of 
faith,  or  charity,  is  in  the  thought,  because  the  will  of  good  is 
in  it.  If  any  one,  however,  says  that  he  thinks  what  is  good, 
and  yet  lives  an  evil  life,  it  is  impossible  that  he  can  will  any- 
thing but  evil ;  he  is  therefore  in  no  faith. 

380.  Verse  12.  When  thou  tillcst  the  ground,  it  shall  not 
henceforth  yield  unto  thee  its  strength ;  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond 
shalt  thou  be  on  the  earth.     To  till  the  ground  signifies  to  culti- 

127 


;;Sl.nS2.]  GENESIS. 

vale  this  scliisiu  or  lieresy ;  and  not  to  yield  its  strmyth  to  thee, 
signities  that  it  is  barren.  To  he  a  fugitive  and  a  varjabond  on 
the  earth,  is  not  to  know  what  is  good  and  true. 

1581.  That  to  till  the  ground  means  to  cultivate  this  schism 
or  heresy,  appears  from  the  signification  oi  ground,  oi  which  we 
have  just  now  spoken.  That  its  not  yielding  its  strength  denotes 
its  barrenness,  is  evident  both  from  what  was  said  concerning 
i/rou)id,  and  from  the  words  themselves  ;  and  also  from  the  con- 
sideration, that  they  who  profess  faith  without  charity  profess 
no  faith,  as  was  said  above. 

382.  Tliat  to  be  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  on  the  earth,  signi- 
ties not  to  know  what  is  good  and  true,  is  evident  from  the 
signification  of  wander ing  &nd  Jieeing  away  in  the  Word.  Thus 
in  Jeremiah  :  "  The  prophets  and  priests  wander  as  blind  men 
in  the  streets,  they  have  polluted  themselves  in  blood  "  (Lam. 
iv.  13,  14).  In  this  passage,  prophets  are  those  who  teach,  and 
priests,  those  who  live  according  to  what  is  taught ;  to  wander 

2  as  blind  men  in  the  streets  is  not  to  know  truth  and  good.  In 
Amos :  "  A  part  of  the  field  was  rained  upon,  and  the  piece 
beneath  the  field  whereupon  it  rained  not,  parched.  So  two  or 
three  cities  shall  wander  unto  one  city  to  drink  the  waters,  and 
they  shall  not  be  satisfied  "  (iv.  7,  8).  Here,  thepxtrt  of  the  field 
on  which  there  was  rain,  denotes  the  doctrine  of  faith  from 
charity ;  and  the  pa7't  of  the  field  or  glebe  on  which  it  did  not 
rain,  the  doctrine  of  faith  without  charity.     To  wander  to  drink 

3  the  vxiters  is  likewise  to  seek  after  truth.  In  Hosea :  "  Ephraim 
is  smitten ;  their  root  is  dried  up ;  they  shall  bear  no  fruit. 
My  God  will  cast  them  away,  because  they  did  not  hearken 
unto  Him  :  and  they  shall  be  wanderers  among  the  nations  " 
(ix.  16,  17).  Ephraim  here  denotes  the  understanding  of  truth, 
or  faith,  because  he  was  the  first-born  of  Joseph ;  the  root  which 
VMS  dried  uj)  is  charity  in  a  state  of  untruthfulness ;  wanderers 
among  the  nations  signify  that  they  do  not  know  truth  and 

4  good.  In  Jeremiah :  "  Go  up  against  Arabia,  and  spoil  the  sons 
of  the  east.  Flee,  wander  ye  afar  off:  the  inhabitants  of  Hazor 
liave  let  themselves  down  into  the  deep  for  a  habitation  " 
(xlix.  28,  30).  Arabia  and  the  sons  of  the  east  signify  the  pos- 
session of  celestial  riches,  or  of  those  things  that  relate  to  love. 
These  when  spoiled  are  said  to  fiee  and  umider,  or  to  be  fugitives 
and  vagabonds,  since  they  no  longer  yield  anvthing  of  good. 
lUit  of  the  inhabitants  of  Hazor,  or  such  as  possess  spiritual 
riches,  which  are  of  faith,  it  is  said  that  they  let  themselves  down 

5  into  the  deep,  or  perish.  So  in  Isaiah,  speaking  of  the  valley  of 
vision,  or  the  fantasy  that  faith  can  be  communicated  without 
•diarity,  it  is  said  :  "  All  thy  rulers  waiider  together ;  they  are 
bound  before  the  bow,  they  have  fied  from  far"  (xxii.  3).  It 
will  be  seen  from  what  is  here  adduced  why  it  is  said,  in  the 
following  verse  (14),  that  he  who  professes  a  faith  that  is  not 

128 


CHAPTER  IV.  13,  14.  [383-389. 

from  charity  is  ^fugitive  mid  a  vagabond,  or  knows  notliinf^  of 
good  and  truth. 

383.  Verse  13.  And  Cain  said  unto  Jchoxah,  Mine  iniquity 
is  too  great  to  he  removed.  Cain's  S'pealdng  to  Jehovah  signifies 
a  certain  confession  that  he  was  in  evil,  induced  by  some 
internal  torment ;  and  his  iniquity  being  too  great  to  be  removed, 
signifies  a  state  of  despair  on  that  account. 

384.  It  appears,  therefore,  that  some  remains  of  good  were 
still  left  in  Cain ;  but  it  is  evident  from  what  is  said  of 
Lamech  (vers.  19,  23,  24),  that  all  the  good  of  charity  after- 
wards perished. 

385.  Verse  14.  Behold,  Thou  hast  driven  me  out  this  day  from 
the  faces  of  the  grouiul,  and  from  Thy  faces  slmll  I  be  hid ;  and 
I  shall  be  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  on  the  earth;  and  it  shall 
come  to  pass,  that  every  one  that  findeth  me  sludt  slay  me.  To  be 
driven  from  the  faces  of  the  grouMd,  signifies,  to  be  separated  from 
every  truth  of  the  Church  ;  and  to  be  hid  from  Thy  faces  signi- 
fies to  be  separated  from  every  good  of  faith  grounded  in  love. 
To  be  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  on  the  earth,  is  to  be  ignorant  of 
truth  and  good  ;  and  that  every  one  ftmling  him  tvould  slay  him, 
signifies  that  every  evil  and  every  falsity  would  destroy  him. 

386.  That  to  be  driven  from  the  faces  of  the  ground  is  to  be 
separated  from  every  truth  of  the  Church,  is  evident  from  tlie 
signification  of  ground,  which,  in  a  genuine  sense,  is  the  Church, 
or  tlie  man  of  the  Church ;  and  hence,  whatever  the  Church 
professes,  as  was  said  before.  The  sense  changes  with  the  sub- 
ject ;  and,  therefore,  even  those  persons  who  wickedly  profess 
faith,  or  a  schism,  or  heresy,  are  also  called  ground.  To  be 
driven  from  the  faces  of  the  ground,  therefore,  in  this  passage,  is 
to  be  no  longer  in  the  truth  of  the  Church. 

387.  That  to  be  hid  from  Thy  faces  is  to  be  separated  from 
every  good  of  faith  derived  from  love,  is  evident  from  the  signi- 
fication of  tlie,  faces  of  Jehovah.  The  face  of  Jehovah,  as  has 
lieen  said  before,  is  mercy,  from  which  are  all  the  goods  of  the 
faith  of  love  ;  and,  therefore,  the  goods  of  faith  are  here  signi- 
fied by  His /aces. 

388.  To  be  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  on  the  earth,  as  stated 
l)efore,  is  to  be  ignorant  of  truth  and  good. 

389.  It  follows  from  what  has  been  said,  that  every  one  find- 
ing him  woidd  slay  him  signifies  that  every  evil  and  falsity 
would  destroy  him.  The  case,  indeed,  stands  thus.  "When  man 
deprives  himself  of  charity,  he  separates  himself  from  the  Lord, 
for  it  is  charity  alone,  or  love  towards  the  neighbour,  and  mercy, 
which  conjoins  man  to  the  Lord.  AVithout  charity  there  is 
disjunction;  where  there  is  disjunction,  man  is  left  to  himself, 
or  to  his  proprium.  Tlien  whatever  he  thinks  is  false,  and 
whatever  he  wills  is  evil.  These  are  the  things  which  slay 
man,  or  cause  him  to  have  nothing  of  life. 

VOL.  I.  I  129 


:'.H0-o02.]  GENESIS. 

•',00  Those  v.-lio  are  in  evil  and  falsity  are  in  continual 
.hvad  'of  iK'inu  slain  ;  as  is  tlnis  described  by  Moses :  "  Your 
laml  shall  be  a  desolation,  and  your  cities  a  waste ;  and  upon 
them  that  arc  left  of  you  I  will  send  ii  faiiitncss  into  their  hearts 
in  the  land  of  their  enemies,  and  the  sound  of  a  shaken  leaf 
shall  chase  them,  and  they  shall  flee  as  fieehu)  from  a  sioord,  and 
they  shall  fall  when  none  pursueth.  And  they  shall  fall  one 
upon  his  brother,  as  it  were  before  a  sword,  when  none  pur- 
sueth "  (Lev.  xxvi.  33,  36,  37).  So  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  treacher- 
ous dealers  deal  treacherously,  yea,  the  treacherous  dealers  deal 
very  treacherously.  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  he  who 
ffecthfrom  the  noise  of  the  fear  shall  fall  into  the  pit,  and  he 
that  Cometh  up  out  of  the  midst  of  the  pit  shall  be  taken  in  the 
snare.  The  transgression  shall  be  heavy  upon  it;  therefore 
.shall  it  fall,  and  not  rise  again  "  (xxiv.  16-20).  In  Jeremiah  : 
"Behold,  I  will  bring  a/mr  upon  thee  from  all  those  that  be 
about  thee  ;  ye  shall  be  driven  out  every  man  right  forth,  and 
none  shall  gather  hira  up  that  wandcreth  "  (xlix.  5).  Again,  in 
Isaiah :  "  We  will  fee  upon  the  horse ;  tlurefore  shall  ye  flee  ; 
and,  We  will  ride  ujjon  the  swft ;  therefore  shall  they  that  jntrsue 
you  he  siuift.  One  thousand  shcdlflee  at  the  rebuke  of  one;  at  the 
rehike  of  five  shall  ye  flee"  (xxx.  16,  17).  In  these  and  other 
passages  of  the  Word,  those  who  are  in  falsity  and  evil  are 
described  as  flceiny,  and  as  in  fear  of  heing  slain.  Fear,  with 
them,  is  before  everything,  because  no  one  protects  them ;  for 
every  one  who  is  in  evil  and  falsity  bears  hatred  to  his  neigh- 
bour, so  that  each  of  them  desires  to  kill  the  other. 

391.  The  state  of  evil  spirits  in  the  other  life  shews  most 
clearly  that  they  who  are  in  evil  and  falsity  are  afraid  of  every- 
body. They  who  have  deprived  themselves  of  all  charity 
wander  about  and  flee.  Whithersoever  they  go,  if  they 
come  to  any  other  society,  their  quality  is  immediately  dis- 
covered at  their  first  approach ;  such  perception  is  given  in  the 
other  life.  They  are  not  only  driven  away,  but  also  severely 
punished ;  and  this  would  be  extended  even  to  the  destruction 
of  life  were  it  possible ;  evil  spirits  so  greatly  delight  to  punish 
and  torment  one  another.  In  this  consists  their  highest  delight. 
And  what  has  hitherto  been  unknown,  all  this  is  grounded  in 
the  very  nature  of  evil  and  falsity ;  for  whatever  any  person 
desires  for  another  falls  upon  himself.  Hence  evil  and  falsity 
Ijring  upon  themselves  their  own  punishment,  and  consequently 
the  fear  of  punishment. 

392.  Verse  15.  And  Jehovah  said  unto  him.  Therefore  who- 
soever slaycth  Cain,  vengeance  shall  be  taken  on  him,  sevenfold. 
And  Jehovah  set  a  mark  upon  Cain,  lest  any  one  flnding  him 
should  smite  him.  By  vengeance  being  taken  sevenfold  on  every 
one  who  slays  Cain,  is  signified,  that  to  violate  faith  thus 
separated,  would  be  [to  violate]  somethinsij  most  sacred ;  and 

130 


CHAPTER  IV.  15.  [393-395. 

JekovaJis  setting  a  mark  upon  Cain,  lest  any  one  sJiould  smite 
him,  signifies  that  the  Lord  distinguished  it  in  a  particular 
manner,  that  it  might  be  preserved. 

.■)9o.  Before  we  proceed  to  shew  that  these  things  are  signified 
in  the  internal  sense,  some  particulars  should  be  stated  respect- 
ing faith.  Tlie  Most  Ancient  Church  was  such  that  it  acknow- 
ledged no  faith  but  that  which  was  from  love.  Indeed,  the 
people  of  that,  Church  were  unwilling  even  to  mention  faith : 
for  all  things  which  were  of  faith  they  perceived  by  love  from 
the  Lord.  Such  also  is  the  character  of  the  celestial  angels,  of 
whom  we  have  spoken  above.  As  it  was  foreseen,  however, 
that  the  human  race  could  not  continue  in  this  state,  but  that 
they  would  separate  faith  from  love  to  the  Lord,  and  make  it  a 
doctrine  by  itself,  it  was  therefore  provided  that  faith  should 
be  separated  ;  but  still  so  that  by  faith,  or  by  the  knowledges 
of  faith,  men  might  receive  charity  from  the  Lord ;  so  that 
knowledge  or  hearing  would  precede,  and  by  knowledge  or 
hearing  the  Lord  might  grant  charity,  that  is,  neighbourly  love 
and  mercy  ;  which  charity  should  not  only  be  inseparable  from 
faith,  but  should  even  constitute  tlie  chief  of  faith.  Then  in 
place  of  the  perception  which  the  Most  Ancient  Church  enjoyed, 
conscience  succeeded  ;  which  being  acquired  by  faith  adjoined 
to  charity,  dictated,  not  what  is  true,  but  that  such  and  such 
things  are  true  because  the  Lord  has  thus  spoken  in  His  Word. 
The  Churches  after  the  flood  became,  for  the  most  part,  of  this 
character.  Such  was  the  Primitive  or  First  Church  after  the 
Lord's  Coming.  In  this  respect  also  the  spiritual  angels  are 
distinguished  from  the  celestial  angels. 

oO-I.  Now,  because  this  was  foreseen  and  it  was  thus  provided, 
lest  the  human  race  should  perish  in  eternal  death,  it  is  here 
declared  that  no  one  should  do  violence  to  Cain,  by  whom  is  sig- 
nified faith  separated ;  and  that  a  mark  was  set  upon  him,  which 
means  that  the  Lord  distinguished  faith  in  a  particular  manner, 
in  order  that  it  might  be  preserved.  These  are  arcana  which 
hitherto  have  never  been  disclosed  ;  and  are  what  the  Lord 
meant  by  His  saying  respecting  marriage,  and  eunuchs,  in 
Matthew :  "  There  are  some  eunuchs  who  were  so  born  from 
the  mother's  womb;  and  there  are  some  eunuchs  who  were 
made  eunuchs  of  men ;  and  there  be  eunuchs  who  have  made 
themselves  eunuchs  for  the  kingdom  of  Heaven's  sake.  He  that 
is  able  to  receive  it,  let  him  receive  it "  (xix.  12).  They  are 
called  cnnnchs  who  are  subjects  of  the  celestial  marriage ;  those 
who  are  like  the  celestial  angels  are  said  to  be  ho7m  from  the 
womb  ;  those  who  are  like  the  spiritual  angels,  to  be  so  made  of 
men ;  and  those  who,  like  angelic  spirits,  are  not  so  much  i\x 
charity  as  in  obedience,  are  said  to  have  so  made  themselves. 

395.  That  by  vengeance  being  taken  sevenfold  on  every  one 
who  should  slay  Cain,  is  signified  that  to  violate  faith  thus  separ- 

131 


30G.J 


GENESIS. 


ated  would  bo  [to  violate]  sometliing  most  sacred,  is  evident 
horn  the  siguilication  of  Cain,  which  is  faith  separated,  and 
from  the  si'^nification  of  seven,  as  denoting  something  most 
sacred.  It  is  well  known  that  the  number  seven  was  esteemed 
liolv,  on  account  of  the  six  days  of  creation,  and  the  seventh  da.y, 
which  denotes  the  celestial  man,  in  whom  is  peace  and  rest,  the 
Sabbath.  Hence  it  is  that  the  number  seven  occurs  so  frequently 
in  the  rites  of  the  Jewish  Church,  and  is  everywhere  held  sacred. 
For  the  same  reason  also  times  were  distinguished  into  seven, 
both  the  greater  and  the  lesser  intervals,  and  were  called  weeks 
{septimance).  The  greater  intervals  of  time  till  the  coming  of 
the  Messiah  are  mentioned  in  Daniel  (ix.  24,  25) ;  and  the 
time  of  seven  years  is  called  a  v:eek  {seytimana)  by  Laban  and 
Jacob  (Gen.  xxix.  27,  28).  Indeed,  wherever  the  number  seven 
occurs,  it  is  esteemed  holy  or  most  holy.  Thus  we  read  in 
David  :  "  Seven  times  a  day  do  I  praise  Thee  "  (Psalm  cxix.  164). 
And  in  Isaiah :  "  The  light  of  the  moon  shall  be  as  the  light  of 
the  sun,  and  the  light  of  the  sun  shall  be  sevenfold,  as  the  light 
of  seven  days  "  (xxx.  26).  Here  the  sun  denotes  love,  and  the 
moon  faith  from  love,  which  will  be  as  love.  As  the  times  of 
man's  regeneration  before  the  seventh  day,  or  celestial  man,  is 
reached,  are  distinguished  into  six,  so  also  are  the  times  of  vasta- 
tion  until  nothing  celestial  remains.  This  was  represented  by 
the  several  captivities  of  the  Jews,  and  by  the  last,  or  Babylonish 
captivity,  which  continued  seven  decades,  or  seventy  years.  It  is 
said  also  at  different  times  that  the  land  should  rest  on  its  Sah- 
laths.  What  is  said  of  Nebuchadnezzar  in  Daniel  has  also  a 
similar  representation  :  "  His  heart  shall  be  changed  from  man, 
and  a  beast's  heart  shall  be  given  unto  him,  until  seven  times 
shall  pass  over  him  "  (iv.  16,  25,  32).  It  is  written  in  John  con- 
cerning the  vastation  of  the  last  times :  "  I  saw  another  sign  in 
heaven,  great  and  marvellous,  scveyi  angels,  having  the  seven  last 
plagues"  (Apoc.  xv.  1,  6,  7),  and  that  the  Gentiles  should  tread 
the  holy  city  under  foot  forty  and  tv:o  months,  or  six  times  seven 
(Apoc.  xi.  2).  And  again :  "  I  saw  a  book  written  within,  and 
on  the  back  side,  sealed  with  seven  seals"  (Apoc.  v.  1).  Hence 
also  the  severities  and  augmentations  of  punishment  were 
expressed  by  the  number  seven.  Thus  in  Moses  :  "  If  ye  will 
not  yet  for  all  this  hearken  unto  Me,  then  I  will  punish  you 
seven  times  more  for  your  sins"  (Lev.  xxvi.  18,  21,  24,28). 
And  in  David:  "Eender  unto  our  neighbours  sevenfold  into 
their  bosoms"  (Psalm  Ixxix.  12).  Now,  because  to  violate 
faith  was  to  violate  what  is  most  sacred,  since,  as  w^as  said,  it 
should  serve  [charity],  therefore  it  is  declared  that  ichosoever 
shoidd  slay  Cain,  vengeance  shoidd  he  taken  on  him  sevenfold. 

396.  That  Jehovah's  setting  a  mark  on  Cain,  lest  any  one 

shoidd  smite  7im,  signifies  that  the  Lord  distinguished  faith  in  a 

particular  manner  for  its  preservation,  is  evident  from  the  signi- 

132 


CHAPTEE  IV.  16.  [397,  398. 

fication  of  a  marJc,  and  of  scitinff  a  mark  on  any  one ;  which  is 
to  distinguish.  Thus  it  is  written  in  Ezekiel :  "  Jehovah  said 
unto  him,  Go  through  the  midst  of  the  city,  through  the  midst 
of  Jerusalem,  and  set  a  mark  upon  the  foreheads  of  the  men 
sighing  and  groaning  for  all  the  abominations  thereof"  (ix.  4). 
Here,  to  mark  the  foreheads  does  not  signify  to  draw  a  mark  or 
line  upon  the  forelieads,  but  to  distinguish  from  others.  In  like 
manner  it  is  written  in  John,  that  the  locusts  should  hurt  "  only 
those  men  who  liad  not  the  seal  of  God  on  their  foreheads  " 
(Apoc.  ix.  4).  Here  also,  to  have  the  seal  is  to  be  distinguished. 
A  mark  is  also  called  a  character  in  the  same  book  :  "  To  put  a  2 
character  on  the  hand  and  on  the  foreheads  "  (Apoc.  xiii.  16). 
The  same  thing  was  represented  in  the  Jewish  Church  by  hindiny 
the  first  and  great  Commandment  on  the  hand  and  on  the  fore- 
head ;  concerning  which  it  is  written  in  Moses :  "  Hear,  0  Israel, 
Jehovah  our  God  is  one  Jehovah ;  thou  shalt  love  Jehovah  thy 
God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  and  with  all  thy 
strength,  and  thou  shalt  hind  these  words  for  a  sign  upon  thy 
hand,  and  let  them  be  as  frontlets  between  thine  eyes  "  (Deut. 
vi.  4-8  ;  xi.  13-18).  By  this  was  represented  that  they  should 
distinguish  the  Commandment  respecting  love  above  all  other 
precepts.  Hence  it  is  evident  what  the  marking  of  the  hand 
and  the  forehead  signifies.  So  it  is  written  in  Isaiah  :  "  It  shall  3 
come  that  I  will  gather  all  nations  and  tongues ;  and  they  shall 
come  and  see  My  glory ;  and  I  will  set  a  mark  upon  them  " 
(Ixvi.  18,  19).  And  in  David  :  "  0  turn  unto  me,  and  have 
mercy  upon  me  ;  give  Thy  strength  unto  Thy  servant,  and  save 
the  son  of  Thine  handmaid.  Set  upon  me  a  mark  for  good,  that 
they  who  hate  me  may  see  it,  and  be  ashamed  "  (Psalm  Ixxxvi. 
16,  17).  From  these  quotations  it  is  now  evident  what  is 
meant  by  a  mark  or  sign.  Let  no  one,  therefore,  suppose  that 
a  mark  was  set  upon  any  particular  person  called  Cain ;  for 
the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  involves  altogether  different 
things  from  the  letter. 

397.  Verse  16.  And  Cain  went  out  from,  the  faces  of  Jehovah 
and  dioelt  in  the  land  of  Nod,  toward  the  east  of  Eden.  Cain's 
going  out  from  the  faces  of  Jehovah  signifies  that  he  was  separ- 
ated from  the  good  of  the  faith  of  love ;  his  dwelling  in  the 
land  of  Nod,  that  he  was  out  of  truth  and  good ;  and  tovxirds 
the  cast  of  Eden,  denotes  near  the  intellectual  mind,  where 
previously  love  had  its  abode. 

398.  That  to  go  out  from  the  faces  of  Jcliovah  signifies  to  be 
separated  from  the  good  of  the  faith  of  love,  may  be  seen 
in  the  explanation  of  verse  14.  That  to  dwell  in  the  land  of 
Nod  is  to  abide  out  of  truth  and  good,  appears  from  the  sig- 
nification of  the  word  Nod,  which  is,  to  be  a  vagabond  and  a 
fugitive ;  and  that  to  he  a  vagahond  and  a  fugitive  is  to  be 
deprived  of  truth  and  good,  may  be  seen  above.     That  toioards 

133 


31)0-401'.]  GEXESIS. 

tlu  aist  of  Kdiii  si,^nitios  near  the  intellectual  mind,  where  love 
reiiineil  lieforo,  anil  also  near  the  rational  mind,  where  charity 
before  rei.uned,  is  evident  from  what  has  been  said  of  the  signi- 
fication of  thr  cast  of  Eden,  namely,  that  the  east  denotes  the 
Ix>ril,  nnd  Eden  love.  With  the  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church, 
the  mind  was  (Uie,  though  it  consisted  of  the  will  and  the  under- 
standing ;  for  the  will  therein  was  everything,  so  that  the  under- 
standing was  of  the  will.  The  reason  was,  because  no  distinc- 
tion was  then  made  between  love  which  is  of  the  will,  and  faith 
which  is  of  the  understanding;  for  love  was  everything,  and 
faith  was  of  love.  Uut  when  faith  came  to  be  separated  from 
love,  us  with  those  who  were  called  Cain,  the  will  had  no  longer 
any  rule.  Yet  because  the  understanding  reigned  in  the  mind 
in  place  of  the  will,  or  faith  instead  of  love,  it  is  said  that  lie 
dwelt  towards  the  east  of  Eden  ;  for,  as  was  just  observed,  faith 
was  distinguished,  or  had  a  mark  set  upon  it,  that  it  might  be 
preservetl  for  the  use  of  mankind. 

399.  Verse  17.  And  Cain  hievj  Ms  vnfc,  and  she  conceived 
and  bare  Enoch;  and  he  was  building  a  city,  and  called  the  name 
of  the  city  after  the  name  of  his  son,  Enoch.  Cain's  hnowiny 
his  tcife,  and  her  conceiving  and  bearing  Enoch,  signifies  that 
this  schism,  or  heresy,  produced  another  from  itself,  wdiich  was 
called  Enoch.  Vty  the  city  which  he  built,  is  signified  everything 
doctrinal  and  heretical  thence;  and  because  the  schism  or 
heresy  was  denominated  Enoch,  it  is  said  that  the  name  of  the 
city  was  called  after  the  name  of  his  son,  Enoch. 

400.  That  Cain's  knowing  his  vjife,  and  her  conceiving  and 
bearing  Enoch,  signifies  that  this  schism,  or  heresy,  produced 
another  from  itself,  is  evident  from  what  has  beeii  already 
said,  as  well  as  from  what  is  stated  in  the  first  verse  respecting 
Adam  and  Eve  his  wife  producing  Cain.  Thus  what  follows  are 
snnilar  conceptions  and  births,  as  of  the  Church,  so  also  of 
heresies ;  of  both  which  the  genealogy  was  instituted ;  for  they 
propagated  themselves  in  a  similar  manner.  From  one  heresy 
received,  many  are  born. 

401.  That  it  was  a  heresy,  and  everything  doctrinal  or 
heretical  thereof,  which  was  called  Enoch,  may  In  some  degree 
be  manifest  from  the  name  Enoch,  which  signifies  instruction 
thence  begun  or  originated. 

402.  That  the  city  which  he  was  building  signifies  every- 
thing doctrinal  and  heretical  thence,  appears  from  the  Word, 
wherever  the  name  of  any  city  occurs  ;  for  nowhere  therein  is 
a  city  signified,  but  always  some  doctrinal  or  heretical  principle. 
ihe  angels  are  altogether  ignorant  of  what  a  city  is  and  of 
the  name  of  any  city.  They  have  no  idea  of  a  city,' nor  can 
they  have,  because  they  are  in  spiritual  and  celestial  ideas,  as 
was  shewn  above.  They  only  perceive  what  a  city  and  its  name 
sigmly.     ifius  by  the  holy  city,  which  is  also  called  the  holy 


CHAPTER  IV.  17.  [402. 

Jerusalem,  nothing  else  is  understood  but  the  kingdom  of  the 
Lord  in  general,  or  in  each  individual  in  particular,  in  whom  the 
kingdom  of  the  Lord  is.  The  city  and  mountain  of  Zion  have 
also  a  similar  sionification ;  the  latter  denoting  the  Celestial 
of  faith,  and  the  former  the  Spiritual  of  faith.  The  Celestial  2 
and  Spiritual  itself  is  also  described  by  cities,  palaces,  houses, 
walls,  foundations  of  walls,  ramparts,  gates,  bars,  and  the  temple 
in  the  midst ;  as  in  Ezekiel  (xlviii.)  and  in  the  Apocalypse 
(xxi.  15,  to  the  end),  where  it  is  called  "  the  Holy  Jerusalem" 
(vers.  2,  10).  In  Jeremiah  (xxxi.  38),  it  is  called  "the  city  for 
Jehovah."  In  David,  "  the  city  of  God,  the  holy  place  of  the 
tabernacles  of  the  ]\Iost  High  "  (Psalm  xlvi.  4).  In  Ezekiel, 
the  city  is  called  "Jehovah  there"  (xlviii.  35),  of  which  it  is 
written  in  Isaiah :  "  The  sons  of  the  strangers  shall  build  thy 
walls  ;  all  they  that  despised  thee  shall  bow  themselves  down  at 
the  soles  of  thy  feet,  and  they  shall  call  thee  the  city  of  Jehovah, 
the  Zion  of  the  Holy  One  of  Israel  "  (Ix.  10, 14).  In  Zechariah, 
Jerusalem  is  called  "  the  city  of  truth,"  and  the  mountain  of 
Zion,  "  the  mountain  of  holiness"  (viii.  3).  Here  the  city  of 
truth,  or  Jerusalem,  signifies  the  spiritual ;  and  the  onountain  of 
holiness,  or  Zion,  the  celestial  things  of  faith.  As  the  celestial  3 
and  spiritual  things  of  faith  are  represented  by  a  city,  so  are 
all  doctrinals  signified  by  the  cities  of  Judah  and  of  Israel,  each 
of  which,  when  named,  signifies  some  particular  doctrine ;  but 
what  doctrine  no  one  can  know  except  from  the  internal  sense. 
As  doctrinals  are  signified  by  cities,  so  also  are  heresies ;  and 
when  they  are  mentioned,  each  city  signifies  some  particular 
heresy.  It  need  only  now  be  shewn  that  a  city  in  general 
signifies  a  doctrinal,  or  heresy.  This  is  evident  from  the  follow- 
ing passages.  In  Isaiah  it  is  written,  "  In  that  day  there  shall  4 
be  five  cities  in  the  land  of  Egypt  speaking  with  the  lip  of 
Canaan,  and  swearing  to  the  Lord  of  Hosts  ;  one  shall  be  called 
the  city  Heres "  (xix.  18).  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  the 
knowledge  of  spiritual  and  celestial  things  at  the  time  of  the 
Lord's  Coming.  So,  again,  when  treating  of  the  valley  of  vision, 
or  of  fantasy  :  "  Thou  art  full  of  stirs,  a  tunudtuous  city,  a  joyous 
city  "  (xxii.  2).  In  Jeremiah,  speaking  of  those  who  are  in  the 
south,  or  in  the  light  of  truth,  and  who  extinguish  it,  it  is  said  : 
"  The  cities  of  the  south  shall  be  shut  up,  and  none  shall 
open  them "  (xiii.  19).  Again :  "  Jehovah  hath  purposed  to 
destroy  the  %vall  of  the  daughter  of  Zion ;  therefore  He  maketh 
the  rampart  and  the  ivcdl  to  lament ;  they  languished  together. 
Her  gates  are  sunk  into  the  ground ;  He  hath  destroyed  and 
broken  her  bars  "  (Lara.  ii.  8,  9).  Here  any  one  may  see  that 
by  a  %vall,  a  rampart,  gates,  and  bars,  doctrinals  only  are  to  be 
understood.  Again,  in  Isaiah  :  "  This  song  shall  be  sung  in  the  5 
land  of  Judah  :  We  have  a  strong  city;  salvation  shall  appoint 
walls  and  lidivarJcs  ;  open  ye  the  gates,  that  the  righteous  nation 

135 


403-405.]  GENESIS. 

wliioh  kccpctli  the  truth  may  enter  in"  (xxvi.  1,  2).  And 
n«,'ain :  "  1  will  exult  Thee,  1  will  praise  Thy  name ;  for  Thou 
hast  niaile  of  a  city  a  heap,  of  a  dcfcnccd  city  a  ruin  ;  a  palace 
of  strangers  to  be  nw  city:  it  shall  never  be  built.  Therefore 
shall  the  strong  people  glorify  Thee  ;  the  city  of  the  terrible 
nations  shall  fear  Thee  "  (xxv.  1-3).  In  this  passage  no  par- 
ticular city  is  treated  of.  In  the  prophecy  of  Balaam  it  is  said  : 
"Ednin  shall  be  a  possession.  Out  of  Jacob  shall  come  he  that 
shall  have  dominion,  and  shall  destroy  him  that  remaineth  of 
the  city  "  (Num.  xxiv.  18,  19).  Any  one  may  be  able  to  see 
tliat  in  this  passage  the  word  city  does  not  signify  a  city.  So 
again,  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  city  of  emptiness  is  broken  down  ;  every 
huuse  is  shut  up  that  none  may  enter,  there  is  a  cry  for  wine 
in  tlie  streets  "  (xxiv.  10,  11).  Here  the  city  of  crivptine&s  is  the 
emptiness  of  doctrine ;  and  streets,  here  as  elsewhere,  signify 
what  belong  to  the  city,  that  is,  falsities  or  truths.  And  again, 
in  John,  we  read  that  when  "  the  seventh  angel  poured  out  his 
phial,  the  great  city  was  divided  into  three  parts,  and  the  cities 
of  the  nations  fell  "  (Apoc.  xvi.  17, 19).  It  is  obvious  to  any  one 
that  the  great  city  here  is  an  heretical  doctrine,  and  that  the 
cities  of  the  nations  have  a  similar  signification.  It  is  also  stated 
that  the  great  city  was  the  woman  whom  he  saw  (xvii.  18); 
and  that  a  woman  denotes  such  a  Church,  we  have  already 
shewn. 

403.  The  signification  of  a  city  is  evident  from  these  pas- 
sages. As  all  things,  however,  are  historically  connected,  it  can- 
not appear  otherwise  to  those  who  abide  in  the  sense  of  the 
letter,  than  that  a  city  was  built  by  Cain  which  was  called 
Enoch ;  although  from  the  sense  of  the  letter  they  must  also 
l>elieve  that  the  earth  was  then  populous,  when  yet  Cain  was 
the  first-born  of  Adam.  It  so  stands  in  the  historical  series. 
But,  as  before  said,  it  was  the  custom  of  the  most  ancient  people 
to  arrange  all  things  historically  under  representative  tvpes ; 
which  to  them  was  in  the  highest  degree  delightful.  Then  all 
things  appeared  to  them,  as  it  were,  to  live. 

404.  Verse  18.  And  unto  Enoch  was  horn  Irad,  and  Irad 
hcgat  Mchiijael,  and  Mehujael  hegat  Methtcsael,  and  Methnsael 
h'gat  Lameeh.  All  these  names  signify  heresies  derived  from 
the  first,  which  was  denominated  Cain ;  but  as  there  is  nothing 
extant  concerning  them  except  the  names,  it  is  unnecessary  to 
say  anything  about  them.  Something  may  be  gathered  from 
the  derivations  of  the  names ;  for  example,  Irad  signifies  that 
"■hich  descends  from,  a  city,  thus  from  the  heresy  called  Enoch, 
and  so  on. 

405.  Verse  19.  And  Lameeh  tooh  unto  him  two  wives;  the 
mime  of  the  one  was  Adah,  and  the  name  of  the  other  Zillah. 
By  Lameeh,  who  is  the  sixth  in  order  from  Cain,  is  signified 
vastation,  or  that  there  was  no  longer  any  faith.     By  his  tico 

136  ■'  *^ 


ClIAPTEK  IV.  19.  [40G-409. 

wives  is  signified  the  origin  of  a  new  Church ;  by  Adah  the 
mother  of  the  celestial  and  spiritual  things  of  that  Church,  and 
by  Zillah  the  mother  of  its  natural  things. 

406.  That  by  Lamccli  is  signified  vastation,  or  that  there 
was  no  faith,  appears  from  the  verses  following  (23,  24),  in  which 
it  is  said  that  he  slew  a  man  to  his  wounding,  and  a  little  one 
to  his  Incising  ;  where  by  a  man  is  meant  faith,  and  by  a  little 
one  or  a  little  hoy,  charity. 

407.  The  case  with  the  Cliurch  in  general  is  this.  In  course 
of  time  it  departs  from  true  faith,  and  finally  ends  in  no  faitli. 
When  there  is  no  faith,  it  is  said  to  be  vastated.  It  was  thus 
with  the  Most  Ancient  Church  among  those  who  were  called 
Cainites,  and  with  the  Ancient  Church,  which  was  after  the 
fiood.  It  was  thus  also  with  the  Jewish  Church,  which  at  the  time 
of  the  Lord's  Coming  was  so  vastated  that  they  knew  nothing  of 
the  Lord,  that  He  was  about  to  come  to  save  them,  still  less  any- 
thing concerning  faith  in  Him.  Such  also  has  been  the  case  with 
the  Primitive  Church,  or  that  after  the  Lord's  Coming,  which  at 
this  day  is  so  vastated,  that  it  has  no  faith.  jSTevertheless  there 
always  remains  some  nucleus  of  a  Church,  which  those  who  are 
vastated  as  to  faith  do  not  acknowledge.  And  thus  it  was  with 
the  Most  Ancient  Church :  a  remnant  existed  until  the  flood, 
and  continued  after  that  event.  This  remnant  of  the  Church  is 
called  Noah. 

408.  When  the  Church  becomes  so  vastated  that  there  is  no 
longer  any  faith,  then  first  it  begins  anew ;  or  a  new  light  shines 
forth,  which  in  the  Word  is  called  morning  The  reason  why 
there  is  not  a  new  light  or  morning  before  the  Church  is  vastated, 
is,  because  the  truths  of  faith  and  the  goods  of  charity  are 
commingled  with  what  is  profane ;  and  so  long  as  they  are 
commingled,  no  light  or  charity  can  be  insinuated ;  for  tares 
destroy  all  the  good  seed.  But  when  there  is  no  faith,  then 
faith  can  no  longer  be  profaned,  because  men  do  not  l^elieve 
what  is  declared.  They  who  do  not  acknowledge  and  believe, 
but  only  know  the  truth,  as  was  observed  before,  cannot  profane 
it.  Such  is  the  state  of  the  Jews  at  the  present  day.  Living  as 
they  do  among  Christians,  they  cannot  but  know  that  the  Lord 
is  acknowledged  by  Christians  as  the  Messiah  whom  they  have 
expected,  and  still  expect ;  but  they  cannot  profane  this  truth, 
because  they  do  not  acknowledge  and  believe  it.  So  neither 
can  the  Mahomedans  nor  the  Gentiles  who  have  heard  about 
the  Lord.  This  was  the  reason  why  the  Lord  did  not  come  into 
the  world  until  the  Jewish  Church  acknowledged  and  believed 
nothing.* 

409.  The  case  was  similar  with  the  heresy  denominated  Cain, 
which  in  course  of  time  was  vastated.      It  acknowledged  love, 

*  For  a  fuller  definition  of  the  distinction  between  knowinri,  uchiowledging , 
and  believing,  the  reader  is  referred  to  no.  896  of  this  work. — Ed. 

137 


liu  412.]  ilKNKSlS. 

iniUva.  yet  timdo  failh  the  ohicf,  and  preferred  it  to  love. 
Hut  ihc  lu'resifs  theMicc  di-rivod  gradually  wandered  from  tlii.s  ; 
niul  Ijinurh,  who  was  the  sixth  in  order,  altogether  denied  even 
faith.  When  this  time  arrived,  a  new  light,  or  morning,  shone 
forth,  and  a  new  Church  was  formed,  which  is  here  named  Adah 
anil  /i/hi/i,  who  are  called  t/tc  vivcs  of  Lamech.  They  are  called 
wives  of  Liniech,  who  was  of  no  faith;  as  the  internal  and 
exlorual  Church  of  the  Jews,  who  were  of  no  faith,  are  also 
cttUeil  u-i>rs  in  the  Word.  The  internal  and  external  of  the 
.li'wish  Church  were  represented  by  Leah  and  Rachd,  the  two 
wives  of  Jacob;  of  whom  Leah  represented  the  external,  and 
ItAchel  the  internal  Church.  These  Churches,  although  they 
api»oar  as  two,  are  yet  one;  for  the  external  or  representative, 
without  the  internal,  is  nothing  but  something  idolatrous  or 
ili'iid ;  whilst  the  internal  with  the  external  constitutes  a 
(.'hurch,  anil  one  and  the  same  Church,  as  here  also  Adah  and 
Zillah.  Jhit  because  Jacob,  or  the  posterity  of  Jacob,  like 
Limcch,  were  of  no  faith,  the  Church  could  not  remain  with 
them,  but  was  transferred  to  the  Gentiles,  who  lived  not  in 
infidelity  but  in  ignorance.  The  Church  rarely,  if  ever, 
remains  with  those  who  during  their  vastation  are  in  possession 
of  truths;  but  is  transferred  to  those  who  know  nothing  of 
truths  ;  for  these  latter  embrace  faith  much  more  easily  than 
the  former. 

4I(».  Vastation  is  of  two  kinds.  First,  of  those  who  know 
and  do  not  desire  to  know%  or  who  see  and  do  not  wish  to  see. 
Such  was  the  vastation  of  the  Jews,  and  such  is  that  of  Christians 
at  the  present  day.  The  second  is  of  those  who  neither  know 
nor  .see  anything,  because  of  their  ignorance.  Such  were  the 
( lentiles ;  and  such  are  the  Gentiles  of  the  present  day.  When 
the  last  time  of  vastation  comes  upon  those  who  know  and  do 
not  desire  to  know,  or  who  see  and  do  not  wi.sh  to  see,  then  the 
( "hurch  arises  anew,  not  with  them,  but  among  those  whom  they 
call  Gentiles.  It  was  thus  with  the  Most  Ancient  Church  which 
wa-s  before  the  flood,  with  the  Ancient  Church  after  the  flood, 
and  also  with  the  Jewish  Church.  The  reason  why  new  light 
tiien  first  shines  forth,  as  was  already  said,  is  because  then  men 
are  no  longer  aljle  to  profane  the  truths  which  are  revealed :  for 
they  do  not  acknowledge  and  believe  them  to  be  true. 

411.  That  the  last  time  of  vastation  must  come  before  a  new 
Church  can  arise,  is  frequently  declared  by  the  Lord  in  the 
l>rophets;  and  it  is  there  called  vastation  in  reference  to 
the  celestial  things  of  faith,  and  desolation,  in  relation  to  the 
spiritual  things  of  faith.  It  is  also  called  a  consummation, 
and  a  cuttmg  oft'  (as  in  Isa.  vi.  9,  11,  12  ;  xxiv. ;  xxiii.  8  et  seq.; 
xlu.  lo-lS;  Jer.  xxv. ;  iJan.  viii.  ;  ix.  24  to  the  end;  Zeph.  i. ; 
Deut.  xxxn. ;  Apoc.  xv.,  xvi.,  and  the  following  chapters). 

412.  \er.5e20.  And  Adah  hare  Jahcd ;  he  vms  the  father  of 


CHAPTEE  IV.  20.  [413,  414. 

snch  as  dwell  in  tents,  and  of  cattle.  Adah  signifies,  as  before, 
tlie  mother  of  the  celestial  and  spiritual  things  of  faith ;  and 
Jabal,  the  father  of  such  as  dwell  in  tents,  and  of  cattle,  signifies 
doctrine  concerning  the  holy  things  of  love,  and  the  goods  from 
thence,  which  are  celestial. 

413.  That  Adah  signifies  the  mother  of  the  celestial  things 
of  faith,  is  evident  from  her  first-born  Jahal  being  called  tlie 
father  of  such  as  dwell  in  tents,  and  of  cattle,  expressions  which 
designate  the  celestial,  because  they  signify  the  holy  things  of 
love,  and  the  goods  thence. 

414.  That  to  dwell  in  a  tent  signifies  the  holiness  of  love,  is 
evident  from  the  signification  of  a  tent  in  the  Word.  As  in 
David  :  "  Jehovah,  who  shall  ahide  in  Thy  tent  1  Who  shall 
dwell  in  the  mountain  of  Thy  holiness  t  He  that  walketh 
uprightly,  and  worketh  righteousness,  and  speaketh  the  truth 
in  his  heart "  (Psaln)  xv.  1,  2).  In  this  passage,  what  it  is  to 
dwell  in  the  tent,  or  in  the  mountain  of  holiness,  is  described  by 
the  holy  acts  of  love,  which  are  tvalJcing  u/prightly,  and  worJciny 
righteousness.  Again  :  "  Their  line  is  gone  out  through  all  the 
earth,  and  their  words  to  the  end  of  the  world.  In  them  hath 
He  set  a  tent  for  the  sun  "  (Psalm  xix.  4).  Here  the  sun  denotes 
love.  Again :  "  I  will  ahide  in  Thy  tent  for  ever ;  I  will  trust  in 
the  covert  of  Thy  wings  "  (Psalm  Ixi.  4).  The  tent  here  denotes 
what  is  celestial,  and  the  covert  of  vnngs  what  is  sj)iritual.  So 
in  Isaiah :  "  And  by  mercy  the  throne  has  been  established,  and 
He  hath  sat  upon  it  in  truth,  in  the  tent  of  David,  judging  and 
seeking  judgment,  and  hasting  righteousness  "  (xvi.  5).  Here 
also  the  tent  denotes  the  holiness  of  love,  as  is  indicated  by 
the  judging  judgment,  and  hasting  righteousness.  Again  :  "  Look 
upon  Zion,  the  city  of  our  solemnities ;  let  Thine  eyes  see 
Jerusalem  a  quiet  habitation,  a  tent  that  is  not  taken  down" 
(xxxiii.  20).  The  subject  here  is  the  heavenly  Jerusalem.  So 
also  in  Jeremiah :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  Behold,  I  will  bring 
again  the  captivity  of  Jacob's  tents,  and  have  mercy  on  his 
dwelling -plctces,  and  the  city  shall  be  builded  upon  her  own 
lieap"(xxx.  18).  The  captivity  of  tents  denotes  the  vastation 
of  what  is  celestial,  or  of  the  holy  things  of  love.  And  in  Amos  : 
"  In  that  day  will  I  raise  up  the  tabernacle  of  David  which  is 
fallen,  and  close  up  the  breaches  thereof,  and  I  will  raise  up  its 
ruins,  and  I  will  build  it  as  in  the  days  of  eternity"  (ix.  11). 
Here,  likewise,  the  tcd)ernaele  denotes  what  is  celestial,  and  the 
holy  things  thereof.  Again,  in  Jeremiah  :  "  The  whole  land  is 
spfjiled,  suddenly  are  my  tents  spoiled,  and  my  curtains  in  a 
moment"  (iv.  20).  And  in  another  place  :  "  My  tenth  spoiled, 
and  all  my  cords  are  broken,  my  sons  are  gone  forth  from  me, 
and  they  are  not ;  there  is  none  to  stretch  forth  my  tcyit  any 
more,  and  to  set  up  my  curtains  "  (x.  20).  Here  the  tent  denotes 
celestial  things,  and  curtains  and  cords  spiritual  things  thence. 

139 


.n:,.j  r.KXKSis. 

Apun:  "Their  tntfs  ami  their  Hocks  shall  they  take  away: 
ihyy  shall  tako  to  theinselves  their  curtains,  and  all  their 
vessels,  nml  their  camels"  (xlix.  29);  speaking  of  Arabia  and 
the  st>ns  of  the  last,  hy  whom  are  represented  those  who  possess 
relostial  and  holy  thinj^'s,     A'gain :  "  In  the  tent  of  the  daughter 

•  if  Zion  the  Lord  ])oured  out  His  fury  like  fire"  (Lam.  ii.  4), 
denoting  the  vastation  of  the  celestial  or  holy  things  of  faith. 

3  The  n.'ason  why  (t  tent  is  taken  in  the  Word  to  represent  the 
eeli'stial  and  holy  things  of  love,  is,  because  in  ancient  times 
men  performed  holy  worship  in  their  tents.  But  when  they 
hegnn  to  ]>rofane  tents  by  unholy  worship,  the  tal)ernacle  was 
built,  and  afterwards  the  temple ;  and,  therefore,  what  the  taber- 
i»aele,  and  afterwards  the  temple,  represented,  was  also  signified 
by  tents.  For  the  same  reason  a  holy  man  was  called  a  tent,  a 
tabernacle,  and  also  a  temple  of  the  Lord.  That  a  tent,  a  tahcr- 
nnclc,  and  a  temple  have  the  same  signification,  is  evident  from 
what  is  written  in  David :  "  One  thing  have  I  desired  of  Jehovah; 
that  will  I  seek  after :  that  I  may  dwell  in  the  house  of  Jehovah 
all  the  days  of  my  life,  to  behold  the  beauty  of  Jehovah,  and  to 
visit  in  His  temple  in  the  morning:  for  in  the  day  of  evil  He 
shall  hide  me  in  His  tahernacle ;  in  the  secret  of  His  tent  shall 
He  hide  me  ;  He  shall  set  me  upon  a  rock.  And  now  shall  my 
head  be  lifted  up  above  mine  enemies  round  about  me,  and 
1  will  otler  in  His  tent  sacrifices  of  shouting"  (Fsalm  xxvii.  4-6). 

^  In  the  highest  sense  the  Lord,  as  to  His  Human  essence,  is  the 
tent,  the  tabernacle,  and  the  temple.  Hence  every  celestial 
man  is  so  called ;  and  everything  celestial  and  holy.  Xow,  as 
the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  loved  by  the  Lord  more  than 
I  hose  which  followed,  and  as  men  lived  at  that  time  apart,  or 
in  their  own  families,  and  celebrated  a  worship  so  holy  in  their 

•  •wn  tents,  therefore  tents  were  regarded  as  more  holy  than  the 
temple,  which  was  profaned.  In  remembrance,  therefore,  the 
feast  of  tabernacles  was  instituted,  at  the  period  when  they 
gathered  in  the  produce  of  the  earth,  during  which  they  dwelt 
in  tabernacles,  like  the  most  ancient  people  "(Lev.  xxiii.  39-44 : 
])eut._xvi.  13;  Hoseaxii.  9). 

415.  That  by  the  father  of  cattle  is  signified  the  good  thence, 
or  from  the  holy  things  of  love,  is  evident  from  what  was 
shewn  above  (at  verse  2  of  this  chapter) ;  namely,  that  a 
-hq^hrrd  oftUfioch  signifies  the  good  of  charity.  But  here  it 
IS  not  a  shepherd,  but  a  father,  and  not  the  fiock,  but  cattle,  that 
are  mentioned ;  and  the  word  cattle,  of  which  he  is  father, 
follows  immediately  after  tent,  whence  it  is  evident  that  it 
s'lgnities  the  good  which  comes  from  the  holiness  of  love  ;  and 
that  the  habitation  or  fold  of  cattle  is  meant,— or  the  father 
of  those  wIk.  inliabited  a  tent  and  folds  of  cattle.  That  these 
expressions  signify  goods  from  the  celestial  things  of  love,  is 
evident  also  Irom  the  Word  throughout.     As  in  Jeremiah :  "  I 


CHAPTEli  IV.  21.  [416-418. 

will  gather  the  remnant  of  ^Ij  flock  out  of  all  countries  whither 
I  have  driven  them  ;  and  will  bring  them  again  to  their /o/t As, 
that  they  may  be  fruitful  and  multiply  "  (xxiii.  3).  In  Ezekiel : 
"  I  will  feed  them  in  a  good  pasture,  and  upon  the  mountains  of 
the  height  of  Israel  shall  VaQiv  fold  be  :  there  shall  they  lie  in  a 
good/oW,  and  in  a  fat  pasture  shall  they  feed  upon  the  moun- 
tains of  Israel  "  (xxxiv.  14).  HexQ  folds  mid  iMstnre  denote  the 
goods  of  love,  of  \y\\\c\\  fatness  is  predicated.  In  Isaiah:  "He 
shall  give  the  rain  of  thy  seed  that  thou  shalt  sow  the  ground 
withal ;  and  bread,  the  increase  of  the  earth,  shall  be  fat  and 
oily ;  in  that  day  sliall  He  feed  thy  cattU  in  a  large  pasture  " 
(xxx.  23).  Bread  here  signifies  the  celestial,  and/a^,  on  which 
the  cattle  should  feed,  the  goods  thence.  Again,  in  Jeremiah  : 
"  Jehovah  hath  redeemed  Jacob  ;  and  they  shall  come  and  sing 
in  the  height  of  Zion,  and  shall  flow  together  to  the  goodness 
of  Jehovah,  for  wheat,  and  for  wine,  and  for  oil,  and  for  the 
sons  of  the  floch,  and  of  the  herd ;  and  their  soul  shall  be  as  a 
watered  garden  "  (xxxi.  11,  12).  In  this  passage  the  holy  of 
Jehovah  is  described  by  wheat  and  oil,  and  the  goods  from 
thence  by  wine,  and  the  sous  of  the  flock  and  of  the  herd,  or  of 
cattle.  And  in  the  same  :  "  The  shej^hcrds  and  the  flocks  of 
their  cattle  shall  come  unto  the  daughter  of  Zion  ;  they  shall 
pitch  their  tents  against  her  round  about ;  they  shall  feed  every 
one  in  his  place  "  (vi.  3).  The  daughter  of  Zion  denotes  the 
celestial  Church,  of  which  tents  and  flocks  of  cattle  are  pre- 
dicated. 

416.  That  the  holy  things  of  love,  andjtlie  goods  thence,  are 
here  signified,  may  also  appear  from  this  fact,  tliat  Jabal  was 
not  the  first  of  those  who  daoclt  in  tents  and  in  folds  of  cattle  ; 
for  it  is  said  likewise  of  Abel,  the  second  son  of  Adam  and  Eve, 
that  he  was  a  shepherd  of  the  flock,  and  Jabal  was  the  seventh 
in  the  order  of  descent  from  Cain. 

417.  Verse  21.  And  his  brother's  name  ivas  Juhcd ;  he  was 
the  father  of  such  as  'play  iqxin  the  harp  and  the  organ.  By  the 
name  of  his  brother,  Jvhcd,  is  signified  the  doctrine  of  the 
spiritual  things  of  the  same  Church  ;  and  by  the  father  of  such 
as  play  iqwii  the  liarp  and  the  organ,  are  signified  the  truths  and 
goods  of  faith. 

418.  The  preceding  verse  treated  of  celestial  tilings,  which 
are  of  love  ;  and  this  treats  of  spiritual  things,  which  are  of 
faith.  These  are  denoted  by  the  harp  and  the  organ.  That  by 
striiigcd^  instruvtents,  such  as  harjjs  and  the  like,  are  signified  the 
spiritual  tilings  of  faith,  is  evident  from  many  considerations. 
8ucli  instruments  represented  nothing  else  in  the  worship  of  the 
representative  Church.  So  also  the  songs.  Hence  the  number  of 
singers  and  musicians  in  that  Church;  and  indeed  for  this  reason, 
that  all  celestial  joy  ])roducesgla(hiess  of  heart,  which  was  testi- 
fied by  singing,  and  afterwards  by  stringed  instruments,  which 

141 


,1:',  J-JO.]  GENESIS. 

iimtati'il  and  oxiiltod  the  singing.  Every  all'ection  of  tlie  heart 
has  in  it  this  tfiulency  to  hreak  fortli  into  song,  and  so  to  pro- 
duce whatfviT  has  rehition  to  nieloily.  The  affection  of  the  heart 
3  is  ci'h'stial ;  the  singing  from  thence  is  spiritual.  That  singing, 
and  that  which  rosoinhles  it,  signify  what  is  spiritual,  is  also 
evidont  to  nie  from  the  angelic  clioirs,  which  are  of  two  kinds, 
itdcstial  and  spiritual.  The  spiritual  choirs,  by  their  light  melo- 
tlious  sound,  to  which  the  sound  of  stringed  instruments  can  be 
jis-siiuilatcd.  are  clearly  tlistinguished  from  the  celestial,  of  which, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  something  will  be  said  hereafter. 
'I'he  most  ancient  pco])le,  moreover,  referred  what  was  celestial 
to  the  province  of  the  heart,  and  what  was  spiritual  to  that  of 
the  lungs;  tluis  they  referred  the  spiritual  to  whatever  was  of 
the  lungs,  as  to  the  notes  of  song  and  what  resembled  them, 
and  so  to  tlie  notes  or  sounds  of  such  musical  instruments; 
and  tliis  not  only  for  the  reason  that  the  heart  and  lungs  repre- 
sent a  certain  marriage,  like  love  and  faith,  but  also  because  the 
celestial  angels  belong  to  the  province  of  the  heart,  and  the 
spiritual  angels  to  that  of  the  lungs.*  Tliat  such  things  are 
here  meant,  may  be  known  also  from  the  consideration  that 
this  passage  is  the  "Word  of  the  Lord,  and  that  there  would  be 
no  life  in  it  if  it  merely  narrated  that  Jubal  was  the  father  of 
such  as  play  upon  the  harp  and  the  organ ;  nor  would  it  be  of 
any  use  to  know  this. 

41'.>.  As  celestial  things  are  the  holy  things  of  love  and  the 
goods  thence,  so  spiritual  things  are  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faitii ;  for  it  is  the  province  of  faith  not  only  to  understand 
what  is  true,  but  also  what  is  good ;  the  knowledges  of  faith 
involve  l»oth.  But  to  be  such  as  faith  teaches,  is  celestial. 
Since  faith  involves  both,  they  are  represented  by  two  instru- 
ments, the  harp  and  the  organ.  The  harp,  as  it  is  known,  is 
a  stringed  instrument  ;  it  therefore  signifies  spiritual  truth. 
lUit  the  organ  is  an  intermediate  between  a  stringed  instru- 
ment and  a  wind  instrument,  and  therefore  signifies  spiritual 
}^ood. 

420.  ^'a^ious  instruments  are  mentioned  in  the  Word,  and 
each  has  its  own  signification  ;  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  something  will  be  said  in  their  proper  places.  At  pre- 
sent reference  will  only  be  made  to  what  is  written  in  David  : 
"  I  will  offer  in  the  tnit  of  Jehovah  sacrifices  of  shouting;  I  will 
siiif/  and  p/ca/  to  Jehovah"  (Psalm  xxvii.  6).  The  tent  here 
expresses  the  celestial,  and  shouting,  singing,  and  p^^tging,  the 
spiritual  thence.  Again  :  "  Sing  unto  Jehovah,  0  ye  righteous, 
for  His  praise  is  comely  for  the  upright.  Confess  to  Jehovah 
upon  tlie  harp,  sing  unto  Him  witli  the  imdtcry,  an  instrument 
often  strings.     Sing  unto  Him  a  new  song,  plag  skilfully  wdth 

•  <')n  thii  sul.jyct  more  may  be  seen  in  a  subsequent  part  of  this  work,  no.  2987 
el  acq.;  and  also  iu  the  author's  treatise  on  Heaven  and  Hell,  no.  87.— Ed. 
142 


CHAPTEE  IV.  21.  [420. 

a  lo^ul  noise ;  for  the  Word  of  Jehovah  is  right,  and  all  His 
works  are  done  in  truth"  (Psalm  xxxiii.  1-4).  The  truths  of  2 
faith  are  here  signified,  of  which  these  things  are  predicated. 
Spiritual  things,  or  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith,  were  cele- 
brated by  such  instruments  as  the  harp  and  psaltery,  and  by 
singing  ;  but  the  holy  or  celestial  things  of  faith,  by  wind 
instruments,  as  trumpets  and  the  like.  Hence  it  is  that  there 
were  so  many  instruments  about  the  temple,  and  that  it  was  so 
frequently  ordained,  that  this  or  that  event  should  be  celebrated 
with  particular  instruments.  For  this  reason,  the  instruments, 
as  those  of  which  we  have  spoken,  were  used  and  understood 
to  represent  the  things  themselves  which  were  celebrated  by 
them.  Again :  "  I  w^ill  praise  thee  with  the  instrument  of  3 
•psaltery.  Thy  truth,  0  my  God ;  unto  Thee  will  I  iilay  with  the 
har'p,  0  Thou  Holy  One  of  Israel ;  my  lips  shall  siny  when  I 
jplay  unto  Thee,  and  my  soul  which  Thou  hast  redeemed " 
(Psalm  Ixxi.  22,  23).  Here  likewise  the  truths  of  faith  are 
signified.  Again  :  "  Answer  to  Jehovah  in  confession,  ja/ay  upon 
the  liar])  unto  our  God  "  (cxlvii.  7).  Here  confession  has  refer- 
ence to  the  celestial  things  of  faith,  and  therefore  mention  is 
made  of  Jehovah;  and  to  i^lay  upon  the  harp  refers  to  the 
spiritual  things  of  faith,  wherefore  God  is  spoken  of.  Again  : 
"Let  them  praise  the  name  of  Jehovah  in  the  dance,  let  them 
play  unto  Him  with  the  timbrel  and  harp  "  (cxlix.  3).  The 
timhrcl  signifies  good,  and  the  harp  truth,  which  they  praise. 
Again  :  "  Praise  God  with  the  sound  of  the  trumpet ;  praise  Him  4 
with  the  2Jsalte7'y  ernd  harp  :  praise  Him  with  the  timbrel  find 
dance ;  praise  Him  upon  stringed  instruments  and  the  organ ; 
praise  Him  upon  the  loud  cymhals ;  praise  Him  upon  the  high- 
sounding  cymbeds  "  (el.  3-5),  representing  the  goods  and  truths 
of  faith,  on  account  of  which  praise  was  offered  ;  for  let  no  one 
believe  that  so  many  instru7nents  would  have  been  named,  unless 
each  one  had  a  distinct  signification.  Again :  "  Send  Thy  light 
and  Thy  truth  ;  let  them  lead  me,  let  them  bring  me  unto  the 
mountain  of  Thy  holiness,  and  to  Thy  habitations  ;  and  I  will  go 
unto  the  altar  of  God,  unto  God,  the  gladness  of  my  joy ;  yea,  I 
will  confess  to  Thee  upon  the  harp,  0  God,  my  God"  (Psalm  xliii. 
3,  4).  Here  the  reference  is  to  the  knowledges  of  good  and 
truth.  In  Isaiah  :  "  Take  a  haop,  go  about  the  city,  strike  well,  5 
sing  many  songs,  that  thou  niayest  be  remembered"  (xxiii.  16). 
In  this  passage  are  signified  those  things  which  are  of  faith,  and 
of  the  knowledges  of  faith.  It  is  still  more  manifest  in  John: 
"  The  four  animals  and  the  four  and  twenty  elders  fell  down  be- 
fore the  Lamb,  having  every  one  of  them  harps,  and  golden  vials 
full  of  odours,  which  are  the  prayers  of  tlie  saints"  (Apoc.  v.  8). 
That  they  had  not  harps,  may  be  evident  to  any  one,  but  that 
the  truths  of  faith  were  signified  by  harps;  and  the  goods  of 
faith  by  golden  vials  full  of  odours.     In  iJavid,  they  are  called 

143 


421-424.]  CENESIS. 

pmisos  nn»l  confessions  which  were  made  by  instruments  {Vsa\ui 
xlii.  .'i ;  Ixix.  31).  And  in  another  place  in  John  :  "I  heard  a 
vuicu  from  heaven,  as  the  voice  of  many  waters ;  and  I  heard 
the  voice  of  harpn-s  harpin>/  with  their  harps,  and  they  san;/  a 
new  siohf "  (Ajwc.  xiv.  2,  3).  And  again  :  "  Men  standing  by 
thi'  i^ea  of  ghiss  having  the  harps  of  God  "  (Apoc.  xv.  2).  It  is 
w,.rthy  of' remark,  that  angels  and  spirits  distinguish  sounds 
acfoniing  to  their  dill'erences  as  to  good  and  truth,  not  only  the 
.><niuid.s  o?  singing  and  of  instruments,  but  also  of  words;  nor 
will  they  admit  any  except  such  tones  as  are  in  concord  ;  so  that 
ihore  is  a  harmony  of  tones,  and  thence  of  instruments,  with 
the  nature  and  essence  of  gootl  and  truth. 

421.  Verse  22.  And  Zillah,  she  also  hare  Tuhal-Cain,  the 
instrifctor  of  ever i/  artificer  in  brass  and  iron  :  and  the  sister  of 
Tiilxd-Cain  teas  Naamah.  By  Zillah  is  signified,  as  was  said 
l.ef.ire,  the  mother  of  the  natural  things  of  the  new  Church.  By 
Tiihitl-Cain,  the  instructor  of  every  artificer  in  brass  and  iron,  is 
signified  the  doctrine  of  natural  good  and  truth;  bi-ctss  signifies 
natural  good,  and  iron  natural  truth.  By  Naamah,  the  sister  of 
Tuhal-Cain,  is  signified  a  similar  Church,  or  doctrine  of  natural 
good  and  truth  outside  that  Church. 

422.  How  the  case  is  with  this  new  Church  may  appear  from 
the  Jewish  Church.  This  was  both  internal  and  external  ; 
celestial  and  spiritual  things  constituted  the  internal,  and 
natural  things  the  external ;  the  internal  being  represented  by 
Juuhcl,  and  the  external  by  Leah.  But  because  Jacob,  or  his 
posterity,  understood  by  Jacob  in  the  Word,  were  such  that 
they  desired  only  external  things,  or  a  worship  iu  externals, 
therefore  Leah  was  given  to  Jacob  before  Had  id ;  and  by  weak- 
eyed  Lecdi  was  represented  the  Jewish  Church,  and  by  Rachel 
the  new  Church  of  the  Gentiles.  Jacob  is  therefore  taken 
in  each  sense  by  the  prophets  ;  in  one  sense  where  the  per- 
verted Jewish  Church  is  signified,  and  in  the  other  where  the 
true  external  Church  of  the  Gentiles  is  signified.  When  the 
internal  is  signified,  he  is  called  Lsrael.  Concerning  these 
Churches,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in 
what  follows. 

42:;.  Tubal-Cain  is  called  the  instructor  of  every  artificer, 
and  not  the  father,  as  were  the  former  sons,  Jabal  and  Jubal. 
The  reason  is,  because  celestial  and  spiritual,  or  internal  things, 
did  not  exist  before  ;  wherefore,  because  they  then  first  existed 
they  are  called  fathers.  Natural  or  external  things,  however, 
existed  before,  but  were  now  applied  to  internal  things  ;  there- 
fore Tubal-Cain  is  called,  not  the  father,  but  the  instructor  of 
every  artificer. 

424.  By  an  artificer  in  the  Word  is  signified  one  who  is  wise, 
uitelligent,  and  .skilful.  Here  by  every  artificer  in  brass  and  iron 
are  signified  those  who  are  acquainted  with  uatui'al  good  and 
144  ° 


CHAPTER  lY.  22.  [425. 

truth.  So  ill  John :  "  With  violence  shall  that  great  city- 
Babylon  be  thrown  down,  and  shall  be  found  no  more  at  all. 
And  the  voice  of  harpers,  and  musicians,  and  of  pipers,  and 
trumpeters,  shall  be  heard  no  more  at  all  in  her;  and  no 
artificer,  of  whatever  art,  shall  be  found  any  more  in  her" 
(Apoc.  xviii.  21,  22).  Harpers,  as  before,  signify  truths  ;  trum- 
peters, the  good  of  faith  ;  an  artificer  of  whatever  art,  one  who 
is  skilful,  or  the  knowledge  of  truth  and  good.  In  Isaiah  : 
"  The  artificer  foundeth  a  graven  image,  and  the  goldsmith 
spreadeth  it  over  the  gold,  and  casteth  silver  cliains.  He 
seeketh  unto  him  a  cunniwj  artificer,  to  prepare  a  graven  image 
that  shall  not  be  moved "  (xl.  19,  2U).  This  is  spoken  of 
those  who  from  fantasy  frame  to  themselves,  and  teach  a 
falsity, — which  is  a  graven  image, — so  that  it  appears  as  truth. 
And  in  Jeremiah  :  "  They  are  altogether  brutish  and  foolish ; 
the  wood  is  a  discipline  of  vanities.  Silver  spread  into  plates 
is  brought  from  Tarshish,  and  gold  from  Uphaz  ;  the  work  of 
the  artificer,  and  of  the  hands  of  i\\Q  founder  ;  blue  and  purple 
is  their  clothing  ;  they  are  all  the  work  of  the  cunning  "  (.x.  3, 
8,  9),  which  signifies  those  who  teach  falsities,  compiling  from 
the  Word  passages  with  which  to  frame  their  devices.  It  is 
therefore  called  a  discipline  of  vanities, a.nd  the work  of  the  cunning. 
Such  persons  were  formerly  represented  by  artificers,  who  cast 
idols,  or  falsities,  wliich  they  adorn  with  gold,  that  is,  with  a 
semblance  of  good ;  and  with  silver,  or  an  appearance  of  truth  ; 
and  with  blue  and  purple  garments,  or  natural  truths  which 
seem  to  be  in  agreement. 

425.  It  has  been  hitherto  unknown  to  the  world  that  brass 
signifies  natural  good,  and  that  every  metal  that  is  mentioned  in 
the  Word  has  a  specific  signification  in  the  internal  sense ;  as 
gold,  celestial  good  ;  silcer,  spritual  trutli ;  brass,  natural  good  ; 
■iron,  natural  truth ;  and  so  on  with  tlie  others  ;  likewise  ivood 
and  stone.  Such  things  were  signified  by  the  gold,  silver,  brass, 
and  wootl  in  the  ark  and  in  the  tabernacle;  likewise  in  the 
temple ;  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall  speak 
in  the  following  pages.  In  the  prophets  it  is  very  clear  that 
such  things  are  signified;  as  in  Isaiah:  "Thou  shalt  also 
suck  the  milk  of  the  Gentiles,  and  shalt  suck  the  breast  of 
kings.  For  brass  I  will  bring  gold,  and  for  iron  I  will  bring 
silver,  and  for  wood  brass,  and  for  stones  iron ;  I  will  also  make 
thine  officers  peace,  and  thine  exactors  righteousness "  (Ix. 
16,  17X  1'he  subject  treated  of  is  the  Lord's  Coming;  His 
Kingdom  ;  and  the  celestial  Church.  For  brass,  gold,  signifies 
for  natural  good,  celestial  good  ;  for  iron,  silver,  for  natural  truth, 
spiritual  truth ;  for  wood,  brass,  for  corporeal  good,  natural 
good ;  and  for  stones,  iron,  signifies  for  sensual  truth,  natural 
truth.  In  Ezekiel :  "  Javan,  Tubal,  and  Meshech,  tliey  were 
thy  merchants ;  they  traded  in  the  soul  of  man,  and  gave  vessels 
VOL.  I.  K  145 


4'2(\] 


r.KNKSIS. 


ofhntss  for  thv  merclian.lise "  (xxvii.  13).  The  subject  here 
muiteil  i»f  is  tyn',  by  ^vluch  are  signified  those  who  possess 
spirituul  and  oelestiarriches  ;  vessels  of  hmss  here  denote  natural 
Lnnuls.  In  Moses:  "A  land  whose  stories  are  iron,  and  out  of 
wliosi'  mountains  thou  shalt  dig  brass"  (Deut.  viii.  9).  Here, 
liki'wisf.  N^'//«N  signify  sensual  truth;  iron  signifies  natural  or 
rational' truth;  and  ?<m.ss,  natural  good.  Four  animals,  or 
chiTuhini.  were  seen  by  Ezekiel,  whose  feet  sparkled  like  the 
ai)i>rarance  of  burnished  brass  (i.  7).  Here,  likewise,  brass 
.si<Miilios  natural  good;  for  the  foot  of  man  represents  what  is 
natural.  In  like  maimer  Daniel  saw :  "  A  man  clothed  in  linen, 
who.>e  U>ins  were  girded  with/??c  ffolcl  of  Uphaz;  his  body  also 
was  like  beryl,  and  his  arms  and  his  feet  like  the  appearance  of 
j.olished  brass  "  (x.  5,  G).  That  the  brazen  serpent  (Num.  xxi.  9) 
rt'itresfutcd  the  natural  and  sensual  good  of  the  Lord,  has  been 
shewn  above. 

4L'r).  Tiiat  iro7i  signifies  natural  truth,  is  evident  not  only 
from  the  passages  above  quoted,  but  also  from  what  is  written  in 
Ezekiel  concerning  Tyre  :  "  Tarshish  was  thy  merchant  by 
reason  of  the  multitude  of  all  riches ;  in  silver,  iron,  tin,  and 
lead,  they  traded  in  thy  fairs.  Dan  also,  and  Javan,  and 
Meusal,  gave  bright  iron  in  thy  tradings;  cassia  and  calamus 
were  in  thy  market"  (xxvii.  12,  19).  From  these  words,  and 
frtim  Mhat  precedes  and  follows  in  the  same  chapter,  it  is  very 
evident  that  celestial  and  spiritual  riches  are  signified,  and  that 
ever}'  one  of  tlie  particulars  mentioned,  as  also  the  names,  has 
a  special  signification  ;  for  the  "Word  of  the  Lord  is  spiritual,  not 

2  verbal.  In  Jeremiah  :  "Shall  iron  break  the  northerii  iron  and 
brass  ?  Thy  substance  and  thy  treasures  will  I  give  to  the  spoil, 
without  price,  and  that  for  all  thy  sins  "  (xv,  12, 13).  Iron  and 
brass  here  signify  natural  truth  and  good  ;  what  comes  from  the 
7(or^/(,  signifies  the  sensual  and  natural;  for  the  natural  relat- 
ively to  the  spiritual  and  celestial,  is  as  darkness  or  the  7iorth, 
in  relation  to  light  or  the  south;  or  like  shade,  which  is  also 
signified  here  by  Zillah,  who  is  the  mother.  That  the  substance 
and  treasures  are  celestial  and  spiritual  riches,  is  also  very 

3  evident.  In  Ezekiel :  "  Take  thou  unto  thee  a  pan  of  iron,  and 
set  it  for  a  wall  of  iron  Ijetween  thee  and  the  city,  and  set  thy 
face  against  it,  and  it  shall  be  besieged,  and  thou  shalt  lay  siege 
against  it  "  (iv.  3).  It  is  clear  that  here  also  iron  signifies  truth. 
Strength  is  attributed  to  truth,  because  it  cannot  be  resisted ; 
wherefore  it  is  predicated  of  iron,  by  which  is  signified  truth,  or 
the  truth  of  faith,  which  breaks  and  bruises;  as  in  Daniel  (ii. 
33,  40) ;  and  in  John  :  "  He  that  overcometh,  to  him  will  I  give 
])Ower  over  the  nations  ;  and  he  shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron  ;  as  the  vessels  of  a  potter  shall  they  be  broken  to  shivers  " 
(Apoc.  ii.  20,  27).  Again  :  "  The  woman  brought  forth  a  man- 
child,  who  was  to  rule  all  nations  with  a  roel  of  iron"  (Apoc. 

140 


CHAPTER  IV.  23.  [427-430. 

xii.  5).  That  a  rod  of  iron  denotes  truth,  which  is  of  the  "Word  of  4 
the  Lord,  is  explained  in  John :  "  I  saw  heaven  opened,  and  behold 
a  white  horse,  and  He  that  sat  upon  him  was  called  Faithful  and 
True,  and  in  righteousness  He  doth  judge  and  make  war.  He 
Avas  clothed  with  a  vesture  dipped  in  blood ;  and  His  name  is 
called  The  Word  of  God.  Out  of  His  mouth  goeth  a  sharp 
sword,  and  with  it  He  shall  smite  the  nations  ;  and  He  shall  rule 
them  with  a  rod  of  iron"  (Apoc.  xix.  11,  13,  15). 

427.  Verse  23.  And  Lamcch  said  unto  his  wives,  Adah  and 
Zillah,  Hear  my  voice,  ye  wives  of  Lantech,  and  ivith  your  ears 
27C7'ceive  my  speech :  for  I  have  slain  a  man  to  my  wounding,  and 
a  little  one  to  my  bruising.  By  Lamcch  is  signified  vastation, 
as  before.  His  entreaty  to  his  wives,  Adah  and  Zillah,  that 
with  their  ears  they  should  perceive  his  speech,  denotes  confession, 
which  is  only  made  where  there  is  a  Church ;  which  Church  is 
signified  by  his  wives,  as  said  before.  That  he  had  slain  a  man 
to  his  wounding,  signifies  that  he  had  extinguished  faith,  for  a 
m,an  signifies  faith,  as  before ;  and  a  little  one  to  his  bndsing, 
signifies  that  he  had  extinguished  charit}^  By  a  wound  and  a 
bruise,  is  signified  that  he  was  no  longer  whole ;  by  a  wound, 
that  faith  was  desolated,  and  by  a  bruise,  that  charity  was 
devastated. 

428.  From  the  contents  of  this  and  the  following  verses,  it 
is  very  evident  that  by  Lamech  is  signified  vastation ;  for  he 
says,  that  he  had  slain  a  man  and  a  little  one,  and  that  Cain 
should  be  avenged  sevenfold,  and  Lamech  seventy  and  seven- 
fold. 

429.  That  by  a  man  is  signified  faith,  is  evident  from  the 
first  verse  of  this  chapter,  where  Eve  said,  when  she  brought 
forth  Cain,  L  have  gotten  a  man,  Jehovah ;  by  which  was  meant 
the  doctrine  of  faith,  and  it  was  called  a  man,  Jehovah.  It  is 
also  evident  from  what  was  shewn  above  concerning  a  man  (vir), 
that  he  signifies  the  understanding,  which  pertains  to  faith. 
That  he  also  extinguished  charity,  wdiich  is  called  a  little  one,  or 
a  little  boy,  is  hence  evident ;  for  he  who  denies  and  destroys 
faitli,  at  the  same  time  also  denies  and  destroys  the  charity 
which  is  born  from  faith. 

430.  A  little  one  or  a  little  boy,  in  the  Word,  signifies  in- 
nocence, and  also  charity  ;  for  true  innocence  cannot  exist  with- 
out charity,  nor  true  charity  without  innocence.  There  arc 
three  degrees  of  innocence,  which  are  distinguished  in  the  Word 
by  sucklings,  infants,  and  little  boys ;  and  as  there  can  be  no 
true  innocence  without  true  love  and  charity,  therefore  by  suck- 
lings, infants,  and  little  boys,  are  also  represented  the  three 
degrees  of  love,  which  are  tender  love,  as  of  the  suckling  to- 
wards its  mother  or  nurse ;  love  as  of  an  infant  towards  its 
parents ;  and  cliarity,  as  of  a  little  boy  towards  its  instructor. 
Thus  it  is  said  in  Isaiah  :  "The  wolf  shall  dwell  with  tlie  lamb, 

147 


4:^.1 -4r.:r]  gkxk^^t.^. 

ami  llio  K'opnnl  shall  lie  Jo\vn  with  the  kid  ;  and  tlic  calf,  and  tlio 
vountr  lion,  and  llie  i'atling  to-;vther  ;  and  a  little  child  shall  lead 
ihiMir"  (xi.'c).  Here  the  hnih,  the  /. ^/,  and  the  ca//,  denote 
thive  «le«^Mt>i's  tif  innocence  and  love  ;  the  ivolf,  the  leopard,  and 
the  i/oini'/  //(»«.,  their  opposites ;  and  a  little  ?w?/,  charity.  In 
.leivniiah':  "  Vo  comniit  this  .ureat  evil  against  your  souls,  to  cut 
oil'  from  yiiu  man  ((•//•)  and  wife,  infant  and  mcUin'j,  out  of  the 
midsl  of' dudah,  to  leave  you  no  remains"  (xliv.  7).  Man 
(vir)  and  »/■(/(•  denote  the  intellectual  things  of  truth,  and  the 
voluntarv  tilings  of  good;  and  infants  and  mcliings  denote  the 
lirsl  degrees  of  love.  That  an  infant  and  a  little  boy  denote  in- 
nocence and  charity,  is  very  evident  from  the  Lord's  words  iu 
I, like:  "Tli(\v  hronght  unto  Jesus  infants  that  He  should  touch 
them.  Andlle  said,  SuH'er  little  children  to  come  unto  Me,  and 
forbid  tliem  not :  for  of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily  I  say 
unto  you,  AVhocver  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God  as  a 
little  child,  shall  in  no  wise  enter  therein"  (xviii.  15-17).  The 
Lord  Himself  is  called  a  little  one,  or  a  little  boy  (Isaiah  ix.  6), 
l>ecausc  He  is  Innocence  itself  and  Love  itself  ;  and  in  the  same 
passage  He  is  called  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  God,  Hero,  the 
hither  of  Eternity,  Prince  of  Peace. 

4."')1.  That  by  a  wound  and  a  hruisc  is  signified,  that  he  was 
no  longer  whole ;  by  wound,  in  particular,  that  faith  was  deso- 
lated, and  by  a  bruise  that  charity  was  devastated,  appears  from 
this  consideration,  that  the  wound  is  predicated  of  a  man ;  and 
the  bruise,  of  a  little  child.  The  desolation  of  faith  and  the 
vastation  of  charity  are  described  by  the  same  expressions  in 
Isaiah  :  "  From  the  sole  of  the  foot  even  unto  the  head  there  is 
no  soiuidncss  in  it ;  but  u-ound  and  Iriiise  and  recent  sore;  they 
have  not  been  closed,  neither  bound  up,  neither  mollified  witli 
ointment "  (i.  6).  Here  a  wound  is  predicated  of  faith  desolated, 
a  bruise  of  charity  vastated,  and  a  recent  sore,  of  both. 

432.  Verse  24.  If  Cain  shall  be  avenged  sevenfold,  truly 
Lamcch  stvcnti/  and  sevenfold.  These  words  signify  that  they 
had  extinguished  the  faith  understood  by  Cain,  to  violate  which 
was  [to  violate]  something  most  sacred ;  and  at  the  same  time 
the  charity  tliat  should  have  been  born  from  faith,  which  was 
much  more  sacred  ;  and  that  hence  they  suffered  condemnation, 
denoted  by  being  avenged  seventy  and  sevenfold. 

483.  That  Cain's  being  avenged  sevenfold  signifies,  that  to 
violate  faith  separated  from  charity,  understood  by  Cain,  was 
(to  violate]  soujething  most  sacred,  was  shewn  in  the  explana- 
tion of  verse  15 ;  and  that  by  being  avenged  seventy  and  seven- 
fold is  signified,  that  they  had  violated  what  was  much  more 
sacred,  and  that  hence  there  was  condemnation,  is  evident  from 
the  signification  of  seventy  and  sevenfold.  That  the  number. 
s^ven  is  holy  is  from  this— that  the  seventh  rf«y  signifies  the^ 
celestial  man,  the  celestial  Church,  the  celestial '  kingdom,  and 
148  ° 


CHAPTEE  lY.  25.  [43i-43G. 

in  the  highest  sense  the  Lord  Himself.  Hence  the  number 
seven,  whenever  it  occurs  in  the  Word,  denotes  what  is  holy,  or 
most  holy ;  and  that  holiness,  or  sanctity,  is  predicated  of  those 
things,  or  according  to  those  things,  which  are  treated  of.  So 
also  the  number  seventy,  which  comprehends  seven  ages ;  for  an 
age  in  the  Word  is  ten  years.  When  anything  most  holy  or  most 
sacred  was  to  be  expressed,  then  the  phrase  seventh/  times  seven  was 
used,  as  wlien  the  Lord  said  that  "  a  man  should  forgive  his 
brother  not  only  until  seven  times,  but  until  seventy/  times  seven  " 
(Matt,  xviii.  21,  22),  by  which  is  meant  that  he  should  forgive  as 
often  as  he  trespasses,  that  is,  without  end,  or  for  ever ;  which  is 
holy.  And  here,  that  he  should  be  avenged  seventy  and  sevenfold 
denotes  condemnation;  because  it  was  to  violate  a  most  holy  thing. 

434.  Verse  25.  And  the  Man  knew  Ms  wife  again ;  and  she 
hare  a  son,  and  ealled  his  name  Seth:  for  God  hath  replaced  to 
me  another  seed  instead  of  Abel,  heeause  Cain  hath  slain  him. 
By  the  man  and  his  wife,  here,  is  meant  the  new  Church  before 
signified  by  Adah  and  Zillah ;  by  her  son,  whose  nanu  she  ealled 
Seth,  is  signified  a  new  faith,  tlirough  which  cliarity  is  implanted. 
That  Gocl  replaced  another  seed  instead  of  Abel,  because  Cain  sleio 
him,  signifies  that  charity,  which  Cain  had  separated  and  extin- 
guished, was  now  granted  by  the  Lord  to  this  Church. 

435.  That  the  man  and  his  irife  here  mean  the  new  Church 
signified  above  by  Adah  and  Zillah,  no  one  can  know  and  prove 
from  the  sense  of  the  letter,  for  the  o)ian  and  his  wife  liad  before 
signified  the  Most  Ancient  Church  and  its  posterity ;  but  from  the 
internal  sense  this  is  evident ;  as  well  as  from  the  fact  that 
presently,  in  the  following  chapter  (vers.  1-4),  it  is  again  said 
of  the  man  and  his  wife  tliat  they  begat  Seth, — but  in  entirely 
different  words, — where  the  first  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  is  signified.  If  nothing  else  had  been  signified  in  this 
passage,  there  would  have  been  no  need  of  repeating  the  same 
thing ;  in  like  manner  as  in  the  first  chapter,  where  the  creation 
of  man,  of  the  plants  of  the  earth,  and  of  beasts,  is  treated  of, 
and  yet  the  same  thing  is  repeated  in  the  second  chapter,  for 
the  reason,  as  was  said,  that  in  the  first  chapter  the  subject  is 
the  creation  of  the  spiritual  man,  and  in  the  following  the  crea- 
tion of  the  celestial  man.  Whenever  tliere  is  such  a  re])etition 
of  the  same  person  and  thing,  there  is  a  different  signification  in 
each  passage ;  but  what  is  signified  can  never  be  known  except 
from  the  internal  sense.  The  series  of  things  itself  likewise 
confirms  it.  Moreover,  man  and  luife  are  general  terms,  signi- 
fying the  Church  as  a  productive  subject  (de  (jua,  et  ex  (jva). 

436.  That  by  her  son,  whose  name  she  ealled  Seth,  is  signified 
a  new  faith,  through  which  charity  is  implanted,  is  evident  from 
what  has  l)een  said  before,  as  well  as  from  what  was  related  of 
Cain,  that  a  mark  was  set  upon  him,  lest  any  one  should  slay 
him.     For  in  series  the  case  is  as  follows  :  Faith  separated  from 

149 


4:.7-440.]  GENESIS. 

lovo  was  si.'Milio.l  l.v  Cain;  charity  by  Abel;  that  faith  separ- 
Ht.'tl  fxtin-uishe.l  charitv,  was  sigiiilii'd  by  Cam's  slaying  Abel ; 
uiul  tlmt  "faith  siituikl  be  preserved,  in  order  that  through 
it  eharity  niiuht  bo  implanted  l>y  the  Lord,  was  signified  by 
.lehovah's  setting  a  mark  upon  Cain  lest  any  one  should  slay 
him  ;  that  afterwards  through  faith  the  holiness  of  love  and 
the  ''o..d  thence  were  given  by  the  Lord,  was  signified  by  Jabal 
wh..m  Adah  bare  :  that  the  Spiritual  of  faith  was  given,  was 
si'^uified  by  his  brother  Jul)al ;  and  that  from  these  were  natural 
go.Ml  and  truth,  was  signified  by  Tubal-Cain  whom  Zillah  bare. 
In  these  two  verses  is  die  conclusion  or  summary  of  the  things 
related,  wl)ich  is  this :  that  by  the  man  and  his  wife  is  signified 
tlie  new  Church,  liefore  called  Adah  and  Zillah;  by  Seth,  a 
faith  through  which  charity  is  implanted;  and,  in  the  following 
vi'i-se.  l»y  Yaws,  the  charity  implanted  by  means  of  faith. 

437.  That  Seth  here  signifies  a  new  faith  through  wdiich 
eharity  is  implanted,  is  explained  by  his  name,  wdiich  was  so 
called'imiMsc  Gud  replaced  another  seed  instead  of  Abel,  v:hom 
Cain  sine.  That  God  replaced  another  seed,  means  that  the 
Lord  gave  another  faith ;  another  seed  is  a  faith  through  which 
rharity  is  implanted.  That  seed  signifies  faith,  may  be  seen 
above  (no.  255). 

438.  Verse  20.  And  to  Seth,  to  him' cdso  there  icas  horn  a  son  ; 
and  he  called  his  name  Enos.  Then  heyan  they  to  call  vjxm  the 
name  of  Jehovah.  By  Seth  is  signified  a  faith  through  which 
charity  is  implanted,  as  has  been  stated ;  by  his  son,  whose 
name  was  Enos,  is  signified  a  Church  which  regarded  charity 
as  the  chief  of  faith ;  that  they  then  began  to  call  on  the  name  of 
Jehovah,  signifies  the  worship  of  that  Church  from  charity. 

439.  That  liy  Seth  is  signified  a  faith  through  which  charity 
is  implanted,  was  shewn  in  the  preceding  verse  ;  that  by  his  son, 
irhose  name  vxis  Enos,  is  signified  a  Church  which  regarded 
charity  as  the  chief  of  faith,  is  also  evident  from  what  was  said 
alx)ve,  as  well  as  from  the  fact  that  he  was  named  Enos  ;  which 
name  also  signifies  man.  Yet  it  is  not  a  celestial  man,  but  a 
liuman  spiritual  man  that  is  here  called  Enos.  This  is  evident, 
mureover,  from  the  words  which  immediately  follow:  Tlicn 
hiyan  they  to  call  tipon  the  name  of  Jehovah. 

440.  That  they  then  began  to  call  upon  the  name  of  Jehovah, 
signifies  the  worship  of  that  Church  from  charity,  may  appear 
from  the  consideration,  thcd  to  ctdl  nx)on  the  name  of  Jehovah 
is  a  cu.stoniary  and  general  form  of  expression  for  all  worship 
(•f  the  Lord  ;  and  that  it  was  from  charity,  is  evident  from  the 
fact  that  He  is  here  called  Jehovah,  but  in  the  preceding  verse, 
God ;  and  from  the  consideration  that  the  Lord  cannot  be  wor- 
sliipped  except  from  charity.  From  faitli  which  is  not  of  charity, 
worsiiip  is  not  offered ;  for  it  is  only  of  the  lips,  not  of  the  heart. 
Ihat  to  rail  vpon  the  name  of  Jehovah  is  a  customary  form  of 


CHAPTER  IV.  [441-443. 

expression  for  all  worship  of  the  Lord,  is  evident  from  the  Word. 
Thus,  it  is  written  of  Abraham,  that  "  He  builded  an  altar  to 
Jehovah,  and  called  on  the  name  of  Jehovah  "  (Gen.  xii.  8  ;  xiii.  4) ; 
and  again,  that  "  He  planted  a  grove  in  Beersheba,  and  called 
there  on  the  name  of  Jehovah,  the  God  of  eternity"  (Gen.  xxi.  33). 
That  it  is  an  expression  for  all  worship  appears  in  Isaiah : 
"  Jehovah,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  hath  said,  Thou  hast  not 
called  ujoon  Me,  0  Jacob ;  but  thou  hast  been  weary  of  Me,  0 
Israel.  Thou  hast  not  brought  to  Me  the  small  cattle  of  thy 
burnt-offerings ;  neither  hast  thou  honoured  Me  with  thy  sacri- 
fices :  I  have  not  caused  thee  to  serve  with  an  offering,  nor 
wearied  thee  with  incense"  (xliii.  22,  23).  In  this  passage  a 
summary  is  given  of  all  representative  worship. 

441.  It  is  sufficiently  evident  from  what  has  preceded,  with 
regard  to  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  above  all  others 
adored  and  worshipped  the  Lord,  that  the  invocation  of  the  name 
of  Jehovah  did  not  now  first  begin.  It  is  also  evident  from  the 
fact  that  Abel  brought  an  offering  of  the  firstlings  of  the  flock. 
Here,  then,  hy  calling  v.pon  tlie  name  of  Jehovah,  nothing  else  is 
signified  than  the  worship  of  a  new  Church,  after  the  former 
Church  had  been  extinguished  by  those  who  are  called  Cain, 
and  finally  Lamech. 

442,  From  what  has  been  shewn  in  this  chapter,  it  is  clear 
that  in  the  most  ancient  time  there  were  many  doctrines  and 
heresies,  separate  from  the  Church,  each  one  of  which  had  its 
own  name ;  which  separate  doctrines  and  heresies  involved 
much  more  profound  thought  than  any  at  the  present  day, 
because  of  the  peculiar  genius  of  the  men  of  that  time. 


SOME   EXAMPLES   FROM    SPIRITS  OF  WHAT  THEY  THOUGHT   DURING 
THE   LIFE   OF   THE   BODY   CONCERNING   THE   SOUL   OR   SPIRIT. 

443.  In  the  other  life  it  is  granted  to  perceive  clearly  what 
opinions  people  have  entertained  while  they  lived  in  the  hody,  con- 
cerning the  sold,  the  spirit,  and  the  life  after  death ;  for  when 
Icept  in  a  state  resembling  that  of  the  hody,  they  then  think  in  a 
similar  manner,  and  their  thought  is  communicated  as  plainly  as 
if  they  spolx  openly.  In  the  case  of  one  person,  and  long  after  his 
decease,  I  2^<^^'ceived,  what  he  indeed  confessed,  that  althovgh  lie 
had  believed  in  the  existence  of  the  spirit,  yet  he  imagined  that  it 
coidd  only  live  an  indistinct  life;  for  he  had  regarded  the  life  as 
being  in  the  body,  so  that  on  the  life  of  the  body  being  withdraum, 
there  woidd  remain  scarcely  any  perception  of  individuality.  He, 
therefore,  supposed  the  spirit  to  be  a  phctntom ;  and  confirmed 
himself  in  this  notion  by  observing  that  brutes  also  have  life  almost 

151 


Ill  44.V]  GENESIS. 

it  At  lion.  //<•  iras  nov  astonished  that  sjnrits  aiul  angels  live  in 
thr  hiijhid  li'fht,  i/iftllit/aice,  wisdom,  and  hapjnness,  attended 
trith  such  jumjitioii  as  can  scarcely  he  deserihed ;  thus  that  their 
life,  no  far  from  hing  obscure,  iras  clear  and  most  distinct. 

444.  Coiurrsing  trith  another,  vho  during  his  life  in  the 
imr///  h  lit  red  the  s]nrit  to  have  no  extension,  in  consequence  of 
tchich  he  teas  unwilling  to  admit  of  any  cxiJression  respecting  the 
apirit  vhich  implied  cdauion,  I  asked  him  ivhat  he  now  thought 
of  himself,  siiwe  he  had  become  a  soid  or  spirit,  and  yet  had 
siifht,  hearing,  smelling,  an  exquisite  sense  of  touch,  desires,  and 
thought,  insomuch  that  he  supjjosed  himself  to  he  altogether  as  he 
rras  in  the  body?  He  ivas  still  possessed  with  the  same  idea 
which  he  had  entertained  in  the  world,  and  replied.  The  sjnrit  is 
the  thought.  In  ansicer  to  this,  I  ims  permitted  to  ask  him 
whdhcr,  since  he  had  lived  in  the  loorld,  he  did  not  know  that 
Itodily  visio7i  cannot  exist  loithoid  an  organ  of  vision,  or  the  eye  ; 
aiui  how  there  could  be  internal  vision,  or  thought,  vnthoid  a  sub- 
stance organized  by  which  to  think.  He  then  acknouicdged  that 
in  the  life  of  the  body  he  had  been  perplexxd  icith  this  fantasy, 
that  the  spirit  was  a  mere  thinking  'p'>'i'^cip^c  without  any 
organization  or  extension.  I  added,  that  if  the  soid  or  spirit 
were  merely  tlie  thought,  man  ivoidd  have  no  need  of  so  large  a 
brain,  since  the  icliole  brain  is  the  organ  of  the  interior  senses; 
for  if  it  xoere  not  so,  the  skull  might  be  emptied  of  its  co7itents, 
and  the  thinking  principle  co7ifinue  to  act  the  piart  of  the  spirit. 
From  this  consideration  alone,  as  vxll  as  from  the  operation  of 
the  sold  upon  the  muscles,  producing  so  great  a  variety  of  motion, 
it  might  be  evident  to  him  that  the  sjjirit  is  organic,  or  an 
organized  substance.  He  therefore  confessed  his  error,  and  won- 
dered that  he  had  been  so  infatuated. 

445.  It  may  be  further  observed  that  the  learned  entertain  no 
other  belief  than  that  the  soul  or  sjjirit,  ivhich  is  to  live  after 
death,  is  the  thought  ahsiracted.  This  is  clearly  shewn  by  their 
vmrillingness  to  admit  tlie  apiylicaUlity  to  the  soid  of  any  expres- 
sion hariiig  reference  to  what  is  eo:t ended ;  because  the  thought 
abstracted  from  its  subject  is  not  extended,  while  the  subject  of 
tfiovght,  and  objects  of  thought,  are  extended;  and  to  such  objects 
as  are  not  cxtewled  men  assign  limits,  and  give  extension,  for  the 
purpose  of  making  them  objective  or  ap)prehensible  to  the  mind. 
It  vi  very  clear,  tlurefore,  that  the  learned  have  no  idea  of  the 
sold,  or  spirit,  except  as  mere  thought;  and  thits  they  cannot 
believe  otherwise  than  tJud  it  will  vanish  ichen  they  die. 

440.  /  Imve  conversed  loith  spirits  concerning  the  opinion  of 
men  who  live  at  the  present  day,  thcd  the  existence  of  the  spirit  is 
xrurrcdible,  bemuse  they  do  not  see  it  with  their  eyes,  nor  comjjre- 
hcnd  It  by  the  sciences— thus  not  only  denying  that  the  spirit  is 
extended  but  also  that  it  is  a  suManceJor  they  dispute  about 
wluit  substance  is;  and  as  they  deny  that  the  spirit  has  extension 


CHAPTER  IV.  [447,  448. 

and  dispute  about  sulstancc,  they  also  deny  that  it  is  in  any  2ilocc, 
— atul  consequently  that  it  is  in  the  human  hody ;  although  the 
most  simple  may  know  that  his  soid  or  spirit  is  in  his  hody. 
When  I  mentioned  these  tilings,  spirits  who  were  among  the  more 
simple  were  astonished  that  men  of  the  present  day  icere  so  foolish  ; 
and  when  they  heard  some  of  the  expressions  about  which  they 
disjnded,  such  as  p}arts  without  parts,  and  the  like,  they  called 
such  things  absurd,  ridiculous,  and  farcical,  u'hich  should  never 
occupy  the  mind,  because  they  obstruct  the  vjay  to  intelligence. 

447.  A  certain  spirit  tvho  had  recently  entered  into  the  other 
life,  was  tcdking  ivith  me.  When  he  heard  me  speak  of  the  spirit, 
he  asked,  What  is  a  spirit  ?  supposing  himself  still  to  be  a  man. 
When  I  told  him  that  there  is  a  sjnrit  in  every  man,  that  man  as 
to  his  life  is  a  spirit,  that  the  body  only  serves  him  for  living  on 
the  earth,  and  that  Jicsh  and  bone,  or  the  body,  can  in  no  vAse  live 
and  tliink,  he  hesitated.  I  then  asked  him,  whether  he  had  ever 
heard  anything  ahout  the  soid  f  He  replied.  What  is  the  soul? 
I  know  not  what  the  soid  is.  It  was  then  granted  me  to  inform 
him,  that  he  v:as  now  a  soul,  or  spirit ;  as  he  might  know  from 
the  fact  that  he  was  over  my  head,  and  not  standing  upon  the 
earth :  and  I  asked  him  whether  he  coidd  not  perceive  this  ?  Then 
he  fled  away  affrighted,  crying  out,  "  /  am  a  sjnrit  !  I  am  a 
spirit ! "  A  certain  Jew  also  teas  so  confident  thai  he  ivas  still 
living  in  the  body,  that  it  was  with  difficulty  he  eoidd  be  p)GTSuaded 
to  think  othcrioise ;  and  even  after  it  had  been  shewn  him  that  he 
'was  a  spirit,  he  persisted  in  declaring  that  he  was  a  man,  because 
he  saw  and  heard.  Such  are  those  who,  during  their  edwde  in 
the  u'orld,  have  been  corporccd.  Many  other  circumstances  of  a 
similar  kind  might  be  mentioned,  bid  these  are  adduced  merely 
for  the  sake  of  confirming  the  truth,  that  it  is  the  sjnrit  in  man 
which  possesses  consciousness,  and  not  the  hody. 

448.  /  have  conversed  with  many  whom  I  hare  knoivn  during 
their  life  in  the  body — and  for  a  long  time,  with  some  during  a 
2Jeriod  of  several  months,  icifh  others  even  for  a-  year — in  a  voire 
as  clear  and  distinct,  although  intei^nal,  as  with  friends  in  the 
world.  Our  conversation  sometimes  turned  on  the  state  of  man 
after  death,  and  they  ivere  greatly  surprised  that  no  one,  in  the 
life  of  the  body,  knoujs  or  believes  that  he  is  to  live  thus  after  the 
life  of  the  body,  when  yet  dccdh  is  a  continuation  of  life  ;  and  it 
is  such,  that  the  man  passes  from  an  obscure  life  into  a  clear  one, 
and  they  who  arc  in  faith  toivards  the  Lord,  into  a  life  more  and 
'more  clear.  They  have  desired  me  to  inform  their  friends  on 
earth  thcd  they  are  still  cdi'ce,  and  to  write  to  them  an  account  of 
their  condition,  as  I  have  told  them  many  things  resincting  their 
friends.  But  I  have  ansivcred.  If  I  were  to  speak,  or  write  to  ■ 
them,  they  looidd  not  believe,  but  would  ccdl  fny  information 
fci'ntasy,  would  I'idicide  it,  and  ask  for  signs  or  miracles  before 
they  believed ;    and   thus   I  should  O'nly  expose  myself  to  their 

lo3 


CIEXESIS. 

.f.,'i<!.tn.  ^)  ilisjio.'<i'd  tnr  mankiuil  to  deny  in  /heir  hearts  the 
>•  of  spirits,  that  it  is  2»'ol>ahle  but  few  will  believe  the 
nil  is  ii'hich  I  hare  here  stated ;  and  eren  those  who  do  not  deny 
thai  spirits  exist,  are  yet  very  unwilling  to  hear  that  any  one  ean 
tx'-  ''h  spirits.     In  aneient  times  they  tvere  strangers  to  such 

II,  It  lielongs  to  this  day,  when  men  seek  to  discover  by 

their  Wild  reasonings  what  spirits  are,  wltom,  by  their  definitions 
ami  suppositions,  tliey  deprire  of  every  sensation ;  and  the  more 
Uarncd  they  wish  to  be,  the  more  they  do  this. 


154 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTER     FIFTH. 

HEAVEN    AND    HEAVENLY    JOY. 

449.  No  one  hifhcrto  has  hnown  the  nature  of  heaven  and 
heavenly  joy.  Those  who  have  thouglit  on  the  subject  have  con- 
ceived so  general  and  gross  an  idea  concerning  it,  that  it  is 
scarcely  any  idea.  From  spirits  newly  come  from  the  ivorld  into 
the  other  life  I  have  had  the  best  opportunity  of  hiowing  what 
notions  they  had  conceived  respecting  heaven  and  heavenly  joy ; 
for  %ohcn  left  to  themselves,  as  if  they  were  in  the  ivorld,  they 
think  in  a  similar  manner.  I  am  permitted  to  mention  a  few 
examples. 

450.  Some,  who  appeared  in  the  ivorld  more  enlightened  than 
others  in  respect  to  the  Word,  entertained  so  false  an  idea  of 
heaven,  as  to  stqjpose  that  they  should  be  in  heaven  %vhen  in  an 
exalted  station,  tvhence  they  coidd  govern  what  laas  beneath,  and 
thus  be  in  their  own  glory,  and  eminent  above  others.  To  con- 
vince those  %vho  were  in  such  a  fantasy  of  their  error,  they  were 
taken  up  on  high  and  permitted  to  govern  in  some  degree  what 
was  beneath  them,  ivhen  they  discovered,  to  their  shame,  that 
this  was  a  fanciful  heaven,  and  that  heaven  did  not  consist  in  an 
elevated  station,  nor  in  a  desire  for  j^re-einincnce  over  others,  but 
is  everywhere  ivith  him  who  is  in  love  and  charity,  or  in  ivhom 
the  kingdom  of  the  Lord  is ;  for  to  wish  to  be  greater  than  others 
is  not  heaven  but  hell. 

451.  A  certain  sjnrit  wlio,  in  the  life  of  the  body,  was  in 
possession  of  pre-eminent  poicer,  retained  his  love  of  command 
also  in  the  other  life.  He  was,  however,  told  that  he  was  in 
another  and  eterncd  kingdom,  that  his  authority  had  expired  on 
earth,  and  that  no  one  is  estimated  in  the  spiritucd  world  except 
according  to  the  degree  in  which  he  is  in  good  and.  truih,  and 
in  the  mercy  of  the'  Lord.  He  was  also  reminded  that  in  this 
respect  the  kingdom  of  heaven  was  like  the  kingdoms  of  the  earth, 
where  no  one  is  esteemed  except  in  proportion  to  his  ivealth  and 
his  favour  vnth  the  sovereign ;  for  wealth  in  the  heavenly  kingdom, 
is  good  and  truth,  and  the  favour  of  the  sovereign  is  the  mercy  of 

155 


iv:  -i:.:,.]  genesis. 

,„■  i'.<-,,l :  iiiuf  In  iras  fold  that  if  he  wished  to  rule  hy  any  other 
moinn^  hf  was  a  rebel,  being  noiv  in  the  kinydum  of  another  sove- 
rriffti.     On  h^ariny  this  he  was 2nit  to  shame. 

4r>2.  /  hare  eon  versed  irit It  spirits  who  supposed  heaven  and 
hrairnli/  Joy  to  eonsist  in  this,  that  they  shoidd  be  the  yrcatest. 
lint  it  was  told  them,  that  in  heaven  he  is  the  greatest  v:ho  is 
Uiist;  for  whoever  desires  to  be  the  least  has  the  greatest  hap2)i- 
nfss,  and  as  he  who  is  the  least  enjoys  the  greatest  happiness,  it 
follows  that  he  is  tlic  greatest.  For  what  is  it  to  be  greatest,  hut 
to  Ix-  the  most  happy  ?  It  is  this  ivhieh  the  powerfid  seek  to 
attain  by  power,  and  tJie  rich  by  riches.  They  were  further 
informed,  that  heaven  docs  not  consist  in  desiring  to  he  least  with 
a  view  of  being  the  greedest — for  such  a  desire  is  the  lust  of  prc- 
t  mine  nee — but  in  a  man's  unshing  from  his  heart  better  to  otlicrs 
than  to  himself,  and  in  serving  others  ivith  a  viciv  to  their  hap)pi- 
ness,  not  from  any  selfish  end,  hut  from  love. 

453.  Some  entertain  so  gross  an  idea  of  heaven,  as  to  believe 
they  n4:c(l  only  to  have  admission ;  regarding  it  as  a  closed  place, 
into  which  they  arc  admitted  through  a  door  which  is  opened,  and 
arc  intradural  by  those  who  are  door-keepers  there. 

4."4.  Some  believe  it  to  consist  in  leading  an  indolent  life,  in 
which  they  are  served  hy  others.  But  they  are.  informed  that 
hajtpiiuss  hy  no  means  consists  in  a  state  of  repose ;  for  were  it 
/u\  every  one  woidd  desire  the  happiness  of  others  for  himself  and 
thus  none  cold d  p)0ssess  it.  In  such  a  life,  not  being  active  hut 
idle,  they  woidd  become  torpid,  vj]ien  yet  it  might  be  knoivn  to 
them  that  without  active  life  there  can  he  none  of  the  happiness 
of  life.  Angelic  life  consists  in  use,  ami  in  the  goods  of  charity. 
For  nothing  is  more  delightful  to  the  angels  than  to  instruct  and 
tench  S]ririts  coming  from  the  world;  to  serve  mankind  by  re- 
straining the  evil  sinrits  that  are  ivith  them  from  passing  their 
proper  bounds,  and  insiyiring  them  ivith  whed  is  good ;  to  raise 
up  the  dead  to  eternal  life,  and  afterwards,  if  their  souls  he  such 
that  it  is  possible,  to  introduce  them  into  heaven.  In  the  per- 
formance of  these  offices  they  jjcrceive  a  degree  of  happiness  vMch 
cannot  be  described.  Thus  they  are  images  of  tlie  Lord,  for  they 
love  tfteir  neighbour  mx)re  than  themselves  ;  and  ivhere  thisfeeli7ig 
rxuts,  there  is  Jieaven.  Angelic  ha^opiness,  then,  is  in  use,  from 
use,  aiul  according  to  use ;  or,  in  other  words,  it  is  according  to  the 
goods  of  love  and  charity.  These  things  having  been  said,  those 
who  entertained  the  idea  thcd  heavenly  joy  consists  in  idleness,  and 
tn  indolently  fjuaffi/ng  cterned  delight,  were,  for  the  purpose  of 
making  thnn  asliamed  of  their  opinions,  led  to  perceive  tlic  ncUure 
of  such  a  life.  Ami  they  perceived  tlmt  it  is  most  thoroughly 
s^jrrou.ful;  for,  being  destructive  of  every  joy,  ctfter  a  little  time  it 
becomes  irksome  and  disgusting. 

455.  A  certain  spirit,  who  while  he  lived  in  the  world  was 
among  the  nvjst  distinguished  for  his  knowledge  of  the  Word,  held 
156 


CHAPTER  V.  [45G-459. 

the  idea  that  hcavcnhj  joij  consists  in  luminous  glory,  like  the 
light  of  the  sim  when  its  rays  aj^j^ear  of  a  golden  hue  ;  and  thus 
also  that  it  teas  a  life  of  indolence.  In  order  that  he  might  hnow 
that  he  was  in  error,  such  a  light  was  given  him,  and  he  was  in 
the  midst  of  it.  He  ivas  then  so  much  delighted,  that  he  said  he 
was  in  heaven ;  hut  he  coidd  not  long  remain  there,  for  it  gradu- 
ally grev)  tiresome  to  him,  and  lost  its  poicer  of  2')leasing. 

456.  Those  who  had  been  most  instructed,  declared  heavenly  joy 
to  consist  in  a  life  without  performing  the  good  offices  of  charity, 
hut  employed  merely  in p)raising  and.  worshipping  the  Lord ;  and 
they  called  this  an  active  life.  They  were  told,  however,  that  thus 
to  praise  and  %corship  the  Lord  is  not  active  life,  hut  the  effect  of 
that  life;  for  the  Lord  has  no  need  of  praises,  but  wills  that  all 
should  perform  the  good  deeds  of  charity ;  according  as  they  do 
these,  they  receive  happiness  from  the  Lord.  But  these  best  in- 
formed spirits  were  not  able  to  form  any  idea  of  delight  in  these 
good  offices  of  charity,  hut  rather  of  servitude  ;  yet  the  angels  testi- 
fied that  it  is  a  state  most  free,  and  attended  with  ineffable 
felicity. 

457.  Almost  all  who  come  into  the  other  life  suppose  that 
there  is  the  same  hell  and  the  same  heaven  for  every  one,  when 
yet  titer e  are  indefinite  differences  and  varieties  of  both ;  for  no 
(me  is  ever  in  a  precisely  similar  hell  or  in  a  pyrecisely  similar 
heaven  as  another,  just  as  there  is  never  one  man,  or  spirit,  or 
angel,  exactly  like  another.  Those  who  were  in  the  world  of 
spirits,  and  in  the  angelic  heaven,  were  horrified  when  I  only 
thought  that  two  might  be  exactly  cdike,  or  equal;  saying  that 
ev-ery  ONE  is  formed  by  the  liarmony  of  many,  that  it  is  a  one  in 
proportion  to  the  harmony  of  its  j^cirts,  and  that  an  absolute  one 
can  never  subsist,  hut  only  a  liarmonimts  ONE.  Thus  every  society 
in  lieavcn forms  A  ONE;  and  all  the  societies  together,  or  the  uni- 
versal heaven,  form  A  ONE;  and  this  from  the  Lord  alone  by 
means  of  love.  A  certain  angel  computed  only  the  most  universal 
genera  of  the  joys  of  spirits,  or  of  tJie  first  heaven,  at  about 
four  hundred  and  seventy -eight.  From  this  an  idea  may  be 
formed  of  the  vast  number  of  the  less  universal  genera,  and  of 
the  innumerable  species  belonging  to  each.  And  since  there  are 
so  many  there,  what  indefinite  genera  of  felicities  must  there  he  in 
the  heaven  of  angelic  spirits  ;  and.  still  more  in  that  of  the  heaven 
of  angels. 

458.  Evil  spirits  have  sometimes  supposed  that  there  exists 
another  heaven  besides  the  Lord's,  and  have  been,  permitted  to 
seek  everywhere  for  it ;  hut  still,  to  their  great  confusion,  th'y 
7icver  found,  another  heaven.  Evil  spirits,  indeed,  fall  into  in- 
sanity, both  through  their  hatred  to  the  Lord,  and  tJirough  the 
infernal  pain  which  they  endure,  and  grasp)  at  such  fantasies. 

459.  There  are  three  heavens.  The  first  is  the  cdjode  of  good, 
spdrits ;  the  second  of  angelic  spirits;  and  the  third  of  angels; 

157 


4:.i>.j 


GENESIS. 


all  of  whom,  ns  urll  the  apiri/s  as  the  angelic  spirits  and  angels, 
art  'tlifJimiuished  into  echdial  and  spiritual.  The  celestial  are 
///O.V  who  hare  received  faith  from  the  Lord  hy  means  of  love, 
like  the  men  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  treated  of  above;  and 
the  spiritual  arc  thvse  who  hg  means  of  the  knoidedges  of  faith 
hare  received  chnritg  from  the  Lord,  and  having  received  it,  act 

from  it. 

The  snhjcct  wdl  he  continued  at  the  end  of  this  chajjter. 


CHAPTER  V. 


I.  This  is  the  book  of  the  generations  of  Man.  In  the  day 
tliai  (I(h1  created  Man,  into  the  likeness  of  God  made  He  him. 

1'.  Male  and  female  created  He  them,  and  blessed  them,  and 
called  their  name  Man,  in  the  day  when  they  were  created. 

o.  And  ;Man  lived  a  hundred  and  thirty  years,  and  begat 
into  his  own  likeness,  after  his  own  image ;  and  called  his  name 
Seth. 

4.  And  the  days  of  ^Nlan  after  he  had  begotten  Seth  were 
eight  hundred  years ;  and  he  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

5.  And  all  the  days  that  Man  lived  were  nine  hundred  and 
tliirty  years;  and  he  died. 

0.  And  Seth  lived  a  liundred  and  five  years,  and  begat  Enos. 

7.  And  Seth  lived  after  he  begat  Enos  eight  hundred  and 
seven  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

8.  And  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  nine  hundred  and  twelve 
years ;  and  he  died. 

0.  And  Enos  lived  ninety  years,  and  begat  Cainan. 
10.  And  Enos  lived  after  he  begat  Cainan  eight  hundred 
and  fifteen  years;  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

II.  And  all  the  days  of  Enos  were  nine  hundred  and  five 
years ;  and  he  died. 

12.  And  Cainan  lived  seventy  years,  and  begat  Mahalaleel. 

13.  And  Cainan  lived  after  he  begat  Mahalaleel  eight  hun- 
dred and  forty  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

14.  And  all  the  days  of  Cainan  were  nine  hundred  and  ten 
years ;  and  he  died. 

15.  And  Mahalaleel  lived  sixty  and  five  years,  and  begat 
Jared. 

IG.  And  :Mahalaleel  lived  after  he  begat  Jared  eight  hun- 
dred and  thirty  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

17.  And  all  the  days  of  Mahalaleel  were  eight  hundred 
ninety  and  five  years;  and  he  died. 

18.  And  Jared  lived  a  hundred  sixty  and  two  rears,  and 
begat  Enoch. 

158 


CHAPTER  V.  [460-464. 

19.  And  Jared  lived  after  he  begat  Enoch  eight  hundred 
years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

20.  And  all  the  days  of  Jared  were  nine  hundred  sixt}^  and 
two  years  ;  and  he  died. 

21.  And  Enoch  lived  sixty  and  live  years,  and  begat  Me- 
thuselah. 

22.  And  Enoch  walked  with  God  after  he  begat  Methuselah 
three  hundred  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

23.  And  all  the  days  of  Enoch  were  three  hundred  sixty  and 
five  years. 

24.  And  Enoch  walked  with  God ;  and  he  was  not ;  for  God 
took  him. 

25.  And  I\Iethuselah  lived  a  hundred  eighty  and  seven  years, 
and  begat  Lamech. 

26.  And  Methuselah  lived  after  he  begat  Lamech  seven 
hundred  eighty  and  two  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

27.  And  all  the  days  of  Methuselah  were  nine  hundred 
sixty  and  nine  years ;  and  he  died. 

28.  And  Lamech  lived  a  hundred  eighty  and  two  years,  and 
begat  a  son : 

29.  And  he  called  his  name'  Noah,  saying.  He  shall  comfort 
us  concerning  our  work,  and  the  toil  of  our  hands,  out  of  the 
ground  which  Jehovah  hath  cursed. 

30.  And  Lamech  lived  after  he  begat  Noah  five  hundred 
ninety  and  five  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 

31.  And  all  the  days  of  Lamech  were  seven  hundred  seventy 
and  seven  years ;  and  he  died. 

32.  And  Noah  was  five  hundred  years  old  ;  and  Noah  begat 
Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth. 


THE  CONTENTS, 


460,  This  chapter  treats  specifically  of  the  propagation  of 
the  jNIost  Ancient  Church  through  successive  generations,  almost 
to  the  Deluge. 

401.  The  Most  Ancient  Church  itself,  which  was  celestial, 
is  what  is  called  Man  and  a  likeness  of  God,  verse  1. 

402.  A  second  Church  which  was  not  so  celestial  as  the  Most 
Ancient  Church,  is  denominated  SctJi,  verses  2,  3. 

463.  A  third  Church  was  named  Enos,  verse  6  ;  a  fourth 
Cainan,  verse  9  ;  a  fifth  Mahalaleel,  verse  12  ;  a  sixth  Jared, 
verse  15;  a  seventh  Enoch,  verse  18;  and  an  eighth  Church 
Methuselah,  verse  21, 

464.  The  Church  called  Enoch  is  described  as  framing  doc- 
trine from  what  was  revealed  to,  and  perceived  by,  the  Most 

159 


405-4G8.]  GENESIS. 

Anciont  Clmnh  ;  which,  althoiit;li  of  no  us(!  at  that  time,  was 
j.n'si.ivi'.l  for  the  use  of  poslerity.  Tliis  is  signified  by  its  being 
saiil  that  Hnoch  mis  not ;  for  God  took  hi))i,  verses  22-24. 

4(;."..   A  ninth  ("hnrdi  was  dcnonjinaled  Lamcch,  verse  25. 

4GG.  A  tenth,  the  i)arent  of  three  Churclies  after  the  flood, 
was  named  A'oa/i.  This  Church  must  be  called  the  Ancient 
t'hurch,  verses  28,  20. 

4()7.  Jjninch  is  described  as  retaining  nothing  of  tbe  ])er- 
ci'iition  which  tlie  ^lost  Ancient  riiurch  enjoyed  ;  and  AWA,  as 
a  new  Church,  verse  2i). 


TIIH  IXTEKNAL  SENSE. 


4()S.  Fko.M  what  has  been  said  and  shewn  in  the  foregoing 
ihai>ter,  it  is  evident  that  by  names  are  signified  heresies  and 
doctrines.  Hence  it  may  be  seen  that  by  the  names  in  this 
chapter  are  not  meant  persons  but  things,  and  in  the  present 
instance  doctrines,  or  Churches,  which  were  preserved,  notwith- 
standu)g  the  changes  they  underwent,  from  the  time  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church  even  to  Noah.  But  with  the  Church  the 
case  is  this,  that  in  the  course  of  time  it  decreases,  and  at  last 
remains  with  a  few.     Those  few  with  whom  it  remained  at  tlie 

2  lime  of  the  Deluge  were  called  Noalt.  That  the  true  Church 
decreases,  and  remains  with  a  fe\v,is  evident  from  other  Churches, 
wliich  liave  thus  decreased.  Those  who  are  left  are  in  the  Word 
called  the  remains,  and  a  remnant,  and  are  said  to  be  in  the 
niiilst  or  middle  of  the  land.  Now,  as  this  is  the  case  in  a 
universal,  so  it  is  also  in  a  particular  sense  ;  or  as  it  is  with  the* 
<  'hurcii,  so  is  it  with  every  individual  man  ;  for  unless  remains 
were  preserved  by  the  Lord  in  every  one,  he  must  needs  perish 
in  eternal  death;  for  spiritual  and  celestial  life  exist  in  them. 
So  also  in  a  general  or  universal  sense,  unless  there  were  always 
some  with  whom  the  true  Church  or  true  faith  remained,  the 
human  race  would  perish  ;  for,  as  is  generally  known,  a  city, 
nay,  sometimes  a  whole  kingdom,  is  saved  because  of  a  few.  It 
is  as  witli  the  heart  in  the  human  frame.  So  long  as  the  heart  is 
sound,  life  is  extended  to  the  neighbouring  viscera,  but  when  this 
becomes  exhausted,  the  other  parts  of  the  body  cease  to  be 
nourished,  and  the  man  dies.  Those  are  the  last  remains  which 
are  signified  byA"oa/i;  for  (as  appears  from  verse  12  of  the 
following  chapter,  as  well  as  from  other  jjlaces),  the  whole  eartli 

3  had  become  corrupt.  Of  remains,  as  existing  in  each  individual, 
as  well  as  in  the  Church  in  general,  much  is  said  in  the  pro- 
I.liet.s.  As  in  Isaiah:  "He  that  is  left  in  Zion,  and  he  that 
nmatncth  in  Jerusalem,  sliall  be  called  holy,  even  every  one  that 

IGO  ^  ^ 


CHAPTEE  V.  1.  [469,  470. 

is  written  to  lives  in  Jerusalem ;  when  the  Lord  shall  have 
Avashed  away  tlie  filth  of  the  daughters  of  Zion,  and  shall  have 
])urged  the  bloods  of  Jerusalem  from  the  midst  thereof"  (iv.  3, 
4).  In  this  passage,  those  who  are  left  signify  the  remains  of 
the  Church,  as  well  as  of  the  man  of  the  Church,  and  hence  they 
are  said  to  be  holy ;  for  those  who  were  left  in  Zion  and  Jeru- 
salem could  not  be  holy  merely  because  they  remained.  Again  : 
"  It  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the  remnant  of  Israel, 
and  such  as  are  escaped  of  the  house  of  Jacob,  shall  no  more 
again  stay  upon  him  that  smote  them,  but  shall  stay  upon 
Jehovah,  the  Holy  One  of  Israel,  in  truth.  The  remnant  shall 
return,  the  remnant  of  Jacob,  unto  the  mighty  God  "  (x.  20,  21). 
In  Jeremiah :  "  In  those  days,  and  in  that  time,  the  iniquity  of 
Israel  shall  be  sought  for,  and  there  shall  be  none  ;  and  the  sins 
of  Judah,  and  they  shall  not  be  found  ;  for  I  will  pardon  them 
whom  I  make  a  remnajit "  (1.  20).  In  Micah  :  "  The  remticmt 
of  Jacob  shall  be  in  the  midst  of  many  people,  as  the  dew  from 
Jehovah,  as  the  showers  upon  the  grass "  (v.  7).  Kemains  4 
either  of  man  or  of  the  Church  were  also  represented  by  the 
tenths,  which  were  holy ;  hence  also  the  number  ten  was  holy, 
wherefore  ten  is  predicated  of  remcdns.  As  in  Isaiah :  "  Jehovah 
shall  remove  man,  and  many  things  shall  remain  in  the  midst  of 
the  land ;  and  yet  in  it  shall  be  a  tenth,  and  it  shall  return,  and 
shall  be  to  exterminate ;  as  the  oak  and  the  holm-oak  when  a 
stem  is  cast  forth  from  them ;  the  seed  of  holiness  is  the  stem 
thereof"  (vi.  12,  13).  Here  the  remnant  is  called  the  seed  of 
holiness.  And  in  Amos :  "  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  The 
city  that  went  out  a  thousand  shall  leave  a  hundred,  and  that 
which  went  fortli  a  hundred  shall  leave  ten  to  the  house  of 
Israel "  (v.  3).  In  these  and  many  other  passages,  in  the 
internal  sense,  are  signified  the  remains  of  which  we  have  been 
speaking.  That  a  city,  or  state,  is  preserved  because  of  the 
remains  of  the  Church,  is  evident  from  what  was  said  to 
Abraham  concerning  Sodom :  "  Abraham  said,  Peradventure 
ten  may  be  found  there :  and  He  said,  I  will  not  destroy  it  for 
tei-Hs  sake  "  (Gen.  xviii.  32). 

4G9.  Verse  1.  This  is  the  hook  of  the  rjeneratio7is  of  Afan. 
In  the  day  that  God  created  mcvn,  into  the  likeness  of  God  made 
He  him.  Tlie  hook  of  the  generations  is  the  account  of  those 
who  proceeded  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  In  the  day  that 
God  created  man,  signifies  that  he  was  made  spiritual ;  and  into 
tlie  likeness  of  God  made  He  him,  that  he  was  made  celestial. 
Thus  it  is  a  description  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 

470.  That  the  hook  of  the  f/enerations  is  an  account  of  those 
who  proceeded  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is  very  evident 
from  what  follows.  Tor,  from  this  to  the  eleventh  chapter,  or  to 
tlie  time  of  Eber,  the  names  never  signify  persons,  but  things. 
In  the  most  ancient  time  mankind  were  distinguished  into 
VOL.  I.  L  161 


471-474.]  GENESIS. 

houses,  fainilii.'s,  ami  trilic.^.  A  house  consisted  of  the  husband 
anil  wife,' with  tiieirchiUh'en.nnd  domestic  servants;  a  family,  of 
j\  j:ivator  or  lesser  number  of  houses,  which  were  at  no  great 
dirtiuiee.  but  were  still  separate  from  each  other;  and  a  tribe 
consisteii  of  a  lar-,'er  or  smaller  number  of  families. 

471.  The  reason  why  they  thus  dwelt  alone  among  them- 
selves, divided  only  into  houses,  families,  and  tribes,  was,  in 
oriler  that  by  this  means  the  Church  might  be  preserved  entire  ; 
thu.s  that  all  the  houses  and  families  might  be  dependent  on 
their  jiarent,  and  .so  remain  in  love  and  in  true  worship.  It  is  to 
be  remarked  also  that  each  house  had  a  peculiar  genius  distinct 
fntm  every  other;  for  it  is  well-known  that  children,  and  even 
remote  descendants,  derive  from  their  parents  a  particular  dis- 
]>osition,  and  sucli  characteristic  marks  as  cause  a  difference  in 
I  heir  faees,  and  other  i)arts  of  their  persons.  To  prevent,  there- 
fore, a  confusion  of  their  native  qualities  and  dispositions,  and  to 
preserve  the  distinction  among  tiiem,  it  pleased  the  Lord  that 
tiiey  should  dwell  in  this  manner.  Thus  the  Church  was  a  living 
representative  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord ;  for  in  the  Lord's 
kingdom  there  are  innumerable  societies,  each  distinguished 
froiu  every  other,  according  to  the  differences  of  love  and  faith. 
This,  as  we  observed  above,  is  what  is  meant  by  living  alone,  and 
by  diceUinrj  in  tents.  For  the  same  reason,  also,  it  pleased 
the  Lord  that  the  Jewish  Church  should  be  distinguished  into 
houses,  families,  and  tribes;  and  that  they  should  contract 
marriages  each  in  his  respective  family.  But  of  this,  by  the 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall  speak  more  particularly  here- 
after. 

472.  That  in  the  day  that  God  created  man,  signifies  when  he 
was  made  spiritual,  and  that  into  the  likeness  of  God  made  He 
him,  signifies  when  he  was  made  celestial,  is  evident  from  what 
was  said  and  shewn  above.  The  expression  to  create,  properly 
relates  to  man  when  he  is  created  ancvj,  or  regenerated ;  and, 
/"  make,  when  he  is  perfected.  A  distinction  is,  therefore,  pre- 
served in  the  Word,  between  creating ,  forming ,  and  making,  as 
was  shewn  above  in  the  second  chapter,  where  it  treats  of  the 
epiritual  man  made  celestial,  that  "  God  rested  from  cdl  His  ivork, 
vhirh  God  in  making  created."  And  elsewhere  throughout  the 
Word,  to  create  relates  to  the  spiritual  man,  and  to  make,  that  is, 
to  jjerfect,  to  the  celestial  man  (see  nos.  16  and  88). 

473.  That  a  likeness  of  God  denotes  the  celestial  man,  and 
an  image  of  God  the  spiritual,  has  also  been  previously  shewn. 
The  image  is  [conformable]  to  the  likeness  {ad  similitudincm), 
and  the  likeness  is  a  real  resemblance  {effigies) ;  for  the  celes- 
tial man  is  entirely  governed  by  the  Lord,  as  the  likeness  of 
Himself. 

474.  While,  therefore,  the  subject  here  treated  of  is  the 
generation  or  propagation  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  it  is 

1G2 


CHAPTER  V.  2.  [475-477. 

first   described  as  proceeding  from  a  spiritual   to   a   celestial 
state ;  for  its  propagations  follow  from  that  state. 

475.  Verse  2.  Male  and  female  created  He  them,  and  blessed 
them,  and  called  their  name  Man,  in  the  day  %vhen  they  were 
created.  By  male  and  female  is  signified  the  marriage  between 
faith  and  love ;  and  by  calling  their  name  Man  is  signified  that 
they  were  the  Church,  whicli,  in  an  especial  sense,  is  called  Man 
(Jiomo). 

476.  That  by  male  and  female  is  signified  the  marriage 
between  faith  and  love,  was  declared  and  shewn  above.  For 
the  male  or  man  {vir)  signifies  the  understanding,  and  whatever 
belongs  to  it,  thus  everything  of  faith ;  and  the  female  or 
woman  signifies  the  will,  or  whatever  belongs  to  the  will,  hence 
everything  that  has  relation  to  love.  Wherefore  she  was  also 
called  Uvc,  a  name  signifying  life,  which  is  of  love  alone.  By 
a  female,  therefore,  is  also  signified  the  Church,  as  has  been 
previously  shewn,  and  by  a  /iiale,  the  man  (vir)  of  the  Church. 
The  state  of  the  Cliurch  here  treated  of  is  when  it  was  spiritual, 
and  about  to  be  made  celestial,  wherefore  male  is  mentioned 
before  female  (as  in  chap.  i.  26,  27).  The  expression  to  create, 
also,  has  reference  to  the  spiritual  man.  But  afterwards  when 
a  marriage  has  been  effected,  or  the  Church  has  been  made 
celestial,  then  it  is  no  longer  called  either  male  or  female,  but 
Man  {homo),  who,  by  reason  of  their  marriage,  signifies  both. 
Hence  it  presently  follows,  "  and  He  called  their  name  Man,"  by 
whom  is  signified  the  Church. 

477.  That  Man  is  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  has  been  often 
said  and  shewn  above ;  for  in  the  highest  sense  the  Lord  Him- 
self alone  is  Man.  And  hence  the  celestial  Church  is  calledMan, 
because  it  is  a  likeness  of  the  Lord;  and  then  the  spiritual  Church, 
because  it  is  an  image  of  Him.  But  in  a  general  sense  every 
one  is  called  a  man  who  has  a  human  understanding ;  for  a  man 
is  a  man  by  virtue  of  the  understanding ;  and  according  to  this 
one  person  is  more  a  man  than  another,  although  the  distinction 
of  one  man  from  another  should  ]3e  made  according  to  the 
faith  of  love  to  the  Lord.  Tliat  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  and  ^ 
every  true  Church,  and  hence  they  who  are  of  the  Church,  or 
who  are  in  love  and  faith  towards  the  Lord,  are  especially 
called  man,  is  evident  from  the  Word.  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  I 
will  cause  man  to  multiply  upon  you,  all  the  house  of  Israel, 
all  of  it ;  I  will  cause  to  nuiltiply  upon  you  mctn  and  beast, 
that  they  may  be  multiplied  and  bear  fruit :  and  I  will  cause 
you  to  dwell  according  to  your  ancient  times ;  and  I  will  do 
better  unto  you  than  at  your  hcfjinninys ;  and  I  will  cause  man 
to  walk  upon  you.  My  people  Israel "  (xxxvi.  10-12).  Here 
by  ancient  times  is  signified  the  Most  Ancient  Church  ;  by 
hecjinnings,  the  Ancient  Churches ;  by  the  house  of  Israel  and 
tlie  people  of  Israel,  the  I'riniitive  Church,  or  Church  of  the 

163 


47.'^.] 


GENESIS. 


(■Jontilcs-  all  which  Churches  are  called  man.  So  in  Moses 
••  Ki'inenilKT  the  (hnjs  of  eternity,  consider  the  years  of  rjenera- 
tion  nnil  iinurntion ;  M'hen  the  Most  High  divided  to  the 
imtions  an"  inheritance,  when  He  separated  the  sons  of  man,  He 
set  the  Ixninds  of  the  people  according  to  the  number  of  the 
sous  of  Israel"  (Dent,  xxxii.  7,  8).  Here  by  the  days  of 
rteniUy  is  meant  the  :Most  Ancient  Church  ;  by  generation  a7id 
tfcncratkm  the  Ancient  Churches ;  and  they  are  called  the  sons 
of  man  who  were  in  faith  towards  the  Lord,  which  faith  is  the 
nttmher  of  the  so7is  of  Israel.  That  a  regenerate  person  is  called 
man,  appears  from  Jeremiah:  "I  beheld  the  earth,  and  lo,  it 
was  empty  and  void ;  and  the  heavens,  and  they  had  no  light ; 
I  behold,' and  lo,  no  man,  and  all  the  birds  of  the  heavens 
were  lied  "  (iv.  2o,  25).  In  tliis  passage  the  earth  denotes  the 
external  man ;  heaven,  the  internal ;  man,  the  love  of  good ; 
and  the  hirds  of  the  heavens,  the  understanding  of  truth. 
Asain :  "  Behold  the  days  come,  saith  Jehovah,  that  I  will 
sow  the  house  of  Israel,  and  the  house  of  Judah,  with  the  seed 
of  man,  and  with  the  seed  of  beast  "(xxxi.  27).  Here  man 
denotes  the  internal  man;  and  least,  the  external.  And  in 
Isaiah:  "Cease  ye  from  man,  in  whose  nostrils  is  breath;  for 
wherein  is  he  to  be  accounted  of  ? "  (ii.  22).  Man  here  denotes 
the  man  of  the  Church.  Again  :  "  Jehovah  shall  remove  man 
far  away,  and  many  things  that  were  left  in  the  midst  of  the 
land"  (vi.  12).  The  subject  here  is  the  vastation  of  man,  that 
there  should  no  longer  be  good  and  truth.  Again:  "The 
inhaltitants  of  the  earth  shall  be  burned,  and  man  shall  be 
left  very  fcM- "  (xxiv.  6).  Here  raan  denotes  those  who  have 
faith.  Again  :  "  The  highways  lie  waste,  the  wayfaring  man 
ceaseth ;  he  hath  broken  the  covenant,  he  hath  despised  the 
cities,  he  hath  not  regarded  man.  The  earth  mourneth  and 
languisheth  "  (xxxiii.  8,  9).  The  term  for  man  in  the  Hebrew 
tontzue  is  Enos.  And  again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  I  will 
make  a  man  more  precious  than  fine  gold,  and  a  man  than  the 
gold  of  Ophir ;  therefore  I  will  shake  the  heavens,  and  the 
earth  shall  be  moved  out  of  her  place"  (xiii.  12,  13).  Here 
man  is  first  named  Enos ;  afterwards  he  is  named  Adam. 

478.  The  reason  why  he  is  called  Adam  is,  because  the 
Hebrew  word  Adam  signifies  Man.  That  he  is  never  properly 
called  Adam  by  name,  however,  but  man,  is  very  evident,  both 
here  and  before,  from  the  fact  that  he  is  not  spoken  of  in  the 
sin^'ular  number,  bi;t  in  the  plural ;  or  that  the  word  is  pre- 
dicated either  of  the  male  or  female,  and  both  together  are 
called  man.  That  it  is  predicated  of  both,  any  one  may  see 
from  the  words  of  the  passage  ;  for  it  is  said  :  "  He  called 
thdr  name  Man  in  the  day  that  they  were  created."  In  like 
manner  it  is  said  in  the  first  chapter :  "  Let  us  make  man  in 
our  injage,  and  let  them  have  dominion  over  the  fish  of  the 
IG-i 


CHAPTER  V.  3.  [479-482. 

sea"  (Gen.  i.  26-2S).  Hence  also  it  is  evident  that  the  subject 
treated  of  is  not  tlie  creation  of  any  particular  man  who  was 
the  first  of  mankind,  but  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 

479.  By  calling  a  name,  or  calling  hy  name,  in  the  Word,  is 
signified  to  know  the  quality  of  things,  as  was  shewn  above. 
Here  it  has  relation  to  the  quality  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church; 
it  denotes  that  man  was  taken  from  the  ground,  or  regenerated, 
by  the  Lord,  for  the  word  Adam  means  also  ground ;  tmd 
afterwards,  when  he  was  made  celestial,  that  he  became  most 
eminently  Man  from  the  faith  of  love  to  the  Lord. 

480.  That  they  were  called  man  in  the  day  that  they  were 
created,  appears  also  from  the  first  chapter  (vers.  26,  27),  that 
is,  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  day,  which  answers  to  the  evening 
of  the  Sabbath,  or  when  the  Sabbath  or  seventh  day  began  ; 
for  the  seventh  day,  or  Sabbath,  is  the  celestial  man  (as  was 
shewn  above). 

481.  Verse  3.  And  Man  lived  a  hundred  and  thirty  years, 
and  hegat  into  his  own  likeness,  according  to  his  own  image; 
and  called  his  name  Seth.  By  a  hundred  and  thirty  years  is 
signified  the  time  before  the  rise  of  a  new  Church ;  which, 
being  not  very  unlike  the  Most  Ancient,  is  said  to  be  born  into 
its  likoiess, and  according  toils  image;  but  likeness  has  relation 
to  faith,  and  image  to  love.     This  Church  was  called  Seth. 

482.  What  the  years,  and  numbers  of  years,  which  occur  in 
this  chapter,  signify  in  the  internal  sense,  has  been  hitherto 
unknown.  Those  who  abide  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  suppose 
them  to  be  secular  years ;  whereas  from  this  to  the  twelfth 
chapter  there  is  nothing  historical,  as  appears  in  the  sense  of 
the  letter,  but  all  and  every  particular  contains  something 
different  from  what  appears.  That  which  has  been  said  of 
names,  applies  also  to  numbers.  In  the  Word  frequent 
mention  is  made  of  the  number  thixe,  and  also  of  the  number 
seven;  and  wherever  they  occur  they  signify  something  holy 
or  most  sacred,  as  to  the  states  which  the  times  or  other  things 
involve  or  represent.  They  signify  the  same  in  the  least 
intervals  as  in  the  greatest;  for  as  tlie  parts  belong  to  the 
whole,  so  the  least  things  belong  to  the  greatest;  and  there 
must  be  a  likeness,  in  order  that  the  whole  from  the  parts,  or 
the  greatest  from  the  least,  may  properly  exist.  Thus  it  is  ■ 
written  in  Isaiah  :  "  ]^ow  hath  Jehovah  spoken,  saying,  Within 
three  years,  as  the  years  of  a  hireling,  and  the  glory  of  JMoab 
shall  be  contemned"  (xvi.  14).  Again:  "Thus  hath  the  Lord 
said  unto  me.  Within  a  year,  according  to  the  yea7-s  of  a 
hireling,  and  all  the  glory  of  Kedar  shall  fail"  (xxi.  IG).  In 
these  passages  are  signified  both  the  least  and  greatest  in- 
tervals. So  in  Habakkuk :  "  Jehovah,  I  have  heard  Thy 
report,  and  was  afraid  ;  0  Jehovah,  revive  Thy  work  in  the 
midst  of  the  years,  in  the  midst  of  the  ycais  made  known" 

165 


■iSX] 


(lENESIS. 


(iii.  '2).  The  midst  of  the  years  here  denotes  the  Lord's  Coming. 
It  also  iliMiotos  every  Coming  of  the  Lord;  in  lesser  intervals, 
as  when  man  is  regenerated,  and  in  greater,  when  the  Church 
of  the  lAird  arises  anew.  It  is  called  also  the  year  of  the 
redeemed ;  as  in  Lsaiah  :  "  The  day  of  vengeance  is  in  My 
lienrt,  the  year  of  My  redeemed  is  come  "  (Ixiii.  4).  So  also  the 
thousand  years  in  which  Satan  was  bound  (Apoc.  xx.  2,  7) ; 
and  the  thousand  years  of  the  first  resurrection  (Apoc.  xx. 
4-0),  do  not  signify  a  thousand  years,  but  their  states  ;  for  as 
days'  are  used '  to  express  states,  as  was  shewn  above,  so  also 
are  years ;  and  the  states  are  described  by  the  ^umber  of 
years.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  times,  in  this  chapter  also, 
involve  states ;  for  every  particular  Church  was  in  a  different 
state  of  perception  from  the  rest,  according  to  the  difference  of 
genius,  hereditary  and  acquired. 

483.  I'y  tlie  names  which  follow,  as  by  Seth,  Enos,  Cainan, 
Mahalaleel,  Jared,  Enoch,  Methuselah,  Lamech,  and  Noah,  are  . 
sign i tied  so  many  Churches,  of  which  the  first  and  principal ' 
was  the  one  which  w\as  called  Man.  Of  these  Churches  the 
jirincipal  characteristic  was  ijcrception ;  wherefore  the  differ- 
ences of  the  Churches  of  that  time  consisted  especially  in  the 
diHerences  of  perception.  Concerning  perception  it  may  here 
be  related,  that  nothing  prevails  in  the  universal  heaven  but  a 
perception  of  good  and  truth,  which  is  such  as  cannot  be 
described ;  and  this  with  innumerable  differences,  so  that  no 
two  societies  have  a  similar  perception.  The  perceptions  there 
prevalent  are  distinguished  into  genera  and  species ;  and  the 
genera  are  innumerable  ;  and  the  species  of  each  genus  are 
likewise  innumerable ;  but  of  these,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  we  shall  speak  more  particularly  hereafter.  Since  the 
genera  of  perceptions  are  innumerable,  and  the  species  are 
innumerable  of  each  genus,  and  each  species  is  composed  of 
jiarticulars  still  more  numerous,  it  is  evident  how  very  little 
tlie  world  at  this  day  knows  of  celestial  and  spiritual  things  ; 
(»r  rather,  how  totally  blind  men  are  to  such  knowledge,  since 
they  do  not  even  know  what  perception  is,  and  if  they  are  told, 
do  not  Ijelieve  that  any  such  thing  exists.  So  is  it  also  with 
other  things  of  a  spiritual  nature.  The  Most  Ancient  Church 
represented  the  celestial  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  even  as  to  the 
generic  and  specific  differences  of  perceptions ;  but  since  the 
nature  of  perception,  even  in  its  most  general  idea,  is  at  this 
day  utterly  unknown,  a  description  of  the  genera  and  species 
of  the  perceptions  of  these  Churches  must  needs  appear  dark 
and  strange.  They  Avere  distinguished  at  that  time  into  houses, 
families,  and  tribes,  and  contracted  marriages  within  the  houses 
and  families,  in  order  that  the  genera  and  species  of  percep- 
tions might  exist,  and  might  be  derived  in  no  other  manner 
than  according  to  the  propagations  of  native  qualities  from  the 
160 


CHAPTEE  V.  4.  [484-487. 

parents.     Those  who  were  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  there- 
fore, dwell  together  in  heaven. 

484.  That  the  Church  which  was  called  Seth  was  very 
nearly  similar  to  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is  evident  from  its 
being  said  that  Man  hegat  into  his  own  likeness,  according  to  his 
oio/i  image  ;  and  called  his  name  Seth.  The  term  likeness  has 
relation  to  faith,  and  image  to  love ;  for  that  this  Church  was 
not  like  the  Most  Ancient  Church  as  to  love  and  the  faith 
thence  towards  the  Lord,  is  clear  from  the  fact  that  it  is  just 
before  said,  "  Male  and  female  created  He  them,  and  blessed 
them,  and»  called  their  name  Man,"  by  which  is  signified  the 
spiritual  man  of  the  sixth  day,  as  was  said  above ;  wherefore 
the  likeness  of  this  man  was  as  a  spiritual  man  of  the  sixtli 
day,  which  consists  in  this,  that  love  was  not  so  much  his 
principal  characteristic,  yet  that  faith  was  still  conjoined  with 
love. 

485.  That  a  different  Church  is  here  meant  by  Seth,  from 
that  which  was  before  described  by  Seth  (chap.  iv.  25),  may  be 
seen  in  the  explanation  in  no,  435.  That  Churches  of  different 
doctrines  were  called  by  similar  names,  appears  from  the 
Churches  which,  in  the  foregoing  chapter  (vers.  17  and  IS), 
were  called  Enoch  and  Laniech,  which  were  in  like  manner 
different  from  those  called  Enoch  and  Lamech  in  this  chapter 
(vers.  21,  30). 

486.  Verse  4.  And  the  days  of  Man  after  he  had  hegotten 
Seth  were  eight  hundred  years ;  and  he  hegat  sons  and  daughters. 
By  days  are  signified  times  and  states  in  general ;  by  years, 
times  and  states  in  particular;  by  sons  and  daughters  are 
signified  the  truths  and  goods  which  they  perceived. 

487.  That  by  days  are  signified  times  and  states  in  general, 
was  shewn  in  the  first  chapter,  where  the  days  of  creation  have 
this  signification.  In  the  Word  it  is  very  usual  to  call  all  time 
days,  as  is  the  case  in  the  present  verse,  and  in  those  which 
follow  (5,  8,  11,  14,  17,  20,  23,  27,  31);  wherefore  also  states  of 
times,  in  general,  are  likewise  signified  by  days ;  and  when  years 
are  added,  then  by  the  numbers  of  the  years  are  signified  the 
kinds  and  qualities  of  states,  thus  states  in  particular.  The  2 
most  ancient  people  had  their  numbers,  by  which  they  expressed 
various  things  respecting  the  Church  ;  as  by  the  numbers  three, 
seven,  ten,  tioelve,  and  many  more  compounded  of  these  and 
others  ;  and  thus  they  describe  the  states  of  the  Churcli.  Hence 
these  numbers  contain  arcana,  which  it  is  very  important  to 
explain.  It  was  a  computation  of  the  states  of  the  Church. 
The  same  occurs  in  many  parts  of  the  Word,  particularly  the 
prophetical.  So  also  in  the  rites  of  the  Jewish  Church,  there 
are  numbers,  both  of  times  and  measures — as  in  relation  to 
sacrifices,  meat-offerings,  oblations,  and  other  things — which, 
in  their   respective   application,  signify  what   is   lioly.      The 

1G7 


488.]  GENESIS. 

tilings  here  iini>lied  by  cvjid  hundred,  and  in  the  following 
voi-so  l>y  uiiu-  hundred  and  ihirty,  and  by  the  several  numbers 
(»f  ycnra  in  the  following  verse,  are,  therefore,  too  many  to  be 
unvinuTnti'd,  inasnnich  as  they  are  expressive  of  the  several 
changes  of  states  in  the  Church  with  reference  to  their  general 
slate.  In  a  future  part  of  this  work,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  it  will  bt;  shewn  what  the  simple  numbers  up  to  twelve 
si«Miii"y;  for  he  who  does  not  know  the  signification  of  these 
cannot  comprehend  the  signification  of  the  compound  numbers. 
488.  That  days  signify  states  in  general,  and  years  states  in 
jiarticular,  may  also  appear  from  the  Word.  As  in  Ezekiel : 
"Tliou  hast  caused  thy  days  to  draw  near,  and  art  come  even 
unto  thy  years  "  (xxii.  4).  Here  the  subject  is  concerning  those 
who  connnit  abominations,  and  fill  up  the  measure  of  their  sins, 
of  wliose  state  in  general  are  predicated  days,  and  in  particular, 
years.  So  in  David:  "Thou  shalt  add  days  to  the  days  of  the 
king,  and  his  years  as  of  generation  and  generation  "  (Ps.  Ixi.  6). 
This  is  said  of  the  Lord  and  His  kingdom ;  and  here  also  deiys 
and  years  denote  the  state  of  His  kingdom.  And  again :  "  I 
have  considered  the  days  of  old,  the  years  of  ancient  times  " 
(I's.  Ixxvii.  5).  Here  the  days  of  old  are  the  states  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church,  and  the  years  of  ancient  times,  the  states  of  the 
Ancient  Church.  So  in  Isaiah :  "  The  day  of  vengeance  is  in 
^ly  heart,  and  the  year  of  My  redeemed  is  come"  (Ixiii.  4). 
The  subject  here  is  the  last  times ;  the  day  of  vengeatice  denoting 
a  state  of  damnation,  and  the  year  of  the  redeemed  a  state  of 
blessedness.  Again :  "  To  proclaim  the  acceptable  year  of  the 
Lord,  and  the  day  of  vengeance  of  our  God ;  to  comfort  all  that 
mourn  "  (Ixi.  2).  Here  also  both  dceys  and  year's  signify  states. 
So  in  Jeremiah:  "  Eenew  our  days  as  of  old"  (Lam.  v.  21). 
'  Here  days  evidently  denote  states.  And  in  Joel :  "  The  day  of 
Jehovah  cometh,  for  it  is  nigh  at  hand  ;  a  day  of  darkness  and 
of  thick  darkness,  a  cJay  of  clouds  and  of  obscurity ;  there  hath 
not  been  ever  the  like,  neitlier  shall  there  be  after  it,  even  to 
the  years  of  generation  and  generation "  (ii.  1,  2).  Here  eJay 
denotes  a  state  of  darkness  and  of  thick  darkness,  of  cloud  and 
oljscurity  with  every  one  in  particular,  and  with  all  men  in 
general.  And  in  Zechariah :  "  I  will  remove  the  iniciuity  of 
that  land  in  one  day ;  in  that  dety  shall  ye  cry  a  man  to  his 
coni]ianion,  under  the  vine  and  under  the  fig-tree  "  (iii.  9,  10). 
And  again  :  "  It  shall  be  one  dety,  which  shall  be  known  to  Jeho- 
vah, not  day,  nor  night ;  and  it  shall  come  to  pass  that  at  evening- 
tmie  It  shall  be  light "  (xiv.  7).  Here  it  is  evident  that  by  day  is 
signified  state,  for  it  is  said,  It  shall  be  a  day,  not  day  nor  night, 
at  eveniny-time  it  shall  be  liyht.  The  same  appears  from  expres- 
sions m  the  Decalogue :  "  Honour  thy  father  and  thy  mother, 
that  tliy  days  may  be  prolonged,  and  that  it  may  be  well  with 
thee  upon  the  ground"  (Deut.  v.  16;  xxv.  15).  Here  to  have 
108  ^ 


CHAPTEli  V.  4.  [489. 

days  prolonged  does  not  signify  length  of  life,  but  a  liappy  state. 
In  the  sense  of  the  letter  it  cannot  appear  otherwise  than  that  day  3 
signified  time,  but  in  the  internal  sense  it  signifies  state.  The 
angels,  who  are  in  the  internal  sense,  do  not  know  what  time 
is,  for  to  them  the  sun  and  moon  are  not  for  tlie  distinguish- 
ing of  times ;  consequently  they  do  not  know  what  days  and 
years  are,  but  only  what  states  are  and  the  changes  of  states. 
Before  the  angels,  therefore,  who  are  in  the  internal  sense, 
everything  relating  to  matter,  space,  and  time  disappears ;  as 
those  things  which  are  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  in  Ezekiel : 
"  The  dai/  is  near,  even  the  day  of  Jehovah  is  near ;  a  dai/  of 
cloud ;  it  shall  be  the  time  of  the  heathen  "  (xxx.  3) ;  and  of 
this  in  Joel :  "  Alas  for  the  da?j  !  because  the  day  of  Jehovah 
is  at  hand,  and  as  vastation  shall  it  come"  (i.  15),  where  a  day 
of  cloud  stands  for  a  cloud,  or  falsity ;  the  day  of  the  heathen  for 
the  heathen,  or  wickedness ;  and  the  day  of  Jehovah  for  vasta- 
tion. When  the  idea  of  time  is  removed,  there  remains  an  idea 
of  the  state  of  things  v/bich  existed  at  that  time.  The  case  is 
similar  with  respect  to  the  days  and  years  which  are  so  often 
mentioned  in  this  chapter. 

489.  That  by  S07is  and  dauglders  are  signified  truths  and 
goods,  which  they  had  a  perception  of — by  sons,  truths ;  and  by 
daughters  goods — may  appear  from  many  passages  in  the  pro- 
phets ;  for  the  conceptions  and  births  of  the  Church  in  the 
Word,  as  in  the  ancient  time,  are  called  sons  and  daughters. 
Thus  in  Isaiah  :  "  Tlie  Gentiles  shall  walk  to  Thy  light,  and 
kings  to  the  brightness  of  Thy  rising :  lift  up  thine  eyes  round 
about  and  see ;  all  gather  themselves  together  and  come  to  thee ; 
thy  S071S  shall  come  from  far,  and  thy  daughters  shall  be  nursed 
at  thy  side ;  then  thou  shalt  see  and  flow  together,  and  thy 
heart  shall  be  amazed,  and  shall  be  enlarged  "  (Ix.  3-5) ;  Avhere 
S071S  denote  truths,  and  daughters  goods.  So  in  David :  "  Kid 
me  and  deliver  me  from  the  hand  of  the  sons  of  the  stranger, 
whose  mouth  speaketh  vanity ;  that  our  soois  may  be  as  planta- 
tions grown  up  in  their  youth,  that  our  daughters  may  be  as 
corners  cut  out  in  the  form  of  a  temple"  (Ps.  xliv.  11,  12). 
The  sons  of  the  stranger  denote  spurious  truths,  or  falsities ;  our 
sons  the  doctrinals  of  truth  ;  and  our  daughters  the  doctrinals  of 
good.  And  in  Isaiah :  "  I  will  say  to  the  north,  Give  up,  and 
to  the  south,  Keep  not  back;  bring  my  sons  from  far,  and 
my  daughters  from  the  ends  of  the  earth ;  bring  forth  the  blind 
l)eople,  and  they  shall  have  eyes ;  the  deaf,  and  they  shall  have 
ears  "  (xliii.  G,  8).  In  tliis  passage  sons  denote  truths,  daughters, 
goods,  the  Hind  those  who  would  see  truths,  and  the  deaf  those 
who  would  obey  them.  And  in  Jeremiah:  "Shame  hath  de- 
voured the  labour  of  our  fathers  from  our  youth,  their  cattle  and 
their  herds,  their  sons  and  their  daughters  "  (iii.  24).  Here  sons  - 
and  daughters  denote  truths  and  goods.     That  children  and  sons 

1G9 


•190-493.]  GENESIS. 

ilonoto  truths,  is  plnin  from  Isaiah:  "  Jacob  shall  not  now  be 
jishrtiucil,  noitiier  shall  his  face  now  wax  pale :  for  when  he  shall 
soo  his  children,  the  work  of  JNly  hands,  in  the  midst  of  him,  they 
sIjuU  sanctify  My  name,  and  sanctify  the  Holy  One  of  Jacob, 
and  shall  fear  the  (Jotl  of  Israel ;  they  also  that  erred  in  spirit 
shall  come  to  understanding"  (xxix.  22-24).  The  Holy  One 
of  Jacob,  the  God  of  Israel,  denotes  the  Lord ;  children,  the 
regenerate  who  have  the  understanding  of  good  and  truth,  as 
also  shall  be  explained.  In  the  same :  "  Sing,  0  barren,  thou 
that  didst  not  bear;  because  more  are  the  so7is  of  the  desolate 
than  the  sons  of  the  married  wife"  (liv.  1).  The  sons  of  the 
desolate  denote  the  truths  of  the  Primitive  Church,  or  the 
Church  of  the  Gentiles;  the  sons  of  the  married  ivife  denote 
the  truths  of  the  Jewish  Church.  Again  in  Jeremiah :  "My 
tabernacle  is  spoiled,  and  all  my  cords  ai'e  broken  ;  my  sons  are 
gone  forth  of  me,  and  are  not"  (x.  20).  Here  sons  denote 
truths.  And  again  :  "  His  sons  also  shall  be  as  aforetime,  and 
their  congregation  shall  be  established  before  Me"  (xxx.  20); 
denotiug  the  truths  of  the  Ancient  Church.  In  Zechariah  : 
"  I  will  raise  up  thy  sons,  0  Zion,  with  thy  sons,  0  Javan,  and 
make  thee  as  the  sword  of  a  mighty  man"  (ix.  13) ;  denotiug 
the  truilis  of  the  love  of  faith. 

400.  That  daughters  denote  goods,  appears  from  many  pas- 
sages in  the  Word ;  as  in  David :  "  Kings'  daughters  were  among 
thy  precious  ones ;  upon  thy  right  hand  did  stand  the  queen  in 
gold  of  Ophir ;  the  daughter  of  Tyre  with  a  gift :  the  king's 
daughter  is  all  glorious  within ;  her  clothing  is  of  wrought  gold ; 
instead  of  thy  fathers  shall  be  thy  so?zs"  (Psalm  xlv.  9-16). 
Here  the  good  and  beauty  of  love  and  faith  are  described  by 
daughter ;  hence  clmrches  are  called  daughters ;  and  this,  indeed, 
on  account  of  goods ;  as  the  daughter  of  Zion  and  the  daughter 
of  Jenisalera,  in  Isaiah  (xxxvii.  22),  and  many  other  places. 
They  are  also  called  daughters  of  the  people  (Isa.  xxii.  4) ;  the 
.laughter  of  Tarshish  (Isa.  xxiii.  10) ;  the  daughters  of  Sidon 
(yer.  12  of  the  same  chapter);  and  daughters  in  the  field 
(Kzek.  xxvi.  6,  8). 

401  Tiie  same  things  are  signified  by  sons  and  daughters  in 
tins  chapter  (vers.  4,  7,  10,  13,  16,  19,  26,  30),  but  according 
to  the  (luahty  of  the  Church,  such  are  its  sons  and  daughters,  or 
such  are  its  goods  and  truths.  The  truths  and  goods  here 
spoken  of  are  such  as  were  distinctly  perceived ;  for  they  are 
pre( heated  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  the  principal  and  parent 
ol  all  the^otiier  and  succeeding  Churches. 

492.  Ver.se  5.  And  all  the  days  that  Man  lived  were  omie 
hundred  and  thirty  years  ;  and  he  died.     By  days  and  years  are 

lere  signihed  times  and  states,  as  above  ;  that  man  died  signifies 
tiiat  sucli  perception  no  longer  existed. 

493.  That  by  days  and  years  are  signified  times  and  states, 
1/0 


CHAPTEE  V.  5.  [494,  495. 

requires  no  further  explanation.  It  need  only  be  observed  here, 
that  in  the  world  there  cannot  but  be  times  and  measures,  to 
which  numbers  are  applied,  because  these  are  in  the  ultimates  of 
nature.  But  whenever  they  are  applied  in  the  Word,  then  by 
numbers  of  days  and  years,  and  also  by  numbers  of  measures,  is 
signified  something  abstracted  from  times  and  measures  accordin^j 
to  the  signification  of  the  numl^er ;  as  where  it  is  said,  that 
there  are  six  days  of  labour,  and  that  the  seventh  is  holy,  of 
which  we  have  spoken  above ;  that  the  jubilee  should  be  pro- 
claimed every  forty-ninth  year,  and  should  be  celebrated  on  the 
fiftieth ;  that  the  tribes  of  Israel  were  twelve,  and  the  apostles 
of  the  Lord  the  same  number ;  that  there  were  seventy  elders, 
and  as  many  disciples  of  the  Lord ;  and  so  in  very  many  other 
instances,  where  numbers  signify  something  abstracted  from  the 
things  to  which  they  are  applied  ;  and  in  such  abstracted  sense, 
states  are  what  are  signified  by  numbers. 

494.  That  by  the  man's  dying  is  signified  that  such  percep- 
tion no  longer  existed,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the 
expression  to  die,  which  applies  to  everything  that  ceases  to  be 
such  as  it  was.  As  in  John :  "  Unto  the  angel  of  the  Church  in 
Sardis,  write,  These  things  saith  He  that  hath  the  seven  spirits 
of  God,  and  the  seven  stars ;  I  know  thy  works,  that  thou  art 
said  to  live,  but  thou  art  dead ;  be  watchful,  and  strengthen  the 
things  which  remain,  that  are  ready  to  die;  for  I  have  not 
found  thy  works  perfect  before  God"  (Apoc.  iii.  1,  2).  So  in 
Jeremiah  :  "  I  will  cast  thee  out,  and  thy  mother  that  bare  thee, 
into  another  country  where  ye  were  not  born,  and  there  shall  ye 
die"  (xxii.  26).  Here  mother  signifies  the  Church.  For  the 
case  with  the  Church  is,  as  before  observed,  that  it  decreases  and 
degenerates,  and  that  its  integrity  decays,  chiefly  by  reason  of 
the  increase  of  hereditary  evil ;  for  every  succeeding  parent  adds 
some  new  evil  to  wdiat  was  hereditary  in  himself.  Every  actual 
evil  in  parents  assumes  an  appearance  of  nature,  and  when  it 
frequently  recurs  it  becomes  natural,  and  is  added  to  the  here- 
ditary evil,  and  transplanted  into  their  children,  and  therel)y 
into  their  posterity.  Hereditary  evil  is  thus  increased  immensely 
in  succeeding  generations;  as  every  one  may  know  from  the  fact 
that  the  evil  disposition  of  children  is  altogether  like  that  of  their 
parents  and  forefathers.  It  is  a  most  false  idea  of  some,  that 
there  is  no  hereditary  evil  but  what  was  implanted,  as  they  say, 
by  Adam  (see  no.  313);  when  yet  every  individual  by  his  own 
actual  sins  makes  hereditary  evil,  and  adds  to  that  which  he 
received  from  his  parents ;  and  tlius  it  accumulates,  and  remains 
in  all  his  posterity ;  nor  does  this  evil  suffer  any  check  or 
tempering,  except  in  those  who  are  regenerated  Ijy  the  Lord. 
This  is  the  primary  cause  why  every  Church  degenerates ;  and 
thus  it  was  also  with  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 

495.  How  the  Most  Ancient   Church  decreased  cannot  be 

171 


49G-:)01.]  C.EXKSIS. 

soen,  unless  the  luiiuve  <>f  percei)tion  be  understood,  for  it  was  a 
iKTci'i'iivo  Clunvli,  suc-li  as  does  not  exist  at  this  day.  The  per- 
coptiou  of  a  C'lmrch  consists  in  this,  that,  like  the  angels,  they 
^xTcYuv  IVoni  the  Lord  what  is  good  and  true;  not  so  nmch 
what  is  gooil  and  true  with  respect  to  civil  society,  but  what  is 
;,'iH)d  and  true  with  respect  to  love  and  faith  towards  the  Lord. 
From  a  confession  of  faith  confirmed  by  the  life,  it  may  be  seen 
what  tlie  nature  of  perception  is,  and  whether  it  exists. 

4'.>G.  Verse  G.  And  Sdk  lived  a  hundred  and  Jive  ycar>i, 
(Did  h-'iat  Enos.  Seth,  as  was  observed,  is  another  Church, less 
celestial  tlian  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  its  parent,  yet  still  one 
of  the  Most  Ancient  Churches ;  that  he  lived  a  hundred  and 
five  ytvtrs,  signifies  times  and  states,  as  above;  that  he  hegat 
i,';w.<  signifies  that  another  Church  thence  descended,  which  was 
called  Enos. 

407.  That  Seth,  is  another  Church,  less  celestial  than  the 
^lust  Ancient  Church,  its  parent,  yet  still  one  of  the  IMost 
Ancient  Churches,  may  appear  from  what  was  said  above  con- 
cerning Seth(ver.  3).  The  case  with  Churches,  as  was  observed, 
is  this,  that  by  degrees,  and  in  course  of  time,  they  decrease,  as 
to  essentials,  chiefiy  from  the  cause  above-mentioned. 

49^!.  That  by  his  hegettinj  Enos  is  signified,  that  another 
Church  thence  descended,  which  was  called  Eiios,  is  also  evident 
from  the  circumstances  that  the  names  in  this  chapter  signify 
nothing  else  but  Churches. 

499.  Verses  7,  8.  And  Seth  lived,  after  he  hegat  Enos, 
eight  hundred  and  seven  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 
And  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  nine  hundred  and  twelve  years ; 
and  he  died.  Days  and  number  of  years,  in  this,  as  in  the 
former  verse,  signify  times  and  states ;  so7is  and  daughters  also 
have  the  same  signification  as  before  ;  dying,  likewise,  signifies 
the  same  as  above. 

500.  Verse  9.  And  Enos  lived  ninety  years,  and  begat 
Cainan.  By  Enos,  as  w^as  said,  is  signified  a  third  Church,  less 
celestial  than  the  Church  Seth,  yet  still  one  of  the  IMost  Ancient 
Churches;  and  by  Caiimn  is  signified  a  fourth  Church,  wMch 
succeeded  the  former. 

50  L  The  Churches  in  course  of  time  succeeding  each  other, 
and  of  which  it  is  said  that  one  was  born  from  another,  may 
be  compared  with  fruits,  or  with  their  seeds,  in  the  midst  or 
inmost  parts  of  which  are  contained,  as  it  were,  fruits  of  fruits  or 
seeds  of  seeds,  from  which  the  parts  that  succeed  each  other  in 
order,  as  it  were,  receive  life.  For  as  each  part  is  further 
removed  from  that  inmost  centre  towards  tlie  circumference,  in 
the  same  proportion  it  partakes  less  of  the  essence  of  the  fruit 
or  seed,  tdl  at  length  it  becomes  a  mere  skin  or  covering  wherein 
the  fruits  or  seeils  have  their  termhiation.  Or  it  is  like  the 
brain,  in  the  inmost  parts  of  which  are  subtle  organic  forms. 


CHAPTEE  Y.  10, 11.  [502-506. 

called  tlie  cortical  substances,  from  which  and  by  means  of  Avliich 
the  operations  of  the  sonl  proceed ;  to  those  substances  others 
succeed  in  order,  first  the  purer  coverings,  then  the  denser, 
afterwards  the  general  coats  called  meninges,  which  are  ter- 
minated in  coverings  still  more  general,  and  at  last  in  the  most 
general  of  all,  which  is  the  skull. 

502.  These  three  churches,  Man,  Scih,  and  Fnos,  constitute 
the  Most  Ancient  Church,  but  still  with  a  difference  of  per- 
fection as  to  perceptions.  The  perceptive  faculty  of  the  first 
Church  was  everywhere  diminished  in  the  succeeding  Churches, 
and  ])ecame  of  a  more  general  kind  ;  as  was  observed  concerning 
fruit  or  its  seed,  and  concerning  the  brain.  Perfection  consists 
in  the  faculty  of  perceiving  distinctly,  which  faculty  is  diminished 
when  the  perception  is  less  distinct  and  more  general.  In  this 
case  an  obscurer  perception  succeeds  in  the  place  of  that  which 
was  more  clear,  and  thus  it  begins  to  vanish. 

503.  The  yjerceptive  faculty  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  not 
only  consisted  in  the  perception  of  what  was  good  and  true,  but 
also  in  the  perception  of  the  happiness  and  deliglit  of  doing  good. 
AVithout  such  happiness  and  delight  in  doing  what  is  good,  the 
perceptive  faculty  has  no  life  ;  but  by  virtue  of  such  happiness 
and  delight  it  receives  life.  The  life  of  love,  and  of  the  faith 
therefrom,  such  as  the  Most  Ancient  Church  enjoyed,  is  life 
during  its  exercise  in  use,  or  in  the  good  and  truth  of  use. 
From  use,  by  use,  and  according  to  use,  life  is  communicated 
from  the  Lord.  There  can  be  no  life  to  him  who  is  useless,  for 
whatever  is  useless  is  rejected.  Herein  the  most  ancient 
people  were  likenesses  of  the  Lord  ;  wherefore  in  things  relating 
to  perception  they  became  also  His  images.  Perception  consists 
in  knowing  what  is  good  and  true,  thus  what  is  of  faith.  He 
who  is  in  love  is  not  only  delighted  in  knowing,  but  in  doing 
what  is  good  and  true,  that  is,  in  being  useful. 

504.  Verses  10,  11.  And  Enos  lived  after  he  lierjaf  Cainan 
eight  Mindred  and  fifteen  years,  and  he  hec/at  sons  and  daughters. 
And  all  the  days  of  Enos  were  nine  hundred  and.  five  years ; 
and  he  died.  Here,  likewise,  days  and  numhers  of  years, 
and  sons  and  davyhters,  and  also  dying,  signify  tlie  same  as 
before. 

505.  Enos,  as  was  observed,  is  a  third  Church ;  one  of  the 
]\Iost  Ancient  Churches,  l)ut  less  celestial,  and  consequently 
less  perceptive  than  the  Church  Seth ;  and  this  latter  was  not 
so  celestial  and  perceptive  as  the  parent  Church,  called  Man. 
These  three  are  what  constitute  the  Most  Ancient  Church, 
which,  with  respect  to  the  succeeding  ones,  was  as  the  nnelens 
of  fruits  or  seeds  ;  whereas  the  succeeding  Clmrches  respect- 
ively were  like  the  membranous  nature  of  the  several  outward 
coverings  surrounding  the  nueleus. 

506.  Verse  12.  And  Cainan  lived  seventij  yrars,  and  hrgat 

173 


r.07  .'l.'.J  ur.iNiLOio. 

Mofialaltrl.  T.v  Caimvi  is  signilied  a  fourth  Clmrch;  and  Ly 
Mithulalrd  a  liflh. 

r.OT.  The  Clmrch  called  Cainan  is  not  to  be  reckoned  among 
those  throe  more  perfect  ones,  inasmuch  as  perception,  which 
in  tlio  former  Churches  had  been  distinct,  began  then  to  be  of 
11  i,'tMU'ral  kind;  and  comparatively  as  the  first  and  softer  niem- 
bninous  substances  in  respect  to  the  nucleus  of  fruits  or  seeds. 
Tl'iis  state,  indeed,  is  not  described,  l)ut  still  it  is  apparent  from 
what  follows ;  as  from  the  description  of  the  Churches  which 
were  called  E}ioch  and  Noah. 

oOS.  A'erses  13,  14.  And  Cainan  lived  after  he  hcgat  Malia- 
lakd  ci<iht  hnndml  and  forty  years,  and  hcgat  sons  and 
daughters.  And  all  the  days  of  Cainan  ivere  nine  hundred  and 
ten  years;  and  he  died,  bays  and  members  of  years  have  the 
same  siLrnitication  as  above ;  sons  and  daughters  also,  here  as 
before,  signify  truths  and  goods  which  the  men  of  this  Church 
perceived,  but  in  a  degree  more  general  or  obscure;  that  lie 
died,  signifies,  in  like  manner,  that  such  perception  ceased  to 
exist. 

500.  It  is  here  only  to  l)e  remarked  that  all  things  have  a 
l»arlicular  signification  according  to  the  state  of  each  Church 
respectively. 

olO.  ^'erse  15.  And  Malialaleel  lived  sixty,  and  five  year^, 
and  begat  Jared.  By  Mahalaleel  is  signified,  as  was  said,  a 
fifth  Church  ;  by  Jared  a  sixth. 

511.  As  the  perceptive  faculty  decreased,  and  was  reduced 
from  a  more  particular  or  distinct  state,  to  one  more  and  more 
general  or  obscure,  so  also  did  the  life  of  love  or  of  uses 
decrease ;  for  according  to  the  life  of  love,  or  of  uses,  so  is  the 
perceptive  faculty.  From  good  to  know  truth  is  celestial.  The 
life  also  of  those  who  constituted  the  Church  called  Mahalaleel 
was  such,  that  they  preferred  the  delight  arising  from  truth  to 
the  joy  arising  from  uses ;  as  was  given  me  to  know  by  experi- 
ence among  those  similar  to  them  in  the  other  life. 

512.  Verses  16,  17.  And  Mahalaleel  lived  after  he  begat 
Jaral  eight  hundred  ctnd  thirty  years,  and  begat  sons  and 
daughters.  And  all  the  days  of  Mahalcdeel  were  eight  hundred 
ninety  and  five  years ;  and  he  died.  The  signification  of  these 
words  is  similar  to  what  is  involved  in  the  like  words  above. 

513.  Verse  18.  And  Jared  lived  an  hundred  sixty  and  two 
years,  and  begat  Enoch.  By  Jared  is  signified,  as  was  said,  a 
bixth  Church  ;  by  Enoch  a  seventli. 

514.  Nothing  is  related  concerning  the  Church  called  Jared : 
but  its  character  is  evident  from  the  Church  Mahalaleel  whicli 
l>receded,  and  from  the  Church  Enoch  which  followed  it ;  between 
which  Churches  it  was  intermediate. 

515.  Verses  19,  20.  And  Jared  lived  after  he  hcgat  Enoch 
eight  hundred  years,  and  hcgat  sons  and  dcmqhters.     And  all  the 

174  "^ 


UHAl'llLlC    V.  'I'l.  [510-519. 

days  of  Jarcd  were  nine  Imndrcd  sixty  and  two  years ;  and  he 
died.  The  signification  of  these  words  is  also  similar  to  that  of 
the  like  words  above.  That  the  ages  of  the  men  of  these 
ancient  times  were  not  so  great,  as  that  Jared  lived  to  be  nine 
hundred  and  sixty-two  years  old,  and  Methuselah  to  be  nine 
hundred  and  sixty-nine  years  old,  must  be  obvious  to  any  one. 
It  will  be  evident,  moreover,  from  what  will  be  stated,  through 
the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  explanation  of  verse  3  of 
the  following  chapter,  where  it  is  said :  "  Their  days  shall  be 
a  hundred  and  twenty  years."  It  will  be  there  shewn  that  the 
number  of  years  does  not  signify  the  age  of  the  life  of  any  man, 
"but  times  and  states  of  tlie  Church. 

516.  And  Enoch  lived  sb:ty  and  five  years,  eind  hcged  Metliu- 
selah.  By  Enoch,  as  was  said,  is  signified  a  seventh  Church ; 
and  by  Methuselah  is  signified  an  eightli, 

517.  The  character  of  the  Church  Enoch  is  described  in  the 
following  verses. 

518.  Verse  22.  And  Enoch  vxdhed  v:ith  God  after  he  hegcd 
Methuselah  three  hundred  years,  and  hegat  sons  and  daughters. 
To  walk  vnth  God  signifies  the  doctrine  concerning  faith.  That 
he  legal  sons  and  daughters  signifies  doctrinals  concerning 
truths  and  goods. 

519.  There  were  at  that  time  men  who,  from  the  things  that 
the  Most  Ancient  and  the  following  Churches  had  perceived, 
made  doctrine,  that  it  might  serve  as  a  rule  whereby  to  know 
what  was  good  and  true.  They  who  did  this  were  called  Enoch. 
This  is  what  is  signified  by  the  words :  "  Ayid  Enoch  urdlccd  with 
God."  They,  moreover,  gave  the  same  name  to  this  doctrine ; 
which  is  also  signified  by  the  name  Enoch,  meaning  to  instruct. 
The  same  is  evident  also  from  the  signification  of  the  expression 
to  v:cdk ;  and  from  the  circumstance,  that  he  is  said  to  have 
walked  with  God,  not  with  Jehovah.  To  walk  with  God  is  to 
teach  and  live  according  to  the  doctrine  of  faith ;  but  to  walk 
with  Jehovah  is  to  live  the  life  of  love.  To  wcdk  is  a  customary 
form  of  expression  signifying  to  live ;  as  to  walk  in  the  law,  to 
walk  in  the  statutes,  to  walk  in  the  truth.  To  walk  has  respect 
properly  to  a  way,  which  is  of  truth,  consequently  which  is  of 
faith,  or  of  the  doctrine  of  faith.  What  is  signified  in  the  AVord 
by  walking,  may  in  some  measure  appear  from  the  following 
passages.  In  Micah  :  "  He  hath  shewed  thee,  O  man,  what  is  2 
good ;  and  wdiat  doth  Jehovah  require  of  thee,  but  to  do  justly, 
and  to  love  mercy,  and  to  humble  thyself  by  walking  with  thy 
God  ?  "  (vi.  8).  In  this  passage,  to  umlk  with  God  signifies  to 
live  also  according  to  those  things  which  arc  laid  down.  But 
here  it  is  said  "with  God"  while  concerning  Enoch  another 
word  is  used,  which  signifies  also  "from  with  God,"  so  that  the 
expression  is  ambiguous.     It  is  likewise  written  in  David : 

"  Thou  hast  delivered  my  feet  from  falling,  tliat  I  may  walk 

175 


r.20, 521.]  GENESIS. 

Uforc  God  in  tlu>  li-ht  of  llie  living"  (Psalm  Ivi.  13).  Here 
/()  icKtlk  hffore  Uotf  is  to  walk  in  tlic  truth  of  faith,  which  is 
the  Uqht  of  the  Ihinij.  Likewise  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  people  that 
tcalkid  in  darknes-s  have  seen  a  great  light  "  (ix.  1).  The  Lord 
says  in  Closes :  "  I  will  walk  in  the  midst  of  you,  and  will  be 
vour  (loil  and  ye  shall  be  My  people"  (Lev.  xxvi.  12)  ;  signify- 
ing that  tht>v  should  live  according  to  the  doctrine  of  the  law. 
So""  in  .K'U'iuiah  :  "  They  shall  spread  thera  before  the  sun,  and 
the  moon,  and  all  the  host  of  heaven,  whom  they  have  loved, 
and  whom  they  have  served,  and  after  whom  they  have  walked, 
and  whom  they  have  sought "  (viii.  2).  Here  there  is  a  manifest 
distinction  between  the  things  relating  to  love,  and  the  things 
relating  to  faith  ;  the  things  relating  to  love,  are  to  love,  and  to 
serve ;  the  things  relating  to  faith,  are  to  wcdk,  and  to  seek  In 
the  prophet icalWri tings  the  terms  are  strictly  adhered  to,  nor  is 
one  expression  ever  employed  in  the  place  of  another.  But  to 
walk  with  Jehovah,  or  before  Jehovah,  signifies,  in  the  Word,  to 
live  the  life  of  love. 

520.  Verses  23,  24.  And  all  the  days  of  Enoch  were  three 
hundred  sixty  and  five  years.  And  Enoch  walked  with  God,  and 
■was  not,  for  God  took  him-.  That  (dl  the  days  of  Enoch  were 
three  hundred  sixty  and  five  years,  signifies  that  they  were  few. 
Tiiat  he  imlked  with  God  signifies,  as  before,  doctrine  concerning 
faith.  That  he  ivas  not,  for  God  took  him,  signifies  that  this 
doctrine  was  preserved  for  the  use  of  posterity. 

521.  As  to  the  expression,  he  was  not,  for  God  took  him, 
signifying  that  this  doctrine  was  preserved  for  the  use  of 
posterity,  the  case  is  thus  respecting  Enoch,  that,  as  was  said 
before,  he  reduced  to  doctrine  what  had  existed  as  perception  in 
t  lie  Most  Ancient  Church.  This  at  that  time  was  not  allowable; 
for  it  is  a  very  different  thing  to  know  what  is  good  and  true  by 
jierception,  and  to  learn  what  is  good  and  true  by. means  of 
doctrine.  They  who  are  in  perception  have  no  need  of  the 
knowledge  acquired  by  the  way  of  doctrine  put  into  a  form. 
For  example,  he  wdio  knows  how  to  think  well,  has  no  occasion 
to  be  taught  to  think  by  any  rules  of  art ;  for  hereby  his 
faculty  of  thinking  well  would  be  impaired,  as  is  the  case  with 
those  who  bury  it  in  scholastic  dust.  To  those  who  are  in 
■{lerception  it  is  granted  by  the  Lord  to  know  good  and  truth 
by  an  internal  way ;  but  to  such  as  are  taught  by  doctrine, 
knowledge  is  given  by  an  external  way,  or  that  of  the  bodily 
senses ;  and  the  difference  of  knowledge  in  these  two  cases  is 
like  the  difference  between  light  and  darkness.  Add  to  this, 
that  the  perceptions  of  the  celestial  man  are  such  as  cannot  be 
described ;  for  they  extend  to  the  most  minute  and  particular 
things,  M'ith  all  variety,  according  to  states  and  circumstances. 
J'.ut  because  it  was  foreseen  that  the  perceptive  faculty  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church  would  perish,  and  that  afterwards  mankind 

176 


CHAPTER  V.  25-29.  [522-529. 

would  learn  by  means  of  doctrines  what  is  true  and  good,  or 
would  come  by  darkness  to  light,  therefore  it  is  here  said  that 
God  took  Mm,  that  is,  that  He  preserved  the  doctrine  for  the  use 
of  posterity. 

522.  What  the  quality  of  perception  became  with  those  who 
were  called  Enoch,  was  also  made  known  to  me  by  experience. 
It  was  a  kind  of  general  obscure  perception,  without  any  dis- 
tinctness ;  for  the  mind  in  this  state  limits  its  intuition,  in  a 
manner  external  to  itself,  in  doctrinals. 

523.  Verse  25.  A7id  Methuselah  lived  an  hundred  eighty  and 
seven  years,  and  hcgat  Lamech.  By  Methuselah  is  signified  an 
eighth  Church ;  and  by  Lamech  a  ninth. 

524.  Nothing  in  particular  is  mentioned  concerning  the 
character  of  this  Church  ;  but  that  its  perceptive  faculty  had 
become  general  and  obscure,  is  evident  from  the  description  of 
the  Church  which  is  called  Noah ;  so  that  integrity  decreased, 
and  with  integrity,  wisdom  and  intelligence. 

525.  Verses  26,  27.  And  Methuselah  lived  after  he  legat 
Lamech  seven  hundred  eighty  and  tvjo  years,  and  begat  sons  and 
daughters.  And  all  the  days  of  Methuselah  were  nine  hundred 
and  sixty  and  nine  years ;  and  he  died.  The  same  signification 
is  involved  here  as  in  similar  words  above. 

526.  Verse  28.  And  Lamech  lived  an  hundred  eighty  and  two 
years,  and  hcgat  a  son.  By  Lamech  is  here  signified  a  ninth 
Church,  wherein  the  perception  of  truth  and  good  had  become  so 
general  and  obscure  as  to  be  almost  none ;  thus  it  was  a  Church 
vastated.     By  son  is  signified  the  rise  of  a  new  Church. 

527.  That  by  Lamech  is  signified  a  Church  wherein  the  per- 
ception of  truth  and  good  was  so  general  and  obscure  as  to  be 
almost  none  ;  consecjuently  a  Church  vastated.  This  may  appear 
from  those  things  which  precede,  and  from  those  which  follow  ; 
for  it  is  described  in  a  verse  presently  following.  Lamech,  in 
the  preceding  chapter,  has  nearly  the  same  signification  as  in  this, 
namely,  vastation  (concerning  which  see  verses  18,  19,  23,  24, 
of  that  chapter) ;  and  he  who  begat  him  is  also  called  l)y  a  nearly 
similar  name, namely,  Methusacl :  so  that  the  things  signified  by 
the  names  were  nearly  alike.  By  Methusacl  and  Mctlivsak.h 
is  signified  something  about  to  die.  By  Lamech  sonietliing 
destroyed. 

528.  Verse  29.  Ajid  he  ccdled  his  name  Noah,  sayivg,  lie 
shcdl  comfort  us  concerning  otir  tvorJc  and  the  toil  of  onr  hands, 
out  of  the  ground  which  Jehovah  hath  cursed.  By  Noah  is  signi- 
fied the  Ancient  Church  ;  by  comforting  us  concerning  our  u-ork 
and  the  toil  of  our  hands,  out  of  the  ground  which  Jehovah  hath. 
cursed,  is  signified  doctrine,  whereby  what  had  been  perverted 
would  be  restored. 

529.  That  by  Noah  is  signified  tlie  Ancient  Church,  or  the 
parent  of  the  three  Churches  after  the  flood,  will  apywar  from 

VOL.  I.  M  177 


r.30,  r.31.]  GENESIS. 

tho  following  pages,  where  many  things  concerning  Noah  are 
treateil  of. 

5o0.  V>\  the  names  in  this  chapter,  as  has  been  observed, 
are  siunit'iod  Churches,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  doctrines ; 
for  it  Ts,  and  is  called,  a  Church  from  doctrine.  Thus  by  Noah 
is  signified  the  Ancient  Church,  or  the  doctrine  which  remained 
fronrthe  Most  Ancient  Church.  How  the  case  is  with  Churches, 
or  doctrines,  has  been  already  stated,  namely,  that  they  decline 
until  nothing  of  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  any  longer  remains; 
and  then  it  is  called  in  the  Word  a  Church  vastatcd.  But  still 
there  are  always  preserved  remains  ;  or  some  among  whom  the 
good  and  trutli  of  faith  remain,  although  they  are  a  few.  For 
unless  the  good  and  truth  of  faith  were  preserved  with  a  few, 
2  there  would  be  no  conjunction  of  heaven  with  mankind.  As 
reoards  the  remains  which  are  with  man  in  particular,  it  is  to  be 
observed,  that  the  fewer  those  remains  are,  the  less  are  his  things 
rational  and  scientific  capable  of  being  illustrated  ;  for  the  light  of 
good  and  truth  flows  in  from  the  remains,  or  through  the  remains 
from  the  Lord.  In  case  a  man  had  in  him  no  remains,  he  w^ould 
not  be  a  man,  but  much  viler  than  a  brute ;  so  the  fewer  remains 
there  are,  the  less  he  is  a  man,  and  the  more  remains  there  are, 
the  more  he  is  a  man.  Eemains  are  to  man  as  a  kind  of  heavenly 
star;  the  less  it  is,  the  less  light  proceeds  from  it,  and  the  larger 
it  is,  the  more  light  it  gives.  The  few  things  which  remained 
from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  were  with  those  who  constituted 
the  Church  called  Noah  ;  yet  these  were  not  remnants  of  per- 
ception, but  of  integrity,  as  well  as  of  doctrine  derived  from 
what  had  existed  as  perceptions  in  the  Most  Ancient  Churches. 
A  new  Church  was,  therefore,  now  first  raised  up  by  the  Lord, 
which  being  of  a  totally  different  genius  from  the  Most  Ancient 
Churches,  is  to  be  called  the  Ancient  Church  :  ancient  on  this 
account,  because  it  existed  at  the  end  of  the  ages  before  the 
flood,  and  in  the  earliest  period  after  the  flood.  Of  this  Church, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in  the  following 
pages. 

531.  That  by  comforting  us  concerning  our  ivorh  and  the  toil 
of  onr  hands,  out  of  the  ground  vjhich  Jehovah  hath  cursed,  is 
signified  doctrine,  whereby  what  had  been  perverted  would  be 
restored,  will  also,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  appear  from 
what  follows.  By  vmrk  is  signified,  that  they  could  not,  except 
with  labour  and  difficulty,  perceive  what  was  true  ;  by  the  toil 
of  the  hands,  out  of  the  ground  which  Jehovah  hath  cursed,  is 
signified  that  they  could  do  nothing  that  w^as  good.  Thus  is 
described  Ixtmech,  or  the  Church  vastated.  Work  and  the  toil 
of  our  hands  are  predicated,  when  men  are  impelled  to  inquire 
what  is  true,  and  do  what  is  good,  from  themselves,  or  from 
proprium.  What  is  thereby  produced  is  the  ground  ivhich  JeJiovah 
Jioth  curspxl,  that  is,  it  is  nothing  but  falsity  and  evil :  but  what 
178 


CHAPTEE  V.  30-32.  [532-536. 

is  signified  by  Jehovah  cursing  may  be  seen  above  (no.  245). 
To  comfort  has  relation  to  the  son,  or  Noah,  by  which  is 
signified  a  new  generation,  that  is,  a  new  Church,'  which  is  the 
Ancient  Church.  That  Church,  or  Noah,  therefore,  signifies  also 
rest,  and  comfort  proceeding  from  rest ;  just  as  it  w^as  said  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church,  that  it  was  the  seventh  day  on  which 
the  Lord  rested  (see  nos.  84-88). 

532.  Verses  30,  31.  And  Zameck  lived  after  he  hegat  Noah 
five  hundred  ninety  and  five  years,  and  begat  sons  and  daughters. 
And  all  the  days  of  Lamech  were  seven  hundred  seventy  and 
seven  years ;  and  he  died.  By  Lamech  is  signified,  as  was  said, 
the  Church  vastated ;  by  sons  and  daughters  are  signified  the 
conceptions  and  births  of  such  a  Church. 

533.  As  no  more  is  said  of  Lamech  than  that  he  legal  sons 
and  daughters,  which  are  the  conceptions  and  births  of  such  a 
Church,  we  shall  dwell  no  longer  on  the  subject.  What  the 
births,  or  the  so7is  and  daughters,  were,  may  appear  from  the 
Church.  For  such  as  is  the  quality  of  the  Church,  such  are  its 
births.  Both  of  those  Churches,  which  were  called  jMethuselah 
and  Lamech,  expired  immediately  before  the  flood. 

534.  Verse  32.  And  Noah  was  a  son  of  five  hundred  years; 
and  N'oah  hegat  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japhtth.  By  Noah  is  signified, 
as  was  said,  the  Ancient  Church :  by  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japhcth, 
are  signified  three  Ancient  Churches,  the  parent  of  which  was 
the  Ancient  Church,  called  Noah. 

535.  That  the  Church  called  Noah  is  not  to  be  numbered 
among  the  Churches  which  were  before  the  flood,  is  evident  from 
verse  29,  where  it  is  said,  that  "  It  should  comfort  them  con- 
cerning their  work  and  the  toil  of  their  hands,  out  of  the  ground 
which  Jehovah  hath  cursed."  The  comfort  was,  tliat  it  should 
survive  and  endure.  But  concerning  Noah  and  his  sous,  by  the 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter. 

536.  Having,  many  times  in  the  foregoing  pages,  spoken  of 
the  perception  of  the  Churches  which  were  before  the  liood,  and 
as  perception  is  at  this  day  a  thing  altogether  unknown — even 
so  far  unknown,  that  some  may  suppose  it  to  be  a  kind  of 
continued  revelation,  or  to  be  something  innate  in  man,  others 
that  it  is  a  mere  imaginary  thing,  and  others  otherwise,  while 
yet  perception  is  the  very  Celestial  itself,  bestowed  by  the 
Lord  upon  those  who  are  in  the  faith  of  love,  and  in  the  whole 
heaven  perception  exists  with  indefinite  variety.  Therefore,  in 
order  that  some  idea  of  perception  may  be  had,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  it  is  permitted  in  the  following  pages  to  describe 
it  as  to  its  genera,  such  as  it  is  in  the  heavens. 


179 


r.r>:-r.40.]  genesis. 


CONTIM  ATION    CON'CKKNINC    HEAVEN   AND    HEAVENLY  JOY. 

5:17.  A  cKin-Ais  spirit  ajipUed  himself  to  my  left  side,  and 
asked  me  whether  I  knew  how  he  mif/ht  enter  into  heaven ;  to  whom 
it  was  (jive)i  me  to  reply,  that  it  belongs  to  the  Lord  alone,  vjho 
onlii  knows  the  state  and  quality  of  every  one,  to  give  admission 
into  heaven.  This  is  the  ease  with  very  many  who,  on  their  first 
entranee  into  another  life,  are  inquisitive  only  how  to  he  admitted 
into  hem-en,  being  in  utter  ignorance  of  the  nature  of  heaven,  and 
of  heavenly  joy,  or  of  the  truth  thai  heaven  consists  in  mutual  love, 
and  that  heavenly  joy  is  the  joy  therefrom  ;  wlierefore,  in  con- 
sideration of  this  their  ignorance,  they  are  first  informed  what 
licavcn  is,  and  what  heavenly  joy  is,  even  by  living  experience.  A 
certain  .<ipirit,  xclw  at  his  first  entrance  into  another  life  expressed 
a  great  desire  to  be  admitted  into  heaven,  had  his  interiors 
opened,  that  he  might  picrceive  the  nature  and  quality  of  heaven, 
and  be  made  sensible  of  heavenly  joy ;  but  no  sooner  did  he  feel 
the  heavenly  influx,  than  he  began  to  cry  out  in  great  agony, 
praying  earnestly  to  be  delivered,  and  declaring  that  he  should 
die  if  his  pain  were  not  removed.  Wherefore  his  interiors  were 
closed  towards  heaven,  and  he  ^ixis  thus  restored.  From  this 
instance  it  may  appear,  vjitli  u-hat  stings  of  conscience,  and  with 
u^hat  uneasiness,  those  are  tortured  who  are  but  in  a  small  degree 
admitted  into  heaven,  if  they  be  not  prepared  to  receive  the 
hca  vcnly  influx. 

538.  Certain  others  cdso  were  desirous  of  going  into  heaven, 
v)ho  were  in  like  manner  ignorant  of  the  ncdure  of  heaven  ;  and 
it  was  told  them,  that  to  go  into  heaven,  unless  they  were  in  the 
faith  of  love,  w'cis  as  dangerous  as  to  walk  into  a  fire;  still, 
however,  they  persisted  in  their  desire  ;  but  when  they  came  to  the 
outermost  verge  of  heaven,  or  to  the  lower  sphere  of  angelic  spiHts, 
they  were  so  affected  that  they  instantly  cast  themselves  headlong 
doiun  again ;  whereby  they  were  instructed  hoio  dangerous  a  thing 
it  is  even  to  approach  toivards  heaven,  before  they  are  prepared 
by  the  Lord  to  receive  the  affections  of  faith. 

539.  A  certain  spirit  xvlio,  during  his  life  in  the  body,  had 
made  light  of  adulteries,  wns,  agreeably  to  his  desire,  admitted 
to  the  verge  of  heaven ;  but  w'hen  lie  had  come  thither,  he  began 
to  be  tortured,  and  to  smell  as  it  were  the  stench  of  a  dead  body, 
arinng  from  himself,  which  was  intolerahle.  It  also  appeared  to 
him  that  to  advance  fiirtlier  %voukl  be  attended  with  most  fcdal 
consequences  to  him ;  lohercfore  he  threw  himself  down  headlong 
to  the  earth  beneath,  and  was  enraged  to  think  that  he  should  be 
made  sensible  of  such  tortures  on  being  admitted  to  the  verge  of 
heaven,  because  he  was  then  admitted  into  a  sphere  which  was 
opposite  to  adultery.     This  spirit  is  amongst  the  unhappy. 

540.  Almost  cdl  xoho  come  into  another  life  are  iqnorant  of 
180  J  J  J 


CHAPTEE  V.  [541-543. 

tlic  nature  of  heavenly  blessedness  and  felicity,  hy  reason  of  their 
ignorance  respecting  the  nature  and  quality  of  internal  joy,  of 
which  they  form  a  judgment  merely  from  corporeal  and  worldly 
pleasures  and  satisfactions.  Wherefore,  what  they  are  ignorant 
of  they  think  can  have  no  existence  ;  wlien  nevertheless  hodily  and 
tvorldly  joys,  compared  with  such  as  are  internal,  are  respectively 
of  no  account,  and  rather  to  he  considered  as  impure  and  filthy. 
The  ivell-disposed,  therefore,  who  are  unacquainted,  with  the 
nature  of  heavenly  joy,  as  a  means  of  tlieir  instruction  herein, 
are  introduced  first  to  a  sight  of  paradisiacal  scenes  which  exceed 
every  idea  of  the  imagination ;  concerning  vjhich,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  more  ivill  be  said  in  a  future  part  of  this  work. 
As  soon  as  they  are  introduced,  they  immedicdely  suppose  that 
they  are  come  to  a  heavenly  paradise ;  but  it  is  given  them  to 
understand  that  this  is  not  true  heavenly  happiness.  Wherefore 
they  are  let  into  interior  states  of  joy,  rendered  p)ercep)tible  even  to 
the  very  inmost  of  their  spirits.  Afterwards  they  are  conveyed 
to  a  state  of  peace  perceptible  cdso  to  their  inmost ;  in  xvhich  state 
they  confess  that  whcd  they  experience  is  above  all  expression  or 
conception.  Lastly,  they  are  let  into  a  state  of  innocence,  even  to 
their  inmost  senscdion.  Hereby  it  is  given  them  to  knoiu  what 
spiritual  and  celesticd  good  truly  is. 

541.  Certain  spirits,  loho  iverc  ignorant  of  the  nature  of 
heavenly  joy,  tvere  unexpectedly  raised  up  into  heaven,  being  p)re- 
viously  reduced  to  a  state  %vhich  rendered  them  eajMible  of  such 
elevation,  by  having  a  state  of  sleep  induced  on  their  corporeal 
pxLrts,  and  on  their  fantasies.  It  was  given  me  to  hear  one  of 
them  discoursing  in  that  state,  who  said  that  he  now  for  the 
first  time  was  made  sensible  how  great  were  the  joys  of  heaven, 
and  that  he  had  been  much  deceived  in  entertaining  other  ideas 
on  the  subject ;  for  that  since  he  had  a  pierception  of  these  joys 
in  the  inmost  of  himself ,  he  found  them  indefinitely  transcending 
the  highest  gratifications  of  the  bodily  life,  icliich  he  called  the 
tilth  in  ivhich  he  had  delighted. 

542.  Tliose  who  are  taken  up  into  heaven  for  the  sake  of  knoxij- 
ing  the  nature  and  quality  thereof,  are  either  reduced  to  a  state 
of  sleep  as  to  their  corporeal  parts  and  their  fantasies — since  none 
can  enter  into  heaven  until  they  are  stripjyed  of  such  things  as 
they  derive  from  this  ivorld — or  they  are  encompassed  with  a 
sphere  of  spirits,  by  whose  infiuence  such  tilings  as  are  impure, 
and  as  anight  occasion  disagreement,  are  miraculously  temjiered. 
With  some  the  interiors  are  opened  ;  and  thus  they  are  introduced 
to  lieaven  by  various  processes,  accommodated  to  the  life  and  con- 
sequent  disposition  of  each  p^articular  spirit. 

543.  Certain  spirits  desired-  to  know  the  nature  of  heavevly 
ioy.  Accordingly  it  was  permitted,  them  to  leave  a  2>crceptio)i  of 
their  own  inmost  life,  at  least  as  far  as  they  could  bear  it.  tStill, 
however,   this  ivas  not   angelic  joy,   scarcely   amounting  to  the 

181 


5U-54G.]  GENESIS. 

least  of  what  might  he  called  angelic — as  was  given  me  to  perceive 
ht/  a  commmiication  of  tlieir  joy,  which  was  so  slight,  that  it  seemed 
like  soinethiiig  of  a  coldish  quality — and  yet  to  them  it  aijjjearcd 
ofhcnrise,  and  they  called  it  most  heavenly,  hecause  it  was  their 
inmost.  Hence  it  was  evident,  not  only  that  there  are  different 
degrees  of  life  and  joy,  hut  also  that  the  inmost  of  one  degree 
scarcely  reaches  to  the  outermost  or  middle  of  another;  and 
further,  that  when  any  one  receives  his  own  inmost  degree,  he  is 
then  in  possession  of  his  men  heavenly  joy,  and  cannot  hear  an 
interior  degree,  hut  would  fi7id  it  painful. 

544.  Certain  spirits  heing  admitted  to  the  S2^here  of  innocence 
in  the  first  heaven,  and  discoursing  vjith  me  vjhile  in  that  state, 
confessed  that  their  joy  and  gladness  loere  of  such  a  nature  as 
could  not  he  conceived  ;  yet  this  was  only  in  the  first  heaven.  For 
there  are  three  heavens  ;  and  there  is  a  state  of  innocence  in  each, 
with  its  innumerahle  varieties. 

545.  But  in  order  that  I  might  he  fully  acquainted,  with  the 
nature  and  qiudity  of  heaven  and  of  heavenly  love,  it  was  frequently, 
and  for  a  long  continuance,  granted  me  hy  the  Lord  to  perceive 
the  delights  of  heavenly  joys;  in  consequence  of  which,  heing 
convinced  hy  sensihle  experience,  I  can  testify  of  them,  hut  hy  no 
means  describe  them.  A  word,  however,  shall  he  said  on  the 
suhject  for  the  sake  of  conveying  some  idea  of  it,  although 
imperfect.  It  is  an  ajfection  of  innumerahle  delights  and  joys, 
which  form  one  general  simultaneous  delight,  in  vjhich  genercd 
delight  or  affection  are  the  harmonics  of  innumerahle  affections, 
u'hich  are  not  p)erceived  distinctly,  hut  obscurely,  the  perception 
heing  most  general.  Still  it  is  given  to  perceive  that  there  are 
inmimerahle  delights  within  it,  arranged  in  such  admirable  order 
as  can  never  he  dcserihecl ;  those  innumerahle  things  heing  such 

2  as  flow  from  the  order  of  lieaven.  Such  order  obtains  in  the 
most  minute  things  of  affection,  uhich  are  only  i^vesented  as  one 
onost  genercd  thing,  and  are  perceived  according  to  the  capacity 
of  him  v:ho  is  their  subject.  In  a  vjord,  every  general  contains 
indefinite  particulars,  arranged  in  a  most  orderly  form,  every 
one  of  uhich  has  life  and  affects  the  mind,  and  indeed  the 
inmosts ;  for  all  heavenly  joys  proceed  from  inmosts.  I  per- 
ceived, also,  that  this  joy  and  delight  issued,  as  it  vjere,  from  the 
licart,  diffusing  itself  gently  and  sweetly  through  cdl  the  inmost 
fibres,  and  from  them  to  the  comp)ound  fibres ;  and  that  with  such 
an  exquisite  inward  sense  of  pileasure,  as  if  every  fibre  were  a 
fountain  of  joyous  perceptions  and  sensations,  in  comparison  with 
which,  gross  corporecd  pleasures  are  hut  as  the  muddy  waters  of 
a  putrid  lake  to  the  wholesome  ventilations  of  pure  refreshing 
breezes. 

046.  For  ray  better  information  concerning  the  state  and  cir- 
cumstances of  those  who  desire  to  he  admitted  into  heaven,  and 
who  yet  are  such  as  coidd  not  he  there,  {it  was  permitted  that) 
182 


CHAPTER  Y.  [546. 

when  I  was  in  some  heavenly  society,  an  angel  should  appear  to 
me  as  an  infant,  with  a  wreath  of  flowers  of  a  bright  blue  coheir 
above  his  head,  and  having  his  breast  adorned  with  garlands  of 
other  colours ;  whereby  it  was  given  me  to  know  that  I  icas  in  a 
certain  society  where  there  loas  charity.  At  that  instant  certain 
ivell-disposed  spirits  were  admitted  into  the  same  society,  v:ho 
immediately  on  their  entrance  became  much  more  intelligent, 
and  conversed  like  angelic  spirits.  Afterwards  there  v:ere 
introduced  such  as  desired  to  be  innocent  by  virtue  of  some 
power  inherent  in  themselves,  whose  state  ivas  represented  by  an 
infant  vomiting  up  milk.  In  such  wise  ivas  their  state  rejjresented. 
Presently  there  ivere  others  admitted,  who  thought  to  become 
intelligent  of  themselves,  or  by  some  independent  power  inherent 
in  themselves,  and  their  states  were  represented  by  faces  of  keen 
aspect,  rather  handsome  than  otherwise.  They  seemed  to  have 
hats  on  that  had.  a  like  sharp)  and  pointed  appearance,  from  which 
there  arose  a  small  spike.  They  did  not  look,  however,  like  human 
faces  of  flesh,  but  rather  like  graven  images  %vithout  life.  Such  is 
the  state  of  those  ivho  think  to  become  spirittial,  or  that  they  can 
attain  faith,  of  themselves.  Other  spirits  were  admitted,  who 
€Ould  not  continue  in  the  society,  but,  being  seized  ivith  con- 
sternation and  anxiety,  made  their  escape  by  flight. 


183 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTEE    SIXTH. 

HEAVEN   AND   HEAVENLY   JOY. 

547.  The  souls  that  come  into  another  life  arc  all  ignorant 
of  the  nature  of  heaven  and  of  heavenly  joy.  The  greater  number 
aiipposc  that  it  is  a  kind  of  joy  to  vjhich  every  07ie  may  be  admitted, 
witlioat  regard  to  his  life,  even  though  he  have  indtdged  in  hatred 
toicards  his  neighbour,  and  have  spent  his  life  in  adidtery ;  not 
knowing  tliat  lieaven  consists  in  mutual  and  chaste  love,  and  that 
heavenly  joy  is  the  happiness  derived  from  such  love. 

5-48.  /  have  sometimes  conversed  ivith  spirits  newly  come  from 
this  icorld,  respecting  the  state  of  eternal  life,  observing  to  them, 
that  it  nearly  concerned  them  to  knoio  ivho  vxis  the  Lord  of  the 
kingdom,  what  the  constitution  of  it,  and  zvhat  the  particular 
form  of  its  government ;  and  that  if  such  as  travelled  into  a 
foi'cign  country  in  the  world  considered,  it  of  consequence  to  be 
acquaiyited  with  these  and  the  like  p)a,rticula,rs  relating  to  it,  it 
was  surely  of  greater  importance  to  thern  to  be  informed  of  the 
same  particulars  in  reference  to  the  kingdom  in  ivhich  they  now 
were,  and  wherein  they  were  to  live  for  ever.  Therefore  tliey 
were  to  knoio  that  the  Lord  alone  was  the  Xing  of  heaven,  and 
also  the  Governor  of  the  universe ;  for  both  must  needs  have  the 
same  Ruler ;  and  also  that  tlie  kingdom  in  which  they  now  are  is 
the  Lord's ;  and,  moreover,  that  the  laws  of  His  kingdom  icere 
eternal  truths,  founded  on  that  one  and  only  laiu,  that  men  should 
love  the  Lord  above  all  things,  and  their  neighbour  as  themselves ; 
nay,  more,  that  noiv,  if  they  woidd  be  as  the  angels,  they  ought 
2  to  love  their  neighbour  more  than  the^nselves.  On  hearing  this 
they  were  struck  dumb.  For  though  in  this  world  tliey  had 
heard  of  svxih  a  doctrine,  yet  they  gave  no  credit  to  it,  and 
therefore  loondered  at  such  love  being  in  heaven,  nay,  that  it  was 
p>ossible  for  any  one  to  love  his  neighbour  better  than  himself ; 
wlun  yet  they  had  heard,  that  tliey  ought  to  love  the  neighbour  as 
tfumselves,  but  they  vjerc  informed  that  all  kinds  of  good  become 
increased  indefinitely  in  the  other  life;  and  though  such  is  life  in 
the  body  that  man  cannot  do  more  than  love  the  neighbour  as 
184 


CHAPTER  VI.  [549-551. 

himself,  hci7ig  m  corporeal  things,  yet  on  their  reruoval,  true  love 
becomes  more  pure  and  at  length  angelic,  lohich  is  to  love  the  neigh- 
hour  letter  than  oneself.  With  respect  to  the  possibility  and  reality  1 
of  such  love,  they  ivere  told  that  convincing  proofs  might  be  brougld 
from  the  conj^igial  love  of  some,  who  rather  suffered  death  than 
that  their  married  partner  should  be  injured;  and  from  the  love 
ofjxircnts  toivards  children,  in  that  mothers  woidd  endure  hunger 
rather  than  that  their  children  should  u-ant  food ;  and  even 
from  many  instances  among  birds  and  animcds.  The  same  icas 
apparent  also  in  the  friendship  of  si7ice7x  fi'iends,  urging  one 
friend  to  ex-pose  himself  to  dangers  for  the  sake  of  the  other.  Yea, 
even  hi  the  ease  of  polite  cmd  feigned  friendship,  ivhieh  is  desirous 
of  emidating  vjhat  is  sincere,  there  were  some  who  offered  to  those 
whom  they  ivished  ivell,  ichat  otherwise  they  icoidd  have  prefei'ved 
to  Ticcp  to  themselves  ;  they  do  this  outwardly  vjith  the  lips,  though 
not  from  the  heart.  And,  lastly,  they  were  told  that  it  was  of  the 
very  nature  of  true  love  to  do  cdl  Icind  offices  to  the  objects  of  it, 
not  from  selfish  objects,  hut  from  disinterested  affection.  Bid, 
notwithstanding  the  force  of  these  ai^guments,  those  who  weix  deep 
in  the  love  of  self,  and  had  been  greedy  of  filthy  lucre  in  this 
ivorld,  coidd  not  receive  such  a  doctrine  ;  and  misers  least  of  all. 

549.  The  angelic  state  is  such,  that  each  communicates  his 
owoi  blessedness  and  happiness  to  another ;  for  in  the  other  life 
there  is  granted  a  communication  and  most  exquisite  perception  of 
affections  and  thoughts,  in  consequence  of  which  every  individual 
conunimicates  his  joy  to  all  others,  and  cdl  others  to  every  indi- 
vidual; so  that  each  is  as  it  were  the  centre  of  cdl,  which  is  the 
celesticd  form.  Wherefore,  the  grccUer  the  number  of  those  who 
constitute  the  Lord's  Jcingdom,so  mucli  greater  is  their  Itapinness ; 
and  hence  it  is  that  the  Itappiness  of  heaven  is  inexpressible. 
Such  is  the  communication  of  all  with  each,  and  of  each  xcith  all, 
when  one  loves  another  better  than  himself;  but  should,  any  one 
wish  better  to  himself  than  to  another,  theii  the  love  of  self  pre- 
vails, which  communicates  nothing  from  itself  to  another  except 
the  idea  of  self  lohich  idea  is  most  defiled,  aiul,  as  soon  as  it  is 
perceived,  is  instaiitly  separated  and  rejected. 

550.  As  in  the  human  body,  each  and  every  part  contribides 
to  the  general  and  particular  uses  of  cdl,  so  it  is  in  the  kingdom 
of  the  Lord,  which  is  as  one  man,  and  is  cdso  called  the  Greatest 
Man.  Herein  each  particular  meynher  contribides  more  nearly  or 
more  remotely,  by  manifold  methods,  [to  the  ge^iercd  and  particular 
uses  of  all,  consequently  to  the  hapjriness  of  every  one ;]  and  this 
according  to  the  order  iristittUed  and  constantly  maintained  by 
the  Lord. 

551.  The  whole  heaven  has  relation  to  the  Lord,  and  each  and 
every  one  therein  has  the  same  relation,  both  in  general  and  in 
least  imrticulars ;  as  has  been  often  inovcd  to  me  by  much  experi- 
ence.    Jlence  comes  order,  union,  mutual  lore,  and  happiness; 

185 


;i,>_,  ,).i.> 


GENESIS. 


for  thus  each  huJiridual  rcgcmh  the  nxU-lcing  and  happiness  of 
all,  and  all  ntjard  the  well-being  and  happiness  of  each. 

Vih'l.  Ihf  such  repeated  experience  have  I  been  convinced,  that 
all  the  joji  and  happiness  knoion  in  heaven  are  from  the  Lord 
alone.  One  instance  of  this  experience  it  is  here  per^nitted  vie 
to  relate.  I  obserred  some  angelic  spirits  busily  employed  in 
forming  a  candlesfieJc,  with  its  seonees  and  decorations,  all  after 
a  most  exqi/isite  taste,  in  honour  of  the  Lord.  It  ivas  given  me 
to  attend  to  them,  for  an  hour  or  two,  during  luhich  time  I  was 
witness  to  the  pains  they  took,  in  order  that  the  whole  and  every 
part  might  be  beautiful  and  representative  ;  they  supposing  that 
what  they  did  was  from  themselves;  but  it  was  given  me  to 
jKrceive  clearly  that  it  loas  not  in  their  poivcr  to  devise  or  invent 
anything  of  themselves.  At  length,  after  some  hours,  they  said 
tluit  they  had  constructed  a  most  beautiful  representative  candle- 
stick in  honour  of  the  Ijord,  whereat  they  rejoiced  from  the 
inmosts;  but  I  told  them  tJmt  they  had  neither  devised  nor  con- 
structed any  part  of  the  workmanship  of  themselves,  but  that  the 
Lord  alone  had  done  it  for  them ;  at  first  they  wotdd  scarcely 
believe  what  I  said,  but  being  angelic  spirits  they  loere  eidightened, 
and  confessed  that  it  was  really  so.  The  same  is  true  with 
respect  to  all  other  representatives,  and  vjith  respect  to  all  and 
everything  belonging  to  affection  and  thought,  and  consequently  to 
all  heavenly  joys  and  felicities  ;  even  the  smallest  of  them  all  is 
from  the  Lord  alone. 

553.  Those  -who  are  in  mutual  love  are  continually  advancing 
in  heaven  to  the  spring-time  of  their  early  manhood ;  and  the 
more  tliousands  of  years  they  pass,  the  more  they  attain  to  a  joyous 
and  delightful  spring,  and  so  contimie  on  to  eternity,  ivith  fresh 
additions  of  blessedness,  according  to  their  respective  p)'^'ogressions 
ami  gradations  in  mutual  love,  charity,  and  faith.  Those  of  the 
femcde  sex  ivho  had  departed  this  life  broken  with  the  infirmities 
of  old  age,  but  vjho  have  lived  in  faith  to  the  Lord,  charity 
towards  their  neighbour,  and  in  conjugial  love  ivith  their  husbands, 
after  a  succession  of  years  appear  to  advance  toivards  the  bloom 
of  maidenhood,  with  a  beauty  surpassing  all  description ;  for 
goodness  and  charity  form  their  oiun  image  in  such  persons,  and 
express  their  delights  and  beauties  in  every  feature  of  their  faces, 
insomuch  tJuit  they  become  real  forms  of  charity.  Certain  spirits 
2  tlud  beheld  them  were  astonished  at  the  sight.  Such  is  the  form 
of  charity,  tvhich  in  heaven  is  represented  to  the  life  ;  for  it  is 
charity  that  portrays  it,  and  is  portrayed  in  it,  and  that  in  a 
manner  so  expressive,  thcU  the  whole  angel,  more  particidarly  as 
to  the  face,  cqopears  as  charity  itself,  in  a  personal  form  of 
exquisite  beauty,  affecting  the  sold  of  the  spectator  ivith  something 
of  the  same  grace.  By  the  beaidy  of  that  form  the  tridhs  of  faith 
are  exhibited  in  an  image,  and  are  also  thereby  rendered  percept- 
ible. Those  who  have  lived  in  faith  toivards  the  Lord,  that  is,  in 
18G 


CHAPTEE  VI.  [554-556. 

a  faith  grounded  in  charity,  become  such  forms,  or  such  beauties, 
in  another  life.  All  the  angels  are  such  forms,  in  a  variety 
without  number  ;  and  of  these  heaven  is  composed. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


1.  And  it  came  to  pass,  that  man  began  to  multiply  him- 
self on  the  faces  of  the  ground,  and  daughters  were  born  unto 
them. 

2.  And  the  sons  of  God  saw  the  daughters  of  man  that  they 
were  good ;  and  they  took  to  themselves  wives  of  all  that  they 
chose. 

3.  And  Jehovah  said,  My  spirit  shall  not  always  reprove 
man,  for  that  he  is  flesh ;  and  his  days  shall  be  a  hundred  and 
twenty  years. 

4.  Tliere  were  ISTephilim  in  the  earth  in  those  days ;  and 
especially  after  the  sons  of  God  came  in  unto  the  daughters  of 
man,  and  they  bare  to  them ;  the  same  became  mighty  men, 
who  were  of  old,  men  of  name. 

5.  And  Jehovah  saw  that  the  wickedness  of  man  was 
multiplied  on  the  earth,  and  that  all  the  fashion  of  the  thoughts 
of  his  heart  was  only  evil  every  day. 

6.  And  it  repented  Jehovah  that  He  had  made  man  on  the 
earth,  and  it  grieved  Him  at  His  heart. 

7.  And  Jehovah  said,  I  will  destroy  man  whom  I  have 
created,  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground ;  from  man  even  to 
beast,  even  to  the  creeping  thing,  and  even  to  the  fowl  of  tlie 
heavens ;  for  it  repenteth  Me  that  I  have  made  them. 

8.  And  Noah  found  grace  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


554.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  slate  of  the  people 
before  the  flood. 

555.  Lusts  began  to  prevail  in  man,  wlierc  the  Church  was, 
which  lusts  are  signified  by  daughters.  They  also  jf)ine(l  the 
doctrinals  of  faith  to  their  lusts,  and  thus  confirmed  thrmsclves 
in  evils  and  falsities ;  as  is  signified  by  the  sons  of  God  taking  to 
themselves  wives  of  the  daughters  of  man,  verses  1,  2. 

556.  And  whereas  there  were  thus  no  remains  of  good  and 
truth  left  to  him,  it  is  foretold  lliat  man  should  be  otliorwise 

1.S7 


r.:.7-:.Gi.]  genesis. 

fi.rmi'd,  in  onlor  that  he  miglit  have  sucli  remains  ;  and  this  is 
si-'nilioil  by  his  (/((i/x  hdii;/  a/tididral  and  tircnti/  years,  verse  3. 
"557.  Those  who  immersed  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their 
lusts,  and  by  reason  of  such  immersion,  and  also  of  self-love, 
conceived  dreadful  persuasions  of  their  own  greatness  and  con- 
seiiiuMice  when  compared  with  others,  are  Nqiliilim,  verse  4. 

r.58.  Hence  there  no  longer  remained  any  will  or  perception 
(»f  good  and  truth,  verse  5. 

:>:)^:!i.  The  Lt)rd"s  mercy  is  described  by  repenting  and  grieving 
at  heart,  verse  G ;  they  were  reduced  to  such  a  state  that  their 
lusts  and  persuasions  must  needs  produce  their  extinction, 
verse  7.  Wherefore,  that  mankind  might  be  saved,  it  is  fore- 
told tliat  a  new  Church  sliould  exist,  which  is  signified  by 
Xoa/i,  verse  8. 


THE  INTEENAL  SENSE. 

5G0.  Before  we  proceed  further,  it  may  be  expedient  to 
relate  the  condition  of  the  Church  before  the  flood.  In  general 
it  resembled  succeeding  Churches,  as  the  Jewish  Church  before 
the  Lord's  Coming,  and  the  Christian  Church  after  His  Coming ; 
because  it  had  corrupted  and  adulterated  the  knowledges  of  true 
faith.  And  specifically  the  members  of  the  antediluvian  Churcli 
in  course  of  time  conceived  dreadful  persuasions,  and  immersed 
the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  in  their  filthy  lusts,  to  such  a 
degree,  that  there  were  scarcely  any  remains  left  in  them. 
And  when  tliey  were  reduced  to  this  state,  they  were,  so  to 
speak,  sufibcated  of  themselves,  inasmuch  as  man  cannot  live 
without  remains.  For  remains,  as  was  before  observed,  is  the 
life  of  man  which  he  has  above  the  brutes ;  from  remains,  or 
by  means  of  remains,  from  the  Lord,  man  has  a  capacity  to  be 
as  man,  to  know  what  is  good  and  true,  to  reflect  upon  each, 
and  consequently  to  think  and  reason ;  for  in  remains  alone  is 
contained  spiritual  and  celestial  life. 

5G1.  But  in  order  that  it  may  he  known  what  remains  are, 
let  it  be  oljserved,  that  they  are  not  only  the  goods  and  truths 
which  a  man  has  learnt  from  infancy  from  the  Word  of  the 
Lord,  and  impressed  on  his  memory,  but  they  are  likewise  all 
the  states  thence ;  as  states  of  innocence  from  infancy ;  states 
of  love  towards  parents,  brothers,  teachers,  and  friends ;  states 
of  charity  towards  the  neighbour,  and  also  of  mercy  towards  the 
poor  and  needy  ;  in  a  word,  all  states  of  good  and  truth.  These 
states,  with  their  goods  and  truths,  impressed  on  the  memory, 
are  called  remains;  wliich  remains  are  preserved  in  man  by  the 
Lord,  and  are  stored  up  unconsciously  to  himself  in  his  internal 
188 


CHAPTEE  YI.  1.  [562-564. 

man,  and  are  carefully  separated  from  the  things  which  are  of 
man's  proprium,  that  is,  from  evils  and  falsities.  All  these 
states  are  so  preserved  in  man  by  the  Lord,  that  there  is  not 
the  smallest  of  them  lost ;  as  it  was  given  me  to  know  bv  this 
circumstance,  that  every  state  of  man,  from  his  infancy  even 
to  extreme  old  age,  not  only  remains  in  another  life,  but  also 
returns  ;  and  indeed  exactly  so  as  it  was  durino-  man's  abode 
in  this  world.  Thus  not  only  the  goods  and  truths  of  the 
memory,  but  likewise  all  the  states  of  innocence  and  charity. 
And  when  states  of  evil  and  falsity,  or  of  wickedness  and 
fantasy  recur — which  also,  both  generally  and  particularly,  as 
to  every  smallest  circumstance,  remain  and  return — then  these 
latter  states  are  tempered  by  the  Lord  by  means  of  the  formei-. 
Whence  it  may  appear  that,  unless  man  had  some  remains,  he 
could  not  possibly  avoid  eternal  condemnation;  as  may  be 
seen  in  what  was  said  above  (no.  4G8), 

562.  The  people  before  the  flood  were  at  length  left  almost 
entirely  destitute  of  remains,  by  reason  of  their  being  of  such  a 
genius  and  temper,  that  they  were  infected  with  dreadful  and 
abominable  persuasions  resj)ecting  all  tilings  whatever  which 
occurred  and  fell  into  their  thoughts ;  so  that  they  were  not  at 
all  willing  to  recede  from  them.  And  this  was  chiefly  owin"  to 
self-love,  in  consequence  of  which  they  supposed  themselves  to 
be  as  gods,  and  that  whatever  entered  their  thoughts  M-as 
Divine.  This  kind  of  persuasion  has  never  existed,  either  before 
or  since,  in  any  other  people ;  inasmuch  as  it  w^as  latal  and 
suffocating.  Wherefore  in  another  life  the  antediluvians 
cannot  associate  with  other  spirits ;  for  when  they  present 
themselves  they  deprive  others  of  all  power  of  thinking,  by 
the  influx  of  their  most  stubborn  persuasions.  Not  to 
mention  other  particulars  concerning  them,  which,  by  tlie 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  will  be  treated  of  in  a  future  part  of 
this  work. 

563.  When  man  is  possessed  by  sucli  a  persuasion,  he  is  like 
some  glutinous  substance,  in  which  goods  and  truths  become 
entangled;  so  that  what  were  intended  for  7T/»rti».s  cannot  be 
stored  up,  or  if  stored  up  cannot  be  rendered  of  any  use. 
Wherefore  when  the  antediluvians  arrived  at  the  summit  of 
such  persuasion,  they  became  extinct  of  themselves ;  and  were 
suffocated  or  drowned  as  with  an  inundation,  not  unlike  a  dehige. 
Therefore  their  extinction  is  compared  to  a  flood ;  and  also, 
according  to  the  custom  of  the  most  ancient  people,  is  described 
as  a  flood. 

564.  Verse  1.  A7id  it  came  to  pass,  that  man  her/an  to  mul- 
tiply Jiimself  on  the  faces  of  the  ground,  and  davr/hters  vrre  horn 
unto  them,  layman  is  here  signified  the  race  of  mankind  exist- 
ing at  that  time.  By  the  faces  of  the  ground,  all  that  region  of 
the  earth  where  the  Church  was.     And  by  daughters  arc  hero 

189 


5G5.  r.GG.]  GENESIS. 

sijinififil  the  tilings  pertaining  to  the  will  of  that  man  ;  conse- 
quently lusts. 

nOf).  Tliat  by  man  is  here  signified  the  race  of  mankind 
existing  at  that  time,  and,  indeed,  a  race  which  was  evil  or  cor- 
rupt, may  appear  from  the  following  passages  :  "  My  spirit  shall 
not  always  reprove  vian,  for  that  he  is  Hesh  "  (ver.  3).  "The 
wickedness  of  man  was  multiplied  on  the  earth,  and  the  fashion 
of  the  thoughts  of  his  heart  was  only  evil "  (ver.  5).  "  I  will 
destroy  matiwhom  I  have  created  "  (ver.  7)  ;  and  in  the  follow- 
in-^  chapter  (vers.  21,  22):  "All  flesh  died  that  crept  upon  the 
earth,  and  every  man,  in  whose  nostrils  was  the  breath  of  the 
spirit  of  lives."  It  was  observed  above  respecting  vian,  that 
the  Lord  alone  is  Man,  and  that  from  Him  every  celestial  man,  or 
celestial  Church,  is  called  man.  Hence  all  others  are  called  men, 
without  regard  to  their  faith,  to  distinguish  them  from  brutes. 
Nevertheless  a  man  is  not  a  man,  and  distinct  from  the  brutes, 
except  by  virtue  of  remains,  as  was  observed,  which  are  of  the 
Lord.  It  is  from  these  also  that  he  is  called  man;  and  inasmuch 
as  he  is  so  called  by  reason  of  remains,  which  are  of  the  Lord,  he 
has  the  name  man  be  he  ever  so  wicked.  For  a  man  is  not  a 
man,  but  the  vilest  of  brutes,  unless  he  has  remains. 

566.  That  by  the  faces  of  the  ground  is  signified  all  that 
region  where  the  Church  was,  is  evident  from  the  signification 
of  r/roiind.  For  in  the  Word  there  is  a  careful  distinction 
made  between  the  ground  and  the  earth.  By  ground  is  every- 
where signified  the  Church,  or  something  relating  to  the 
Church.  Hence  also  is  the  name  of  man,  or  Adam,  which 
is  ground.  By  the  earth,  in  general,  is  not  meant  the  Church, 
or  anything  relating  to  the  Church ;  so  in  the  first  chapter  the 
earth  only  is  named,  because  as  yet  there  was  no  Church, 
or  regenerate  man.  Mention  is  first  made  of  ground  in  the 
second  chapter,  because  then  there  was  a  Church ;  in  like 
manner  it  is  said  here,  and  in  the  following  chapter  (vii.  4,  23), 
that  every  substance  should  he  destroyed  from  off  the  faces  of  the 
ground ;  by  which  is  signified  the  region  where  the  Church  was. 
And  in  the  same  chapter  (ver.  3),  speaking  of  a  Church  about 
to  be  created,  it  is  said,  "  to  make  seed  alive  on  the  faces  of  the 
groutul."  Ground  has  the  same  signification  in  other  parts  of 
the  Word ;  as  in  Isaiah :  "  Jehovah  will  have  mercy  on  Jacob, 
and  will  yet  choose  Israel,  and  will  set  them  in  their  ground,  and 
the  people  shall  take  them,  and  shall  bring  them  to  their  place 
and  the  house  of  Israel  shall  inherit  them  on  the  ground  of 
Jehovah"  (xiv.  1,  2);  speaking  of  the  Church  as  made.  But 
where  there  is  no  Church  it  is  called  the  earth  in  the  same 
2  chapter  (vers.  9,  12,  16,  20,  21,  25,  26).  Again  in  the  same 
prophet:  "And  the  ground  of  Judah  shall  be  a  terror  unto 
Egypt;  in  that  day  there  shall  be  five  cities  in  the  land 
{terra)  of  Egypt  speaking  with  the  lip  of  Canaan"  (xix.  17, 18). 
190 


CHAPTEPw  YI.  1.  [566. 

Here  groiincl  signifies  the  region  where  the  Church  is,  and  land 
where  there  is  no  Church.     Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  The 
earth  shall  reel  to  and  fro  like  a  drunkard ;  Jehovah  shall  visit 
upon  the  host  of  the  height  in  the  height,  and  upon  the  kings 
oit\\Q  ground  on  the  ground'^  (xxiv.  20,  21).     In  like  manner 
in  Jeremiah  :  "  Wherefore  the  ground  is  chapped,  because  there 
is  no  rain  on  the  earth,  the  husbandmen  were  ashamed,  they 
covered  their  heads,  yea,  the  hind  also  calved  in  the  field" 
(xiv.  4,  5).     Here  earth  is  that  which  contains  the  ground;  and 
ground  that  which  contains  the  field.     So  in  the  same  prophet :  3 
"  He  brought  the  seed  of  the  house  of  Israel  from  the  northern 
land,  from  all  lands  whither  I  have  driven  them,  and  they 
shall  dwell  on  their  own  ground"  (xxiii.  8).     Land  and  lands 
signify  where  there  are  no  Churches ;  and  ground,  where  there  is 
a  Church  or  true  worship.     Again  in  the  same :  "  I  will  give  the 
remains  of  Jerusalem,  them  that  are  left  in  this  land,  and  them 
that  dwell  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  I  will  deliver  them  to  com- 
motion, for  evil  to  all  the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  I  will  send  the 
sword,  the  famine,  and  the  pestilence  among  them,  till  they  be 
consumed  from  off  the  ground  which  I  gave  to  them  and  to  their 
fathers"  (xxiv.  8-10).      Here   ground   signifies  doctrine  and 
worship  from  it  (see  also  in  the  same  prophet,  chap.  xxv.  5). 
And  in  Ezekiel :  "  I  will  gather  you  out  of  the  earths  wherein  4 
you  have  been  scattered,  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah 
when  I  shall  bring  you  into  the  ground  of  Israel,  into  the  land 
for  the  which  I  lifted  My  hand  to  give  it  to  your  fathers " 
(xx.  41,  42).      Ground  here  signifies  internal  worship  ;  it  is 
called  earth  while  the  worship  is  not  internal.     So  in  Malachi : 
"  I  will  rebuke  the  devourer  for  your  sakes,  and  he  shall  not 
corrupt  the  fruits  of  the  ground,  nor  shall  the  vine  cast  her 
fruits  before  the  time  in  the  field  ;  and  all  nations  shall  call 
you  blessed,  because  ye  shall  he  a  delightsome  land"  (iii.  11, 12). 
In  this  passage,  land  evidently  signifies  that  which  contains  the 
ground,  consequently  man,  who  is  called  earth,  where  ground 
denotes  the  Church  or  doctrine.     So  in  Moses :  "  Sing,  0  ye  5 
nations,  His  people,  for  He  will  expiate  His  ground,  His  people  " 
(Deut.  xxxii.  43).     The  subject  here  is  evidently  tlie  Cliurch  of 
the  Gentiles,  which  is  called  ground.    So  in  Isaiah :  "  Before  tlie 
child  shall  know  to  refuse  the  evil  and  choose  the  good,  the 
ground  shall  be  forsaken  which  thou  abhorrest,  before  both  lier 
kings"  (vii.  10),  speaking  of  the  Lord's  Coming.     Tlie  ground 
which  is  forsaken  is  here  the  Church,  or  the  true  doctrine  of 
faith.     It  is  evident  that  ground  and  field  are  so  (■ailed  from 
being  sown  with  seed.     As  it  is  written  in  Isaiah  :  "  'J'lien  shall 
He  give  rain  of  thy  seed  that  thou  shalt  sow  the  ground  withal ; 
the  oxen  also  and  the  young  asses  that  labour  on  the  ground  " 
(xxx.  23,  24).      And  in  Joel:  "The  field  is  wasted,  and  the 
around  mourneth,  because  the  corn  is  wasted"  (i.  10).     Hence, 
^  101 


r.G7-."G0.]  GENESIS. 

tluMi,  it  is  I'vitli'ut  tliat  mem,  who  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  is  called 
Adam,  from  the  ground,  signifies  the  Church. 

507.  All  that  region  is  called  the  region  of  the  Church 
■where  those  inhabit  who  are  instructed  in  the  doctrine  of  true 
faith ;  as  tlic  land  of  Canaan,  when  the  Jewish  Church  was 
therein;  and  as  Europe,  where  the  Christian  Church  now 
is.  The  lands  and  countries,  which  are  without,  are  not  tracts 
of  the  Church,  or  faces  of  the  fjround.  Where  the  Church 
was  before  the  Deluge,  may  also  appear  from  the  lands  which 
the  rivers  encompassed  that  came  forth  from  the  garden  of 
Eden  ;  by  which  in  all  parts  of  the  Word  are  likewise  described 
the  boundaries  of  the  land  of  Canaan.  It  may  also  appear  from 
wliat  follows  concerning  the  Nephilim  that  were  in  the  land. 
Til  at  tliese  Nephilim  dwelt  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  is  plain  from 
what  is  said  of  the  sons  of  Anak,  that  they  were  of  the  giants 
(Num.  xiii.  33). 

568.  That  demfjldcrs  signify  such  things  as  are  of  the  will  of 
that  man,  consequently  lusts,  is  evident  from  what  was  said  and 
shewn  concerning  sons  and  daughters  in  the  foregoing  chapter 
(ver.  4),  where  sons  signify  truths,  and  daughters  goods. 
Daughters,  or  goods,  are  of  the  wall ;  and  as  according  to  man's 
nature  such  is  his  understanding  and  such  his  will,  conse- 
quently, such  are  sons  and  daughters.  The  present  passage 
treats  of  man  in  a  corrupt  state,  who  has  no  will,  but  mere  lust 
instead  of  will,  which  is  supposed  by  him  to  be  will,  and  is  also 
so  denominated.  And  as  what  is  predicated  is  always  deter- 
mined in  its  signification  by  the  quality  of  the  thing  whereof  it 
is  predicated,  so  as  ma/i  means  here  man  in  a  corrupt  state,  as 
was  shewn  above,  it  is  this  of  which  daughters  are  predicated. 

■  The  reason  why  daughters  signify  the  things  of  the  wdll,  and 
where  there  is  no  will,  lusts,  and  why  sous  signify  the  things  of 
the  understanding,  and  where  there  is  no  understanding  of 
truth,  fantasies,  is,  because  the  female  sex  is  such,  and  so  formed, 
that  the  will  or  lust  reigns  in  them  more  than  the  understand- 
ing. Such  is  the  entire  disposition  of  their  component  parts, 
or  fibres,  and  such  their  nature  :  whereas  the  male  sex  is  so 
formed,  that  the  understanding  or  reason  rules,  such  also  being 
the  disposition  of  their  fibres  and  their  nature.  Hence  the 
marriage  of  the  two  is  as  of  the  will  and  understanding  in  every 
man.  And  since  at  this  day  there  is  no  will  of  good  remaining, 
but  only  mere  lust,  and  still  something  intellectual  or  rational 
is  capable  of  being  comnmnicated,  this  is  the  reason  why  so 
many  laws  were  enacted  in  the  Jewish  Church  concerning  the 
prerogative  of  the  husband  {vir),  and  the  obedience  of  the  wife. 

569.  Verse  2.  And  the  sons  of  God  savj  the  daughters  of  man 
tJuit  they  were  good  ;  ami  they  took  to  themselves  wives  of  all  that 
iluy  chose.  By  the  sons  of  God  are  signified  the  doctrinals  of 
faith  ;  by  daughters,  here   as  before,  lusts ;  and  by  the  sons  of 

192 


CHAPTER  YI.  2.  [570,  571. 

God  seeing  the  daughters  of  vian  that  they  were  good,  and  taking 
to  themselves  wives  of  all  that  they  chose,  is  si<^nitied  that  the 
doctrinals  of  faith  conjoined  themselves  with  lusts,  and  this, 
indeed,  indiscriminately. 

570.  That  by  the  sons  of  God  are  signified  doctrinals  of  faith, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  sons,  noticed  just  above  ;  and 
also  in  the  preceding  chapter  (ver.  4),  where  so)is  signified  the 
truths  of  the  Church.  The  truths  of  the  Church  are  doctrinals, 
which  being  derived,  in  the  present  instance  by  tradition,  from 
the  most  ancient  people,  were  real  truths,  and  tlierefore  are 
called  the  sons  of  God.  This  name  is  also  given  them  respect- 
ively, because  lusts  are  denominated  the  daughters  of  man. 
The  quality  of  the  members  of  this  Church  is  here  described, 
namely,  that  they  immersed  in  lusts  the  truths  of  the  Church, 
which  were  holy,  and  thereby  defiled  them.  Hence  also  they 
confirmed  their  principles,  already  most  deeply  rooted  in  the 
ground  of  persuasion.  How  this  occurred  may  be  easily  con- 
ceived by  any  one,  from  observing  what  passes  in  himself  and 
others.  Those  who  persuade  themselves  in  regard  to  any  sub- 
ject, confirm  themselves  in  such  persuasion  by  everything  which 
they  imagine  to  be  true,  even  by  what  they  find  contained  in 
the  Word  of  the  Lord.  For  while  they  adhere  to  principles 
which  they  have  received  and  rooted  in  themselves  by  persua- 
sion, they  force  everything  to  favour  and  Hatter  those  principles. 
And  the  more  any  one  is  under  the  influence  of  self-love,  so 
much  the  more  he  confirms  himself  in  them.  Such  was  this 
people  here  described,  of  whom,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
more  will  be  said  in  the  following  pages,  when  we  come  to  treat 
of  their  direful  persuasions,  which  are  of  such  an  extraordinary 
nature,  that  it  is  never  permitted  them  to  enter  into  other 
spirits  by  influx  from  their  reasonings,  because  they  would 
thus  destroy  all  the  Eational  of  such  spirits,  but  only  to  enter 
by  influx  from  their  cupidities.  Hence  it  appears  what  is 
signified  by  the  sons  of  God  seewg  the  daughters  of  man  that  they 
were  good,  and  taking  to  themselves  wives  of  all  that  they  chose, 
namely,  that  the  doctrinals  of  faith  joined  themselves  with  lusts, 
and  this,  indeed,  indiscriminately. 

571.  When  man  thus  immerses  the  trutlis  of  faith  in  liis  own 
wild  lusts,  he  then  profanes  the  truths,  and  deprives  himself  of 
remains,  which  cannot  be  brought  forth  to  use,  even  supposing 
they  were  safely  preserved;  for  the  very  instant  they  an; 
brought  forth,  they  are  again  profaned  by  the  profanities  abid- 
ing in  the  spirit ;  for  all  profanations  of  the  Word  cause,  as  it 
were,  a  hard  callous  substance  to  grow,  which  opposes  and 
absorbs  the  goods  and  truths  of  remains.  Therefore,  let  every 
man  take  good  heed  how  he  profanes  the  Word  of  the  Lord, 
which  contains  in  it  eternal  trutlis,  in  wliich  is  life,  however  ho 
who  is  in  false  principles  may  dislwlieve  it. 

VOL.  I.  N  lOli 


572-574]  GENESIS. 

572.  Verso  3.  And  Jehovah  said,  Mij  spirit  shall  not  always 
reprove  man,  for  that  he  is  flesh;  and  his  days  shall  he  ahimdred 
and  twenty  years.  By  Jehovah's  saying.  My  spirit  shall  not 
alwai/s  rcjirove  man,  is  sit^nitied  that  man  would  not  be  so  led 
any  loni^'or.  For  that  he  is  flesh  signifies,  because  he  was  become 
corporeal.  And  his  days  shall  he  a  hundred  and  twenty  years 
si^nilies  that  he  ought  to  have  remains  of  faith.  It  is  also  a 
prediction  concerning  a  future  Church. 

573.  That  by  Jehovah's  saying,  My  spirit  shall  not  always 
reprove  man,  is  signified  that  man  would  not  be  so  led  any 
longer,  is  evident  from  what  precedes  and  follows.  From  what 
precedes ;  because  they  were  reduced  to  such  a  state  by  the 
immersion  of  the  doctrinals  or  truths  of  faith  in  their  lusts,  as 
to  be  no  longer  capable  of  reproof,  or  of  being  taught  what  evil 
was.  Everything  perceptive  of  truth  and  good  was  extinguished 
by  persuasions,  so  that  they  thought  that  alone  to  be  true  which 
was  agreeable  to  their  persuasions.  It  is  also  evident  from 
what  follows  ;  because  the  man  of  the  Church  which  succeeded 
the  flood  was  altogether  differently  formed ;  being  gifted  with 
conscience  instead  of  perception,  by  means  of  which  he  was 
capable  of  reproof.  Wherefore  by  reproof  from  the  spirit  of 
Jelwvah  is  signified  an  internal  dictate,  perception,  or  conscience ; 
and  by  the  spirit  of  Jehovah,  the  influx  of  truth  and  good.  As 
appears  also  from  Isaiah :  "  I  will  not  contend,  for  ever,  neither 
will  I  be  always  wroth,  for  the  spirit  w^ould  fail  before  me,  and 
the  souls  that  I  have  made"  (Ivii.  16). 

574.  That  flesh  signifies  that  man  was  become  corporeal, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  flesh  when  used  in  the  Word, 
where  it  is  applied  to  signify  both  every  man  in  general,  and 
specifically  the  corporeal  man.  It  is  used  to  signify  every  man 
in  general  in  Joel:  "  I  will  pour  out  My  Spirit  upon  q\\  flesh, 
and  your  sons  and  your  daughters  shall  prophesy"  (ii.  28). 
Here  flesh  signifies  man,  and  Spirit  the  influx  of  truth  and  good 
from  the  Lord.  In  David :  "  Thou  that  hearest  prayer,  unto 
Thee  shall  all /es7t  come"  (Psalm  Ixv.  2).  Here  Jksh  denotes 
every  man.  In  Jeremiah :  "  Cursed  is  the  man  that  trusteth  in 
man,  and  maketh  flesh  his  arm"  (xvii.  5).  Here  flesh  signifies 
man  ;  and  arm,  power.  And  in  Ezekiel :  "  That  all  flesh  may 
know"  (xxi.  4,  5);  and  in  Zechariah :  "Be  silent,  0  a\\  flesh, 
before  Jehovah"  (ii.  13).     Here  also /^s/i  denotes  every  man. 

2  That  it  signifies  specifically  the  Corporeal,  is  evident  from 
Isaiah :  "  The  Egyptian  is  man  and  not  God,  and  his  horses  are 
flesh  and  not  spirit"  (xxxi.  3);  signifying  that  their  scientific 
part  is  corporeal.  Horses  here  and  elsewhere  in  the  Word 
denote  the  rational  part.  Again:  "He  shall  recede  to  the 
right  hand,  and  shall  be  hungry  ;  and  he  shall  eat  on  the  left 
hand,  and  they  shall  not  be  satisfied;  they  shall  eat  everyone 
the  flesh  of  his  own  arm  "  (ix.  20) ;  siguilfving  such  things  as 


CHAPTER  VI.  3.  [575,  576. 

belong  to  man's  proprium,  which  are  all  corporeal.  Again  in 
the  same  prophet :  "  He  shall  consume  from  the  soul,  and  even 
to  the  Jlesh"  (x.  18);  where  Jlesh  signifies  corporeal  things. 
Again:  "  The  glory  of  Jehovah  shall  be  revealed,  and  al\  Jlesh 
shall  see  it  together ;  the  voice  said,  Cry ;  and  he  said,  What 
shall  I  cry  ?  All  Jlesh  is  grass"  (xl.  5,  6).  Flesh  here  signifies 
every  man  who  is  corporeal.  Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  By  3 
fire  and  by  His  sword  will  Jehovah  plead  with  all /cs/?,  and  the 
slain  of  Jehovah  shall  be  multiplied"  (Ixvi.  16).  Here  Jire 
signifies  the  punishment  of  lusts,  the  sword  the  punishment  of 
falsities,  and  Jlesh  the  corporeal  things  of  man.  So  in  David  : 
"  God  remembered  that  they  were  Jlesh,  a  breath  that  passeth 
away  and  cometh  not  again"  (Psalm  Ixxviii.  39);  speaking  of 
the  people  in  the  wilderness  desiring  Jlesh,  because  they  were 
corporeal.  Their  desiring  Jlesh  represented  that  they  lusted 
only  after  things  corporeal  (Num.  xi.  32-34). 

575.  That  by  the  days  of  man  Icing  a  hundred  and  twenty 
years  is  signified  that  he  ought  to  have  remains  of  faith,  appears 
from  what  was  said  in  the  foregoing  chapter  (vers.  3  and  4), 
concerning  days  and  years  signifying  times  and  states  ;  and  also 
from  the  circumstance  of  the  most  ancient  people  denoting 
states,  and  changes  of  states,  in  the  Church,  by  numbers  vari- 
ously combined  ;  but  the  nature  of  the  computation  is  now 
totally  lost.  Here  in  like  manner  numbers  of  years  are  men- 
tioned, whose  signification  it  is  impossible  for  any  one  to  under- 
stand, unless  he  know  the  liidden  meaning  of  each  particular 
number,  from  1  to  12,  and  so  forth.  It  clearly  appears  that  some- 
thing else — and  that  a  mystery — is  here  involved ;  inasmucli 
as  the  living  a  hundred  and  twenty  years  has  no  coherence  with 
the  preceding  part  of  the  verse.  Nor  did  they  live  afterwards 
one  hundred  and  twenty  years,  as  is  plain  from  the  people  after 
the  flood  (chap,  xi.),  where  it  is  said  of  Shem,  that  he  lived  after 
he  begat  Arphaxad  five  hundred  years  ;  and  that  Arphaxad 
lived  after  he  begat  Selah  four  hundred  and  three  years ;  and 
that  Selah  lived  after  he  begat  Eber  in  like  manner  four  hun- 
dred and  three  years ;  and  that  Eber  lived  after  he  begat  Peleg 
four  hundred  and  thirty  years ;  and  that  Noah  lived  after  tlie 
flood  three  hundred  and  fifty  years  (chap.  ix.  28,  etc.).  But 
what  is  involved  in  the  number  one  hundred  and  twenty 
appears  only  from  the  meaning  of  ten  and  twelve,  of  wliich 
multiplied  together  it  is  composed,  namely,  that  it  siiznifies  the 
remains  of  faith.  The  number  ten  in  the  Word,  and  also  tcvths, 
signify  and  represent  remains,  which  are  preserved  by  tlie  Lcjnl 
in  the  internal  man  ;  and  which  are  holy,  because  tliey  are  of 
the  Lord  alone.  The  number  twelve  signifies  faitli,or  all  tilings 
relating  to  faith,  in  their  whole  compass.  The  number  com- 
pounded of  these  two  therefore  signifies  the  remains  of  faith. 

576.  That  the  number  ten,  and  also  tenths,  signify  remains, 

l'J5 


r«7t). 


GENESIS. 


uiav  nj^poar  from  tlie  following  passages:  "Many  houses 
sliall  1k'  a  desolation,  great  and  fair,  without  an  inhabitant; 
Jor  ten  ai-res  of  vineyard  shall  yield  one  bath,  and  the  seed 
of  a  homer  shall  yield  an  ephah"  (Isa.  v.  9,  10).  The  sub- 
ject here  is  concerning  the  vastation  of  things  spiritual  and 
"celestial.  The  ^vords,  ten  acres  of  vineyard  shall  yield  a  hath, 
siu'nify  that  so  few  were  the  remains  of  spiritual  things  ;  and  the 
words,  the  seed  of  a  homer  shall  yield  an  ephah,  signify  that  so 
few  were  the  remains  of  celestial  things.  Again  in  the  same 
])rophet :  ''  And  many  things  shall  be  forsaken  in  the  midst 
of  the  land,  yet  in  it  shall  be  a  tenth  part,  and  it  shall  return, 
and  nevertheless  it  shall  be  to  extirpate"  (vi.  12,  13).  The 
midst  of  the  land  signifies  the  internal  man ;  a  tenth  part  denotes 
the  sniallness  of  the  remains.  So  in  Ezekiel :  "  Ye  shall  have 
balances  of  justice,  and  an  ephah  of  justice,  and  a  bath  of  jus- 
tice ;  the  ephali  and  the  bath  shall  be  of  one  measure,  the  bath 
to  contain  the  tenth  of  a  homer,  and  an  ephah  the  tenth  of  a 
liomer;  the  measure  thereof  shall  be  after  the  homer;  and  the 
ordinance  oil,  a  bath  of  oil,  the  tenth  of  a  bath  out  of  a  cor,  ten 
baths  to  the  homer;  for  ten  baths  are  a  homer"  (xlv.  10, 11, 14). 
[n  this  passage  the  holy  things  of  Jehovah  are  represented  by 
measures,  by  which  are  signified  the  genera  of  holy  things  ;  by 
ten  here  are  signified  the  remains  of  celestial  and  spiritual  things. 
Tnless  they  contained  such  holy  arcana,  what  would  be  the  use 
(jf  describing  so  many  measures  according  to  their  determined 
numbers,  as  in  this  and  former  chapters  in  the  same  prophet, 
where  he  is  treating  of  the  heavenly  Jerusalem  and  of  the  New 

2  Temple  ?  So  in  Amos  :  "  The  virgin  of  Israel  is  fallen,  she  shall 
no  more  rise.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  The  city  that  went 
out  a  thousand  shall  make  a  hundred  remaiyis,  and  that  which 
went  out  a  hundred  shall  make  ten  remains  to  the  house  of 
Israel"  (v.  2,  3).  Here,  speaking  of  remains,  it  is  said  that  the 
least  thereof  should  abide,  thus  only  a  tenth  part,  or  remains  of 
remains.  Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  I  abhor  the  pride  of 
Jacob  and  his  palaces,  and  will  shut  up  the  city,  and  its  fulness, 
and  it  shall  come  to  pass,  if  there  remain  ten  men  in  one  house 
they  shall  die  "  (vi.  8,  9) ;  speaking  of  remains  which  should  with 
ditticulty  continue.  So  in  Moses  :  "  An  Ammonite  or  Moabite 
shall  not  come  into  the  congregation  of  Jehovah,  even  the  tenth 
generation  of  them  shall  not  come  into  the  congregation  of 
Jehovah"  (Dent,  xxiii.  3).  An  Ammoiiite  and  Moahite  denote 
the  profanation  of  the  celestial  and  spiritual  things  of  faith,  the 

3  remains  of  which  are  spoken  of  in  the  preceding  verse.  Hence 
it  appears  also  that  tenths  represent  remains.  So  in  IMalachi : 
"  Bring  ye  all  the  tithes  into  the  treasure-house,  that  there  may 
l>e  spoil  in  My  house,  and  prove  Me  now  herewith,  if  I  will  not 
open  to  you  the  cataracts  of  heaven,  and  pour  you  out  a 
blessing"  (iii.  10).     That  there  may  he  spoil  in  My  house  signi- 

196 


CHAPTER  YI.  4.  [577-580. 

fies  remains  in  the  internal  man,  wliich  are  compared  to  spoil, 
because  they  are  insiniiated,  as  it  were,  by  stealth  among  so  many 
evils  and  falsities.  It  is  by  these  remains  that  all  blessings 
come.  That  all  man's  charity  is  through  remains,  which  are  in 
the  internal  man,  was  also  represented  in  the  Jewish  Church 
by  this  statute,  that  when  they  had  made  an  end  of  tithing  all 
the  tithes,  they  should  give  to  the  Levite,  to  the  stranger,  to 
the  fatherless,  and  to  the  widow  (Deut.  xxvi.  12,  and  following 
verses).  Because  remains  are  of  the  Lord  alone,  therefore  the  4 
tenths  are  called  the  holiness  of  Jehovah  ;  of  which  it  is  thus 
written  in  Moses :  "  All  the  tenths  of  the  land,  of  the  seed  of  the 
land,  of  the  fruit  of  the  tree,  they  are  Jehovah's,  the  holiness  of 
Jehovah  ;  all  the  tenths  of  the  herd  and  of  the  Hfjck,  whatsoever 
passeth  under  the  (pastoral)  staff,  the  tenth  shall  be  the  holiness 
of  Jehovah "  (Lev.  xxvii.  30,  32).  That  the  Decalogue  con- 
sisted of  ten  precepts,  or  ten  words,  and  that  Jehovah  wrote  them 
on  tables  (Deut.  x.  4),  signifies  remains ;  and  that  they  w^ere 
written  by  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  signifies  that  remains  are  of  the 
Lord  alone  ;  that  they  are  in  the  internal  man,  was  represented 
by  the  tables. 

577.  That  the  number  tivclve  signifies  faith,  or  those  things 
which  are  of  love  and  thence  of  faith  in  one  complex,  may  also 
be  confirmed  by  many  things  from  the  Word ;  as  by  the  ticelve 
sons  of  Jacob  and  their  names,  and  the  tivelvc  tribes  of  Isi'ael, 
and  the  Lord's  iivelve  disciples ;  but  of  these,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter,  especially  in  Genesis 
xxix.  and  xxx. 

578.  From  these  numbers  alone  it  may  be  seen  that  the 
AVord  of  the  Lord  contains  in  its  bosom  and  interior  recesses 
hidden  arcana,  which  never  appear  to  the  naked  eye ;  and  are, 
moreover,  everywhere  in  it.  There  are  similar  things  in  every 
expression. 

579.  It  will  appear  from  what  will  be  said  concerning  them, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  following  pages,  that  with 
these  antediluvians  there  were  few  and  almost  no  remains. 
And  because  no  remains  could  be  preserved  among  them,  it  is 
here  foretold  concerning  the  new  Church  called  Noah,  that  it 
should  have  remains  ;  of  which  also  something  will  be  said,  by 
the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  following  pages. 

580.  Verse  4.  There  were  Nephilim  in  the  earth  in  those 
days;  and  especially  after  the  sons  of  God  came  in  unto  the 
dav//hters  of  man,  and  they  hare  to  them;  the  same  became 
mighty  men,  ivho  rvere  of  old,  men  of  name.  By  Nepkilim  are 
signified  those  who,  througli  a  persuasion  of  their  own  lofti- 
ness and  pre-eminence,  set  at  nought  whatever  was  lioly  and 
true ;  and  especially  after  the  sons  of  God  came  in  unto  tlie 
daughters  of  man,  and  they  hare  to  them,  signifies  that  this  was 
when  they  immersed  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  lusts,  and 

^  197 


f.Sl.J  GENESIS. 

formed  persuasions  of  wliat  was  false.  They  are  called  viighty 
mm  on  account  of  their  self-love;  of  old,  men  of  name,  signilies 
that  there  were  also  such  before. 

r)81.  Tiiat  by  Kejjhilim  are  signified  those  who,  through  a 
persuasion  of  their  own  loftiness  and  pre-eminence,  set  at  nought 
wliatever  was  holy  and  true,  appears  from  what  precedes  and 
follows  ;  namely,  that  they  immersed  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in 
their  lusts,  signiiied  by  the  sons  of  God  going  in  unto  the  daughters 
of  man,  and  their  hearing  unto  them.  Persuasion  concerning 
self  and  its  fantasies  increases,  moreover,  according  to  the 
multitude  of  things  that  enter  in,  till  at  length  it  becomes 
indehble.  And  when  the  doctrinals  of  faith  are  added,  then,  in 
consequence  of  principles  of  which  they  are  most  deeply  per- 
suaded, they  set  at  nought  whatever  is  holy  and  true,  and  become 
Xephilim.  This  race  which  lived  before  the  Hood,  is  such,  as 
was  said  before,  that  by  their  most  direful  fantasies,  which  are 
poured  forth  from  them  as  a  poisoned  and  suftbcating  sphere, 
they  so  stifle  and  injure  the  life  of  every  spirit,  that  the  spirits 
are  deprived  of  the  power  of  thinking,  and  seem  to  themselves 
half  dead.  And  unless  the  Lord,  by  His  Coming  into  the  world, 
had  freed  the  world  of  spirits  from  a  race  so  pernicious,  not  one 
could  have  existed  there;  and  thus  the  human  race,  which  is 
governed  by  the  Lord  through  spirits,  must  have  perished.  They 
are,  therefore,  now  confined  in  hell,  beneath  a  something  misty 
and  dense,  as  it  were  a  rock,  rmder  the  heel  of  the  left  foot,  nor 
dare  they  attempt  to  emerge ;  and  thus  the  world  of  spirits  is 
free  from  their  influence.  Of  this  crew,  and  its  most  poisonous 
sphere  of  persuasions,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  something 
will  be  said  separately.  These  are  they  who  are  called  Nephilim, 
and  who  set  at  nought  whatever  is  holy  and  true.  Further 
mention  is  also  made  of  them  in  the  Word  ;  but  their  posterity 
were  called  Anakim  and  Eephaim.  That  they  were  called 
Analdin  may  be  seen  in  Moses:  "There  we  saw  the  Nephilim, 
the  sons  of  AnaJc,  of  the  Nephilim,  and  we  were  in  our  own 
eyes  as  grasshoppers,  and  so  we  were  in  their  eyes"  (Num.  xiii. 
3.3).  That  they  were  called  Rephaim,  appears  also  from  Moses  : 
"  The  Emim  dwelt  before  in  the  land  of  Moab,  a  people  great 
and  many,  and  tall  as  the  AnaTcim,  which  also  were  accounted 
liephaim,  as  the  Anakim;  and  the  Moabites  call  them  Emim" 
(Deut.  ii.  10,  11).  The  Nephilim  are  no  more  mentioned,  but 
the  Rephaim,  who  are  described  by  the  prophets  to  be  such  as 
are  above  spoken  of.  As  in  Isaiah :  "  Hell  from  beneath  is 
moved  for  Thee,  to  meet  Thee  at  Thy  coming,  it  hath  stirred 
\\\)  Wxa  Rephaim  for  Thee"  (xiv.  9);  speaking  of  the  hell 
which  is  the  abode  of  such  spirits.  So  in  the  same  prophet : 
"  The  dead  shall  not  live,  the  Rephaim  shall  not  arise,  because 
Thou  hast  visited  and  destroyed  them,  and  made  all  their 
memory  to  perish  "  (xxvi.  14).  Here  also  their  hell  is  spoken 
198 


CHAPTER  VI.  4.  [582,  583. 

of,  from  which  they  shall  no  more  rise.  Again  in  the  same 
prophet :  "  Thy  dead  shall  live,  my  corpse  shall  arise  ;  awake 
and  sing,  ye  that  dwell  in  the  dust,  for  the  dew  of  herbs  is  thy 
dew ;  but  thou  shalt  cast  out  the  laud  of  the  Eephami "  (xxvi. 
19).  The  land  of  the  Bephaim  is  the  hell  above  spoken  of. 
So  in  David :  "  Wilt  Thou  shew  wonders  to  the  dead  ?  Shall 
the  Rephaim  arise  and  praise  Thee?"  (Psalm  Ixxxviii.  10); 
speaking  in  like  manner  concerning  the  hell  of  the  Rrphaim_ 
and  that  they  cannot  arise,  and  infest  the  sphere  of  the  world 
of  spirits  with  the  very  direful  poison  of  their  persuasions. 
But  it  has  been  provided  by  the  Lord  that  mankind  should  no 
longer  be  imbued  with  such  dreadful  fantasies  and  persuasions. 
Those  who  lived  before  the  flood  were  of  such  a  nature  and 
genius  that  they  could  be  thus  imbued,  for  a  reason  hitherto 
known  to  no  one,  but  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
something  will  be  said  in  the  following  pages. 

582.  That  after  the  sons  of  God  came  in  unto  the  daughters 
of  man,  and  they  hare  to  them,  signifies  that  then,  when  they 
immersed  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  lusts,  they  became 
Nephilim,  appears  from  what  was  said  and  shewn  above 
(ver.  2) ;  namely,  that  sons  of  God  signify  doctrinals  of  faith,  and 
daughters  signify  lusts.  The  births  thereby  produced  must 
needs  set  at  nought  and  profane  the  holy  things  of  faith  ; 
for  the  lusts  of  man,  which  are  of  the  loves  of  self  and  the 
world,  are  altogether  contrary  to  everything  holy  and  true. 
And  lusts  are  very  powerful  with  man.  Wherefore,  when  what 
he  has  acknowledged  as  holy  and  true  is  immersed  in  his  lusts, 
there  is  no  hope  for  a  man,  for  they  cannot  be  extirpated  and 
removed.  They  cohere  in  every  single  idea — and  ideas  are  the 
things  which  are  mutually  communicated  in  another  life — so 
that  as  soon  as  any  idea  of  what  is  holy  and  true  is  ])roduced, 
there  is  added  thereto  what  is  profane  and  false ;  and  this  is 
instantly  and  at  the  moment  perceived.  The  consequence  is, 
that  such  spirits  must  be  separated,  and  thrust  down  into  hell. 

583.  That  the  Nephilim  are  called  mighty  men  on  account  of 
their  self-love,  is  also  evident  from  every  part  of  the  Word, 
where  such  are  called  mighty.  As  in  Jeremiah  :  "  The  mighty 
ones  of  Babel  have  ceased  to  fight;  they  sit  in  their  holds,  tlieir 
might  faileth,  they  are  become  as  women"  (li.  30);  where  the 
mighty  ones  of  Babel  signify  those  who  are  intoxicated  with 
self-love.  Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  A  sword  is  against  the 
liars,  and  they  shall  be  insane ;  a  sword  is  against  her  mighty 
ones,  and  they  shall  be  dismayed"  (1.  36).  Again:  "I  saw 
them  dismayed  and  turning  away  back,  their  mighty  ones  were 
broken  in  pieces,  and  have  fled  a  flight,  and  looked  not  l)ack  ; 
fear  was  round  about;  the  swift  shall  not  flee  away,  nor  the 
mighty  ones  escape ;  come  up,  ye  horses,  and  rage,  ye  chariots, 
and  let  the  mighty  ones  come  forth,  the  Ethiopians,  the  Libyans, 

199 


584.  nsr..]  GENESIS. 

ami  llie  Lydians"  (xlvi.  5,  6,  9).  The  subject  here  is  concern- 
in«;  persuasion  from  reasonings.  Again  in  the  same  prophet : 
"  flow  say  yo,  We  are  might y,  and  men  of  strength  for  war  ? 
Moab  is  spoiled  "  (xlviii.  14/15).  Again  :  "  The  city  is  taken, 
and  the  strongholds  are  surprised,  and  the  hearts  of  the  miglity 
men  in  ^[oab  in  that  day  became  as  the  heart  of  a  woman  in 
her  ]Kings"  (xlviii.  41).  The  same  expression  is  employed  in 
speaking  of  "  The  heart  of  the  mighty  ones  of  Edom  "  (xlix.  22). 
In  tho'^same  prophet:  "Jehovah  hath  redeemed  Jacob,  and 
ransomed  him  from  the  hand  of  him  that  was  mightier  than 
he"  (xxxi.  11).  Here  mighty  is  expressed  by  another  word. 
That  the  Anakim,  who  were  from  the  JSfephilim,  were  called 
mighty  ones,  is  evident  from  Moses  :  "  Thou  passest  over  Jordan 
to-day,  to  go  in  to  possess  nations  greater  and  more  numerous 
tlian  thyself,  cities  great  and  fenced  up  to  heaven,  a  people 
great  and  tall;  the  sons  of  the  Anakim,  whom  thou  know^est, 
and  of  whom  thou  hast  heard  say,  Who  can  stand  before  the 
S071S  of  Anak  ?  "  (Deut.  ix.  1,  2). 

584,  Verse  5.  And  Jehovah  saw  that  the  wickedness  of  man 
was  multiplied  on  the  earth,  and  that  all  the  fashion  of  the 
thoughts  of  his  heart  ivas  only  evil  every  day.  Jehovah  saio  that 
tJie  ivickedncss  of  man  v:as  onultiplied  on  the  earth,  signifies  that 
there  began  to  be  no  wall  of  good  ;  all  the  fashion  of  the  thoughts 
of  his  heart  was  evil  every  day,  signifies  that  there  was  no  per- 
ception of  truth  and  good. 

585.  That  by  the  wickedness  of  man  was  midtiplied  in  the 
earth,  is  signified  that  there  began  to  be  no  will  of  good,  appears 
from  what  was  said  above,  that  there  w^as  no  longer  any  will, 
but  only  lust ;  as  well  as  from  the  signification  of  man  in  the 
earth.  The  earth  in  the  literal  sense  is  the  place  where  man 
dwells  ;  in  the  internal  sense  it  is  where  love  is ;  and  since  love 
is  of  the  will,  the  earth  is  taken  for  man's  will  itself.  For  man 
is  man  by  virtue  of  the  faculty  of  willing,  and  not  so  much  of 
knowing  and  understanding,  because  the  faculties  of  knowing 
and  understanding  flow  from  his  will.  Whatever  does  not  flow 
from  his  will,  he  does  not  desire  to  know  or  understand ;  nay, 
when  he  says  and  does  any  other  thing  than  what  he  wills, 
there  is  still  something  of  the  will  more  remote  from  the  speech 
and  action,  which  governs  him.  That  the  land  of  Canaan,*  or  the 
holy  land,  is  taken  for  love,  and  consequently  for  the  will  of 
the  celestial  man,  may  be  confirmed  by  many  instances  from 
the  Word.  In  like  manner,  that  the  lands  of  the  different 
nations  stand  for  their  loves,  which  in  general  are  the  love  of 
self  and  of  the  world ;  but  as  the  subject  so  frequently  recurs, 
it  need  not  be  dwelt  upon  in  this  place.     It  appears,  therefore. 

Wherever  mention  is  made  of  the  land  of  Canaan  in  the  following  transla- 
tion, tlie  reader  is  requested  to  remember  that,  in  the  original,  earth  and  land 
are  expressed  by  the  same  word,  terra. — Ed. 

200 


CHAPTER  VI.  6.  [586-587. 

that  by  the  icickcdncss  of  man  on  the  earth  is  signified  his  natural 
evil,  which  is  of  the  will,  and  which  it  is  said  was  being  multi- 
plied, because  there  was  not  such  depravity  of  evil  in  all,  but 
that  they  wished  good  to  others,  yet  for  the  sake  of  themselves  ; 
but  what  had  become  altogether  perverse  was  the  fashion  of  the 
thoughts  of  the  heart. 

586.  The  fashion  of  the  thoughts  of  the  heart  was  only  evil  every 
day,  signifies  that  there  was  no  perception  of  truth  and  good, 
for  the  reason,  as  has  been  said  and  sliewn,  that  they  immersed 
the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  filthy  lusts;  and  when  this 
occurred  all  perception  was  lost,  and  in  the  place  of  perception 
there  succeeded  a  dreadful  persuasion,  or  a  most  deep-rooted 
and  deadly  fantasy,  which  was,  moreover,  the  cause  of  their 
extinction  and  suffocation.  This  deadly  persuasion  is  here 
signified  by  the  fashion  (figmentum)  of  the  thovghts  of  the  heart ; 
and  by  the  fashion  of  the  heart,  without  the  addition  of  thoughts, 
is  signified  the  evil  of  self-love,  or  of  lusts.  As  in  the  following 
chapter,  where  Jehovah  said,  after  Noah  had  offered  a  burnt- 
offering  :  "  I  will  not  again  curse  the  ground  for  man's  sake, 
because  the  fashion  of  the  heart  of  man  is  evil  from  his  child- 
hood" (viii.  21).  A  fashion  is  that  which  wiow  fashions  to  him- 
self, and  of  which  he  is  self-persuaded.  As  in  Habakkuk : 
"  What  profiteth  a  graven  image,  that  i\\Q  fashioner  thereof  hath 
graven  it  ?  the  molten  image  and  teacher  of  lies,  that  the 
fashioner  trusteth  to  \\\q  fashion,  to  make  dumb  idols  ? "  (ii.  18). 
A  graven  image  signifies  false  persuasions  from  principles  con- 
ceived and  brought  forth  from  self ;  the  fashioner  is  one  who 
is  thus  self-persuaded,  of  v/hom  the  fashion  [or  tiling  fashioned] 
is  predicated.  So  in  Isaiah :  "  Shall  the  potter  be  reputed  as 
the  clay,  that  the  work  should  say  to  him  that  made  it,  He 
made  me  not  ?  and  the  thing  fashioned  say  to  him  i\\n.t  fashioned. 
it.  He  had  no  understanding  ? "  (xxix.  16).  The  thing  fashioned 
here  signifies  thought  from  the  proprium,  and  the  persuasion 
of  falsity  from  it.  A  thing  fashioned,  in  general,  is  what  a 
man  fashions  from  the  heart  or  will,  and  also  what  he  fashions 
from  thought  or  persuasion.  As  in  David :  "  Jehovah  kuoweth 
our  fashioning.  He  remembereth  that  we  are  dust"  (Ps. 
ciii.  14).  Again  in  Moses:  "I  know  his  fashioning,  what  he 
is  doing  to-day ;  before  I  introduce  him  into  the  land  "  (Deut. 
xxxi.  21). 

586*.  Verse  6.  A7id  it  repented  Jehovah  that  He  had  made  man 
on  the  earth,  and  it  grieved  Him  at  His  heart.  That  He  repented 
signifies  mercy  ;  that  He  grieved  at  the  heart  lias  a  similar  signi- 
fication. To  repent  has  relation  to  wisdom;  to  grieve  at  the 
heart,  to  love. 

587.  That  Jehovah  repented  that  He  had  made  man  upon  the 
eari!7t,  signifies  mercy,  and  that  He  grieved  at  heart  has  a  sinnlai- 

*  This  no.  is  twice  rcpoated  in  the  original.  — En. 

201 


r,ss.]  GENESIS. 

pii,Miitloatioii,  is  evident  from  this,  that  Jehovah  never  repents, 
boeuusc  He  foresees  all  things,  in  general  and  in  particular,  from 
eternity.  And  when  He  made  man,  that  is,  created  him  anew, 
and  })erfected  him  till  he  became  celestial.  He  also  foresaw 
\vh:it  in  course  of  time  he  would  become ;  and  since  He  foresaw 
that  lie  wouhl  become  such  as  he  is  here  described.  He  could 
not  repent  Himself.  This  appears  plainly  from  what  is  said  in 
Samuel :  "  The  invincible  One  of  Israel  doth  not  lie,  nor  repent, 
for  He  is  not  a  man  that  He  should  repent "  (1  Sam.  xv.  29). 
And  in  Moses :  "  God  is  not  a  man  that  He  should  lie,  or  the 
son  of  man  that  He  should  repent ;  hath  He  said,  and  shall  He 
not  do  ?  or  hath  He  spoken,  and  shall  He  not  make  it  good  ? " 
'  (Num.  xxiii.  19).  But  to  repent  signifies  to  be  merciful.  The 
mercy  of  Jehovah,  or  of  the  Lord,  involves  all  things,  in  general 
and  in  particular,  which  are  done  by  the  Lord  towards  mankind, 
who  are  in  such  a  state  that  the  Lord  pities  them,  and  each 
one  according  to  his  state.  Thus  He  pities  the  state  of  him 
whom  He  permits  to  be  punished,  and  pities  him  also  to  whom 
He  grants  the  enjoyment  of  good.  It  is  of  mercy  that  He 
permits  man  to  be  punished,  because  mercy  turns  all  the  evil 
of  punishment  into  good  ;  and  it  is  of  mercy  that  He  grants  the 
enjoyment  of  good,  for  no  one  merits  anything  that  is  good. 
All  mankind,  indeed,  are  evil,  and  every  one  would  of  himself 
rush  into  hell;  it  is,  therefore,  a  mercy  that  he  is  delivered 
thence ;  nor  is  it  anything  but  mercy,  since  the  Lord  has  need 
of  no  man.  It  is  hence  called  mercy,  because  it  delivers  man 
from  miseries  and  from  hell.  Thus  it  is  called  mercy  in  respect 
to  mankind,  because  they  are  in  such  a  state  of  misery  ;  and  it 
is  the  effect  of  love  towards  all,  because  all  are  so. 

588.  But  it  is  said  of  the  Lord  that  He  repents  and  grieves, 
because  it  so  appears  in  all  human  mercy ;  and  the  declaration 
is  made  here,  as  in  very  many  other  places  in  the  Word,  accord- 
ing to  the  appearance.  What  the  mercy  of  the  Lord  is  none 
can  know,  because  it  infinitely  transcends  all  human  under- 
standing ;  but  as  to  the  mercy  of  man,  man  knows  that  it  is  to 
repent  and  grieve ;  and  unless  man  were  to  form  an  idea  of 
mercy  from  another  affection,  the  quality  of  which  he  knows, 
he  could  have  no  conception  of  it,  and  thus  could  not  be  in- 
structed. This  is  the  reason  why  human  properties  are  so 
often  predicated  of  the  attributes  of  Jehovah,  or  the  Lord ;  as 
that  Jehovah,  or  the  Lord,  punishes,  leads  into  temptation, 
destroys,  is  angry ;  when,  nevertheless,  He  never  punishes  any 
one,  never  leads  any  into  temptation,  never  destroys  any,  and 
is  never  angry.  Since,  therefore,  such  things  are  predicated  of 
the  Lord,  it  follows  that  repentance  also  and  grief  must  be  pre- 
dicated of  Him.  For  the  predication  of  the  one  is  a  consequence 
of  the  predication  of  tlie  other,  as  plainly  appears  from  these 
passages  in  the  Word.  In  Ezekiel:  "Mine  anner  shall  be 
202 


CHAPTER  VI.  6.  [589. 

accomplished,  I  will  cause  My  wrath  to  rest,  and  it  shall 
repent  Me"  (v.  13).  Because  anger  and  wrath  are  here  pre- 
dicated of  Jehovah,  re}ientance  is  also  predicated.  Again  in 
Zechariah  :  "  When  I  thought  to  do  evil,  when  your  fathers 
provoked  Me  to  ivrath,  said  Jehovah  of  Hosts,  and  I  repented  not : 
so  again  in  these  days  will  I  think  to  do  good  to  Jerusalem, 
and  to  the  house  of  Judah  "  (viii.  14,  15).  Here  it  is  said  that 
Jehovah  thought  to  do  evil,  when  yet  He  never  thinks  to  do 
evil  to  any  one,  but  to  do  good  to  all,  and  to  every  one.  So  in 
Moses,  when  he  besought  the  faces  of  Jehovah  :  "  Return  from 
the  lorath  of  Thine  anger,  and  repent  of  this  evil  against  Thy 
people ;  and  Jehovah  repented  of  the  evil  which  He  spake  to 
do  unto  His  people  "  (Ex.  xxxii.  12,  14).  In  this  passage  also, 
ivrath  of  anger  is  attributed  to  Jehovah,  and  consequently 
repentance.  So  the  king  of  Nineveh  says  in  Jonali :  "  Who  can 
tell  if  God  will  turn  and  repent,  and  turn  away  from  the  xorath 
of  His  anger,  that  we  perish  not  ? "  (Jonah  iii.  9).  Here,  like- 
wise, repe7ita7ice  is  predicated,  because  anger  is  predicated. 
Again  in  Hosea :  "  My  heart  is  turned  upon  Me,  My  repentings  3 
are  kindled  at  the  same  time  ;  I  will  not  execute  the  wrath  of 
Mine  anger"  (xi.  8,  9).  Here  in  like  manner  it  is  said  of  His 
heart,  that  r€p)cntings  were  kindled,  and  then  that  He  grieved  at 
heart.  Repentings  evidently  signify  much  mercy.  Likewise  in 
Joel :  "  Turn  ye  to  Jehovah  your  God,  for  He  is  gracious  and 
inerciful,  long-suffering,  and  abundant  in  mercy,  and  repenteth 
Him  of  the  evil"  (ii.  13).  Here,  also,  it  is  evident  that  to 
repent  signifies  mercy.  So  in  Jeremiah  :  "  If  so  be  they  will 
hearken,  and  turn  every  man  from  his  evil  way,  that  I  may 
repent  Me  of  the  evil  "  (xxvi.  3);  where  to  repent  signifies  to  be 
mercifuL  Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  If  that  nation  turn 
from  their  evil,  I  will  repent  of  the  evil "  (xviii.  8).  Here,  also, 
to  repent  signifies  to  be  merciful,  if  they  would  turn  themselves ; 
for  it  is  man  who  turns  away  from  himself  the  mercy  of  the 
Lord ;  the  Lord  never  turns  away  from  man. 

589.  From  these  and  a  great  many  other  passages  of  the 
Word,  it  is  clear  that  what  is  said  therein  is  spoken  according 
to  appearances  with  man  ;  whoever  therefore  is  disposetl  to  con- 
firm false  principles  by  the  appearances  according  to  which  the 
Word  is  written,  may  do  so  in  innumerable  instances.  But  it 
is  one  thing  to  confirm  false  principles  from  the  Word,  and 
another  to  believe  in  simplicity  what  is  spoken  in  the  Word. 
He  who  confirms  false  principles,  first  assumes  some  principle, 
from  which  he  is  in  no  way  willing  to  depart,  or  in  the  least  to 
forego,  but  collects  and  accumulates  confirmations  wherever  he 
can,  and  thus  also  from  the  Word,  until  he  is  so  self-persuaded 
that  he  can  no  longer  see  the  truth ;  but  he  who  believes  in 
simplicity  or  out  of  a  simple  heart,  does  not  first  assume  prin- 
ciples, but  thinks  that  because  the  Lord  has  thus  spoken,  it  is 

203 


nOO-fiO'J.]  GENESIS. 

true;  and  if  lie  be  instructed  in  the  right  understanding  of  it 
by  other  things  said  in  the  Word,  he  then  acquiesces,  and  in 
his  heart  rejoices.  Nay,  if  a  man  in  simplicity  believes  that 
the  Lord  is  angry,  punishes,  repents,  and  grieves,  and  is 
tliereby  restrained  from  evil,  and  led  to  do  good,  it  does  not  at 
all  hurt  him,  because  he  believes  also  that  the  Lord  sees  all 
things,  in  general  and  in  particular ;  and  being  in  such  a  faith,  he 
is  enlightened  afterwards  in  other  things,  in  another  life,  if  not 
before!^  It  is  different  with  those  who  are  self-persuaded  irom 
pre-conceived  principles,  through  the  pernicious  love  of  self 
and  of  the  world. 

590.  That  to  repent  has  relation  to  wisdom,  and  to  grieve  at 
heart  has  relation  to  love,  cannot  be  explained  to  human  appre- 
hension, except  according  to  those  things  that  are  with  man,  that 
is,  by  means  of  appearances.  In  every  idea  of  thought  with 
man  there  is  somewhat  from  the  understanding  and  trom  the 
will,  or  from  the  thought  and  from  its  love.  Whatever  idea 
does  not  derive  something  from  his  will  or  love,  is  not  an  idea  ; 
for  he  cannot  possibly  think  otherwise  than  from  the  will. 
There  is  a  certain  perpetual  and  inseparable  marriage  of  thought 
and  will ;  consequently  there  inheres  in,  or  adheres  to,  the 
ideas  of  thought,  those  things  which  are  of  his  will  or  love. 
From  this  in  man  it  may  be  known,  or  rather  seems  possible 
to  be  apprehended  under  some  sort  of  idea,  what  is  in  the 
Lord's  mercy,  namely,  wisdom  and  love.  Thus  in  the  prophets, 
especially  in  Isaiah,  there  are  generally  two  expressions  em- 
ployed on  every  occasion ;  one  involving  the  spiritual,  and  the 
other  the  celestial.  The  Spiritual  of  the  Lord's  mercy  is  wisdom, 
the  Celestial  is  love. 

591.  Verse  7.  And  Jehovah  said,  I  will  destroy  man  ivJiom 
I  have  created,  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground,  from  man  even 
to  beast,  even  to  the  creeping  thing,  and  even  to  tlie  fowl  of  the 
heavens ;  for  it  repenteth  Me  that  I  have  made  them.  Jehovah 
said,  I  will  destroy  man,  signifies  that  man  would  extinguish 
himself.  Whom  I  have  created,  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground, 
signifies  the  man  who  was  of  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church.  From  man  even  to  beast,  and  the  creeping  thing,  signifies 
that  whatever  is  of  the  will  would  extinguish  him.  And  the 
fowl  of  the  air  signifies  whatever  is  of  the  understanding  or 
thought.  Because  it  repenteth  Me  that  I  have  made  them,  signifies, 
as  before,  compassion. 

592.  That  Jehovah  said,  I  ivill  destroy  man,  signifies  that 
man  would  extinguish  himself,  is  evident  from  what  was  said 
before,  namely,  that  it  is  predicated  of  Jehovah,  or  the  Lord, 
that  He  punishes,  that  He  tempts,  that  He  does  evil,  that  He 
destroys  or  kills,  and  that  He  curses.  As  that  Jehovah  slew 
Er,  the  first-begotten  of  Judah,  and  also  Onan,  another  son  of 
Judah  (Gen.  xxxviii.  7,  10) ;  and  that  Jehovah  slew  all  the  first- 

204 


CHAPTER  VI.  7.  [593. 

born  of  Egypt  (Exod.  xii.  12,  29).  And  as  in  Jeremiah:  "Whom 
I  have  smitten  in  Mine  anger,  and  in  j\Iy  wrath  "  (xxxiii.  5). 
And  in  David  :  "  He  cast  upon  them  the  wrath  of  His  anger, 
vehement  anger,  andfu7-7/,  and  straitness,  the  sending  in  of  evil 
angels  "  (Psahn  Ixxviii.  49).  And  in  Amos  :  "  Shall  there  be  evil 
in  the  city,  and  Jehovah  hath  not  done  it  ?"  (iii.  6).  And  in  John: 
"  Seven  golden  phials/u//  of  the  icrath  of  God,  who  liveth  for  ages 
of  ages  "  (Apoc.  xv.  1,7;  xvi.  1).  All  these  things  are  predicated 
of  Jehovah,  although  the  truth  is  the  very  opposite.  The  reason 
why  such  things  are  predicated  of  the  Lord,  was  mentioned 
above ;  to  which  this  reason  may  be  added :  It  is  in  order  that 
some  very  general  idea  may  thereby  be  at  first  formed,  how  the 
Lord  rules  and  orders  all  things,  both  in  general  and  in  parti- 
cular ;  and  that  it  may  be  afterwards  learned  and  apprehended 
that  nothing  of  evil  is  from  the  Lord,  much  less  does  He  kill ; 
but  that  it  is  man  who  brings  evil  on  himself,  and  kills  and 
destroys  himself  ;  and  yet  that  it  is  not  man,  but  evil  spirits, 
who  excite  and  lead  him.  It  is,  however,  so  far  man  that  he 
believes  no  otherwise  than  that  it  is  himself.  Thus,  now,  it  is 
here  to  be  understood  why  it  is  predicated  of  Jehovah  that  He 
would  destroy  man,  when  yet  it  was  man  himself  who  destroyed 
and  extinguished  himself.  How  the  case  is  becomes  very  2 
evident  from  those  in  another  life,  who,  being  in  torment  and 
in  hell,  continually  lament,  and  attribute  all  the  evil  of  punish- 
ment to  the  Lord.  It  is  similar  with  evil  spirits  in  the  world 
of  evil  spirits,  who  have  their  delight,  yea,  their  greatest  delight, 
in  hurting  and  punishing  others.  Those  who  are  hurt  and 
punished  suppose  their  sufferings  to  come  from  the  Lord.  They 
are,  however,  informed  and  convinced,  that  not  the  least  portion 
of  evil  comes  from  the  Lord,  but  that  they  themselves  bring 
evil  upon  themselves ;  for  such  is  the  state,  and  such  the  equi- 
librium of  all  things  in  another  life,  that  evil  returns  upon  him 
who  does  it,  and  becomes  the  evil  of  punishment,  which  is 
inevitable.  This  is  called  its  permission,  for  the  sake  of  the 
amendment  of  evil ;  but  the  Lord  constantly  turns  all  the  evil 
of  punishment  into  good,  so  that  nothing  but  good  is  from  the 
Lord.  The  nature  of  permission  has  been  hitherto  entirely 
unknown.  What  is  j^erinitted  is  believed  to  be  done  by  him 
who  permits  it,  and  because  he  permits  it ;  but  the  case  is  the 
very  opposite,  as  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in 
a  future  part  of  this  work. 

593.  That,  whoin  I  have  created,  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground, 
signifies  the  man  who  was  of  the  posterity  of  the  IMost  Ancient 
Church,  is  evident  not  only  from  the  circumstance  that  he  is 
called  the  man  ivhom  Jehovah  created,  that  is,  whom  He  regener- 
ated; and  aitevwards,  whom  He  made,  that  is,  whom  He  per- 
fected, or  regenerated  until  he  became  celestial;  Ijut  also  from 
this,  that  it  is  said  from  off  the  faces  of  the  (jround.     'J'he  ground 

205 


594-:.9:.]  GENESIS. 

is  whcro  tlio  Churcli  is,  as  M'as  shewn  above.  It  is  further 
I'vitlont  from  the  consideration,  that  the  subject  here  is  concern- 
ing those  who  inunersed  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  lusts ; 
and  such  as  had  not  the  doctrine  of  faith,  could  not  do  so.  For 
those  who  are  out  of  the  Church  are  in  a  state  of  ignorance 
respecting  truth  and  good.  Those  who  are  in  ignorance  may  be 
in  a  certain  species  of  innocence,  while  they  speak  and  act  in 
some  respects  contrary  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith ;  for 
they  may  be  actuated  by  a  certain  zeal  in  behalf  of  that  mode  of 
worship  "in  which  they  had  been  trained  and  taught  from  infancy, 
which,  therefore,  they  suppose  to  be  true  and  good.  But  the 
case  is  altogether  different  with  those  who  have  in  themselves 
the  doctrin'e  of  faith.  These  are  able  to  mingle  truth  with 
falsity,  and  tlie  holy  witli  the  profane.  Hence  their  condition 
in  another  life  is  much  worse  than  that  of  those  who  are  called 
Gentiles;  as  will  be  shewn  in  a  future  part  of  this  work,  when, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  come  to  speak  of  the  Gentiles. 

594.  Thsit  from  mem  to  beast,  and  even  to  the  creeping  thing, 
si'Miifies  that  whatever  is  of  the  will  would  extinguish  him, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  7nan,  of  least,  and  of  creeping 
thing.  A  man  is  a  man  only  by  virtue  of  his  will  and  understand- 
ing ;  thereby  he  is  distinguished  from  the  brutes,  being  in  other 
respects  like  unto  them.  With  the  people  here  spoken  of,  all 
will  of  good,  and  all  understanding  of  truth,  were  lost ;  and  in 
place  of  the  will  of  good,  wild  lusts  succeeded,  and  in  place 
of  the  understanding  of  truth,  wild  fantasies,  the  latter  being 
commingled  with  the  former.  Wherefore,  when  they  had  thus, 
as  it  were,  destroyed  remains,  it  was  impossible  but  that  they 
should  become  extinct.  That  whatever  has  relation  to  the  will 
are  called  leasts  and  creeping  things,  appears  from  what  was 
shewn  above  concerning  leasts  and  creeping  things.  Here,  how- 
ever, on  account  of  the  nature  and  quality  of  the  people  spoken 
of,  leasts  do  not  signify  good  but  evil  affections,  consequently 
lusts ;  and  creeping  things,  pleasures,  as  well  corporeal  as  sen- 
sual. That  leasts  and  creeping  things  have  such  a  signification, 
needs  no  further  proof  from  the  Word,  enough  having  been 
already  said  on  the  subject  (nos.  45,  46,  142,  143,  which  see). 

595.  That  the  foicl  of  the  heavens  signifies  whatever  has 
relation  to  understanding  or  thought,  may  also  be  seen  above 
(no.  40). 

596.  Verse  8.  And  Noah  found  grace  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah. 
By  Noah  is  signified  a  new  Church  ;  hy  finding  grace  in  the  eyes 
of  Jehovah,  is  signified  that  the  Lord  foresaw  that  thus  mankind 
might  be  saved. 

597.  Noah  signifies  a  new  Church,  which  is  to  be  called  the 
Anxient  Church,  to  distinguish  between  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  which  was  before  the  flood,  and  that  which  existed  after 
the  flood.     The  states  of  those  Churches  were  altogether  differ- 

206 


CHAPTER  YI.  S.  [598. 

ent ,  the  state  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  that  they  had 
a  perception  of  good,  and  thence  of  truth  from  the  Lord ;  the 
state  of  the  Ancient  Church,  or  of  Noah,  was  that  they  pos- 
sessed a  conscience  of  what  is  good  and  true.  Such  as  is  the 
difference  between  having  perception  and  having  conscience, 
such  was  the  difference  between  the  state  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church,  and  the  state  of  the  Ancient  Church.  Perception  is 
not  conscience.  The  celestial  have  perception,  the  spiritual 
have  conscience.  The  Most  Ancient  Church  was  celestial,  but 
the  Ancient  was  spiritual.  The  Most  Ancient  Church  enjoyed  2 
immediate  revelation  from  the  Lord,  through  consociation  with 
spirits  and  angels,  and  also  by  visions  and  dreams,  whereby  it 
was  given  them  to  know  in  general  what  was  good  and  true. 
And  when  they  had  attained  such  general  knowledge,  then  they 
confirmed  these  general  ideas  as  principles,  by  innumerable 
things,  through  perceptions ;  which  innumerable  things  were 
the  particulars,  or  singulars,  of  the  general  ideas  to  which  they 
related.  Thus  general  ideas,  as  principles,  were  every  day 
strengthened  and  confirmed.  Whatever  was  not  in  agreement 
with  these  general  ideas,  they  perceived  was  not  true  ;  and 
whatever  was  in  agreement,  they  perceived  to  be  true.  Such, 
also,  is  the  state  of  the  celestial  angels.  In  the  Most  Ancient  3 
Church  these  general  principles  were  celestial  and  eternal 
truths ;  such  as,  that  the  Lord  rules  the  universe ;  that  all  good 
and  truth  are  from  the  Lord ;  that  all  life  is  from  the  Lord ; 
that  man's  proprium  is  nothing  but  evil ;  and  that  in  itself  it  is 
dead ;  and  many  other  such  truths.  They  received  from  the 
Lord  a  perception  of  the  innumerable  things  confirming  and 
agreeing  with  these  truths.  Love  was,  with  them,  the  chief 
thing  of  faith  ;  and  through  love  it  was  given  them  of  the  Lord 
to  perceive  whatever  was  of  faith.  Hence  with  them  faith  was 
love,  as  was  said  before.  But  it  was  altogether  different  with 
the  Ancient  Church,  as  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  in  its  proper  place. 

598.  That  hy  finding  grace  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  is  signified 
that  the  Lord  foresaw  that  thus  mankind  might  be  saved,  ap- 
pears from  the  following  considerations.  The  mercy  of  the  Lord 
involves  in  it,  and  regards,  the  salvation  of  the  whole  human 
race ;  and  so  also  does  grace.  Wherefore  the  salvation  of 
mankind  is  signified  by  grace.  By  NoAii  is  signified,  not  only 
a  new  Church,  but  also  the  faith  of  that  Church,  which  was 
a  faith  of  charity.  Thus  the  Lord  foresaw  that,  by  faith  of 
charity,  the  human  race  might  be  saved.  Concerning  this  2 
faith  more  will  be  said  hereafter.  But  mercy  and  grace  are 
distinguished  in  the  Word ;  and  the  distinction  is  according 
to  the  difference  of  the  recipient  subjects.  ]\Iercy  is  a])])lie(l 
to  those  who  are  celestial,  but  grace  to  those  wlio  are  spiritual. 
For   the    celestial   acknowledge   nothing  else  but  mercy,  tiit; 

207 


59S.]  GENESIS. 

sinrituiil  soarcoly  anythintj  but  grace.  The  celestial  know  not 
what  grace  is.  the  spiritual  scarcely  know  what  mercy  is,  which 
tlu'V  inake  to  be  one  and  the  same  thing  with  grace.  And 
tliis  is  in  consequence  of  the  difi'orence  in  the  humiliation  of 
each.  Such  as  are  in  iuimiliation  of  heart  implore  the  mercy 
of  the  Lord,  but  such  as  are  in  humiliation  of  thought  petition 
for  grace ;  and  if  they  implore  mercy,  it  is  only  in  a  state  of  temp- 
tation ;  or  they  do  it  with  the  lips  alone,  and  not  with  the  heart. 
because  the  new  Church  called  Noah  was  not  celestial,  but 
spiritual,  tiierefore  it  is  said  to  have  found,  not  mercy,  hnt  r/race, 
3  in  the  cijes  of  Jehovah.  That  a  distinction  is  made  in  the  Word 
between  mercy  and  grace,  is  evident  from  numerous  passages, 
where  Jehovah  is  called  merciful  and  gjricioiis  (as  in  Psalm  ciii.  8  ; 
cxi.  4  ;  cxii.  4;  Joel  ii.  13).  In  like  manner  they  are  distinguished 
elsewhere,  as  in  Jeremiah:  "Thus  saith  Jehovah,  The  people 
left  of  the  sword  found  grace  in  the  wilderness,  even  Israel, 
when  I  went  to  cause  liim  to  rest ;  Jehovah  hath  appeared  from 
afar  unto  me,  and  I  have  loved  thee  with  the  love  of  an  age, 
therefore  with  mercy  have  I  attracted  thee  "  (xxxi.  2,  3).  Here 
ffj'acc  is  predicated  of  the  Spiritual,  and  mercy  of  the  Celestial. 
So  in  Isaiah :  "  Therefore  will  Jehovah  wait  to  give  grace  unto 
you,  and  therefore  will  He  raise  Himself  to  have  mercy  upon 
you"  (xxx.  18).  Here,  likewise,  grace  has  respect  to  what  is 
spiritual,  and  mercy  to  what  is  celestial.  In  the  following,  where 
Lot  said  to  the  angels  :  "  Behold,  now  thy  servant  hath  found 
grace  in  thine  eyes,  and  thou  hast  magnified  thy  mercy  which 
thou  hast  done  with  me,  in  vivifying  my  soul"  (Gen.  xix.  19). 
Tiiat  grace  has  relation  to  things  spiritual,  which  are  of  faith  or 
of  the  understanding,  is  also  here  evident,  because  Lot  is  said 
to  have  found  grace  in  their  eyes ;  but  that  mercy  has  relation 
to  things  celestial,  which  are  of  love,  or  of  the  will,  is  evident 
from  this,  that  the  angel  is  said  to  have  done  mercy  and  to  have 
vivified  the  soul. 


9.  These  are  the  nativities  of  Noah :  Noah  was  just  and 
ui)right  in  his  generations ;  and  Noah  walked  with  God. 

10.  And  Noah  begat  three  sons,  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth. 

11.  And  the  earth  was  corrupt  before  God  ;  and  the  earth 
was  filled  with  violence. 

12.  And  God  saw  the  earth,  and  behold,  it  was  corrupt,  for 
all  ilesh  had  corrupted  his  way  upon  the  earth. 

13.  And  God  said  unto  Noah,  The  end  of  all  flesh  is  come 
before  me,  because  the  earth  is  filled  with  violence  from  their 
faces,  and  behold,  I  will  destroy  them  with  the  earth. 

14.  Make  thee  an  ark  of  woods  of  gopher :  mansions  shall 

208 


CHAPTEB  YI.  [599-603. 

thou  make  the  ark,  and  shalt  pitch  it  within  and  witliout  with 
pitch. 

15.  And  thus  shalt  thou  make  it;  three  hundred  cubits  the 
lengthof  the  ark,  fifty  cubits  the  breadth  of  it,  and  thirty  cubits 
the  height  of  it. 

16.  A  window  shalt  thou  make  to  the  ark,  and  to  a  cubit 
shalt  thou  finish  it  above  ;  and  the  door  of  the  ark  shalt  thou 
set  in  the  side  thereof;  lowest,  second,  and  third  (mansmis)  shalt 
thou  make  it. 

17.  And  I,  behold  I,  do  bring  a  flood  of  waters  upon  the 
earth,  to  destroy  all  flesh  wherein  is  the  breath  of  lives  from 
under  the  heavens ;  all  that  is  in  the  earth  shall  expire. 

18.  And  I  will  establish  My  covenant  with  thee;  and  thou 
shalt  enter  into  the  ark,  thou,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy  wife,  and 
thy  sons'  wives  with  thee. 

19.  And  of  every  living  thing  of  all  flesh,  pairs  of  all,  shalt 
thou  cause  to  enter  into  the  ark,  to  be  made  alive  with  thee ; 
they  shall  be  male  and  female. 

20.  Of  the  fowl  according  to  his  kind,  and  of  the  beast 
according  to  his  kind ;  of  every  creeping  thing  of  the  ground 
according  to  his  kind ;  pairs  of  all  shall  enter  in  to  thee  to  be 
made  alive. 

21.  And  thou,  take  thou  to  thee  of  all  food  that  is  eaten,  and 
gather  to  thee,  and  it  shall  be  for  food  for  thee  and  for  them. 

22.  And  Noah  did  according  to  all  that  God  commanded 
him,  so  did  he. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


599.  The  state  of  the  Cliurch  called  Noah,  before  regenera- 
tion, is  here  treated  of. 

600.  The  man  of  that  Church  is  descril)ed  as  such  that  he 
might  be  regenerated,  verse  9 ;  but  that  there  arose  thence 
three  kinds  of  doctrines,  which  Shcm,  Ham,  and  Jajihcth  denote, 
verse  10. 

601.  That  the  man  who  remained  from  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  was  incapable  of  regeneration  in  consequence  of  his 
direful  persuasions  and  filthy  lusts,  verses  11,  12;  wlierel»y  he 
would  utterly  destroy  himself,  verse  lo. 

602.  But  this  was  not  the  case  with  the  man  of  tlie  Church 
called  Noah,  who  is  described  by  the  ark,  verse  1-4 ;  and  the 
remains  in  him  are  described  by  the  measures  in  verse  15  ;  and 
his  intellectual  things  l)y  the  windov),  door,  and  mavsions, 
verse  16. 

603.  That  he  should  l)e  preserved,  when  tlic  rest  would  perish 
by  an  inundation  of  evil  and  falsity,  verse  17. 

VOL.!.  0  209 


I 


G04-Gl)7.]  GENESIS. 

004.  And  (hat  the  truths  and  goods  which  were  with  him 
shctuld  W  s;iv(>d,  verse  18;  thus  whatever  was  of  the  iinder- 
stantUng.  and  whatever  was  of  the  will,  l)y  regeneration,  verses 
!'.>,  'JO  ;  to  rei'i'ive  which  he  w^as  to  be  prepared,  verse  21 ;  and 
that  so  it  is  ct)nie  to  pass,  verse  22. 


THE  INTEENAL  SENSE. 

GO").  The  suhject  now  treated  of  is  the  formation  of  the  new 
Church,  which  is  named  Noah  ;  and  its  formation  is  described 
by  the  ark,  into  which  living  things  of  every  kind  were  received. 
But  before  that  new  Cliurch  could  exist,  the  man  of  the  Church, 
as  is  usual,  must  needs  endure  many  temptations,  which  are 
described  by  the  elevation,  fluctuation,  and  continuance  of  that 
ark  on  tlie  waters  of  the  flood.  And  at  length,  his  becoming  a 
truly  spiritual  man,  and  being  set  at  liberty,  is  described  by  the 
cessation  of  the  waters,  and  many  things  which  follow.  It  is 
impossible  for  any  one  to  see  these  spiritual  contents,  who 
adheres  solely  to  the  sense  of  the  letter ;  and  Jiere  especially, 
because  all  tliese  tilings  have  been  connected  in  the  manner  of 
a  history,  and  present  to  view  an  idea  such  as  that  of  a  history 
of  events.  But  the  style  of  Meriting  at  that  time,  most  pleasing 
to  these  ancient  people,  was  such  that  all  things  were  involved  in 
types ;  and  these  types  were  disposed  and  adjusted  after  the 
manner  of  a  history ;  and  the  more  perfectly  these  historical 
things  cohered  in  a  series,  the  more  it  was  in  accordance  with 
their  genius.  For  in  those  ancient  times  they  did  not  apply 
themselves  so  much  to  sciences  as  men  at  the  present  day,  but 
to  profound  thoughts,  of  which  such  were  the  offspring.  This 
was  tlie  wisdom  of  tlie  ancients. 

GOG.  That  tlie  flood,  the  ark,  and  the  things  described  con- 
cerning the  flood  and  the  ark,  signify  regeneration,  and  also  the 
temptations  which  precede  it,  is  known  in  some  measure  to  the 
learned  at  this  day,  by  whom  regeneration  and  temptations  are 
likewise  compared  to  tlie  Avaters  of  a  flood. 

G07.  The  quality  of  that  Church  is  described  in  the  following 
pages.  But  that  some  idea  may  be  formed  respecting  it,  a  brief 
description  of  it  shall  be  given  here.  The  Most  Ancient  Church, 
as  it  has  been  said,  was  celestial  ;  but  this  was  made  spiritual. 
The  Most  Ancient  had  a  perception  of  the  good  and  the  true  ; 
this,  or  the  Ancient,  had  no  perception,  but  in  its  stead  a  certain 
2  other  kind  of  dictate,  which  may  be  called  conscience.  But  what 
has  hitherto  been  unknown  to  the  world,  and  will,  perhaps, 
appear  incredible,  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  had 
internal  respiration,  and  none  external  but  what  was  tacit. 
210 


CHAPTER  VI.  [608. 

Tliey,  therefore,  did  not  converse  so  much  by  words  as  after- 
wards, and  at  this  day ;  but,  like  the  angels,  by  ideas,  M-hich 
they  were  able  to  express  by  countless  changes  of  the  looks  and 
face,  and  especially  of  the  lips,  in  which  there  are  innumerable 
series  of  muscular  fibres,  which  are  not  unloosed  at  the  present 
day,  but  which  then  being  free,  they  were  able  by  tliem  so  to 
set  forth,  signify,  and  represent  their  ideas,  that  what  at  this 
day,  by  articulate  sounds  or  words,  it  would  lequire  an  hour  to 
say,  they  could  express  in  a  minute  :  and  this  more  i'uUy,  ami 
evidently  to  the  apprehension  and  understanding,  than  is  possible 
by  any  combination  of  words.  This  is,  perhaps,  incredible,  but 
nevertheless  it  is  true.  Tliere  are  also  many  others,  not  from 
this  earth,  who  have  conversed  and  at  this  day  converse  in  a 
similar  manner,  concerning  whom,  by  the  "^  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  something  will  be  said  in  the  following  pages.  It  has 
been  granted  me  also  to  know  what  was  the  nature  of  this 
internal  respiration,  and  how  in  process  of  time  it  was  changed. 
As  they  had  such  respiration  as  the  angels — for  they  respire  in 
a  similar  manner — therefore  also  they  were  in  profound  ideas 
of  thought,  and  capable  of  enjoying  such  perception  as  cannot 
be  described;  and  if  it  were  described  as  to  its  quality,  it  would 
not  be  believed,  because  it  could  not  be  comprehendeil.  But  in 
their  posterity  this  internal  respiration  vanished  by  degrees; 
and  with  those  who  were  occupied  with  direful  persuasions  and 
fantasies  it  was  so  changed,  that  they  could  no  longer  express 
visibly  any  idea  of  thought  except  the  most  deformed;  the  eil'eot 
of  which  was,  that  they  could  not  survive.  Wherefore  they  all 
became  extinct. 

608.  When  internal  respiration  ceased,  external  respiration, 
almost  like  that  of  the  present  day,  by  degrees  succeeded  in  its 
place ;  and  with  external  respiration  the  language  of  words,  or  of 
articulate  sounds,  into  which  the  ideas  of  thought  were  deter- 
mined. Thus  the  state  of  man  was  altogether  changed,  and 
became  such,  that  he  was  unable  any  longer  to  have  that  ])er- 
ception  which  the  Most  Ancient  Church  enjoyed ;  but  insteail 
of  perception  he  had  a  certain  other  kind  of  dictate,  which  may 
be  called  conscience ;  for  it  resembled  conscience,  although  it  was 
a  sort  of  intermediate  between  perception  and  the  conscience 
which  is  known  to  some  at  the  present  day.  And  when  tlie 
ideas  of  thought  were  thus  determinetl  into  verbal  expressions, 
they  wei'e  no  longer  capable  of  being  instructed  through  tlm 
internal  man,  as  the  most  ancient  man  had  been,  l)Ut  through 
the  external.  Therefore,  in  place  of  the  revelations  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church,  doctrinals  then  succeeded,  which  could 
first  be  apprehended  by  the  external  senses,  from  which  the 
material  ideas  of  the  memory,  and  thence  ideas  of  thought, 
could  be  formed,  through  which,  and  according  to  which,  they 
were  instructed.     Hence  it  was  that  this  Church,  which  suc- 


G00-G12.]  genp:sis. 

cecdoil.  Avas  (if  ii  genius  altogether  different  from  that  of  the 
Most  Anci(Mit ;  to  which  genius,  or  to  which  state,  unless  the 
T^ord  had  ro(hieod  the  hunmn  race,  no  man  could  possibly  have 
been  saved. 

()0!).  Since  the  state  of  tlie  man  of  tliis  Church,  which  is 
called  Noah,  was  altogether  changed  from  the  state  of  the  man 
of  the  jMost  Ancient  Churcli,  therefore,  as  just  observed,  he 
coidd  no  longer  be  informed  and  enlightened  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  most  ancient  man,  because  his  internals  were  closed  ;  so 
that  there  was  no  longer  any  communication  with  heaven  but 
what  was  unknown.  He  could  not  therefore  be  instructed, 
us  Avas  observed,  except  by  a  way  external,  or  sensual,  or 
of  the  senses.  It  was  on  this  account  that,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  providence,  the  doctrinals  of  faith,  with  certain 
revelations  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  were  preserved  for 
the  use  of  this  posterity.  These  doctrinals  were  first  collected 
by  Cain,  and  laid  up  that  they  might  not  be  lost.  Wherefore 
it  is  said  of  Cain  that  he  had  a  mark  set  upon  Mm,  lest  any  one 
should  slay  him  (see  chap.  iv.  15).  They  were  afterwards 
reduced  to  doctrine  by  Enoch.  But  as  this  doctrine  was  of  no 
use  at  that  time,  and  was  intended  only  for  posterity,  therefore 
it  is  said  that  God  took  him  (see  chap.  v.  24),  It  was  these 
doctrinals  of  faith  that  were  preserved  by  the  Lord  for  the  use 
of  this  posterity  or  Church ;  for  it  was  foreseen  by  the  Lord 
that  perception  would  perish ;  wherefore  also  it  was  provided 
that  these  should  remain. 

610.  Verse  9.  These  are  the  nativities  of  Noah;  Noah  v:as 
just  and  upright  in  his  generations ;  and  Noah  walked  with  God. 
By  the  nativities  of  Noah  is  signified  a  description  of  the  re- 
formation or  regeneration  of  the  new  Church  ;  that  Noah  was 
just  and  upright  in  his  generations,  signifies  that  he  was  capal)le 
of  being  gifted  with  charity.  Just  has  relation  to  the  good  of 
charity;  upright  (integer),  to  the  truth  of  charity  ;  and  genera- 
tions have  relation  to  faith.  To  walk  with  God  here,  as  before, 
when  treating  of  Enoch,  signifies  the  doctrine  of  faith. 

611.  That  a  description  of  the  reformation  or  regeneration 
of  the  new  Church  is  signified  by  the  nativities  of  Noah,  is 
evident  from  what  was  said  above  (chap,  ii,  4 ;  v.  1). 

612.  That  Noah  was  just  and  ^qrright  in  his  generations  sig- 
nifies that  he  was  capable  of  being  gifted  with  charity,  appears 
from  the  signification  oijust  and  upright— just  having  relation 
to  the  good  of  charity,  and  upright  to  the  truth  of  charity — as 
well  as  from  charity  being  the  essential  of  that  Church;  of 
which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter. 
Tliatyu.";^  has  relation  to  the  good  of  charity,  and  iipright  to  the 
truth  of  charity,  is  evident  from  the  Word.  Thus  it  is  written 
in  Isaiah :  "  They  shall  seek  Me  daily,  and  shall  desire  the 
knowledge  of  My  ways,  as  a  nation  that  diOQth  justice,  and  doth 

212 


CHAPTER  YI.  9.  [613. 

not  forsake  the  judgment  of  their  God ;  they  shall  ask  of  ]\Ie 
the  judgments  of  justice;  they  shall  desh^e  the  approaching  of 
God  "  (Iviii.  2).  Judg7ncnt  here  signifies  what  has  relation  to 
truth,  and  justice  what  has  relation  to  good.  To  do  judgment 
and  justice  became  a  common  expression  for  truth  and  good 
(Isa.  Ivi.  1 ;  Jer.  xxii.  3,  15;  xxiii.  5  ;  xxxiii.  15 ;  Ezek.  xxxiii. 
14,  16, 19).  The  Lord  said,  "  T\\&just  shall  sliine  as  the  sun  in 
the  kingdom  of  My  Fatlier"  (Matt.  xiii.  43) ;  signifying  those 
who  are  endowed  with  charity.  So,  in  speaking  of  the  con- 
summation of  the  age,  He  said,  "  The  angels  shall  go  forth, 
and  shall  sever  the  wicked  from  the  midst  of  the  just "  (ver.  49 
of  the  same  chapter),  signifying  likewise  those  who  are  in  the 
good  of  charity.  But  ujjright  (integer)  signifies  the  truth  from  - 
charity ;  for  truth  may  be  from  very  many  various  origins  ; 
but  that  which  is  from  the  good  of  charity  from  the  Lord  is 
called  upright,  and  an  upright  man.  As  in  David  :  "  Who 
shall  sojourn  in  Thy  tent  ?  who  shall  dwell  in  the  mountain 
of  Thy  holiness  ?  He  that  walketh  uprightly,  and  diOoih.  justice, 
and  speaketh  the  truth  in  his  heart "  (Psalm  xv.  1,  2).  The 
upright  is  here  described.  Again  :  "  With  tlie  holy  Thou  dost 
shew  Thyself  holy,  with  the  upright  man  Thou  shewest  Thyself 
upright"  (Psalm  xviii.  25).  Here  the  upright  man  signities  one 
who  is  such  from  the  holiness  or  good  of  charity.  Again : 
"  Jehovah  w^ill  not  withhold  good  from  them  that  walk  in 
uprightness"  (Psalm  Ixxxiv.  11).  That  an  upright  man  is  one  3 
who  is  true  from  good,  or  who  speaks  and  does  truth  from 
charity,  is  evident  from  the  circumstance  that  the  expressions 
to  walk,  and  way,  and  also  right,  or  rectitude,  which  relate  to 
truth,  are  often  applied  to  the  iqrright,  or  to  uprightness.  As  in 
David:  "I  will  inform  the  ^ipright  in  the  way ;  when  will  lii^ 
come  unto  me  ?  I  will  wcdk  in  the  uprightness  of  my  heart  in 
the  midst  of  my  house "  (Psalm  ci.  2).  Again  :  "  He  that 
walketh  in  the  way  of  the  upright  shall  minister  unto  Me  " 
(ver.  6  of  the  same  Psalm).  And  again :  "  ]>lessed  are  tlie 
upright  in  the  way,  who  walk  in  the  law  of  Jehovah"  (Psalm 
cxix.  1).  And  again  :  "  JJprigldness  and  rectitude  shall  guard 
me  "(Psalm  xxv.  21).  And  again:  "Mark  the  upright,  and 
behold  the  right,  ior  the  end  of  that  man  is  peace"  (Psalm 
xxxvii.  37).  From  these  examples  it  is  evident  that  he  is 
called  jiist  who  does  good;  and  that  he  who  does  the  truth 
from  good  is  called  upright.  And  this  also  is  to  do  justice  and 
judgment.  Holiness  and  justice  are  the  celestial  oC  faith  ; 
uprightness  (integritas)  and  judgment  are  the  si)iritual  thonce. 

613.  That  generations  have  relation  to  faith  do(.'S  not  a])pear 
from  the  sense  of  the  letter,  which  is  historical;  yet, since  there 
are  here  only  internal  things,  the  generations  here  signilied  are 
those  of  faith.  It  also  appears  from  the  sericn  ihut  geue  rat  ions 
here  cannot  be  taken  in  anv  other  sen.se.    This  signification  like- 

213 


C14-C17.]  GENESIS. 

wise  frequently  occurs  in  the  AVord  ;  as  in  Isaiah  :  "  They  shall 
build  of  thee  the  old  waste  places ;  thou  shalt  raise  up  the  founda- 
tions ol'  tjcncmt ion  and  (jcncration,  and  thou  shalt  be  called  the 
rejtairer  i>f  the  breach,  tile  restorer  of  paths  to  d\yell  in"  (Iviii.  12). 
Here  every  expression  sij^nities  sonietliing  relating  to  faith.  The 
old  ic(i,'itc  places  signify  the  celestial  things  of  faith  ;  the  founda- 
tions of  generation  and  (jcncration,  tlie  spiritual  things  of  faith. 
Again',  in  the  same  prophet :  "  They  shall  build  the  old  wastes, 
they  siiall  raise  up  the  former  desolations,  and  they  shall  repair 
the  waste  cities,  the  desolations  of  generation  and  generation" 
(Ixi.  4).  Here  the  word  generation  is  used  in  the  same  sense 
as  before.  And  again:  "They  shall  not  labour  in  vain,  nor 
t/cnerate  to  perturljation,  for  they  are  the  seed  of  the  blessed  of 
Jehovah,  and  their  offspring  with  them"  (Ixv.  23).  In  this 
passage  also,  to  generate  is  predicated  of  the  things  that  are  of 
faith  ;  and  to  labour,  of  the  things  that  are  of  love.  The  latter 
are  called  ilie  seed  of  the  blessed  of  Jehovah ;  the  former  are 
called  offspring. 

G14.  That  to  vxdk  v:ith  God  signifies  the  doctrine  of  faitli, 
may  be  seen  in  the  explanation  above  concerning  Enoch  (chap, 
v.  22,  24),  of  whom  it  is  also  said  that  he  loalkcd  with  God. 
The  doctrine  of  faith  preserved  for  the  use  of  posterity  was  there 
signified  ;  and  as  this  was  the  posterity  for  wdiose  use  that  doc- 
trine was  preserved,  the  phrase  is  now  resumed. 

615.  The  nature  of  the  man  of  this  Church  is  here  described 
in  general,  not  as  to  what  he  then  was,  for  his  formation  is 
treated  of  afterwards ;  but  as  to  what  he  was  capable  of  becoming; 
namely,  that  by  the  knowledges  of  faith  he  might  be  gifted  with 
charity,  and  thus  act  from  charity,  and  from  the  good  of  charity 
know  what  was  true.  Wherefore  the  good  of  charity,  or  the 
just,  is  first  spoken  of,  and  afterwards  the  truth  of  charity,  or 
the  upright.  Charity,  as  was  previously  stated,  is  love  towards 
the  neighbour,  and  mercy.  It  is  a  degree  of  love  inferior  to 
what  prevailed  in  the  ^lost  Ancient  Church,  which  was  love 
to  the  Lord.  Thus  love  now  descended,  and  became  more 
external,  and  is  to  be  called  charity. 

616.  Verse  10.  And  Nocth  begat  three  sons,  Shcm,  Ham,  and 
Japiluth.  And  Noah  begat  three  sons  signifies  that  there  arose 
thence  three  kinds  of  doctrines,  wdiich  are  signified  by  Shem, 
Ham,  and  Japhcth. 

617.  That  Koah  begat  three  sons  signifies  that  there  arose 
thence  three  kinds  of  doctrines,  may  appear  from  all  that  has 
been  said  above  respecting  names,  as  signifying  nothing  else  but 
Clmrches,  or,  what  is  the  same,  doctrines.  They  have  the  same 
signification  also  here,  but  are  only  mentioned  on  account  of  the 
series  or  connection  with  what  precedes.  From  this  it  appears 
that  it  was  foreseen  by  the  Lord  that  a  man  of  this  genius 
would  be  capable  of  being  gifted  with  charity :  vet  still  that 

214 


CHAPTER  VI.  11.  [61S-G21. 

tliree  kinds  of  doctrines  uould  thence  have  birth  ;  of  whicli 
iloctrines,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  something  will  be  said 
when  we  come  to  treat  of  Shcm,  Ham,  and  Japhcth. 

618.  It  is  said,  in  the  past  tense,  that  Xoah  was  just  and 
upright ;  that  he  walked  with  God  ;  and,  in  the  passage  before 
us,  that  he  begat  three  sons,  when  yet  these  expressions  relate 
not  to  what  Xoah  then  was  and  did,  but  to  what  he  was  about 
to  be  and  do  at  a  future  time.  It  is  to  be  known,  that  such  is 
the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  that  it  has  no  relation  to  times. 
And  to  this  also  the  original  language  is  favourable,  where  some- 
times one  and  the  same  word  is  applicable  to  any  time ;  thus  the 
interiors  more  evidently  appear.  The  original  language  derives 
this  peculiarity  from  the  internal  sense,  which  is  more  manifold 
than  any  one  can  suppose  or  believe ;  hence  it  does  not  sulier 
itself  to  be  limited  by  times  and  distinctions. 

619.  Verse  11.  And  the  earth  ims  corrupt  'before  God,  and 
the  earth  luas  filled  with  riolcncc.  By  the  earth  is  signified  the 
race  spoken  of  above,  which  is  said  to  be  corrupt  on  account  of 
their  direful  persuasions,  and  to  be  filled  with  violence  on  account 
of  their  filthy  lusts.  The  name  God  is  used  here  and  in  the 
following  verses  of  this  chapter,  because  there  was  now  no 
Church. 

620.  That  by  the  earth  is  signified  the  race  above  spoken  of, 
may  appear  from  what  has  been  shewn  concerning  the  significa- 
tion of  earth  and  [/round.  The  earth  is  an  expression  which  is 
very  frequently  used  in  the  Word,  and  by  it  is  signified  that 
portion  of  the  earth  where  the  true  Church  of  the  Lord  is,  as 
the  land  {terra)  of  Canaan.  It  is  earth  also  where  the  Church 
is  not,  as  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  of  the  Gentiles ;  thus  it  stands 
for  the  nation  which  inhaljits  it.  And  as  it  stands  for  a  nation, 
so  it  denotes  every  one  of  like  quality  who  makes  a  part  of  the 
nation.  The  word  earth  (terra)  is  used  to  denote  celestial  love, 
as  the  land  (terra)  of  Canaan ;  and  also  impure  hjves,  as  the  lands 
of  the  Gentiles ;  but  it  is  called  ground  from  faith  which  is  sown 
therein.  For,  as  was  shewn  above,  the  earth  is  what  embraces 
the  ground,  and  rjround  is  what  embraces  the  field.  So  love  is 
the  continent  of  faith,  and  faith  is  the  continent  of  the  know- 
ledges of  faith,  which  are  sown  therein.  Here  the  earth  denotes 
the  race,  in  which  everytliing  of  celestial  love,  and  of  tlie 
Church,  w^as  lost;  for  tlie  subject  always  determines  the 
predicate. 

621.  That  the  earth  is  said  to  be  corrupt  on  account  of  their 
direful  persuasions,  and  filled  n-ith  violence  on  account  of  their 
filthy  lusts,  appears  from  the  signification  of  the  e.xpressions  to 
corrupt,  and  violence.  In  the  Word  one  ex]»ressi(in  is  nev(!r 
used  for  another,  but  that  is  invariably  enqiloyt^d  wliich  gives 
the  peculiar  signification  of  the  thing  treatcid  of;  so  that  it 
appears  at  once,  from  the  expressions  alone  which  are  made  use 


G22,  &2'3.]  GENESIS. 

of,  whal  is  si.i,'niriod  in  the  internal  sense,  as  here  from  the  words 
corrupt  anil  rio/cinr.  To  corrupt  is  predicated  of  those  things 
which  are  of  the  understanding  when  it  is  desolated;  violence, 
of  those  things  whicli  are  of  the  will  when  vastated.  Thus  to 
corrujit  is  jiredicated  of  persuasions,  and  violence  of  lusts. 

G2*J.  That  to  corrupt  is  predicated  of  persuasions,  is  evident 
from  Isaiah:  "They  shall  not  do  evil,  nor  corriq^t,  in  all  the 
mountain  of  My  holiness,  because  the  earth  shall  be  full  of 
knowledge  from  Jehovah  "  (xi.  9 ;  and,  in  like  manner,  chap. 
Ixv,  25)."  In  these  passages,  to  do  evil  has  respect  to  the  will, 
or  lusts  ;  and  to  corrupt,  to  tlie  understanding,  or  the  persuasions 
of  falsity.  So  in  the  same  prophet:  "Ah,  sinful  nation,  a 
people  laden  with  iniquity,  a  seed  of  evil  doers,  children  that  are 
corrupters  !  "  (i.  4).  In  this  passage,  as  in  other  places,  nations 
and  a  seed  of  evil  doers  denote  evils  which  are  of  the  will,  or 
lusts ;  ])eople  and  children  that  are  corrupters  denote  falsities 
which  are  of  the  understanding,  or  persuasions.  So  in  Ezekiel : 
"  Tliou  art  corrupt  more  than  they  in  all  thy  ways  "  (xvi.  47). 
Here  to  he  corrupt  is  spoken  of  the  things  which  relate  to 
imderstanding,  reason,  or  thought ;  for  way  is  an  expression 
signifying  truth.  So  in  David :  "  They  have  done  a  corrupt  and 
abominable  work  "  (Psalm  xiv.  1).  Here  corrupt ^\gm^Q,?>  dread- 
ful persuasions,  and  cdtoniinaUe  signifies  the  filthy  lusts,  which 
are  in  the  work,  or  from  which  the  work  proceeds.  So  in 
Daniel :  "After  threescore  and  two  weeks  shall  Messiah  be  cut 
off',  but  not  for  Himself,  and  the  people  of  a  leader  that  shall 
come  shall  corrupt  the  city,  and  the  sanctuary,  and  the  end 
thereof  shall  be  with  a  flood  "  (ix.  26).  Where,  in  like  manner, 
to  corrupt  has  reference  to  the  persuasions  of  falsity,  of  which  a 
flood  is  predicated. 

623.  That  the  earth  is  said  to  be  filled  with  violence  from 
filthy  lusts,  and  especially  from  the  lusts  which  are  of  self-love, 
or  insolent  haughtiness  of  spirit,  is  evident  from  the  Word.  It 
is  called  violence  when  they  do  violence  to  holy  things  by  pro- 
faning' them,  as  did  these  antediluvians,  who  immersed  the 
doctrinals  of  faith  in  all  kinds  of  lusts.  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  My 
faces  will  I  turn  away  from  them,  and  they  shall  2)rofane  My 
secret,  for  the  breakers  down  shall  enter  into  it,  and  shall  j9?'o- 
fane  it ;  make  a  chain,  for  the  land  is  full  of  the  judgment  of 
bloods,  and  the  city  is  full  of  violence  "  (vii.  22,  23).  The  violent 
are  hei'C  described  as  being  of  the  character  just  mentioned. 
So  in  the  same  prophet :  "  They  shall  eat  their  bread  in  solici- 
tude and  drink  their  waters  in  desolation,  that  the  land  maybe 
vastated  from  its  fulness,  because  of  the  violence  of  all  them  that 
dwell  therein"  (xii.  19).  Bread  ivhieh  they  shcdl  eat  in  soliei- 
tude,  signifies  things  celestial ;  uxiters  ivhich  they  shall  drink  in 
desolation,  signify  things  spiritual,  to  which  they  had  offered 
:  violence,  or  which  they  had  profaned.  Also  in  Isaiah  :  "  Their 
216 


CHAPTEE  VI.  12.  [G24-627. 

webs  shall  not  become  garments,  neither  shall  they  be  covered 
in  their  works ;  their  works  are  works  of  iniquity,  and  the  act 
of  violence  is  in  their  hands  "  (lix.  6).  Here  ivchs  and  garments 
are  predicated  of  the  things  belonging  to  the  imderstanding  or 
thought  ;  and  iniquiti/  and  violence  of  the  things  belonging  to 
the  will  or  works.  Again,  in  Jonah :  "  Let  them  turn  every  one 
from  his  evil  way,  and  from  the  violence  which  is  in  their 
hands  "  (iii.  8).  Here  evil  waij  is  predicated  of  the  falses  which 
relate  to  the  understanding ;  and  violence  is  predicated  of  the 
evils  which  relate  to  the  will.  So  in  Jeremiah  :  "  There  shall 
come  in  a  year  a  rumour  and  violence  in  the  land  "  (li.  4G).  A 
rumour  signifies  those  things  which  are  of  the  understanding ; 
violence,  those  which  belong  to  the  will.  Also  in  Isaiah  :  "  He 
did  no  violence,  neither  was  deceit  in  his  mouth  "  (liii.  0) ;  where 
violence  denotes  what  relates  to  the  will,  and  deceit  in  the  montli 
what  relates  to  the  understanding. 

624.  That  a  state  not  of  the  Church  is  here  treated  of,  may 
appear  from  the  circumstance  that  here  and  in  the  following 
verses  of  this  chapter  the  name  God  is  used ;  whereas  in  the 
foregoing  verses  it  was  Jcliovah.  When  there  is  not  a  Church, 
God  is  mentioned;  but  when  there  is  a  Church,  Jehovah  is 
mentioned.  As  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  when  there 
was  no  Church,  the  name  used  was  God;  but  in  the  follow- 
ing chapter,  when  there  was  a  Church,  it  was  Jehovah  God. 
Jehovah  is  a  name  most  holy,  and  is  not  used  except  when 
spoken  of  the  Church.  But  it  is  less  so  with  the  name  God, 
because  every  nation  had  gods.  Wherefore  the  name  God  was 
not  so  holy.  It  was  not  permitted  to  any  to  utter  the  name 
Jehovah,  except  those  who  had  the  knowledge  of  the  true  faith  ; 
whereas  every  one  might  mention  the  name  God. 

625.  Verse  12.  And  God  saio  the  earth,  and,  behold,  it  vas 
corrupt,  for  all  flesh  had  corriLp)ted  his  way  iqwn  tJic  earth.  That 
God  saw  the  earth  signifies  that  God  knew  man ;  that  it  was 
corrupt  signifies  that  there  was  nothing  but  what  was  false. 
For  cdl  flesh  had  corrupted  his  v:ay  tipon  the  earth,  signifies 
that  the  corporeal  part  of  man  destroyed  all  understanding 
of  truth. 

626.  That  God  saiv  the  earth  signifies  that  He  knew  man, 
may  appear  to  everyone.  For  God,  who  knows  all  tilings,  in 
general  and  in  particular,  from  eternity,  has  no  need  to  see 
whether  man  be  such  as  he  is.  To  see  is  a  human  act,  and 
therefore  (as  was  observed  at  vei'se  6,  and  elsewhere)  it  is  si)oken 
according  to  those  things  whicli  appear  in  man.  Yea  more,  so 
far  is  this  method  of  speaking  adopted,  that  CJod  is  even  said 
to  see  with  eyes. 

627.  That  all  flesh  had  corrupted  his  way  on  the  earth  signi- 
fies that  man's  corporeal  part  had  destroyed  all  understamling 
of  truth  may  appear  from  the  signification  of  llcsli  (spoken  of 


027.]  GENESIS. 

nbovo,  vcr.  3),  wliicli  is  in  cjencral  every  man,  and  in  particular 
the  corporeal  man,  or  all  tiiat  is  corporeal ;  and  from  the  signi- 
ticatiou  of  waif,  which  is  the  understanding  of  truth,  or  truth 
itself.  That  iran  is  predicated  of  the  understanding  of  truth, 
or  of  truth  itself,  ajipears  from  passages  from  the  Word  already 
ipioted,  and  moreover  from  these  which  follow.  In  Moses: 
"  .K'hovah  said,  Arise,  get  thee  down  quickly  from  hence, 
Iteoause  thy  people  have  corrupted  themselves,  they  have 
quickly  turned  aside  out  of  the  ?ra// which  I  commanded  them  ; 
t  hey  have  made  them  a  molten  [image] "  (Deut,  ix.  12,  16) ; 
signifying  that  they  had  turned  from  the  precepts  which  are 

2  truths.  So  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Whose  eyes  are  open  upon  all  the 
ways  of  the  sons  of  men,  to  give  to  every  one  according  to  his 
irays,  and  according  to  the  fruit  of  his  works  "  (xxxii.  19). 
Ways  signify  a  life  according  to  the  precepts ;  the  fruit  ofworJcs 
denote  a  life  from  charity.  Thus  ^oay  is  predicated  of  truths, 
which  belong  to  precepts  and  commandments ;  as  is  the  case 
also  with  the  son  of  man,  and  man  (vir),  as  was  shewn  above 
(see  likewise  Jer.  vii.  3;  xvii.  10).  Also  in  Hosea:  "  I  will 
visit  upon  him  his  ways,  and  recompense  to  him  his  works  " 
(iv.  9).  And  in  Zechariah  :  "  Return  ye  from  your  evil  tvays, 
and  your  evil  works ;  like  as  Jehovah  of  hosts  thought  to  do 
unto  us  according  to  our  ways,  and  according  to  our  works " 
(i.  4,  6).  Here  the  sense  is  similar,  though  opposite  to  that  of 
the  foregoing  passages,  because  here  the  ways  are  evil,  and  the 
works  evil.  Again,  in  Jeremiah :  "  I  will  give  them  one  heart 
and  one  way  "  (xxxii.  39)  ;  where  heart  stands  for  what  is  good, 
and  u-ay  for  what  is  true.  So  in  David  :  "  Make  me  to  under- 
stand the  way  of  Thy  Commandments ;  remove  from  me  the 
loay  of  a  lie ;  and  grant  me  Thy  law  graciously ;  I  have  chosen 
the  ivay  of  truth  :  I  will  run  the  way  of  Thy  precepts  "  (Psalm 
cxix.  26,  27,  29,  30,  32,  35).  Here  the  imy  of  the  Command- 
ments and  precepts  is  called  the  icay  of  truth,  to  which  the  vxiy 

3  of  a  lie  is  contrary.  Again  :  "  Shew  me  Thy  vjays,  0  Jehovah, 
teach  me  Thy  paths ;  guide  my  way  in  Thy  truth,  and  teach 
me "  (Psalm  xxv.  4,  5).  Here  %vay  in  like  manner  evidently 
signifies  truth.  So  in  Isaiah:  "With  whom  did  Jehovah  take 
counsel,  and  who  instructed  Him,  and  taught  Him  the  path  of 
judgment,  and  taught  Him  knowledge,  and  made  Him  to  know 
the  ivay  of  understanding  j"  (xl.  14).  Here  way  plainly  signi- 
fies the  understanding  of  truth.  Again,  in  Jeremiah :  "  Thus 
saith  Jehovah,  Stand  ye  in  the  ways  and  see,  and  ask  for  the 
old |?a^A.9,  which  is  the  good  tra^,  and  w-alk  therein"  (vi.  16); 
denoting  in  like  manner  the  understanding  of  truth.  Also  in 
Tsuiah  :  "  I  will  lead  the  blind  in  a  way  they  have  not  known, 
I  will  lead  them  in  piaths  they  have  not  known"  (xlii.  16). 
Way,  and  path,  and  ly-way,  and  hroadway,  and  street,  are  all 
predicated  of  truths,  because  they  lead  to  truth.     As  also  in 

218 


CHAPTER  VI.  13.  [628-632. 

Jeremiah  :  "  They  have  caused  them  to  stumble  in  their  ■?ra?/.<t, 
the  ancient  hy-icays,  to  walk  in  -patli^,  a  way  not  cast  up " 
(xviii.  15).  In  like  manner  in  the  Book  of  Judges  :  "In  the 
days  of  Joel  the  Mgh-imys  ceased,  and  they  that  walked  in 
paths  went  through  winding  ly-paths;  streets  ceased  in  Israel" 
(V.  6,  7). 

628.  The  internal  sense  here  is  that  every  man  who  was  on 
tlie  earth,  where  the  Church  was,  had  corrupted  his  way,  so 
that  he  did  not  understand  truth,  because  every  man  had 
become  corporeal ;  not  only  those  who  are  treated  of  in  the  fore- 
going verse,  but  also  those  who  are  called  Xoah,  and  who  are 
particularly  treated  of  in  this  and  in  the  following  verse.  Yov 
they  were  such  before  regeneration.  This  previous  descriptitui 
is  given  of  them,  because  their  regeneration  is  treated  of  in  the 
following  verses.  And  whereas  little  of  the  Church  remained, 
the  name  God  is  here  used,  and  not  Jehovah.  In  this  verse  is 
signified  that  there  was  nothing  true ;  in  the  subsequent  verse, 
that  there  was  nothing  good,  except  in  the  remains  which  were 
with  those  who  are  called  Noah — for  without  remains  regenera- 
tion is  impossible — and  also  except  in  the  doctrinals  with  which 
they  were  acquainted.  But  there  was  no  understanding  of  truth, 
which  never  is  granted  except  where  there  is  a  M'ill  of  good. 
Where  there  is  no  will,  neither  is  there  understanding  ;  and  as 
is  the  will,  so  is  also  the  understanding.  The  most  ancient 
people  had  the  will  of  good,  because  they  had  love  to  the  Lord, 
and  thence  the  understanding  of  truth  ;  but  this  understanding 
perished  utterly  with  the  will.  A  certain  kind  of  rational  truth 
and  natural  good  remained  with  those  who  are  called  Noah,  and 
therefore  they  were  capable  of  regeneration. 

629.  Verse  13.  And  God  said  unto  Noah,  The  end  of  edl  jleaJi 
is  come  hcfore  Me,  because  the  earth  is  filled  'with  violence  from 
their  faces,  and  behold,  J  will  destroy  them  with  the  earth.  That 
God  said  signifies  that  so  it  was.  The  end  of  cdl  fiesh  is  come 
before  Me,  signifies  that  mankind  must  of  necessity  perish. 
Because  the  earth  is  filled  with  violence,  signifies  that  there  was 
no  longer  any  will  of  good.  Behold,  I  will  destroy  them  witli  thr 
earth,  signifies  that  mankind  would  perish  with  the  (Jhurch. 

630.  That  God  said  signifies  that  it  was  so,  is  evident  from 
the  consideration  that  with  Jehovah  there  is  nothing  but 
Being. 

631.  That  the  end  of  all  flesh  is  come  before  Mr  signifies  that 
mankind  nmst  of  necessity  perish,  is  evident  from  the  won  is 
themselves  ;  and  also  from  the  signification  offirsh  as  denoting 
every  man  in  general,  and  the  corporeal  man  in  particular  ; 
according  to  what  was  shewn  above. 

632.  That  the  earth  is  filled  with  violence  signifies  that  there 
was  no  longer  any  will  of  good,  is  plain  from  what  was  sai<l 
and    shewn    above   (ver.   11),  concerning    tlie    .^i-nification    of 

21!) 


033.  G:U.]  genesis. 

rioh-ncc.  In  the  prcoedino-  verse  it  is  stated  of  the  iinderstand- 
in;4  of  tnilh.  and  here  of  tlie  will  of  good,  that  they  both  perished 
Willi  the  man  of  the  Church. 

633.  The  fact  is,  that  there  is  with  no  man  any  understand- 
ing of  truth  and  will  of  good,  not  even  with  those  who  were 
of'the  Most  Ancient  Church.  But  when  they  become  celestial 
it  appears  as  if  the  will  of  good  and  the  understanding  of  truth 
were  with  them;  when,  nevertheless,  they  are  of  the  Lord 
alone.  And  this  such  celestial  men  know,  acknowledge,  and 
perceive ;  as  is  the  case  also  with  the  angels  ;  insomuch  that 
whoever  does  not  know,  acknowledge,  and  perceive  it  to  be  so, 
is  totally  destitute  of  the  understanding  of  truth  and  the  wnll 
of  good.  With  every  celestial  man— and  with  every  angel, 
even  the  most  celestial — his  proprium  is  nothing  but  falsity 
and  evil;  for  it  is  known  that  the  heavens  are  not  pure 
before  the  Lord,  and  that  all  good  and  all  truth  are  of  the  Lord 
alone.  But  in  proportion  as  man  and  angel  are  able  to  be  per- 
fected, so  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy  they  are  perfected,  and,  as 
it  were,  receive  the  understanding  of  truth  and  the  will  of  good  ; 
but  that  they  possess  them  is  only  an  appearance.  Every  one 
is  capable  of  being  perfected,  and  consequently  of  receiving  this 
gift  of  the  Lord's  mercy,  according  to  his  actual  life,  modified 
by  the  hereditary  evil  implanted  in  him  from  his  parents. 

634.  It  is,  however,  a  very  difticnlt  matter  to  explain  to  the 
apprehension,  what  the  understanding  of  truth  and  the  will  of 
good  are,  in  a  proper  sense.  For  whatever  a  man  thinks,  he 
supposes  to  be  of  the  understanding,  because  he  so  terms  it ; 
and  whatever  he  desires,  he  supposes  to  be  of  the  will,  because 
he  so  terms  it.  And  it  is  the  more  difticult  to  explain  this 
point  to  the  apprehension,  because  most  people  at  this  day  are 
also  ignorant  that  the  intellectual  is  distinct  from  the  voluntary 
part ;  for  when  they  think  anything,  they  say  that  they  will  ; 
and  when  they  will  anything,  they  say  that  they  think.  One 
cause  of  the  difficulty  arises  from  their  using  such  terms  to 
express  themselves  ;  and  another  is,  because  mankind  are  im- 
mersed solely  in  things  corporeal ;  in  other  words,  their  life  is 

2  in  outermost  things.  Owing  to  these  causes,  they  are  also  ignor- 
ant that  there  is  given  to  every  man  a  certain  interior,  and  a 
still  more  interior,  yea,  an  inmost ;  and  that  his  corporeal  and 
sensual  is  the  outermost ;  lusts  and  things  of  the  memory  are 
interior,  affections  and  things  rational  still  more  interior,  and 
the  will  of  good  and  the  understanding  of  truth  are  inmost ; 
and  all  these  things  are  as  distinct  from  each  other  as  possible. 
The  corporeal  man  makes  all  these  things  one,  and  confounds 
them ;  and  this  is  the  reason  of  his  believing,  when  his  cor- 
poreal part  dies,  that  everything  will  die  with  it ;  when,  never- 
theless, he  then  first  begins  to  live,  and  to  live  by  his  interiors 
in  an  orderly  succession.  Unless  the  interiors  were  thus  dis- 
220 


CHAPTER  VI.  13.  [635-637. 

tinct,  and  did  thus  succeed  each  other,  it  would  be  impossible 
for  men  to  become  spirits,  or  angelic  spirits,  or  angels,  in  another 
life,  for  they  are  thus  distinguished  according  to  the  interiors. 
Hence  the  three  heavens  are  perfectly  distinct  from  each  other. 
From  these  observations,  then,  it  may  in  some  degree  appear 
what  the  understandimg  of  truth  and  the  will  of  good  are  in  a 
proper  sense;  and  that  they  can  only  be  predicated  of  the 
celestial  man,  or  of  the  angels  of  the  third  heaven. 

635.  That  all  understanding  of  truth  and  will  of  good  perished 
at  the  end  of  the  days  of  the  antediluvian  Church,  is  si"nitied 
by  what  was  said  in  this  and  in  the  previous  verse.  This 
occurred  to  such  a  degree  with  the  antediluvians  who  were 
infected  with  direful  persuasions  and  filthy  lusts,  that  there  did 
not  appear  even  the  smallest  vestige  of  understanding  and  will. 
But  with  those  who  were  called  ISToah  there  were  still  left 
remains,  which,  nevertheless,  could  not  form  anything  of  under- 
standing and  will,  but  only  rational  truth  and  natiiral  good ; 
for  such  as  the  man  is,  such  is  the  operation  of  remains.  By 
remains  they  were  in  a  capacity  of  being  regenerated ;  nor  did 
persuasions  oppose  and  absorb  the  operation  of  the  Lord  by 
means  of  remains.  Persuasions,  or  rooted  principles  of  falsity, 
impede  all  Divine  operations ;  and,  unless  they  are  first  extirp- 
ated, it  is  impossible  for  man  to  become  regenerate ;  but  of 
this,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  presently. 

636.  That  /  tvill  destroy  them  ivith  the  earth  signifies  that 
with  the  Church  mankind  would  perish,  is  manifest  from  the 
consideration  that  it  is  here  said,  vnth  the  earth.  For  the  earth 
in  its  extended  sense  signifies  love,  as  was  before  observed, 
consequently  the  celestial  things  of  the  Church.  In  the  present 
case,  since  no  love  or  anything  celestial  remained,  it  signifies 
self-love  and  what  is  contrary  to  the  celestial  Church.  Still, 
however,  there  existed  a  man  of  the  Church,  because  he  pos- 
sessed the  doctrinals  of  faith.  For,  as  was  observed,  the  earth 
is  that  which  embraces  the  ground,  and  the  ground  is  that  which 
embraces  the  field  ;  as  love  is  tlie  continent  of  faith,  and  faith 
that  of  the  knowledges  of  faith. 

637.  With  respect  to  this  signification  of  the  words,  I  will 
destroy  them  unth  the  earth,  it  may  be  observed,  that  if  the 
Lord's  Church  were  utterly  extinct  on  the  earth,  mankind  could 
ill  nowise  exist,  but  all  and  each  of  them  must  needs  ])erish. 
The  Church  is  like  the  heart  in  the  natural  body,  as  was  belbre 
observed.  And  so  long  as  the  heart  lives,  the  neighbouring 
viscera  and  members  may  live  also ;  but  as  soon  as  the  heart  dies, 
all  and  every  part  of  the  body  dies  with  it.  The  Lord's  Churcli 
on  earth  being  thus  as  a  heart,  the  whole  race  of  mankind,  even 
those  who  are  out  of  the  Church,  derive  life  thence.  The 
cause  of  this  is,  at  the  present  day,  utterly  unknown  ;  but  that 
some  idea  may  be  formed  concerning  it,  it  may  1>e  observed 

221 


g:'8.  g;^.o.]  genesis. 

that  the  wliolo  race  of  nuuikind  on  ciivlh  reseiul)les  the  natural 
body  with  its  several  parts,  in  which  the  Uhurch  is  like  the  heart ; 
and'  unless  tliere  were  a  Church,  with  which  as  with  a  sort  of 
lieart  the  Lord  nii^ijht  be  united,  tiirough  heaven  and  the  world 
of  spirits,  a  disjunction  would  ensue;  and,  in  consequence  of  such 
disjunction  from  the  Lord,  mankind  would  instantly  perish. 
And  this  is  the  reason  why,  since  the  first  creation  of  man,  there 
has  always  existed  a  Ciuirch  of  some  kind ;  and  whenever  any 
Church  began  to  decline,  yet  still  it  remained  with  certain 
persons.  This  also  was  the  cause  of  the  Lord's  Coming  into  the 
world  ;  for  unless,  out  of  His  Divine  mercy,  He  had  come,  the 
whole  race  of  man  on  this  earth  must  have  perished,  inasmuch 
as  the  Church  at  that  time  was  in  ultimates,  and  scarcely  any 
good  and  truth  remained.  That  mankind  cannot  possibly  live 
unless  they  have  conjunction  with  the  Lord  through  heaven  and 
the  world  of  spirits,  is,  because  man,  regarded  in  himself,  is  much 
viler  than  the  brutes.  And  were  he  left  to  himself  he  would 
rush  headlong  to  his  own  destruction  and  that  of  all  others ; 
since  he  desires  nothing  but  the  ruin  of  himself  and  of  others. 
His  order  of  life  should  be  that  each  should  love  another  as 
Jiimself ;  but  if  man  be  left  to  himself  he  loves  himself  more 
than  others,  and  consequently  hates  all  others  in  comparison 
with  himself.  With  the  brutes  it  is  otherwise ;  they  live  alto- 
gether according  to  their  order,  but  man  altogether  contrary  to 
his  order.  Wherefore,  unless  the  Lord  had  compassion  upon 
man,  and  conjoined  him  to  Himself  by  the  angels,  he  would 
not  be  able  to  live  a  single  moment.     Of  this  man  is  ignorant. 

638.  Verse  14.  Make  thee  an  ark  of  looods  of  gopher ;  man- 
sions shall  thou  make  the  ark,  and  shall  'pitch  it  within  and 
tvithout  with  pitch.  By  tJie  ark  is  signified  the  man  of  that 
Church.  By  vjoods  of  gopher,  his  lusts.  By  mansions  are  sig- 
nified the  two  parts  of  man,  which  are  the  will  and  the  under- 
standing. By  pitching  it  within  and  without  vnth  intch  is 
signified  preservation  from  the  inundation  of  lusts. 

639.  That  by  tlie  ark  is  signihed  the  man  of  that  Church,  or 
of  the  Church  called  Noah,  is  sufficiently  plain  froiji  its  descrip- 
tion in  the  following  verses,  and  also  from  the  consideration 
that  the  Word  of  the  Lord  throughout  involves  spiritual  and 
celestial  things ;  that  is,  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is  spiritual  and 
celestial.  If  the  ark,  with  its  pitching,  dimensions,  and  con- 
struction, as  also  the  flood,  had  no  other  signification  than  what 
the  letter  presents,  there  would  be  nothing  at  all  spiritual  and 
celestial  in  the  account  of  them ;  but  only  a  kind  of  history, 
which  would  be  of  no  more  use  to  mankind  than  a  similar 
liistory  composed  by  profane  writers.  But  since  the  Word  of 
the  Lord,  in  its  bosom,  or  inside,  contains  and  involves  things 
spiritual  and  celestial  in  every  part  of  it,  it  is  most  evident  that 
by  the  ark,  and  by  all  things  which  are  said  concernimr  it,  are 

222 


CHAPTER  VI.  U.  [G40,  G41. 

signified  arcana  never  heretofore  unfolded.  Tiie  same  obser-  2 
vation  holds  good  in  other  instances,  as  in  that  of  the  little  ark 
•wherein  Moses  was  hid,  and  which  was  placed  in  the  flags  near 
the  banks  of  the  river  (Ex.  ii.  3) ;  and  still  more  eminently  in 
respect  to  the  holy  ark  in  the  wilderness,  which  was  constructed 
according  to  the  type  shown  to  Moses  on  Mount  Sinai ;  in  whicli, 
unless  all  and  everything  relating  thereto  had  been  represent- 
ative of  the  Lord  and  His  kingdom,  it  Avould  have  been  nothing 
else  than  a  kind  of  idol,  and  the  worship  idolatrous.  The  same 
is  true  of  the  temple  of  Solomon,  which  was  by  no  means  holy 
of  itself ;  or  by  virtue  of  the  gold,  silver,  cedar,  and  stone,  of 
which  it  was  composed ;  but  by  virtue  of  the  particular  things 
represented  thereby.  Here,  likewise,  unless  the  ark  and  its 
construction,  with  every  particular  circumstance  thereof,  sig- 
nified some  arcana  of  the  Church,  the  Word  would  not  be  the 
AVord  of  the  Lord,  but  a  kind  of  dead  letter,  like  the  production  of 
any  profane  writer.  Hence  it  appears  that  the  ark  signifies  the 
man  of  the  Church,  or  the  Church  which  Avas  called  Noah. 

G40.  That  by  v.iooch  of  gopher  are  signified  lusts,  and  by 
mansions  the  two  parts  of  the  man  here  treated  of,  which  are  tlie 
will  and  the  understanding,  no  one  has  as  yet  known.  Nor  can 
any  one  know  how  such  things  are  signified  unless  it  be  first  ex- 
plained how  that  Church  was  circumstanced.  The  Most  Ancient 
Church,  as  has  been  frequently  observed,  knew  by  love  what- 
ever related  to  faith,  or,  what  is  the  same,  by  the  will  of  good 
had  the  understanding  of  truth  ;  but  their  descendants  inclining 
through  hereditary  corruption  to  the  dominion  of  their  lusts, 
immersed  tlierein  even  the  doctrinals  of  faith,  and  lience  be- 
came ISTephilim.  When,  therefore,  the  Lord  foresaw  that  were 
man  to  continue  to  be  of  such  a  nature  he  would  perish  eter- 
nally, it  was  ordered  and  provided  by  Him  that  the  voluntary 
part  should  be  separated  from  the  intellectual ;  and  that  man 
should  be  formed,  not  as  before  by  the  will  of  good,  but  that  by 
the  understanding  of  truth  he  should  be  gifted  with  charity, 
which  appears  like  the  will  of  good.  This  new  Chureli,  whicb 
is  called  Noah,  was  made  such,  and  therefore  was  altogether  oi" 
a  different  genius  and  quality  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 
Besides  this  Church  there  were  also  others  at  that  time,  as 
the  Church  called  Enos  (spoken  of  above,  cliap,  iv.  25,  20), 
as  well  as  some  of  which  no  mention  and  description  are  extant. 
The  Church  called  Xoah  alone  is  here  described,  as  being  of  a 
genius  and  character  entirely  differing  from  the  ]\[ost  Ancient 
Church. 

641.  Since  this  man  of  the  Cliurch  was  to  be  reformed  as  ((» 
that  part  of  man  which  is  called  the  understanding,  before  he 
could  be  reformed  as  to  the  other  part  which  is  called  the  will, 
it  is  here  described  how  the  things  Ijelonging  to  the  will  were 
separated  from  those  belonging  to  the  understanding,  and  as  it 


G-12,  OrX]  GEXESIS. 

were  covorotl  \ip  find  reserved,  lest  anything  therein  should 
toueh  the  will.  For  if  the  things  of  the  will,  tliat  is  of  the  lusts, 
had  l)een  iu>rnntted  to  arise,  he  must  have  perished  eternally  ; 
as,  l»y  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  will  presently  appear.  These 
two  j)arts,  the  understanding  and  will,  are  as  distinct  in  man  as 
possible.  It  was  given  me  to  have  clear  knowledge  of  this, 
even  from  the  circumstance,  that  the  intellectual  things  of 
spirits  and  angels  enter  by  influx  into  the  left  side  of  the  head, 
or  brain,  whereas  the  things  of  their  will  enter  into  the  right; 
and,  in  like  manner,  as  to  the  face.  When  angelic  spirits  enter 
by  intlux,  they  do  it  with  much  softness  and  gentleness,  like  the 
mildest  and  most  refreshing  auras.  But  when  evil  spirits  enter, 
their  inthix  is  like  an  inundation — into  the  leftside  of  the  brain 
M'ith  their  fantasies  and  direful  persuasions,  and  into  the  right 
with  their  lusts.  Their  influx  is  as  it  were  an  inundation  of 
fantasies  and  lusts. 

0-12.  From  these  things  it  may  be  seen  what  is  involved  in 
this  first  description  of  the  ark,  that  it  was  constructed  of 
woods  of  gopher,  and  had  mansions,  and  w^as  pitched  within  and 
without  with  pitch,  namely,  that  the  other  part  which  is  of  the 
will  might  be  preserved  from  the  inundation ;  and  only  that 
part  opened  which  is  of  the  understanding,  which  is  described 
(ver.  16)  by  a  window,  a  door,  and  by  lowest,  second,  and  third 
[mansions].  These  things  may  perhaps  appear  incredible, 
because  they  have  not  hitherto  entered  into  any  one's  apprehen- 
sion, and  liecause  no  one  has  formed  such  a  conception  of  the 
Word  of  the  Lord ;  but,  nevertheless,  they  are  most  true. 
These,  however,  though  man  is  ignorant  of  them,  are  the  least 
and  most  general  arcana,  in  comparison  with  the  particulars 
contained  therein,  of  which  particulars  he  would  not  be  able  to 
comprehend  a  single  one,  if  they  were  declared  to  him. 

643.  "With  regard  to  the  signification  of  the  expressions,  as 
that  vjoods  of  gopher  signify  lusts,  and  that  mansions  signify 
the  two  parts  of  man,  this  may  appear  from  the  Word.  Gopher 
wood  is  a  wood  abounding  with  sulphur,  like  the  fir,  and  many 
others  of  the  same  kind ;  of  the  sulphur  it  is  predicated  that  it 
signifies  lusts,  because  it  easily  takes  fire.  The  most  ancient 
people  compared  and  likened  those  things  which  are  in  man  to 
gold,  silver,  brass,  iron,  stone,  and  wood ;  his  inmost  celestial 
part  to  gold,  his  lower  celestial  to  brass,  and  what  was  lowest, 
ox  corporeal  therein,  to  wood ;  but  his  inmost  spiritual  part 
they  compared  and  likened  to  silver,  his  lower  spiritual  to 
iron,  and  his  lowest  to  stone;  and  such  is  the  internal 
signification  of  these  expressions  whenever  they  occur  in 
the  Word.  As  in  Isaiah :  "  For  Irass  I  will  bring  gold,  and 
for  iron  I  will  bring  sUcer,  and  for  wood,  Irass,  and  for  stones, 
iron;  I  will  also  make  tiiy  tribute  peace,  and  thine  exactors 
justice"  (Ix.  17);  speaking  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  where 
224 


CHAPTER  VI.  14.  [64.3. 

there  are  no  such  metals,  but  only  things  celestial  and  spiritual ; 
and  that  these  are  signified  also  clearly  appears,  because 
mention  is  made  of  imice  and  justice.  In  this  passage,  gold, 
hrass,  and  vood  have  a  mutual  correspondence,  and  signify 
things  celestial,  or  such  as  belong  to  the  will,  as  was  obsen-ed"; 
and  silver,  iron,  and  stone  have  a  mutual  correspondence,  and 
signify  things  spiritual  or  intellectual.  So  in  Ezekiel :  "  they  2 
shall  spoil  thy  riches,  and  make  a  prey  of  thy  merchandise ; 
thy  stones  and  thy  woods"  (xxvi.  12).  That  l)y  riches  and 
merchandise  are  not  signified  worldly  riches  and  merchandise, 
but  celestial  and  spiritual,  is  evident ;  so  also  with  respect  to 
st07ies  and  woods.  Stones  are  those  things  that  belong  to  the 
understanding,  and  woods  those  that  belong  to  the  will.  So  in 
Habakkuk :  "  The  stone  crieth  out  of  the  wall,  and  the  beam 
out  of  the  wood  answereth"  (ii.  11);  where  sto7ie  signifies  the 
lowest  part  of  the  understanding,  and  tcood  the  lowest  part 
of  the  will ;  which  answers,  wdien  anything  is  brought  forth,  or 
produced,  from  the  Sensual-scientific.  In  the  same  prophet : 
"Wo  unto  him  that  saith  to  the  ivood.  Awake;  to  the  dumb 
stone,  Arise,  it  shall  teach  ;  behold,  it  is  laid  over  with  gold  and 
silver,  and  there  is  no  spirit  in  the  midst  thereof ;  but  Jehovah 
is  in  the  Temple  of  His  holiness"  (ii.  19,  20).  Here  also  wood 
signifies  lust,  and  stone  the  lowest  intellectual  part ;  wherefore 
to  be  dumb,  and  to  teach,  are  predicated  of  it.  By  no  spirit 
being  in  the  midst  thereof  is  signified  tliat  it  represents  nothing 
spiritual  and  celestial ;  as  a  temple  where  there  is  stone  and 
wood,  and  these  overlaid  with  gold  and  silver,  in  respect  to 
those  who  think  nothing  concerning  what  is  represented 
thereby.  So  in  Jeremiah :  "  We  drink  our  waters  for  silver,  3 
our  7C!oods  come  for  a  price  "  (Lam.  v.  4).  Here  waters  and  silver 
signify  the  things  that  relate  to  the  understanding,  and  iroods 
signify  such  as  relate  to  the  will.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet : 
"  Saying  to  the  wood,  Thou  art  my  father,  and  to  the  stone,  Thou 
hast  begotten  us  "  (Jer.  ii.  27).  Here  wood  signifies  lust,  which 
is  of  the  will,  whence  conception  comes ;  and  stone  signifies 
the  Scientific-sensual,  whence  conies  begetting.  Hence  it  is 
common  with  the  prophets  to  speak  of  serving  wood  and  stone; 
meaning  graven  images  of  wood  and  stone,  by  which  is  siguilied 
the  serving  of  lusts  and  fantasies:  also  of  conniiitting  adultery 
with  wood  and  stone  (as  in  Jeremiah  iii.  9).  And  in  Hosea : 
"  My  people  ask  counsel  of  their  vjood,  and  their  stall  declares 
it  unto  them,  for  the  spirit  of  whoredoms  hath  seduced  them  " 
(iv.  12);  to  denote  the  asking  counsel  of  a  wooden  image,  or 
lusts.  Again,  in  Isaiali :  "  Tophet  is  ordained  of  old,  Uiv.  ]nU\ 
thereof  isfre  and  much  wood ;  the  breath  of  Jehovah  is  like  a 
stream  of  burning  sulphur"  (xxx.  3.']).  ]Iere  fre,  sulphur,  and  4 
wood,  signify  filthy  lusts.  Wood  in  general  signilies  those, 
things  which  are  in  the  lowest  parts  of  the  will ;  precious 
VOL.  I.  r  225 


(ill.  G4-..]  GENESIS. 

woods,  fts  ccilnr,  and  the  like,  signify  those  tliincjs  which  are 
Uood.  The  I'odar  wooil  used  in  tlie  temple  had  this  significa- 
Tion;  also  the  cedar  wood  used  in  cleansing  leprosy  (Lev. 
.\iv.  4,  (j,  7) ;  as  also  the  wood  which  was  cast  into  the  hitter 
waters  at  Marah,  wherehy  they  were  made  sweet  (Exod.  xv.  25), 
of  which,  hy  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in  its 
l»ro]>er  place.  But  the  woods  which  were  not  precious,  and 
whicli  were  made  into  graven  images,  and  also  those  which 
were  applied  to  the  making  of  funeral  piles,  and  the  like, 
signify  lusts ;  as  do  woods  of  gopher,  here  mentioned  on 
account  of  tlie  sulphur  they  contain.  So  in  Isaiah :  "  The 
day  of  the  vengeance  of  Jeliovah ;  the  streams  of  Zion  shall 
l>e  turned  into  pitch,  and  the  dust  thereof  into  brimstone,  and 
tlie  land  thereof  shall  become  burning  p?YcA"  (xxxiv,  8,  9). 
Pitch  signilies  direful  fantasies ;  and  hrimstone  signifies  filthy 
lusts. 

644  That  by  mansions  are  signified  the  two  parts  of  man, 
which  are  the  will  and  the  understanding,  is  evident  from  what 
has  been  already  said,  namely,  that  these  two  parts,  the  will  and 
the  understanding,  are  most  distinct  from  each  other.  And  for 
that  reason,  as  was  observed,  the  human  brain  is  divided  into 
two  parts,  which  are  called  hemispheres ;  to  the  left  of  which 
])ertain  the  things  of  the  understanding,  and  to  the  right,  the 
things  of  the  will.  This  is  the  most  general  distinction.  More- 
over, both  the  will  and  the  understanding  are  distinguished 
into  innumerable  parts.  For  the  divisions  of  man's  intellectual 
things,  and  of  his  voluntary  things,  are  so  many  that  their 
imiversal  genera  can  never  be  expressed  or  enumerated, 
much  less  their  species.  Man  is  as  a  kind  of  very  minute 
heaven,  corresponding  to  the  world  of  spirits  and  to  Heaven, 
where  all  genera  and  all  species  of  things,  intellectual  and 
voluntary,  are  distinguished  by  the  Lord  in  a  most  orderly 
manner,  so  that  there  is  not  the  smallest  thing  which  is  not 
included  therein  ;  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  will 
speak  in  the  following  pages.  In  heaven  these  divisions  are 
called  societies ;  in  the  Word  they  are  called  habitations ;  and 
1  »y  the  Lord  (John  xiv.  2),  mansions ;  but  here  they  are  called 
mansions  because  they  are  predicated  of  the  ark,  by  w^hich  is 
signified  the  man  of  the  Church. 

645.  That  by  pitching  it  icithin  and  ivithout  with  pitch  is 
signified  preservation  from  the  inundation  of  lusts,  appears  from, 
what  has  been  said  above.  Eor  the  man  of  this  Church  was  to 
be  first  reformed  as  to  his  intellectual  things ;  wherefore  he  was 
y>reserved  from  the  inundation  of  lusts,  which  would  have 
destroyed  all  the  work  of  reformation.  In  the  original  text, 
indeed,  it  does  not  read  that  it  should  be  pitched  with  pitch, 
but  an  expression  is  used  denoting  protection,  and  derived  from 
the  verb  to  expiate,  or  p^ropitiate.  wherefore  a  similar  sense  is 
226 


CHAPTEE  YI.  15.  [646-648. 

involved.     The  Lord's  expiation  or  propitiation  is  protection 
from  the  overflowing  of  evil. 

646.  Verse  15.  And  thus  shall  thou  make  it ;  three  hundred 
C2ihits  the  length  of  the  ark,  fifty  cuUts  the  breadth  of  if,  and 
thirty  cuUts  the  height  of  it.  By  the  numbers  here,  as  above, 
are  signified  remains,  and  that  they  were  iew.  Length  is  their 
holiness  ;  hreadth,  their  truth ;  and  height,  their  crood. 

647.  That  such  is  the  signification  of  these  words  cannot 
but  appear  strange  and  far-fetched  to  every  one ;  as  that  the 
numbers  three  hundred,  and  fifty,  and  thirty,  signify  remains, 
and  those  but  few ;  also  that  length,  hreadth,  and  height,  signify 
what  is  holy,  true,  and  good.  But  besides  what  was  saitf  and 
shewn  of  numbers  in  the  explanation  of  the  third  verse  of  this 
chapter,  where  it  was  observed  that  a  hundred  and  twenty 
signify  the  remains  of  faith,  it  may  also  appear  to  every  one 
from  this,  that  tliey  who  are  in  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word, 
as  good  spirits  and  angels,  are  beyond  all  those  things  which  are 
terrestrial,  corporeal,  and  of  a  merely  worldly  nature ;  and  thus 
beyond  all  those  things  which  relate  to  numbers  and  measures. 
And  yet  it  is  given  them  from  the  Lord  to  perceive  tlie  Word 
fully,  and  indeed  altogether  abstractedly  from  such  things  ;  and 
as  this  is  truly  the  case,  it  may  hence  plainly  appear  tliat  celes- 
tial and  spiritual  things  are  here  involved,  winch  are  so  remote 
from  the  sense  of  the  letter,  that  it  cannot  even  appear  that 
such  things  are  contained  therein.  Hence  also  man  may  learn 
liow  insane  an  idea  it  is  to  wish  to  explore  the  things  of  faith 
by  sensual  and  scientific  things,  and  not  to  believe  what  is 
not  tlius  accommodated  to  his  apprehension. 

648.  That  numbers  and  measures  in  the  Word  signify 
celestial  and  spiritual  things,  is  evident  from  the  measurement 
of  the  New  Jerusalem  and  of  the  Temple,  as  described  in  John 
and  Ezekiel.  Every  one  may  see  that  by  the  Xew  Jerusalem 
and  by  the  New  Temple  is  signified  the  Lord's  kingdom  in  the 
heavens  and  on  the  earth ;  and  that  the  Lord's  kingdom  in  tlie 
heavens  and  on  the  earth  can  be  no  subject  of  earthly  measure- 
ment. And  yet  its  dimensions,  as  to  length,  breadtli,  and  heiglit, 
are  marked  in  numbers.  Every  one  may  hence  conclude  that 
by  the  numbers  and  measures  are  signified  things  holy.  As  in 
John:  "There  was  given  me  a  reed  like  unto  a  rod,  and  the 
angel  stood  and  said  to  me,  Arise,  and  measure  the  Tem^ile  of  God, 
and  the  altar,  and  they  that  worship  therein"  (A])oc.  xi.  1). 
And  of  the  New  Jerusalem :  "  The  Heavenly  Jerusalem  had  a 
wall  great  and  high,  having  twelve  gates,  and  over  tlie  gates 
tiuelve  angels,  and  names  written  which  are  of  the  tivelvc  tribes 
of  the  sons  of  Israel;  on  the  east  three  gates,  on  the  north  t/ircc 
gates,  on  the  south  three  gates,  and  on  the  west  t/iree  gntes. 
The  wall  of  the  city  liad  twelve  foundations,  and  in  them  the 
names  of  the  twelve  Apostles  of  the  Lamb.     He  thnt  talked 

227 


G49.  Cr.O.]  GENESIS. 

uith  mo  hail  a  golden  reed  to  measure  the  city,  and  the  gates 
thoivof.and  the  wall  thereof;  the  city  lieth  four-square,  and  its 
It'Wffh  is  as  large  as  its  breadth;  and  he  measured  the  city  with 
till'  reed,  turlre  thousand  furlongs;  the  length,  and  the  breadth, 
and  the  /iei(jht  of  it  were  eqnal.  And  he  measured  the  wall 
thereof  a  hundred  and  fortij  and  four  cubits,  which  is  the 
measure  of  a  man,  that  is,  of  an  angel"  (Apoc.  xxi.  12-17). 
Here  the  number  tu-elvc  occurs  in  almost  every  sentence,  which 
number  is  most  holy,  because  it  signifies  the  holy  things  of 
faith,  as  was  stated  above  (at  verse  3),  and  will  be  shewn,  by 
the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  twenty-ninth  and  thirtieth 
chapters  of  Genesis.  Wherefore  also  it  is  added  that  that 
measure  is  the  measure  of  a  man,  that  is,  of  an  angel.  The 
case  is  similar  with  respect  to  the  New  Temple  and  the  New 
Jerusalem  in  Ezekiel,  which  are  also  described  according  to 
measures  (xl.  3,  5-15,  19,  21-25,  27-30,  32,  33,  35,  36,  42, 
47-49;  xli.  1  to  the  end;  xlii.  5-15;  Zech.  ii.  1,  2);  where 
also  the  numbers,  considered  in  themselves,  signify  nothing; 
the  signification  of  what  is  holy,  celestial,  and  spiritual,  being 
abstractly  from  the  numbers.  All  the  numbers,  also,  relating 
to  the  dimensions  of  the  ark  (Exod.  xxv.  10),  the  mercy-seat, 
the  golden  tables  of  the  tabernacle,  and  the  altar  (Exod.  xxv.  10, 
17,  23 ;  xxvi. ;  xxvii.  1) ;  and  likewise  all  the  numbers  and 
dimensions  of  the  temple  (1  Kings  vi.  2,  3) ;  besides  other 
examples. 

649.  But  in  this  place  the  numl)ers  or  measures  of  the  ark 
signify  nothing  else  but  the  remains  which  had  been  stored  up 
with  the  man  of  this  Church  against  the  time  when  he  M'as  to  be 
reformed;  and  indeed  that  these  remains  were  few;  which  appears 
from  this  circumstance,  that  among  these  numbers  five  is  the 
ruling  number,  and  this  number  in  the  Word  signifies  somewhat 
or  a  little.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "  Yet  gleaning-grapes  shall  be  left  in 
it,  as  the  shaking  of  an  olive,  tv:o,  three  berries  in  the  top  of 
the  uppermost  bough,/o?rr, /re  in  the  fruitful  branches  thereof  " 
(xvii.  6) ;  where  tu-o,  three,  And.  five  denote  a  few.  Again,  in  the 
same  prophet :  "  A  thousand  at  the  rebuke  of  one,  at  the  rebuke 
of  five  shall  ye  flee,  till  ye  be  left  as  a  bare  pole  upon  the  top 
of  a  mountain"  (xxx.  17).  Here  also/w  denotes  a  few.  The 
smallest  fine  also  for  restitution  was  a  fifth  part  (Lev.  v.  16  ; 
vi.  5 ;  xxii.  14 ;  Num.  v.  7) ;  and  the  least  addition,  when  a 
beast,  a  house,  a  field,  or  tenths  were  to  be  redeemed,  was  a  fifth 
part  (Lev.  xxvii.  13,  15,  19,  31). 

650.  That  length  signifies  what  is  holy,  breadth  what  is  true, 
and  height  what  is  good,  of  the  remains  which  are  described  by 
tlie  numbers,  cannot  be  so  well  confirmed  and  proved  from  the 
Word  ;  because  everything  is  predicated  according  to  the  subject 
or  thing  treated  of,  in  general  and  in  particular.  Thus,  length, 
when  applied  to  time,  signifies  what  is  perpetual  and  eternal ; 

228 


CHAPTER  A^L  16.  [051-053. 

as  length  of  days  (in  Psalm  xxi.  4 ;  xxiii.  0) ;  but  applied  to 
space  it  signifies  what  is  holy,  M'hich  follows  thence  ;  and  so 
it  is  in  the  case  of  breadth  and  height.  There  is  a  tvinal 
dimension  of  all  earthly  things,  but  such  dimensions  cannot  be 
predicated  of  celestial  and  spiritual  things.  When  they  are 
predicated,  abstractedly  from  dimensions,  they  denote  greater 
and  lesser  perfection,  and  also  the  quality  and  quantity  of  a 
thing.  Thus  in  the  present  case  tliey  clenote  quality  ;  that 
they  are  remains  ;  and  their  quantity,  that  they  are  few. 

651.  Verse  16.  ^  windoio  shcdt  tJwu  make  to  the  ark,  and 
to  a  cuhit  shalt  thou  finish  it  above  ;  and  the  door  of  the  ark  shall 
thou  set  in  the  side  thereof;  loivcst,  second,  and  third  [mansions] 
shalt  thou  make  it.  By  the  window,  which  was  to  he  finished  to 
a  culit  above,  is  signified  the  intellectual  part ;  by  the  door  in 
the  side  is  signified  hearing ;  by  loioest,  second,  and  third,  are 
signified  things  scientific,  rational,  and  intellectual. 

652.  That  the  tvindow  signifies  the  intellectual  part,  and  the 
door  hearing,  and  that  thus  this  verse  treats  of  man's  intellectual 
part,  may  appear  from  what  was  said  above,  namely,  that  the 
man  of  this  Church  was  thus  reformed.  There  are  in  man  two 
lives,  one  is  of  the  will,  the  other  of  the  understanding.  They 
become  two  lives  when  there  is  no  will,  but  instead  of  will 
lust.  The  other  part,  or  the  intellectual,  is  that  which  may 
then  be  reformed,  and  afterwards  by  this  a  new  will  may  be 
given,  so  that  they  may  constitute  one  life,  namely,  charity  and 
faith.  Because  man  was  now  such  that  he  had  no  will,  but 
mere  lust  instead  thereof,  that  part  which  relates  to  the  will 
was  closed  (as  was  said  at  verse  14) ;  and  the  other  part,  or  the 
intellectual,  was  opened,  which  is  treated  of  in  this  verse. 

653.  In  the  process  of  man's  reformation,  which  is  effected 
by  combats  and  temptations,  the  case  is  this ;  that  such  evil 
spirits  are  at  that  time  joined  to  him  in  association,  as  excite 
only  his  rational  and  scientific  things,  and  the  spirits  which 
excite  lusts  are  altogether  removed  from  him.  For  there  are 
two  kinds  of  evil  spirits,  namely,  such  as  act  upon  man's 
reasonings,  and  such  as  act  upon  his  lusts.  The  evil  spirits 
who  excite  man's  reasonings  bring  forth  all  his  falsities,  and 
endeavour  to  persuade  him  that  falsities  are  truths;  nay,  ihey 
even  change  truths  into  falsities.  With  tliose,  during  his  state 
of  temptation,  man  ought  to  fight ;  nevertheless  it  is  not  man 
who  fights  in  this  case,  but  it  is  the  Lord  who  lights  by  moans 
of  angels  adjoined  to  man.  After  falsities  are  separated,  and  as 
it  were  dispersed,  by  combats,  then  man  is  prepared  that  he 
may  receive  the  truths  of  faith.  For  so  long  as  falsities  have; 
dominion,  it  is  impossible  for  Lim  to  receive  tlie  truths  of  faith, 
inasmuch  as  the  principles  of  falsity  oppose  such  reception. 
When  he  is  thus  prepared  to  receive  tlie  truths  of  faith,  tlicn 
and  not  before,  celestial  seeds,  which  are  the  seeds  of  charily, 

229 


,;,-4.  or."..]  GENESIS. 

may  W  sown  in  liini.  Tliese  socds  cannot  be  sown  in  ground 
wh'ero  tulsitios  prevail,  but  truths.  Thus  it  is  with  the  refornia- 
tion  or  regeneration  of  the  spiritual  man  ;  and  thus  also  it  was 
with  tiie  man  of  this  Church  which  is  called  Xoali.  Hence  it 
is  that  tiie  subject  now  treated  of  in  this  verse,  is  concerning 
the  window  and  door  of  the  ark,  and  concerning  its  lowest, 
second,  and  third  mansions;  all  of  which  pertain  to  the 
spiritual  or  intellectual  man. 

G")4.  This  agrees  with  what  is  at  this  day  acknowledged  in 
all  Churches,  that  faith  comes  by  hearing.  Yet  faith  is  by  no 
means  a  mere  knowledge  of  those  things  which  relate  to  faith, 
for  this  is  only  science;  but  faith  is  acknowledgment.  Ac- 
knowledgment, however,  cannot  possibly  exist  in  any  one,  unless 
lie  have  the  chief  thing  of  faith,  wdiich  is  charity;  that  is,  love 
towards  the  neighbour,  and  mercy.  When  there  is  charity 
then  there  is  acknowledgment,  or  then  there  is  faith  ;  and  he 
who  conceives  of  the  matter  otherwise,  is  as  far  from  the 
knowledge  of  faith,  as  earth  is  far  away  or  distant  from  heaven. 
"When  charity  is  present,  which  is  the  goodness  of  faith,  then 
acknowledgment  is  present,  which  is  the  verity  of  faith. 
AVherefore  during  man's  regeneration  according  to  things 
scientific,  rational,  and  intellectual,  it  is  with  a  view  to  prepare 
the  ground  or  his  mind  for  the  reception  of  charity,  so  that 
afterwards  he  may  think  and  act  from  charity,  or  from  the  life 
of  charity ;  at  which  time,  and  not  before,  he  is  reformed  and 
regenerated. 

G55.  That  by  a  window,  which  was  to  he  finished  to  a  culnt 
ahove,  is  signified  the  intellectual  part,  may  appear  to  every 
one  from  what  has  been  just  now  observed;  and  also  from  this, 
that  the  Intellectual  cannot  be  otherwise  compared  than  to  a 
window  above,  when  the  subject  is  the  construction  of  an  ark, 
and  when  by  an  ark  is  signified  the  man  of  the  Church.  In 
the  Word,  in  like  manner,  man's  intellectual  part — whether  it 
be  reason,  or  ratiocination — that  is,  his  internal  sight,  is  called 
a  window.  As  in  Isaiah  :  '■'  Oh  thou  afflicted,  tossed  with  tem- 
pest, not  comforted  ;  I  will  make  thy  suns  (icindou-s)  of  rubies, 
and  thy  gates  of  carbuncles,  and  thy  every  border  of  stones  of 
desire  "  (liv.  11,  12).  It  is  here  said  suns,  for  windows,  on  ac- 
count of  the  light  which  is  transmitted  through  window^s.  Suns, 
or  ivindous,  here  denote  intellectual  things,  and  indeed  from 
charity ;  wherefore  they  are  likened  to  a  ruby.  Gcdcs  denote 
the  rational  things  therefrom  ;  and  harder  denotes  the  Scientific 
and  Sensual.  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  Lord's  Church. 
'  All  the  vjindoivs  of  the  temple  at  Jerusalem  represented  the 
same  thing;  the  highest  represented  things  intellectual;  the 
middle,  things  rational  ;  and  the  lowest,  things  scientific  and 
sensual ;  for  there  were  three  stories  (1  Kings  vi.  4,  6,  8).  In 
like  manner,  the  vAndous  of  the  New  Jerusalem  descriJaed  in 
2:30 


CHAPTER  YI.  IG.  [656,  657. 

Ezeldel  (xl.  16,  22,  25,  33,  36).  So  in  Jeremiah:  "Death  is 
come  up  into  our  tvindows,  is  entered  into  our  palaces,  to  cut  ott" 
the  infant  from  tlie  street,  the  young  men  from  the  passages  " 
(ix.  21).  Here  the  imndoivs  of  the  middle  mansion  are  signified, 
which  are  things  rational,  denoting  their  extmction;  cm  infant 
in  the  street  means  truth  beginning  to  grow.  Because  windows 
signify  intellectual  and  rational  things  which  pertain  to  truth, 
they  also  signify  reasonings  which  are  of  falsity.  As  in  the 
same  prophet:  "Woe  unto  him  that  buildeth  his  house  in  un- 
righteousness, and  his  chambers  in  wrong;  who  saith,  I  will 
build  me  a  house  of  measures,  and  large  chambers,  and  cutteth 
him  out  windous,  and  ceiled  with  cedar,  and  painted  with  ver- 
milion" (xxii.  13,  14).  Here  vnndoics  signify  principles  of 
falsity.  So  in  Zephaniah  :  "  Troops  of  beasts  shall  lie  down  in 
the  midst  of  her,  all  the  wild  beasts  of  the  nations ;  both  the 
cormorant  and  the  bittern  shall  sleep  in  the  chapiters  of  it ;  a 
voice  shall  sing  in  the  windows,  vastation  in  the  threshold " 
(ii.  14).  This  is  said  of  Ashur  and  Nineveh  ;  Ashur  denotes 
the  understandii]g,  here  vastated ;  a  voice  singing  in  the  windoirs 
denotes  reasonings  from  fantasies. 

656.  That  by  a  door  in  the  side  is  signified  hearing,  may 
hence  now  plainly  appear,  nor  is  there  any  need  that  it  be  con- 
firmed by  similar  passages  from  the  Word.  For  the  ear,  with 
respect  to  the  internal  organs  of  sense — or  what  is  the  same, 
hearing,  which  is  of  the  ear,  in  respect  to  the  intellectual  part, 
which  is  of  the  internal  sensory — is  as  a  door  in  the  side  in 
respect  to  a  window  above. 

657.  That  by  lowest,  second,  and  third,  are  signified  scientific, 
rational,  and  intellectual  things,  thence  also  follows.  There  an; 
three  degrees  of  intellectual  things  in  man;  the  lowest  is  scien- 
tific, the  middle  rational,  the  highest  intellectual.  These  are 
so  distinct  from  each  other  that  they  ought  never  to  be  con- 
founded. But  man  is  ignorant  of  this  distinction,  and  the 
reason  is,  because  he  places  life  only  in  the  sensual  and  scien- 
tific ;  and  while  he  abides  in  that  it  is  impossible  for  liim  to 
know  that  his  Eational  is  distinct  from  the  Scientific,  much  less 
can  he  know  that  the  Intellectual  is  distinct  from  both.  But 
the  truth  is,  that  the  Lord,  through  the  Intellectual  in  man, 
flows  into  his  liational,  and  through  the  Bational  into  the 
Scientific  of  the  memory.  Thence  comes  the  life  of  the  senses 
of  seeing  and  hearing.  This  is  the  true  influx,  and  this  is  the 
true  intercourse  of  the  soul  with  the  body.  Without  an  inllux 
of  the  Lord's  life  into  the  intellectual  things  in  man,  ()r  rather 
into  the  voluntary  things,  and  tlirough  the  voluntary  into  the 
intellectual  things,  and  througli  tlie  intellectual  into  the  rational 
things,  and  through  the  rational  into  the  scientHi(;  things,  winch 
are  those  of  the  memory,  it  would  be  iin])()ssil)le  f<ir  man  to 
have  any  life  ;  and  although  man  is  in  falsities  and  evils,  yet 

2.">  I 


C.r.S-r.Gl.]  GENESIS. 

still  thovo  is  ;in  influx  of  the  Lord's  life  tlirough  the  things  of 
tlu>  will  and  of  ihe  undovstanding  ;  but  those  things  which  enter 
by  inllux  are  received  in  the  rational  part  according  to  its  form, 
alul  hence  man  can  reason,  reflect,  and  understand  what  is  true 
and  good.  But  more  will  be  said  on  this  subject,  by  the  Lord's 
I  )ivi'ne  mercy,  in  what  follows  ;  as  also  on  the  conditions  of  life 
in  the  brute  creation. 

058.  These  three  degrees,  which  in  general  are  called  those 
of  man's  intellectual  things,  namely,  nnderstanding,  reason,  and 
knowledge,  are  also  signified,  as  was  said,  by  the  windows  of 
the  three  stories  in  the  temple  at  Jerusalem  (1  Kings  vi.  4,  6,  8) ; 
and  also  by  the  rivers  which  went  out  from  the  garden  of  Eden 
from  the  east ;  where  the  east  signifies  the  Lord ;  Eden,  love 
which  is  of  the  will ;  the  garden,  the  intelligence  therefrom  ; 
the  rivers,  wisdom,  reason,  and  knowledge  (concerning  wdiich 
see  above,  chap.  ii.  10-14). 

059.  Verse  17.  And  I,  beJwld  I  do  bring  a  flood  of  waters 
upon  the  earth,  to  destroy  all  flesh  wherein  is  the  breath  of  lives, 

from  under  the  heavens;  all  that  is  in  the  earth  shall  expire. 
By  a  flood  is  signified  an  inundation  of  evil  and  falsity.  To 
destroy  all  flesh  wherein  is  the  breath  of  lives,  from  under  the 
heavens,  signifies  that  all  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  would  destroy  themselves.  All  that  is  in  the  earth  shcdl 
expire,  signifies  those  who  were  of  that  Church,  and  had  become 
of  such  a  nature. 

060.  That  hj  a  floodis  signified  an  inundation  of  evil  and 
falsity,  appears  from  what  was  said  above  of  the  posterity  of 
the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church,  that  they  were  possessed  with  filthy 
lusts,  and  that  they  immersed  therein  the  doctrinals  of  faith. 
Hence  they  were  infected  with  persuasions  of  falsity,  which 
extinguished  all  truth  and  good,  and  at  the  same  time  closed 
up  the  way  against  remains,  so  as  to  prevent  their  operation. 
They  must  therefore  necessarily  destroy  themselves.  For  when 
the  way  is  closed  against  remains,  then  man  is  no  longer  a  man, 
because  he  can  no  longer  be  protected  by  angels,  but  is  totally 
and  entirely  possessed  by  evil  spirits,  who  study  and  desire 
nothing  else  but  to  extinguish  man.  Hence  the  death  of  the 
antediluvians,  which  is  described  by  a  flood,  or  a  total  inunda- 
tion. The  influx  of  fantasies  and  lusts  from  evil  spirits  is  also 
not  unlike  a  kind  of  flood ;  and  therefore  in  the  Word  through- 
out it  is  called  a  flood  or  inundation  ;  as,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  will  be  seen  in  what  is  premised  at  the  beginning  of  the 
next  chapter. 

OGl.  That  to  destroy  cdl  flesh  wherein  is  the  breath  of  lives, 
from  binder  the  heavens,  signifies  that  the  posterity  of  the  ]\Iost 
Ancient  Church  would  destroy  themselves,  appears  from  what 
has  been  just  now  observed  ;  and  also  from  the  description  given 
of  them  above ;  that  thev  successively  and  hereditarily  derived 
232 


CHAPTER  VI.  17.  [662. 

from  their  parents  such  a  genius  as  to  be  particularly,  above  all 
others,  infected  with  direful  persuasions.  This  proceeded  chietiy 
from  their  immersing  the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  tilthy  lusts. 
Whereas  with  those  who  have  no  doctrinals  of  faith,  but  Uve 
altogether  in  ignorance,  the  case  is  otherwise.  They  cannot  do 
this,  and  thus  cannot  profane  holy  things,  and  thereby  close  up 
the  way  against  remains,  and  consequently  cannot  drive  away 
from  themselves  the  angels  of  the  Lord.  Eemains,  as  has  been  2 
said,  are  all  things  relating  to  innocence,  charity,  mercy,  and 
tlie  truth  of  faith,  which  man  from  infancy  has  had  of  the  Lord, 
and  has  learnt.  All  and  each  of  those  things  are  stored  up. 
And  in  case  man  was  not  in  possession  of  them,  it  would  be 
impossible  for  anything  of  innocence,  charity,  and  mercy  to 
be  in  his  thought  and  actions,  consequently  there  could  l)e 
nothing  of  good  and  truth  therein,  and  hence  he  M'ould  be 
worse  than  the  wild  beasts.  The  case  would  be  similar  if  lie  had 
remains  of  such  things,  and  at  the  same  time,  by  filthy  lusts, 
and  direful  persuasions  of  falsity,  he  should  stop  up  the  way 
against  them,  and  prevent  their  operation.  Such  were  the 
antediluvians  who  destroyed  themselves,  and  who  are  under- 
stood by  all  flesh  wherein  was  the  breath  of  lives,  under  the  heavens. 
Flesh  signifies  (as  was  shewn  above),  every  man  in  general,  and  3 
the  corporeal  man  in  particular.  The  Ireatli  of  lives  signifies  all 
life  in  general,  but  peculiarly  the  life  of  those  who  have  been 
regenerated ;  consequently,  in  the  present  case,  the  last  posterity 
of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  ;  in  which,  although  there  was  no 
lii'e  of  faith  remaining,  yet  since  they  derived  from  tlieir  parents 
something  of  the  seed  thence  which  they  choked,  it  is  here 
called  the  breath  of  lives,  or  in  whose  nostrils  is  the  breath  (fiatus) 
<f  the  breath  (spiritus)  of  lives  (as  in  chap.  vii.  22).  Flesh  under 
the  heavens  signifies  the  merely  Corporeal.  Heavens  denote  llie 
intellectual  things  of  truth,  and  the  voluntary  things  of  good  ; 
and  when  these  are  separated  from  the  Corporeal,  it  is  impos- 
sible for  man  any  longer  to  live :  since  that  which  sustains  man 
is  his  conjunction  with  Heaven,  that  is,  by  heaven  witli  tlie 
Lord. 

662.  That  all  that  is  in  the  earth  shall  expire  signifies  those 
who  were  of  that  Church,  and  had  become  of  sucli  a  nature, 
may  appear  from  the  consideration  that  the  earth  dues  not 
signify  the  whole  habitable  globe,  but  only  those  who  are  of  the 
Church,  as  was  shewn  above.  Therefore,  no  Hood  is  here  meant, 
much  less  a  universal  fiood,  Ijut  only  the  expiration  or  suffoca- 
tion of  those  who  were  of  the  Cliurcli,  when  they  had  separated 
themselves  from  remains,  tlius  from  the  intellectual  things  of 
truth,  and  from  the  voluntary  tilings  of  good,  consetiucntly  from 
the  heavens.  That  the  earth  signifies  the  region  where;  the 
Church  is,  consequently  those  who  are  of  the  Church,  may 
appear  not  only  from  the  passages  of  the  Word  already  ([uoted, 


gg;;-gg:..j  genesis. 

l)ut  also  from  the  following :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  The  whole 
earth  shall  he  desolate;  yet  will  1  not  make  a  consummation; 
for  til  is  shall  the  earth  mourn,  and  the  heavens  above  be  black  " 
(.Ter.  iv.  L'7,  28).  Here  the  eartli  denotes  the  inhabitants  of  the 
country  in  which  the  vastated  Church  is.  In  Isaiah:  "I  will 
shake  the  heavens,  and  the  cartli  shall  be  moved  out  of  her 
place  "  (xiii.  13).  Here  the  earth  stands  for  man,  who  is  to  be 
vastated,  in  the  region  where  the  Church  is.  Again,  in  Jere- 
miah :  "  The  slain  of  Jehovah  shall  be  in  that  day  from  one  end 
of  the  earth  to  the  other  end  of  the  earth  "  (xxv.  33).  Here^At; 
end  of  the  earth  does  not  signify  the  whole  habitable  globe,  but 
only  the  region  where  the  Church  was,  and  hence  the  men  who 
were  of  the  Church.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  I  will 
call  for  a  sword  upon  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth;  a 
tumult  shall  come  to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  because  Jehovah 
hatli  a  controversy  with  the  nations  "  (xxv.  29,  31).  In  this 
passage,  likewise,  the  entire  globe  is  not  meant,  but  only  the 
region  where  the  Church  is,  consequently  the  inhabitant,  or  the 
man  of  the  Church.  Nations  there  denote  falsities.  In 
Isaiah :  "  Behold,  Jehovah  cometh  out  of  His  place  to  visit  the 
iniquity  of  the  dweller  on  the  earth"  (xxvi.  21).  Here  also 
the  earth  is  used  in  a  similar  sense.  In  the  same  prophet : 
"  Have  ye  not  heard  ?  hath  it  not  been  told  you  from  the 
beginning  ?  Have  ye  not  understood  the  foundations  of  the 
earth  ?"{x\.  21).  Again:  "Jehovah  that  createth  the  heavens, 
God  Himself  that  formeth  the  earth,  and  maketli  it,  He  also 
establisheth  it "  (xlv.  18).  The  earth  here  stands  for  the  man 
of  the  Church.  So  in  Zechariah  :  "  The  saying  of  Jehovah  who 
stretcheth  forth  the  heavens,  and  layetli  the  foundations  of  the 
earth,  and  formeth  the  spirit  of  man  in  the  midst  of  him " 
(xii.  1).  Here  the  earth  evidently  means  the  man  of  the  Church. 
The  earth  is  distinguished  from  the  ground,  as  the  man  of  the 
Church  and  the  Church  itself,  or  as  love  and  faith. 

G63.  Verse  18.  And  I  luill  estaUish  My  covenant  vAth  thee, 
and  thou  shalt  enter  into  the  arlc,  thou,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy 
vAfe,  and  thy  sons'  laives  vnth  thee.  To  estaUish  a  covenant  signi- 
fies that  he  should  be  regenerated.  His  entering  into  the  arh, 
himself  and  his  sons,  and  his  sons'  vnves,  signifies  that  he  should 
be  saved.     Sons  are  truths  ;  vnves  are  goods. 

GG4.  The  preceding  verse  treated  of  those  who  would  destroy 
themselves ;  but  this  verse  treats  of  those  who  were  to  be  re- 
generated, and  thereby  saved,  who  are  called  Noah. 

GG5.  That  to  estaUish  a  covenant  signifies  that  he  should 
be  regenerated,  is  evident  from  the  consideration  that  no  other 
covenant  can  have  place  between  the  Lord  and  man  but  con- 
junction by  love  and  faith.  Thus  a  covenant  signifies  conjunc- 
tion. For  it  is  the  heavenly  marriage  which  is  the  very  essential 
covenant.  The  heavenly  marriage,  or  conjunction,  exists  only 
234 


CHAPTEE  YI.  18.  [6GG. 

with  those  who  are  regenerated.  Thus  regeneration  itself,  iu 
the  widest  sense,  is  signified  by  a  covenant.  For  the  Lord 
enters  into  a  covenant  witli  man  when  He  regenerates  him. 
Wherefore  with  the  ancients  this  alone  was  represented  by  a 
covenant.  It  is  conceived  from  the  sense  of  the  letter,  that  the 
covenant  entered  into  with  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  and  so 
frequently  with  their  descendants,  had  regard  to  them  merely 
as  particular  persons ;  wliereas  they  were  such  as  to  be  in- 
capable of  being  regenerated,  inasmuch  as  they  placed  worshi]) 
in  externals  only,  and  supposed  external  things  to  be  holy 
without  reference  to  their  being  adjoined  to  internal  things. 
Wherefore  the  covenants  entered  into  with  them  were  but 
representations  of  regeneration ;  as  were  all  their  rites ;  and  as 
were  Abraham  himself,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  who  represented  the 
things  of  love  and  faith ;  so  also  the  high-priests,  and  priests 
of  every  description — even  the  most  wicked — could  represent 
the  heavenly  and  most  holy  priesthood.  In  representations 
retlection  is  in  nowise  made  upon  the  person,  but  upon  the 
thing  which  is  represented.  Thus  all  the  kings  of  Israel  and 
Judah,  even  those  who  were  wicked,  represented  the  Lord's 
Kingly  function  ;  yea,  so  did  even  Pharaoh,  who  exalted  Joseph 
over  the  land  of  Egypt.  From  these  and  many  otlier  considera- 
tions, which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  will  be  seen  in  the 
following  pages,  it  may  appear  that  the  covenants  so  frequently 
entered  into  with  the  children  of  Jacob  were  nothing  else  but 
representative  rituals. 

666.  That  a  covenant  signifies  nothing  but  regeneration  and 
what  relates  to  regeneration,  may  appear  from  the  Word 
throughout,  where  the  Lord  Himself  is  called  a  Covenant, 
because  it  is  He  alone  who  regenerates,  and  who  is  looked  up  to 
by  the  regenerate  man,  and  who  is  the  All  in  all  of  love  and 
faith.  That  the  Lord  is  the  very  Covenant  appears  in  Isaiah  :  "  I, 
Jehovah,  have  called  Thee  in  righteousness,  and  hold  Thy  hand 
and  keep  Thee,  and  will  give  Thee  for  a  Covenant  of  the  people, 
for  a  Light  to  the  Gentiles  "  (xlii.  6).  Here  the  Covenant  means 
the  Lord,  and  tlie  LifiJit  of  the  Gentiles,  faith  (in  like  manner, 
chap.  xlix.  6,  8).  In  Malachi:  "Behold,  I  send  IMy  angel, 
and  the  Lord  whom  ye  seek  shall  suddenly  come  to  His  teni]ilc, 
and  the  Angel  of  the  Covenant  whom  ye  desire;  behold,  Ib^ 
cometh;  but  who  may  abide  the  day  of  His  coming?"  (iii. 
1,2).  Here  the  Lord  is  called  the  Anr/el  of  the  Covenant.  The 
Sabbath  is  called  an  eternal  covenant  (Exod.  xxxi.  IG),  because 
it  signifies  the  Lord  Himself,  and  the  celestial  man  regenerated 
by  Him.  Inasmuch  as  the  Lord  is  the  very  Covenaiit,  it  is 
evident  that  a  covenant  is  all  that  which  joins  man  with  the 
Lord.  Thus  it  is  love  and  faith,  and  the  things  of  love  and 
faith.  For  those  things  are  of  the  Lord,  and  tlu!  I-oid  is  in 
them ;  thus,  where  thev  are  received  the  very  Covenant  is  in 


GCC]  GENESIS. 

them.  Those  are  not  bestowed  except  on  the  regenerate,  with 
whom  whatever  is  of  the  Regenerator,  or  of  the  Lord,  is  of  the 
covenant,  or  is  the  covenant.  Thus  we  read  in  Isaiah:  "My 
mercy  shall  not  depart  from  thee,  neither  shall  the  covenant  of 
Ml/  peace  be  removed  "  (liv.  10).  Here  merci/  and  the  covenant 
of  peace  denote  the  Lord,  and  what  is  the  Lord's.  Again,  in  the 
same  prophet :  "  Incline  your  ear,  and  come  unto  Me ;  hear,  and 
your  soul  shall  live  ;  and  I  will  make  a  covenant  of  eternity  with 
you,  the  sure  mercies  of  David ;  behold,  I  have  given  Him  a 
witness  to  the  people,  a  leader  and  lawgiver  to  the  Gentiles  " 
(Iv.  3,  4).  Here  David  signifies  the  Lord  ;  a  covenant  of  eternity 
is  in  those  things  and  by  those  things  which  are  the  Lord's, 
which  are  meant  by  coming  to  Him,  and  heariny,  that  the  soid 

3  may  live.  So  in  Jeremiah :  "  I  will  give  them  one  heart  and 
one  way,  that  they  may  fear  JNIe  all  their  days,  for  good  to  them 
and  to  their  children  after  them ;  and  I  will  make  a  covenant  of 
an  age  with  them,  that  I  will  not  turn  away  from  after  them,  to 
do  them  good ;  and  I  will  put  My  fear  in  their  hearts  "  (xxxii. 
39,  40) ;  denoting  those  who  are  about  to  be  regenerated,  and 
also  the  things  which  are  with  the  regenerate ;  which  are  one 
heart  and  one  way,  that  is,  the  charity  and  faith  which  are  of 
the  Lord,  thus  of  the  covenant.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  Behold 
the  days  come,  saith  Jehovah,  that  I  will  make  a  neiv  covenant 
with  the  house  of  Israel,  and  with  the  house  of  Judah ;  not 
according  to  the  covenant  that  I  made  with  their  fathers,  be- 
cause they  rendered  My  covenant  vain  ;  but  this  is  the  covenant 
which  I  will  make  with  the  house  of  Israel  after  those  days ;  I 
will  put  My  law  in  the  midst  of  them,  and  will  write  it  on 
their  heart,  and  I  wiU  be  to  them  a  God,  and  they  shall  be  to 
Me  a  people  "  (xxxi.  31-33),  Here  it  is  clearly  explained  that 
the  covenant  is  love  and  faith  towards  the  Lord,  which  are 

4  with  those  to  be  regenerated.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  Love  is 
called  the  covenant  of  the  day,  and  faith  the  covenant  of  the 
night"  (xxxiii.  20).  In  Ezekiel :  "  I,  Jehovah,  will  be  a  God 
unto  them,  and  My  servant  David  a  prince  in  the  midst  of 
them ;  and  I  will  make  with  them  a  covenant  of  'peace,  and 
will  cause  the  evil  wild  beast  to  cease  out  of  the  land ;  and 
they  shall  dwell  safely  in  the  wilderness,  and  sleep  in  the 
woods"  (xxxiv.  24,  25).  This  is  evidently  said  concerning 
regeneration  ;  David  denoting  the  Lord.  In  the  same  prophet : 
"  David  shall  be  their  prince  for  ever ;  I  wiU  make  a  covenant 
of  peace  with  them,  it  shall  be  a  covenant  of  eternity  with  them, 
and  I  will  set  My  sanctuary  in  the  midst  of  them  forever" 
(xxxvii.  25,  26).  This,  likewise,  is  said  concerning  regeneration. 
David  and  the  sanctuary  denote  the  Lord.  Again,  in" the  same: 
"  I  entered  into  a  covenant  with  thee,  and  thou  becamest  Mine ; 
and  I  washed  thee  with  waters,  and  thoroughly  washed  away 
thy  bloods  from  off  thee,  and  I  anointed  thee  with  oil "  (xvi. 

236 


CHAPTER  VI.  18.  [6G7,  6GS. 

8,  9,  11).  Here  a  covenant  manifestly  denotes  regeneration. 
In  Hosea:  "  In  that  day  will  I  make  a  covenant  for  "them  witli 
the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  and  with  the  fowl  of  heaven,  and 
with  the  creeping  thing  of  the  earth  "  (ii.  18) ;  denoting  regener- 
ation. The  wild  least  of  the  field  stands  for  the  things  of  the 
will,  and  the  foivl  of  heaven  for  those  of  the  understanding. 
In  David:  "He  hath  sent  redemption  unto  His  people,  He 
hath  commanded  His  covenant  for  ever"  (Psalm  cxi.  9);  de- 
noting regeneration.  It  is  called  a  covenant  because  it  is  given 
and  received.  But  of  those  who  are  not  regenerated,  or,  what  5 
is  the  same,  who  place  worship  in  externals,  esteeming  and 
worshipping  themselves,  and  what  they  desire  and  think,  as 
gods,  it  is  predicated  that  they  render  the  covenant  of  none 
effect;  and  the  reason  is,  because  they  separate  themselves 
from  the  Lord.  Thus  it  is  said  in  Jeremiah:  "They  have 
forsaken  the  covenant  of  Jehovah  their  God,  and  have  bowed 
themselves  down  to  other  gods,  and  served  them "  (xxii.  9). 
And  in  Moses :  "  Whosoever  shall  transgress  the  covenant  by 
serving  other  gods,  the  sun,  the  moon,  or  any  of  the  host  of 
heaven,  shall  be  stoned "  (Dent.  xvii.  2,  et  seq.).  The  siui 
signifies  self-love ;  the  moon,  principles  of  falsity ;  the  host  of 
heaven,  falsities  themselves.  Hence  it  is  now  evident  that  the 
Lord  Himself  was  meant  by  the  ark  of  the  covenant,  in  which 
was  the  testimony  or  covenant ;  and  that  the  Lord  Himself 
was  meant  by  the  book  of  the  covenant  (Exod.  xxiv.  4-7 ; 
xxxiv.  27  ;  Dent.  iv.  IM,  23) ;  and  that  by  the  blood  of  the  cove- 
nant (Exod.  xxiv.  6,  8),  was  likewise  meant  the  Lord,  who  alone 
is  the  Eegenerator.     Hence  the  covenant  is  regeneration  itself. 

667.  That  his  entering  into  the  arh,  and  his  sons,  and  his  v:ife, 
and  his  sons'  wives,  signifies  that  he  should  be  saved,  appears 
from  what  was  said  above ;  and  the  things  which  follow  signify 
that  he  was  saved,  because  he  was  regenerated. 

668.  That  sons  denote  truths,  and  wives  goods,  was  slicwu 
above  (at  chap.  v.  4),  where  the  expression  is  so?is  and  daughters ; 
but  here  it  is  sons  and  wives,  because  wives  denote  those  goods 
which  are  adjoined  to  truths.  It  is  not  possible  for  any  truth 
to  be  produced,  except  from  good  or  delight.  In  good  and 
delight  there  is  life,  but  not  in  truth,  except  so  far  as  it  reccuves 
it  from  good  and  delight.  Prom  this  source  truth  is  formed 
and  germinates.  The  case  is  similar  with  the  faith  which  is  of 
truth,  from  the  love  which  is  of  good.  Truth  in  this  i-es])ect  is 
like  light,  which  cannot  have  birth  except  from  tiio  sun.  -t 
some  sort  of  flame,  and  is  thence  alone  formed.  Trutli  is  unly 
tlie  form  of  good,  and  faith  is  oidy  the  form  of  love.  Truth  is 
thence  formed  according  to  the  ([uality  of  good:  and  faith 
according  to  tlie  quality  of  love  or  charity.  This  then  is  thi- 
reason  why  ivife  and  tvives,  wliicli  signify  goods  adjoiiu^d  to 
truths,  are  here  mentioned.     Hence  also  it  is  said  in  the  fol- 

237 


(U'.D-OTl.l  GENESIS. 

lowing  verse,  that  jinirs  of  all  mould  enter  into  the  arh,  male 
and  /ftnalc.  For  without  goods  adjoined  to  truths  there  is 
Ml)  re.ij;oneratioii. 

(){')[).  X'erse  li).  And  of  every  llring  thing  of  cdl  Jicsh,  pairs  of 
(dl  shalt  thou  cause  to  enter  into  the  ark,  to  be  made  alive  ■with 
thee ;  they  shall  he  male  and  female.  By  the  living  soul  are 
signified  those  things  of  tlie  understanding  ;  by  all  flesh,  those 
which  arc  of  the  will.  Thou  shall  cause  pairs  of  all  to  enter 
into  the  arl;  signifies  their  regeneration.  3Iale  denotes  truth  ; 
female,  good. 

()70.  Tliat  by  the  living  soul  are  signified  the  things  of  the 
understanding,  and  by  cdl  flesh  those  which  are  of  the  will, 
may  appear  from  what  has  been  said  above,  and  also  from  what 
follows.  By  the  living  sotd  is  signified,  in  the  Word,  every 
animal  in  general  of  every  kind  (as  chap.  i.  20,  21,  24 ;  chap. 
ii.  19).  But  here,  because  cdl  flesh  is  immediately  adjoined  to 
it,  it  signifies  the  things  which  are  of  the  understanding ;  and 
this  for  a  reason  mentioned  above,  namely,  that  the  man  of  this 
Church  was  to  be  regenerated  first  as  to  things  intellectual. 
Wherefore  also  in  the  following  verse  mention  is  made  first  of 
foivl,  which  signify  intellectual  or  rational  things ;  and  after- 
wards of  beasts,  [which  signify]  those  of  the  will. .  Flesh  signifies, 
in  particular,  the  corporeal  part  which  is  of  the  will. 

G71.  That  thou  shcdt  cause  pairs  to  enter  into  the  ark  to  be 
'made  alive,  signifies  their  regeneration,  may  appear  from  Avhat 
was  said  in  the  preceding  verse,  that  truths  cannot  be  regenerated 
except  by  goods  and  delights  ;  consequently  the  things  which 
are  of  faith  cannot  be  regenerated  except  by  those  which  are  of 
charity.  Wherefore  it  is  here  said  that  p)airs  of  all  shoidd  enter  ; 
that  is,  both  of  truths  which  are  of  tlie  understanding,  and  of 
goods  which  are  of  the  will.  With  the  unregenerate  man  there 
exists  neitlier  an  understanding  of  truth,  nor  a  will  of  good,  but 
they  only  appear  as  if  they  existed ;  and  so  also  they  are  called 
in  common  discourse.  There  may,  liowever,  exist  with  him 
rational  and  scientific  truths,  but  then  they  are  not  alive. 
There  may  also  exist  certain  goods  which  are  of  the  will,  like 
those  which  exist  among  the  Gentiles,  yea,  among  brutes,  but 
tliey  are  only  analogues.  Nor  are  they  ever  made  alive  in  man 
before  he  is  regenerate,  and  they  are  thus  vivified  by  the  Lord. 
In  another  life  it  is  most  plainly  perceived  what  is  and 
what  is  not  alive.  Truth  which  is  not  alive  is  instantly 
perceived  as  something  material,  filamentous,  and  closed  up. 
Good  which  is  not  alive  is  perceived  as  something  woody,  bony, 
and  stony ;  but  truth  and  good  vivified  by  the  Lord  are  open, 
vital,  full  of  what  is  spiritual  and  celestial,  spread  open  even 
from  the  Lord,  and  this  in  every  particular  idea  and  action, 
even  the  least  of  each.  Therefore  it  is  now  said  that  pairs  should 
enter  into  the  ark  to  be  made  alive. 
238 


CHAPTER  YI.  20,  21.  [072-077. 

072.  That  male  denotes  truth,  ixud  female  good,  was  said  and 
shewn  above.  In  every  least  thing  of  man  there  is  a  resem- 
blance (instar)  of  a  kind  of  marriage.  Whatever  is  of  the 
understanding  is  thus  coupled  with  something  of  his  will  • 
without  such  a  coupling  or  marriage  there  is  no  production. 

073.  Verse  20.  Of  the  fowl  according  to  his  kind,  and  of  the 
beast  according  to  his  kind,  and  of  every  creeeping  thing  of  the 
ground  according  to  his  kind ;  pairs  of  all  shall  enter  to  thee  to  he 
made  alive.  The  foivl  signifies  things  intellectual;  the  least, 
things  voluntary;  the  creeping  thing  of  the  groicnd,  hoth,  but 
in  their  lowest  part.  Fairs  of  all  shall  enter  in  to  he  made 
alive,  signifies,  as  before,  tlieir  regeneration. 

074.  That  the  fowl  signifies  things  intellectual,  or  rational, 
was  shewn  above  (no.  40) ;  also  that  the  beast  signifies  things 
voluntary,  or  the  affections  (nos.  45, 40, 142, 143, 240).  That  the 
creeping  thing  of  the  ground  signifies  both,  but  in  their  lowest 
part,  may  appear  to  every  one  from  this  consideration,  that  the 
creeping  thing  of  the  ground  is  the  lowest.  That  pairs  of  all 
shall  e7iter  in  to  he  made  alive  signifies  their  regeneration,  as  was 
shewn  in  the  preceding  verse. 

075.  As  to  the  expressions,  the  fowl  according  to  his  kind,  the 
heast  according  to  his  kind,  and  the  creeping  thing  according  to  his 
kind;  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  in  every  particular  man  there 
are  innumerable  genera,  and  still  more  innumerable  species, 
both  of  things  intellectual  and  voluntary,  wliich  are  most 
distinct  from  each  other,  although  man  is  ignorant  thereof. 
But  in  the  regeneration  of  man  the  Lord  brings  forth  all  and 
each  of  these  in  their  order,  and  separates  and  arranges  them, 
so  that  they  may  be  bent  towards  truths  and  goods,  and  be 
joined  with  them  ;  and  this  variously  according  to  states,  which 
are  also  innumerable.  Still  all  these  things  can  never  be 
perfected  to  eternity,  inasmuch  as  each  particular  genus,  eacli 
particular  species,  and  each  particular  state,  comprehends 
indefinite  things  in  the  simple  form,  and  nuich  more  wlien 
compound.  Man  does  not,  indeed,  know  that  this  is  the  case, 
and  still  less  does  he  know  how  he  is  regenerated.  Tliis  is 
what  the  Lord  declares  to  Nicodemus  concerning  man's  re- 
generation, when  He  says,  "The  wind  bloweth  where  it  listeth, 
and  thou  hearest  the  voice  thereof,  but  canst  not  tell  whence  it 
Cometh,  or  whither  it  goeth  ;  so  is  every  one  that  is  born  nf  (lie 
Spirit"  (John  iii.  8). 

070.  Verse  21.  And,  thou,  take  thou  unto  thee  of  all  food  that 
is  eaten,  and  gather  to  thee,  and  it  shall  he  for  food  for  thee  and 
for  them.  That  he  should  take  unto  him  of  all  food  that  is 
eaten,  signifies  goods  and  delights.  That  he  shotdd  gather  to 
himself,  signifies  truths.  That  it  should  ha  for  food  for  him  and 
them,  signifies  both  [goods  and  trutlis]. 

077.  With   respect    to   the    food  of  the  man  who  is  to  bo 

2  3 'J 


OTS-OSO.]  (JENESIS. 

remMu> rated,  tlic  caso  is  tliis.  Uefore  man  can  be  regenerated 
hcTniust  Ite  furnisheil  with  all  those  things  which  may  serve  as 
means,  that  is,  with  the  goods  and  delights  of  the  affections,  to 
serve  as  means  in  the  will ;  and  with  truths  from  the  Word  of 
the  Lord,  and  every  other  source  irom  which  those  truths  may 
l)c  confirmed,  for  his  understanding.  Until  man  has  been 
furnished  witli  such  things  he  cannot  be  regenerated.  These 
are  the  kinds  of  food.  This  is  the  reason  why  man  is  not 
regeneratetl  until  he  arrives  at  adult  age.  But  every  man  has 
liis  peculiar  and  as  it  were  his  own  kinds  of  food  which  are 
provided  for  him  by  the  Lord,  before  he  is  regenerated. 

078.  That  he  should  take  unto  him  of  all  food  that  is  eaten 
signifies  goods  and  delights,  may  appear  from  what  has  been 
already  said,  that  goods  and  delights  constitute  the  life  of  man ; 
but  not  so  much  truths,  for  truths  receive  their  life  from  goods 
and  delights.  No  scientific  and  rational  ideas  which  man 
acquires,"from  infancy  to  old  age,  are  ever  insinuated  into  him 
except  by  what  is  good  and  delightful.  They  are  therefore 
called /oofZ  or  meats,  and  are  such  because  his  soul  lives  and  is 
sustained  from  those  things  ;  for  without  them  the  soul  of  man 
could  not  possibly  live  at  all,  as  every  one  may  know  if  he  will 
but  attend  thereto. 

679.  Hence  it  appears  that  by  gatliering  to  him  are  signified 
truths ;  for  to  gather  is  predicated  of  those  things  which  are  in 
the  memory  of  man,  where  they  are  gathered.  It  moreover 
implies  that  both  the  former  and  the  latter,  that  is,  goods  and 
truths,  should  be  gathered  together  in  man  before  he  is  regener- 
ated ;  for  without  goods  and  truths  so  gathered,  by  which,  as 
by  means,  the  Lord  may  operate,  it  is  impossible  that  man 
should  ever  be  regenerated,  as  was  said  above.  Hence  now  it 
follows  that  its  heing  for  food  for  him  ami  them^  signifies  both 
goods  and  truths. 

680.  Goods  and  truths  are  man's  genuine  food,  as  may  appear 
to  every  one,  for  whoever  is  deprived  of  them  has  no  life,  but 
is  dead.  The  meats  with  which  his  soul  is  fed  Avhen  he  is  dead 
are  the  delights  from  evils  and  the  pleasantnesses  {amcena) 
from  falsities,  which  are  the  meats  of  death;  as  also  those 
arising  from  corporeal,  worldly,  and  natural  things,  which  have 
nothing  of  life  in  them ;  and,  moreover,  such  a  man  does  not 
know  what  spiritual  and  celestial  food  is,  insomuch  that  as 
often  as  mention  is  made  of  meat,  or  bread,  in  the  Word,  he 
imagines  it  to  signify  bodily  food.  Thus  in  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
"  Give  us  daily  bread,"  he  supposes  only  to  refer  to  bodily  food ; 
and  they  who  further  extend  their  ideas,  say  that  other  neces- 
saries of  the  body,  as  raiment,  wealth,  and  the  like,  are  also 
herein  included.  Nay,  some  will  sharply  contend  that  no  other 
food  is  meant ;  when  yet  it  is  plain  to  see  that  the  preceding 
and   subsequent   petitions   involve   only   things   celestial  and 

240 


CHAriER  Yl.  21.  [680. 

spiritual,  aucl  treat  of  the  Lord's  kingdom.  It  might  also  be 
known  that  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is  celestial  and  spiritual. 
From  this  and  other  similar  considerations,  it  is  sufticieutlv  2 
evident  how  corporeal  man  is  at  the  present  day ;  and  that, 
like  the  Jews,  he  is  indisposed  to  apprehend  what  is  said  in  the 
Word,  except  in  a  sense  most  material  and  gi'oss.  The  Lord 
Himself  plainly  teaches  what  is  signified  in  His  Word  by  meat 
and  bread ;  as  in  John :  "  Jesus  said,  Labour  not  for  the  meat 
which  perisheth,  but  for  that  meat  which  endureth  to  everlast- 
ing life,  which  the  Son  of  Man  giveth  unto  you  "  (vi.  27).  And 
again  :  "  Your  fathers  did  eat  manna  in  the  wilderness,  and  are 
dead ;  this  is  the  Iread  which  came  down  from  heaven,  that  a 
man  may  eat  thereof  and  not  die ;  I  am  the  living  hrcacl  which 
came  down  from  heaven  ;  if  any  man  eat  of  this  bread  he  shall 
live  for  ever"  (vi.  49,  50,  51,  58).  But  there  are  men  at  this 
day,  like  those  who  heard  the  above,  exclaiming,  "  This  is  a 
hard  saying,  who  can  hear  it  ? "  and  who  went  hack  and  walked 
no  more  with  Him  (vers.  60,  66)  ;  to  whom  the  Lord  said,  "  The 
words  that  I  speak  unto  you,  they  are  spirit  and  they  are  life  " 
(ver.  63).  The  case  is  similar  respecting  water,  Avhich  signifies  3 
the  spiritual  things  of  faitli ;  of  which  the  Lord  thus  speaks  in 
John :  "  Whosoever  drinketh  of  this  u-afcr  shall  thirst  again, 
but  he  that  drinketh  of  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him  sliall 
neA'Cr  thirst,  but  the  water  that  I  shall  give  him  shall  be  in  liini 
afounteiin  of  water  springing  up  unto  eternal  life"  (iv.  13, 14). 
But  there  are  men  at  the  present  day  like  the  woman  with 
whom  the  Lord  discoursed  at  the  well,  who  replied :  "  Lord, 
give  me  this  water,  that  I  may  not  thirst,  neither  come  hither 
to  draw"  (ver.  15  of  the  same  chap.).  That /oocZ,  in  the  Word,  4 
signifies  nothing  else  but  spiritual  and  celestial  food,  which  is 
faith  in  the  Lord,  and  love,  appears  from  many  passages  in  the 
Word.  As  in  Jeremiah:  "The  adversary  hath  stretched  out 
his  hand  upon  all  the  desirable  things  of  Jerusalem ;  for  she 
hath  seen  the  nations,  they  have  entered  into  her  sanctuary, 
of  whom  Thou  hast  commanded,  that  they  should  not  enter  into 
the  congregation  to  Thee ;  all  the  people  sigh,  they  seek  bread, 
they  have  given  their  desirable  things  for  w.c«i!,  to  refresh  the 
soul"  (Lam.  i.  10,  11).  Here  no  otiier  Z^rmr/  and  ineat  is  meant 
but  that  which  is  spiritual;  for  the  subject  treated  of  is  the 
sanctuary.  Again  in  the  same  prophet :  "  I  cried  to  my  Invci-s, 
but  they  deceived  me  ;  my  priests  and  my  elders  expired  in  the 
city,  who  sought  to  themselves  meat  to  relieve  their  souls " 
(Lam.  i.  19).  Here  meat  is  used  in  a  like  sense.  So  in  David : 
"All  these  wait  upon  Thee  to  give  them  their  meat  in  diuf  sen- 
son  ;  Thou  givest  them,  they  f/cdher  it ;  Thou  o])en('st  Thy  hand, 
they  are  filled  with  r/ood"\Vs.  civ.  27,  28);  likewise  denoting 
spiritual  and  celestial  food.  So  in  Isaiah  :  "  Ho,  every  one  thai  5 
thirsteth,  come  ye  to  the  waters,  and  he  that  hath  no  money, 
VOL.  I.  Q  --il 


G81-GS:l]  GENESIS. 

come  vo.  luiv,  ami  cut :  yea,  coiiio,  buy  iciiic  and  milk  without 
lUDiiey  auil  \viihout  jn-ice"  (Iv.  1).  Here  wiiic  and  milk  signify 
s})iritual  and  (.'olestial  drink.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet:  "A 
vir<nn  shall  conceive  and  bear  a  son,  and  thou  shalt  call  His 
name  Innnanuel ;  Initter  and  honcij  shall  He  eat,  that  He  may 
know  to  refuse  the  evil  and  choose  the  good :  it  shall  come  to 
])ass,  for  the  alnindance  of  milk  that  they  shall  give,  that  they 
shall  cat  butter ;  for  hutter  and  hoiiey  shall  every  one  eat  that 
is  /(//  in  the  land"  (vii.  14,  15,22).  In  this  passage,  to  eat 
honey  and  hutter  denotes  what  is  celestial-spiritual.  Those  left 
denote  remains;  of  which  also  it  is  written  in  Malachi:  "Bring 
all  the  tenths  into  the  store-house,  that  there  may  be  meat  in 
Mv  house"  (iii.  10).  Here  tenths  denote  remains.  On  the 
signification  of  food  more  may  be  seen  at  nos.  56-58,  276. 

681.  "What  celestial  and  spiritual  food  is,  can  be  best  known 
in  the  other  life.  The  life  of  angels  and  spirits  is  not  supported 
by  any  food  like  that  of  this  world,  but  by  every  word  which 
comes  forth  from  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,  as  the  Lord  Himself 
teaches  (Matt.  iv.  4).  The  fact  is,  that  the  Lord  alone  is  the 
life  of  all.  From  Him  come  each  and  all  things  which  angels 
and  spirits  think,  speak,  and  do ;  and  not  only  those  which  angels 
and  good  spirits,  but  also  those  which  evil  spirits  think,  speak, 
and  do.  The  reason  why  the  latter  speak  and  do  what  is  evil,  is, 
because  all  the  goods  and  truths  which  belong  to  the  Lord,  they 
thus  receive  and  pervert.  For,  as  is  the  form  of  the  recipient,  so 
is  the  reception  and  affection.  This  circumstance  will  admit  of 
comparison  with  various  objects  which  receive  the  light  of  the 
sun,  and  which,  according  to  their  form  and  the  disposition  and 
determination  of  their  parts,  turn  the  received  light  unto  un- 
pleasing  and  hideous  colours,  or  into  such  as  are  delightful  and 
iDeautiful.  Thus  the  universal  heaven  and  the  universal  world 
of  spirits  live  by  everything  which  proceeds  out  of  the  mouth 
of  the  Lord  ;  and  every  one  has  thence  his  life.  Yea,  this  is  the 
case  not  only  with  heaven  and  the  world  of  spirits,  but  also  with 
the  whole  race  of  mankind.  I  am  aware  that  men  will  not 
Vjelieve  this  ;  l)ut  from  the  continual  experience  of  many  years, 
I  can  positively  assert  that  it  is  most  true.  The  evil  spirits  in 
the  world  of  spirits  are  also  unwilling  to  believe  this  to  be  so  ; 
wherefore  it  is  oftentimes  so  clearly  shewn  them  to  the  life,  that 
they  confess,  with  indignation,  that  it  is  so.  If  angels,  spirits, 
and  men  were  deprived  of  this  meat,  they  would  expire  in  a 
moment. 

682.  Verse  22.  And  Noah  did  according  to  cdl  that  God 
commanded  him,  so  did  he.  That  Noah  did  aeeordincj  to  all  that 
God  commanded  him,  signifies  that  thus  it  was  done.  Its  being 
timce  said  that  he  did  so,  involves  both  good  and  truth. 

683.  That  its  being  tivice  said  that  he  did  so,  involves  both 
good  and  truth,  may  appear  from  the  fact  that  in  the  Word, 

242 


I 


CHAPTER  VI.  22.  [m,  6S5. 

especially  in  the  prophets,  the  same  thing  is  twice  described  ;  as 
in  Isaiah  :  "  He  passed  in  peace,  he  did  not  go  the  way  with 'his 
feet;  who  hath  wrought  and  done  it?"  (xli.  3,4);  where,  never- 
theless, one  expression  relates  to  good,  and  the  other  to'  truth  : 
or  one  to  the  things  of  the  will,  the  other  to  those  of  the  under- 
standing. Thus  to  2MSS  in  ikocc  involves  what  is  of  the  will, 
and  not  to  go  the  way  with  the  feet  involves  what  is  of  the  under- 
standing. The  same  is  true  of  the  expressions,  ivho  hath  m-ought, 
and  who  hath  done.  Thus  in  the  Word  there  is  a  conjunction' 
of  the  things  of  the  will  and  those  of  the  understanding,  in  other 
words,  of  the  things  of  love  and  the  things  of  faith  ;  or,  M'hat  is 
the  same,  of  things  celestial  and  things  spiritual,  in  order  that 
in  every  particular  there  may  be  the  likeness  of  a  marriage, 
and  that  all  things  may  have  reference  to  the  heavenly  marria«re. 
It  is  for  the  same  reason  that  one  expression  is  here  repeated. 


THE   SOCIETIES   WHICH  CONSTITUTE   HEAVEX. 

684.  There  are  three  heavens ;  the  first  where  good  s^nrits  are; 
the  second  where  angelic  spirits  are ;  and  the  third  where  anqcls 
are;  and  one  is  more  interior  and  purer  than  the  other ;  thus 
they  are  most  distinct  from  each  other.  Each  Heaven,  the  first, 
the  second,  and  the  third,  is  distinguished  into  innumercOde 
societies ;  and  each  society  consists  of  many  individuals,  who  hy 
harmony  and  ^uianimity  constitute  as  it  were  one  person  ;  and  all 
the  societies  together  constitute  as  it  vjere  one  man.  The  societies 
are  distinguished  from  each  other  according  to  the  differences  of 
mutual  love  and  faith  toivards  the  Lord  ;  and  these  diff'ercnci's 
are  so  innumerallc,  that  it  is  impossihle  to  recount  even  the  most 
universal  genera.  Nor  is  there  the  smallest  difference  which  has 
not  heen  arranged  in  the  most  orderly  manner,  so  as  to  cons2nre 
unanimously  to  the  common  one ;  and  the  common  one  to  the 
unanimity  of  the  individuals,  and  hence  to  the  hajypiness  of  all  as 
promoted  hy  individuals,  and,  of  individiials  as  pro7noted  hy  all. 
Thence  every  partieidar  angel,  and  every  2^ci7'tieular  society,  is  an 
image  of  the  vjhole  heaven,  and  a  kind  of  heaven  in  miniature. 

685.  Consociations  in  the  other  life  are  wonderful,  and  are 
comparatively  like  oxlationships  on  earth,  in  that  there  is  an 
acknowledgment  as  of  parents,  children,  hrethren,  kinsfolk,  and 
connexions.  Their  love  is  according  to  such  differences.  The 
differences  are  indefinite,  and  the  communicative  pcrceptioiiJi  are 
so  exquisite  as  to  admit  of  no  descriiMon ;  no  res2)ect  at  all  heing 
had  to  parents,  children,  kinsfolk,  and  coniwxions  on  earth,  nor  to 
any  personal  considerations  of  quality  or  cluiraeter ;  thus  not  to 
dignities,  riches,  and  the  like ;  hut  only  to  the  differences  ofnnttuol 

243 


G80-G.^9.]  GENESIS. 

lore  and  faith,  the  fandt)/  of  recewing  which  they  received  from 
thr  Loi-d  ditrin(j  their  abode  in  the  vorld. 

()8G.  //  /.N-  ///*■  Lord's  mercy,  thcd  is,  His  love  tovjards  the  vjhole 
Heave?!  and  the  whole  human  race,  thus  the  Lord  alone,  %cho 
determines  all  and  each  into  societies.  It  is  this  mercy  which 
produces  coujugial  love,  and  thereby  the  love  of  imrcnts  towards 
their  ehUdren,  luhieh  arc  fundamental  and  chief  loves.  Hence 
come  all  other  loves  with  an  indefinite  variety ;  and  these  are 
most  distineily  arranyed  into  societies. 

087.  Inasmuch  as  Heaven  is  such,  it  is  impossible  for  any 
angel  or  spirit  to  hare  any  life,  unless  he  he  in  some  society,  and 
thus  in  the  harmony  of  many;  a  society  being  nothing  but  the 
harmony  of  many.  For  noivhere  is  life  granted  to  any  individual, 
apart  from  life  in  the  society  of  others.  Nay,  it  is  impossible 
for  any  angel,  or  spirit,  or  society,  to  have  any  life,  that  is,  to 
be  affected  with  good,  or  to  vnll,  and  to  be  affected  with  truth,  or 
to  think,  nidess  through  many  of  his  own  society  he  have  conjunc- 
tion with  Heaven  and  the  v:orkl  of  spirits.  It  is  the  same  icith 
the  human  race.  No  man  whatever  can  piossibly  live,  that  is, 
be  affected  with  good,  or  will,  and  he  affected  with  truth,  or 
think,  unless  he  in  like  manner  were  conjoined  with  Heaven  by 
means  of  angels  vjho  are  with  him,  and  vjith  the  ioorld  of  spirits, 

2  yea,  even  with  Hell,  by  means  of  spirits  who  are  with  him.  For 
every  one  luhile  he  lives  in  the  body,  cdthough  he  he  in  utter 
ignorance  of  it,  is  in  some  society  of  spirits  and  of  angels ;  and  he 
could  not  live  a  moment,  unless,  by  means  of  the  society  in  ivhich 
he  is,  he  had  conjunction  with  Heaven  and  the  world  of  spirits. 
Thus  it  is  as  in  the  humaii  body,  in  which,  wihcdcver  part  has  not 
conjunction  with  the  rest  by  means  of  fibres  and  vessels,  and  thus 
by  relcdions  of  functions,  is  not  a  part  of  the  body,  but  is  instantly 

3  dissocicded  and  rejected,  as  having  no  life.  The  societies  in  which 
and  U'ith  which  men  have  been  during  their  life  in  the  body,  are 
shoicn  to  them  when  they  come  into  the  other  world ;  and  when 
they  arrive  at  their  oivn  society  after  the  death  of  the  body,  they 
come  into  their  own  very  life  which  they  had  in  the  body,  and.  from 
that  commence  a  new  life ;  and.  thus,  according  to  the  life  which 
they  lived  in  the  body,  they  cither  deseeoid  into  Hell,  or  are  elevated 
into  Heaven. 

688.  There  being  such  a  conjunction  of  cdl  with  each  and  of 
each  with  all,  there  is  cdso  a  similar  conjunction  of  the  least  things 
of  affection  and  the  least  things  of  thought. 

689.  Hence  there  is  an  eqtiilibriuyn  of  all  and  each,  as  to 
things  celestial,  spiritucd,  and  natural ;  so  that  no  one  can  think, 
feel,  and  act,  except  by  conjunction  tcith  others.  And  still  each 
indivichud  is  led  to  imagine  that  he  thinks,  feels,  and  acts,  most 
freely  from  himself.  In  like  manner  nothing  exists  ivhich  is  not 
balanced  by  its  opposite,  and  by  intermediates  between  it  and  its 
opposite,  so  that  each  by  himself  and  many  togetlur  live,  in  the 

24*± 


CHAPTER  VI.  [690,  G91. 

most  perfect  eqioilihi-mm.  No  evil,  therefore,  can  befall  ant/  one, 
but  it  is  immediately  counterbalanced;  and  when  there  is  a 
2Jrepondcrance  of  evil,  then  evil,  or  he  that  is  evil,  is  chastised 
according  to  the  lau-  of  equilibrium,  as  of  himself;  hit  solely  for 
this  end,  that  good  may  come.  In  a  form  such  as  this,  and  hence 
in  equilibrium,  consists  heavenly  order,  which  is  formed,  disposed, 
and  preserved  by  the  Lord  alone  to  eternity. 

690.  It  is  further  to  be  observed,  that  no  one  society  ever 
entirely  and  absolutely  resembles  another,  nor  is  one  individual  in 
any  society  like  another ;  but  there  is  a  consentient  and  harmonious 
variety  of  all ;  and  these  varieties  are  so  ordered  by  the  Lord  that 
they  tend  to  one  end,  vihich  is  effected  by  love  and  faith  towards 
mm.  Thence  comes  union.  For  the  same  reason,  the  heaven  and 
heavenly  joy  of  one  person  are  never  entirely  and  absolutely  similar 
to  those  of  another ;  these  being  according  to  the  varieties  of  love 
and  faith. 

691.  This  is  a  general  description  of  the  societies  which  con- 
stitute Heaven,  grounded  on  manifold  and  daily  experience.  The 
subject  ivill,  however,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  be  treated,  of 
more  particidarly  in  the  follovjing  pages. 


215 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTEr.    SEVENTH. 


HELL. 

G02.  As  man  entertains  only  a  most  general  idea  of  Heaven, 
^0  docs  he  also  in  respect  to  Hell;  and  this  is  so  obscure  that  it 
IS  almost  no  idea.  For  as  those  vdio  have  never  travelled  beyond 
the  limits  of  their  oiun  sylvan  cottages  may  form  an  idea  of  the 
<arth,  but  yet,  for  ivant  of  hnoiving  the  empires,  kingdoms,  forms 
(f  government,  and  still  more  the  jJCf'Vtieidar  societies,  and  the  lives 
of  the  individiials  who  compose  them,  must  needs  have  a  most 
general  idea  of  the  earth,  indeed,  such  as  scarcely  to  deserve  the 
name  of  an  idea ;  so  is  it  also  in  respect  to  Heaven  and  Hell. 
IVJien  yet  there  are  innumerable  things  in  each,  and  indefinitely 
more  than  in  any  earth  of  the  universe.  TJiis  may  be  seen  in 
some  degree  from  the  consideration,  tluit  as  no  two  hulividiLals 
have  a  similar  heaven,  so  neither  have  any  two  a  similar  hell ; 
and  that  all  soids  tvJmtcver  that  lived  in  the  icorld  since  the  first 
creation  are  there  admitted  aiul  collected  together. 

693.  As  love  toivards  the  Lord  and  the  neighbour,  together 
'icith  the  joy  and  happiness  thence,  constitute  Heaven ;  so  hatred 
against  the  Lord  and  against  the  neighbour,  together  with  the 
punishment  and  torment  thence,  constitute  Hell.  There  are 
innumerable  genera,  and  still  more  innumerable  sjjecies  of  hatreds; 
and  hence  the  hells  are  innumerable. 

694.  As  Heaven  from  the  Lord,  by  mutual  love,  constitutes 
as  it  were  one  man  and  one  soid,  and  thus  regards  one  end,  wliich 
is  the  2>"feservation  and  salvation  of  all  to  eternity ;  so,  on  the 
other  hand.  Hell,  from  proprium,  by  self-love  and  the  love  of  the 
v;orld,  that  is,  by  hatred,  constitutes  on^  devil  and  one  tnind 
(animus),  and  thus  regards  one  end,  u-hich  is  the  destriiction 
and  damnation  of  all  to  eternity.  That  su£h  is  the  tendency  of 
each,  has  been  granted  me  to  perceive  thcncsands  and  tJwusands 
of  times.  Wherefore,  unless  the  Lord,  every  moment  and  every 
smallest  part  of  a  moment,  preserved  all,  they  woidd  inevitably 
perish. 

240 


CHAPTEE  VII.  [G95-698. 

695.  But  the  hells  have  such  a  form  and  order  induced  hy 
the  Lord,  that  cdl  are  kept  tied  and  hound  hy  their  lusts  and 
fantasies,  wherein  the  very  essence  of  their  life  consists.  And 
this  life,  hecause  it  is  a  life  of  death,  is  chccnged  into  dreadful 
torments,  such  as  cannot  he  descrihed.  The  highest  satisfaction 
of  their  life  consists  in  heing  aUc  to  ijunish,  torture,  and  torment 
each  otlier ;  which  they  do  hy  arts  altogether  unknown  in  the 
world,  wherehy  they  excite  exquisite  sensations,  just  as  if  they 
were  in  the  hody,  and  also  direful  and  horrible  fantasies,  to- 
gether luith  terrors  and  horrors,  and  many  more  things  of  a  similar 
kind.  The  diaholical  crew  jjcrceive  so  much  pleasure  in  this,  that 
if  it  were  possible  for  them  to  increase  and  stretch  out  pangs  and 
torments  to  infinity,  they  would  not  even  then  he  satisfied,  hut 
would  still  burn  with  desire  to  go  beyond  the  infinite.  The  Lord, 
however,  frustrates  their  efforts,  and  mitigates  the  torments  they 
inflict. 

696.  Such  is  the  equilibrium  of  all  and  everything  in  the 
other  life,  that  evil  punishes  itself,  that  in  evil  there  is  the  p)unish- 
nicnt  of  evil.  It  is  similar  in  respect  to  falsity,  which  returns  upon 
him  who  is  in  falsity.  Hence  every  one  brings  punishment  and 
torment  on  himself,  hy  casting  himself  into  the  midst  of  the  dia- 
holiced  crew,  v:ho  act  as  the  executioners.  The  Lord  never  sends 
any  one  into  Hell,  hut  is  desirous  to  bring  all  02it  of  Hell.  Still 
less  does  He  lead  into  torment.  But  as  the  evil  spirit  rushes  into 
it  himself,  the  Lord  turns  all  p)unishment  and  torment  to  some 
good  and  use.  It  woidd  he  impossible  that  there  shoidd  be  such 
a  thing  as  jmnishmeoit,  unless  use  were  the  end  aimed  at  by  the 
Lord ;  for  the  Lord's  kingdom  is  a  kingdorn  of  ends  and  uses. 
But  the  uses  which  inferncd  spirits  are  able  to  jjnmiote  are  most 
vile.  And  tvhen  they  are  p)i"omoting  those  uses  they  are  not  in  so 
great  a  state  of  torment ;  but  on  the  cessation  of  such  uses  they  are 
sent  again  into  Hell. 

697.  There  are  with  every  man  at  least  two  evil  spirits  and 
two  angels.  By  means  of  the  evil  spirits  he  has  communication 
with  Hell,  and  hy  means  of  the  angels  with  Heaven.  Without 
such  communication  with  both  he  coidd  not  live  a  moment.  Thus 
every  man  is  in  some  society  of  infernal s,  cdthough  he  is  cntirrly 
ignorant  of  it  ;  hut  their  torments  are  not  communicated  to  him, 
hecause  he  is  in  ci  state  of  preparation  for  eternal  life.  That 
society  in  which  a  man  has  been  is  sometimes  sheivn  him  in  the 
other  life ;  for  he  returns  into  it,  and  thereby  into  the  life  which 
he  had  in  the  world  ;  and  thence  either  tends  towards  Hell,  or  is 
raised  up  into  Heaven.  Thus  he  who  has  not  lived  in  the  good, 
of  charity,  and  1ms  not  suffered  himself  to  be  led  hy  the  Lord, 
is  one  of  the  infernals ;  and  after  death,  moreover,  h<'  becomes  a 
devil. 

698.  Besides  the  hells,  there  are  also  vastations,  concerning 
which  much  is  stcdcd  in  the  Word.     For  man,  by  reason  of  actual 

247 


G9i»,  TOO.]  GENESIS. 

sius,  hrini/s  with  him  into  the  other  life  inimmcrable  evils  and 
falsities,  which  he  accumulates  and  Joins  together;  and  this  is  the 
case  even  with  those  who  have  lived  uprightly.  Before  they  can 
he  elevated  into  Heaven,  their  evils  and  falses  must  be  dissipated, 
and  this  dissipation  is  called  vastation.  There  are  many  kinds 
of  vastations,  and  the  times  of  vastation  cere  longer  or  shorter, 
some  in  a  very  short  time  being  taken  up  into  Heaven,  and  some 
immediately  after  death. 

G99.  In  order  that  I  might  see  the  torment  of  those  luho  are 
in  Hell,  and  also  the  vastation  of  such  as  are  in  the  lower  earth, 
I  was  sometimes  let  doivn  thither.  To  be  let  down  into  Hell  is  not 
to  be  transferred  from  p)laee  to  place,  but  it  is  an  immission  into 
some  infernal  society,  while  man  7'emains  in  the  same  ijlace.  It  is 
IKrmitted  me  to  relate  here  only  the  following  experience.  I  per- 
ceived plainly  that  as  it  were  a  kind  of  column  e^icompassed  me, 
■which  became  sensibly  increased;  and  it  was  insinuated  to  me 
that  this  was  the  loall  of  brass  spoken  of  in  the  Word,  formed  of 
angelic  spirits,  in  order  that  I  might  be  let  down  safely  amongst 
the  unhappy.  When  I  was  there,  I  heard  miserable  lamentations, 
and  amongst  the  rest  this  cry,  "  Oh  God,  Oh  God,  be  merciful  to 
us,  be  mereifid  to  us ;  "  and  this  for  a  long  time.  It  ivas  granted 
me  to  converse  with  these  ivretehcd  ones  for  some  time.  They 
complained  chiefly  of  evil  spirits  as  burning  with  a  continual  desire 
only  to  torment  them  ;  and  they  were  in  a  state  of  despair,  saying 
that  they  believed  their  torments  would  be  eternal;  but  it  was 
permitted  me  to  comfort  them. 

700.  The  hells,  as  has  been  stated,  being  so  numerous,  xue  will, 
in  order  to  give  some  regular  account  of  them,  speak  in  tlie  fol- 
lowing pages.  I,  Of  the  hells  of  those  who  have  spent  their  lives 
in  hatred,  revenge,  and  cruelty.  II.  Of  the  hells  of  those  who 
Imve  lived  in  adultery  and  lasciviousness ;  also  of  the  hells  of  tJie 
deceitful,  and  of  female  deceivers.  III.  Of  the  hells  of  the 
covetous  ;  and  therein  of  the  filthy  Jerusalem,  and  of  tlie  robbers 
in  the  wilderness ;  cdso  on  the  exerementitious  hells  of  those  who 
Imve  lived  in  mere  carnal  pleasures.  IV.  Aftervjards  of  other 
hells  vjhich  are  distinct  from  these.  V.  Lastly,  of  those  who 
are  in  vastation.  These  subjects  may  be  seen  treated  of  at  the 
beginning  and  coiulusion  of  the  following  chapters. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


1.  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Xoah,  Enter  thou  and  all  thy 
house  into  the  ark,  because  I  have  seen  thee  just  before  Me,  in 
this  generation. 
248 


CIIAITEII  YII. 

2.  Of  every  clean  beast  thou  sbalt  take  to  thee  by  sevens,  the 
man  (vir)  and  his  wife,  and  of  the  beast  which  is  not  clean  liy 
twos,  the  man  (vir)  and  his  wife, 

3.  Of  the  fowl  also  of  the  heavens  by  sevens,  the  male  and 
the  female ;  to  make  seed  alive  upon  the  faces  of  the  whole 
earth. 

4.  For  as  yet  seven  days,  I  will  cause  it  to  rain  upon  the 
earth  forty  days  and  forty  nights  ;  and  I  will  destroy  every  sul)- 
stance  which  I  have  made  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground. 

5.  And  Xoah  did  according  to  all  that  Jehovah  commanded 
him. 


6.  And  Noah  was  a  son  of  six  hundred  years,  and  a  Hood  of 
waters  was  caused  upon  the  earth. 

7.  And  Noah  entered,  and  his  sons,  and  his  wife,  and  his 
sons'  wives  with  him,  into  the  ark,  from  before  the  waters  of 
the  flood. 

8.  Of  the  clean  beast,  and  of  the  beast  which  was  not  clean, 
and  of  the  fowl,  and  of  everything  which  creepeth  on  the 
ground, 

9.  Two  by  two,  entered  in  to  Noah  into  the  ark,  male  and 
female,  as  God  had  commanded  Noah. 

10.  And  it  was  to  seven  days ;  and  the  waters  of  the  flood 
were  upon  the  earth. 


11.  In  the  six  hundredth  year  of  Noah's  life,  in  the  second 
month,  on  the  seventeenth  day  of  the  month,  on  that  day  were 
all  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  broken  up,  and  the  cataracts 
of  heaven  were  opened. 

12.  And  there  was  rain  upon  the  earth  forty  days  and  forty 
nights. 


13.  In  the  self-same  day  entered  Noah,  and  Shem,  and 
Ham,  and  Japheth,  the  sons  of  Noah,  and  Noah's  wife,  aiul 
the  tliree  wives  of  his  sons  witli  them,  into  the  ark. 

14.  They,  and  every  wild  beast  according  to  his  species;  and 
every  beast  according  to  his  species;  and  every  reptile  creejiing 
upon  the  earth  according  to  his  species  ;  and  every  bird  according 
to  his  species,  every  flying  thing,  every  winged  thing. 

15.  And  they  entered  in  unto  Noah  into  tlie  ark;  two  ly 
two,  of  all  flesh,  in  which  was  the  breath  of  lives. 


IG.  And  thev  that  entered  in,  entered  in  male  and  frmalc  ..f 

21!) 


TOl-TO-i.]  GEXESIS. 

all  tlosh,  as  God  conimiiiuU'd  him  ;  and  Jehovah  shut  [the  ark] 
ai'tiT  hiui. 

17.  And  the  ilood  was  forty  days  upon  the  earth,  and  the 
waters  increased  and  bare  up  the  ark,  and  it  was  lifted  up  from 
above  the  earth. 

18.  And  tlie  waters  were  strengthened,  and  were  greatly 
increased  upon  the  earth,  and  the  ark  went  upon  the  faces  of 
the  waters. 


V.\  And  the  waters  were  strengthened  very  greatly  upon 
the  earth, and  all  the  high  mountains  were  covered  which  were 
under  the  whole  heaven. 

'20.  Fifteen  cubits  upwards  did  the  waters  prevail,  and 
covered  the  mountains. 

21.  And  all  flesli  expired  that  creepeth  upon  the  earth,  as 
to  fowl,  and  as  to  beast,  and  as  to  wild  beast,  and  as  to  every 
reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth ;  and  every  man. 

22.  Every  thing  in  whose  nostrils  is  the  breathing  {flatus) 
of  the  breath  {spiritus)  of  lives,  of  all  that  was  in  the  dry  [land] 
died. 

23.  And  He  destroyed  every  substance  which  was  upon  the 
faces  of  the  ground,  from  man  even  to  beast,  even  to  the  reptile, 
and  even  to  the  bird  of  the  heavens ;  and  they  were  destroyed 
from  the  earth ;  and  Xoah  only  remained,  and  w^hat  was  with 
him  in  the  ark. 

24.  And  the  waters  were  strengthened  upon  the  earth  a 
hundred  and  fifty  days. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


701.  The  subject  here  treated  of,  in  general,  is  the  prepara- 
tion for  a  new  Church ;  as  before  concerning  its  intellectual 
things,  so  here  concerning  its  voluntary  things,  verses  1-5. 

702.  Xext  in  order  its  temptations  are  treated  of,  which  are 
described  as  to  its  intellectual  things,  verses  6-10  ;  and  as  to 
its  voluntary  things,  verses  11,  12. 

703.  Afterwards  concerning  the  protection  of  that  Church, 
and  its  preservation,  verses  13-15  ;  and  the  quality  of  its  state, 
that  it  was  fluctuating,  is  described,  verses  16-18. 

70-4.  Finally,  it  treats  of  the  nature  of  the  last  posterity  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  was  possessed  by  the  persua- 
sions of  falsity  and  the  lusts  of  self-love  to  such  a  degree  that 
it  perished,  verses  19-24. 


250 


CHAPTEE  VII.  [705. 


THE  INTEENAL  SENSE. 

705.  The  subject  here  treated  of  specifically  is  the  Deluge  ; 
by  which  not  merely  the  temptations  which  the  man  of  the 
Church  called  Noah  must  needs  sustain  before  he  could  be 
regenerated,  are  signified  ;  but  by  the  Deluge  is  also  meant  the 
desolation  of  those  who  could  not  be  regenerated.  Both  tempta- 
tions and  desolations  are  in  the  Word  compared  to  floods  or 
inundations  of  waters,  and  are  so  called.  Temptations  are  thus 
adverted  to  in  Isaiah :  "  In  a  small  moment  have  I  forsaken 
thee,  and  in  great  mercies  will  I  gather  thee;  in  an  inundation 
of  wrath  I  hid  My  faces  from  thee  for  a  moment,  but  in  the 
mercy  of  eternity  will  I  have  compassion  on  thee,  saith  Jehovah 
thy  Eedeemer ;  for  this  is  the  ivatcrs  of  Xoah  to  Me,  to  whom  I 
have  sworn  that  the  vxUcrs  of  Noah  should  no  more  pass  over 
the  earth  :  thus  have  I  sworn  that  I  would  not  be  wroth  with 
thee,  nor  rebuke  thee,  0  thou  afflicted,  tossed  with  tempests, 
and  not  comforted  "  (liv.  7,  8,  9,  11).  The  subject  here  is  con- 
cerning the  Church  which  was  to  be  regenerated  ;  and  concern- 
ing temptations,  which  are  called  the  vjaters  of  Noah.  The  2 
Lord  Himself  also  calls  temptations  an  inundation,  in  Luke : 
"  Jesus  said,  Whosoever  cometh  to  Me,  and  heareth  l\Iy  sayings, 
and  doeth  them,  is  like  a  man  who  built  a  house,  and  digged 
deep,  and  laid  the  foundation  on  a  rock  ;  and  when  the  food 
came,  the  stream  beat  vehemently  upon  that  house,  and  could 
not  shake  it,  for  it  was  founded  upon  a  rock  "  (vi.  47,  48). 
That  by  inundations  are  here  meant  temptations,  may  appear 
to  every  one.  Desolations  also  are  represented  by  a  deluge 
in  Isaiah :  "  The  Lord  causeth  to  ascend  upon  them  the  icatcrs 
of  the  river,  strong,  and  many,  the  king  of  Assyria  and  all  his 
glory;  and  he  shall  come  up  over  all  his  channels,  and  he 
shall  pass  through  Judah ;  he  shall  ovcrflou\  and  go  over,  he 
shall  reach  to  the  neck  "  (viii.  7,  8).  Here  the  King  of  Assyria 
denotes  fantasies,  principles  of  falsity,  and  the  reasonings 
thence,  which  desolate  man,  and  which  desolated  the  ante- 
diluvians. In  Jeremiah  :  "Thus  saith  Jehovah,  IJehold,  waters  3 
rise  up  out  of  the  north,  and  they  shall  be  an  overflowing  food, 
and  shall  overfow  the  land,  and  the  fulness  thereof,  tlie  city, 
and  them  that  dwell  therein  "  (xlvii.  2,  3).  The  sul)ject  liere 
spoken  of  is  the  Philistines,  by  whom  are  represented  tliose 
who  assume  false  principles  and  reason  thence  concerning 
spiritual  things,  which  inundate  man,  as  they  did  the  ante- 
diluvians. TJie  reason-  why  both  temptations  and  desolations 
are  in  the  Word  compared  to  fkjods,  or  inundations  of  waters, 
and  are  so  called,  is,  because  their  effects  are  similar.  Thcfn-  arc 
evil  spirits  who  flow  in  with  their  persuasions  and  tin;  jirinciples 
of  falsity,  in  which  they  are,  and  excite  similar  things  in  man  ; 


700-70!).]  GENESIS. 

aiul  llioso  Willi  the  man  wlio  is  being  regenerated  are  tempta- 
tions; but  with  tlie  man  who  is  not  being  regenerated,  they  are 
dcsoUitioux. 

700.  Averse  1.  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Noah,  Enter  thou  and 
all  fill/  house  into  the  ark,  because  I  have  seen  thee  just  before  Me, 
in,  this  (jencration.  Jehovah  said  to  Noah  signifies  that  thus  it 
came  to  ])ass.  It  is  said  Jehovah,  because  the  subject  now 
treated  of  is  charity.  Enter  thou  and  cdl  thy  house  into  the  ark, 
siynilies  those  things  that  are  of  the  will,  which  is  the  house. 
To  enter  into  the  ark  is  here  to  be  prepared.  Because  I  have 
seen  thee  just  in  this  generation,  signifies  that  he  had  good,  by 
which  he  could  be  regenerated. 

707.  From  this  to  the  fifth  verse,  almost  the  same  things 
occur  as  in  the  preceding  chapter,  as  indeed  is  the  case  in  the 
subsequent  verses ;  so  that  he  who  is  unacquainted  with  the 
internal  sense  of  the  Word  must  necessarily  suppose  that  it  is 
a  mere  repetition.  Similar  instances  occur  in  other  parts  of  the 
Word,  especially  in  the  prophets,  where  the  same  thing  is 
expressed  in  various  ways,  and  is  sometimes  even  taken  up 
anew  and  again  described.  The  reason  is,  as  was  before 
observed,  that  there  are  two  faculties  in  man,  perfectly  distinct 
from  each  other,  the  understanding  and  the  will ;  and  the 
Word  treats  distinctly  of  each.  This  is  the  cause  of  these 
repetitions  ;  and  that  it  is  so  in  the  present  instance  will  appear 
from  what  follows. 

708.  That  Jehovah  said  to  Noah  signifies  that  it  was  so  done, 
appears  from  this  consideration,  that  in  Jehovah  there  is  no 
other  thing  than  Being ;  what  He  says  comes  to  pass  and  is 
done,  in  like  manner  as  in  the  foregoing  chapter  (ver.  13),  and 
in  other  passages  M'here  Jehovah's  saying  is  the  same  as  to 
come  to  pass  and  to  be  done. 

700.  It  is  said  Jehovah,  because  the  subject  now  treated  of  is 
charity.  In  the  previous  chapter  (from  ver.  9  to  the  end),  it  is 
not  said  Jehovah,  but  God,  because  there  it  treats  of  the  prepara- 
tion of  Xoah,  or  of  the  man  of  the  Church  which  is  called  Noah, 
as  to  its  intellectual  things,  which  are  of  faith  ;  but  the  present 
passage  relates  to  its  preparation  as  to  the  things  of  the  will, 
which  are  of  the  love.  When  things  intellectual,  or  the  truths 
of  faith,  are  treated  of,  the  term  God  is  used;  but  when  the 
things  of  the  will,  or  the  goods  of  love,  the  term  Jehovah  is 
employed.  For  things  intellectual,  or  such  as  pertain  to  faith, 
do  not  constitute  the  Church,  but  those  of  the  will,  or  such  as 
pertain  to  love.  Jehovah  is  in  love  and  charity,  but  not  in  faitli, 
except  it  be  the  faith  of  love  and  charity  ;  wherefore  also,  in 
the  Word,  faith  is  compared  to  the  night,  but  love  to  the  day. 
As  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  where,  speaking  of  the  great 
luminaries,^  it  is  said  that  the  greater  luminary,  or  the  sun, 
which  signifies  love,  rules  by  day,  and  the  lesser  luminary,  or 


CHAPTER  YII.  2.  [710-713. 

the  moon,  which  signifies  faith,  rules  by  night  (Gen.  i.  14,  IG). 
It  is  similar  in  the  prophets  (Jer,  xxxi.  35  ;  xxxiii.  20  ;  Psalm 
cxxxvi.  8,  9  ;  also  Apoc.  viii.  12). 

710.  Hence  it  is  manifest,  that  enter  tliou  and  all  thy  house 
into  the  arJc,  signifies  those  things  that  are  of  the  will.  For  in 
the  preceding  chapter,  where  intellectual  things  are  treated  of, 
it  is  expressed  otherwise ;  namely,  "  Thou  shalt  enter  into  the 
ark,  thou,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy  vnfe,  and  thy  sons'  inves  v.ith 
thee  "  (ver.  18).  That  a  house  signifies  the  will,  and  what  is 
of  the  will,  is  evident  from  various  parts  of  the  Word.  As  from 
Jeremiah :  "  Their  houses  shall  Ije  transferred  to  others,  their 
fields  and  wives  together  "  (vi.  12).  Here  hoiises,  and  fields, 
and  ivives,  have  reference  to  such  things  as  pertain  to  the  will. 
Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  Build  ye  Jiovses,  and  inhabit  them, 
and  plant  gardens,  and  eat  the  fruit  of  them  "  (xxix.  5,  28). 
Here,  to  hdld  houses  and  to  inhabit  has  reference  to  the  will ; 
and  to  2')lcint  gardens,  to  the  understanding  ;  and  so  it  is  in  other 
l)assages.  The  house  of  Jehovah  also  is  frequently  put  for  the 
Church,  where  love  is  chief;  the  house  of  Jicdah  for  the  celestial 
Church  ;  and  the  house  of  Israel  for  the  spiritual  Church. 
Because  the  Church  is  a  house,  hence  the  mind  of  the  man  of 
the  Church,  in  which  are  voluntary  and  intellectual  things,  or 
what  are  of  charity  and  faith,  is  a  house. 

711.  That  to  enter  into  the  a/rh  denotes  to  be  prepared,  was 
shewn  above  (at  verse  18  of  the  preceding  chapter);  but  it  there 
signified  that  he  was  to  be  prepared  as  to  things  intellectual, 
which  are  the  truths  of  faith.  Here,  however,  it  denotes  a 
preparation  as  to  the  things  of  the  will,  which  are  the  goods  of 
love,  with  a  view  to  salvation.  Unless  man  were  prepared, 
that  is,  instructed  in  truths  and  goods,  he  could  never  be  regener- 
ated, much  less  could  he  endure  temptations.  For  the  evil 
spirits  who  at  that  time  are  with  him,  excite  his  falsities  and 
evils  ;  so  that  unless  truths  and  goods  were  present,  to  which 
falsities  and  evils  might  be  bent  by  the  Lord,  and  liy  which 
they  might  be  dispersed,  he  would  succuml).  Truths  and  goods 
are  the  remains  which  are  reserved  by  the  Lord  for  such  uses. 

712.  That  /  have  seen  thee  just  in  this  generation  signifies 
that  he  had  good,  by  which  he  could  be  regenerated,  was  said 
and  shewn  in  the  preceding  chapter  (at  verse  9),  wlierc  jud 
signifies  the  good  of  charity,  and  upriyJit  the  truth  of  cliarity. 
It  is  there  said  generations,  in  the  plural  number,  because  it 
treats  of  things  intellectual;  h\\t\\QrQ  genera  tion,m  I  lie  singular 
number,  because  it  treats  of  things  pertaining  to  the  will.  1m ir 
the  will  comprehends  in  it  things  intellectual,  but  the  under- 
standing does  not  comprehend  in  it  those  of  the  will. 

713.  A^'erse  2.  Of  every  clean  least  thou  shalt  talc  to  thrc 
hy  sevens,  the  man  (vir)  and  Ids  vnfe,  and  of  the  heasl  vhick  is 
not  clean  hy  tivos,  the  man  (vir)  and  Ids  wife.     By  every  clean 

253 


714,  71  r..]  GENESIS. 

I>i-ad  aiv  .sii,niitled  ihe  alTectious  of  good ;  by  sevens,  that  tliey 
are  liolv.  15y  man  and  wife  is  signified  that  truths  were  con- 
joiiu'd  with  goods  ;  by  the  beast  which  is  not  clean  there  are 
'signitiod  evil  aileetious  ;  by  ticos,  that  they  were  relatively 
l)r()faue  ;  by  man  and  wife  are  signified  falsities  conjoined  with 
I'vils. 

714.  That  by  cveri/  clean  beast  are  signified  the  affections  of 
good,  appears  from  what  was  said  and  shewn  above  concerning 
beasts  (nos.  45,  46,  142,  143,  24G).     The  reason  why  affections 
are  thus  signified  is,  because  man  considered  in  himself  and  in 
liis  own  p/'cj^rntz/i  is  nothing  but  a  beast,  having  like  senses, 
appetites,  lusts,  and  also  affections  in  every  respect.     His  good 
and  best  loves  are  also  very  similar,  as  the  love  of  associates  of 
his  own  species,  and  the  love  of  his  wife  and  children,  so  that 
there  is  no  real  difference  between  them.     The  peculiar  attri- 
bute of  man,  however,  and  that  in  which  his  superiority  to 
the  beast  consists,  is  his  possession  of  an  interior  life,  which 
they  neither  have  nor  are  capable  of  having.     This  life  is  the 
life  of  faitli  and  love  from  tlie  Lord  ;  and  were  not  this  present 
in  all  those  faculties  which  he  enjoys  in  common  with  animals, 
he  never  would  be  other  than  they.     If,  for  example,  his  love 
towards  his  associates  existed  only  for  the  sake  of  himself,  with- 
out being  influenced  by  something  more  celestial  and  Divine,  he 
could  not  thence  be  characterized  as  a  man,  since  a  similar  love 
])revails  amongst  the  beasts  ;  and  so  likewise  in  other  instances. 
Wherefore,  unless  the  life  of  love  from  the  Lord  were  present  in 
his  will,  and  that  of  faith  from  the  Lord  in  his  understanding, 
he  could  never,  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  word,  become  a  man. 
In  conse(]^uence  of  the  life  which  he  derives  from  the  Lord,  he 
lives  after  death,  because  thereby  the  Lord  conjoins  him  to  Him- 
self, and  thus  he  acquires  a  capacity  of  being  in  heaven  with  the 
angels,  and  of  living  to  eternity.     And  although  man  lives  like  a 
wild  beast,  loving  nothing  Init  himself  and  what  belongs  to  him, 
still  the  Lord's  mercy  is  so  great,  being  Divine  and  Infinite, 
that  He  never  leaves  him,  but  continually,  by  the  instrumentality 
of  angels,  breathes  unto  him  His  own  life ;  which,  notwithstanding 
liis  perverse  reception  of  it,  gives  him  the  capacity  of  thinking, 
reflecting   upon,  and  understanding  whether  anything  moral, 
civil,  worldly,  or  corporeal,  be  good  or  evil,  and  hence  whether 
it  l)e  true  or  false. 

715.  Xow,  as  the  most  ancient  people  knew,  and  when  they 
were  in  a  state  of  humiliation,  acknowledged,  that  they  were 
nothing  but  mere  beasts,  yea,  wild  beasts,  and  w^ere  men  only  by 
virtue  of  what  they  derived  from  the  Lord,  therefore  whatever 
was  in  them  they  not  only  likened  to  beasts  and  birds,  but  they 
even  thus  called  tliem  by  name.  The  things  of  the  will  they 
compared  to  beasts,  and  called  beasts  ;  and  those  of  the  under- 
standing they  compared  to  birds,  and  called  birds.  They  made 
254 


CHAPTER  A^II.  2.  [710. 

a  distinction,  however,  between  good  and  evil  affections  ;  coni- 
paring_  the  former  to  lambs,  sheep,  kids,  goats,  rams,  cows,  and 
oxen,  in  consequence  of  their  being  good  and  gentle,  and  also 
because  of  their  use  both  for  food  and  clothing."  These  are  the 
principal  clean  beasts ;  and  such  as  are  evil  and  savage,  and  also 
unserviceable  to  life,  are  the  unclean  beasts. 

716.  That  by  seve7is  is  signified  what  is  holj-,  is  evident 
from  its  being  said  above  concerning  the  seventh  day  or  Sahhath 
(nos.  84-87),  namely,  that  the  Lord  is  the  seventh  day,  and  that 
from  Him  is  every  celestial  Church,  or  man,  yea,  the  Celestial 
itself,  which,  because  it  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  is  most  hoi}-. 
Hence  seven,  in  the  Word,  represents  what  is  holy,  and,  in  the 
internal  sense,  as  in  the  present  passage,  has  no  reference 
whatever  to  mere  numljer ;  for  those  who  are  in  the  internal 
sense,  as  angels  and  angelic  spirits,  do  not  even  know  what 
number  is,  and  consequently  not  what  the  number  seven  is.  It 
is  here,  therefore,  by  no  means  meant  that  there  should  be 
taken  of  every  clean  beast  seven  pairs,  or  that  the  quantity  of 
good  in  proportion  to  evil  should  be  as  seven  to  two,  but  that 
the  things  of  the  will  with  which  tliis  man  of  the  Church  was 
provided,  should  be  good,  or  holy,  in  order  that  by  them,  as 
before  observed,  he  might  be  regenerated.  That  seven  denotes 
what  is  holy,  or  such  things  as  are  holy,  may  appear  from  the 
rituals  in  the  representative  Church,  where  the  number  seven 
so  frequently  occurs.  Thus  the  sprinkling  of  blood  and  oil  is 
directed  to  ho,  done  seven  times.  As  in  Leviticus  :  "  Moses  took 
the  anointing  oil,  and  anointed  the  tabernacle,  and  all  that  was 
therein,  and  sanctified  them.  And  he  sprinkled  thereof  upon 
the  altar  seven  times,  and  anointed  the  altar  and  all  its  vessels, 
to  sanctify  them  "  (viii.  10,  11).  Here  seven  ^mcs  would  signiiy 
nothing  whatever,  unless  it  thus  represented  what  was  hoi}' ; 
oil  in  this  place  signifies  the  holiness  of  love.  Again,  it  is 
said  of  Aaron  wdien  he  entered  into  the  Holy  Place,  tliat  "he 
shall  take  of  the  Ijlood  of  the  Ijullock,  and  sprinkle  it  with  his 
finger  upon  the  mercy-seat  eastward,  and  before  tlie  mercy-seat 
shall  he  sprinkle  of  the  blood  with  his  finger  seven  times."  In 
like  manner  it  is  related  of  the  altar,  that  "  he  shall  sprinkle  of 
the  blood  that  is  upon  it  with  his  finger  seven  times,  and  rlanisr 
it,  and  halUnv  it "  (Lev.  xvi.  14,  19).  Here  all  and  every  thing 
mentioned,  as  well  the  blood,  as  the  mercy -seat,  the  altar,  and  thr 
east  tovnrds  which  the  hlood  ivas  to  he  sprinkled,  H\<j;nify  the  Loi-d 
Himself,  consequently  tlie  iioliness  of  love  ;  and  therefore  I  he 
same  is  represented  by  the  number  seven.  So  also  it  is  writti-ii 
of  the  sacrifices  in  Leviticus  :  "If  a  soul  sliall  sin  through 
ignorance;  and  if  a  priest  that  is  anointed  do  sin  according  to 
the  sin  of  the  people,  he  shall  kill  a  bullock  l)efore  Jehovah, 
and  the  priest  shall  dij)  his  finger  in  the  blood,  and  sliall 
sprinkle  of  the  blood  seven  times   before  Jehovah,  towards  the 

255 


7 1  U.J  GENESIS. 

vail  of  tlic  sanctuary  "  (iv.  2-4,  G).  Here,  again,  scveii  denotes 
what  is  holy,  because  the  subject  treated  of  is  expiation,  which 
is  of  the  Lord  alone,  and  thus  it  treats  of  the  Lord.  Similar 
ordinances  were  also  instituted  about  the  cleansing  of  a  leper, 
of  which  we  are  told  in  Leviticus:  "  Of  the  blood  of  the  bird, 
with  the  codar-wood,  and  scarlet,  and  hyssop,  the  priest  shall 
sprinkle  upon  him  that  is  to  be  cleansed  from  the  leprosy  seven 
times,  and  shall  pronounce  him  clean;  and  in  like  manner  of 
tiie  oil,  which  is  upon  his  left  hand,  seven  ^tmes  before  Jehovah  " 
(xiv.  G,  7,  27,  51).  It  must  be  manifest  to  every  one  that 
cedar-wood,  scarlet,  hyssop,  oil,  the  blood  of  a  bird,  and  con- 
sequently the  number  seven,  are  nothing,  except  in  so  far  as 
they  are  representative  of  what  is  holy  ;  and  if  this  be  taken 
away  from  them,  there  remains  only  what  is  dead  or  profanely 
idolatrous.  As,  however,  sacred  things  are  signified,  the  worship 
therein  is  Divine,  which  is  internal,  and  is  represented  only 
by  these  externals.  The  Jews  were  not  aware  of  their  signi- 
fication. Nor,  indeed,  does  any  one  know  at  the  present  day 
what  is  represented  by  cedar-wood,  hyssop,  scarlet,  and  a  bird. 
Still,  however,  if  they  had  only  been  disposed  to  regard  these 
things  as  implying  something  holy,  although  unknown  to  them, 
and  would  thus  have  worshipped  the  Lord,  the  Messiah  which 
should  come,  who  should  heal  them  of  their  leprosy,  or  of  the 
profanation  of  what  is  holy,  they  might  have  been  saved.  For 
tiiose  who  so  think  and  believe  are,  if  they  desire  it,  immedi- 
ately instructed  in  the  other  life  what  each  and  every  thing 

4  represents.  In  like  manner,  concerning  the  red  heifer,  it  is 
written,  that  "  the  priest  shall  take  of  her  blood  with  his  finger, 
and  sprinkle  of  her  blood  chrectly  before  the  tabernacle  of  the 
congregation  seven  times  "  (Num.  xix.  4).  Now,  as  the  seventh 
day,  or  the  Sabbath,  signified  the  Lord,  and  from  Him  the  celes- 
tial man  and  the  Celestial  itself,  therefore  in  the  Jewish  Church 
the  seventh  day  was  most  holy  above  all  rites  ;  and  hence  was 
established  tlic  Sabbath  of  sabbaths  in  the  seventh  year  (Lev. 
XXV.  4),  and  also  the  jubilee,  which  was  proclaimed  after  seven 
Sabbaths  of  years,  or  after  seven  times  seven  yearns  (xxv.  8,  9). 
That  the  seventh  in  the  highest  sense  denotes  the  Lord,  and 
thence  the  holiness  of  love,  may  be  confirmed  also  by  the 
account  of  the  golden  candlestick  and  its  seven  lamps  (Exod. 
xxv.  31-37;  xxxvii.  17-22;  Num.  vhi.  2,  3;  Zech.  iv.  2), 
of  which  it  is  thus  written  in  John :  "  I  saw  seven  golden 
candlesticks,  and  in  the  midst  of  the  seven  candlesticks  one  like 
unto  the  Son  of  Man  "  (Apoc.  i.  12,  13).  Here  it  is  very  evident 
that  the  candlestick  with  its  seven  lamps  signifies  the  Lord,  and 
that  the  lam2-)s  denoting  the  holy  or  celestial  things  of  love,  were 

5  therefore  seven  in  number.  Again  :  "  Out  of  the  throne  proceeded 
lightnings,  and  thunderings,  and  voices,  and  there  were  seven 
lamps  of  fire  burning  before  the  throne,  which  are  the  seven 

256 


CHAPTER  VII.  2.  [717-719. 

spirits  of  God  "  ( Apoc.  iv.  5).  The  same  is  meant  wherever  the 
number  seven  occurs  in  the  prophets.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  li'^ht 
of  the  moon  shall  be  as  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  the  light* of 
the  sun  shall  be  scrmfold,  as  the  light  of  seven  days,  in  the  day 
that  Jehovah  bindeth  up  the  breach  of  His  people"  (xxx.  26). 
Here  a  sevenfold  light,  as  the  light  of  seven  days,  by  no  means 
denotes  what  is  sevenfold,  but  the  holiness  of  Ljve  signified  by 
the  sun.  See  also  what  was  said  and  shewn  above  (iv.  15) 
concerning  the  number  seven.  Hence,  then,  it  is  manifest  that 
numbers  in  the  Word,  whatever  they  may  be,  never  signify 
numbers  (as  has  also  been  shewn  before  in  ehap.  vi.,  at  verse  3). 

717.  From  these  observations  it  is  also  evident  that  the 
present  passage  treats  of  the  things  of  man's  will,  or  of  his 
good  and  holy  things,  these  being  predicated  of  the  will.  For 
he  is  here  directed  to  take  of  the  clean  beast  by  sevens,  and,  in 
the  verse  following,  likewise  of  the  foivls ;  while,  in  the  previous 
chapter  (vers.  19,  20),  it  is  not  said  that  he  should  take  l)y 
sevens,  but  by  twos,  or  pairs ;  because  things  intellectual  were 
there  considered,  and  these  are  not  holy  in  themselves,  but 
only  become  so  by  their  union  with  love,  which  Ijelongs  to  the 
will. 

718.  That  by  man  and.  wife  are  meant  truths  conjoined  with 
goods  may  appear  from  the  signification  of  mem,  and  of  wife,  as 
shewn  above ;  the  former  signifying  truth,  whicli  is  of  the 
understanding,  and  the  latter  good,  which  is  of  the  will.  And 
hence  there  cannot  exist  in  man  the  least  either  of  thought, 
affection,  or  action,  in  which  there  is  not  a  kind  of  marriage  of 
the  understanding  and  the  will.  Apart  from  a  certain  kind  of 
marriage  nothing  anywhere  exists  or  is  produced.  In  all  tlie 
organic  substances  of  which  man  is  composed,  whether  they  lie 
compound  or  simple,  yea,  even  the  most  simple,  there  are  both  a 
passive  and  an  active,  which  could  not  even  be  there,  much 
less  could  they  produce  anything,  unless  they  were  conjoined 
liy  a  kind  of  marriage  like  that  of  man  and  wife.  A  similar 
law  prevails  throughout  all  nature.  These  perpetual  marriages 
derive  their  origin  and  birth  from  the  heavenly  marriage,  and 
Ijy  this  means  the  idea  of  the  Lord's  kingdom  is  impressed  on 
everything  in  universal  nature,  as  well  inanimate  as  animate.  _ 

719.  That  by  the  least  ivhich  is  not  clean  are  signified  evil 
affections,  is  evident  from  what  has  been  previously  adduced 
concerning  clean  beasts.  Those  animals  are  denominated  clean 
which  are  gentle,  good,  and  useful;  and  thosi;  not  clean,  of 
which  there  are  various  genera  and  species,  which  hnvc  <)])- 
posite  qualities,  being  fierce,  evil,  and  useless.  In  the  Word 
these  latter  are  frequently  spoken  of  under  their  dillerent 
names  of  wolves,  bears,  foxes,  swine,  etc.,  aiid  l)y  them  are 
represented  divers  lusts  and  vices.  I'lespecting  the  unclean 
beasts,  or  evil  affections,  being  retiuired   to  be  admiUed  into 

VOL.  I.  It  ^•-''^ 


720.]  GENESIS. 

tlie  ark,  it  may  bo  observed  that  the  quality  of  the  man  of  this 
("huivh  is  hi-re  described  by  the  ark,  and  also  by  those  things 
uliii'h  it  loiiiaiued,  (tr  which  were  introduced  into  it,  that  is, 
which  were  with  the  man  before  he  was  regenerated.  And 
these  were  the  truths  and  goods  in  which,  previously  to  his 
regeneration,  he  was  instructed,  and  with  which  he  was  gifted 
bv  the  Lord  (lor  without  truths  and  goods  it  is  not  possible  for 
any  one  to  be  regenerated);  and  the  evils  which  he  also  pos- 
sessed, and  which  are  signified  by  the  unclean  beasts.  During 
the  process  of  man's  regeneration  these  are  the  evils  which 
have  to  be  dispersed,  or,  in  other  words,  weakened  and  tem- 
]»ered  by  goods.  In  no  case,  indeed,  can  evil,  actual  and 
licreditary  in  man,  be  so  dispersed  as  to  be  totally  abolished. 
Un  the  contrary,  it  continues  inrooted ;  and  in  fact  is  only  so 
far  loosened  and  tempered  by  goods  from  the  Lord  as  to  cease 
to  be  hurtful  and  shew  itself.  This  is  an  arcanum  heretofore 
unknown.  Actual  evils  are  those  which  are  weakened  and 
moderated  ;  not  so  hereditary  evils.  This  is  a  thing  which  is 
also  unknown. 

720.  That  by  tivo  is  represented  what  is  relatively  profane,  is 
evident  from  the  signification  of  that  number.  Two  signifies 
not  only  a  marriage — in  which  case,  supposing  the  marriage  to 
be  heavenly,  it  is  a  holy  number — but  also  the  same  as  six ; 
having  the  same  relation  to  three  that  six  days  of  labour  have 
to  the  seventh  of  rest,  or  the  holy  day.  For  this  reason,  and 
also  in  consequence  of  the  Lord's  resurrection  on  the  third 
day,  that  day  in  the  Word  is  taken  for  the  seventh,  and  has 
nearly  the  same  signification.  Hence  the  Lord's  Coming 
into  the  winid,  and  to  glory,  and  also  every  Coining  of  His, 
is  described  both  by  the  seventh  and  by  the  third  day.  In 
consequence  of  this,  the  two  preceding  days  are  not  holy,  but 
relatively  profane :  as  in  Hosea  :  "  Come,  and  let  us  return 
unto  Jehovah,  for  He  hath  torn,  and  He  w^ill  heal  us ;  He  hath 
smitten,  and  He  will  bind  us  up.  After  tivo  days  will  He 
revive  us,  in  the  third  day  He  will  raise  us  up,  and  we  shall 
live  in  His  sight"  (vi.  1,  2).  In  Zechariah  :  "  It  shall  come  to 
pass  in  all  the  land,  saith  Jehovah,  two  parts  therein  shall  be 
cut  off  and  die,  but  the  third  shall  be  left  therein,  and  I  will 
bring  the  third  part  through  the  fire,  and  will  refine  them  as 
silver  is  refined  "  (xiii.  8,  9).  That  silver  was  most  pure  when 
purified  seven  times,  appears  from  Psalm  xii.  6.  Hence,  then, 
it  is  evident  that  as  by  sevens  is  not  meant  that  number,  but 
■what  is  holy,  so  by  twos  are  not  meant  twos,  but  things 
respectively  profane.  Thus  it  is  by  no  means  to  be  understood 
here  that  the  unclean  beasts,  or  man's  evil  affections,  were  so 
few  in  comparison  with  the  clean  beasts,  or  good  affections,  as 
to  be  only  in  the  proportion  of  two  to  seven ;  since  evils  in 
man  are  innumerable  as  compared  with  the  thiufrs  that  are  good. 
258  o  <. 


CHAPTER  VII.  3.  [721-725. 

721.  That  by  man  and  ivlfc  are  signified  falsities  eonjoineil 
with  evils,  appears  from  what  has  just  been  remarked."  Fur 
here  the  terms  husband  and  vnfe  are  predicated  of  uucleau 
Ijeasts,  as  they  were  a  little  before  of  clean  beasts.  In  the 
former  instance  they  signified  truths  conjoined  with  goods,  but 
here  they  signify  falsities  conjoined  with  evils :  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  subject,  such  is  the  predicate. 

722.  Verse  3.  Of  the  fowl  also  of  the  heavens  In/  sevens,  the 
male  and  the  female;  to  make  seed  alive  u]mi  the  faces  of  the 
vjhole  earth.  By  thefoui  of  the  heavens  are  signified  intellectual 
things;  hj  sevens,  ^\\c\\  as  are  holy;  and  hy  male  and  female, 
truths  and  goods.  To  make  seed  alive  upon  the  faces' of  the 
whole  earth,  signifies  the  truths  of  faith. 

723.  That  by  the  fowl  of  the  heavens  are  signitied  things 
intellectual,  has  been  shewn  liefore ;  it  is  therefore  unnecessary 
to  dwell  on  that  subject. 

724.  It  has  likewise  been  shewn  that  hy  seren.s  signifies  what 
is  holy;  but  here  it  means  holy  truths,  which  are  holy  on  this 
account,  that  they  proceed  from  good ;  for  no  truth  is  ever  holy 
unless  it  come  from  what  is  good.  A  man  may  utter  from 
memory  many  truths  of  the  Word,  but  unless  they  are  produced 
l»y  love  or  charity,  holiness  can  in  nowise  be  predicated  of 
them ;  but  if  so  produced,  they  are  at  the  same  time  acknow- 
ledged and  believed  in,  and  thus  spoken  from  the  heart.  Just 
so  it  is  with  faith,  which  is  so  frequently  represented  as  being 
alone  able  to  save.  Unless  there  be  love  or  charity,  from  whicli 
faith  proceeds,  there  is  no  faith  at  all.  It  is  love  and  charity 
which  render  faith  holy.  The  Lord  is  in  love  and  charity,  and 
not  in  faith  separate  from  these.  It  is  the  man  himself  in  whom 
there  is  nothing  but  what  is  unclean,  who  is  in  faith  separate 
from  charity.  When  faith  is  disjoined  from  love,  the  desire  of 
his  own  praise  or  gain  rules  in  man's  heart,  and  moves  him  to 
speak.  This  every  one  may  ascertain  from  his  own  experience. 
For  if  he  says  to  another  that  he  loves  him,  has  a  particular 
respect  for  him,  gives  him  the  preference  above  the  rest  of  man- 
kind, or  the  like,  and  yet  thinks  otherwise  in  his  heart,  how  i)hiin 
is  it  to  see  that  these  are  only  lip-professions,  which  he  denies, 
yea,  sometimes  makes  a  subject  of  ridicule  {  Thus  also  it  is 
with  respect  to  faith,  of  which  I  have  been  convinced  l)y  much 
experience  in  the  other  world.  For  those  who  in  the  life  of  the 
body  have  preached  the  Lord  and  faith  with  such  elo<|uen(i', 
and  at  the  same  time  such  an  appearance  of  devotion,  as  to 
beget  astonishment  in  their  hearers,  and  yet  did  it  not  from  the. 
heart,  are  in  the  other  life  such  as  bear  the  greatest  hatreil 
to  the  Lord,  and  are  most  bitter  in  persecuting  the  faithful. 

725.  That  by  male  and  female  are  signilitid  trutlis  and  goods, 
is  plain  from  its  having  been  said  and  shewn  alxive  that  nnni, 
(vir)  and  7nale  signify  truth,  and  wife  (uxor)  and  female  good. 

259 


720-728.]  GENESIS. 

The  words  male  and  female,  however,  are  predicated  of  tliincrs 
intelltrlual.  and  the  terms  man  and  wife  of  things  of  tlie  will, 
for  the  reason  that  man  and  wife  represent  a  marriage ;  but  not 
so  male  and  female.  For  truth  cannot  of  itself  enter  into  a 
marriage  with  good,  although  good  may  with  truth;  because 
there  is  never  any  truth  granted  which  is  not  produced  from, 
and  thus  coupled  with,  good.  If  you  take  away  good  from 
truth  there  remains  nothing  but  words. 

72tl  That  to  make  seed  alive  upon  the  faces  of  all  the  earth 
signifies  the  truths  of  faith,  is  evident  from  the  consideration, 
that  by  this  Church  seed  was  made  living.  By  seed  is  meant 
faith.  '  The  remaining  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church 
destroyed  celestial  and  spiritual  seed  in  themselves  by  their 
filthy  lusts  and  direful  persuasions ;  but  to  prevent  the  entire 
destruction  of  the  celestial  seed,  those  who  are  called  Noah  were 
regenerated,  and  their  regeneration  was  effected  by  means  of 
s|)iritual  seed,  which  is  wdiat  is  signified  in  the  present  passage. 
They  are  said  to  be  vivijied  who  receive  life  from  the  Lord, 
because  there  is  life  only  in  those  things  which  are  the  Lord's  ; 
as  must  be  evident  to  every  one  w^ho  reflects  that  there  is  no 
life  in  what  does  not  pertain  to  eternal  life,  or  what  does  not 
regard  eternal  life.  The  life  which  is  not  eternal  is  not  life, 
and  in  a  little  while  perishes ;  nor  can  being  (esse)  be  predic- 
ated of  those  things  which  cease  to  be,  but  only  of  those  which 
never  cease  to  be.  Consequently,  living  (vivere)  and  being 
(esse)  are  only  in  what  is  the  Lord's,  or  Jehovah's  ;  because  all 
being  and  living  for  ever  belongs  to  the  Lord  Himself.  By 
eternal  life  is  meant  eternal  happiness  (concerning  which,  see 
what  was  said  and  shewn  above,  no.  290). 

727.  Verse  4.  For  (is  yet  seven  clays,  I  v:ill  cause  it  to  rain 
upon  tlie  earth  forty  clays  and  forty  nights  ;  and  I  will  destroy 
every  substance  which  I  have  made  from  off  the  faces  of  the 
ground.  For  as  yet  seven  days  signifies  to  the  commencement 
of  the  temptation  denoted  by  to  rccin,  of  which  forty  clays  and 
forty  nights  expresses  the  duration.  By  /  will  destroy  every 
substance  which  I  have  made  from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground  is 
signified  that  the  prcrprium  of  man  is,  as  it  were,  destroyed  when 
he  becomes  regenerate.  It  also  signifies  the  extinction  of  those 
descended  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  who  destroyed  them- 
selves. 

728.  That  for  as  yet  seven  clays  here  signifies  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  temptation,  is  evident  from  the  internal  sense 
of  every  expression  in  this  verse ;  the  subject  treated  of  being  the 
temptation  of  the  man  called  Xoah.  In  a  general  sense'this 
passage  relates  both  to  the  temptation  of  that  man,  and  to  the 
total  vastation  of  those  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  who  were 
reduced  to  this  state.  Wherefore  for  as  yet  seven  days  means  not 
only  the  beginning  of  the  temptation,  but  also  the  end  of  the 

2G0 


CHAPTER  YII.  4  [728. 

vastation.  The  reason  of  this  signification  is,  that  seven  is 
a  holy  number,  as  was  said  and  "shewn  above  (ver.  2  of  this 
chapter,  and  chap.  iv.  15,  2-i  ;  also  nos.  84-87),  and  has  reference 
to  the  Lord's  Coming  into  the  world,  and  also  to  His  Coming  into 
glory  ;  in  particular,  to  every  Comiug  of  the  Lord.  Xovv,  every 
Coming  of  the  Lord  is,  at  the  same  time,  the  heginninf/  to  those 
who  are  regenerated,  and  the  e7id  to  those  who  are  vastuted. 
Thus  to  the  man  of  this  Church  His  Coming  was  the  beginning 
of  temptation.  For  when  man  is  tempted,  then  he  begins  to  he 
made  new,  or  to  be  regenerated.  And  it  was  also  the  end  of 
those  descended  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  who  had  become 
such  that  they  could  not  do  other  than  perish.  This  was  also 
the  case  with  those  who  lived  when  the  Lord  came  into  the 
world  :  for  then  the  Church  was  in  its  last  state  of  vastation ;  and 
then  also  it  was  made  new.  That  this  is  the  signification  of  ~ 
seven  days,  is  evident  from  Daniel:  "Seventy  ivecks  are  deter- 
mined upon  thy  people,  and  upon  thy  holy  city,  to  finish  the 
transgression,  and  to  make  an  end  of  sins,  and  to  make  recon- 
ciliation for  iniquity,  and  to  bring  in  everlasting  righteousness, 
and  to  seal  up  the  vision  and  prophecy,  and  to  anoint  the  Holy 
of  holies.  Know  therefore  and  understand,  that  from  the  going 
forth  of  the  commandment  to  restore  and  to  build  Jerusalem 
unto  the  Messiah,  the  prince,  shall  be  seven  tveeJcs"  (ix.  24,  25). 
These  words,  seventy  vkcJcs  and  seven  weeks,  mean  the  sanje  as 
seven  days,  that  is,  the  Lord's  Coming  ;  but  because  the  prophecy 
is  there  a  manifest  one,  the  times  are  designated  in  a  manner 
still  more  holy  and  certain,  by  numbers  compounded  of  seven. 
Hence  it  is  evident  that  seven,  thus  applied  to  times,  signifies 
not  only  the  Lord's  Coming,  but  also  the  connnencement  of  a 
new  Church  at  that  time,  as  appears  from  its  being  said  that 
the  Holy  of  Jwlics  slioidcl  he  anointed,  and  Jcrusalcni  vestured, 
enid  rehuilt.  It  also  signifies  the  last  vastation,  denoted  by  the 
words,  seventy  weeks  are  determined  upon  the  holy  city,  tojinish 
the  transgression,  and  to  make  an  end  of  sin.  It  bears  the  same  3 
sense  also  in  other  parts  of  the  Word ;  as  in  Ezekiel,  where, 
speaking  of  himself,  he  says  :  "  I  came  to  them  of  the  captivity 
at  Tel-abib,  that  dwelt  by  the  river  of  Chebar,  and  I  sat  where 
they  sat,  and  remained  there  astonished  among  them  seven  days. 
And  it  came  to  pass  at  the  end  of  seven  days  that  the  w<jrd  ot 
Jehovah  came  unto  me  "  (iii.  15,  IG).  Here  ^even  days  evidently 
signify  the  beginning  of  visitation  ;  for  after  seven  days,  while 
he  was  sitting  with  those  who  were  in  captivity,  the  word  of 
Jehovah  came  to  him.  Again,  in  the  same  i)rophet :  "  Tiicy 
shall  bury  Gog  seven  months,  that  they  may  cleanse  the  land. 
After  the  end  of  seven  months  shall  they  search"  (xxxix.  11, 
12,  14)  ;  denoting  the  last  term  of  vastation,  and  the  first  of 
visitation.  In  iJaniel,  speaking  of  Nebucliadnezzar  :  "  Lt.-l  his 
heart  be  chanfjed  from  that  of  a  man,  and  a  beast's  heart  bo 

2G1 


720.  730.]  GENESIS. 

iixvi^n  unto  him  ;  and  let  seven  times  pass  over  him"  (iv.  16  ; 
also  25,  32).  Here  in  like  manner  is  denoted  the  end  of 
vastation,  and  the  beginning  of  the  new  man.  The  same  Avas 
likewise  represented  by  the  seventy  years  of  the  Babylonish 
captivity.  For  whether  it  be  seventy  or  seven,  and  indeed 
whether  it  be  seven  days  or  seven  years,  or  seven  ages,  which 
make  the  seventy  years,  the  same  is  involved.  The  vastation 
was  represented  by  the  years  of  the  captivity  ;  the  beginning  of 
a  new  Church  by  the  deliverance,  and  the  rebuilding  of  the 
Temple.  Similar  things  were  also  represented  by  Jacob's  serving 
Laban,  where  it  is  written  :  "  I  will  serve  thee  seven  years  for 
Kachel.  And  Jacob  served  seven  years.  And  Laban  said. 
Fulfil  her  week,  and  we  will  give  thee  this  also  for  the  service 
which  thou  shalt  serve  with  nie  yet  seven  other  years.  And 
Jacob  did  so,  and  '  fulfilled  her  week "  (Gen.  xxix.  18,  20, 
26-28).  Here  the  service  of  seven  years,  and  also  the  marriage 
and  liberty  which  succeeded  it,  have  a  like  signification.  The 
period  of  these  seven  years,  both  here  and  in  Daniel,  was  called 
a  week.  The  command  given  to  the  children  of  Israel  to  go 
about  the  wall  of  Jericho  seven  times,  that  it  might  fall,  and  its 
being  said  that  "  on  the  seventh  day  they  arose  early,  about  the 
(laM^ning  of  the  day,  and  compassed  the  city  after  the  same 
manner  seven  times.  And  it  came  to  pass  at  the  seventh  time, 
when  the  seven  priests  blew  with  the  seven  trumpets,  the  wall 
fell"  (Josh.  vi.  10-20),  was  also  significative,  or  it  would  never 
have  been  commanded  that  they  should  go  round  the  city  seven 
times,  and  that  there  should  be  seven  priests  and  seven  trum- 
pets. From  these  and  many  other  passages  (as  Job  ii.  13  ; 
Apoc.  XV.  1,  6,  7,  8  ;  xxi.  9),  it  may  appear  that  the  words/or  as 
yet  seven  clays  denote  the  commencement  of  a  new  Church,  and 
the  end  of  the  old.  And,  as  it  here  treats  of  the  man  of  the 
Church  called  Noah,  and  his  temptation,  and  also  of  the  last 
posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  who  destroyed  themselves, 
by  this  expression  nothing  else  can  be  signified  but  the  begin- 
ning of  Xoah's  temptation,  and  the  end,  or  the  final  devastation 
and  expiration,  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 

729.  That  to  rain  signifies  temptation,  is  evident  from  its 
having  been  said  and  shewn  at  the  beginning  of  the  present 
chapter  that  a  flood  and  inundation  of  waters,  which  is  the  same 
as  to  rain  in  this  place,  represent  not  only  temptation,  but  also 
vastation.  It  will  also  be  further  confirmed  by  what  remains 
to  be  stated  in  the  following  pages  concerning  the  flood. 

730.  That  forty  days  and  nights  denote  the  duration  of 
temptation,  appears  clearly  from  the  Word  of  the  Lord  ;  the 
reason  of  this  signification  being  that  the  Lord  suffered  Himself 
to  be  tempted  during /or^y  days  (as  related  in  ]\latt.  iv.  1,  2  ; 
Mark  i.  12, 13  ;  and  Luke  iv.  1,  2).  Now,  as  all  things,  in  general 
and  in  particular,  that  were  instituted  in  the  Jewish  and  the 

262 


CHAPTER  VII.  4.  [730. 

ctlier  representative  Churches  hefore  the  Lord's  Coming,  were 
typical  of  Him,  so  also  were  the  forty  days  and  nights,°whicli 
represented  and  signified  temptation  in  general,  and  specifically 
every  period  of  temptation.  And  because  man  when  in  tempta- 
tion is  in  a  state  of  vastation  as  to  everything  which  pertains 
to  his  proprium  and  those  things  which  are  corporeal,  for  what- 
ever belongs  to  the  proprium,  or  is  corporeal,  must  necessarily 
be  destroyed  by  combats  and  temptations  before  he  is  born 
again  a  new  man,  in  other  words,  before  he  becomes  spiritual  and 
celestial ; — therefore  the  forty  days  and  nights  denote  also  the 
duration  of  vastation.  The  same  meaning  is  here  involved,  the 
subject  treated  of  being  both  the  temptation  of  the  man  of 
the  new  Church  called  Noah,  and  the  devastation  of  the  ante- 
diluvians. That  the  number  forty  signifies  the  duration  both  2 
of  temptation  and  vastation,  whether  it  be  longer  or  shorter, 
appears  from  Ezekiel :  "  Lie  again  on  thy  right  side,  and  thou 
shalt  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  house  of  Judah/o?%  day^  ;  I  have 
appointed  thee  each  day  for  a  year  "  (iv,  6) ;  denoting  the  dura- 
tion of  the  vastation  of  the  Jewish  Church,  and  also  representing 
the  Lord's  temptation ;  for  it  is  said  that  he  should  bear  the 
iniquity  of  the  house  of  Judah.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet : 
"  I  will  make  the  land  of  Egypt  utterly  waste  and  desolate.  No 
foot  of  man  shall  pass  through  it,  nor  foot  of  beast  shall  pass 
through  it,  neither  shall  it  be  inhabited /or^^  ycarfi ;  and  I  will 
make  the  land  of  Egypt  desolate  in  the  midst  of  the  countries 
that  are  desolate,  and  her  cities  among  the  cities  that  are  laid 
waste  shall  be  desolate  foiiT/  years  "  (xxix.  10-12) ;  denoting 
also  the  duration  of  vastation  and  desolation ;  where,  in  the 
internal  sense,  forty  years  are  in  now^ise  signified,  lait  only  the 
desolation  of  faith  in  general,  whether  within  a  longer  or  a 
shorter  time.  In  John  :  "  The  court  which  is  without  the  temple 
leave  out,  and  measure  it  not,  because  it  is  given  unto  the 
Gentiles,  and  the  holy  city  shall  they  tread  under  foot  forty  and 
two  months"  (Apoc.  xi.  2).  And  again  :  "  There  was  given  unto  3 
the  beast  a  mouth  speaking  great  things,  and  blasphemies  ;  and 
power  was  given  unto  him  to  continue  forty  and  two  monthii" 
(Apoc.  xiii.  5);  denoting  the  duration  of  vastation  ;  for  it  must 
be  evident  to  every  one  that  it  cannot  mean  a  time;  of  forty  and 
two  months.  It  is  here  said,  however,  forty  avd  two,  which 
means  the  same  -as  forty  ;  the  origin  of  which  is  that  seven  days 
signify  the  end  of  vastation  and  a  new  beginning  ;  on  the  other 
hand,  six  signify  laliour,  arising  from  the  six  days  of  labour  or 
combat ;  wherefore  seven  was  nmltiplied  l)y  six  ;  tlience  arises 
the  number  forty-two,  signifying  the  duration  of  the  vastation 
and  the  continuance  of  ^the  temptation  ;  in  other  words,  the 
labour  and  combat  of  the  man  to  be  regenerated  ;  in  whicli  there 
is  what  is  holy.  The  round  number  forty,  however,  is  used 
instead  of  the  irregular  number  forty-two,  as  appears  from  the 

2G3 


7:U.]  GENESIS. 

4  iiliove  passages  from  the  Apocalypse.  That  the  Israelites  were 
led  about  for  forty  years  in  the  wilderness,  Ijefbre  they  were 
introduced  into  the  land  of  Canaan,  represented  and  signified 
likewise  the  duration  of  temptation,  as  well  as  the  duration  of 
vaslalion.  The  duration  of  temptation  was  represented  by  the 
fact  that  they  were  afterwards  introduced  into  the  Holy  Laud  ; 
and  the  duration  of  vastation,  l)y  the  circumstance  that  all 
who  were  above  twenty  years  old  at  their  departure  from  Egypt 
died  in  the  wilderness,  except  Joshua  and  Caleb.  Their  temp- 
tatit)ns  were  denoted  by  those  things  at  which  they  so  often 
murmured,  and  their  vastations  by  the  plagues  and  destructions 
they  so  frequently  met  with  ;  as  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's 
1  )ivine  mercy,  when  we  come  to  treat  particularly  of  them. 
Concerning  them  it  is  thus  written  in  Moses  :  "  Thou  shalt  re- 
member all  the  way  which  Jehovah  thy  God  led  thee  these 
forty  years  in  the  wilderness,  to  humble  thee,  and  to  prove  thee, 
to  know  what  was  in  thy  heart,  whether  thou  wouldest  keep 
His  Commandments,  or  no"  (Deut.  viii.  2,  3,  16).  Moses  being- 
forty  days  and  forty  nights  on  Mount  Sinai,  also  signified  the 
duration  of  the  Lord's  temptation,  as  appears  from  what  is 
written:  "He  was  on  Mount  Sinai /or/?/  days  and  forty  niylits, 
neither  eating  bread  nor  drinking  water,  and  praying  for 
the  people  lest  they  should  be  destroyed  (Deut.  ix.  9,  11,  18, 

5  25  to  the  end ;  x.  11 ;  Num.  xiv.  33-35 ;  xxxii.  8-14).  The 
reason  why  hy  forty  days  is  signified  the  duration  of  temptation, 
is,  as  has  been  stated,  because  the  Lord  suffered  Himself  to  be 
tempted  by  the  Devil  for  forty  days.  Wherefore,  since  all 
things  were  representative  of  the  Lord,  when  an  idea  of  tempta- 
tion was  in  the  angels,  that  idea  was  represented  in  the  world 
of  spirits  by  such  things  as  are  m  the  world.  Thus  it  is  with 
all  angelic  ideas.  While  they  are  descending  into  the  world  of 
spirits,  they  are  made  to  appear  in  a  representative  manner. 
Thus  it  was  with  the  number  forty,  because  the  Lord  was 
tempted  forty  days.  The  present  and  the  future  are  one  with 
the  Lord,  and  thence  in  the  angelic  heaven  ;  that  which  is  to 
come  is  present,  or  that  which  is  to  be  done  is  done ;  hence  the 
representation  of  temptations  and  vastations  by  the  number 
iorty,  in  the  representative  Church.  These  are  facts  which 
cannot,  however,  as  yet  be  clearly  comprehended,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  nature  of  the  influx  of  the  angelic  heaven  into  the 
world  of  spirits  being  unknown. 

731.  That  by,  /  vMl  destroy  every  suhstance  v:hich  I  have  made 
from  off  the  faces  of  the  ground,  is  signified  that  the  proprium  of 
man  is  as  it  were  destroyed  when  it  becomes  vivified,  is  evident 
from  what  has  been  said  before  respecting  the  jJrojjrinm.  The 
2)ro2-)rmm  of  man  is  altogether  evil  and  false  ;  and  so  long  as  it 
continues  active,  man  is  in  a  state  of  death.  But  when  he 
undergoes  temptations  it  becomes  dispersed,  or,  in  other  words. 
204 


CHAPTER  VII.  5,  G.  [732-734. 

loosened  aud  tempered  by  truths  and  goods  from  the  Lord  ; 
and  thus  it  is  vivified,  and  appears  as  if  it  were  not  present 
Its  ceasing  to  manifest  itself,  and  being  no  longer  injurious,  are 
denoted  by  the  words  /  will  destroy,  although  it  is  never  in 
reality  destroyed,  but  remains  quiescent.  In  this  respect  the 
2J)V])7-iu7n  may  be  compared  to  black  and  white,  which,  being 
variously  modified  by  the  rays  of  light,  are  changed  into  beauti- 
ful colours,  as  blue,  yellow,  purple,  etc.,  by  which,  according  to 
their  arrangement,  as  in  flowers,  for  example,  divers  forms  of 
beauty  and  loveliness  are  presented  to  view,  albeit  the  lilack 
and  the  white  radically  and  fundamentally  remain.  But  since 
the  final  vastation  of  those  who  were  from  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  is  likewise  here  treated  of,  therefore, /zr///  destroy  every 
substance  ivhieh  I  have  made  from,  off  the  faces  of  the  ground, 
signifies  also  those  who  perished,  as  also  in  the  following  verse 
(ver.  23).  The  substance  which  I  have  made  denotes  everything, 
that  is,  every  man  in  whom  was  celestial  seed,  in  other  words, 
who  belonged  to  the  Church.  "Wherefore,  also,  both  in  this  and 
in  the  following  verse  (ver.  23),  the  term  yround  is  used,  which 
signifies  a  man  of  the  Church,  in  whom  good  and  truth  arc 
sown.  In  those  who  are  called  Noah,  these  successively 
grew  up,  on  the  separation  of  evils  aud  falsities,  as  has  been 
observed;  but  amongst  the  antedilu\'ians  who  perished,  it 
became  extinguished  by  tares. 

732.  Verse  5.  And.  Noah  did  according  unto  cdl  that  Jehovah 
commanded  him  signifies,  as  before,  that  it  was  so  done.  In 
the  preceding  chapter,  as  may  be  seen  at  verse  22,  it  is  twice 
said  that  Noah  did  what  was  commanded,  while  here  it  is 
only  said  once.  The  name  God  is  also  there  used,  but  here 
it  is  Jehovah.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that  there  it  treated  of 
intellectual  things ;  Init  here  the  subject  is  voluntary  things. 
Intellectual  things  regard  those  of  the  will  as  other  and  distinct 
from  themselves ;  while  things  voluntary  regard  those  l)clonging 
to  the  understanding  as  united  to,  or  as  one  with,  themselves ; 
for  the  understanding  is  from  the  will.  This  is  the  reason  wliy 
it  is  there  mentioned  twice,  and  here  only  once ;  and  also  why 
the  Lord  is  there  called  God,  but  here  Jehovah. 

733.  Verse  6.  And  Noah  was  a  son  of  sio:  hundred  years, 
and  a  flood  of  waters  vjas  caused  upon  the  earth.  That  No(ih 
was  a  son  of  six  hundred  years  signifies  his  first  state  of  tempta- 
tion ;  that  a  flood  of  luaters  was  caused  upon  the  earth  signilics 
the  beginning  of  that  temptation. 

734.  In  the  preceding  chapter,  the  subject  treated  of^was 
intellectual  truths,  in  which  the  man  of  the  Churcli  called  Kuidi 
was  instructed  by  the  Lord,  l)efore  his  regeneration  (vers.  13  to 
the  end);  and  after  that  voluntary  goods,  with  which  lie  was 
also  gifted  by  the  Lord,  in  the  present  chapter  (vers.  1  l"*^-'^'); 
and  because  both  are  treated  of,  it  appears  as  a  repetition.     The 

205 


7;?5,]  GENESIS. 

sultji'ct  which  n(»\v  coinos  to  he  considered,  however,  is  his 
ti'iiiptiition  ;  ;uul  this,  indeed,  in  its  first  state,  thus  the  begin- 
ning of  temptation  (vers,  (i-10) ;  and,  as  every  one  may  see,  a 
n-petition  again  occurs.  For  in  this  verse  it  is  said  that  Xoah 
was  a  son  of  six  hundred  years  when  the  flood  was  caused  upon 
the  earth;  and  in  the  11th  verse,  that  it  was  in  the  six  hun- 
dredth year  of  his  life,  in  the  second  month,  and  on  the  seven- 
teenth day  of  the  month.  So  in  the  following  verse  (ver.  7),  it 
is  said  tliat  Xoali  entered  into  the  ark  with  his  sons  and  their 
M-ives;  and  likewise  in  tlie  13th  verse.  Again  in  the  8th  and 
Dth  verses,  it  is  said  tliat  beasts  entered  into  the  ark  to  Noah  ; 
and  the  same  is  also  repeated  in  verses  14,  15,  and  16.  From 
nil  this  it  is  evident  that  there  is  here  likewise  a  repetition  of 
what  was  said  before.  He  who  abides  in  the  sense  of  the  letter 
only,  cannot  know  otherwise  than  that  there  is  a  certain  histor- 
ical circumstance  tluis  repeated ;  but  here,  as  elsewhere,  there 
is  never  any  least  expression  which  is  superfluous  or  without 
meaning;  for  it  is  the  Word  of  the  Lord.  And  hence  there  is 
no  repetition  wathout  a  difference  of  signification.  The  present 
passage,  as  has  been  previously  remarked,  describes  his  first 
temptation,  or  his  temptation  as  to  intellectual  things,  and  after- 
wards his  temptation  as  to  voluntary  things.  These  two  tempta- 
tions succeed  each  other  with  the  man  who  is  to  be  regenerated  ; 
for  to  be  tempted  as  to  things  intellectual  is  entirely  different 
from  being  tempted  as  to  things  voluntary.  Tlie  temptation 
as  to  intellectual  things  is  light,  Itut  the  temptation  as  to 
voluntary  things  is  severe. 

735.  The  reason  why  temptation  as  to  intellectual  things  or  as 
tr)  the  falsities  in  man,  is  light,  is,  because  man  is  in  the  fallacies  of 
the  senses;  and  the  fallacies  of  the  senses  are  such  that  they  can- 
not Init  enter,  and  are  therefore  easily  dispersed.  Thus  all  who 
remain  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word,  where  it  is  spoken 
according  to  man's  apprehension,  and  consequently  according  to 
the  fallacies  of  his  senses,  if  they  believe  it  in  simplicity,  because 
it  is  the  Word  of  the  Lord,  readily  suffer  themselves  to  be  in- 
structed, although  they  are  in  fallacies.  As,  for  example,  he  who 
l)elieves  that  the  Lord  is  angry,  and  that  He  punishes  and 
})nngs  evil  upon  the  wicked,  is,  because  he  has  this  from  the 
letter  of  the  Word,  easily  instructed  in  the  real  truth.  In  like 
manner,  he  who  believes  in  simplicity  that  he  is  able  to  do  good 
of  himself,  and  that  he  will  receive  a  reward  in  the  other  life 
if  he  be  good  from  himself,  may  easily  be  taught  that  the  good 
M'hich  he  does  is  from  the  Lord,  and  that  He,  out  of  mercy, 
freely  dispenses  reward.  Hence,  when  such  persons  enter  into 
temptation  as  to  things  intellectual,  or  as  to  these  fallacies,  they 
can  only  be  mildly  tempted ;  and  this,  which  is  the  first  tempta- 
tion, and  indeed  scarcely  appears  like  temptation,  is  the  subject 
now  treated  of  It  is  otherwise,  however,  with  those  who  do 
266 


CHAPTEE  VII.  6.  [736,  7.37 

not  believe  the  Word  in  simplicity  of  heart,  but  confirm  them- 
selves in  fallacies  and  falsities,  because  these  favour  their  lusts, 
and  who,  impelled  by  this  motive,  collect  together  various 
reasonings  from  themselves  and  their  scientifics,  and  afterwards 
confirm  these  by  the  Word,  and  thus  persuade  and  impress 
themselves  with  the  idea  that  what  is  false  is  true. 

736.  Now  Noah,  or  the  man  of  this  new  Church,  was  of  such 
a  character,  that  he  believed  in  simplicity  what  had  been  handed 
down  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  was  a  collection  of 
doctrinal  truths  reduced  into  a  certain  form  of  doctrine  by  those 
denominated  Enoch.  The  innate  disposition  of  the  man  of  this 
Church  was  altogether  different  from  that  of  the  antediluvians 
who  perished,  and  who  were  called  Nephilim ;  for  the  latter  im- 
mersed the  doctrinals  of  faith  in  their  filtliy  lusts,  and  thereby 
conceived  direful  persuasions,  from  which  they  were  unwilling 
to  recede,  even  when  instructed  by  others,  and  it  was  demon- 
strated that  they  were  falsities.  There  are  also  persons  in  the 
present  day  of  these  two  kinds  of  genius  or  innate  disposi- 
tions. The  former  can  easily  be  regenerated,  but  the  latter 
with  difficulty. 

737.  That  Noah  was  a  son  of  six  hundred  years  signifies  his 
first  state  of  temptation,  may  appear  from  the  consideration, 
that  here,  and  even  down  to  the  account  of  Heber  in  the  eleventh 
chapter,  nothing  else  is  signified  by  numbers,  ages,  and  names, 
but  events  (res) ;  as  was  also  done  by  the  ages  and  names  of  all 
in  the  fifth  chapter.  That  six  hundred  years  here  signify  the 
first  state  of  temptation,  may  be  seen  from  the  numbers  that  are 
here  dominant,  which  are  i!e%  and  sir,  of  which  the  latter  is  twice 
multiplied  by  the  former.  That  the  number  is  larger  or  smaller 
than  those  from  which  it  is  derived,  does  not  change  the  signi- 
fication. With  regard  to  the  number  ten,  it  was  shewn  above 
(chap.  vi.  3)  that  it  signifies  remains  ;  and  that  the  number  six 
has  reference  to  labour  and  combat,  appears  from  various  parts 
of  the  Word.  In  the  preceding  verse,  the  subject  treated  of  was 
the  preparation  of  the  man  for  temptation,  by  his  being  in- 
structed by  the  Lord  in  intellectual  truths,  and  in  voluntary 
goods;  these  truths  and  goods  are  remains,  which  are  not  ]  pro- 
duced so  as  to  be  acknowledged  l)elbre  man  is  regenerated.  With 
those  who,  by  undergoing  temptations,  become  regcnerati'd, 
remains  are  necessary,  that  the  attendant  angels  may  thence 
bring  forth  what  is  required  for  their  defence  against  the  evil 
spirits  who  assault  man  by  exciting  his  falsities.  Now,  as  rcmaina 
are  signified  by  ten,  and  combat  by  six,  mention  is  here  made  of 
six  hundred  years  ;  in  which  the  dominant  numbers  are  ten  and 
six,  and  signify  a  state  of  temptation.  That  the  number  six  has 
an  especial  reference  to  combat,  appears  from  the  first  chapter 
of  Genesis,  where  the  six  days  are  spoken  of  in  which  man  is 
regenerated  before  he  is  made  celestial.     For  during  these  there 

207 


71)8,  730.]  GENESIS. 

is  oontiiuial  combat,  but  ou  the  sn-e7ith  day  there  is  rest ;  and 
heiu'e  the  six  days  of  labour  were  ordained,  and  the  seventh 
the  Sabbath,  which  signifies  rest.  For  the  same  reason  also  a 
Hebrew  servant  served  six  years,  and  on  the  seventh  was  made 
free  (Exod.  xxi.  2  ;  Deut.  xv.  12  ;  Jer.  xxxiv.  14)  ;  and  they 
sowed  the  land  six  years,  and  gathered  its  produce,  but  on  the 
seventh  allowed  it  to  rest ;  and  they  did  in  like  manner  with  the 
vineyard  (Exod.  xxiii.  10-12) ;  aud  on  the  seventh  year  there 
was  a  Sabbath  of  rest  for  the  land,  a  Sabbath  of  Jehovah  (Lev. 
XXV.  3,  4).  As  the  number  six  denotes  labour  and  combat,  so 
it  also  means  the  dispersion  of  falsity.  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  Behold, 
six  men  came  from  the  way  of  the  higher  gate,  which  lieth 
toward  the  north,  and  every  man  aii  instriiment  of  his  dispersion 
in  his  hand  "  (ix.  2).  The  same  prophet,  prophesying  against 
Gog,  says :  "  And  I  will  turn  thee  back,  and  will  leave  but  the 
sirth  part  of  thee,  and  will  cause  thee  to  come  up  from  the 
north  parts  "  (xxxix.  2).  In  these  passages,  six  and  a  sixtli 
2>art  stand  for  dispersion  ;  the  north,  for  falsities  ;  and  Goy,  for 
tliose  who  lay  hold  of  doctrinals  from  things  external,  by  which 
they  destroy  internal  worship.  So  in  Job  :  "  He  shall  deliver 
thee  in  six  troubles,  yea,  in  the  seventh  there  shall  no  evil  touch 
3  thee"  (v.  19);  denoting  the  combat  of  temptations.  In  some 
instances  where  the  number  six  occurs  in  the  Word,  it  does  not 
signify  labour,  combat,  or  the  dispersion  of  what  is  false,  but  the 
holiness  of  faith  ;  in  consequence  of  its  relation  to  the  number 
twelve,  which  signifies  faith  and  all  things  of  faith  in  the  com- 
plex ;  and  to  the  number  three,  which  denotes  what  is  holy. 
Hence  also  the  genuine  derivation  of  the  number  six,  as  em- 
ployed by  Ezekiel  (xl.  5),  where  he  relates  that  the  man's  reed, 
with  which  he  measured  the  holy  city  of  Israel,  was  six  cubits 
and  a  hand's  breadth  ;  and  so  in  other  passages.  The  reason  of 
this  derivation  is,  that  in  the  combat  of  temptation  the  holiness 
of  faith  is  present ;  and  also  that  the  six  days  of  labour  and 
combat  look  forward  to  a  seventh  which  is  holy. 

738.  Noah  is  here  called  a  son  of  six  hundred  years,  because, 
as  shewn  above,  a  son  signifies  intellectual  truth.  He  is  not 
called  a  son,  however,  in  the  eleventh  verse,  because  his  tempta- 
tion as  to  things  voluntary  is  the  subject  there  treated  of. 

739.  That  by  a  flood  of  waters  is  signified  the  beginning  of 
temptation,  may  appear  from  the  fact  that  the  subject  here 
treated  of  is  temptation  as  to  things  intellectual,  which  always 
precedes,  and  is  comparatively  slight,  as  has  just  been  observed. 
Hence  it  is  called  a  flood  of  waters,  and  not  simply,  as  in  the 
seventeenth  verse,  a  fiood.  Eor  waters  especially  signify  the 
spiritual  things  of  man,  or  the  intellectual  things  of  faith,  and 
also  their  opposites,  or  falsities ;  as  might  be   confirmed   by 

2  numerous  citations  from  the  Word.     That  a  flood  of  waters,  or 
an  inundation,  signifies  temptation,  appears   from  what   was 
208 


CHAPTER  YII.  7.  [740,  741. 

stated  at  the  beginning  of  the  chapter,  and  also  from  Ezekiel : 
"  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  I  will  even  rend  it  with  a 
stormy  wind  in  My  fury,  and  there  shall  be  an  ovcrfiou-imj 
shower  in  Mine  anger,  and  great  hailstones  in  My  fury  to  con- 
sume it.  So  will  I  break  down  the  wall  which  ye  have  daubed 
with  untempered  mortar"  (xiii.  13,  14).  HereVt  stonny  wind 
and  an  ovcrjioiving  shoiver  signify  the  desolation  of  falsity ;  and 
a  wall  daubed  with  wiitempcred  [^inortar']  a  fiction  bearin'-^  the 
semblance  of  truth.  So  in  Isaiah  :  "  Jehovah  God  has  been  a 
refuge  from  the  inundation,  a  shadow  from  the  heat,  when  the 
Itlast  of  the  terrible  ones  is  as  an  inundation  against  the  wall " 
(xxv.  4).  In  this  passage  an  inundation  denotes  temptation  as 
to  intellectual  things  ;  and  it  is  distinguished  from  temptation 
as  to  things  voluntary,  which  is  called  heat.  Again,  in  the  ; 
same  prophet :  "  Behold,  the  Lord  hath  a  mighty  and  strong 
one,  as  an  inundation  of  hail,  a  destroying  storm,  a  flood  of 
miglity  vrnters  overflotvi^ig "  {xxviii.  2).  Here  the  degrees  of 
temptation  are  described.  Again  :  "  When  thou  passest  througli 
the  waters,  I  will  be  with  thee  ;  and  through  the  rivers,  they 
shall  not  overflow  thee  ;  when  thou  goest  through  the  fire,  thou 
shalt  not  be  burned,  neither  shall  the  flame  kindle  upon  thee  " 
(xliii.  2).  Waters  and  rivers  here  represent  falsities  and  fan- 
tasies ;  and^7^e  oxvA  flame,  evils  and  lusts.  In  David :  "  For  this 
shall  every  one  that  is  godly  pray  unto  Thee  in  a  time  when 
Thou  mayest  be  found  ;  surely  in  the  inundation  of  many  v.-atrrs, 
they  shall  not  come  nigh  unto  him  "  (Psalm  xxxii.  G).  Here 
the  inundation  of  taaters  denotes  temptation  ;  which  is  also  called 
a  flood.  In  the  same:  "Jehovah  sitteth  upon  the  flood;  yea, 
Jehovah  sitteth  king  for  ever"  (Psalm  xxix.  10).  From  these 
passages,  and  from  what  was  premised  in  the  early  part  of  this 
chapter,  it  is  evident  that  the  flood  or  inundatif)n  of  waters, 
here  described  after  the  manner  of  a  history,  according  to  the 
custom  of  the  most  ancient  people,  means  nothing  else  but 
temptations  and  vastations. 

740.  Verse  7.  And  Noah  entered,  and  his  sons,  and  his  wife, 
and  his  sons'  wives  tvith  him,  into  the  ark,  from  before  the  wcdcrs 
(f  the  flood.  That  Noah  entered  into  the  ark  from  before  the 
waters  of  the  flood  signifies  that  he  was  protected  intcm))tation  ; 
l)y  sons,  as  before,  are  signified  truths;  by  wife,  goods  ;  and  by 
sons'  v:ives,  truths  conjoined  with  goods. 

741.  That  Noah  entered  into  the  ark  from  hforr  the  vniters  of 
the  flood  signifies  that  he  was  protected,  is  plain  to  every  one. 
Temptations  are  the  combats  of  evil  spirits  with  the  angels, 
who  are  with  man.  Evil  spirits  excite  all  the  perverse  doings 
of  man,  also  tlie  thoughts  which  he  lias  had  from  infancy ;  thus 
both  his  evils  and  falsities ;  and  coiulemn  bim.  Nothing  is  more 
delightful  to  them  than  this.  Indeed,  the  very  essential  diilight 
of  their  life  consists  in  this.     But  the  Lord,  by  His  nii'jels,  pro- 

2G9 


74-J-747.]  GENESIS. 

ti'cls  man,  and  restrains  the  evil  sjjirits  and  genii  lest  they 
should  hreak  Ibrth  as  a  llo(xl  beyond  their  limits,  and  beyond 
man's  ability  to  bear. 

742.  Tliat  by  sons  are  si^unitied  truths,  by  wife,  goods,  and  by 
sons'  wives,  truths  conjoined  with  goods,  was  shewn  at  verse  18 
of  the  preceding  chapter,  where  the  same  words  occur.  By 
truths  and  goods,  notwithstanding  they  are  here  called  sons  and 
wives,  are  signified  those  which  were  in  the  man  called  Xoah, 
by  means  of  which  he  was  protected.  For  such  is  the  most 
ancient  style  of  tlie  Word,  that,  although  it  is  connected  as  au 
historical  relation,  it  contains  within  its  bosom  the  hidden 
things  of  heaven. 

743.  Verses  8,  9.  Of  the  clean  beast,  and  of  the  beast  irhieh 
VMS  not  clean,  and  of  the  fovjl,  and  of  eve^'y thing  which  creepeth 
upon  the  ground,  two  by  tvjo,  entered  in  to  Noah  into  the  ark, 
male  and  female,  as  God  commanded  Noah.  By  clean  beasts,  as 
liefore,  are  signified  affections  of  good ;  by  beasts  which  vjere  not 
clean,  lusts;  by  the  /o?r/,  thoughts  in  general;  and  by  every- 
thing which  creepeth  upon  the  ground,  the  Sensual  and  whatever 
gives  pleasure.  Two  by  tu-o  signify  things  corresponding ; 
that  they  entered  into  the  ark  signifies  that  they  were  protected ; 
nude  and  female,  as  before,  truth  and  good  ;  as  God  commanded 
Noah  signifies  that  it  was  so  done. 

744.  That  by  cleaii  beasts  are  signified  good  affections,  has 
been  said  and  shewn  before,  when  the  second  verse  of  the  pre- 
sent chapter  was  explained.  It  is,  therefore,  unnecessary  to 
dwell  on  the  subject  here.  It  was  also  shewn  there  that  iin- 
clean  beasts  denote  lusts,  or  evil  affections. 

745.  That  by  the  fowl  are  signified  thoughts  in  general,  is 
evident  from  what  has  been  often  said  before  concerning  birds, 
that  they  signify  intellectual  or  rational  things.  But  above, 
they  were  called  foivls  of  the  heavens,  while  here  they  are  simply 
called  fowl.  AVherefore,  they  signify  thoughts  in  general.  For 
fowls  are  of  various  kinds,  both  clean  and  unclean,  and,  in  the 
14th  verse,  they  are  distinguished  into  fowl  (avis),  the  Hying 
thing  (volucer),  and  the  winged  thing  (cdatnm).  Of  these  the 
clean  denote  thoughts  of  what  is  true ;  the  unclean,  thoughts 
of  what  is  false.  But,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  this  subject 
shall  be  more  fully  explained  hereafter. 

746.  That  by  everything  which  creejxth  upon  the  ground  is 
signified  the  Sensual  and  whatever  gives  pleasure,  was  also 
said  and  shewn  above.  The  most  ancient  people  compared  and 
likened  the  sensual  things  and  gratifications  of  man  to  reptiles 
and  creeping  things,  and  also  called  them  so  by  name,  because 
they  are  the  extremes,  and  as  it  were  creep  on  the  surface  of 
man,  and  are  not  allowed  to  raise  themselves  higher. 

747.  That  tvjo  by  two  signify  things  corresponding,  may  be 
seen  by  every  one  from  this  consideration,  that  two  constitute 

270 


CHAPTEE  YII.  S,  9..  [748-751. 

a  pair.  Pairs  cannot  exist  unless  they  nmtuallv  correspond,  as 
truths  do  to  goods,  evils  to  falsities.  For  there' is  in  all  tliinus 
a  resemblance  (instar)  of  marriage,  or  imion  in  pairs,  like  that 
just  mentioned,  derived  from  the  marriage  of  the  understanding 
with  the  will,  or  of  intellectual  with  things  voluntary:  ancf, 
indeed,  everything  has  its  own  marriage,  m  other  words,  its 
own  mode  of  uniting  with  another  so  as'to  form  a  pair,  without 
which  nothing  ever  subsists. 

748.  That  thei/  entered  into  the  ark  signifies  that  they  were 
protected,  was  shewn  in  the  preceding' verse  (ver.  7),' when 
speaking  of  JSToah,  and  his  sons,  and  their  wives. 

749.  That  male  and  female  signify  truth  and  good,  is  evi- 
dent from  what  was  stated  above  (when  explaining  chaj). 
vi.  19),  where  the  terms  male  and  female  are  predicated  of 
birds,  and  man  and  wife  of  beasts.  The  reason  of  this  was 
also  there  stated.  It  is  owing  to  the  marriage  of  voluntary 
and  intellectual  things ;  but  not  so,  of  things  intellectual, 
regarded  in  themselves,  with  things  voluntary.  In  the  former 
case  they  are  as  man  and  wife,  but  in  the  latter  as  male  and 
female.  Now,  as  the  subject  here  first  treated  of  is  the  tempta- 
tion of  the  man  of  this  Church  as  to  things  intellectual,  they 
are  here,  therefore,  as  has   been   observed,  called   male   and 

female.  Combat,  or  temptation,  as  to  things  intellectual,  is 
thereby  understood. 

750.  That  as  God  commanded  JVoah  signifies  that  it  was  so 
done,  was  shewn  aljove  (both  in  the  foregoing  chapter,  ver.  22, 
and  also  in  ver.  5  of  the  present  chapter). 

751.  As  the  temptation  of  the  man  of  the  new  Church  called 
Noah  is  the  subject  here  considered,  and  as  the  nature  of  temj)- 
tation  is  known  to  few,  if  any,  because  so  few  in  the  present 
day  undergo  temptations,  and  those  who  do  so  know  no  otlier 
than  that  there  is  something  inherently  existing  in  themselves 
which  thus  suffers  —  I  am  permitted  briefiy  to  explain  the 
matter.  On  such  occasions  wicked  spirits  excite  the  renicni- 
brance  of  all  the  falsities  and  evils  which  a  man  has  thought  or 
done  from  infancy,  and  this  in  a  manner  so  artful  and  malicious 
that  it  cannot  be  described.  The  angels,  however,  who  arc  ia 
man,  bring  f(jrth  his  goods  and  truths,  and  thereby  defend  liiiii. 
It  is  this  combat  which  is  felt  and  perceived  in  man,  and  gives 
rise  to  remorse  and  the  pangs  of  conscience.  Tiiere  are  two 
kinds  of  temptations,  the  one  as  to  things  intellectual,  the  : 
other  as  to  things  voluntary.  When  man  is  tempted  as  to 
the  things  of  the  understanding,  then  wicked  sjiirits  excite  the 
evil  deetls  of  which  he  has  been  guilty,  here  signilied  by  tlic! 
unclean  beasts,  and  thus  accuse  and  condenni  him.  At  the 
same  time,  they  call  forth  his  good  deeds,  liere  alsf)  signilied  by 
the  clean  beasts;  but  these  they  pervert  in  a  thousand  ways. 
They  also,  at  the  same  time,  excite  his  thouglits,  here  signilied 

271 


7r.2-7r.r..]  genesis. 

hv  tlio  fowl;  mill  liosiJos,  also,  those  things  which  are  here 
siL^Miiiied  l>y  ovi'i-ylhing  which  creei)Cth  upon  tlie  ground.  This 
temptation,  however,  is  slight,  and  is  perceived  only  by  the 
recollection  of  these  things,  and  by  a  certain  anxiety  therefrom. 
I'.ut  when  man  is  tempted  as  to  things  voluntary,  then  not  so 
much  what  he  has  done  and  thought  is  excited,  but  evil  genii 
— for  by  that  name  may  evil  spirits  of  this  kind  be  called — 
intlamc'him  with  their  own  evil  desires  and  unclean  affections, 
with  which  he  is  imbued,  and  thus  carry  on  the  combat  by  the 
very  lusts  of  man.  This  they  effect  in  so  malicious  and  clan- 
destine a  manner,  that  it  is  impossible  to  suppose  them  its 
agents ;  for  they  infuse  themselves  into  the  life  of  his  impure 
affections,  and  in  the  same  instant  turn  and  bend  the  affection 
for  good  and  truth  into  the  love  of  evil  and  falsity,  so  that  man 
cannot  possibly  know  otherwise  than  that  it  is  done  of  himself, 
and  tlius  flows  in  of  its  own  accord.  This  temptation,  of  which 
more  will  be  said  hereafter,  is  most  grievous,  and  is  perceived 
as  internal  agony  and  tormenting  fire.  Multiplied  experience 
has  assured  me  of  the  correctness  of  this  description,  and  has 
also  informed  me  of  the  period  when  this  influx,  or  inundation 
from  the  evil  spirits  or  genii,  takes  place,  as  well  as  its  origin, 
nature,  and  mode  of  operation  ;  but  these  we  shall,  by  the 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  subsequently  detail  at  length. 

752.  Verse  10.  And  it  ivas  till  seven  days,  and  the  waters 
of  the  flood  were  upon  the  earth.  By  these  words,  as  before,  is 
signified  the  beginning  of  temptation. 

75.3.  That  by  seven  days  is  signified  the  beginning  of  tempta- 
tion, was  shewn  at  verse  4.  For  the  present  passage  has  relation 
to  that  which  precedes ;  and  this  temptation,  which  was  a 
temptation  as  to  the  understanding,  being  the  beginning,  or 
first  temptation,  is  therefore  thus  expressed.  In  consequence 
also  of  its  being  a  temptation  as  to  the  understanding,  it  is  here 
typified,  as  at  verse  7,  by  the  waters  of  a  flood,  called,  verse  6, 
a  flood  of  waters,  this  properly  representing  such  a  temptation, 
as  was  there  shewn. 

754.  Verse  11.  In  the  six  hundredth  year  of  Noah's  Ufe,  in 
the  second  month,  on  the  seventeenth  day  of  the  month,  on  that 
day  were  all  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  hrohm  up,  and  the 
cataraets  of  heaven  were  opened.  By  the  six  hundredth  year,  the 
secoyid  month,  and  the  seventeenth  day  of  the  month,  another  state 
of  temptation  is  signified ;  by  all  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep 
heing  hroken  ujj,  the  extreme  of  temptation  as  to  things  volun- 
tary ;  and  by  the  cataracts  of  heaven  heing  opened,  the  extreme 
of  temptation  as  to  things  intellectual. 

755.  That  Ijy  the  six  hundredth  year,  the  second  month,  and 
the  seventeenth  day,  is  signified  another  state  of  temptation, 
follows  from  what  has  been  previously  stated.  For,  from  the 
sixth  to  the  present  verse,  the  subject  treated  of  was  the  first 

272 


CHAPTER  VII.  11.  [755. 

temptation,  as  to  his  intellectual  thin<j;s;  whereas  now  it  is 
concerning  another  state,  namely,  as  to  things  voluntary.  Hence 
Noah's  age  is  twice  mentioned ;  formerly  as  a  son  of  six  hundred 
years,  and  here,  that  he  was  in  the  six-hundredth  year,  the 
second  month,  and  the  seventeenth  day  of  his  life,  when  the 
Hood  took  place.  It  must  need  be  inconceivable  to  every  one 
that  by  the  years  of  Noah's  age — wiierever  the  years,  months, 
and  days  are  given — is  meant  a  state  of  temptation  as  to  things 
voluntary.  But,  as  was  above  observed,  such  was  the  manner 
of  speaking  and  writing  among  the  most  ancient  people.  They 
were  especially  delighted  in  thus  designating  times  and  names, 
and  thence  framing  a  semblance  of  true  history ;  and  lierein 
their  wisdom  consisted.  That  six  hundred  years  are  nothing  but  - 
the  first  state  of  temptation,  was  shewn  above  (yer.  6) ;  and  the 
meaning  of  the  six-hundredth  year  in  the  present  place  is 
similar.  In  order,  however,  to  denote  another  state  of  tempta- 
tion, months  and  days  are  added,  and  a  particular  number  of 
months,  which  was  two,  or  the  second ;  two  having  reference  to 
combat,  as  may  appear  from  the  signification  of  that  number 
spoken  of  in  the  second  verse  of  this  chapter,  where  it  was 
seen  to  signify  the  same  as  six,  that  is,  labour  and  combat,  and 
also  dispersion.  The  number  seventeen,  how^ever,  signifies  both 
the  beginning  and  the  end  of  temptation,  by  reason  of  its  being 
composed  of  the  numbers  seven  and  ten.  "When  the  number 
seven  denotes  the  beginning  of  temptation,  it  implies  till  seven 
(lays,  or  a  week  composed  of  seven  days  ;  and  that  it  then  has 
this  representation,  was  shewn  at  the  fourth  verse  of  the 
present  chapter.  When,  however,  it  means  the  end  of  tempta- 
tion (as  at  ver.  4  of  chap.  viii.  which  follows),  then  seven  is  a 
holy  number,  to  which  ten,  as  representative  of  remains,  is 
added  ;  because  without  remains  man  is  incapable  of  regenera- 
tion. That  the  number  seventeen  signifies  the  beginning  of  3 
temptation,  appears  from  Jeremiah's  being  commanded  to  buy 
a  field  in  Anathoth,  of  Hanameel,  his  uncle's  son,  when  "  he 
weighed  him  the  money,  even  seventeen  shekels  of  silver"  (xxxii. 
9).  It  is  here  used  in  reference  to  the  Babylonish  ca])tivity, 
whereby  are  represented  the  temptation  of  the  faitld'ul  and  the 
devastation  of  unbelievers ;— and,  indeed,  l)oth  the  l)eginning  of 
temptation  and  its  termination,  or  the  period  of  deliverance,  as 
is  evident  from  the  subsequent  verses  of  the  same  chapter;  the 
captivity  being  spoken  of  there  at  verse  ;]G,and  the  deliverance 
at  verse  37.  Such  a  number  would  never  have  occurred  in  the 
prophecy,  unless,  like  everything  else  mentioned,  it  hail  involvc^d 
some  arcanum.  That  seventeen  signilies  the  beginning  of  4 
temptation,  is  evident  also  from  Josei.h's  age  l)eing  stjvi'iitecn 
years  when  he  was  sent  to  his  Ijrethren,  and  sold  into  JOgyjft 
(Gen.  xxxvii.  2).  That  his  being  sold  into  Kgy]it  had  a  similar 
representation,  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine^  ^i^^-^'^y'  ^'^ 
VOL.  I.  y  - '  ^ 


75G.]  GENESIS. 

the  explanation  of  that  passa^je  ;  for  tlie  historical  circumstances 
there  related  are  re]n-escntative  events,  although  they  really 
occurred  as  they  are  described,  lint  in  this  case  a  history  is 
framed  merely  for  the  sake  of  its  signihcation,  which  never  took 
place  in  the  manner  related  in  the  sense  of  the  letter.  Still  the 
former  involved  arcana  of  heaven, even  in  each  particular  expres- 
sion, just  as  the  latter  do.  That  such  should  be  the  case  must 
necessarily  appear  strange,  since,  wherever  either  true  history 
or  the  semblance  of  true  history  occurs,  the  mind  is  held  in  the 
letter,  from  which  it  is  unable  to  withdraw  itself,  and  hence 
5  believes  in  no  ulterior  signification  or  representation.  Tliere  is, 
however,  a  certain  internal  sense,  and  the  life  of  the  Word 
resides  in  it,  and  not  in  the  letter,  which,  apart  from  this  sense, 
is  dead.  This  may  be  evident  to  every  intelligent  person.  For, 
without  the  internal  sense,  wliat  difference  is  there  between  the 
historical  relations  in  the  Word,  and  those  to  be  met  with  in  any 
profane  writer  ?  Thus,  what  use  would  there  be  in  knowing 
the  year,  and  the  month,  and  the  day  of  Noah's  life,  when  the 
deluge  took  place,  unless  some  heavenly  arcanum  were  therein 
involved  ?  And  who  cannot  see  that  all  the  fountains  of  the 
great  deep  being  broken  up,  and  the  cataracts  of  heaven  opened, 
is  a  prophetic  form  of  speech  ?  Not  to  mention  other  considera- 
tions to  the  same  purpose. 

756.  That  by  all  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  hcing  broken 
up,  the  extreme  of  temptation  as  to  things  voluntary  is  signified, 
may  appear  from  what  was  just  now  said  of  temptations  being 
of  two  kinds,  one  relating  to  intellectual  and  the  other  to  volun- 
tary things,  and  that  the  latter  are  the  more  grievous ;  as  well 
as  from  tlie  consideration  that  hitherto  the  subject  treated  of 
has  been  intellectual  temptation.  It  is  also  confirmed  by  the  sig- 
nification of  a  f/c(^p,  which  denotes  lusts  and  the  falsities  therefrom 
(as  mentioned  above,  no.  18) ;  and  in  the  following  passages  of  the 
Word :  "  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  When  I  shall  make  thee 
a  desolate  city,  like  the  cities  that  are  not  inhabited,  when  I 
shall  bring  up  the  deep  upon  thee,  and  many  waters  shall  cover 
thee  "  (Ezek.  xxvi.  19).  The  deep  and  mcmy  urtters  signify  the 
extremity  of  temptation.  In  Jonah  :  "  The  waters  compassed 
me  about  even  to  the  soul,  the  deep  closed  me  round  about " 
(ii.  5).  Here  waters  and  the  deep  have  a  similar  meaning.  In 
David :  "  Beep  calleth  unto  deep  at  the  voice  of  thy  waterspouts ; 
all  thy  waves  and  thy  Ullovjs  are  gone  over  me  "  (Psalm  xlii.  7) ; 
evidently  denoting  the  extreme  of  temptation.  Again:  He 
rebuked  the  Red  Sea  also,  and  it  was  dried  up,  so  He  called 
them  through  the  deep  as  through  the  wilderness.  And  He 
saved  them  from  the  hand  of  him  that  hated  them,  and  redeemed 
them  from  the  hand  of  the  enemy,  and  the  waters  eorered  their 
enemies"  (Psalm  cvi.  9-11).  Here  the  deep  is  distinctly  com- 
pared to  the  temptations  in  the  wilderness.  By  the  deep,  in 
274 


CHAPTER  VII.  12.  [757-760. 

ancient  times,  was  signified  Hell ;  and  fantasies  and  persuasions 
of  falsity  were  likened  to  waters  and  streams,  and  likewise  the 
vapour  thence.  Some  of  the  hells,  also,  of  which,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter,  appear  as  deeps  antl 
seas.  Thence  come  the  evil  spirits  who  devastate  and  tempt 
man  ;  and  the  fantasies  which  they  infuse,  and  the  desires  with 
which  they  intlame  him,  are  like  inundations  and  the  exhala- 
tions therefrom ;  for,  as  has  been  observed,  man  throutrh  the 
medium  of  evil  spirits  has  conjunction  with  Hell,  and  throuLrh 
that  of  angels,  with  Heaven.  Such  things,  then,  are  signified 
when  it  is  said  that  all  the  fountains  of  the  great  deep  are 
broken  up.  That  Hell  is  called  a  deep,  and  the  filthy  things 
which  are  thence  are  called  streams,  is  plain  from  Ezekiel : 
"  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  In  the  day  when  he  went  down 
to  hell  I  caused  him  to  mourn ;  I  covered  the  deep  above  him, 
and  I  restrained  the  streams  thereof,  and  the  great  waters  were 
shut  up  "  (xxxi.  15).  Hell  is  also  denominated  a  deep  in 
John  (Apoc.  ix.  1,  2,  11 ;  xi.  7  ;  xvii.  8  ;  xx.  1,  3). 

757.  That  by  the  cataracts  of  heaven  being  opened  is  denoted 
the  extreme  of  temptation  as  to  things  intellectual,  appears 
also  from  the  fact  that  temptation  as  to  things  voluntary,  or 
the  lusts,  can  never  be  separated  from  temptation  as  to  things 
intellectual ;  for  if  they  were  separated  there  would  be  no 
temptation,  Init  inundations ;  as  with  those  who  live  in  the  fire 
of  lusts,  in  which,  like  infernal  spirits,  they  perceive  the  delights 
of  their  life.  They  are  called  the  cataracts  of  heaven  from  being 
an  inundation  of  falsities  or  reasonings,  concerning  which  it  is 
said  also  in  Isaiah :  "  He  wlio  fleeth  from  the  noise  of  the  fear 
shall  fall  into  the  pit,  and  he  that  cometh  out  of  the  midst  of 
the  pit  shall  be  taken  in  the  snare  ;  for  the  cataracts  from  on 
high  are  opened,  &.m\  the  foundations  of  the  earth  do  shake" 
(xxiv.  18). 

758.  Verse  12.  And  the  rain  was  tqjon  tJie  earth  forty  dai/s 
and  forty  nights,  signifies  that  this  temptation  continued;  rain 
denotes  temptation  ;  forty  days  and  nights,  its  duration. 

759.  That  rain  here  denotes  temptation,  is  clear  from  what 
lias  been  said  and  shewn  above  concerning  iloods  and  inunda- 
tions; as  well  as  from  the  consideration  that  the  fountains  of 
the  great  deep  being  broken  up,  and  the  cataracts  of  licavcii 
opened,  signify  temptations. 

760.  That  forty  days  and  forty  nights  denote  duration,  was 
shewn  above"  at  verse  4.  Forty,  as  was  there  stated,  signifies 
every  duration  of  temptation,  whether  it  be  longer  or  sliortcr, 
and  indeed  a  grievous  temptation,  such  as  is  connected  with 
things  voluntary;  for  man  has  procured  to  himself,  by  con- 
tinual pleasures,  and  by  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world— 
thus  by  lusts,  which  are  continuations  of  those  loves— a  lifi; 
entirely  made  up  of  such  affections.     Now  this  life  can  Ijy  no 

275 


TGI.  702.]  GENESIS. 

iiiean.s  ngroe  with  heavenly  life,  since  no  one  can  love  worldly 
and  heavenly  things  at  the  same  time.  For  to  love  what  is 
worldly  is  to  look  "downwards,  and  to  love  what  is  heavenly  is 
to  look  npwards.  And  it  is  still  less  possible  to  love  self  and 
the  neighbour  at  the  same  time ;  and  most  difficult  of  all  to 
love  self  and  the  Lord.  He  who  loves  himself  hates  all  who 
are  not  subservient  to  himself,  thus  he  who  loves  himself  is  the 
farthest  distant  from  heavenly  love  and  charity ;  which  consists 
in  man's  loving  the  neighbour  more  than  himself,  and  the  Lord 
above  all  things.  How  remote  man's  life  is  from  heavenly  life 
is  then  evident.  And  hence  he  needs  to  be  regenerated  by  the 
Lord  through  temptations,  that  his  life  may  be  bent  into  accord- 
ance with  it.  This  is  the  reason  why  this  temptation  is  so 
grievous  ;  for  it  approaches,  assaults,  destroys,  and  changes  the 
very  life  of  man.  Whence  it  is  so  aptly  described  by  the 
fountains  of  the  deep  being  broken  up,  and  the  cataracts  of 
heaven  opened. 

761.  Spiritual  temptation  in  man  is  a  combat  of  evil  spirits 
with  attendant  angels ;  and  this  combat  is  generally  felt  in  his 
conscience,  as  has  been  previously  stated  and  confirmed.  Of 
this  warfare  it  may  be  further  observed,  that  the  angels  con- 
tinually defend  man,  and  avert  the  injuries  which  evil  spirits 
intend  him.  Nay,  they  even  defend  what  is  false  and  evil  in 
him  ;  knowing  full  well  that  these  falsities  and  evils  come  from 
evil  spirits  and  genii.  For  man  never  of  himself  produces  any- 
thing false  or  evil,  these  proceeding  from  the  evil  spirits  attendant 
upon  him.  The  latter,  however,  so  great  is  their  malignity,  at 
the  same  time  make  him  believe  that  they  originate  in  himself  ; 
and  what  is  more  horrible  still,  in  the  very  instant  of  infusing 
tlieir  evils  and  falsities,  and  causing  man  to  believe  [that  they 
are  from  himself],  they  also  accuse  and  condemn  him,  as  I  can 
testify  from  repeated  experience.  The  man  who  is  not  in  faith 
towards  the  Lord  cannot  be  enlightened,  but  supposes  that  evil 
is  from  himself,  and  he  thus  appropriates  it  to  himself,  and 
becomes  like  the  evil  spirits  who  attend  him.  Such  is  the  con- 
dition of  man  ;  and  as  the  angels  are  acquainted  with  his  state, 
in  the  temptations  of  regeneration  they  even  defend  his  falsities 
and  evils ;  for  otherwise  he  would  sink  under  them  in  conse- 
quence of  being  nothing  but  evil,  and  the  falsity  therefrom  ; 
so  that  he  is  a  mere  mass  and  compound  of  evils,  and  of  the 
falsities  therefrom. 

762.  Spiritual  temptations,  however,  are  at  this  day  little 
known,  not  being  permitted  in  the  manner  they  formerly  were, 
because  man  is  not  in  the  truth  of  faith,  and  hence  would  fall 
under  them.  Instead,  then,  of  temptations,  there  are  other 
things,  such  as  misfortunes,  sorrows,  and  anxieties,  which  arise 
from  natural  and  corporeal  causes,  and  bodily  pains  and  dis- 
tempers, and  these  serve  to  subdue  and  break  in  some  degree 

276 


CHAPTER  VII.  13.  [763-7C5. 

the  life  of  the  pleasures  and  lusts  of  the  body,  and  to  determine 
and  elevate  the  thoughts  to  interior  and  pious  subjects.  These, 
however,  are  not  spiritual  temptations ;  such  beino-  experienced 
only  by  those  who  have  received  a  conscience  of  Inith  and  uood 
from  the  Lord ;  conscience  being  the  plane  on  Avhich  tem^jta- 
tions  operate. 

763.  Hitherto  temptations  have  been  treated  of.  What 
follows  is  the  end  of  the  temptation.  And  this  was  in  order 
that  a  new  Church  might  exist. 

764  Verse  13.  In  the  selfsame  clay  entered  Noah,  and  Shew, 
and  Ham,  and  Jajihcth,  the  sons  of  Noah,  and  Noah's  wife,  and 
the  three  vnves  of  his  sons  ivith  them,  into  the  ark.  By  enterinr^ 
into  the  ark  is  signified  here,  as  before,  that  they  were  saved  ;  by 
Noah,  what  was  of  the  Church  ;  by  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japhcth, 
what  was  of  the  Churches  thence  ;  by  the  sons  of  Noah,  doc- 
trinals  ;  and  the  three  ivives  of  his  sons  with  them,  the  Clnirches 
themselves  thence. 

765.  Hitherto  the  subject  treated  of  is  the  temjitation  of  tlie 
man  of  the  Church  called  Noah ;  first,  his  temptation  as  to  in- 
tellectual things,  which  are  the  truths  of  faith  (vers.  6  to  10) ; 
and  afterwards  his  temptation  as  to  voluntary  things,  whicli 
look  to  the  goods  of  charity  (vers.  11, 12).  The  object  of  these 
temptations  was,  that  the  man  of  the  Church,  or  a  new  Church, 
might  thence  arise,  the  Most  Ancient  Church  having  p(^rished. 
This  new  Church,  as  previously  observed,  was  of  a  different 
genius  (iHffo/es)  from  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  namely,  spiritual ; 
which  is  of  such  a  nature  that  man  may  be  born  again  l)y  the 
doctrinals  of  faith.  For  when  these  are  implanted,  then  con- 
science is  finsinuated  into  him  to  prevent  his  acting  contrary 
to  the  truth  and  good  of  faith  ;  and  thus  he  becomes  endowed 
with  charity,  which  governs  his  conscience,  and  under  the  in- 
fluence of  which  he  begins  to  act.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  a 
spiritual  man  is  not  one  who  supposes  faith  to  be  saving  without 
charity  ;  but  one  who  makes  charity  the  essential  of  faitli,  and 
acts  accordingly.  The  object  of  the  temptations  here  described 
was  the  existence  of  such  a  man  or  Church;  and  tlie  .subject 
now  under  consideration  is  this  very  Church.  That  the  Church 
is  still  treated  of,  may  also  appear  from  there  ])eing  a  repetition 
as  it  were  of  the  same  thing  ;  for  it  is  here  said,  In  the  selfsame 
day  entered  Noah,  and  Shem,  and  Ham,  and  Japheth,  the  sons 
of  Noah,  and  Noah's  wife,  and  the  three  wives  of  his  sons  with 
them,  into  the  ark  And  to  the  same  purport  at  verse  7,  but  in 
these  words :  And  Noah  luent  in,  and  his  sons,  and  his  wife 
and  his  sons'  ivives  with  him,  into  the  ark.  As,  however,  the 
Church  is  here  treated  of,  therefore  his  sons,  Shem,  Ilam,  and 
Jajiheth,  are  inentioned  ;  and  when  this  is  the  case,  they  signify 
the  man  of  tlie  Churcli.  Jhit  when  they  are  merely  sjiokcn  of 
as  sons,  without  their  names  being  given,  they  repn^scnt  the 

277 


707-770.]  GENESIS. 

t nulls  of  faith.  There  is  also  a  further  repetitiou  of  what  was 
said  above  at  verses  8, 9,  respecting  the  beasts  and  fowls  entering 
iiUo  the  ark,  at  verses  14,  15,  and  16  ;  but  this  is  done  wuth  an 
appropriate  variety,  and  here  applicable  to  the  Church. 

7G7.  That  to  enter  into  the  ark  signifies  the  salvation  of  the 
man  of  the  Church  called  Noah,  and  of  the  other  Churches 
mentioned,  which  descended  or  were  derived  from  him,  may- 
appear  from  what  has  been  previously  said  of  entering  into 
the  ark. 

708.  That  by  Noah  is  signified  what  was  of  the  Church,  and 
by  Shem,  Ham,  and  Jajoheth,  what  was  of  the  Churches  thence, 
appears  from  the  circumstance  of  their  not  being  here  called 
his  sons,  as  before  (ver.  7),  but  they  are  themselves  mentioned 
by  name  ;  and  when  thus  spoken  of  they  signify  the  man  of 
the  Church.  The  man  of  the  Church  is  not  only  the  Church 
itself,  but  everything  belonging  to  it.  It  is  a  general  term 
comprehending  whatever  is  of  the  Church,  as  was  before  re- 
marked, concerning  the  Most  Ancient  Church  being  called  Man, 
and  concerning  the  other  Churches  which  are  mentioned  by 
name.  Thus  by  Noah,  and  by  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth,  is 
signified  whatever  pertains  to  this  Church,  and  to  the  Churches 
therefrom,  in  one  complex.     Such  is  the  style  and  mode  of 

2  speaking  adopted  in  the  Word,  And  hence,  when  Judah  is 
named  in  the  prophets,  the  celestial  Church,  or  whatever  is  of 
that  Church,  is  generally  understood.  When /sraeZ  is  mentioned, 
most  commonly  the  spiritual  Church,  or  whatever  is  of  that 
Church,  is  signified  ;  and  when  Jacoh  is  spoken  of,  the  external 
Church  is  denoted  by  him.  Eor  with  every  man  of  the 
Church  there  is  given  the  internal  and  the  external  of  the 
Church.    The  internal  is  where  the  true  Church  is  ;  the  external 

3  is  what  is  from  it,  that  is,  Jacoh.  The  case  is  otherwise  where 
they  are  not  mentioned  by  name,  in  consequence  of  Judah, 
Israel,  and  Jacoh  there  referring  to  the  Lord's  kingdom  repre- 
sentatively. The  Lord  alone  is  Man,  and  the  all  of  His  kingdom  ; 
and,  as  the  Church  is  the  Lord's  kingdom  upon  earth,  the  Lord 
alone  is  the  all  of  the  Church.  The  all  of  the  Church  is  love 
or  charity ;  wherefore  man,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  any  one 
mentioned  by  name  [in  the  Word],  signifies  love  or  charity, 
that  is,  the  all  of  the  Church,  and  then  wufe  denotes  simply  the 
Church  thence,  as  in  the  present  instance.  In  regard  to  the 
nature  of  the  Churches  represented  by  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth, 
more  will  be  said,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  what  follows. 

769.  That  by  the  sons  of  Noah  are  signified  doctrinals,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  sons  spoken  of  above  ;  for  a  Church 
cannot  exist  without  doctrinals ;  hence  they  are  here  not  only 
mentioned  by  name,  but  also  said  to  be  his  sons. 

770.  That  Noah's  wife  signifies  the  Church  itself,  and  the 
three  wives  of  his  so7is  with  them,  the  Churches  thence,  is  plain 

278 


CHAPTER  VII.  U,  15.  [771-774. 

from  what  was  just  now  observed,  namely,  that  wlien  the  man 
of  the  Church  is  named,  thereby  is  signified  the  all  of  the 
Church,  or,  as  it  is  called,  the  Head  of  the  Church,  and  tlien 
wife  denotes  the  Church,  as  was  before  shewn  (nos.  252,  253). 
It  is  otherwise  when  man  {vir)  and  wife,  or  male  and  female, 
are  mentioned  in  the  Word,  for  then  man  and  male  signify 
things  intellectual,  or  the  truths  of  faith,  and  wife  s.nd  fimalc, 
things  voluntary,  or  the  goods  of  faith. 

771.  Now,  as  every  particular  expression  in  the  Word  is  from 
the  Lord,  and  consequently  contains  what  is  Divine,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  there  cannot  be  a  single  word  or  iota  in  it  which  tloes 
not  signify  and  involve  something ;  thus  also  what  is  here  said, 
three  wives,  as  well  as  wives  of  sons,  and  that  they  were  with 
them ;  but,  as  it  would  be  tedious  to  explain  what  the  particulars 
involve,  it  is  sufficient  to  give  a  general  idea  of  the  most  general 
significations. 

772.  Verses  14,  15.  They,  and  every,  vnlcl  hcast  according  to 
h  is  species ;  and  every  least  aecordiny  to  his  species ;  and  every 
reptile  creejnny  npon  the  earth  aecordiny  to  his  sjKcies;  and 
every  bird  according  to  his  species,  every  flying  thing,  every 
winged  thing.  And  they  entered  in  itnto  Noah  into  tlie  ark ;  two 
ami  two,  of  (dl  flesh,  in  ivhich  was  the  breath  of  lives.  By  they 
is  signified  the  man  of  the  Church  in  general.  By  every  wild 
beast  according  to  his  species  is  signified  every  spiritual  good. 
By  every  beast  according  to  his  species,  natural  good.  By  every 
reptile  cree2nng  tipon  the  earth  according  to  his  species,  every 
sensual  and  corporeal  good.  By  the  bird  according  to  his  species, 
every  spiritual  truth.  Bj  flying  thing,  natural  truth.  By  winged 
thing,  sensual  truth.  That  they  entered  in  imto  Noah  into  the 
ark,  signifies,  as  above,  that  they  were  saved.  Two  and  two 
signifies,  as  Ijefore,  pairs.  Of  all  flesh  in  which  is  the  breath  of 
lives,  signifies  a  new  creature ;  or  that  they  received  new  life 
from  the  Lord. 

773.  That  by  they  is  meant,  in  general,  the  man  of  the  Church 
or  everything  belonging  to  this  Church,  appears  from  the  con- 
sideration, that  it  refers  to  those  who  have  been  just  before 
mentioned,  to  Noah,  Sliem,  Ham,  and  Japheth;  who,  altliough 
they  are  four,  nevertheless,  taken  together,  make  one.  In  Noah, 
by  whom  in  general  is  meant  the  Ancient  Church,  are  contained 
as  in  a  parent,  or  seed,  tlie  Churches  thence.  Henc(!  l)y  thi- 
word  they  is  signified  the  Ancient  Church.  All  those  ( 'hui'chcs 
which  are  called  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth,  constitute  togctlicr 
the  Church  which  is  called  the  Ancient  Church. 

774.  That  by  every  ivild  beast  according  to  his  species,  is  signi- 
fied every  spiritual  good  ;  by  every  beast  according  to  his  spcrus, 
every  natural  good;  and  by  every  reptile  creeping  vpon  the  earth, 
every  sensual  and  corporeal  good,  was  said  and  sh(!wn  above 
(nos.  45,  46,   142,  143,  240).      That  the  wild  beast^  signilies 

27') 


77:.,  77G.]  GENESIS. 

spiritual  good,  may  at  first  siglit,  indeed,  appear  improbable. 
Hut  that  this  is  its  true  signification,  is  clear  from  the  series  of 
things  mentioned:  thaj,  that  is,  the  man  of  the  Church,  being 
first  inentioneil ;  next  the  uild  beast ;  afterwards  the  hcast ;  and 
lastly  the  irptilc ;  wherefore  v:ihl  hcast  involves  what  is  higher 
and  more  excellent  than  beast.  The  reason  is,  because  the  ex- 
pression in  the  Hebrew  language  signifies  also  an  animal  in 
which  there  is  a  living  soul.  So  also  here,  it  does  not  signify 
a  wild  beast,  but  an  animal  in  which  there  is  a  living  soul ;  for 
the  expression  in  either  case  is  the  same.  That  by  animals, 
beasts,  and  reptiles  creepinfj  uiwn  the  earth,  are  signified  things 
of  the  will,  has  been  previously  stated  and  confirmed ;  and  will 
be  further  shewn  when  we  come  to  treat  of  birds. 

775.  It  is  because  there  are  genera  and  species  of  all  things, 
of  spiritual  goods  as  well  as  of  natural  goods,  and  also  of  the 
sensual  and  corporeal  goods  thence  derived,  that  it  is  here  said 
concerning  each,  according  to  his  species.  There  are  so  many- 
genera  of  spiritual  goods,  and  also  of  spiritual  truths,  that  it 
is  impossible  to  enumerate  them,  and  still  less  can  we  mention 
their  species.  In  heaven,  all  goods  and  truths,  both  celestial 
and  spiritual,  are  so  accurately  arranged  into  genera,  and  these 
again  into  species,  that  there  is  not  one  which  is  not  carefully 
distinguished ;  and  they  are  so  innumerable  that  the  specific 
difierences  may  be  said  to  be  indefinite.  Hence  may  appear 
the  poverty  and  almost  nothingness  of  human  wisdom,  which  is 
well  nigh  completely  ignorant  of  the  existence  of  spiritual  good 

2  and  truth,  and  is  entirely  so  of  their  real  quality.  From  celes- 
tial and  spiritual  goods  and  the  truths  thence,  natural  goods 
and  truths  exist  and  descend  ;  for  there  is  not  a  single  natural 
good  or  truth  which  does  not  exist  and  subsist  from  spiritual 
good,  and  this  from  celestial.  Were  what  is  spiritual  to  be 
separated  from  what  is  natural,  that  which  is  natural  would  be 
annihilated.  All  things  originate  in  this  way.  Evervthing, 
both  in  general  and  in  particular,  is  from  the  Lord.  From 
Him  is  the  Celestial ;  by  the  Celestial  from  Him  the  Spiritual 
exists;  by  the  Spiritual,  the  Natural;  and  by  the  Natural, 
the  Corporeal  and  Sensual ;  and  as  each  thus  exists  from  the 
Lord,  so  also  does  it  subsist,  for,  as  is  acknowledged,  subsistence 
is  perpetual  existence.  Those  who  conceive  otherwise  of  the 
existence  and  origin  of  all  things — as  the  worshippers  of  nature, 
who  derive  them  all  from  her — have  adopted  such  deadly  prin- 
ciples, that  the  fantasies  of  the  beasts  of  the  forests  may  be  said 
to  possess  more  of  truth ;  yet  there  are  many  such  persons  who 
seem  to  themselves  to  excel  the  rest  of  mankind  in  wisdom. 

776.  That  by  everj/  bird  according  to  his  species  is  signi- 
fied all  spiritual  truth  ;  by  flying  thing,  natural  truth ;  and  by 
■winged  thing,  sensual  truth,  appears  from  what  has  been  pre- 
viously stated  concerning  birds  (no.  40).     The  most  ancient 

280 


CHAPTER  YII.  14,  15.  [776. 

people  likened  the  thoughts  of  man  to  birds,  for  thus  they  held 
themselves  respectively  as  to  things  voluntary.  As  mention 
is  here  made  of  bird,  and  the  flying  thing,  and  winged  thim,^ 
and  these  succeed  each  other,  as  intellectual,  ratfonal,  and 
sensual  truths  in  man ;  to  remove  all  doubt  of  their  liavim; 
such  a  signification,  it  may  be  expedient  to  adduce  some 
additional  passages  from  the  Word  in  confirmation;  from 
which  it  is  also  evident  that  beasts  have  such  a  signification  as 
we  have  stated.  It  is  said  in  David:  "Thou  madest  Him  to 
have  dominion  over  the  works  of  Thy  hands ;  Thou  hast  i»ut 
all  things  under  His  feet ;  all  sheep  and  oxen,  yea,  and  the 
beasts  of  the  field,  the  hirds  of  the  air,  and  tlie  Jish  of  the  sea  " 
(Psalm  viii.  6-8) ;  speaking  of  the  Lord,  whose  dominion  over 
man  and  what  belongs  to  him  is  thus  described.  For  liow  in 
any  other  sense  could  He  be  said  to  have  dominion  over 
beasts  and  hirds ?  Again:  "Praise  the  Lord,  ye  fruitful  trees, 
and  all  cedars,  wild  beast,  and  every  beast,  the  reptile,  and 
fiy^ng  fold"  (Psalm  cxlviii.  7,  9,10).  Fruitfnl  trees  signify 
the  celestial  man  ;  cedars,  the  spiritual  man  ;  icild  beast,  the 
beast,  and  the  reptile,  are  their  goods,  and  flying  forcl,  their 
truths,  by  which  the  name  of  Jehovah  can  be  glorified,  but 
not  by  ivild  beast,  beast,  reptile,  and  flying  thing.  Li  profane 
writings,  indeed,  such  remarks  may  be  made  hyperbolically, 
but  in  the  Word  of  the  Lord  there  is  nothing  hyperbolical,  bul 
everything  is  significative  and  representative.  So  in  Kzekiel  : 
"The  fish  of  the  sea,  and  i\\Qfoiii  of  the  heavens,  and  the  n-ild 
beast  of  the  field,  and  every  reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth,  and 
all  the  men  that  are  upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  shall  shake  at 
My  presence  "  (xxxviii.  20).  That  beasts  and  fowls  in  this 
passage  have  a  spiritual  signification  plainly  appears  ;  for  what 
glory  would  it  be  to  Jehovah  thoX  flslics,  fowls,  and  beasts  should 
tremble  ?  Or  can  any  one  suppose  that  such  expressions  could 
be  holy,  unless  they  involved  what  is  holy  ?  In  Jeremiah  :  "  1 
beheld,  and,  lo,  there  was  no  ?>K«i,  and  every  bird  of  the  heavens 
was  fled"  (iv.  25);  denoting  the  extinction  of  all  good  \\\n\ 
truth;  here  also  man  signifies  the  good  of  love.  In  the  same 
prophet:  "They  are  burned  up,  so  that  no  man  can  pa.ss 
through  them;  neither  can  they  hear  the  voice  of  the  cattle ; 
from  the  fotul  of  the  heavens  and  even  to  the  bet/sf,  they  are 
fled;  they  are  gone"  (ix.  10);  denoting,  in  like  manner,  the 
departure  of  all  truth  and  good.  Again  :  "  Uow  long  shall  tlu! 
land  mourn,  and  the  herbs  of  every  field  wither,  for  the  wickcil- 
ness  of  them  that  dwell  therein  ?  The  beasts  are  consumed,  an(l 
the  bird ;  because  they  said,  He  shall  not  see  our  last  end  " 
(xii.  4);  where  the  beasts  stand  for  the  goods,  and  the 
bird  for  the  truths  which  perished,  in  Zciihaniah:  "  I  will 
consume  man  and  beast;  I  will  consume  ihc;  fnd  of  tlic 
heaven,  and  the  fishes  of  the   sea,  and  the  .stund.ling-Mock.s 

L'Sl 


78.]  GENESIS. 

with  the  wicked  ;  luul  1  will  cut  off  man  from  the  faces  of  the 
^rouml "  (i.  .■'>).  ][ere  man  and  heast  represent  the  things  of 
h)\o  and  the  good  from  it;  the  fovi  of  the  heaven  and  thcjishes 
I'f  (he  sea,  the  things  of  the  understanding,  thus  the  things  of 
truth,  whicli  are  called  stumbling-l)locks  ;  because  goods  and 
ii-uihs  are  so  to  the  wicked;  but  not  beasts  and  birds.  That 
they  are  things  belonging  to  man  is  also  plainly  declared.  In 
J  )avid  :  "  The  trees  of  Jehovah  are  full  [of  sap],  the  cedars  of 
Lebanon  which  He  hath  planted,  where  the  fl//ing  things  make 
their  nests"  (Psalm  civ.  1(5,  17).  The  trees  of  Jehovah  and  the 
rutin's  of  Lebanon  signify  the  spiritual  man;  and  fiying  things, 
liis  rational  or  natural  truths,  which  build  as  it  were  nests.  Jt 
was,  moreover,  a  common  saying,  by  which  were  signified 
truths,  that  hirds  would  make  nests  in  the  branches  of  trees. 

5  As  in  Ezekiel :  "  In  the  mountain  height  of  Israel  will  I  plant 
it,  and  it  shall  bring  forth  a  branch  and  bear  fruit,  and  be  a 
goodly  cedar,  and  under  it  shall  dwell  every  fowl  of  every  wing, 
in  tlie  shadow  of  its  branches  shall  they  dwell"  (xvii.  23) ; 
speaking  of  the  Church  of  the  Gentiles,  which  was  spiritual, 
and  was  denoted  by  the  goodly  eedar.  Fowl  of  every  wing 
signify  truths  of  every  kind.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  Every 
fowl  of  the  heavens  made  his  nests  in  his  boughs,  and  under  his 
branches  did  every  ivild  heast  of  the  field  bring  forth  his  young, 
and  under  his  shadow  dwelt  all  great  nations "  (xxxi.  6) ; 
speaking  of  Ashur,  which  is  the  spiritual  Church,  and  is  called 
a  cedar ;  the  foui  of  tlte  heavens  denotes  its  truths,  and  the 

6  heast  of  the  field,  its  goods.  So  in  Daniel :  "  The  leaves  thereof 
were  fair,  and  tlie  fruit  thereof  much,  and  in  it  was  meat  for 
all;  the  heast  of  the  field  had  shadow  under  it,  and  the  fnds 
of  heaven  dwelt  in  the  boughs  thereof"  (iv.  12,  21).  Here  the 
heast  signifies  goods,  and  the  fowl  of  the  heavens  truths,  as  may 
appear  to  every  one.  For,  otherwise,  what  could  be  intended 
by  sayin^^  that  fowl  and  beast  dwelt  therein  ?  Similar  also  is 
the  meaning  where  the  Lord  says, "  The  kingdom  of  God  is  like 
a  grain  of  mustard-seed,  which  a  man  taking  cast  into  his 
garden,  and  it  grew  and  waxed  a  great  tree ;  and  the  fowls  of 
heaven  lodged  in  the  branches  of  it"  (Luke  xiii.  19;  Matt.  xiii. 
31,  32 ;  Mark  iv.  31,  32). 

777.  It  appears  from  this  that  the  bird  signifies  spiritual 
truth,  the  flying  thing  natural  truth,  and  the  winged  thing 
sensual  truth  ;  and  also,  that  thus  are  truths  distinguished. 
Sensual  truths,  such  as  are  acquired  by  the  senses  of  sight 
and  hearing,  are  called  winged  things,  because  they  are  of  the 
lowest  kind;  and  such  also  is  the  signification  of  a  wing 
when  applied  to  other  things. 

778.  Xow,  as  foirh  of  the  heavens  signify  intellectual  truths, 
consequently  tlioughts,  they  also  signify  their  contraries,  as 
fantasies   or   falsities,  which,  because   they   belong  to   man's 

282  ^ 


CHAriEE  YII.  IG.  [770-7S3. 

thought,  are  also  called  fowls;  as  that  the  impious  shall  be 
given  for  food  to  the  fuivh  of  the  heaven,  and  to  wild  leasts, 
which  stand  for  fantasies  and  lusts  (Jer.  vii.  33  ;  xvi.  4 ;  xix.  7  ; 
xxxiv.  20 ;  Isa.  xviii.  6  ;  Ezek.  xxix.  5  ;  xxxix.  4).  The  Lord 
Himself  also  compares  fantasies  and  false  persuasions  to  fowls, 
where  He  says,  the  "seed  which  fell  by  the  wayside,  was 
trodden  down,  and  the  foivls  of  heaven  came  and  devoured  it 
up"  (Matt.  xiii.  4 ;  Luke  viii.  5;  Mark  iv.  4,  15);  where  the 
fowls  of  heaven  are  nothing  else  but  falsities. 

779.  That  they  entered  in  unto  Noah  into  the  ark  signifies 
that  they  were  saved,  was  said  and  shewn  above.  That  tico 
and  tivo  signifies  pairs,  may  be  seen  in  the  preceding  chapter 
(ver.  19),  where  also  it  is  shewn  what  is  meant  by  pairs. 

780.  That  of  all  flesh  in  ivhich  is  the  breath  of  lives  signifies 
a  new  creature,  or  that  they  received  new  life  from  the  Lord, 
may  appear  from  the  signification  of  flesh,  which  represents 
man  in  general,  and  specifically  the  corporeal  man,  as  we  have 
previously  seen.  Hence  flesh  in  whieh  is  the  breath  of  lives 
signifies  one  who  is  regenerated;  for  in  his  propriurn  there  is 
the  Lord's  life,  which  is  the  life  of  charity  and  faith.  Every 
man  is  mere  flesh,  until  the  life  of  charity  and  faith  is  l)reathed 
into  him  by  the  Lord,  when  the  flesh  becomes  vivified,  and  he 
is  made  spiritual  and  celestial,  and  is  called  a  new  creature, 
because  he  is  created  anew  (Mark  xvi.  15). 

781.  Verse  16.  And  they  that  entered  in,  entered  in  male 
and  female  of  cdl  flesh,  as  God  commanded  him;  and  Jehovah 
shut  after  him.  They  that  entered  in  signify  the  things  that 
were  with  the  man  of  the  Church.  Male  andfcmcde  of  all  flesh 
entered  in,  signifies  that  there  were  with  him  truths  and  goods 
of  every  kind.  As  God  eommanded,  signifies  that  he  was  pre- 
pared for  their  reception.  And  Jehovah  shut  after  liim,  signifies 
that  he  had  no  longer  such  communication  with  heaven  as  the 
man  of  the  celestial  Church  enjoyed. 

782.  The  subject  hitherto  treated  of,  from  verse  11,  has  been 
the  Church  as  preserved  among  those  who  are  called  Noah. 
What  now  follows  is  a  description  of  its  state,  which  is,  indeed, 
here  first  explained.  The  quality  of  the  state  of  that  Cliurch 
is  afterwards  described.  Every  single  verse,  yea,  every  singhj 
expression,  involves  some  peculiar  state.  And  because  the 
state  of  the  Ciiurcli  is  now  about  to  U\  descrilied,  what  wiis 
just  before  said  is  here  repeated.  Indeed,  it  is  rejK'ated  twice 
— "and  they  that  entered  in,  entered  in  male  and  feniide  of  all 
flesh;  "  when  yet,  in  the  ver.se  just  preceding,  it  was  said—"  and 
they  entered  in,  unto  Noah  into  tiie  ark,  tvm  and  two,  if  idl 
flesh."  This  repetition  in  the  Word  signifies  that  another  state 
is  treated  of;  for  otlierwise,  as  must  be  obvious  to  every  one, 
the  repetition  would  1)0  altogetlier  vain. 

783.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  they  that  entered  in  signify  the 

2H3 


784.]  GENESIS. 

lliiiiys  which  were  with  the  man  of  the  Church,  and  that  male 
(iiii/ female  of  all  Jlcsh  si'^ni^es  that  truths  and  goods  of  every 
kind  wore  with  him.  For  male  and  female  represent  truths 
and  Lcoods,  as  was  said  and  shewn  above.  That  as  God  covi- 
manth'it  sij^nifies  that  he  was  prepared  to  receive  them,  was 
also  previously  shewn.  To  command,  with  the  Lord,  is  to 
prepare  and  do. 

784.  That  Jehovah  shut  after  him  signifies  that  man  no 
longer  iiad  such  communication  with  Heaven  as  was  enjoyed 
liv  "the  man  of  the  celestial  Church,  becomes  evident  when  it  is 
known  that  in  the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church  they  enjoyed  internal 
connnunication  witli  Heaven,  and  thus  through  Heaven  with 
tlie  Lord.  They  were  in  love  to  the  Lord ;  and  they  who  are 
in  love  to  the  Lord  are  as  angels,  only  with  this  difference, 
that  they  are  clothed  with  a  body.  Their  interiors,  also,  were 
opened,  and  continued  open  even  from  the  Lord.  It  was 
otherwise,  however,  with  this  new  Church,  which  was  not  in 
love  to  tlie  Lord,  Init  in  faith ;  and  by  faith,  in  charity  towards 
the  neighbour.  Hence  they  could  not,  like  the  most  ancient 
people,  enjoy  internal  comnmuication  with  Heaven,  but  only 
external.  But  it  would  be  prolix  to  describe  the  particular 
nature  of  both  these  modes  of  communication.  Every  man — 
yea,  even  the  wicked — has  communication  with  Heaven,  by 
means  of  the  angels  wdth  them,  with  a  difference,  however, 
as  to  the  degrees  of  nearness  or  remoteness  ;  otherwise  man 
coiild  not  possibly  exist.  The  degrees  of  communication  are 
indefinite.  The  spiritual  man  cannot  have  such  communication 
as  the  celestial  man,  because  the  Lord  dwells  in  love  rather 
than  in  faith.  This,  then,  is  what  is  signified  by  the  expression, 
2  Jehovah  shut  after  him.  Since  those  days  Heaven  has  never 
been  open  as  it  was  to  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 
For  although  many  in  succeeding  times  have  conversed  with 
spirits  and  angels,  as  Moses,  Aaron,  and  others,  yet  it  has  been 
in  a  mode  differing  altogether  from  that  which  prevailed  in  the 
primeval  ages,  as  will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
in  a  future  part  of  this  work.  The  reason  why  Heaven  was 
shut  up  involves  a  great  arcanum ;  and  also  why  at  this  day 
it  is  so  closed,  that  man  does  not  know  that  he  is  attended 
by  spirits,  much  less  by  angels,  but  supposes  himself  to  be 
altogether  alone  when  he  is  separate  from  worldly  company 
and  in  meditation  with  himself;  when,  nevertheless,  he  is  con- 
tinually in  fellowship  with  spirits,  who  observe  and  perceive 
what  he  thinks,  intends,  and  devises,  as  clearly  and  openly  as 
if  it  were  exposed  to  the  view  of  the  whole  world.  Man  is 
altogether  ignorant  of  this,  although  it  is  a  certain  truth ;  and 
thus  Heaven  is  closed  in  respect  to  him,  when  he  is  not  in 
faith,  and  still  less  in  the  truth  of  faitli,  and  least  of  all  in 
charity.  For  were  Heaven  open  to  him  he  would  be  exposed 
284 


CHAPTER  VII.  17,  18.  [7S5-78S. 

to  the  greatest  danger.  This  was  also  signified  by  Jehovah 
God  casting  out  the  man,  and  causing  cherubim  to  dwell  on 
the  east  of  the  garden  of  Eden ;  and  the  flame  of  a  sword 
turning  itself  to  keep  the  way  of  the  tree  of  lives  (as  above, 
chap.  iii.  24;  see  also  nos.  301-303). 

785.  Verses  17,  18.  And  the  Jloocl  was  forty  days  vpon  the 
earth,  and  the  tvaters  increased,  and  hare  up  the  ark,  and  it  was 
lifted  U2J  above  the  earth.  And  the  imtcrs  were  strengthened,  and 
■icere  greatly  increased  upon  the  earth,  and  the  ark  went  upon  tJic 
faces  of  the  waters.  By  forty  days  is  signified  the  duration  of 
the  Church  called  Noah  ;  by  the  food,  falsities,  which  still  in- 
undated it ;  by  the  tvaters  increased  and  hare  up  the  ark,  and  it 
was  lifted  up  above  the  earth,  is  signified  its  fluctuation ;  and  by 
the  ivaters  were  strengthened,  and  were  greatly  increased  upon  the 
earth,  and  the  ark  ivent  ujoon  the  faces  of  the  waters,  is  signified 
that  thus  its  fluctuations  increased. 

786.  That  forty  days  signify  the  duration  of  the  Church 
called  Noah,  was  shewn  above  (ver.  4).  Here  forty  days  are 
spoken  of  ;  there  forty  days  and  forty  nights  ;  because  the  dura- 
tion of  temptation  was  there  signified,  in  which  nights  denote 
anxieties. 

787.  Hence  it  follows  that  by  the  -flood  there  are  signified  the 
falsities  which  still  inundated  it.  For  there  is  no  flood  or 
inundation  but  that  of  falsities.  It  has  been  previously  shewn 
(ver.  6),  that  a  flood  of  waters  denotes  temptation,  this  being 
also  an  inundation  of  falsities  excited  by  the  evil  spirits  who 
are  at  such  times  present  with  man.  The  meaning  of  the 
present  passage  is  similar,  except  that  there  is  now  no  tempta- 
tion ;  and  therefore  it  is  here  simply  called  a  flood,  and  not  a 
flood  of  waters. 

788.  That  by  the  waters  increased,  and  hare  up  the  ark,  and  it 
urns  lifted  up  above  the  earth,  is  signified  the  nature  of  its 
fluctuation,  and  that  by  the  ivaters  wor  strengthened,  and  were 
greatly  increased  upon  the  earth,  and  the  ark  went  upon  the  faces 
of  the  %vaters,  is  signified  that  its  fluctuations  tlius  increased, 
cannot  be  seen  unless  the  state  of  this  Church  called  Noah  be 
first  shewn.  Noah  was  not  the  Ancient  Church  itself,  but,  as  it 
were,  its  parent  or  seed,  as  was  before  observed ;  but  Nuah, 
with  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth,  constituted  the  Ancient  Church, 
which  immediately  succeeded  the  Most  Ancient.  J^very  man  of 
the  Church  denominated  Noah  was  of  tlu-  posterity  of  Lh(!  ^Fost 
Ancient  Church,  and  consequently  in  a  similar  state  as  to 
hereditary  evil  with  those  who  perished  ;  and  thi-y  who  wc-ro 
in  such  a  state  could  not  be  regenerated  and  made  si)irilual, 
like  those  who  have  not  the  same  kind  of  iiereditary  condition. 
The  quality  of  this  hereditaiy  condition  was  shewn  above  (no. 
310) ;  but  in  order  to  give  a  clearer  idea  of  this  subject,  it  may 
be  expedient  to  offer  Uie  following  observations.     Those  who  ■- 

28d 


780.]  GENESIS. 

aro  oi  tlu'  seed  of  Jacob,  as  llic  Jews,  camiol  be  regenerated  like 
the  Oentiles.  There  is  something  inherent  in  them  which  is 
(■out  raw  to  iaith,  not  only  in  consequence  of  principles  received 
from  infancy  and  afterwards  confirmed,  but  also  in  consequence 
of  hereditary  disposition.  The  fact  of  this  may  appear,  in  some 
degree,  from  the  consideration  that  they  are  of  a  different  genius, 
yea,  of  diiVerent  manners  and  features,  from  all  other  peoples, 
i'roin  whom  they  may  easily  be  distinguished,  all  which  they 
(U'ri\H'  hereditarily.  This  is  also  true  as  to  their  interiors,  of 
whicii  external  manners  and  features  are  the  types ;  wherefore, 
also,  converted  Jews  iluctuate  more  than  any  other  people 
]  let  ween  wliat  is  true  and  what  is  false.  This  was  the  case 
with  the  lirst  men  of  tlie  Church  which  is  called  ISToah,  because 
they  were  of  the  stock  and  seed  of  the  most  ancient  people. 
These  are  the  fluctuations  which  are  described  here,  and  after- 
wards in  the  further  account  of  Noah,  where  it  is  said  that  he 
was  "  a  man  of  the  ground,  and  planted,  a  vineyard,  and,  drank 
of  the  vine  and  uris  dnuikcn,  so  that  he  lay  uncovered  in  tlie 
■midst  of  his  tent "  (chap.  ix.  20,  21).  That  the  men  denominated 
Noah  were  few  in  number,  was  evident  to  me  from  the  circum- 
stance of  the  man  of  that  Church  being  represented  in  the 
world  of  spirits  as  a  tall  and  slender  person,  clothed  in  white,  in 
a  confined  chamber.  These  were,  however,  the  persons  who 
possessed  and  preserved  among  them  the  doctrinals  of  faith. 

TSD.  Tlie  fluctuations  of  the  man  of  this  Church  are  here 
descril)ed  ;  first,  by  the  waters — that  is,  the  falsities — increased  : 
next,  and  hare  up  the  ark ;  then,  and  it  was  lifted,  up  above  the 
earth  ;  afterwards,  and  the  tvaters  urre  strengthened,  and  were 
greatly  increased  upon  the  earth ;  and  lastly,  and  the  ark  went 
iipon  the  faces  of  the  waters.  To  describe  the  particular  degrees 
of  each  fluctuation,  would  be  both  tedious  and  superfluous; 
suffice  it  to  know  that  they  are  described  in  this  passage.  It 
may,  however,  be  expedient  to  state  what  is  signified  by  the 
ark  being  lifted  up  above  the  earth,  and  going  upon  the  faces 
of  the  waters,  which  cannot  be  known  to  any  one  unless  he  be 
first  instructed  how  man  is  withheld  from  evils  and  falsities ;  and 
as  this  is  an  arcanum,  we  will  devote  a  few  words  to  its  elucida- 
tion. Such  is  the  depravity  of  man  in  general,  that  did  not  the 
Lord  keep  Ijack  even  the  regenerate  from  evils  and  falsities,  he 
would  cast  liimself  headlong  into  hell.  Indeed,  the  very  instant 
he  is  left  entirely  to  himself,  he  does  rush  thitherward  impetu- 
ously, as  has  been  made  known  to  me  by  much  experience,  and 
as  was  also  represented  by  the  horse  spoken  of  above  (nos.  187, 
188).  This  withholding  from  evils  and  falsities  consists  in 
man's  elevation,  so  that  he  is  enabled  to  look  down  upon  them, 
they  being  perceived  to  be  beneath.  Of  this  elevation,  by  the 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter  ;  but  suftice  it 
here  to  observe  that  it  is  this  which  is  denoted  by  the  ark 
286 


CHAPTER  VII.  17,  18.  [790. 

being  lifted  up  above  the  earth,  and  going  upon  the  faces  of  the 
waters. 

790.  That  waters,  both  here  and  in  the  following  verses, 
signify  falsities,  may  be  seen  from  the  passages  of  the  Word 
quoted  in  the  introduction  to  the  present  chapter,  and  also  at 
verse  6,  where  mention  is  made  of  a  Hood  or  inundation  of 
waters.  It  was  there  shewn  that  inundations  of  waters  denote 
desolations  and  temptations,  which  imply  the  presence  of 
falsities ;  since  desolations  and  temptations  are  nothing  else 
than  inundations  of  falsities  excited  by  evil  spirits.  The  reason 
why  such  waters  signify  falsities,  is,  because  in  a  general  sense 
waters  in  the  Word  signify  what  is  spiritual,  that  is,  what  is 
intellectual,  rational,  and  scientific ;  and  hence  they  represent 
their  contraries ;  for  every  falsity  is  a  species  of  scientific,  and 
resembles  what  is  rational  and  intellectual,  because  it  pertains 
to  thought.  That  waters  denote  spiritual  things,  is  evident  from 
very  many  passages  of  the  Word.  But  that  they  also  signify  • 
falsities,  may  be  confirmed  from  the  following,  in  addition  to 
those  we  have  before  adduced ;  in  Isaiah :  "  This  peopU' 
refuseth  the  waters  of  Shiloah  which  go  softly ;  therefore, 
behold,  the  Lord  bringeth  up  upon  them  the  tuaters  of  the  river, 
strong  and  many  ;  and  it  shall  come  up  over  all  his  channels, 
and  go  over  all  his  banks  "  (viii.  6,  7).  Here  waters  going  soff/i/ 
signify  spiritual  truths ;  and  waters  strong  and  man//,  falsities. 
Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "Woe  to  the  land  shadowing  with 
wings,  which  is  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia  (Cush) ;  that 
sendeth  ambassadors  by  the  sea,  even  in  vessels  of  bulrushes 
upon  the  faces  of  the  vjaters :  Go,  ye  swift  messengers,  to  a 
nation  scattered  and  peeled,  whose  land  the  rivers  have  spoiled  " 
(xviii,  1, 2)  ;  speaking  of  the  falsities  existing  in  the  land  shad mc- 
ing  with  wings.  Again  :  "  When  thou  passest  through  the 
vxiters  I  will  ho.  with  thee,  and  through  tlie  rivers,  they  shall 
not  overflow  thee"  (xliii.  2).  Here  waters  and  rivers  signify 
difficulties,  as  well  as  falsities.  So  in  Jeremiah  :  "  AVhat  hast 
thou  to  do  in  the  way  of  Egypt,  to  drink  tlie  waters  of  Sihor  ^ 
Or  what  hast  thou  to  do  in  the  way  of  Assyria,  to  drink  thc^ 
waters  of  the  river?"  (ii.  18).  Here  tixders  signify  falsities  from 
reasonings.  In  the  .same  propliet :  "Who  is  tliis  that  conicth 
up  as  Q,  flood,  whose  waters  are  moved  as  the  rivers?  Egypt 
riseth  up  like  a  flood,  and  (his)  waters  are  moved  like  the 
rii-ers,  and  he  saith,  I  will  go  up,  and  will  cover  the  earth,  I  will 
destroy  the  city  and  the  inhabitants  thereof"  (.\lvi.  7,  f>). 
Here  also  waters  denote  falsities  from  reasonings.  In  l']zekiel : 
"  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God,  AVhen  I  shall  make  tliee  a  dcsolali! 
city,  like  the  cities  that  are  not  inliabited ;  wlien  1  shall  bring 
up  the  deep  upon  thee,  and  great  tvaters  shed/  corrr  thee  ;  when  I 
shall  l)ring  thee  down  with  them  that  descend  into  the  pit  " 
(xxvi   19,  20).      Waters  signify  evils  and  the  falsities  thence. 

2H7 


70l-70:i]  GENESIS. 

In  Jlabakkuk:  "Thou  ditlst  walk  through  the  sea  with  thy 
liorses,  the  nuul  of  gnat  waters"  (iii.  15).  Waters  represent 
falsities.  In  John  :  "  The  serpent  cast  out  of  his  mouth  water 
as  a  flood,  that  he  might  cause  her  to  be  carried  aivay  of  the 
flood  '"  (Apoc.  xii.  15).  Here  waters  mean  both  falsities  and  lies. 
Also  in  David:  "Send  Thy  hand  from  above,  rid  me,  and 
deliver  me  out  of  many  waters,  from  the  hand  of  strange 
children,  whose  mouth  speaketh  a  lie,  and  their  right  hand  is 
a  right  hand  oi  falsehood"  (Psalm  cxliv.  7,  8).  Here  many 
waters  evidently  signify  falsities,  as  do  likewise  strange 
children. 

791.  So  far  the  subject  has  been  Noah,  or  the  regenerate, 
who  were  denominated  Noah,  and  who  were  in  the  ark  elevated 
above  the  waters ;  what  now  follows  relates  to  the  posterity  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church,  who  were  under  the  waters,  or  who 
were  submerged  in  the  waters. 

792.  Verses  19,  20.  And  the  loaters  were  strengthened  very 
greatly  upon  the  earth,  and  all  the  high  motmtains  ivere  covered 
which  were  under  the  whole  heaven.  Fifteen  cubits  upwards  did 
the  waters  p)i'evail,  and  covered  the  mountains.  By  the  loatcrs 
were  strengthened  very  greatly  upon  the  earth,  are  signified  the 
persuasions  of  falsity  which  thus  continued  to  increase ;  by  all 
the  high  mountains  were  covered  which  toere  under  the  ivhole 
heaven,  is  signified  that  all  the  goods  of  charity  were  ex- 
tinguished. Fifteen  cubits  tqjunrds  did  the  u-aters  prevail, 
and  covered  the  mountains,  signifies  that  nothing  of  charity 
remained, ///cc?i  signifying  so  few  as  scarcely  to  amount  to 
any. 

793.  The  antediluvians  wdio  perished  constitute  the  subject 
of  the  remainder  of  the  present  chapter,  as  may  appear  from 
every  particular  of  the  description.  Those  who  are  in  the 
internal  sense  of  the  Word  can,  even  from  a  single  expression, 
immediately  discover  the  matter  under  consideration,  and  still 
more  readily  can  they  discern  it  from  several  expressions  asso- 
ciated together.  When  a  new  subject  is  taken  up,  either  other 
words  are  immediately  employed,  or  the  same  words  are  con- 
nected in  a  different  manner.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that  some 
expressions  are  peculiar  to  spiritual,  and  others  to  celestial 
things ;  or,  what  amounts  to  the  same,  some  are  exclusively 
employed  in  reference  to  the  understanding,  and  others  to  the 
will.  The  word  desolation,  for  example,  belongs  to  spiritual, 
and  vastation  to  celestial  things ;  city  has  relation  to  spiritual, 
and  mountains  to  celestial  things ;  and  so  in  other  instances. 
The  like  is  true  in  regard  to  the  connecting  together  of  ex- 
pressions ;  and  what  must  needs  appear  surprising  to  every  one, 
in  the  Hebrew  tongue  these  are  often  distinguishable  by  the 
sound.  For  in  whatever  appertains  to  the  class  of  spiritual  things, 
the  first  three  vowels  commonly  prevail,  while  in  what  relates 

288 


CHAPTER  VII.  19,  20.  [794. 

to  the  celestial  class,  the  last  two  are  most  frequently  met  with. 
From  this  it  is  known  that  in  the  present  verse  a  difl'erent  sub- 
ject is  entered  upon  ;  which  is  also  evident  from  the  repetition 
spoken  of  above,  it  being  here  again  said,  and  the  ivatcrs  were 
strengthened  very  greatly  npon  the  earth;  although  the  same 
thing  had  been  said  in  the  preceding  verse.  What  iollows 
corroborates  this  statement. 

794.  That  by  the  waters  ivere  strengthened  very  greatly  upon 
the  earth,  is  signified  the  increase  of  persuasions  of  falsity,  is  clear 
from  what  has  been  previously  said  and  shewn  concerning  the 
waters  of  a  iiood  or  inundation  signifying  falsities ;  and  still 
more  from  its  being  said  in  the  present  passage  that  the  waters 
were  strengthened  exceeding  exceedingly,  this  being  the  super- 
lative form  of  the  original  tongue.  Falsities  are  the  princij)les 
of  what  is  false  and  the  persuasions  of  wliat  is  false  ;  and  that 
these  increased  immensely  among  the  antediluvians,  is  evident 
from  what  has  been  said  above  concerning  them.  Persuasions 
of  falsity  increase  immensely  wlien  men  immerse  truths  in 
their  lusts,  or  cause  them  to  favour  self-love  and  the  love  of 
the  world ;  for  they  thus  pervert  truths,  and  by  a  thousand 
methods  force  them  to  agreement  with  their  desires.  And 
hence  how  common  it  is  for  him  who  imbibes  or  frames  to  him- 
self a  false  principle  to  confirm  it  by  many  a  scientific  of  which 
he  is  in  possession,  nay,  even  by  the  Holy  Word  itself!  Is 
there  a  single  heresy  which  has  not  originated  in  its  author's 
imbibing  the  principles  of  what  is  false,  and  confirming  them 
in  this  manner ;  forcing  into  agreement  whatever  does  not 
favour  these  principles,  and  by  various  strained  explanations 
compelling  the  most  discordant  facts  into  assent  ?  F(jr  example: 
where  it  is  a  received  principle  that  faith  only  saves  without 
the  goods  of  charity,  do  we  not  find  that  the  abettors  of  such  u 
tenet  can  compose  an  entire  system  of  doctrine  from  the  Wonl 
in  favour  thereof,  without  ever  regarding,  or  even  attending  to, 
or  so  much  as  seeing,  what  the  Lord  has  said,  that  the  tree  is 
known  by  its  fruit,  and  whatever  tree  doth  not  bring  forth  gotxl 
fruit  is  cut  down  and  cast  down  into  the  fire?  (Mutt.  vii.  10- 
20 ;  xii.  33).  Wliat  is  more  pleasing  than  for  a  man  to  livi; 
according  to  the  flesli,  and  yet  be  saved,  if  so  be  that  he  only 
knows  what  is  true,  although  he  does  not  at  all  practise  what 
is  good?  Every  desire  which  a  man  favours  forms  the  life  ()f 
his  will ;  and  every  principle,  or  every  persuasion,  of  falsity 
forms  the  life  of  his  understanding  ;  and  these  lives  make  a  one 
when  the  truths  or  doctrinals  of  faith  are  immersed  in  lust. 
Every  man  thus  forms  to  himself,  as  it  were,  his  own  soul,  and 
his  life  after  death  is  fixed  accordingly.  Wherefore  nothing 
is  of  more  importance  to  man  than  to  know  what  is  true.  Wlu'n 
he  knows  what  is  true  in  such  a  manner  that  it  caujiot  i)e  ju-r- 
verted,  then  it  cannot  be  so  immersed  in  lusts  as  to  produce 

VOL.  ].  1  -0-' 


705.]  GENESIS. 

Iheso  deadly  effocts.  "Wliat  sliould  be  more  dear  to  a  man  than 
his  hfo  to  eternity?  It'  he  destroy  his  soul  during  the  life  of 
the  body,  does  he  not  destroy  it  for  ever  ? 

795.  That  by  all  the  high  mountains  were  covered  which  were 
■under  the  whole  heaven,  is  meant  that  all  the  goods  of  charity 
were  extinguished,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  moun- 
tains amongst  the  most  ancient  people.  IMountains  with  them 
represented  the  Lord,  for  the  reason  that  they  worshipped  Him 
upon  mountains,  because  they  are  the  highest  parts  of  the  earth. 
On  this  account  mountains  denoted  celestial  affections — which 
they  also  regarded  as  the  highest — consequently  love  and 
charity,  and  thus  the  goods  of  love  and  charity,  which  are 
celestial.  In  an  opposite  sense,  they  who  are  haughty  are  called 
mountains  in  the  Word ;  and  tluis  a  mountain  denotes  self-love 
itself.  The  INIost  Ancient  Church  is  also  signified  in  the  Word 
by  mountains,  in  consequence  of  their  elevation  above  the  earth, 

2  and  being,  as  it  were,  nearer  to  heaven.  That  mountains  repre- 
sent the  Lord,  and  all  the  celestial  things  thence,  or  the  goods 
of  love  and  charity,  is  manifest  from  the  following  passages  of 
the  Word  ;  from  wdiich  also  their  particular  signification  may 
1)6  known,  since  all  the  expressions  of  the  Word,  both  general 
and  particular,  have  a  sense  according  to  the  subject  to  which 
they  are  applied.  Thus  we  read  in  David :  "  The  mountains 
shall  bring  peace,  and  the  hills  by  righteousness  "  (Psalm  Ixxii. 
M) ;  where  monntains  denote  love  to  the  Lord,  and  hills  love 
towards  the  neighbour,  such  as  prevailed  in  the  ]\Iost  Ancient 
Church;  which,  in  consequence  of  being  in  such  love  and  charity, 
is  represented  in  the  Word  by  mountains  and  hills.  In 
Ezekiel :  "  In  the  tnountain  of  My  holiness,  in  the  mountain  of 
the  height  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih,  there  shall  all  the 
house  of  Israel,  all  of  them  in  the  land,  serve  Me"  (xx.  40). 
Here  the  mountain  of  holiness  signifies  love  to  the  Lord ;  and 
the  mountain  of  the  height  of  Israel,  charity  towards  the  neigh- 
bour. Also  in  Isaiah :  "  It  shall  come  to  pass  in  the  last 
days,  that  the  mountain  of  the  house  of  Jehovah  shall  be  estab- 
lished in  the  top  of  the  mountains,  and  shall  be  exalted  above 
the  hills "  (ii.  2) ;  referring  to  the  Lord,  and  hence  to  every- 

3  thing  celestial.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  In  this  mountain 
shall  Jehovah  of  hosts  make  unto  all  people  a  feast  of  fat  things, 
and  He  will  destroy  in  this  mountain  the  faces  of  the  cover- 
ing" (xxv.  6,  7).  Here  mountain  is  put  for  the  Lord,  and 
hence  for  everything  celestial.  Again  :  "  There  shall  be  upon 
every  high  mountain,  and  upon  every  high  hill,r[yeTS  and  streams 
of  waters  "  (xxx.  25).  Mountains  here  denote  the  goods  of  love ; 
andM/s,the  goods  of  charity;  whence  come  the  truths  of  faith, 
which  are  rivers  and  streams  of  wcders.  Again  :  "  Ye  shall  have 
a  .song  as  in  the  night,  when  a  holy  solemnity  is  kept;  and 
gladness  of  heart  as  when  one  goeth  with  a  pipe,  to  come  into 

290 


CHAPTEE  VIL  19,  20.  [795. 

the  mountain  of  Jehovah,  to  the  roch  of  Israel"  (xxx.  29).  The 
itiountain  of  Jehovah  is  the  Lord  with  respect  to  the  croods  of 
love ;  and  the  rock  of  Israel  the  Lord  with  respect  to  the  aoods 
of  charity.  Again  :  "  Jehovah  of  hosts  shall  come  down  to'^h^it 
upon  mount  Zion,  and  upon  the  hill  thereof"  (xxxi.  4).  In  tliis 
passage,  as  in  many  others  in  the  AVord,  mount  Zio'n  siqnities 
the  Lord,  and  hence  everything  celestial,  which  is  love';  and 
hills  what  is  lower  celestial,  which  is  charity.  A^min ':  "  0  • 
Zion,  that  preachest  good  tidings,  ascend  into  the  highmountain ; 
O  Jerusalem,  that  preachest  good  tidings,  lift  up  thy  voice  with 
strength"  (xl.  9).  To  ascend  into  a  high  mountain  and  preach 
good  tidings,  is  to  worship  the  Lord  from  love  and  charity,  these 
being  inmost  things,  and  therefore  called  highest ;  for  whatever 
is  inmost  is  denominated  highest.  Again  :  "  Let  the  inhabitants 
of  the  rock  sing,  let  them  sliout  from  the  top  of  the  mountains" 
(xlii.  11).  The  iiihabitants  of  the  rock  are  those  who  are  in 
charity ;  and  to  shout  from  the  top  of  the  mountains  is  to  worship 
the  Lord  from  love.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  How  beautiful 
upon  the  mountains  are  the  feet  of  him  that  proclaimcth  good 
tidings,  that  publisheth  peace ;  that  bringeth  good  tidings  of 
good,  that  publisheth  salvation  "  (Hi.  7).  To  proclaim  npon  the 
mountains  signifies  in  like  manner  to  preach  the  Lord  from  the 
doctrine  of  love  and  charity,  and  to  worship  Him  from  these. 
Again  :  "  The  mountains  and  the  hills  shall  break  forth  before 
you  into  singing,  and  all  the  trees  of  the  field  shall  clap  their 
hands  "  (Iv.  12) ;  denoting  to  worship  the  Lord  from  love  and 
charity,  represented  by  mountains  and  hills,  and  from  the  faith 
thence,  or  the  trees  of  the  field.  Again  :  "  I  will  make  all  ]\Iy  , 
mountains  a  way,  and  My  path^'ays  shall  be  exalted  "  (xlix.  11). 
Here  mountains  signify  love  and  charity ;  and  a  wai/  and  path- 
wags  the  truths  of  faith  thence ;  they  are  said  to  be  exalted 
when  they  are  from  love  and  charity,  which  are  inmost.  Again  : 
"  He  that  putteth  his  trust  in  Me  shall  possess  the  land,  and 
shall  inherit  the  mountain  of  Mg  holiness"  (Ivii.  13) ;  referring 
to  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  where  there  is  nothing  Init  love  ;uid 
charity.  Again  :  "I  will  bring  forth  a  seed  out  of  Jacol),  and 
out  of  Judah  an  inheritor  of  My  mountains,  and  Mine  elect 
shall  inherit  it"  (Ixv.  9);  mountains  represent  the  kingdom  of 
the  Lord  and  celestial  goods;  and  Judah  the  celestial  Ciiurch. 
Again:  "  Thus  saith  the  high  and  loflg  One  that  inhabitcth 
eternity,  whose  name  is  Holy,  I  dwell  in  the  high  and  holy 
[j^lace]  "  (Ivii.  15).  Altitude  denotes  holiness,  and  hence  moun- 
tains from  their  lieight  above  tJte  earth  represent  tlie  Lord  and 
His  holy  celestial  things;  on  which  account,  also,  the  Lord 
published  the  law  from  mount  Sinai.  The  Lord  also  refers 
to  love  and  charity  by  the  term  mountains,  where,  speaking 
of  the  consummation  of  the  age,  He  says:  "Then  let  tiioso 
who  are  in  Judea  flee  into  the  mountains"  (Matt.  xxiv.  1(5; 

291 


790-700.]  GENESIS. 

Luke  xxi.  21  ;  IMark  xiii.  14);  Jddcn  stands  for  the  vastated 
Church. 

790.  Inasmuch  as  the  Most  Ancient  Church  performed  the 
sacred  rites  of  worship  upon  mountains,  therefore  both  this 
Church,  and  all  the  representative  Churches  of  that  time,  even 
amon^L^'st  the  Gentiles,  adopted  tlie  custom  of  sacrificing  on 
mountains  and  of  building  high  places.  This  was  the  case  with 
Abraham  (Gen.  xii.  8  ;  xxii.  2) ;  the  Jews  before  the  temple  was 
built  (i)eut.  xxvii.  4-7 ;  Josh.  viii.  30 ;  1  Sam.  ix.  12-14,  19 ; 
X.  0  ;  1  Kings  iii.  2-4) ;  with  the  Gentiles  (Deut.  xii.  2  ;  2  Kings 
xvii.  9-11) ;  and  with  the  idolatrous  Jews  (Isa.  Ivii.  7  ;  1  Kings 
xi.  7  ;  xiv.  23 ;  xxii.  43  ;  2  Kings  xii.  3  ;  xiv.  4 ;  xv.  4,  35  ;  xvi.  4 ; 
xvii.  9-11 ;  xxi.  3 ;  xxiii.  5,  8,  9,  13,  15). 

797.  From  these  considerations,  then,  it  appears  that  by  the 
waters  covering  the  mountains  is  signified  that  persuasions  of 
falsity  had  extinguished  all  the  good  of  charity. 

798.  That  fifteen  cubits  tqnvards  did  the  waters  prevail,  and 
covered  the  mountains,  signifies  that  nothing  of  charity  was  left, 
and  t\\^t  fifteen  signifies  so  few  as  to  be  scarcely  any,  is  evident 
from  the  signification  of  the  number  five  previously  spoken  of 
(chap.  vi.  15),  where  it  is  shewn  that  five,  in  the  style  according 
to  which  the  Word  is  written,  or  in  the  internal  sense,  signifies 
a  few.  And  as  the  number  fifteen  is  composed  of  five,  which 
is  few,  and  of  ten  or  remains,  as  was  before  shewn  (chap.  vi.  3), 
this  number  fifteen  means  that  with  them  there  were  scarcely 
any  remains,  the  persuasions  of  falsity  being  so  great  as  to 
extinguish  all  good.  As  we  have  previously  stated,  false 
principles,  and  more  especially  persuasions  of  falsity,  such  as 
prevailed  among  these  antediliTvians,  so  totally  closed  up  and 
secluded  remains,  that  it  was  impossible  to  bring  them  forth  ; 
and  had  they  been  so,  they  would  instantly  have  become 
falsified.  For,  such  is  the  nature  of  persuasions,  that  they  not 
only  reject  every  truth,  and  imbibe  every  falsity,  but  also  per- 
vert the  truth  which  gains  admission. 

799.  Verses  21,  22.  And  all  fiesh  expired  that  ivas  creeping 
vpon  the  earth,  as  to  fovd,  and  as  to  beast,  and  as  to  ivild  heast, 
and  as  to  every  reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth  ;  and  every  math. 
Everything  in  whose  nostrils  was  the  breath  (flatus)  of  the  spirit  of 
lives,  of  all  that  was  in  the  dry  land  died.  By  all  fiesh  expired  that 
was  creejmig  n^jooi  the  earth,  is  signified  that  they  who  were  of 
the  last  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  became  extinct. 
As  to  fowl,  and  as  to  beast,  and  as  to  wild  beast,  and  as  to  every 
reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth,  signifies  their  persuasions;  in 
which  Wx^foid  denotes  the  affection  of  the  false;  the  beast,  lusts; 
the  viild  beast,  pleasures ;  and  the  reptile,  things  corporeal  and 
terrestrial ;  which  in  one  complex  are  called  every  man.  Every- 
thing in  whose  nostrils  was  the  breath  (flatus)  of  the  sjnrit  of  lives, 
signifies  those  who  were  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  in  ichose 

292 


I 


CHAPTER  YII.  21,  22.  [SOO,  801. 

nostrils  VMS  the  breath  (flatus)  of  the  sjnrit  of  lives,  that  is,  wlio 
were  in  the  life  of  love  and  of  the  faith  thence  ;  of  all  that  icas  in 
the  dry  land,  and  those  in  Avhom  nothing  of  this  life  any  louaer 
remained ;  and  died  signifies  that  they  ceased  to  exist. 

800.  That  all  flesh  expired  that  creepeth  upon  the  earth,  signifies 
the  utter  extinction  of  the  last  posterity  of  the  Most  Aiicient 
Church,  appears  from  what  follows,  where  they  are  described  as 
to  their  persuasions  and  lusts.  They  are  here  first  called  tiesli 
that  creepeth  upon  the  earth,  in  consequence  of  having  liecome 
altogether  sensual  and  corporeal ;  sensual  and  corporeal  things,  as 
has  been  previously  observed,  being  likened  by  the  most  ancient 
people  to  reptiles.  Wherefore  when  flesh  is  said  to  creep  on 
the  earth,  a  man  is  signified  thereby  who  has  become  merely 
sensual  and  corporeal.  That  flesh  means  every  man  in  general, 
and  specifically  the  corporeal  man,  was  said  and  shewn  above. 

801.  From  the  description  of  these  antediluvians  it  may  be 
seen  what  was  the  style  of  writing  among  the  most  ancient 
people,  and  hence  what  was  the  prophetic  style.  They  are  here 
described  even  to  the  end  of  the  present  chapter ;  in  this  verse 
as  to  their  persuasions,  and  in  the  following  (ver.  23)  as  to 
their  lusts — that  is,  as  to  their  state,  both  in  reference  to  the 
understanding  and  to  the  will.  For  although,  correctly  speaking, 
they  had  neither  voluntary  nor  intellectual  things,  still  their 
contraries  must  be  so  named.  Thus  persuasions  of  falsity,  as 
belonging  to  thought  and  ratiocination,  are  to  lie  ascribed  to  the 
understanding,  although  they  are  entirely  opposed  to  it ;  and 
lusts  in  like  manner  may  be  said  to  pertain  to  the  will, 
although  they  are  not  proper  to  it.  These  people  are  described, 
then,  first,  as  to  the  persuasions  of  falsity,  and  next  as  to  their 
lusts;  which  is  the  cause  of  the  repetitions — although  in  a 
different  order — in  this  and  in  a  subsequent  verse  (vers.  21,  2.";)). 
Such,  also,  is  the  prophetic  style.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that 
there  are  two  perfectly  distinct  lives  in  man,  one  of  intellectual 
and  the  other  of  voluntary  things.  Man  lives  from  both.  Anil 
although  they  are  separated  at  the  present  day  in  the  human 
mind,  still  the  one  flows  into  the  other,  and,  as  far  as  possible, 
they  unite  together ;  and  both  the  fact  of  their  unit)n  and  the 
mode  in  which  it  takes  place  might  l)e  confirmed  and  illustrated 
by  many  considerations.  Since,  then,  man  consists  of  thc>^e 
two  faculties,  the  understanding  and  the  will,  and  one  enters  by 
influx  into  the  other,  when  he  is  described  in  the  Word  lie  is 
described  separately  as  to  each  faculty ;  which  is  the  cause  of 
the  repetitions,  since  without  tliem  the  descri]ttion  would  be 
imperfect.  The  same  rule  applies  to  everytliing  clse._  For  all 
things  are  such  as  their  subjects  arc.  They  belong,  in  fiict,  to 
subjects,  inasmuch  as  they  proceed  from  subjects.  Things 
separated  from  their  subjects,  or  from  tlieir  own  substance,  an- 
not  things.     This  is  the  reason  why  tilings  are  thus  described  in 

293 


80l\  son.]  GENESIS. 

the  Word  as  to  each  constituent  part,  the  description  of  each 
thiii,u  beinu-  thus  rendered  full  and  complete. 

802.  The  subject  here  is  persuasions,  and  in  verse  23  lusts, 
as  is  known  from  the  circumstance  of  the  fowl  beinc;  first 
mentioned,  and  afterwards  the  beast.  For  the  fowl  signifies  the 
things  which  belong  to  the  intellectual  or  rational  part,  and 
the  beast,  those  things  which  pertain  to  the  voluntary  part. 
But  wdien  lusts  are  described,  as  in  the  following  verse,  the 
beast  is  first  spoken  of,  and  then  the  fowl ;  the  reason  being,  as 
we  have  before  observed,  because  there  is  a  reciprocal  influx  of 
the  one  into  the  other,  the  description  of  which  is  hereby 
rendered  full  and  complete. 

803.  That  as  to  foivl,  as  to  beast,  and  as  to  loild  beast,  and  as 
to  every  reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth,  signifies  their  persuasions, 
in  \\\\\chfoivl  denote  affections  of  falsity;  the  beast,  lusts;  the 
wild  beast,  pleasures;  and  the  reptile  creep)ing,  corporeal  and 
earthly  things,  may  appear  from  what  has  been  stated  before 
{concexwmg  folds,  nos.  40,  776-778,  and  concerning  beasts,  nos. 
45, 46, 142, 143,  246).  Now,  as  fowls  signify  things  intellectual, 
rational,  and  scientific,  they  also  denote  their  contraries,  as 
perverted  rationals,  falsities,  and  affections  of  falsity.  The 
persuasions  of  the  antediluvians  are  here  fully  described,  as 
containing  in  them  the  affections  of  falsity,  lusts,  pleasures,  and 
things  corporeal  and  earthly ;  all  of  which  are  included  in  the 
persuasions,  notwithstanding  that  man  supposes  a  false  prin- 
ciple or  persuasion  to  be  something  simple  and  uncompounded. 
In  this  he  is  much  deceived,  the  contrary  being  the  fact.  For 
every  distinct  human  affection  derives  its  existence  and  nature 
from  his  intellectual  and  voluntary  things  conjointly.  So  that 
the  whole  man,  as  to  everything  of  his  understanding  and  every- 
tliing  of  his  will,  is  in  each  particular  affection,  yea,  in  the  least 
particulars  or  minutest  things  of  his  affection,  as  has  been 

2  proved  to  me  by  a  variety  of  circumstances.  Of  these  let  it 
suffice  to  mention  only  this ;  that  in  another  life  the  quality  of 
a  spirit  may  be  known  from  a  single  idea  of  his  thought.  Yea, 
the  angels  possess  a  faculty  from  the  Lord,  by  which,  on  barely 
looking  at  any  one,  they  know  instantly  his  nature.  And  they 
are  never  mistaken.  Hence  it  appears  that  every  single  idea 
of  man,  and  every  single  affection,  yea,  every  minutest  thing  of 
his  affection,  is  an  image  and  effigy  of  him ;  that  is,  there  is 
something  therein  which  partakes,  in  a  nearer  or  more  remote 
degree,  of  all  his  intellectual  and  of  all  his  voluntary  part. 
Thus,  then,  are  described  the  direful  persuasions  of  the  ante- 
diluvians, consisting  of  affections  of  falsity,  likewise  affections 
of  evil  or  lusts,  pleasures,  and  at  length  things  corporeal  and 
terrestrial.  All  these  dwell  in  such  persuasions,  not  only  in 
general,  but  also  in  the  least  particulars  or  smallest  things  of 
persuasion,  if  men  are  under  the  dominion  of  corporeal  and 
294 


CHAPTER  VII.  21,  22.  [804-806. 

earthly  loves.  Did  man  but  know  the  extent  of  evil  contained 
in  every  false  principle  or  persuasion,  he  would  be  horrified  ; 
for  it  is  a  kind  of  image  of  hell.  If,  however,  he  imbibe 
falsities  ignorantly  and  innocently,  they  are  easily  removed. 

804.  It  is  added,  every  man,  to  denote  that  such  things  were 
in  that  man  ;  this  being  a  general  concluding  clause,  which 
comprehends  what  precedes.  Such  clauses  occur  in  the  Word 
throughout. 

805.  That  everything  in  whose  nostrils  ivas  the  breath  (flatus) 
of  the  spirit  of  lives,  means  those  who  were  of  the  j\Iost  Ancient 
Church,  and  had  possessed  the  breath  of  lives  in  their  nostrils, 
that  is,  the  life  of  love  and  of  the  faith  therefrom,  is  evident 
from  what  was  said  above  (nos.  94-97).  Life  was  signitied 
among  the  most  ancient  people  by  the  breath  in  the  nostrils,  or 
by  respiration ;  this  being  the  life  of  the  body  corresponding  to 
spiritual  things,  as  the  motion  of  the  heart  is  the  life  of  the  body 
corresponding  to  celestial  things.  As  it  here  treats  of  those 
antediluvians  Mdio  derived  hereditarily  from  their  parents  seed 
of  a  celestial  origin,  which  they  extinguished  or  suffocated, 
therefore  it  is  said  here,  everythiny  in  tchose  nostrils  was  the 
breath  0{a.tns)  of  the  sjJirit  of  lives.  In  these  words  also  there 
lies  concealed  something  still  more  exalted,  as  was  intimated 
above  (no.  97) ;  wdiich  is,  that  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient  ~ 
Church  had  internal  respiration;  consequently,  respiration 
which  accorded  with  and  resembled  that  of  angels.  But  of  tliis, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in  the  following 
pages.  This  respiration  was  varied  according  to  all  the  states 
of  their  internal  man.  But  in  process  of  time  it  became  so 
changed  with  succeeding  generations,  that  this  last  posterity, 
in  whom  everything  angelic  perished,  could  no  longer  respire 
with  the  angelic  heaven.  This  was  the  real  cause  of  tiieir 
extinction.  Hence  it  is  now  said  that  they  expired,  and  that 
everything  in  whose  nostrils  was  the  breath  of  the  spirit  of 
lives  died.  After  this  period  internal  respiration  ceased,  and  J 
at  the  same  time  communication  with  heaven,  and  consequently 
heavenly  perception;  and  external  respiration  succeeded.  And 
because  the  communication  with  heaven  ceased,  the  men  of  the 
Ancient,  or  new  Church,  could  no  longer  remain  celestial  men, 
like  the  most  ancient  people,  but  became  spiritual.  Of  these, 
however,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall  suljsequently 
treat  more  at  large. 

806.  Hence  it  now  follows,  that  by  all  that  was  in  (he  dry 
land  are  signified  those  in  whom  notliing  of  such  life  any 
longer  remained ;  and  that  they  died,  that  they  ceased  to  exist. 
The  word  dry  is  here  adopted  to  denote  that  all  the  life  of  h>\c 
and  faith  was  extinguished.  It  is  dry  where  there  is  no  watt-r, 
whicli  denotes  a  state  in  whicli  there  is  no  longer  aiiylhuig 
spiritual,  still  less  celestial.     The  persuasion  of  falsity  extni- 


29 


o 


807, 808.]  GENESIS. 

guishes,  and  as  it  were  suffocates,  all  that  is  spiritual  and  celes- 
tial ;  as  any  one  may  know  by  his  own  experience,  if  he  but 
attend  to  it.  Those  who  have  once  adopted  opinions,  albeit  of 
the  falsest  description,  abide  in  tliem  so  obstinately,  that  they 
are  unwilling  even  to  hear  anything  contradictory  to  them ; 
and  til  us  they  never  suffer  themselves  to  be  instructed,  even 
though  the  truth  be  placed  before  their  eyes.  This  is  especially 
the  case  with  those  who  are  devoted  to  an  erroneous  opinion, 
from  a  notion  of  its  sanctity ;  for  then  they  reject  all  truth  ; 
they  pervert  even  what  they  admit,  and  thus  saturate  themselves 
with  fantasies.  Such  are  they  who  are  here  represented  by 
ilni  land,  on  which  there  is  neither  water  nor  grass.  So  also 
in  Ezekiel :  "  I  will  make  the  rivers  dnj,  and  sell  the  land  into 
the  hands  of  the  wicked,  and  I  will  make  the  land  waste,  and 
all  that  is  therein"  (xxx.  12).  To  viake  the  rivers  dry  denotes 
the  removal  of  whatever  is  spiritual.  And  in  Jeremiah:  "  Your 
lantl  is  become  dry  "  (xliv.  22).  The  word  dry  denotes  a  land 
desolated  and  vastated,  so  that  there  was  no  longer  anything 
true  and  good. 

807.  Verse  23.  And  He  destroyed  every  substance  which  was 
upon  the  faces  of  the  ground,  from  man  even  to  beast,  even  to  the 
reptile,  and  even  to  the  bird  of  the  heavens  ;  arid  they  were  de- 
stroyed from  the  earth  ;  and  Noah  only  remained,  and  ivhat  was 
icith  him  in  the  ark.  He  destroyed  every  substance  signifies  the 
lusts  which  are  of  self-love  ;  vjhich  was  upon  the  faces  of  the 
ground  signifies  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  ; 
from  man  even  to  beast,  even  to  the  reptile,  and.  even  to  the  bird 
of  the  heavens,  signifies  the  nature  of  their  evils ;  man  being 
that  nature  itself ;  the  beast,  lusts  ;  the  reptile,  pleasures  ;  and 
the  bird  of  the  heavens,  the  falsities  therefrom.  And  they  were 
destroyed  from  the  earth,  denotes  the  conclusion,  that  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  expired.  And  Noah  only  remained,  and  what 
was  ivith  him  in  the  arh,  signifies  the  preservation  of  those  who 
constituted  the  new  Church  ;  what  was  with  him  in  the  ark 
signifies  all  things  which  were  of  the  new  Church. 

808.  That  He  destroyed  every  substance  signifies  the  lusts 
which  are  of  self-love,  is  manifest  from  these  being  subsequently 
described  by  representatives.  Substance  is  predicated  of  the 
voluntary  things,  because  from  the  will  all  things  arise,  or  exist, 
and  subsist  in  man,  the  will  being  man's  very  substance,  or 
the  man  himself.  The  lusts  of  the  antediluvians  were  of  their 
self-love.  There  are  two  most  universal  genera  of  lusts,  one 
being  of  self-love,  and  the  other  of  the  love  of  the  world.  Eor 
a3  man  desires  nothing  but  what  he  loves,  therefore  all  his  lusts 
are  grounded  in  love.  "With  these  antediluvians  self-love  pre- 
vailed, and  consequently  its  lusts  ;  for  they  so  loved  themselves 
as  to  suppose  themselves  gods,  being  so  persuaded  of  this  as  to 
acknowledge  no  God  superior  to  themselves. 

296 


CHAPTEE  VII.  24.  [809-813. 

809.  That,  ichkh  was  iipon  the  faces  of  the  groinid,  denotes 
the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is  evident  from  the 
signification  of  ground,  given  above,  where  it  was  shewn  to  be 
the  Church,  and  consequently  whatever  belongs  to  the  Cluirch. 
And  as  it  is  here  said  that  every  substance  was  destroyed  which 
was  upon  the  faces  of  the  ground,  it  means  that  all  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  who  were  of  such  a  character  were  destroved. 
It  is  here  called  ground,  instead  of  earth  as  in  the  preceding 
verse  (ver.  21),  in  consequence  of  the  Church  never  being 
predicated  of  the  understanding,  but  invariably  of  the  will ; 
for  the  Scientific  or  Eational  of  faith  never  constitutes  the 
Church,  or  the  man  of  the  Church,  but  charity,  which  belongs 
to  the  will,  from  which  comes  everything  essential.  Thus 
neither  do  doctrinals  constitute  the  Church,  unless  both  in 
general  and  in  particular  they  have  relation  to  charity ;  for  in 
such  case  charity  is  the  end,  and  from  the  end  the  nature  of 
the  doctrinals  is  determined,  as  to  whether  they  are  of  the 
Church  or  not.  The  Lord's  Church,  like  tlie  Lord's  kingdom 
in  the  heavens,  exists  only  from  love  and  charity. 

810.  Tlmt  from  man  even  to  least,  even  to  the  reptile,  and  even 
to  the  bird  of  the  heavens,  signifies  the  nature  of  their  evils  ; 
man  denoting  that  nature  itself ;  the  least,  lusts ;  the  reptile, 
pleasures ;  and  the  lird  of  the  heavens,  the  falsities  thence. 
This  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  all  these  expressions, 
as  given  above ;  wherefore  we  shall  not  here  dwell  longer  on 
the  subject. 

811.  That  they  were  destroyed  from  the  earth  denotes  the  con- 
clusion, that  the  Most  Ancient  Church  expired.  And  that 
Noah  only  remained,  and  what  ivas  uith  hi7ii  in  the  ark,  signi- 
fies the  preservation  of  those  who  constituted  the  new  Churcli ; 
and  that  what  was  with  him  in  the  ark  signifies  all  things 
which  were  of  the  new  Church,  is  so  self-evident  that  it  needs 
no  further  explanation. 

812.  Verse  24.  And  the  tvaters  were  strengthened  npon  the 
earth  a  hundred  and  fifty  days.  This  is  the  last  term  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church,  a  hundred  and  fifty  denoting  both  a 
last  and  a  first  term. 

813.  That  these  words  signify  the  last  term  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church,  and  that  a  hundred  and  fifty  denotes  a  limit 
which  is  both  last  and  first,  cannot  so  well  be  confirmed  by 
citations  from  the  Word,  as  the  more  simple  numbers  wiiich 
IVequently  occur.  It  is,  however,  deducil)le  from  the  significa- 
tion of  the  number  fifteen  (see  above,  ver.  21),  which  signifies 
so  few  as  to  be  scarcely  any;  and  still  more  from  the  fact  that 
the  number  a  hundred  and  fifty  is  composed  of  that  number 
multiplied  by  ten,  which  denotes  remains.  The  nnilliplication 
of  a  few,  as  that  of  a  half,  a  fourth,  or  a  tenth  part,  diminisiies 
the  amount  of  the  product;   so  that  at  length  it  is  ne.xt  to 

297 


I 


SU.]  GENESIS. 

nothing,  and,  consequently,  represents  the  end  or  last  term. 
This  number  occurs  with  a  similar  meaning  in  the  following 
chapter  (viii.  3),  where  it  is  said,  After  the  end  of  the  hundred 
and  fifiij  d((i/s,  (he  ivaiers  were  abated.  Numbers  in  the  Word 
are  to  be  understood  altogether  abstractly  from  the  sense  of 
the  letter  ;  being  inserted,  as  we  have  previously  said  and 
sliewn,  only  to  carry  on  the  historical  series  which  is  in  the 
sense  of  the  letter.  Thus,  where  the  number  seven  occurs,  it 
denotes  what  is  holy,  altogether  irrespective  of  the  times  and 
measures  to  which  it  is  wont  to  be  joined.  For  the  angels  who 
perceive  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  know  nothing  of  time 
and  measure,  and  still  less  of  the  number  by  which  it  is  ex- 
pressed, and  yet  they  fully  understand  the  Word  when  read  by 
man.  Wherefore,  when  any  number  occurs,  they  form  no  idea 
of  it  as  a  number,  but  perceive  instead  all  that  it  represents. 
Thus,  in  the  present  instance,  they  recognise  in  the  number,  a 
hundred  and  fifty,  the  last  term  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church ; 
and  in  the  following  chapter  (ver.  3),  the  first  commencement 
of  the  Ancient  or  new  Church. 


CONTINUATION  EESPECTING  THE  HELLS. 

THE  HELLS  OF  THOSE  WHO  HAVE  PASSED  THEIR  LIVES  IX  HATRED, 
REVENGE,  AND  CRUELTY. 

814.  Those  ivho  have  indtdgeel  in  mortal  hedred,  and  in  con- 
sequence thereof  breathe  vengeance,  and  seek  the  life  of  another, 
are  confined  in  a  very  deep  cadavero^is  hell,  filled  with  a  horrible 
stench,  similar  to  that  which  arises  from  dead  bodies ;  and,  won- 
derfid  to  relate,  they  are  so  delighted  with  it  as  to  -prefer  it  to  the, 
most  delicious  odours.  This  is  oiving  to  their  direful  nature, 
and  to  the  fantasies  thence  derived ;  for  from  this  hell  there 
actiicdly  exhales  such  a  stench,  thcd  when  it  is  opened — which 
is  seldom  done,  and  then  only  for  a  little  vjhile — no  spirits  can 
remain  in  its  vicinity,  in  consequence  of  the  stench.  Some  genii, 
or  rather  furies,  being  let  out  thence,  that  I  might  become 
acquainted  with  their  quality,  so  infected  the  surrounding  sphere 
with  a  poisonous  and  pestilential  exhalation,  that  the  sjnrits  about 
me  could  not  remain,  and  my  stomach  at  the  same  time  became  so 
■  much  afi'ccted  as  to  occasion  vomiting.  On  manifesting  them- 
selves, an  infant  was  first  seen,  having  a  not  tinhandsome  counten- 
ance, and  carrying  a  concealed  dagger ;  and  him  they  sent  to  me, 
bearing  in  his  hand  a  vessel.  From  these  representatives  I  became 
cnvare  that  their  purpose  was  to  commit  murder,  either  by  dagger 
or  poison,  under  an  appearance  of  innocence.  Their  bodies  were 
29R 


CHAPTER  VII.  [815,  SIG. 

hare,  and  of  the  Uachcst  hue.  But  they  icere  presently  sent  hack 
into  their  cadaverous  hell ;  tvhen  I  had  an  opportunity  of  oh- 
serving  the  .manner  in  ivhich  they  descended.  They  proceeded 
towards  the  left,  in  the  plane  of  the  left  temple,  and  this  to  a 
consider ahle  distance,  hefore  sinking  down;  and,  when  they  hcgan 
tofcdl,  they  first  entered  into  a  fire  ichich  noio  p)resented  itself, 
then  into  a  fiery  smoke,  resembling  that  of  a  furnace,  and  pre- 
sently heyieath  that  furnace,  and  towards  its  front,  to  a  place 
where  there  were  severed  very  dark  caverns  tending  doicnicards. 
In  the  ivay  they  were  continually  meditating  and  contriving  mis- 
chiefs, without  any  provocation,  and  especially  against  the  inno- 
cent. During  their  descent  through  the  fire,  they  uttered  many 
lamentations.  To  distinguish  them  ivhen  sent  forth,  that  it  may 
he  known  whence  they  come,  and  wliat  is  their  nature,  they  have 
a  kind  of  ring,  to  which  are  affixed  what  cqjpear  sharp  hrazcn 
points,  which  they  press  with  their  hands,  and  twist  ahout.  This 
icork  denotes  their  ([uality,  and  is  a  token  of  their  heing  hound. 

815.  Those  who  are  so  delighted  with  hatred  and  revenge  as 
not  to  he  content  with  killing  the  hody  merely,  hut  ivho  cdso  desire 
to  destroy  that  soid  which  the  Lord  has  redeemed,  are  let  doini 
through  an  exceedingly  dark  and  narrow  p)assage  toivards  the 
lowest  parts  of  the  earth,  to  a  depth  prop)ortionecl  to  the  degree 
of  their  hatred  and  revenge ;  and,  then  they  are  struck  with 
griev02cs  alarm  and  horror,  and  heing  kept  at  the  same  time  in 
the  lust  of  vengeance,  they  descend  to  depths  more  and  more  pro- 
found  as  this  hecomes  increased.  Afterwards  they  are  sent  to  a 
place  hencath  Gehennah,*  v:here  app)ear  terrihle  serpents,  of  mon- 
strous size,  with  large  hellies,  by  ivhose  bites  they  are  tormented. 
Both  the  appearance  of  these  serpents  and  the  pain  they  pro- 
duce are  sensibly  perceived,  as  if  they  vjere  real ;  for  such  things 
are  exquisitely  felt  by  spirits,  being  as  much  suited  to  their  life 
as  corporecd  things  are  to  those  who  are  in  the  body.  And  in  the 
ineantime  they  live  in  direful  fantasies,  and  continue  so  for  ages, 
until  they  no  longer  know  that  they  rvere  men  ;  for  othenvisc  the 
life  which  they  have  contracted  by  repecded  indulgence  in  hatred 
and  revenge  cannot  be  extinguished. 

816.  Since  there  are  innumeraUe  genera,  and  stUl  more 
numerous  sjMcies  of  hatred  and  revenge,  and  as  no  two  genera 
have  a  precisely  similar  hell,  it  is  impossible  to  give  an  account 
of  each  in  its  order.  I  will  therefore  speak  only  of  those  which 
I  have  seen,  as  in  clear  day -light,  yea,  in  light  still  clearer  than 
that  of  day,  hut  before  the  internal  sight ;  for,  hy  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  it  is  granted  me  to  be  jJi'csent  with  spirits.  A 
certain  person  came  to  me,  who  appeared  of  noble  rank.  At 
his  first  approach  he  intimcded,  by  feigned  gestures,  that  he  had 
many  things  ivhich  he  was  desirous  to  eommunicate,  asking  mc 
whether  I  was  a  Christian;  to  which  I  answered  in  the  affirmat- 

*  See  this  place  more  i)aiticiil;iilv  .siiokcu  of,  no.  825.— En. 

'  299 


817.]  GENESIS. 

ive.  He  said  that  Iw  was  of  the  same  religion,  and  wished  to  he 
alone  with  me,  hceausc  he  had  something  to  say  which  others  must 
not  hear.  But  I  replied,  that  in  a  spiritual  state  of  existence 
people  cannot  he  alone,  as  men  suppose  themselves  to  he  in  the 
world,  and  tJuit  many  spirits  were  then  pixsent.  He,  hoivever, 
came  nearer,  and  took  his  station  hehind  one,  toivards  the  hack 
part  of  the  head,  when  I  immediately  perceived  him  to  he  an 
assassin.  And  while  he  icas  in  that  situation  I  felt  as  it  were  a 
stroke  through  the  heart,  and  soon  after  another  in  the  hrain, 
such  as  would  have  easily  killed  a  man;  hut  hcing  protected  hy 
th^  Lord,  I  feared  nothing.  What  art  he  made  use  of  I  do  not 
know.  He,  sxipposing  that  I  was  dead,  said  to  some  other  spirits 
who  were  present,  that  he  was  just  come  from  a  man  whom  he 
had  murdered,  hy  thus  giving  him  a  mortal  wound  from  hehind  ; 
hoasting  that  he  had  the  art  of  striking  so  dexterously,  that  no 
one  could  he  aware  of  it  till  he  fell  down  dead,  and  that  none 
would  imagine  hut  that  he  was  innocent.  From  this  I  hecame 
aware  that  he  was  lately  dead,  and  had  heen  an  assassin  in  the 
natural  world.  The  punishment  of  such  persons  is  dreadful. 
For  after  enduring  infernal  torments  for  a  succession  of  ages, 
they  at  length  acquire  a  most  detestahle  and  monstrous  counten- 
ance of  ghastly  appearance,  and  more  like  lurid  ioiu  than  a  face. 
Thus  they  put  off  everything  human,  until  all  who  see  them  are 
horrified;  ivherefore  they  ivander  about  like  wild  hcasts  in  dark 
places. 

817.  A  certain  spirit  came  from  an  infernal  den  toivards  the 
left ;  and,  entering  into  conversation  ivith  me,  I  ivas  enahled  to 
perceive  that  he  was  a  villain.  The  wickediuss  lie  had  heen 
guilty  of  in  the  world  %vas  discovered  in  the  following  manner. 
He  loas  let  down  into  the  lower  earth,  in  a  direction  a  little  for- 
ward and  toward  the  left,  to  a  considercdjle  depth,  and  there 
began  to  dig  a  hole  in  the  ground  similar  to  a  grave,  for  the 
interring  of  a  corpse  ;  lience  a  suspicion  arose  that  he  had  com- 
mitted some  act  of  murder  during  his  life  in  the  body.  Imme- 
diately afterwards  there  apjjcarcd  a  bier  covered  with  black  cloth ; 
and  p)rcsently  one  Hsing  from  the  bier  came  to  me,  and  in  an 
affecting  tone  informed  me  that  he  was  dead,  and  vms  of  opinion 
that  he  had  been  poisoned  hy  that  m,an  ;  adding  that  he  thought 
this  at  the  hour  of  death,  hut  ivas  still  ignorant  whether  or  not 
his  suspicion  was  well  grounded.  The  wicked  spirit,  on  hearing 
this,  confessed  that  he  was  guilty  of  the  murder.  After  con- 
fession folloioed  punishment.  He  was  twice  rolled  in  the  dirty 
hole  vjhich  he  had  dug,  until  both  his  face  and  body  were  made 
as  black  as  an  Egyptian  mummy;  and  thus  he  was  carried  on 
high  and  presented  to  the  view  of  sjnrits  and  angels,  while  this 
cry  was  uttered,  "  What  a  devil  I "  His  whole  frame  then  hecame 
frigid,  and  he  ivas  in  this  state  cast  into  hell  among  tJie  cold 
infernals. 
300 


CHAPTEE  YII.  [818-820. 

818.  Beneath  the  hack-parts  (sub  natibus)  there  is  a  dreadful 
hell,  cohere  the  inhabitants  seem  to  strike  at  each  other  iv if h  kiiires 
aiming  them,  like  furies,  at  each  other's  breasts;  but  at  the 
instant  of  giving  the  blow,  the  knife  is  always  taken  away  from 
them.  These  are  they  who  have  borne  such  violent  hatred  against 
others  that  they  ivere  always  burning  with  a  desire  to  murder  them 
%uith  cdl  cruelty,  whence  they  had  contracted  so  terrible  a  nature. 
This  hell  was  ojmied,  to  the  end  that  I  might  see  the  nature  of 
mortal  hatred,  but  only  in  a  small  degree  on  account  of  their 
dreadful  cruelties. 

819.  There  is  a  ccqycccious  stagnant  lake  towards  the  left  in  a 
plane  ivith  the  lourr  parts  of  the  body,  whose  length  is  greater 
than  its  breadth.  About  its  front  bank  there  appear  to  the  neigh- 
bouring inhabitants  monsters  of  serpents,  such  as  frequent  stagnant 
lakes,  breathing  a  pestilent  exhalation.  On  the  left  bank,  a  little 
farther,  are  those  who  eat  human  flesh,  and  devour  each  other, 
(and  %vho  are  seen)  vnth  their  teeth  sticking  in  one  another's 
shoidders.  Still  towards  the  left,  but  at  a  greater  distance,  there 
are  seen  great  fishes  and  large  sect-monsters,  luhich  devour  men, 
and  then  vomit  them  up  again.  And  yet  more  remotely,  or  on 
the  opposite  bank,  there  appear  some  horribly  deformed  faces,  par- 
ticularly those  of  old  women,  running  to  and  fro  like  mad  persons, 
so  monstrous  that  it  is  impossible  to  describe  them.  On  the  rigid 
bank  dwell  those  who  endeavour  to  kill  each  other  with  frightful 
instruments  of  various  kinds,  according  to  the  terrible  animosities 
of  their  heai'ts.  The  midst  of  the  lake  is  cveryicherc  black  like  a 
bog  or  morass.  Sometimes  I  have  seen  spirits  brought  to  this  lake, 
and,  on  expressing  my  surprise,  Jiave  been  informed  by  some  who 
came  from  thence,  that  those  spirits  ivere  such  as  had  indulged  in 
deadly  hatred  against  their  neighbour,  which  burst  forth  as  often 
as  occasion  offered,  and  that  in  this  they  p)crceived.  their  greatest 
delight,  nothing  being  more  agreeable  to  them  than  to  accuse  their 
neighbour  of  crimes,  to  bring  upon  him  the  jjcnalties  of  the  law, 
and  even  to  take  aicay  his  life,  if  undeterred  by  the  fear  of  punish- 
ment. Into  such  forms  are  men's  dispositions  to  hatred  and  cruelty 
changed  after  the  life  of  the  body,  the  fantasies  originating  in 
them  having  all  the  vividness  of  reality. 

820.  Those  who  during  their  life  in  the  world  have  practiced 
robbery,  and  such  as  have  been  pirates,  are  delighted  with  fetid 
and  stinking  iirine  above  all  other  liquids;  and  they  appatr  to 
themselves  to  have  their  habitations  in  the  midst  of  such  things, 
and  likewise  in  stagnant  lakes  of  a  disagreeable  odour.  A  certain 
robber  ajjproached  me,  gnashing  his  teeth,  the  noise  of  which  was 
as  pilainly  heard  as  if  it  had  proceeded  from  a  man ;  an  astonish- 
ing circumstance,  since  those  spirits  have  no  teeth.  He  confessed 
that  he  would  much  rather  live  in  filthy  urinous  places,  thin 
among  the  clearest  and  purest  waters,  for  that  the  smell  nf 
urine  ivas  his  chief  delight ;  and  added  that  he  was  particularly 

3(11 


821,  822.]  GENESIS. 

/tifascd  to  pass  his  time  amidst  tubes  of  this  liquid,  and  there  to 
have  his  abode. 

821.  There  are  some  who  ^??Yscn^  onttuardly  a  fair  aspect, 
and  upright  life,  so  that  none  would  suspect  their  integrity ;  who 
atudg  by  every  method  to  put  on  such  an  appearance,  for  the  sake 
of  being  advanced  to  honours,  and  of  enriching  themselves  without 
the  loss  of  reputation.  Wherefore,  they  do  not  act  openly,  but 
through  others,  using  them  as  instruments  for  obtaining,  by 
deceitful  artifices,  the  property  of  their  neighbours,  without  any 
regard  to  the  distress  of  the  families  ivhom  they  thereby  reduce  to 
indigence.  They  vjoidcl  themselves  be  persoyial  agents  in  this 
■villany,  without  aimj  remorse  of  conscience,  could  they  only  escape 
public  notice ;  and  are,  of  course,  ecpially  guilty  as  if  they  were  so. 
Tfiese  are  secret  robbers,  and  the  hind  of  hatred  peculiar  to  them 
is  conjoined  ivith  haughtviess,  greediness  of  gain,  unmerei fulness, 

2  ami  deceit.  Such  persons,  in  the  other  life,  are  desirous  of  being 
deemed  guiltless,  insisting  that  they  have  done  no  evil,  because  it 
had  never  been  discovered ;  and  in  order  to  clear  themselves  from 
every  imputation  of  guilt,  they  strip  off  their  clothes  and.  sheto 
themselves  naked,  thus  testifying  their  innocence.  During  their 
examination  it  is  clearly  evident,  from  their  every  expression  and 
every  idea  of  thought,  what  sort  of  spirits  they  are,  although  this 
is  unknown  to  themselves.  These  spirits,  in  the  other  life,  arc 
ready  to  destroy  such  of  their  companions  as  offend  them,  without 
the  slightest  remorse;  they  moreover  carry  in  their  hands  an  axe 
and  a  hammer,  and  seem  to  have  another  spirit  ivith  them.,  whom 
tliey  strike  as  he  stoops  dovj7i,  but  they  are  cautious  of  shedding 
blood,  because  they  are  fearfid  of  death.  It  is  not  in  their  power 
to  cast  these  instruments  out  of  their  hands,  although  they  attempt 
it  with  all  their  might,  to  prevent  the  ferocity  of  their  dispositions 

from  being  apparent  to  spirits  and  angels.  They  reside  at  an 
intermediede  distance  between  the  two  feet  in  front. 

822.  There  is  one  kind  of  hatred  towards  the  neighbour  which 
finds  its  delight  in  doing  injui'ies,  and  in  annoying  every  one ;  and 
the  more  mischief  it  occasions  the  better  it  is  pleased.  Many  of 
the  lowest  of  the  people  are  of  this  character  ;  but  there  are  cdso 
persons  of  higher  rank  whose  disposition  is  similar,  aWiough  they 
are  outwardly  better  behaved,  in  conserpience  of  the  superiority 
of  their  education,  and  the  apprehension  they  entertain  of  legal 
2ninishment.  After  death,  the  upper  part  of  the  body  of  these 
spirits  appears  naked,  and  their  hair  dishevelled.  They  annoy  one 
another  by  rushing  forward  and  placing  the  palms  of  their  hands 
on  each  others  shoidders,  when,  leapvng  over  their  heads,  they 
qidckly  return  to  the  assault  and  beat  one  another  grievously. 
Those  who  are  better  behaved,  of  v:hom  we  were  last  speaking, 
act  in  a  similar  manner,  bid,  to  save  appearances,  they  first  salute 
each  other,  and  then,  going  round,  make  their  assault  behind, 
striking  vnth  their  fists.      When,  hoivever,  they  see  each  otiier  in 

302 


CHAPTER  A^II.  [823. 

front,  they  again  projfer  their  salutations,  and,  jmssing  round 
again,  make  their  assault  behind.  They  are  seen  at  some  distance 
to  the  left,  in  a  middle  altitude. 

823.  Whatever  a  man  has  done,  or  even  thought,  in  the  life 
of  the  body,  returns  successively  in  the  other  life.  When  feelings 
if  enmity,  hatred,  and  deceit  recur,  the  2Jersons  against  whom 
they  have  been  indidged,  and  u-hose  injury  has  been  clandestinely 
contrived,  are  cdso  presented,  and  that  immediately,  as  will,  by 
the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  be  more  fully  described  hereafter.  It  is 
in  consequence  of  a  perception  of  the  thoughts  of  all  being  com- 
municated in  the  other  life,  that  those  entertained  against  others 
appear  openly ;  the  most  lamentcdtle  states  being  induced  when 
the  hidden  feelings  of  enmity  burst  forth.  With  the  vAckcd,  all 
their  evil  deeds  and  thoughts  thus  vividly  return.  But  with  the 
good  it  is  not  so ;  all  their  states  of  goodness,  friendship,  and  love, 
recurring  with  the  greatest  possible  delight  and  hapjnncss. 


.".(i: 


GENESIS. 

CHATTEK    EIGHTH. 


CONTINUATION  IlESPECTING  THE  HELLS. 

THE  HELLS  OF  THOSE  WHO  HAVE  PASSED  THEIK  LIVES  IN  ADUL- 
TERIES AND  LASCIVIOUSNESS  ;  ALSO,  THE  HELLS  OF  THE 
DECEITFUL,  AND  OF  CRAFTY  WOMEN. 

824.  JJyDER  the  heel  *  of  the  right  foot  is  the  hell  inhahited 
hy  those  who  have  taken  delight  both  in  cruelty  and  in  adidteries, 
therein  perceiving  the  greatest  satisfaction  of  their  lives.  It  is  a 
surprising  circumstance  that  such  as  have  been  cruel  during  their 
life  in  the  body,  have  also  been  adidterers  above  all  others.  They 
have  their  abode  in  that  hell,  where  they  exercise  cruelties  by  the 
most  loichcd  contrivances.  They  form  to  themselves,  by  their 
fantasies,  vessels  and  instruments,  like  pestles  and  mortars,  such 
as  are  employed  in  bruising  herbs,  with  which  they  bruise  and 
torture  whoever  they  can.  They  also  construct  broad  axes,  similar 
to  those  used  by  executioners,  and  a  sort  of  awl,  or  auger,  with 
which  they  cruelly  torment  each  other,  not  to  mention  other 
direfd  p)ractices.  Tn  that  hell  there  are  some  of  the  Jews,  wlio 
formerly  treated  the  Gentiles  in  so  barbarous  a  manner.  And 
at  this  day  that  hell  increases,  owing  its  increase  especially  to 
those  of  the  Christian  tvorld  so-called,  who  had  the  whole  delight 
of  their  life  in  adidteries,  these  for  the  most  part  being  cdso  cruel. 
2  Sometimes  their  delight  is  changed  into  the  stench  of  human 
excrement,  which,  on  opening  the  hell,  exhales  very  abundantly ; 
and  ivhen  perceived  in  the  worUl  of  sjnrits  it  instantly  brings  on 
faintness,  as  I  have  experienced.  This  excrementitious  stench  by 
turns  prevails  and  ceases  in  the  hells;  for  it  is  their  delight 
arising  from  adulteries  ivhirh  becomes  changed  into  this  noisome 
odour.  Tn  course  of  time,  when  they  hare  p)assed  their  appointed 
period  under  such  circumstances,  they  are  left  solitary,  and  sit  in 

*  The  reader  is  requested  to  observe,  that  the  author  is  speaking  of  the 
situation  of  tliese  societies  according  to  their  respective  correspondence  to  the 
liuniau  frame. — Ed. 

304 


CHAPTER  A^ir.  [825-829. 

torment,  hecomiiifj  like  deformed  skeletons,  although  stUl  continuinq 
to  live. 

825.  In  the  lolane  of  the  soles  of  the  feet,  at  so7nc  distance  for- 
ward, there  is  a  hell,  called  Gehennah,  inhaUted  hy  immodest 
women,  who  have  placed  their  whole  delight  in  adulteries,  and 
who,  considering  them  not  only  Icmful,  hut  also  rcputahle,' have 
inveigled  the  guiltless  and  innocent  to  such  practices  under  various 
assumed  appearances  of  character  and  credit.  There  is  visible  in 
that  hell  a  kind  of  fiery  appearance,  such  as  is  often  seen  shininq 
in  the  air  from  a  great  fire;  and  it  is  attended  also  nnth  heat, 
which  it  uns  given  me  to  feel  hy  the  warmth  thence  communicated 
to  my  face;  and  a  stench  exhales  thence  similar  to  that  arising 
from  burnt  bones  and  hair.  This  hell  is  sometimes  clmngcd  into 
dreadful  serpents,  which  bite  the  inlmbitants,  who  desire  death, 
but  cannot  die.  Some  of  the  women  being  liberated  thence,  men- 
tioned, on  coming  to  me,  that  it  is  burning  hot  there,  but  that 
'ivMn  they  arc  alloived  to  approach  any  society  of  good  sjnriis, 
their  heat  becomes  changed  into  intense  cold ;  and  at  such  times 
they  experience  in  themselves  an  alternation  of  heat  and  cold,2)ass- 
ing  from  one  extreme  to  the  other,  and  are  thereby  miserably 
tortMrcd.  Nevertheless  there  are  intervals  during  which  they 
are  in  the  excitement  of  their  fiery  lust ;  but  their  states  become 
changed  in  the  manner  described. 

826.  There  have  been  some  of  both  sexes  from  that  part  of 
the  ivorld  called  Christendom,  ivho,  durivg  their  life  in  the  body, 
have  regarded  adulteries  as  not  only  laivful,  but  even  holy ;  th  us 
considering  ivhat  they  have  imjnously  denominated  community 
of  wives  as  sacred.  I  observed  t/iat  these  were  sent  to  Gehennah, 
but  wlicn  tliey  came  thither,  a  change  took  place;  the  fiery 
appearance  of  Gehennah,  which  is  of  a  reddish  cast,  becoming 
on  their  arrival  v-hitish,  and  it  was  perceived  that  they  could  not 
agree  together.  That  wicked  band  vjas  therefore  separated,  and 
conveyed  to  the  region  behind;  thus,  as  it  were,  into  another 
world,  where  they  had  to  be  immersed  in  stagnant  lakes,  and 
thence  passed  to  a  neiv  Gehennah  appointed  for  them.  There  was 
heard  in  Gehennah  a  kiiid  of  hissing,  which  is  indescribable ;  but 
the  hissing  w  murmur  of  Gehennah  ivas  didler  than  that  of  the 
spirits  who  had  defiled  holiness  by  adidteries. 

827.  Those  who  ensnare  by  pretending  a  regard  for  conjugial 
love,  and  for  love  towards  children,  behaving  themselves  in  such 
a  manner  that  a  husband  has  no  suspicion  but  that  they  are 
chaste,  innocent,  and  fmoully,  and  who,  tinder  these  and  various 
other  pretences,  commit  adultery  with  the  greater  security,  are  in 
a  hell  beneath  the  back  parts  (sub  natil)us),  among  the  filthiest 
excrements;  and,  because  they  rank  ivith  the  treacherous,  thry 
become  vastated  to  such  a  degree  as  to  be  like  mere  hones.  Suck 
per.^ons  do  not  even  knoiv  what  conseience  is.  I  hare  nmrersed 
with  them,  and  they  are  surprised  that  any  one  shoidd  have,  a 

VOL.  I.  U  3*^iJ 


828,  829.]  GENESIS. 

coHScicnce,  and  should  say  that  adulteries  arc  contrary  to  it. 
Thcif  nrre  informed  that  it  is  as  impossible  for  such  unconscien- 
tious adulterers  to  come  into  heaven  as  for  a  fish  to  live  in  the  air, 
or  a  bird  in  the  ether,  because,  on  the  instant  of  their  approach, 
they  would  feel  as  it  were  suffocated,  their  adulteroiis  delight 
becoming  clianged  into  a  most  offensive  stench ;  and  further,  that 
they  must  needs  he  thrust  down  into  hell,  and  become  fiyially  like 
bony  substances,  possessing  scarcely  any  vitality,  because  they  have 
acquired  to  themselves  a  life  so  wicked,  that,  on  losing  it,  there 
remains  almost  nothing  of  life  truly  human. 

828.  Such  as  desire  nothing  more  than  to  deflower  virgins,  or 
those  who  find  their  greatest  delight  in  the  sjwils  of  virginity, 
uHthout  regard  to  marriage  or  issue,  and  who,  after  securing  the 
objects  of  tJieir  lusts,  conceive  an  aversion  totvards  them,  and  then 
leave  them  to  prostitution,  suffer  the  most  grievous  punishment 
in  the  other  world.  For  their  life  here  has  been  opposed  to  all 
order,  natural,  spiritual,  and  celestial ;  and  not  only  is  it  con- 
trary to  conjugial  love,  n-hich  in  heaven  is  accounted  most  holy, 
hut  also  to  innocence,  which  they  vjound  and  destroy,  by  seducing 
innocent  beings  into  a  course  of  prostitution,  who  might  have  been 
initiated  into  conjugial  love.  For,  as  it  is  well  known,  the  first 
delights  of  love  introduce  virgins  to  chaste  conjugial  love,  and 
conjoin  the  minds  of  the  married  partners.  And  since  the  sanctity 
of  heaven  is  founded  on  conjugial  love,  and  on  innocence,  the 
destroyers  of  such  love  onust  necessarily  be  interiorly  homicides, 
and  undergo  the  heaviest  punishments  in  the  other  life.  These 
persons  appear  to  themselves  to  be  seated  on  a  furious  horse,  ivhich 
throws  them  on  high,  so  that,  to  their  great  terror,  they  fcdl  down, 
seemingly  in  peril  of  their  lives.  Afterwards  they  appear  to 
themselves  to  be  under  the  belly  of  a  furious  liorse,  and  presently  to 
enter  through  Ms  posteriors  into  his  belly ;  and  then  they  suddenly 
fancy  tliat  they  are  in  the  belly  of  a  filthy  harlot,  who  becomes 
changed  into  a  great  dragon,  and  titer e  they  remain  covered  up 
in  torment.  This  punishinent  returns  many  times  in  the  course 
of  hundreds  and  thousands  of  years,  until  they  become  touched 
ivith  Jiorror  at  these  lusts.  I  have  been  informed  that  the  offspring 
of  such  p>arents  are  worse  tlmn  other  children,  in  consequence  of 
deriving  an  hereditary  constitution  from  the  father,  partaking  of 
Ids  nature.  Wherefore  children  are  seldom  born  from  such  con- 
nections, or  those  who  are  born  do  not  remain  long  in  this  life. 

829.  Those  who  indidge  in  lascivious  thoughts  during  the  life 
of  the  body,  giving  a  lascivious  turn  to  what  others  converse  about, 
even  luhen  the  subject  is  holy,  and  continue  these  practices  in 
iniddle  and  old  age,  when  they  have  no  natural  lasciviousness  to 
p)lead  in  excuse,  do  not  desist  from  such  thoughts  and  conversation 
in  another  life.  Now,  as  in  that  life  their  thoughts  are  communi- 
cated, and  sometimes  are  turned  before  other  spirits  into  obscene 
representations,  vjhereby  offence  is  given,  they  are  punished  by 

306 


CHAPTER  VIII.  [S30. 

hcing  laid  in  a  horizontal  position  in  the  'presence  of  the  spirits 
tvhom  they  have  offended,  and  arc  turned  round  liJ:c  a  roll  with  a 
quick  motion  from  left  to  ri(jht,  then  transversely  in  another  jiosi- 
tion,  and  aftcrivards  in  a  third,  naked  or  hcdf-naked,  aceordim/ 
to  the  qualify  of  their  lasciviousness,  until  they  thus  become 
affected  with  shame.  They  are  subsequently  rolled  about  by  the 
head  and  feet  transversely  like  a  hinge,  by  which  resistance,  and 
at  the  same  time  pain,  are  occasioned;  for  two  forces  arc  then 
in  action,  one  round  about  and  the  other  backwards,  ami  this  is 
attended  ivith  a  painful  sense  of  tearing  asunder.  When  this  is 
completed,  they  have  p)crmission  granted  them  to  icithdraw  front 
the  sight  of  spirits,  and  then  a  sense  of  shcane  is  instilled  into 
them.  Nevertheless  they  are  still  not  'without  temptations  to 
continue  the  same  evil  practices ;  but  so  long  as  they  are  in  a 
state  of  shame  and.  grief  they  are  careful  against  yielding  to  them. 
This  punishment  was  seen  at  some  distance  toivards  the  front. 

There  are  also  boys,  youths,  and  young  men,  who,  in  consc-  ■ 
quence  of  the  impetuosity  of  youth,  have  conceived  wicked  and 
■jicrnidous  j^t'^nciples,  supposing  that  unves,  and  especially  such 
as  are  young  and  beautiful,  ought  not  to  be  confined  to  their  hus- 
bands, but  to  be  free  to  themselves  and  their  like,  the  husband 
remaining  only  as  the  head  of  the  family,  and  the  educator  of 
the  children.  These  a.re  distinguished  in  the  other  life  by  their 
boyish  tone  of  voice,  and  reside  at  some  height  backwards.  Such 
among  them  as  have  confirmed  themselves  in  these  ^?n''«o/j9/c.s-, 
and  in  a  practice  conformable  tlvercto,  are  miserably  tormented 
in  the  other  world,  by  having  their  joints  put  out  and  in  cdter- 
nately ;  which  is  effected  by  spirits  icho  have  the  art  of  exciting 
in  others  a  fantasy  as  if  they  were  still  in  the  body,  and  at  the 
same  time  a  sense  of  bodily  pain.  By  these  contortions  and  re- 
tortions, and  the  struggles  they  make  in  opposition  to  them,  they 
are  so  lacerated  as  to  seem  to  themselves  torn  into  minute  frag- 
ments, with  exceeding  great  piain ;  and  this  punishment  is  re- 
jKdted,  until,  being  struck  'with  horror  at  their  principles,  they 
desist  from  such  thoughts. 

8.S0.  Those  who  deceive  others  by  artful  dissimulation,  making 
a  show  of  friendliness  in  the  countenance  and  discourse  while 
they  conceive  invxirdly  the  po'ison  of  treacherous  enmity,  and  thus 
allure  with  a  design  to  destroy,  are  in  a  hell  more  terrible  than 
that  of  others,  and,  indeed,  more  terrible  than  the  hell  of  mur- 
derers. They  appear  to  themselves  to  he  living  among  serpents ; 
and  the  more  pernicious  their  stratagems  have  been,  so  vmvh  the 
more  dreadful,  poisonous,  and  numerous  do  the  serpents,  which 
encompass  and  torment  them,  appear.  They  know  no  otherwise 
than  that  these  serpents  are  real,  inasmuch  as  they  occasion  similar 
pains  and  torments,  which  jwssibly  few  'will  bdirre,  although  it 
is  a  certain  fact  These  are  they  'who  piirposeh/  or  with  prnnr- 
dilation  exercise  deceit,  and  therein  experience  the  delight  <>/  their 

307 


S:n.]  GENESIS. 

li/i\  Tin'  jiUuUhm cuts  of  (he  deceitful  are  various  according  to 
tlie  nature  of  the  deceit  of  each.  In  general  they  are  not  tolerated, 
in  societies,  hut  are  eoypeUed ;  for  whatever  any  spirit  thinks  is 
immediately  known  and  pcixeived  hy  neighbouring  sjnrits,  and 
consequently  every  species  of  deceit  is  recognised.  Hence,  at  length, 
such  deceitful  spirits  sit  down  in  solitude,  being  expelled  from  all 
society ;  and  then  they  appear  inth  their  faces  dilated,  so  as  to  be 
four  or  five  times  the  breadth  of  an  ordinary  face,  with  a  broad 
fleshy  cap  of  a  whitish  colour  upon  their  heads,  like  images  of 
death  sitting  in  torment.  There  are  others  who  are  by  nature 
deceitful,  hut  not  with  premeditation  nor  clandestinely,  under  a 
feigned  countenance.  These  are  immediately  knoivn,  and  their 
thoughts  manifestly  perceived,  ivhen  they  boast  of  vAshing  to 
appear  wiser  than  others.  They  have  not  such  a  hell  as  the 
former.  More,  hotocver,  will  be  said  of  the  deceitful,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  in  a  future  part  of  this  work. 

831.  There  are  some  of  the  female  sex,  who  have  lived  in  the 
indulgence  of  their  inclinatioyis,  regarding  only  themselves  and  the 
vjorld,  a7id  making  the  all  of  life  and  its  delight  to  consist  in 
c^vfernal  decorum,  in  consequence  of  %ohich  they  have  been  par- 
ticularly esteemed  in  polite  society.  They  have  thus  by  practice 
acquired  the  talent  of  insinuating  themselves  into  tlie  good  graces 
of  others,  by  specious  pretences  and  a  fair  exterior,  for  the  pur- 
poses of  gaining  an  ascendancy  over  them ;  and  hence  their  life 
has  been  one  of  sivudation  and  deceit.  They  used  to  frequent 
churches  like  other  people,  but  for  no  other  end  than  to  apjjcar 
upright  and  jnous ;  being,  moreover,  destitute  of  conscience,  and 
eoxeedingly  prone  to  uAckedness  and  adulteries,  ivhen  able  to  con- 
cecd  them.  Such  persons  in  the  other  life  think  as  they  did  here, 
not  knounng  what  conscience  is,  and  ridiculed  those  who  speak  of 
it.  They  enter  into  the  affections  of  others  by  a  pretended  honesty , 
piety,  compassion,  and  innocence,  ichich  with  them  are  the  means 
of  deceiving  ;  and  whenever  external  restraints  are  removed,  they 
2  plunge  into  the  most  ivicked  and  obscene  p)ractices.  These  are 
they  who,  in  the  other  vjorld,  become  enchantresses  or  sorceresses, 
of  whom  there  are  some  denominated  sirens,  who  become  eoypert 
in  arts  unknown  on  earth.  They  are  like  sponges,  imbibing  all 
'unckecl  artifices,  from  being  of  such  a  genius  as  readily  to  practise 
them.  The  artifices  imknovm  here,  which  they  learn  in  the 
spiritual  world,  are  these.  They  can  si^eak  as  if  in  a  different 
place  from  that  in  which  they  arc,  the  voice  being  heard  as  if 
proceeding  from  good  spints  elsewhere  ;  they  can  be,  as  it  were, 
present  with  severed  persons  at  the  same  time,  thus  persuading 
others  that  they  are  present  everywhere,  and  they  speak  like 
several  together,  and  in  various p)laces  at  the  same  moment.  They 
liMve  the  p>ower  of  averting  the  influx  from  good  spirits,  yea,  even 
thai  of  angelic  spirits  ;  perverting  it  instantly  by  various  methods 
in  favour  of  themselves.  They  can  assume  another's  likeness  hi 
308 


CHAPTER  VIII.  [831. 

ideas  tohich  they  conceive  and  fashion  to  themselves,  and  can 
inspire  every  one  ivith  an  affection  for  them,  ly  insinuating  them- 
selves into  the  real  state  of  another  s  affection.  They  can  suddenly 
withdraw  themselves  out  of  sight,  and  become  invisillc.  Thu/ 
have  the  poiver  of  reprcsentiiig  to  the  vino  of  spirits  a  bright 
flame  encompassing  the  head  ;  and  this,  ichieh  is  an  angelic  to/cai, 
to  several  at  the  same  moment.  They  can  feign  innocence  by 
various  methods,  even  by  representing  infants  ivJwm  they  kiss. 
They  cdso  excite  others,  whom  they  hate,  to  murder  them,  because 
they  are  conscious  of  being  themselves  immortal,  and  afterwards 
they  accuse  them  as  murderers,  and  divulge  their  crime.  From  '- 
my  oion  experience,  I  may  state  that  they  have  stirred  up  in  my 
memory  whatever  evils  I  have  thought  and  done,  and  this  by  the 
most  cunning  contrivances.  And,  tvhile  I  luive  been  asleep,  they 
have  discoursed  vnth  others  altogether  as  from  me  on  subjects  false 
and  obscene,  so  that  the  spirits  ivho  heard  it  iccre  p)^fsiuidcd  it 
was  from  me.  Not  to  mention  many  other  things  of  a  similar 
Jdnd.  Their  nature  is  so  persuasive  that  no  one  suspects  than  ; 
and  hence  their  ideas  are  not  communicated  like  those  of  other 
spirits.  For  they  have  eyes  resembling  those  ascribed  to  serpents, 
seeing  every  uriy  at  once,  and  having  their  thoughts  present  every- 
'ivhere.  These  sorceresses  or  sheens  are  punished  grievously,  some 
in  Gchcnnah,  others  in  a  kind  of  court  among  snakes ;  some  by 
being  as  it  were  torn  asunder,  and  subjected  to  various  collisio)is, 
attended  with  the  utmost  pain  and  torture.  In  course  of  time 
they  are  separated  from  all  society,  and  become  like  skeletons, 
from  head  to  foot.  A  continuation  of  this  suJjject  is  annexed  to 
the  end  of  the  chapter. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


1.  And  God  remembered  Noah,  and  every  wild  heast,  and 
every  beast,  which  was  with  hiin  iu  the  ark ;  and  God  made  u 
wind  to  pass  over  the  earth,  and  the  waters  assuaged. 

2.  The  fountains  also  of  the  deep,  and  the  cataracts  of 
heaven  were  stopped,  and  the  rain  from  heaven  was  restrained. 

3.  And  the  waters  receded  from  off  tlie  earth,  in  goinj,'  and 
returning,  and  at  the  end  of  a  hundred  and  lifty  days  lln- 
waters  were  abated. 

4.  And  the  ark  rested  on  the  seventh  month,  on  the  seven- 
teenth day  of  the  month,  upon  the  mountains  of  Ararat. 

5.  And  the  waters  were  in  going  and  decreasing  until  the 
tenth  month  ;  in  the  tenth  [mouth],  on  the  first  of  the  month, 
the  tops  of  the  mountains  appeared. 


309 


GENESIS. 

G.  And  it  came  to  pass,  at  the  end  of  forty  days,  that  Xoah 
opened  the  window  of  the  ark  which  he  had  made. 

7.  And  he  sent  forth  a  raven,  and  it  went  forth,  going  to 
and  fro,  nntil  the  waters  were  dried  up  from  off  the  earth. 

8.  And  lie  sent  forth  a  dove  from  himself,  to  see  if  the 
waters  were  abated  from  olf  the  faces  of  the  ground ; 

\).  And  the  dove  found  no  rest  for  the  sole  of  her  foot ;  and 
she  returned  to  him  into  the  ark,  because  the  waters  were  on 
the  faces  of  the  whole  earth :  and  he  put  forth  his  hand  and 
took  her,  and  drew  her  in  to  him  into  the  ark. 

10.  And  he  stayed  yet  other  seven  days ;  and  he  proceeded 
to  send  forth  the  dove  from  the  ark ; 

11.  And  the  dove  returned  to  him  at  even-tide  ;  and,  lo,  in 
her  mouth  was  an  olive-leaf  plucked  off;  and  Noah  knew  that 
the  waters  were  abated  from  off  the  earth. 

12.  And  he  stayed  yet  other  seven  days  ;  and  sent  forth  the 
dove ;  and  she  returned  not  again  unto  him  any  more. 

1.3.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  six  hundred  and  first  year, 
in  the  beginning,  in  the  first  of  the  month,  the  waters  were 
dried  up  from  off  the  earth  :  and  Noah  removed  the  covering  of 
the  ark,  and  he  saw,  and  behold,  the  faces  of  the  ground  were 
dry. 

14.  In  the  second  month,  on  the  seven-and-twentieth  day 
of  the  month,  was  the  earth  dried. 


15.  And  God  spake  unto  Noah,  saying, 

16.  Go  forth  from  the  ark,  thou,  and  thy  wife,  and  thy  sous, 
and  thy  sons'  wives  with  thee. 

17.  Bring  forth  with  thee  every  wild  beast  that  is  with  thee, 
of  all  flesh,  both  of  fowl,  and  of  beast,  and  of  every  reptile 
creeping  upon  the  earth  ;  that  they  may  diffuse  themselves  over 
the  earth,  and  be  fruitful,  and  be  multiplied  upon  the  earth. 

18.  And  Noah  went  forth,  and  his  sons,  and  his  wife,  and  his 
sons'  wives  with  him. 

19.  Every  wild  beast,  every  reptile,  and  every  bird,  every- 
thing creeping  upon  the  earth,  according  to  their  families,  went 
forth  out  of  the  ark. 


20.  And  Noah  builded  an  altar  to  Jehovah;  and  took  of 
every  clean  beast,  and  of  every  clean  bird,  and  offered  whole 
burnt-offerings  upon  the  altar. 

21.  And  Jehovah  smelled  an  odour  of  rest ;  and  Jehovah 
said  in  his  heart,  I  will  not  again  curse  the  ground  any  more 
for  man's  sake ;  for  the  fashion  of  man's  heart  is  evil  from  his 
youth ;  neither  will  I  again  smite  any  more  everything  li\-ing, 
as  I  have  done. 

310 


CHAPTER  VIII.  1.  [832-839. 

22.  For  during  all  the  days  of  the  earth,  seed-time  and 
harvest,  and  cold  and  heat,  and  summer  and  winter,  and  day 
and  night,  shall  not  cease. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


832.  The  subject  which  now  follows,  according  to  the  series, 
is  concerning  the  man  of  the  new  Church,  who  is  called  Noah ; 
and,  indeed,  concerning  his  state  after  temptation,  even  to  his 
regeneration,  and  so  forth. 

833.  His  first  state  after  temptation,  and  his  fluctuation 
between  truth  and  falsity,  until  truths  begin  to  appear,  is 
treated  of,  verses  1-5. 

834.  His  second  state,  which  is  threefold;  first,  when  tlic 
truths  of  faith  are  not  as  yet ;  afterwards,  when  they  are  con- 
joined with  charity ;  and  lastly,  when  the  goods  of  charity  shine 
forth,  verses  6-14. 

835.  His  third  state,  when  he  begins  to  act  and  think  from 
charity,  which  is  the  first  state  of  the  regenerate,  verses  15-10. 

836.  His  fourth  state,  when  he  acts  and  thinks  from  charity, 
which  is  the  second  state  of  the  regenerate,  verses  20,  21. 

837.  Lastly,  the  new  Church,  raised  up  in  the  place  of  the 
former,  is  described,  verses  21,  22. 


THE  INTERNAL  SENSE. 


838.  In  the  two  preceding  chapters,  the  new  Churcli  called 
Noah,  or  the  man  of  that  Church,  was  treated  of;  first,  as  to 
his  preparation  to  receive  faith,  and  by  faith,  charity ;  next,  as 
to  his  temptation ;  and  afterwards,  as  to  his  protecliou,  wlicii 
the  Most  Ancient  Church  perished.  The  subject  of  wh:it  Ikmv 
follows  is  his  state  after  temptation,  which  is  described  exactly 
in  the  order  in  which  it  was  effected,  and  in  which  it  is  ellected 
with  all  who  become  regenerate.  For  the  Word  of  the  Lord  is 
such,  that  wherever  it  speaks  of  one  person,  it  treats  of  all 
men,  and  of  every  individual,  with  a  difference  according  to 
the  disposition  of  each ;  this  being  the  universal  sense  of  tiie 
Word. 

839.  Verse  1.  And  God  rememUred  Noah,  and  rrenj  vild 
least,  and  every  least,  ^vhich  was  with  him  in  the  ark;  and  (Jod 
made  a  wind  to  pass  over  the  earth,  and  the  waters  assuof/rd. 
God  rememlered  signifies  the  end  of  temptation  and  llic  hv- 


8-iO,  841.]  GENESIS. 

<j:iuninjjj  of  renovation  ;  and  by  Noah  is  signified,  as  before,  the 
iiiwn  ot'  the  Ancient  Church.  Every  wild  beast,  and  every  beast, 
■which  was  with  hint  in  the  ar/:,  signifies  all  that  he  had;  and 
God  made  a  wind  to  pass  over  the  earth,  and  the  ivaters  assuaged, 
represents  the  disposal  of  all  things  into  their  order. 

840.  That  God  remembered  signifies  the  end  of  temptation 
and  the  beginning  of  renovation,  appears  from  wliat  precedes  and 
follows.  God  remembered  signifies,  in  particular,  that  He  is 
merciful ;  for  His  remembrance  is  mercy.  And  this  is  especi- 
ally seen  after  temptation,  because  new  light  then  shines  forth. 
So  long  as  temptation  continues,  man  supposes  the  Lord  to  be 
absent,  because,  being  disturbed  by  evil  genii  to  such  a  degree 
as  sometimes  to  be  reduced  to  a  state  of  despair,  he  can  scarcely 
believe  that  any  God  exists ;  although  the  Lord  is  then  more 
intimately  present  than  it  is  possible  for  him  to  believe.  When, 
however,  temptation  ceases,  then  he  receives  consolation,  and 
begins  to  believe  that  the  Lord  is  present.  And  this  being  the 
case  here,  God  is  said  to  remember,  to  denote  the  end  of  his 
temptation  and  the  beginning  of  his  renovation.  The  word  God 
is  here  used,  and  not  Jehovah ;  because  as  yet  man  was  in  a 
state  antecedent  to  that  of  regeneration.  But  when  he  becomes 
regenerate,  then  mention  is  made  of  Jehovah,  as  at  tlie  end  of 
this  chapter  (vers.  20,  21).  The  reason  of  this  is,  because  faith 
was  not  yet  conjoined  with  charity,  for  man  is  first  said  to  be 
regenerate  when  he  acts  from  charity.  In  charity  Jehovah  is 
present,  but  not  so  in  faith,  prior  to  its  conjunction  with  charity. 
Charity  is  the  very  being  and  life  of  man  in  the  other  world  ; 
and  as  Jehovah  is  Being  itself  and  Life  itself,  so  before  man  is, 
and  lives,  Jehovah  cannot  be  said  to  be  with  him,  but  God. 

841.  That  by  Noah  is  signified,  as  before,  the  man  of  the 
Ancient  Church  ;  and  by  every  wild  beast,  and  every  beast,  which 
was  with  him  in  the  ark,  everything  that  belonged  to  him,  is 
clear  from  what  was  previously  stated  concerning  Noah,  and 
concerning  the  signification  of  wild  beast,  and  beast.  The  term 
wild  beast  is  taken  in  a  twofold  sense  in  the  Word,  denoting 
both  those  things  in  man  which  are  alive,  and  those  which  are 
dead.  It  denotes  what  is  alive,  because  that  word  in  the 
Hebrew  tongue  signifies  a  living  thing ;  and  in  consequence  of 
the  most  ancient  people,  in  their  humiliation,  acknowledging 
themselves  to  be  as  wild  beasts,  this  world  became  also  a  type 
of  what  is  dead  in  man.  In  the  present  passage,  by  wild  beasts 
are  represented  both  what  is  alive  and  what  is  dead  in  the 
aggregate.  For,  as  is  customary  with  man  after  temptation, 
the  living  and  the  dead,  or  the  things  of  the  Lord,  and  those  of 
man's  pro2)7'iu7n,  appear  so  confused  that  he  scarcely  knows 
what  is  true  and  good.  The  Lord  then,  however,  reduces  and 
disposes  all  things  into  order,  as  will  be  subsequently  shewn. 
That  a  wild  beast  signifies  what  is  alive  in  man,  may  be  seen 

312 


CHAPTER  VIII.  1.  [842. 

in  the  preceding  chapter  (vii.  14),  and  in  the  present  chapter 
(vers.  17,  19).  That  they  also  represent  the  things  which  are 
dead  in  man,  is  evident  from  what  was  observed  above  respecting 
wild  beasts  and  beasts  (nos.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246). 

842.  That  God  made  a  wind  to  pass  over  tlie  earth,  and  the 
iratcrs  assuaged,  signifies  the  disposal  of  all  things  into  their 
order,  appears  from  the  signification  of  wind  in  the  Wonl. 
All  spirits,  both  good  and  bad,  are  compared  and  likened  to 
wind,  and  in  the  original  tongue  both  spirits  and  winds  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  same  word.  In  temptations,  which  the  waters 
that  assuaged  here  denote,  as  was  shewn  above,  evil  spirits  cause 
an  inundation,  in  consequence  of  entering  by  influx  in  great 
multitudes  with  their  fantasies,  and  exciting  similar  fantasies 
in  man.  And  when  these  spirits  or  their  fantasies  are  dispersed, 
it  is  said  in  the  Word  to  be  done  by  a  wind,  and,  indeed,  by  an 
east  wind.  Every  man  individually  is  similarly  circumstanced  2 
during  temptation,  and  when  the  commotions  or  waters  of  tempt- 
ation cease  ;  so,  likewise,  is  man  in  general,  as  has  been  given 
me  to  know  by  repeated  experience.  For  evil  spirits  in  the  world 
of  spirits  sometimes  associate  themselves  in  troops,  and  thereby 
excite  disturbances  until  they  are  dispersed  by  other  bands  of 
spirits,  generally  coming  from  the  right,  consequently  from  the 
eastern  quarter,  who  strike  such  fear  and  terror  into  them,  that 
they  think  of  nothing  but  of  how  they  may  escape.  Thus  those 
who  had  associated  themselves  had  dispersed  into  all  quarters, 
and  thereby  the  societies  of  spirits  formed  for  evil  purposes  are 
dissolved.  The  troops  of  spirits  who  disperse  them  are  called  the 
east  wind.  There  are  also  innumerable  other  methods  of  dis- 
persion, denominated  east  winds,  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter.  Wlien  evil  spirits  are  thus 
dispersed,  the  state  of  commotion  and  turbulence  is  succeeded 
by  serenity  or  silence,  as  is  also  the  case  with  man  when 
tempted ;  for  during  that  state  he  is  in  the  midst  of  such  a 
band  of  spirits,  but  when  they  are  driven  away  or  dispersed, 
there  follows  as  it  were  a  calm,  which  is  the  commencement 
of  the  disposal  of  all  tilings  into  order.  Before  reducmg  3 
anything  into  a  state  of  order,  it  is  most  usual  to  Ijring  the 
whole  into  a  kind  of  confused  mass,  or  chaos  as  it  were,  for 
the  purpose  of  disjoining  what  do  not  well  cohere  togetlier ;  and 
when  they  are  disunited,  then  the  Lord  disposes  them  nito 
order.  This  process  may  be  compared  with  what  is  oliscrval.le 
in  nature,  where  all  things,  both  in  general  and  particuhir,  are 
first  reduced  to  a  kind  of  confused  mass  Ijclore  l)enig  arranged. 
Thus,  for  instance,  unless  there  were  storms  in  the  atiiicsplicu', 
to  dissipate  whatever  is  lieterogeneous,  the  air  c«.uld  iicvrr 
become  serene,  but  would  be  rendered  pestil(.-r..ns  by  the 
accumulation  of  unwholesome  vapour.  So  \n  hk('.  niMiMi(-r 
in  the  human  body,  unless  every  part  of  tlie  bl<jn(  ,^!is  well 


84'J.]  GENESIS. 

^vllat  is  lioterocjonoous  as  what  is  homogeneous,  did  continuously 
and  successively  How  together  into  one  heart,  to  be  there 
commingled,  there  would  ensue  a  fatal  coagulation  of  the 
liquids,  which  would  render  it  impossible  for  the  particular 
component  parts  to  be  distinctly  disposed  to  their  respective 
uses.     Thus,  also,  it  is  with  man  in  the  course  of  his  regenera- 

4  tion.  Tliat  wind,  and  especially  that  the  east  wind,  signifies 
the  dispersion  of  falses  and  evils,  or,  what  is  the  same,  of  evil 
spirits  and  genii,  and  afterwards  an  arranging  into  order,  may 
appear  from  the  Word.  As  from  Isaiah :  "  Thou  slialt  disperse 
them,  and  the  v:ind  shall  carry  them  away,  and  the  v:Jiirl- 
vnnd  shall  scatter  them,  and  thou  shalt  rejoice  in  Jehovah, 
and  glory  in  the  Holy  One  of  Israel"  (xli.  16).  Here  disper- 
sion is  compared  to  wind,  and  scattering  to  a  whirlwind,  which 
is  said  of  evils.  Then  they  who  are  regenerate  shall  rejoice  in 
Jehovah.  In  David :  "  Lo,  the  kings  were  assembled,  they 
passed  by  together.  They  saw  it,  and  so  they  marvelled ;  they 
were  troubled,  and  hasted  away.  Fear  took  hold  upon  them 
there,  and  pain  as  of  a  woman  in  travail.  Thou  breakest  the 
ships  of  Tarshish  with  an  east  wind"  (Psalm  xlviii.  4-7).  In 
this  passage  the  terror  and  confusion  occasioned  by  an  east  vnnd 
is  described.  This  description  is  taken  from  what  comes  to 
pass  in  the  world  of  spirits ;  for  these  things  are  involved  in  the 

5  internal  sense  of  the  Word.  In  Jeremiah  :  "  He  will  make  their 
land  astonished.  I  will  scatter  them  as  an  east  v:ind  before  the 
enemy ;  I  will  regard  them  with  the  back  of  the  neck,  and  not 
with  the  faces,  in  the  day  of  their  calamity"  (xviii.  16,  17). 
Here,  in  like  manner,  the  east  unnd  denotes  the  dispersion 
of  falsities.  Similar  also  was  the  representation  of  the  east 
wind  by  which  the  Ked  Sea  was  dried  up,  that  the  children  of 
Israel  might  pass  over,  as  described  in  Exodus :  "  Jehovah 
caused  the  Red  Sea  to  go  back  by  a  strong  east  wind  all  that 
night,  and  made  the  sea  dry,  and  the  waters  were  divided " 
(xiv.  21).  The  signification  of  the  waters  of  the  Eed  Sea  was 
similar  to  that  of  the  waters  of  the  flood  in  the  present  passage, 
as  is  evident  from  this  consideration,  that  the  Eg}^tians,  by 
whom  are  represented  the  wicked,  were  drowned  therein  ;  while 
the  children  of  Israel,  who  represent  the  regenerate,  as  ISToali 
does  here,  passed  over.  By  the  Eed  Sea,  as  by  the  flood,  is 
denoted  condemnation  also,  and  temptation ;  consequently 
by  the  east  wind  is  signified  the  dissipation  of  the  waters  or  of 
the  evils  of  condemnation,  or  temptation,  as  is  evident  from  the 
song  of  Moses  after  they  had  passed  over  (Exod.  xv.  1-19).  And 
from  Isaiah :  "  Jehovah  shall  utterly  destroy  the  tongue  of  the 
Egyptian  sea,  and  with  His  mighty  vAnd  shall  He  shake  His 
hand  over  the  river,  and  shall  smite  it  in  the  seven  streams, 
and  make  men  go  over  dry-shod.  And  there  shall  be  a 
highway  for  the  remnant  of  His  people  which  shall  be  left  from 

314 


CHAPTER  VIII.  2.  [843-845. 

Assyria,  like  as  it  was  to  Israel  in  the  day  that  he  came  out 
of  the  land  of  Egypt "  (xi.  15,  16).  Here  a  highway  for  the 
Tcmnant  of  the  ^^eoph  left  from  Assyria  denotes  a  disposing 
into  order. 

843.  Verse  2.  The  fountains  also  of  the  deep,  and  the  cataracts 
of  heaven  were  stopped,  and  the  rain  from  heaven  loas  restrained. 
These  words  signify  that  temptation  ceased.  The  fountains  of 
the  deep  signify  evils  of  the  will;  the  cataracts  of  heaven, 
falsities  of  the  understanding ;  and  rain,  temptation  itself  in 
general. 

844.  From  this  to  the  sixth  verse  it  treats  of  the  first  state 
of  the  man  of  this  Church  subsequent  to  temptation ;  and  what 
is  said  in  the  present  verse  signifies  the  cessation  of  temptation. 
His  temptation,  both  as  to  things  voluntary  and  as  to  things 
intellectual,  has  been  previously  spoken  of;  and  its  termination 
as  to  voluntary  things  is  here  meant  by  the  fountains  of  the 
deep  being  stopped  ;  and  its  cessation  as  to  the  understanding, 
by  the  cataracts  of  heaven  being  stopped.  That  these  expres- 
sions have  such  a  signification,  was  asserted  and  demonstrated 
in  the  preceding  chapter  (vii.  11);  and  that  rain  denotes 
temptation  itself,  was  also  shewn  in  the  same  chapter  (ver.  12), 
wherefore  there  is  no  need  to  dwell  longer  on  the  subject. 

845.  The  reason  why  tlte  fountains  of  the  deep  signify 
temptation  as  to  voluntary  things,  and  the  cataracts  of  heaven 
temptation  as  to  intellectual  things,  is,  that  it  is  the  man's 
voluntary  part  which  is  influenced  by  hell,  and  not  so  much 
the  intellectual,  unless  it  be  immersed  in  lusts  which  are  of 
the  will.  Evils,  which  are  of  the  will,  are  what  condemn 
man  and  sink  him  down  to  hell,  and  falsities  only  so  far  as 
they  are  coupled  with  evils ;  then  the  one  follows  the  other. 
This  may  be  proved  by  numerous  instances  of  these  who,  l)eing 
in  falsities,  are  yet  saved ;  as  is  the  case  with  many  amongst 
the  Gentiles,  who  have  lived  in  natural  charity  and  in  mercy, 
and  with  numbers  of  Christians,  who  have  believed  in  simplicity 
of  heart.  Their  ignorance  and  simplicity  are  their  excuse, 
because  in  them  there  may  be  innocence.  But  it  is  otherwise 
with  those  who  have  confirmed  themselves  in  falsities,  and 
have  thus  contracted  such  a  life  of  falsity  as  to  refuse  and 
oppose  all  truth ;  since  this  life  must  necessarily  be  vastatcid 
before  anything  of  truth,  and  thereby  of  good,  can  he  insemin- 
ated. It  is,  however,  still  worse  with  those  who  fniin  lust 
have  confirmed  themselves  in  falsities,  so  that  falsities  and 
lusts  constitute  one  life ;  for  these  are  they  who  sink  theni.selve.s 
down  into  hell.  Tliis  is  the  cause  of  temptati<.n,  as  to 
voluntary  things,  being  signified  by  the  fountains  of  the  (Ic.-p, 
which  are  the  hells;  and  temptation,  as  to  intellectual  things, 
by  the  cataracts  of  heaven,  which  are  the  clouds,  from  which 

comes  rain. 

315 


840,  847.]  GENESIS. 

84().  Verse  ;>.  And  the  'W((tcrs  receded  from  off  the  earth, 
ill  i/oiiitj  and  retamiiig;  and  at  the  end  of  a  hundred  and 
fifty  days  the  waters  abated.  The  vxders  receded  from  off  the 
earth,  in  (jolng  and  returni/u/,  signifies  fluctuations  between 
truth  and  falsity ;  the  waters  abated  at  the  end  of  a  hundred 
and  fifty  days  signities  that  temptation  ceased.  A  hundred 
and  fffy  days,  in  this  place,  as  previously,  signify  a  termina- 
tion. 

847.  That,  the  waters  receded  from  of  the  earth,  signifies 
fluctuations  between  truth  and  falsity,  appears  from  the 
previous  statement  that  the  waters  of  the  flood,  or  inundations, 
with  respect  to  Noah,  signify  temptations.  For  as  it  here 
treats  of  the  first  state  after  temptation,  the  waters  receding  in 
going  and  returning  can  represent  nothing  else  than  fluctuation 
between  truths  and  falsities.  The  nature  of  this  fluctuation, 
however,  can  only  be  known  after  man  becomes  acquainted 
with  the  nature  of  temptation;  for  such  as  the  temptation  is, 
such  is  the  fluctuation  succeeding  to  it.  When  the  temptation 
is  celestial,  then  the  fluctuation  is  between  good  and  evil;  when 
it  is  spiritual,  it  is  between  truth  and  falsity ;  and  when  it  is 
natural,   the   fluctuation   is   between    his    lusts    and   what   is 

2  contrary  to  them.  There  are  several  kinds  of  temptations, 
which  in  general  may  be  divided  into  the  celestial,  spiritual, 
and  natural,  and  these  ought  never  to  be  confounded  with  each 
(jther.  Celestial  temptations  are  impossible  except  with  those 
who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord ;  and  spiritual  with  those  who  are 
in  charity  towards  their  neighbour.  Natural  temptations  are 
altogether  distinct  from  these,  and  are  not,  indeed,  truly 
temptations,  but  merely  anxieties  arising  from  the  assault  of 
natural  loves,  in  consequence  of  misfortunes,  diseases,  or  a 
depraved  condition  of  the  blood  and  other  fluids  of  the  body. 
From  this  short  account,  it  may,  in  some  degree,  be  seen  that 
temptation  is  anguish  and  anxiety  occasioned  by  whatever 
opposes  or  resists  any  particular  kind  of  love.  Thus  with 
those  who  are  in  love  to  the  Lord,  whatever  assaults  this  love 
produces  an  inmost  torture,  which  is  celestial  temptation  ;  also 
with  such  as  are  in  love  and  charity  towards  the  neighbour, 
whatever  assaults  this  love  occasions  torment  of  conscience, 

3  and  this  is  spiritual  temptation.  With  those  who  are  merely 
natural,  what  they  frequently  call  temptations,  and  the  pangs 
of  conscience,  are  not  truly  so,  but  only  anxieties  arising 
from  the  assault  of  their  loves,  as  when  they  foresee  and  are 
sensible  of  the  loss  of  honour,  the  good  things  of  the  world, 
reputation,  pleasures,  bodily  life,  and  the  like ;  nevertheless 
these  troubles  are  wont  to  be  productive  of  some  good. 
Temptations  are,  moreover,  experienced  by  such  as  are  in 
natural  charity,  and  consequently  by  all  kinds  of  heretics. 
Gentiles,  and  idolaters,  arising  from  every  assault  on  the  life  of 

316 


CHAPTER  VIII.  ;;.  [84S,  849. 

the  faith  wliich  they  hold  dear.     But  these  straits  are  iiniiutive 
of  spiritual  temptations. 

848.  When  temptations  are  finished,  there  is,  as  it  were,  a 
iluctuation ;  and  if  the  temptations  were  spiritual,  it  is  a  fiuctu'a- 
tion  between  truth  and  falsity.  The  necessity  of  this  may 
appear  sufficiently  evident  from  the  consideration,  that  temp- 
tation is  the  beginning  of  regeneration.  And,  as  all  regenera- 
tion has  for  its  end  that  man  may  receive  new  life,  or  rather 
that  he  may  receive  life,  and  from  being  no  man,  may  become 
a  man,  or  from  dead  be  made  living ;  therefore,  when  his  former 
life,  which  is  merely  animal,  is  destroyed  by  temptations,  he 
cannot  but  fiuctuate  between  truth  and  falsity.  Truth  is  of 
the  new  life,  falsity  of  the  old ;  and  unless  the  former  life  be 
destroyed, and  this  fiuctuation  take  place,  it  is  impossible  for  any 
spiritual  seed  to  be  sown,  because  there  is  no  ground.  When, 
however,  all  this  is  effected,  man  knows  scarcely  anything  as  to 
what  is  true  and  good,  and  indeed  hardly  whether  such  a  thing 
as  truth  be  possible.  Thus,  for  example,  when  reflecting  about 
the  goods  of  charity,  or,  as  they  are  commoidy  called,  good 
works,  he  considers  whether  he  can  do  tliem  from  himself  or 
not,  and  that  in  whatever  he  does  from  himself  there  is  merit ; 
then  he  is  in  such  obscurity  and  darkness,  that  when  informed 
that  no  one  can  do  good  from  himself  or  from  2?/-cp-»<»i,and  still 
less  can  any  one  possess  merit,  but  that  all  good  is  from  tin- 
Lord,  and  all  merit  is  His  alone,  he  can  do  nothing  but  express 
his  astonishment.  He  is  also  similarly  circumstanced  with 
respect  to  all  the  other  truths  of  faith.  But  however  great  the 
obscurity  and  darkness  of  his  mind,  it  becomes  sensibly,  although 
gradually,  enlightened,  liegeneration  is  accurately  represented 
by  man's  birth  as  an  infant.  His  life  is  tlien  of  the  most  obscure 
kind.  He  knows  almost  nothing  ;  and  therefore  at  first  ivceives 
only  general  impressions  from  the  various  objects  around  him. 
These  impressions,  however,  by  degrees  become  more  distinct  as 
particular  ideas  are  conveyed,  which  in  their  turn  become  the 
vehicles  of  others  more  specific.  Thus  general  notions  l)econif 
illustrated  by  individual  ones,  and  thus  man  becomes  not  only 
acquainted  with  the  existence  of  things,  but  also  with  then- 
quality.  So  it  is  with  every  one  \vho  emerges  out  of  tempta- 
tion ;  and  the  state  of  those  in  another  life,  wlio,  having  been 
in  falsities,  become  vastated,  is  also  similar.  This  state  is 
denommated  Jiucfu  at  ion,  and  is  here  described  by  the  waters 
receding  in  going  and  returning. 

849.  Hence,  then,  it  plainly  follows  that  fhc  vutla-.s  dlxttnl  id 
the  end  of  a  hundred  and  fifty  days  signifies  that  temptations 
ceased.  That  a  hundred  and  fifty  days  signify  a  termination, 
appears  from  wliat  was  said  of  this  minibcr  in  the  foregoing 
chapter  (ver.  24) ;  thus  here  it  is  tlie  termination  of  tlie  Ihiclua- 
tion,  and  the  beginning  of  a  new  life. 

317 


850-854.]  GENESIS. 

850.  Verse  4.  A/ul  the  ark  rested  in  the  seventh  month,  07i  the 
sciridcenth  day  of  the  month,  upon  the  mountains  of  Ai^arat. 
The  arh  rested  signifies  regeneration ;  the  seventh  month,  what  is 
holy;  the  seventeenth  dai/  of  the  month,  what  is  new;  and  the 
moiDitains  of  Ararat,  light  (lumen). 

851.  That  the  arh  rested  signifies  regeneration,  is  evident 
from  the  fact  that  the  ark  signifies  the  man  of  this  Church ;  and 
all  things  in  it,  whatever  pertained  to  that  man ;  as  has  been 
rejieatedly  shewn  before.  When,  therefore,  the  ark  is  said  to 
rest,  it  signifies  the  regeneration  of  this  man.  The  series  of  the 
sense  of  the  letter,  indeed,  seems  to  imply  that  the  ark  resting 
denotes  the  cessation  of  the  fluctuations  succeeding  to  tempta- 
tion, spoken  of  in  the  preceding  verse  ;  but  fluctuations,  which 
are  doubts  and  obscurities  concerning  truths  and  goods,  do  not 
cease,  but  continue  for  a  long  time,  as  will  be  seen  from  what 
follows.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  there  are  other  things  in  a 
continuous  order  in  the  internal  sense ;  and  since  they  are 
arcana,  it  is  allowable  to  explain  here,  namely,  that  the  spiritual 
man,  like  the  celestial,  after  enduring  temptations,  becomes  the 
rest  of  the  Lord,  and  further,  that  he  also  becomes  the  seventh, 
not  indeed  the  seventh  day,  as  the  celestial  man,  but  tlie  seventh 
month.  Concerning  the  celestial  man  as  being  the  Lord's  rest, 
or  the  Sabbath,  and  the  seventh  day,  see  above  (nos.  84-88). 
As,  however,  there  is  a  difference  between  the  celestial  and  the 
spiritual  man,  the  rest  of  the  former  is  expressed  in  the  original 
language  by  a  word  wdiich  means  the  Sahhath  ;  while  the  rest  of 
the  latter  is  expressed  by  another  term,  from  which  the  name 
Noah,  which  properly  means  rest,  is  derived. 

852.  That  the  seventh  month  signifies  what  is  holy,  is  abund- 
antly evident  from  what  has  been  said  before  (nos.  84-87,  395, 
716).  This  holiness  corresponds  to  what  was  said  of  the  celes- 
tial man  (chap.  ii.  3),  where  it  is  written  that  the  seventh  day 
was  sanctified,  because  God  rested  thereon. 

853.  That  the  seventeenth  day  signifies  what  is  new,  is  plain 
from  what  has  been  shewn  concerning  the  same  number  in  the 
preceding  chapter  (vii.  ll,no.  755),  where  it  signifies  a  beginning ; 
and  every  beginning  is  new. 

854.  That  tlie  mountains  of  Ararat  signify  light  (lumen),  h 
evident  from  the  signification  of  a  mountain,  which  is  the  good 
of  love  and  charity  (no.  795);  and  from  the  signification  of 
Ararat,  which  is  light,  and,  indeed,  the  light  of  the  regenerate. 
New  light  (lumen),  or  the  first  light  of  the  regenerate,  never 
derives  its  existence  from  the  knowledges  of  the  verities  of 
faith,  but  from  charity.  The  verities  of  faith  are  like  the  rays 
of  light  (hue) ;  love  or  charity,  like  the  flame.  The  light  of  him 
who  is  to  be  regenerated  does  not  arise  from  the  verities  of 
faith,  but  from  charity ;  the  verities  of  faith  being  the  rays  of 
light  (lumen)  from  it.     Thus  it  is  clear  that  the  mountains  of 

318 


CHAPTER  VIIT.  5.  [855-857. 

Ararat  signify  such  light  (lumen).  This  light  is  the  first  li^ht 
(lumen)  after  temptation  ;  and  being  the  first,  it  is  obscure,  and 
is  called  lumen,  not  lux. 

855.  Hence  now  it  is  evident  that  this  verse,  in  the  internal 
sense,  signifies  that  the  spuitual  man  is  a  holy  rest,  from  the 
new  intellectual  light  (lumen),  which  is  of  charity.  These 
truths  are  perceived  by  the  angels  in  a  variety  so  wonderful, 
and  an  order  so  delightful,  that  could  man  but  obtain  one  such' 
idea,  it  would  open  to  him  thousands  and  thousands  of  others 
in  an  increasing  ratio,  of  so  exalted  a  character,  as  to  be  utterlv 
indescribable.  Such  is  the  AVord  of  the  Lord  in  its  internal 
.sense  throughout,  even  when  it  appears  in  the  sense  of  the 
letter  to  be  an  unpolished  historical  narrative ;  as  when  it  is 
liere  said,  that  the  ark  rested  in  tlie  seventh  month,  on  the  seven- 
teenth day  of  the  month,  upon  the  mountains  of  Ararat. 

856.  Verse  5.  And  the  tvaters  were  in  going  and  decreasing 
until  the  tenth  month;  in  the  tenth  [month],  on  the  Jlrst  of  the 
month,  the  tops  of  the  mountains  appeared.  The  waters  were 
in  going  and  decreasing  signifies  that  falsities  Ijcgan  to  dis- 
appear; the  tenth  month  signifies  the  truths  which  are  of 
remains ;  on  the  first  of  the  month  the  tops  of  the  mountai/is 
appeared  signifies  the  truths  of  faith,  which  then  began  to 
appear. 

857.  That  the  VMtcrs  were  in  going  and  decreasing  signifies 
that  falsities  began  to  disappear,  is  evident  from  the  words  them- 
selves, as  well  as  from  what  is  shewn  above  (ver.  3),  where  it 
is  said  that  the  waters  receded  in  going  and  rctiirning.  Here, 
liowever,  it  is  said  that  the  waters  were  in  going  and  decreashuj, 
and  by  this,  as  by  the  former  phrase,  is  denoted  fluctuation 
between  truth  and  falsity,  although,  in  the  present  instance,  the 
decrease  of  those  fluctuations  is  represented.  Fluctuations 
exist  after  temptation,  as  was  observed,  in  consequence  of  man's 
ignorance  of  what  is  true,  but  in  proportion  as  they  cease,  so 
the  light  (Imi)  of  truth  appears.  The  reason  of  this  is,  that  so 
long  as  man  continues  in  such  a  state,  the  internal  man,  that  is, 
the  Lord,  by  the  internal  man,  cannot  operate  upon  tlie  external. 
In  the  internal  man  are  Remains,  the  affections  of  which  are 
good  and  the  truth  thence,  spoken  of  above;  in  the  external 
are  lusts  and  the  falsities  thence.  As  long  as  these  latter  con- 
tinue unsubdued  and  unextinguished,  the  way  for  goods  and 
truths  from  the  internal,  or,  more  correctly,  throuL^h  the 
internal  from  the  Lord,  is  closed.  Temptations,  tlicrefore,  have 
for  their  end  the  subjugation  of  man's  externals,  that  they  may 
thereby  be  rendered  obedient  to  what  is  hiternal.  'J'hi.s  may 
appear  to  any  one  who  reflects,  tliat  so  soon  as  mau'.s  loves  iin- 
assaulted  and  broken,  as  during  misfortun(!s,  sickness,  and  gri«'f 
of  mind,  his  lusts  begin  to  subside,  and  he  at  the  same  tim.' 
begins  to  talk  piously;  but  as  soon  as  he  returns  U)  his  former 


858-8G2.]  GENESIS. 

state,  tlio  external  man  gets  tlie  dominion,  and  he  scarcely 
thinks  at  all  on  such  subjects.  The  like  happens  at  the  hour 
of  death,  when  corporeal  things  begin  to  be  extinguished. 
Hence  every  one  may  see  what  the  internal  man  is,  and  what 
the  external;  likewise  what  remains  are,  as  also  how  the  lusts 
and  pleasures,  which  are  of  the  external  man,  hinder  the  Lord's 
operation  by  the  internal.  Hence,  likewise,  the  effect  of  temp- 
tations, or  of  the  internal  pains  denominated  the  stings  of  con- 
science, in  rendering  the  external  man  obedient  to  the  internal, 
is  evident  to  all.  The  obedience  of  the  external  man  consists 
solely  in  this,  that  the  affections  of  good  and  truth  are  not 
hindered,  resisted,  and  suffocated  by  lusts  and  the  falsities 
therefrom.  The  cessation  of  lusts  and  falsities  is  here  described 
by  the  waters  which  were  in  going  and  decreasing. 

858.  That  the  tenth  month  signifies  the  truths  which  are  of 
remains,  appears  from  the  signification  of  ten,  which  is  remains 
(no.  576),  taken  in  connection  with  what  was  said  just  above 
concerning  remains  in  the  internal  man. 

859.  That  on  the  first  of  the  month  the  tops  of  the  rnountains 
appeared,  signifies  the  truths  of  faith,  which  then  begin  to  be 
seen,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  mountains  (no.  795), 
which  denote  the  goods  of  love  and  charity.  Their  tops  begin 
to  be  visible  when  man  is  regenerated,  and  a  conscience  is  given 
him,  and  thereby  charity.  He  who  supposes  that  he  sees  the 
tops  of  the  mountains,  or  the  truths  of  faith,  from  any  other 
ground  than  from  the  goods  of  love  and  charity,  is  altogetlier 
deceived  ;  since  without  these  goods  Jews  and  profane  Gentiles 
are  able  to  see  them  in  like  manner.  The  tops  of  the  moun- 
tains are  the  first  dawnings  of  light  (Ivx)  which  appear. 

860.  Erom  these  considerations  it  may  also  appear,  that  all 
regeneration  proceeds  from  evening  to  morning,  as  is  stated  six 
times  over  in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  where  the  regenera- 
tion of  man  is  treated  of.  Here  evening  is  described  in  verses 
2,  3  ;  and  morning  in  verses  4,  5.  In  the  present  verse  the 
first  dawning  of  light,  or  the  morning  of  this  state,  is  described 
by  the  tops  of  the  mountains  appearing. 

861.  Verse  6.  Aiid  it  came  to  'pass,  at  the  end  of  forty  days, 
that  Noah  opened  the  idndoio  of  the  arh  which  he  had  made.  It 
came  to  j^nss  at  the  end  of  forty  days,  signifies  the  duration  of 
the  former  state  and  the  beginning  of  the  following  one.  Noah 
opened  the  vnndoio  of  the  ark  which  he  had  made,  signifies  another 
state  when  the  truths  of  faith  appeared  to  him. 

862.  That  it  came  to  2^nss  at  the  end  of  forty  days  signifies 
the  duration  of  the  former  state,  and  the  beginning  of 
the  following  one,  appears  from  the  signification  of  forty 
(no.  730) ;  where,  the  subject  being  temptation,  it  is  said, 
forty  days  and  forty  nights,  which  signified  the  duration  of 
the  temptation.     But  because  the  subject  here  treated  of  is  the 

320 


CHAPTEE  Vril.  r.  [863-865. 

state  following  temptation, /or^^  days  are  named,  but  not  forty 
nights.  The  reason  is,  because  charity,  which  in  the  Word  is 
compared  to  and  called  day,  now  begins  to  appear.  And  as 
faith  which  precedes  is  not  as  yet  so  conjoined  with  charity,  it 
is  compared  to  and  called  niglit  (as  in  chap.  i.  16;  and  elsewhere 
in  the  Word).  Faith  is  also  called  night  in  the  Word,  because 
it  receives  its  light  {lux)  from  charity,  as  the  moon  does  from 
the  sun  ;  and  hence  faith  is  compared  to  and  called  the  moon  ; 
and  love  or  charity  is  compared  to  and  called  the  sun.  Forty 
days,  or  the  duration  which  they  signify,  have  respect  both  to 
what  precedes  and  to  what  follows  ;  wherefore  it  is  said,  at  the 
end  of  forty  days.  Thus  they  signify  the  duration  'of  the 
former  state,  and  the  beginning  of  that  now  treated  of.  Here, 
then,  commences  the  description  of  the  second  state  of  the  man 
of  this  Church  after  temptation. 

863.  That  Noah  opened  the  windoiv  of  the  ark  which  he  had 
made,  signifies  another  state,  Avhen  the  truths  of  faith  appeared 
to  him,  is  evident  from  the  last  words  of  the  preceding  verse, 
the  tops  of  the  mountains  apinared,  and  from  their  signification  ; 
as  well  as  from  the  signification  of  a  vnndow  (see  above,  no.  655), 
as  denoting  the  Intellectual,  and  consequently,  what  is  the  same, 
the  truth  of  faith;  and  likewise  from  this  being  the 'first  dawn- 
ing of  light.  Concerning  the  Intellectual,  or  the  truth  of  faith, 
signified  by  a  window,  it  may  be  observed  here,  as  above,  that 
no  truth  of  faith  can  possibly  exist  except  from  the  good 
of  love  or  charity  ;  as  there  can  be  nothing  truly  intellectual,  ex- 
cept from  the  vohmtary  part.  If  you  remove  the  voluntary  part 
there  is  no  intellectual,  as  has  been  occasionally  shewn  before. 
Thus,  if  you  remove  charity,  there  is  no  faith.  But  since  man's 
will  is  mere  lust,  to  prevent  the  immersion  of  his  intellectual 
part,  or  the  truth  of  faith,  in  his  lust,  the  Lord  miraculously 
provided  that  the  intellectual  part  sliould  be  separated  fntm 
man's  voluntary  part  by  a  certain  medium,  namely,  Consrinicr, 
in  which  the  Lord  implanted  charity.  Without  this  miraculous 
Providence  no  person  could  have  been  saved. 

864.  Verse  7.  And  he  sent  forth  a  raven,  and  it  went  forth, 
(joing  to  and  fro,  until  the  waters  were  dried  up  from  off  the 
earth.  By  he  sent  forth  a  raren,  and  it  ivent  forth,  <join«j  to  end 
fro,  is  signified  that  falsities  still  occasioned  disturbance.  l!v 
a  raven  is  signified  falsities  ;  and  by  goinrf  to  end  fro  is  signi- 
fied that  such  w^as  their  state ;  until  the  waters  vrre  dried 
up  from  off  the  earth,  signifies  the  apparent  dissiiKition  of 
falsities. 

865.  That  by  he  sent  forth  a  rarcn,  and  it  went  forth,  gnivj 
to  a?ic^/ro,  is  signified  that  falsities  still  occasioned  disturbancp, 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  a  raven,  and  off/oiuf/  forth, 
to  and  fro;  of  which  more  will  be  said  licrcaflcr.  In  this 
passage  is  described  the  second  state  of  the  man  who  was  to  bo 

VOL.  I.  X  32 1 


8GC).]  '  CiENESlS. 

roLjeiioralod  after  temptation,  when  the  truths  of  faith,  like 
tlio  lirst  dawniugs  of  light  {lux),  began  to  appear.  Such  is  the 
nature  of  this  state,  tliat  falsities  are  continually  occasioning 
disturbance,  so  that  it  resembles  the  morning  twilight,  wliilst 
somewhat  of  the  obscurity  of  night,  here  signified  by  a  raven, 
still  remains.  Falsities,  with  the  spiritual  man,  and  especially 
befc»re  his  regeneration,  are  like  the  dense  spots  of  a  cloud. 
The  reason  is,  that  he  can  know  nothing  of  the  truth  of  faith, 
except  by  what  is  revealed  in  the  Word,  where  everything  is 
stated  in  a  general  way.  General  truths  are  but  as  the  spots 
of  a  cloud  ;  for  every  single  general  truth  comprehends  in  it: 
thousands  and  thousands  of  particulars;  and  each  particular 
thousands  and  thousands  of  singulars.  It  is  the  singulars 
belonging  to  the  particulars  which  serve  to  illustrate  general 
truths.  Thus  these  are  in  nowise  revealed  to  man,  because 
they  are  both  indescribable  and  inconceivable,  and  consequently 
can  neither  be  acknowledged  nor  believed,  for  they  are  contrary 
to  the  fallacies  of  the  senses  in  which  man  is  born,  and  which 
he  does  not  easily  permit  to  be  destroyed.  It  is,  however, 
altogether  otherwise  w^ith  the  celestial  man,  who  possesses 
perception  from  tlie  Lord.  For  in  him  particular  truths,  and 
the  singulars  of  which  they  are  composed,  are  capable  of  being 
insinuated.  For  example,  a  true  marriage  is  that  of  one  man 
with  one  wife.  This  is  representative  of  the  heavenly  marriage, 
and,  consequently,  in  such  marriage  there  may  be  heavenly 
happiness ;  but  never  in  a  marriage  of  one  man  with  several 
wives.  The  spiritual  man,  w^ho  knows  this  to  be  true  from  the 
Word  of  the  Lord,  acquiesces  in  it,  and  hence  admits,  as  a  point 
of  conscience,  that  marriage  with  more  wives  than  one  is  a  sin. 
He  knows  no  more.  The  celestial  man,  on  the  contrar\", 
perceives  a  thousand  particular  truths,  confirming  the  general 
truth,  so  that  marriage  with  several  wi\'es  excites  his  abhor- 
rence. As  the  spiritual  man  is  only  acquainted  with  general 
truths,  and  has  his  conscience  formed  from  these,  and  as  the 
general  truths  of  the  Word  are  accommodated  to  the  fallacies 
of  the  senses,  it  is  evident  that  innumerable  falsities,  which 
cannot  be  dispersed,  adjoin  and  insinuate  themselves  into  them. 
It  is  these  falsities  which  are  here  signified  by  the  raven  which 
went  forth,  going  to  and  fro. 

866.  That  a  raven  signifies  falsities,  may  appear  generally 
from  what  was  said  and  shewn  above  concerning  birds ;  that 
they  signify  things  intellectual,  rational,  and  scientific  ;  and 
also  their  opposites,  which  are  reasonings  and  falsities.  Both 
of  these  are  described  in  the  Word  by  various  species  of  birds ; 
intellectual  truths  by  birds  which  are  gentle,  beautiful,  and 
clean ;  and  falsities  by  those  which  are  ravenous,  ugly,  and 
unclean  ;  in  each  case  varying  according  to  the  species  of  truth 
or  falsity.  Gross  and  dense  falsities  are  denoted  by  owls  and 
322 


CHAPTER  YIII.  7.  [867.  8G8. 

ravens  ;  by  owls,  because  they  live  in  the  darkness  of  ni.^ht 
and  by  ravens,  because  they  are  of  a  black  colour.  As''  in' 
Isaiah :  "  The  owl  also,  and  the  raven  shall  dwell  in  it "  (xxxiv 
11);  where  the  Jewish  Church  is  treated  of,  in  which  was 
nothing  but  falsities,  represented  by  the  owl  and  the  raven. 

867.  That  hy  going  to  and  fro  is  signified  that  such  was  their 
state,  is  evident  from  the  nature  of  the  falsities  with  man,  when 
in  his  first  and  second  state  after  temptation;  for  they  then  tiv 
about,  as  it  were,  so  as  to  go  forth  and  return;  and  this  for  the 
reason  mentioned  above,  that  man  at  that  time  is  necessarih- 
only  in  the  knowledge  of  the  most  general  truths,  into  which 
fantasies  flow  in  from  corporeal,  sensual,  and  Avoiidly  tliin-'s, 
which  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  verities  of  faith."^ 

868.  That  until  the  waters  were  dried  up  from  off  the  faces  of 
the  earth  signifies  the  apparent  dissipation  of  "falsities,  may 
appear  from  the  state  of  man  wdien  he  is  being  regenerated.  It 
is  universally  believed  in  the  present  day  that  evils  and  fals- 
ities in  man  are  entirely  separated  and  abolished  during 
regeneration,  so  that  when  he  becomes  regenerate,  nothing  o] 
the  evil  or  falsity  remains,  but  that  he  is  clean  and  justiTietl, 
like  one  washed  and  purified  with  water.  This  motion  is,  how- 
ever, utterly  erroneous.  For  not  a  single  evil  or  falsity  can  be 
so  shaken  off  as  to  be  abolished.  But  wliatever  has  been  here- 
ditarily derived  in  infancy,  or  acquired  by  man's  own  act, 
remains  ;  so  that  man,  notwithstanding  his  being  regenerate,  is 
nothing  but  evil  and  falsity  ;  and  to  souls,  after  death,  this  fact 
is  shewn  to  the  life.  The  same  may  appear  sufficiently  evident 
from  the  consideration  that  man  has  nothing  of  good  and  truth 
except  from  the  Lord  ;  and  that  he  has  all  evil  and  falsity  from 
the  proprium ;  hence  that  every  man,  and  every  spirit,  yea,  and 
every  angel,  if  left  even  in  the  least  degree  to  himself,  would 
rush  spontaneously  into  Hell.  Wherefore,  also,  it  is  said  in  th(; 
Word  that  Heaven  is  not  pure.  This  the  angels  acknowledge. 
And  whosoever  refuses  to  acknowledge  it  cannot  dwell  with 
them,  for  it  is  the  mercy  of  the  Lord  alone  which  delivers  tlieni 
— yea,  which  draws  and  keeps  them  out  of  hell — lest  they 
should  precipitate  themselves  thither  of  their  own  accord.  The. 
angels  perceive  manifestly  that  they  are  thus  kept  by  the  1/trd 
from  falling  into  Hell ;  and  it  is  also  evident  in  some  degree  to 
good  spirits.  But  evil  spirits,  like  evil  men.  do  not  Ijelieve  it, 
although  it  has  been  often  proved  to  them  experimentally,  as 
will  be  shewn,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  a  future  part  of 
this  work.  Since,  therefore,  the  state  of  man  is  such,  that  not  2 
a  single  evil  or  falsity  can  be  so  entirely  separated  as  to  he 
completely  abolished,  because  his  own  life  consists  in  evil  and 
falsity,  the  Lord,  of  His  Divine  mercy,  whilst  regenerating  man, 
so  overcomes  his  evils  and  falsities  by  means  of  temjttations. 
that  they  appear  as  if  dead,  although  tiiey  arc  not  really  so  ; 

323 


.SCO,  870.]  GENESIS. 

being  onlv  suIkIirhI  to  prevent  their  resisting  the  goods  and 
truths  which  are  from  the  Lord.  At  the  same  time,  also, 
the  Lord,  by  means  of  temptations,  confers  on  man  a  new- 
faculty  of  receiving  goods  and  truths,  by  gifting  him  M'ith  ideas 
and  aifections  of  g-ood  and  truth,  to  which  evils  and  falses  may 
be  inclined  ;  and  by  insinuating  into  his  general  [truths]  (men- 
tioned above)  pavtiVulars,  and  into  these  singulars,  whicli  had 
been  stored  up  in  him,  and  of  which  he  is  altogether  ignorant, 
in  consequence  of  their  being  interior  to  the  sphere  of  his 
compreliension  and  perception.  These  truths,  nevertheless,  are 
of  such  a  nature  that  they  serve  as  receptacles  or  vessels,  into 
which  charity  may  be  insinuated  by  the  Lord  ;  and  by  charity, 
innocence;  by  the  wonderful  arrangement  of  which,  in  man, 
spirits,  and  angels,  a  species  of  rainbow  may  be  represented ; 
wherefore  the  rainbow  became  the  sign  of  the  covenant  (chap. 
ix.  12-17);  of  wliich,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  we  shall 
speak  more  particularly  in  the  explanation  of  that  chapter. 
When  man  is  thus  formed,  he  is  said  to  be  regenerate ;  all  his 
evils  and  falsities  still  remaining,  as  well  as  ail  his  goods  and 
truths  being  preserved.  He  who  is  evil,  experiences  in  another 
life  a  return  of  all  his  evils  and  falsities,  altogether  as  he  was 
in  them  during  the  life  of  the  body,  and  they  are  then  turned 
into  hellish  fantasies  and  punishments;  but  he  who  is  good 
enjoys  the  reproduction  of  all  his  states  of  good  and  truth,  as 
friendship,  charity,  and  innocence,  with  their  delights  and 
happiness  immensely  increased  and  multiplied.  This,  then, 
is  what  is  signified  by  the  drying  up  of  the  waters,  which  is 
the  apparent  dissipation  of  falsities. 

869.  Verse  8.  And  he  sent  forth  a  clove  from  himself,  to  see 
if  the  vjaters  were  abated  from  off  the  faees  of  the  ground.  By 
ti  dove  are  signified  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith  in  the  man 
about  to  be  regenerated.  He  sent  forth  a  dove  from  himself,  to 
see,  signifies  a  state  of  reception  as  to  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith;  iftlie  irafers  were  ahatcd,  signifies  falsities  which  impeded  ; 
the  faces  of  tJte  grouncl  are  those  things  which  are  with  the  man 
of  the  Church  ;  it  is  said  grojtnd,  because  it  is  the  first  state 
when  man  becomes  a  Church. 

870.  That  by  «  dove  are  signified  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith  in  the  man  about  to  be  regenerated,  appears  from  its 
signification  in  the  Word ;  especially  from  the  dove  which 
alighted  upon  Jesus  when  He  was  baptized,  of  which  it  is 
written  in  Matthew  :  "  Jesus,  when  He  was  baptized,  went 
up  straightway  out  of  the  water,  and,  lo,  the  heavens  were 
opened,  and  He  saw  the  Spirit  of  God  descending  like  a  clove, 
and  lighting  upon  Him  "  (iii.  16,  17  ;  and  in  Mark  i.  9-11  ; 
Luke  iii.  21,  22  ;  John  i.  32).  Here  the  dove  signifies  nothing 
else  but  the  holiness  of  faith,  baptism  itself  signifying  regener- 
ation.    Hence  in  the  new  Church  about  to  be  established,  the 

321: 


CHAPTER  VIII.  8.  [871,  872. 

dove,  signifies  tlie  truth  and  good  of  faith,  which  they  receive 
from  the  Lord  by  regeneration.  The  lilce  was  represented  and  - 
involved  by  the  young  pigeons  or  turtle-doves  offered  in  sacri- 
fice and  as  burnt-offerings  in  the  Jewish  Church  (Lev.  i.  14, 
to  the  end  ;  v.  7-10  ;  xii.  6,  8  ;  xiv.  21,  22  ;  xv.  14,  29,  30  ; 
Num.  vi.  10,  11  ;  Luke  ii.  22-24);  as  may  appear  from  each  of 
these  passages.  That  they  had  some  such  signification  must  be 
obvious  to  every  one  from  this  consideration  alone,  that  unless 
they  were  representative,  every  injunction  respecting  them 
would  be  void  of  meaning,  and  in  no  respect  Divine.  For  the 
external  of  the  Church  is  of  itself  inanimate,  but  it  lives  from 
the  internal ;  and  the  internal  is  from  the  Lord.  That  the  dove  •> 
in  general  signifies  the  intellectual  things  of  faith,  appears  also 
from  the  prophets.  As  in  Hosea  :  "  Ephraim  is  also  like  a  sill i/ 
dove  without  heart :  they  call  to  Egypt,  they  go  to  Assyria  " 
(vii.  11).  Again:  "Ephraim  shall  tremble  as  a  hird  out  of 
Egypt,  and  as  a  dove  out  of  the  land  of  Assyria"  (xi.  11).  Here 
Ephraim  denotes  intelligence  ;  Egypt,  knowledge  ;  As&yria,  the 
rational ;  and  a  dove,  those  things  which  are  of  the  intellectuals 
of  faith.  It  here  treats  also  of  the  regeneration  of  the  spiritual 
Cliurch.  In  David  :  "  0  deliver  not  the  soul  of  the  turtlc-dovr. 
to  the  wild  beast"  (Psalm  Ixxiv.  19).  The  icUd  least  denotes 
those  who  have  no  charity  ;  and  the  soul  of  theturtk-dovc,  the 
life  of  faith.  See  also  what  was  said  and  shewn  above  (nos.  40, 
76G),  respecting  birds,  namely,  that  they  signify  intellectual 
things — the  gentle,  beautiful,  clean,  and  useful,  intellectual 
truths  and  goods  ;  but  the  ravenous,  deformed,  unclean,  and 
useless,  the  opposite,  namely,  falsities ;  like  the  raven,  which  is 
here  opposed  to  the  dove. 

871.  That  he  sent  forth  a  dove  from  himself  to  see,  signifies 
a  state  of  reception  as  to  the  truths  and  goods  of  faitli,  is 
evident  from  the  order  of  events  ;  as  well  as  from  what  follows 
when  treating  of  the  three  states  of  man's  regeneration,  subse- 
quent to  temptation,  signified  by  his  sending  forth  the  dove 
three  times.  The  words' here  proximately  involve  his  explora- 
tion. For  it  is  said  that  he  sent  forth  a  dove  IVom  himself,  /o  xrr 
if  the  waters  were  ahated,  that  is,  whether  iVdsities  were  still  so 
abundant  that  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  could  not  he 
received.  But  there  is  no  exploration  with  the  Lord,  because 
He  knows  all  things,  in  general  and  in  particular.  N\  herefure  m 
the  internal  sense  these  expressions  do  not  signify  <;>^l.'l<"-'«i""]. 
but  state  ;  and  here  the  first  state,  when  falsities  still  imp.MlcM, 
which  is  signified  by  the  words,  if  the  tcalrrs  vnr  ahnlnl. 

872.  That  the  faces  of  the  (jround  are  those  things  wliicli  nrc 
with  the  man  of  the  Church,  and  that  it  is  call.-d  the  ,,r<nnul 
})ecause  it  is  the  first  state  when  man  becomes  a  (hurcl.appriiis 
from  the  signification  of  ground,  of  which  itwas  said  above  thiit 
it  is  the  man  of  the  Church.     He  is  then  .■ailed  ihc  yrn,nul  when 

61o 


><::\  874.]  GENESIS. 

the  goods  ami  tnitlis  of  faith  are  capable  of  being  sown  in  him. 
I'efore  this  he  is  called  the  earth.  As  in  the  lirst  chapter  of 
(ionesis,  wiiere,  before  man  has  become  celestial,  the  earth  in 
predicated  of  him,  but  when  he  has  become  celestial,  in  the 
second  chapter,  the  f/ronnd  and  the  field  are  predicated  of  him  ; 
and  so  it  is  also  in  the  present  chapter.  What  is  signified  in 
the  internal  sense  may  be  plainly  seen,  merely  from  the  terms 
larth  and  groKJid,  not  only  here,  but  everywhere  in  the  Word. 
liy  the  ground  in  a  universal  sense  is  signified  the  Church,  and, 
because  the  Chur(;h,  it  also  signifies  the  man  of  the  Church  ; 
tor,  as  has  been  previously  stated,  every  man  of  the  Church  is 
a  Church. 

873.  Verse  9.  And  the  dove  found  no  rest  for  the  sole  of  her 
foot ;  and  she  returned  to  him  into  the  ark,  beeause  the  waters 

urre  on  the  faces  of  the  whole  earth:  and  he  2nd  forth  his  hand 
and  took  her,  and  drew  her  in  to  him  into  the  ark.  The  dove  found 
vo  rest  for  the  sole  of  her  foot  signifies  that  nothing  of  the  good 
and  truth  of  faith  could  as  yet  take  root ;  she  returned  to  him 
into  the  ark  signifies  good  and  truth  with  him  appearing  as  if  it 
were  of  faith  ;  beeause  the  waters  were  on  the  faces  of  the  whole 
earth  signifies  falsities  which  still  overflowed  ;  heirut  forth  his 
liand  signifies  his  own  power ;  and  took  her,  and  dreiv  her  in  to 
him  into  the  ark,  signifies  that  he  did  what  was  good,  and 
thought  what  was  true,  of  himself. 

874.  Here  is  described  the  first  state  of  the  regeneration  of 
the  man  of  this  Church  after  temptation,  which  is  common  to 
all  who  become  regenerate,  in  which  they  imagine  they  do  good 
and  think  what  is  true,  of  themselves.  The  Lord  permits  them 
so  to  believe  in  consequence  of  the  extreme  obscurity  of  their 
perceptions.  In  reality,  however,  all  the  good  they  do,  and  all 
the  truth  they  think,  whilst  influenced  by  such  a  notion,  is  not 
the  good  and  truth  of  faith.  For  whatever  a  man  brings  forth 
of  himself  cannot  be  good,  since  it  is  from  himself  who  is  an 
impure  and  most  unclean  fountain,  whence  no  good  can  ever 
emanate.  In  such  a  state  men  think  of  their  own  merit  and 
righteousness,  and  some  are  even  led  to  despise  others  in  com- 
parison with  themselves,  as  the  Lord  teaches  (Luke  xviii.  9-14) ; 
whilst  others  fall  into  other  errors  and  evils.  For,  in  this  state, 
a  man's  own  lusts  commingle  themselves  with  M'hat  he  thinks 
and  does,  which  thus  appears  outwardly  as  if  it  were  good, 
when  yet  within  it  is  defiled.  Wherefore  the  good  which  he 
then  does  is  not  the  good  of  faith.  It  is  similar  with  regard  to 
the  truth  which  he  thinks,  even  although  it  may  be  most  true ; 
nevertheless,  as  long  as  it  proceeds  from  the  2>^'0])rimn,  in  itself, 
indeed,  it  is  a  truth  of  faith,  but  the  good  of  faith  is  not  in  it. 
All  truth,  in  order  that  it  may  be  the  truth  of  faith,  ought  to 
have  in  it  the  good  of  faith  from  the  Lord  ;  it  then  first  becomes 
good  and  true. 

32G 


CHAPTER  VIII.  0.  [S-,  876. 

875.  That  the.  dove  found  no  rest  for  the  sole  of  her  foot 
signifies  that  nothing  ol:  the  good  and  truth  of  taith  could  as  yet 
take  root,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  a  doee,  namely, 
that  it  is  the  truth  of  faith ;  and  from  the  signification  of  rest 

for  the  sole  of  the  foot,  that  it  is  to  take  root.  Why  the  truth  of 
faith  could  not  take  root  is  stated  in  what  follows,  namely,  that 
falsities  still  overflowed.  But  how  the  case  is,  cannot  be  under- 
stood unless  it  he  known  how  the  regeneration  of  the  spiritual 
man  is  effected.  With  this  man  the  knowledges  of  faith  from  - 
the  Word  of  the  Lord,  or  from  doctrinals  thence  derived, — which 
the  Ancient  Church  had  from  what  was  revealed  to  the  Most 
Ancient  Church, — were  to  be  implanted  in  the  memory,  that 
by  them  his  intellectual  mind  might  be  instructed.  But  so 
long  as  falsities  overflow  it  is  impossible  for  the  truths  of 
faith  to  be  inrooted,  however  they  may  be  sown  ;  for  they 
remain  on  the  surface,  or  in  the  memory  only,  nor  can  the  (/round 
be  fitted  to  receive  them  until  (as  was  before  observed),  the 
falsities  are  so  entirely  dissipated  that  they  cease  to  appear. 
Eeal  ground  is  prepared  in  the  intellectual  mind  of  this  man,  3 
and,  when  so  prepared,  the  good  of  charity  is  insiimated  therein 
by  the  Lord;  whence  comes  the  conscience,  from  which 
he  afterwards  acts,  that  is,  by  which  the  Lord  produces  the 
good  and  truth  of  faith.  Thus  the  Lord  distinguishes  the  in- 
tellectual things  of  this  man  from  his  voluntary  tilings,  so 
that  they  are  in  nowise  united;  for,  were  they  united,  he 
must  necessarily  perish  for  ever.  With  the  man  of  the  IMosi  4 
Ancient  Church,  as  with  the  celestial  angels,  voluntary  and  in- 
tellectual things  were  united ;  but  neither  with  the  man  of  this 
Church,  nor  with  the  spiritual  man,  are  they  united,  although 
it  seems  as  if  the  good  of  charity  which  he  does,  were  from  his 
will.  This,  however,  is  merely  an  appearance  and  a  fallacy. 
All  the  good  of  charity  which  he  does,  is  of  the  Lord  alone,  not 
by  the  will,  but  by  conscience.  For  were  the  Lord  to  leave 
him  to  act  from  his  own  will  in  the  least  degree,  instead  of 
good,  he  would  do  evil,  from  motives  of  hatred,  revenge,  and 
cruelty.  So  it  is  also  with  respect  to  the  truth  which  the  5 
spiritual  man  thinks  and  speaks.  For  were  it  not  from  con- 
science, and  thus  from  the  Lord's  good,  he  could  no  more;  think 
and  speak  what  is  true,  than  the  diabolical  crew  when  tlicy 
feign  themselves  angels  of  light,  as  is  most  clearly  seen  in  tlM> 
other  life.  Hence  the  mode  in  which  regeneration  is  eirccted,  iind 
the  nature  of  the  regeneration  of  the  spiritual  man,  which  consists 
in  a  separation  of  his  intellectual  part  from  the  voluntary  part, 
by  means  of  conscience,  which  the  Lord  forms  in  liis  intelhsctual 
part,  and  by  virtue  of  which,  whatever  he  does,  seems  to  pro- 
ceed from  his  will,  but  is  in  reality  from  the  Lord. 

876.  That  she  returned  to  him  into  the  ark  signifies  good  and 
truth  appearing  as  it  were  of  faith,  appears  from  what  prrcede.s 


877, 87S.]  GENESIS. 

ami  fallows.  In  the  internal  sense,  to  return  to  the  ark  does 
not  signify  freedom,  but  to  be  sent  forth  from  the  ark  and  not 
to  return  ;  as  appears  from  what  follows  (ver.  12),  where  it  is 
said  that  he  sent  forth  the  dove,  and  she  returned  not  again 
unto  him  aiiv  more  ;  as  well  as  from  verses  15  and  IG,  in  which 
it  is  stated  that  Noah  was  commanded  to  go  forth  out  of  the 
ark ;  and  from  verse  18,  where  it  is  said  that  he  went  forth. 
The  ark  signifies  his  state  before  regeneration ;  and  while  in 
that  state,  he  was  in  captivity  or  in  prison ;  beset  on  every  side 
by  evils  and  falsities,  or  by  the  waters  of  the  flood.  Where- 
fore, that  the  dove  returned  to  him  into  the  ark  signifies  that 
good  and  truth,  understood  by  the  dove,  came  back  to  him 
again.  Whatever  good  a  man  supposes  he  does  of  himself,  this 
returns  to  him,  because  he  regards  himself,  or  he  does  it  that 
it  may  appear  before  the  world,  or  in  the  sight  of  angels,  or 
that  he  may  merit  heaven,  or  be  the  greatest  in  heaven ;  such 
motives  being  in  the  ^jro^rmm  and  in  every  idea  thereof, 
although  it  appears  in  its  external  form  to  be  the  good  and 
truth  of  faith.  The  genuine  good  and  truth  of  faith  is  in- 
wardly good  and  true,  entering  by  influx  from  the  inmost,  that 
is,  through  the  most  interior  principles  of  man  from  the  Lord ; 
but  when  from  the  pro23rium,  or  from  merit,  then  the  interiors 
are  defiled  and  the  exteriors  appear  clean ;  altogether  like  a 
filthy  harlot,  with  a  beautiful  countenance ;  or  like  an  Ethio- 
pian, or,  rather,  an  Egyptian  mummy,  clad  in  a  white  garment. 

877.  That  the  icaters  vjcrc  on  the  faces  of  the  earth  signifies 
falsities  which  were  still  overflowing,  appears  from  the  signi- 
fication of  the  waters  of  a  flood  being  falsities,  as  was  shewn 
above ;  and  thus  from  the  very  words  themselves. 

878.  That  he  put  forth  his  hand  signifies  his  own  power,  and 
that  he  took  her  and  drew  her  in  to  him  into  the  ark  signifies  that 
he  did  what  was  good,  and  thought  what  was  true,  from  himself, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  hand,  as  denoting  power,  con- 
sequently here  his  own  proper  power  from  which  he  acted.  For 
to  put  ibrth  the  hand,  and  take  the  dove,  and  draw  her  in  to  him, 
is  to  apply  and  attribute  to  himself  the  truth,  understood  by  the 
dove.  That  by  the  hand  is  signified  power,  as  well  as  ability, 
and  thence  confidence,  is  evident  from  many  passages  in  the 
Word.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "  I  will  punish  the  fruit  of  the  stout  heart 
of  the  king  of  Assyria ;  for  he  saith,  By  the  strength  of  my 
hand  I  have  done  it,  and  by  my  wisdom,  for  I  am  prudent " 
(x.  12,  13).  Here  the  hand  manifestly  denotes  man's  own 
power,  to  which  he  attributes  what  he  thinks  and  does,  and 
which  is  the  cause  of  his  being  punished.  In  the  same  prophet : 
"  Moab  shall  spread  forth  \\\5  hands  in  the  midst  of  them,  as  he 
that  swimmeth  spreadeth  forth  [his  hands]  to  swim;  and  he 
shall  bring  down  their  pride  together  with  the  spoils  of  their 
Juinds"  (xxv.  11).     Here  the  hand  denotes  his  own  power,  from 

328 


CHArTEE  YIIl.  9.  [878. 

inordinate  self-consequence,  thus  from  pride.  Again:  '•  Their - 
inhabitants  were  sliort  of  hand,  they  were  dismayed  and  con- 
founded "  (xxxvii.  27).  To  be  short  of  hand  is  to'^be  powerless. 
Again :  "  Shall  the  clay  say  to  him  that  fashioneth  it,  What 
makest  thou  (  or  thy  work,  He  hath  no  hands?"  (xlv.  9).  To 
have  no  hands  signifies  to  have  no  ability.  So  in  Ezekiel : 
"  Tlie  king  shall  mourn,  and  the  prince  shall  be  clothed  with 
desolation,  and.  the  hands  of  the  people  of  the  laud  shall  be 
troubled "  (vii.  27).  Here  hands  denote  power.  In  ]\Iicah : 
"  Woe  to  them  that  devise  iniquity,  and  work  evil  upon  their 
beds,  which  they  do  in  the  light  of  the  morning,  because  their 
//and  is  their  god"  (ii.  1).  The  hand-  here  denotes  their  own 
jjroper  power,  in  which  they  confide  as  in  their  god.  So  in 
Zechariah :  "Woe  to  the  w^orthless  shepherd  that  forsaketh  the 
Hock  '  The  sword  shall  be  upon  his  arm,  and  upon  the  eye  of  his 
rif/ht  hand ;  his  arm  shall  be  clean  dried  up,  and  the  eye  of  his 
right  hand  shall  be  utterly  darkened "  (xi.  17).  Because  the  3 
liands  signifypower, therefore  man's  evils  and  falsities,  in  all  parts 
i)f  the  Word,  are  called  the  vorks  of  their  hands ;  evils  being  from 
the  jyuj^riinn  of  his  will,  and  falsities  from  the  proprium  of  his 
understanding.  That  they  actually  proceed  thence,  is  sulli- 
ciently  evident  from  the  nature  of  the  proprium  of  man,  which 
is  nothing  but  evil  and  falsity  (as  may  be  seen  above,  nos.  39, 
41,  141,  150,  154,  210,  215).  As,  in  a  general  sense,  hands 
denote  power,  therefore  they  are  often  in  the  Word  attributed 
to  Jehovah  or  the  Lord;  and  in  that  case  by  hands,  in  the 
internal  sense,  is  understood  omnipotence.  As  in  Isaiah: 
"Jehovah,  Thi/  hand  is  lifted  up"  (xxvi.  11);  denoting  the 
Divine  power.'  Again,  in  the  same  prophet:  "Jehovah  shall 
stretch  out  His  hand,  all  are  consumed"  (xxxi.  3);  denoting 
the  Divine  power.  Again  :  "  Concerning  the  work  of  Mi/  hands 
command  ye  Me ;  Mi/  hands  have  stretched  out  the  iieavens, 
and  all  their  host  have  I  conmianded"  (xlv.  11,  12);  denoting 
Divine  power.  The  regenerate  are  frequently  called  n\  the 
Word,  the  work  of  the  hands  of  Jehovah.  Again  :  "  My  Iiand 
hath  laid  the  foundation  of  the  earth,  and  My  right  hand  Imth 
spanned  the  heavens"  (xlviii.  13).  Here  the  hand  and  nghf 
hand  denote  onniipotence.  Again :  "  Is  My  hand  shortened  at  4 
all  that  it  cannot  redeem,  or  liave  I  no  power  to  deliver  f 
(1.  2);  denoting  the  Divine  power.  So  in  Jeremiah:  "  Ihou 
hast  brought  forth  Thy  people  Israel  out  of  the  land  of  Kgyiil 
with  sif^ns  and  with  wonders,  and  with  a  strong  hand,  and  witli 
a  stretchcd-out  arm"  (xxxii.  17,  21);  denoting  the  Divm.! 
power;  in  this  instance,  at  verse  17,  it  is  called  power,  and  at 
verse  21,  hand.  It  is  frequently  said,  that  by  n  strong  hanif 
and  a  stretchcd-out  arm,  the  people  of  Israel  were  brought  or  I. 
out  of  Egypt.  In  Ezekiel:  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovih.  .. 
the  day  t4en  I  chose  Israel,  and  I  fled  vp  Mg  hand  ^^^^U.  ll,e 
•^  329 


878.]  GENESIS. 

seeil  (»f  the  liouso  of  Jacol),  and  made  Myself  known  unto  tlieni 
in  the  land  of  Kujy[)t;  when  I  lifted  np  My  hand  unto  them  to 
hring  them  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt"  (xx.  5,  6,  2)3).  In 
Moses  also:  "Israel  saw  that  great  hand  which  Jehovah  laid 

5  upon  the  Egj'ptians"  (Exod,  xiv.  31).  Erom  these  examples  it 
is  now  manifest  that  by  the  hand  is  signified  power.  Yea,  it  is 
so  perfectly  significative  of  power,  that  it  was  even  made  a 
representative ;  as  appears  from  the  miracles  which  were  done 
in  Egypt,  where  INIoses  was  commanded  to  stretch  out  his  rod, 
or  his  hand.  Thus,  for  example  :  "  Moses  stretched  forth  his 
rod,  and  the  Lord  rained  hail  upon  the  land  of  Egypt"  (Exod. 
ix.  22.)  "  Moses  stretched  forth  his  hand,  and  there  was  a  thick 
darkness  "  (Exod.  x.  22).  "  Moses  stretched  forth  his  hand  and 
rod  over  the  Eed  Sea,  and  it  became  dry ;  and  he  stretched  forth 
his  hand,  and  the  sea  returned"  (Exod.  xiv.  21,  27).  No  one 
who  has  a  mind  capable  of  thinking  rightly,  can  believe  that 
there  was  any  power  in  the  hand  or  rod  of  Moses;  but  because 
the  raising  and  extending  of  the  hand  signified  Divine  power, 

(>  it  was  even  made  a  representative  in  the  Jewish  Church.  In 
like  manner,  when  Joshua  stretched  forth  his  spear,  it  had  a 
similar  signification  ;  concerning  which  it  is  written  :  "Jehovah 
said  unto  Joshua,  Stretch  out  the  sjKCtr  that  is  in  thy  hand 
toward  Ai ;  for  I  will  give  it  into  thy  hand.  And  when  Joshua 
stretched  out  the  spear  that  was  in  his  hand,  they  entered  into 
the  city  and  took  it,  and  Joshua  drew  not  his  hand  back  where- 
with he  stretched  out  the  spear,  until  he  had  utterly  destroyed 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Ai"  (Josh.  viii.  18,  19,  26).  Hence  also 
the  nature  of  the  representatives,  which  constituted  the  ex- 
ternals of  the  Jewish  Church,  is  manifest.  And  hence  may  be 
seen  the  quality  of  the  Word.  It  is  such  that  those  things 
which  are  in  its  external  sense  do  not  appear  as  if  they  were 
representative  of  the  Lord  and  of  His  kingdom,  as  what  is  here 
said  of  stretching  out  the  hand,  and  all  other  circumstances  of 
a  similar  kind,  the  true  meaning  of  which  cannot  be  compre- 
hended whilst  the  mind  is  kept  in  the  merely  historical  relations 
of  the  letter.  It  appears  likewise  from  this  fact,  how  completely 
the  Jews  departed  from  the  true  understanding  of  the  Word 
and  of  the  rites  of  the  Church,  when  they  placed  all  worship  in 
externals,  and  attributed  power  to  the  rod  of  Moses  and  the 
spear  of  Joshua,  which  yet  possessed  no  more  virtue  than  any 
other  wood.  But  inasmuch  as  they  represented  the  Lord's 
omnipotence,  and  this  was  understood  in  heaven  when  by 
command  they  stretched  forth  the  hand  or  the  rod,  therefore 
signs  and  miracles  were  effected  by  them.  In  like  manner, 
when  Moses  was  on  the  top  of  the  hill,  and  lifted  up  his  hands, 
Joshua  prevailed,  but  when  he  let  them  down  the  enemy  pre- 
vailed, and  therefore  that  "  they  stayed  up  his  hands "  (Exod. 

7  xvii.  9,  11,  12).  It  is  true  also  of  the  laying  on  of  hands  to 
330 


CHAPTER  YIII.  10,  11.  [879. 

consecrate ;  as  was  done  by  the  people  to  the  Levites  (Xuui. 
viii.  9,  10,  12),  and  by  Moses  to  Joshua  when  he  appointed 
him  to  be  his  successor  (Num.  xxvii.  18,  23);  in  order  that 
power  might  thus  be  conferred.  Hence,  also  at  the  present 
day,  the  ceremonies  of  inauguration  and  benediction  are  by  the 
imposition  of  hands.  How  much  the  hand  signified  and  repre- 
sented power  may  appear  from  what  is  written  in  the  Word 
respecting  Uzzah  and  Jeroboam.  It  is  said  of  Uzzah  that  lie 
"  put  forth  {his  hand)  to  the  ark  of  God,  and  took  hokl  of  it," 
for  which  he  died  (2  Sam.  vi.  6,  7).  The  ark  represented  the 
Lord,  consequently  everything  holy  and  celestial.  That  Uzzah 
2nit  forth  upon  the  ark  represented  his  own  power,  or  man's 
j>ropriiim ;  and  because  this  is  jjrofane,  the  word  Aa^u/ is  not 
mentioned,  although  it  is  understood;  and  for  this  reason,  lest 
it  should  be  perceived  by  the  angels  that  so  profane  a  thing 
had  touched  what  was  holy.  Concerning  Jeroboam  we  read :  * 
"  It  came  to  pass,  when  king  Jeroboam  heard  the  saying  of  the 
man  of  God,  which  had  cried  against  the  altar  in  Bethel,  that 
he  put  forth  his  hand  from  the  altar,  saying,  Lay  hold  on  him. 
And  his  hand  which  \\q  imt  forth  against  him  dried  iip,  so  that 
he  could  not  draw  it  in  again  to  himself.  And  he'  said  unto 
the  man  of  God,  Intreat  now  the  faces  of  Jehovaii  thy  (iod, 
and  pray  for  me  that  my  hand  may  be  restored  me  again. 
And  the  man  of  God  intreated  the  faces  of  Jehovah,  and  the 
king's  hand  was  restored  him  again,  and  liecame  as  before  " 
(1  Kings  xiii.  4,  6).  Here,  likewise,  hj  jJidtinr/  forth  the  hand 
is  signified  his  own  power,  or  the  proprium,  which  is  ])rot'ane. 
Because  he  wished  to  violate  what  was  holy,  by  putting  forth 
his  hand  against  the  man  of  God,  therefore  it  became  dried  up. 
But  as  he  was  an  idolater,  and  consequently  incapable  of  pro- 
fanation, as  was  before  observed,  his  hand  was  restored  to  him. 
That  the  hand  signifies  and  represents  power,  may  a]ip(>ar  from 
the  representatives  in  the  world  of  spirits,  where  a  certain  naked 
arm  is  sometimes  presented  to  view,  wliich  is  so  strong,  that 
it  appears  capable  of  crushing  the  bones,  and  bruising,  as  it 
were,  to  nothing  their  inmost  marrow.  lEence  it  excites  so 
much  alarm,  that  all  who  see  it  are  ready  to  melt  at  heart. 
Yea,  more,  such  strength  is  actually  in  it. 

879.  Verses  10,  11.  And  ha  stayed  yet  other  seven  days  ;  and 
he  proceeded  to  send  forth  the  dove  from  the  ark;  And  the  dove 
returned  to  him  at  even-tide;  and,  to,  in  her  month  vas  an  oltve- 
leaf  plucked  off;  and  Noah  knew  that  the  waters  nrrr  ahnted 
from  off  the  earth.  By  he  stayed  yet  other  seven  days  is  signilicl 
the  beginning  of  the  second  state  of  regeneration,  ^even  days 
here  denote  what  is  holy,  because  cliarity  is  now  treated  of. 
m  proceeded  to  send  forth  the  dove  out  of  the  ark  signifies  a  state 
of  reception  as  to  the  goods  and  trutlis  of  faith.  The  dm-,: 
returned  to  him  at  even-tide  signifies  that  th.-y  began  by  little 


SSO.]  GENESIS. 

ami  link'  to  ap])ear.  Eccn-tidc  is  as  tlie  dawn  before  the 
jiioruinjf.  Ami,  behold,  an  olirc-lcaf  jjIk^cJccxI  off  in  her  mouth. 
signifies  some  little  of  the  truth  of  laith.  A  hrif  denotes  truth. 
'The  olive  denotes  the  good  of  charity.  Pliiclrd  off  denotes  that 
the  truth  of  faith  is  from  it.  In  her  mouth  denotes  that  it  was 
manifested.  Ami  Noah  knew  that  the  ivaters  were  ahated  from 
off  the  earth,  signifies  that  these  things  were  so,  because  the 
falsities  which  had  previously  acted  as  impediments,  were  now 
less  abundant  than  before. 

880.  That  lie  daijed  as  yet  seven  days  signifies  the  beginning 
itf  the  second  state  of  regeneration,  may  appear  from  the  fact 
that  this  is  a  description  of  the  period  intervening  between  the 
first  state,  spoken  of  before  (vers.  8,  9),  and  the  second,  which 
is  described  here  (vers.  10,  11).  The  period  that  intervenes, 
in  order  that  all  things  may  be  connected  together  historically, 
is  expressed  by  its  being  said  that  he  stayed.  The  nature  of 
the  second  state  of  regeneration  may  be  seen  in  some  degree 
from  what  was  adduced  above  respecting  the  first  state,  in 
which  the  truths  of  faith  could  not  as  yet  take  root  in  conse- 
quence of  being  hindered  by  falsities.  The  truths  of  faith  first 
become  rooted  when  man  begins  to  acknowledge  and  believe 
them,  for  previously  they  have  not  taken  root.  What  is  heard 
from  the  "Word  and  retained  in  the  memory  is  merely  insemin- 
ated ;  for  rooting  never  commences  until  man  accef)ts  and 
receives  the  good  of  charity.  Every  truth  of  faith  takes  root 
from  the  good  of  faith,  that  is,  from  the  good  of  charity ;  being 
like  a  seed  cast  into  the  earth,  in  the  winter  season,  or  whilst 
it  still  remains  cold,  w^hen  it  lies  there  indeed,  but  without 
putting  forth  roots.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  heat  of  the  sun 
warms  the  ground,  as  occurs  at  the  commencement  of  spring, 
then  the  seed  begins  first  to  strike  root  in  itself,  and  afterwards 
to  shoot  down  into  the  earth.  So  it  is  also  with  spiritual  seed. 
What  is  implanted  never  becomes  rooted  until  it  is  warmed,  as 
it  were,  by  the  good  of  charity,  when  the  primary  radicle  is 
2  formed,  and  afterwards  developed.  There  are  three  things  in 
man,  which  concur  and  unite  together;  namely,  the  Xatural, 
the  Spiritual,  and  the  Celestial.  His  Natural  never  receives 
any  life  except  from  the  Spiritual,  nor  the  Spiritual,  but  from 
the  Celestial,  and  the  Celestial  from  the  Lord  alone,  who  is  Life 
itself.  To  give,  however,  a  fuller  idea  of  the  subject,  we  must 
state  that  the  Natural  is  the  receptacle  or  vessel  into  which  the 
Spiritual  is  received ;  and  the  Spiritual  is  the  receptacle  which 
receives  the  Celestial,  or  the  vessel  into  w'hich  it  is  poured ; 
thus,  through  celestial  life,  from  the  Lord.  Such  is  the  nature 
of  influx.  The  Celestial  is  all  the  good  of  faith ;  and  with  the 
spiritual  man,  it  is  the  good  of  charity.  The  Spiritual  is  truth, 
which  never  becomes  the  truth  of  faith  unless  there  be  in  it  the 
good  of  faith,  or  the  good  of  charity,  in  which  is  life  itself  from 
332 


CHAPTER  Vlir.  10,  11.  [8S1-S8;;. 

the  Lord.  In  order  that  this  may  be  seen  iu  a  clearer  point  of 
view,  we  may  observe  that  it  is  the  Xatural  of  man  which  does 
the  worh  of  charity,  either  with  the  hand  or  the  mouth,  con- 
sequently by  the  organs  of  the  body.  But  this  in  itself  is 
dead,  having  no  life  except  from  the  Spiritual.  Xor  has  the 
Spiritual  any  but  what  it  receives  from  the  Celestial,  which  is 
from  the  Lord.  Hence  it  is  said  to  be  a  good  Avork ;  since 
there  is  nothing  good  except  from  the  Lord.  This  being  seen,  -> 
it  must  be  manifest  to  all,  that  in  every  work  of  charity  the 
act  itself  is  no  other  than  a  certain  material  thing,  which  derives 
the  quality  of  being  animated  from  the  truth  of  faith  wliich  is 
in  the  work ;  furtlier,  that  the  truth  of  faith  is  only  a  kind  of 
inanimate  something,  receiving  from  the  good  of  faith  whatever 
it  possesses  of  life;  and  lastly,  that  the  good  of  faith  derives 
its  life  from  the  Lord  alone,  who  is  Good  itself  and  Life  itself. 
Hence  it  appears  why  the  celestial  angels  are  not  disposed  to 
hear  of  faith,  and  still  less  of  works  (no.  202),  since  they  derive 
both  faith  and  works  from  love ;  making  faith  to  depend  upon 
love,  and  doing  the  work  of  faith  from  love ;  so  that  with  them 
both  work  and  faith  vanish  away,  and  love  alone,  with  the 
good  therefrom,  in  the  love  of  which  the  Lord  is,  remains. 
Those  angels,  in  consequence  of  having  such  celestial  ideas,  are 
distinguished  from  the  angels  denominated  spiritual.  Their 
thought  and  language  thence  being  far  more  ineffable  thnn 
those  of  the  spiritual  angels. 

8S1.  That  the  number  Hecea.  signihes  what  is  holy,  because 
charity  is  now  treated  of,  appears  from  what  was  said  above 
(nos.  ^i95,  716).  The  number  seven  is  also  inserted  here,  in  order 
that  all  things  may  have  an  historical  coherence ;  for  seven  and 
seven  days,  in  the  internal  sense,  add  nothing  but  acertain 
sanctity,  which  this  second  state  derives  from  the  Celestial,  that 
is,  from  charitv. 

882.  That  he,  proceeded  to  send  forth  the  dorr  from  the  ark 
signifies  a  state  of  reception  as  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  fiiiili, 
appears  from  what  was  stated  when  explaining  verse  8.  when- 
nearly  the  same  words  occur;  with  this  difference,  however, 
that  he  is  there  said  to  send  forth  the  dove  from  himself,  be- 
cause, as  is  there  also  explained,  he  then  rlid  wluit  was  U-\w  and 
good  from  himself,  or  believed  that  he  did  il  of  his  own  powr. 
that  is,  from  himself .  .     . 

88:5  That  the  dove  returned  t<>  him  ot  eren-tide  signilies  tlinl. 
the  goods  and  truths  of  faitli  began  by  little  and  little  t..  appear, 
and  that  even-tide  is  as  the  dawn  before  the  muriMiig.  is  also 
evident  from  what  has  been  said  liefore  (ver.  ".),  as  well  as  from 
the  fact  of  its  being  here  said  to  be  the  time  of  evening:  eon- 
cernin"  which  expression  .see  what  was  stated  in  the  hvst 
chapter  of  Genesis,  where  it  is  .six  times  said  that  the  nr,nnf,  was 
and  the  woriiing  iras.     The  word  evening  relates  to  regeiieni- 


S84,  88:..]  GENESIS. 

tioii,  and  specifically  to  that  state  in  wliicli  he  who  is  heini: 
regenerated  is  still  in  obscurity,  or  when  as  yet  but  little  of 
light  is  present  with  him.  The  morning  is  described  in  a  sub- 
setjuent  verse  (ver.  13),  by  his  removing  the  covering  of  the 
ark,  and  seeing.  It  is  because  the  evening  signifies  the  dawn 
before  the  morning,  that  mention  is  so  often  made  of  the 
evening  in  the  Jewish  Church.  Eor  the  same  reason  also  they 
commenced  their  Sabbaths  and  festivals  in  the  evening;  and 
Aaron  was  commanded  to  light  the  holy  lamp  in  the  evening 
(Exod.  xxvii.  20,  21). 

884.  That,  and  hehold  an  olive-leaf  ijlucked  off  in  her  moutli, 
signifies  some  little  of  the  truth  of  faith  ;  that  the  leaf  is  trutli ; 
tlie  olive,  the  good  of  charity ;  to  be  jiluckcd  off,  that  the  trutli 
of  faith  is  from  it;  and  in  her  mouth,  that  it  was  manifested, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  olive,  and  is  indeed  evident 
from  the  words  themselves.  That  it  was  but  a  little  is  evident 
from  the  circumstance  of  its  being  only  a  single  leaf. 

885.  That  a  leaf  signifies  truth,  appears  from  the  Word 
throughout.  Wherever  man  is  compared  to  or  called  a  tree, 
there  fruits  signify  the  good  of  charity,  and  the  leaf  the  truth 
thence ;  and  in  like  manner  also  are  they  accounted.  As  in 
Ezekiel :  "  By  the  river  upon  the  bank  thereof,  on  this  side  and 
on  that  side,  shall  grow  every  tree  for  meat,  whose  leaf  shall  not 
fall,  neither  shall  the  fruit  thereof  be  consumed ;  it  shall  bring 
forth  new  fruit  according  to  its  months,  because  its  waters  they 
issued  out  of  the  sanctuary,  and  the  fruit  thereof  shall  be  for 
meat,  and  the  leaf  thereof  for  medicine"  (xlvii.  12;  see  also 
Apoc.  xxii.  2).  In  this  passage  a  tree  signifies  the  man  of  the 
Church,  in  whom  is  tlie  Lord's  kingdom ;  fruits,  the  good  of 
love  and  charity ;  the  leaf,  the  truths  thence,  which  serve  for 
the  instruction  and  regeneration  of  mankind ;  wherefore  it  is 
said  to  be  for  medicine.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  Shall  he  not 
pull  up  the  roots  thereof,  and  cut  off  the  fruit  thereof,  that  it 
wither  ?  It  shall  wither  in  all  the  'jil^'-ckcd-off  (leaves)  of  its 
germ  "  (xvii.  9) ;  speaking  of  the  vine,  or  of  the  Church  vastated, 
whose  fruit,  or  good,  and  the  leaf  of  its  cjerrn  plucked  off,  or  truth, 

2  thus  withers.  In  Jeremiah  :  "  Blessed  is  the  man  that  trusteth 
in  Jehovah ;  he  shall  be  as  a  tree  planted  in  the  waters ;  his 
leaf  shall  be  green ;  and  he  shall  not  be  anxious  in  the  year  of 
drought,  neither  shall  he  cease  from  yielding /r?«Y"  (xviii.  7,8). 
Here  the  green  leaf  denotes  the  truth  of  faith,  and  consequently 
faith  itself  grounded  in  charity.  Likewise  in  David  (Vs.  i.  3) : 
"  There  are  no  graioes  on  the  vine,  nor  figs  on  the  fig-tree,  and 
the  leaf  shall  fall"  (viii.  13).  Grapes  on  the  vine  represent 
spiritual  good ;  figs  on  the  fig-tree,  natural  good ;  and  the  leaf 
which  thus  falls,  truth  (see  also  Isa.  xxxiv.  4).  Similar  things 
are  understood  by  the  fig-tree  which  Jesus  saw,  and  on  which 
He  found  nothing  but  leaves,  wherefore  it  was  dried  up  (Matt. 
334 


CHAPTER  YIII.  10,11. 


[880. 


XXI.  19,  20;  Mark  xi.  18,  14,  20).  The  Jewish  Church  in 
which  there  was  no  longer  any  remains  of  natural  "ood  is  here 
specifically  meant  by  the  fig-tree;  and  the  doctriifals  of  faith 
or  the  truth  preserved  in  it,  by  the  leaves.  A  vastated  Churoli 
is  such,  that  it  knows  what  is  true,  but  is  not  disposed  to  under- 
stand it ;  and  those  are  in  a  similar  state  who  say  that  thev 
know  what  is  true,  or  the  truths  of  faith,  and  yet  are  destitute 
of  the  good  of  charity  ;  for  they  are  only  the  leaves  of  a  tier-tree, 
which  will  become  dried  up.  ^ 

886.  That  the  olive-tree  signifies  the  good  of  charity,  appears 
not  only  from  the  signification  of  the  olive,  but  also  from  that 
of  oil  in  the  Word.  For  it  was  the  oil  of  olives,  conibhied 
with  spices,  with  which  the  priests  and  kings  were  anointed  ; 
and  olive  oil  was  used  for  the  lamps  (concerning  whicli  see 
Exod.  XXX.  24;  xxvii.  20).  The  reason  why  olive  oil  was  em- 
ployed in  anointing,  and  for  the  lamps,  was,  because  it  repre- 
sented everything  celestial,  and  consequently  all  the  good  of 
love  and  charity.  For  oil  is  the  very  essential  of  the  tree,  and, 
as  it  were,  its  soul ;  just  as  the  Celestial,  or  the  good  of  love 
and  charity,  is  the  very  essential,  or  the  very  soul  of  faith. 
Hence  its  representative  character.  That  oil  signifies  the  Celes- 
tial, or  the  good  of  love  and  charity,  miglit  be  confirmed  bv 
numerous  passages  from  the  Word.  But  as  it  is  the  olivV 
which  is  here  mentioned,  we  shall  only  adduce  some  citations 
in  proof  of  its  signification.  In  Jeremiah :  "  Jehovah  called 
thy  name  a  green  olive-tree,  fair  and  of  goodly  fruit"  (xi.  10); 
speaking  of  the  Most  Ancient  or  celestial  Church,  which  was 
the  foundation  of  the  Jewish  Church.  Wherefore  all  the 
representatives  of  the  latter  Church  had  reference  to  things 
celestial,  and  through  celestial  things,  to  the  Lord.  In  Ho.sea  : 
"  His  branches  shall  spread,  and  his  honour  shall  be  as  the  olirc- 
tree,  and  his  smell  as  Lebanon"  (xiv.  6).  This  is  said  of  a 
Church  about  to  be  planted,  whose  lionour,  as  the  olive-tree,  is  the 
good  of  love  and  charity,  a.ncl  tvliose  odour,  as  Lebanon,  is  thi; 
affection  of  the  truth  of  faith  therefrom.  Lehanon  is  lien- 
used  for  cedars,  which  signify  what  is  sjjiritual,  or  the  truths  (if 
faith.  In  Zechariah :  "Two  olive-trees  Mere  by  the  candle- 
stick, one  upon  the  right  side  of  the  bowl,  and  the  other  ujnm 
the  left  side  thereof.  These  are  the  two  sons  offure,  oil  standing 
near  the  Lord  of  the  whole  earth"  (iv.  3,  11,  14).  Here  the 
tiuo  olive-trees  denote  the  Celestial  and  Spiritual,  Ihus  they 
denote  love,  which  is  of  the  celestial  Church,  and  charity, 
which  is  of  the  spiritual  Church.  These  arc  at  the  ri<iht  avd  the 
left  hand  of  the  Lord.  The  candleslie/.:  signifies  the  Lord,  which 
it  represented  in  the  Jewish  Church;  and  t/ie  /a ////«,  celestial 
things,  from  which  such  as  are  spiritual  proceed,  as  the  rays  ..f 
light,  or  light  itself,  from  flame.  In  David :  "  Thy  wife  .shall  Im- 
as  a  fruitful  vine  by  the  sides  of  thy  house  ;  thy  son.,  as  olicc 

335 


887-890.]  GENESIS. 

jilants"  (Psalm  cxxviii.  3).  Here  the  vifc  as  a  vine  denote.s 
the  spiritual  C'hurch,  and  sons  denote  the  truths  of  faith,  whicli 
are  called  oliir  phtnfs,  because  they  are  from  the  goods  of 
charity.  So  in  Isaiah:  "Yet  gleaning-grapes  shall  be  left  in 
it  as  the  shaking  of  an  olive-tree,  two  or  three  berries  in  the  top 
of  the  uppermost  bough  "  (xvii.  6).  This  is  said  of  the  remains 
in  man,  an  olive  denoting  celestial  remains.  In  Micah  :  "  Thou 
shalt  tread  the  olive,  but  thou  shalt  not  anoint  thee  with  oil  ; 
and  sweet  wine,  but  thou  shalt  not  drink  wine"  (vi.  15).  And 
in  Moses :  "  Thou  shalt  plant  vineyards  and  dress  them,  but 
shalt  not  drink  the  wine.  Thou  shalt  have  olire-trees  through- 
out all  thy  coasts,  but  thou  shalt  not  anoint  thyself  with  the 
oil "  (Deut.  xxviii.  39,  40) ;  speaking  of  the  abundance  of 
doctrinals  respecting  the  goods  and  truths  of  faitli,  which 
because  they  were  of  such  a  nature  they  had  rejected.  From 
these  passages  it  may  be  seen  that  a  leaf  signifies  the  truth  of 
faith,  and  an  olive  the  good  of  charity  ;  and  that  the  leaf  of  the 
olive  which  the  dove  brought  in  her  mouth  signifies  that  there 
now  appeared  with  the  man  of  the  Ancient  Church  some  little 
of  the  truth  of  faith  from  the  good  of  charity, 

887.  That  the  vjaters  ivcre  aha  ted  from  off  the  earth  signifies 
that  these  things  were  so,  because  the  falsities  which  had  pre- 
viously acted  as  impediments  were  not  so  abundant  as  before, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  the  same  expressions  given 
before  (ver.  8).  With  respect  to  the  falsities  which  had 
liindered  the  reception  of  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith  being- 
less  abundant  than  before,  it  may  be  observed  that  in  this,  the 
second  state  of  regeneration,  all  the  falsities  which  man  has 
acquired  to  himself  remain  with  him,  so  that  not  one,  as  was 
previously  stated,  is  entirely  abolished.  When,  however,  man 
is  being  regenerated,  there  are  truths  which  are  inseminated, 
to  which  falsities  are  bent  by  the  Lord,  and  thus  appear  as  if 
shaken  off ;  and  indeed  by  means  of  the  goods,  with  which  he 
is  endowed. 

888.  Verse  12.  And  he  stayed  yet  other  sereii  days;  and 
sent  forth  the  dove;  and  she  retwned  not  again  unto  him  any 
more.  He  stayed  yet  other  seven  days  signifies  the  beginning  of 
a  third  state.  Seven  days  signify  what  is  holy.  And  he  sent 
forth  the  dove  signifies  a  state  of  recej)tion  as  to  the  goods  and 
truths  of  faith.  The  dove  returned  to  him  no  more  signifies  a 
state  of  freedom. 

889.  That  he  stayed  yet  other  seven  days  signifies  the  begin- 
ning of  a  third  state,  and  that  seven  signifies  what  is  holy, 
appears  from  what  has  been  said  before  respecting  the  second 
state,  where  the  words  are  similar. 

890.  That  he  sent  forth  the  dove  signifies  a  state  of  reception 
as  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  faith,  likewise  appears  from  what 
was  said  at  verse  10  ;  for  the  words  and  the  sense  are  the  same, 

336 


CHArTER  VIII.  12.  [891,  892. 

only  that  the  former  treats  of  the  second  state,  and  this  of  the 
third.  The  third  state  is  described  by  the  circumstance  that 
the  dove  did  not  return ;  as  well  as  by  Noah's  removinir  the 
covering  of  the  ark;  and  lastly,  by  his  going  forth  out  oT  tlie 
ark,  because  the  faces  of  the  ground  were  dry,  and  the  earth 
was  dried. 

891.  From  these  considerations,  then,  it  follows  that  the  dove 
returned  not  again  unto  him  any  more  signifies  a  state  of  free- 
dom ;  and,  moreover,  from  the  consideration  that  tJie  dove,  or 
the  truth  of  faith,  with  the  other  birds  and  also  beasts,  and  con- 
sequently iSToah,  was  no  longer  kept  in  the  ark  on  account  of 
the  waters  of  the  flood.  So  long  as  he  remained  in  the  ark  he 
was  in  a  state  of  slavery,  or  captivity  and  imprisonment,  being 
tossed  about  by  tlie  waters  of  the  flood,  or  by  falsities  ;  and  tliis 
state,  with  that  of  temptation,  is  described  in  the  preceding 
chapter  (ver.  17),  by  the  waters  increasing  and  lifting  up  the 
ark  from  off  the  earth ;  and  (ver.  18)  by  the  waters  prevailing, 
and  the  ark  going  upon  the  faces  of  the  waters.  IIis  state  of 
liberty  is  described  in  the  followifig  verses  (vers.  15-18  of  this 
chapter),  not  only  by  Noah's  going  forth  from  the  ark,  but 
also  of  all  that  were  with  him;  consequently,  first  of  all,  by 
the  passing  out  of  the  dove,  that  is,  of  the  truth  of  faith  from 
good.  For  all  freedom  is  from  the  good  of  faith,  that  is,  from 
the  love  of  good. 

892.  When  man  becomes  regenerate,  then  he  first  enters 
upon  a  state  of  liberty,  being  previously  in  slavery.  For  he  is 
a  slave  whilst  under  the  dominion  of  lusts  and  falsities,  and 
at  liberty  when  governed  by  the  affections  of  good  and 
truth.  How  this  is,  man  never  perceives,  in  any  degree,  so  long 
as  he  remains  in  a  state  of  slavery;  and  he  first  begins  to 
recognise  it  when  entering  on  a  state  of  liberty.  Wliilst  he 
continues  a  slave,  that  is,  so  long  as  lusts  and  falsities  have  the 
dondnion,  he  supposes  himself  to  be  in  freedom.  lUit  it  is 
a  gross  falsity  ;  since  he  is  then  carried  away  by  the  delight  of 
his  lusts,  and  of  the  pleasures  therefrom,  that  is,  by  the  delight 
<jf  his  loves ;  and  in  consequence  of  this  being  agreciil)le  to  him, 
lie  appears  to  himself  to  be  free.  Every  one  under  the  guidance 
of  any  particular  love,  so  long  as  he  follows  in  whatever  direc- 
tion it  leads  him,  supposes  himself  free  ;  Init  the  truth  is,  he  is 
at  such  times  in  fellowship  with,  and  carried  idong,  as  it  were, 
l)y,  a  torrent  of  diabolical  spirits,  who  hurry  him  away.  He 
imagines  this  to  be  a  state  of  the  utmost  lil)erty,  lu."cau.se  he. 
believes,  that  were  he  deprived  of  it,  liis  life  would  become  most 
miserable  and  scarcely  deserving  the  name  of  life ;  and  ho  ih  hul 
into  this  belief,  not  merely  from  his  ignorance  of  the  exialencc 
of  any  other  life,  but  also  from  the  fact  of  his  having  received 
an  impression  on  his  mind  tliat  none  can  cnler  into  heaycMi 
except  by  miseries,  poverty,  and  the  privation  of  pleasures.     1  his, 

VOL.  I.  Y  "•" 


^w:,.]  aENp:sis. 

liDwevor,  is  an  erroneous  idea,  as  has  been  given  me  to  know 
I IV  nuicli  experience,  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
more  will  be  said  hereafter.  Man  never  conies  into  a  state  of 
libertv,  so  as  to  be  under  the  guidance  of  the  love  of  good  and 
truth  from  the  Lord,  prior  to  his  regeneration.  When  in  this 
state  he  is  then  first  enabled  to  know  and  perceive  what  free- 
dom is,  because  he  then  knows  and  perceives  what  life  is,  and 
the  nature  of  true  delight,  and  of  happiness.  Tor  previous  to 
this  he  is  not  even  conscious  of  what  is  good  ;  sometimes  call- 
ing that  the  greatest  good,  which  is  the  greatest  evil.  When 
those  who  are  in  a  state  of  liberty  from  the  Lord  see,  and  espe- 
cially when  they  i'eel,  the  life  of  lasts  and  falsities,  they  shrink 
away  from  it,  as  though  they  saw  hell  open  before  their  eyes. 
Because,  however,  the  nature  of  a  life  of  liberty  is  utterly  un- 
known to  most  persons,  it  may  be  expedient  here  briefly  to  state 
that  it  consists  solely  in  being  led  by  the  Lord.  But  since  there 
are  many  obstacles  to  man's  believing  that  such  a  life  is  a  life 
of  liberty,  obstacles  arising  both  from  the  fact  that  temptations 
must  be  endured  in  order  to  "obtain  deliverance  from  the  do- 
minion of  diabolical  spirits  ;  and  also  from  man's  ignorance  of 
any  other  delight  and  good  but  that  of  the  lusts  from  the  love 
of  self  and  the  world ;  and,  moreover,  from  the  false  opinion 
generally  conceived  respecting  all  things  of  the  heavenly  life  ; 
therefore,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  sensible  evidences  of  this 
truth  will  be  adduced  in  a  future  part  of  this  work  ;  these 
being  more  likely  to  convince  than  any  reasonings  on  the 
subject. 

893.  Verse  13.  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  six  hundred 
and  first  year,  in  the  beginning,  in  the  first  of  the  month,  the 
waters  ivere  dried  tip  fro  in,  off  the  earth;  and  Noah  removed  the 
covering  of  the  ark,  and  he  sa7v,  and  behold,  the  faces  of  the  ground 
■icere  dry.  It  came  to  pass  in  the  six  hundred  and.  first  year 
signifies  the  last  termination.  In  the  beginning,  in  the  first  of 
the  month,  signifies  the  first  termination.  The  waters  vjere  dried 
lip  from  off  the  earth  signifies  that  falsities  did  not  then  appear. 
Noah  removed  the  covering  of  the  ark,  and  he  saw,  signifies  the 
light  of  the  verities  of  faith,  which  he  acknowledged  and  believed, 
falsities  being  removed.  And,  behold,  the  faces  of  the  ground 
irere  dry,  signifies  regeneration. 
:  That  it  came  to  jmss  in  the  six  hundred  and  first  year  signifies 
the  last  termination,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  six 
hundred  (see  chap.  vii.  G ;  no.  737),  which  is  a  beginning,  and, 
indeed,  there  the  beginning  of  the  temptation,  the  end  of  which 
is  here  designated  by  the  same  number,  after  an  entire  year  had 
passed ;  so  that  it  came  to  pass  at  the  end  of  a  year.  Where- 
fore it  is  also  added,  that  it  occurred  in  the  beginning,  in  the  first 
of  the  month,  by  which  is  denoted  the  first  termination.  Every 
tntire  period  is  marked  in  the  Word  either  by  a  day,  a  week,  a 


CHAPTER  VIII.  13.  [S94,  895. 

month,  or  a  year,  even  although  the  actual  duration  of  that 
period  is  a  hundred  or  a  thousand  years.  As  the  days  mentioned 
in  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis,  by  which  are  denoted  periods  of 
the  regeneration  of  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  A 
day  and  a  year  have  no  other  signification  in  the  internal  sense 
but  that  of  time ;  and  because  time,  they  signify  state,  therefore 
a  year  is  frequently  employed  in  the  Word^to  denote'both  time 
and  state.  As  in  Isaiah:  "To  proclaim  the  acceptahle  year  of 
Jehovah,  and  the  day  of  vengeance  of  our  God ;  to  comfort  all 
that  mourn"  (Ixi.  2);  speaking  of  the  Lord's  Coming.  Again, 
in  the  same  prophet :  "  The  day  of  vengeance  is  in  \ly  heart^ 
and  the  year  of  My  redeemed  is  come  "  (Ixiii.  4).  Here  also 
both  day  and  year  are  put  for  time  and  state.  So  in  Habakkuk  : 
"  0  Jehovah,  revive  Thy  work  in  the  midst  of  the  years,  in  the 
midst  of  the  years  make  known  "  (iii.  2).  Here  years  denote 
time  and  state.  So  in  David :  "  Thou  art  God  Himself,  and 
Thy  years  are  not  consumed"  (Psalm  cii.  27).  Here  years 
signify  times,  and  show  that  with  God  time  is  not.  In  like 
manner,  in  the  present  passage,  a  year,  as  applied  to  the  flood, 
refers  by  no  means  to  any  particular  year,  but  to  a  period 
undetermined  by  any  particular  number  of  years,  and  it  denotes, 
at  the  same  time,  state  (see  what  was  said  above  respecting 
years,  nos.  482,  487,  488,  493). 

894.  Hence  it  is  now  evident,  that  in  the  hcginniny,  in  the 
first  of  the  month,  signifies  the  first  termination.  The  arcana 
which  are  still  included  in  these  expressions,  are  of  too  recon- 
dite a  nature  to  admit  of  being  described  further  than  by  stating, 
that  there  is  no  determinate  period  of  man's  regeneration  in 
which  he  may  say,  I  am  now  perfect.  For  there  are  states  of 
evil  and  falsity  in  every  man  without  end,  not  only  such  as 
are  simple,  but  also  mixed  states,  M'ith  great  diversity ;  all 
of  which  must,  as  was  previously  remarked,  be  so  entirely 
shaken  off  as  no  longer  to  appear.  In  some  states  man  may  bu 
said  to  be  more  perfect,  but  in  numberless  others  not  so.  Tliose, 
however,  who  are  regenerated  in  the  life  of  the  body,  and 
who  have  lived  in  faith  to  the  Lord  and  in  charity  Inwards 
their  neighbour,  are  being  continually  perfected  in  the  other 
life. 

895.  That  the  waters  were  dried  u}-)  from  off  the  earth  signifies 
that  falsities  did  not  then  ai)pear,  is  evident  from  wh.it  has 
been  said.  It  signifies,  in  particular,  that  falsities  wen;  .separ- 
ated from  the  voluntary  things  of  the  man  of  this  Church. 
The  earth  here  denotes  the  will  of  man,  which  is  nothing  but 
mere  lust ;  wlierefore  it  is  said  that  the  waters  were  dried  up 
from  of[7Ac  earth.  His  ground,  wlicrein  trutlis  are  sown,  is  in 
man's  intellectual  part,  as  was  before  observed  ;  never  in  hia 
voluntary  part,  which  with  tlie  sjiiritnid  ni;in  is  separated  fnwu 
the  intellectual.     Wherefore  in  the  following  clause  of  this  verso 


800.]  genp:sis. 

wo  road,  the  faces  of  the  ground  were  dry.  With  the  man  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church  the  ground  was  in  his  vohintary  part, 
in  which  the  Lord  inseminated  goods ;  in  consequence  of  which 
lie  was  enabled  to  know  and  perceive  what  was  true,  or  by  love 
to  obtain  faith.  But  were  this  the  case  now,  man  must  neces- 
sarily perish  eternally,  since  his  will  is  altogether  corrupt. 
Hence  it  may  be  seen  how  insemination  is  effected  into  the 
voluntary  part  and  the  intellectual  part  of  man.  The  man  of 
the  ]\Io3t  Ancient  Church  had  revelations,  by  which  he  was 
initiated  from  infancy  into  the  perceptions  of  goods  and  truths  ; 
and  as  these  were  inseminated  into  his  will,  he  had  a  perception 
of  innumerable  others  without  fresh  instruction.  So  that  from 
one  general  truth  he  became  acquainted  from  the  Lord  with 
all  its  particulars  and  singulars,  which  in  the  present  day  must 
lirst  be  learned,  to  be  known.  It  is  scarcely  possible,  however, 
now  to  acquire  a  thousandth  part  of  the  knowledge  which  they 
possessed.  For  the  man  of  the  spiritual  Church  knows  only 
what  he  learns,  retaining  what  he  thus  knows,  and  believing  it 
to  be  true.  Xay,  should  he  acquire  falsity,  he  is  impressed  with 
this  also  as  with  truth.  Ajid  since  he  has  no  other  perception 
than  that  it  is  so,  he  becomes  so  thoroughly  persuaded  as  to 
believe  it.  Those  who  have  conscience  possess  in  consequence  a 
kind  of  dictate,  which,  however,  only  suggests  that  such  a  thing  is 
true,  because  they  have  heard  and  learned  it  to  be  so.  This 
forms  their  conscience ;  as  may  appear  from  those  who  have  a 
conscience  of  w^hat  is  false. 

896.  That  NoctJi  removed  the  covering  of  the  ark,  and  he  savj, 
signifies  the  light  of  the  truths  of  faith,  which  he  acknowledged 
and  believed,  falsities  being  removed,  may  appear  from  the 
signification  of  removing  a  covering,  which  is  to  take  away 
whatever  obstructs  the  light.  Inasmuch  as  the  ark  denotes 
the  man  of  the  Ancient  Church  about  to  become  regenerate, 
nothing  can  be  signified  by  the  covering  but  that  which  pre- 
vented him  from  seeing  heaven,  or  the  light.  What  impeded  was 
falsity,  wherefore  on  its  removal  it  is  said  that  he  saw.  To  see, 
in  the  AVord,  signifies  to  understand,  and  to  have  faith  ;  in  the 
present  instance,  to  acknowledge  truths,  and  to  have  faith  in 
them.  It  is  one  thing  to  know  truths,  and  another  to  ac- 
knowledge them,  and  to  have  faith  in  them.  To  know,  is  the 
first  step  in  regeneration ;  to  acknowledge,  the  second ;  and  to 
have  faith,  the  third.  The  difference  between  knowing,  ac- 
knowledging, and  believing,  may  appear  from  the  consideration 
that  the  worst  of  mankind  may  know,  and  yet  not  acknowledge. 
As  the  Jews,  and  those  who  by  specious  reasonings  endeavour 
to  destroy  doctrinal  truths.  Infidels  may  also  acknowledge ; 
and  when  in  particular  states  may  zealously  preach,  confirm, 
and  persuade  others.  But  none  can  believe  except  the  faith- 
ful. Those  who  have  faith  know,  acknowledge,  and  believe. 
340 


CHAPTEE  YIII.  13.  [897. 

They  are  also  possessed  of  cliarity  and  conscience.  Wherefore 
faith  can  be  predicated  of  no  one,  or,  in  other  words,  it  cannot 
be  said  that  any  one  believes,  nnless  he  also  has  charity  and 
conscience.  This,  then,  it  is  to  be  regenerate.  ]Merely  to'know 
what  relates  to  faith  is  an  act  of  the  memory  Avithout'  the  con- 
sent of  the  rational  part.  To  acknowledge  what  is  of  faith  is 
the  assent  of  the  rational  part  led  by  certain  causes,  and  with  a 
view  to  certain  ends.  But  to  have  faith  is  an  act  of  the  con- 
science, or  of  the  Lord  operating  through  the  conscience.  This 
is  very  evident  from  the  state  of  men  in  another  life.  For  those 
who  only  know  are  many  of  them  in  hell ;  as  are  also  some  who 
acknowledge,  because  during  their  life  in  the  body  thoy  did 
so,  as  was  stated,  in  particular  states.  When,  however,  thoy 
perceive  in  the  other  world  the  reality  of  what  they  preached, 
declared,  and  persuaded  others  to  believe,  they  are  much 
surprised,  but  acknowledge  it  only  while  recollecting  that 
they  so  preached.  All  such  as  have  had  faith  are  in 
heaven. 

897.  As  it  here  treats  of  the  regeneration  of  the  man  of  the 
Ancient  Church,  seeing  denotes  to  acknowledge  and  to  have 
faith.  That  to  see  has  this  signification,  is  evident  from  tlic 
Word.  As  in  Isaiah  :  "  Ye  have  not  beheld  the  maker  thereof ; 
neither  have  seen  him  that  fashioned  it  long  ago"  (xxii.  11); 
speaking  of  the  city  of  Zion.  Not  to  see  him  that  fashioned  it 
long  ago,  is  not  to  acknowledge,  much  less  to  have  faitli.  In 
the  same  prophet :  "  Make  the  heart  of  this  people  fat,  and 
make  their  ears  heavy,  and  cover  their  eyes ;  lest  they  sec  inf/i 
their  eyes,  and  hear  with  their  ears,  and  understand  with  their 
heart,  and  be  converted  and  healed"  (vi.  10).  To  see  with  their 
eyes  is  to  acknowledge  and  to  have  faith.  Again  :  "  The  people 
that  walked  in  darkness  have  seen  a  great  light "  (ix.  2) ;  speak- 
ing of  the  Gentiles  who  received  faith ;  as  in  this  passage,  the 
covering  was  removed,  and  they  saiv.  Again :  "  In  that  day 
shall  the  deaf  hear  the  words  of  the  book,  and  the^  eyes  of  the 
hlind  shall  see  out  of  obscurity,  and  out  of  darkness  "(xxix.  IH). 
This  is  said  concerning  tlie  conversion  of  tlie  Gentiles  to  the 
faith.  To  see  is  to  receive  faith.  Again  :  "  Hear,  ye  deaf,  and 
look,  ye  hlind,  that  ye  may  see"  (xlii.  18).  Here  to  see  Juis  a 
similar  signification.  So  in  Ezekiel:  "Who  have  eyes  to  see, 
and  see  not ;  who  have  ears  to  hear,  and  liear  not ;  for  they  are  a 
rebellious  house  "  (xii.  2) ;  denoting  those  who  hav(!  thu  capacity 
to  understand,  acknowledge,  and  believe,  but  yet  have  ik)  in- 
clination. That  to  see  signifies  to  have  faith,  is  manilcst.  Irom 
the  representation  of  the  Lord  by  the  brazen  serpent  in  llu! 
wilderness,  on  seeing  which  all  were  Iiealed.  Of  this  it  18  written 
in  Moses  :  "  Make  thee  a  fiery  serpent  and  set  it  ui.on  a  p.>le. 
and  it  shall  come  to  pass  that  every  one  thi.t  is  bitten,  vliai  he 
shall  see  it,  shall  live.     And  it  came  to  pass  that  if_^a  serpent 


898-900.]  GENESIS. 

liad  bitten  any  man,  when  he  hchdd  the  serpent  of  brass,  he 
lived  "  (Num.  xxi.  8,  9).  Eroni  this  every  one  may  perceive 
that  to  see  signifies  to  believe.  For  wliat  could  it  have  availed, 
in  this  instance,  unless  it  had  been  representative  of  faith  in 
the  Lord  ?  Hence,  also,  it  is  evident  that  Reuben,  Jacob's  first- 
born, who  was  so  called  from  seeing,  in  the  internal  sense, 
denotes  faith,  as  may  be  seen  in  what  was  said  above  concerning 
the  first-born  of  the  Church  (nos.  352,  367). 

898.  That,  and  hcJiold  the  faces  of  the  [/round  vsere  dry,  signi- 
fies regeneration,  appears  from  the  signification  of  ground,  re- 
peatedly given  above,  which  is  the  man  of  the  Church.  The 
faces  of  the  ground  are  said  to  be  dry  when  falsities  are  no 
longer  visible. 

899.  Verse  14  Inthe  second  month,  on  the  seven-and-twcniieth 
day  of  the  month,  laas  the  earth  dried.  The  second  month 
signifies  every  state  previous  to  regeneration ;  the  seven  and 
twentieth  ffey,  what  is  holy;  and  the  earth  vms  dried,  thai  he 
was  regenerate.  These  words  constitute  the  termination  of 
what  precedes,  and  the  beginning  of  what  follows. 

900.  That  the  second  month  signifies  every  state  antecedent 
to  regeneration,  is  plain  from  the  signification  of  the  number 
tivo  in  the  Word.  Two  means  the  same  as  six,  that  is,  the 
combat  and  labour  preceding  regeneration,  consequently,  in 
the  present  piassage,  every  state  prior  to  man's  regeneration. 
Periods  of  time,  as  well  the  greatest  as  the  least,  are  usually 
distinguished  in  the  Word  by  threes  or  sevens,  and  are  either 
denominated  days,  weeks,  months,  years,  or  ages.  The  numbers 
three  and  seven  are  holy,  while  two  and  six,  which  precede,  are 
not  so,  but  respectively  profane,  as  was  shewn  above  (no.  720). 
Three  and  seven  are  also  sacred  and  inviolable,  in  consequence 
of  being  both  predicated  of  the  Last  Judgment,  which  is  to  take 
place  on  the  third,  or  seventh  day.  It  is  the  last  judgment  with 
every  one  when  the  Lord  comes,  both  in  a  general  and  in  a 
particular  sense.  Thus  it  was  the  last  judgment  when  the  Lord 
came  into  the  world.  It  will  be  the  last  judgment  w^hen  He  shall 
come  again  to  glor3^  It  is  the  last  judgment  when  He  comes  to 
each  man  individually  ;  and  it  is  the  last  judgment  also  Avith 
every  one  when  he  dies.  This  last  judgment  is  the  third  and 
the  seventh  day,  which  is  sacred  to  those  who  have  lived  well, 
and  not  sacred  to  those  who  have  lived  ill.  Wherefore  these 
days  are  predicated  of  those  who  are  adjudged  to  death,  as 
well  as  of  such  as  are  adjudged  to  life ;  and  hence  they  signify 
what  is  not  holy  with  all  who  are  condemned  to  death,  and 
what  is  holy  with  those  who  are  adjudged  to  life.  The 
numbers  two  or  six,  which  precede,  have  reference  to,  and 
denote  in  a  general  sense,  the  whole  of  the  antecedent  state. 
This,  then,  is  the  signification  of  the  numbers  two  and  six, 
which  is  specifically  determined  by  each  particular  subject  and 

342 


CHAPTER  VIII.  14.  [901. 

thing  whereof  they  are  predicated;  as  may  be  still  more 
evidently  seen  from  what  now  follows  respecting  the  number 
tivcnty- seven. 

901.  That  the  scvai-and-tv:entieth  day  signifies  what  is  holv, 
is  evident,  since  it  is  compounded  of  the  number  three  twice 
multiplied  into  itself.  For  three  multiplied  by  itself  is  nine, 
and  nine  again  multiplied  by  three  is  twenty-seven,  of  which 
three  is  thus  the  ruling  number.  In  this  way  the  most  ancient 
people  reckoned  their  numbers,  understanding  by  them  things 
only.  That  three  has  the  same  meaning  as  seven,  is  evident 
from  what  was  just  now  observed.  And  the  mystical  reason  of 
it  is,  that  the  Lord  arose  again  on  the  third  day.  For  the 
Lord's  resurrection  involves  everything  that  is  holy,  and  the 
resurrection  of  all.  Hence  in  the  Jewish  Church  this  number 
was  made  representative,  and  in  the  Word  is  holy  ;  as  it  is  also 
in  heaven,  where  there  are  no  numbers,  but  instead  of  three 
and  seven  the  general  holy  idea  of  the  Lord's  Resurrection  and 
Coming.  That  three  and  seven  represent  what  is  sacred,  is  plain  - 
i'rom  the  following  passages  in  the  Word :  "  He  that  toucheth 
the  dead  body  of  any  man  shall  be  unclean  seven  days.  He 
shall  purify  himself  from  it  on  the  third  day,  and  on  the  seventh 
day  he  shall  be  clean  ;  but  if  he  purify  not  himself  the  third 
day,  then  the  seventh  day  he  shall  not  be  clean.  Whosoever 
toucheth  one  that  is  slain  with  a  sword,  or  a  dead  body,  or  a 
bone  of  a  man,  or  a  grave,  shall  be  unclean  seven  days.  And 
the  clean  shall  sprinkle  upon  the  unclean  on  the  third  day,  and 
on  the  seventh  day;  and  on  the,  seventh  day  he  shall  ex])iat('. 
himself  and  wash  his  clothes,  and  bathe  himself  in  water,  and 
shall  be  clean  at  even  "  (Num.  xix,  11,  12,  16,  19).  It  is  very 
evident  that  these  things  are  representative,  or  that  these 
externals  signify  internals  ;  as  that  a  person  should  be  unclean 
wdio  touched  a  dead  body,  one  slain  with  a  sword,  the  bone  of 
a  man,  or  a  grave,  all  which,  in  the  internal  sense,  signify  tin- 
things  that  are  proper  to  man,  which  are  dead  and  ])rofane  ; 
and  also  that  he  should  bathe  himself  in  water,  and  in  Ihc 
evening  he  should  be  clean;  thus,  the  third  day  also,  and  the 
seventh  day  are  representative,  signifying  what  is  holy,  becau^c^ 
on  them  the  unclean  were  purified,  and  therel)y  made  clean. 
In  like  manner  it  is  written  of  those  who  returned  from  the  .1 
battle  against  the  Midianites  :  "Abide  ye  witiinut  the  camp 
seven  days,  whosoever  hath  killed  a  soul,  and  whosoever  hath 
touched  any  slain;  purify  yourselves  on  the  third  day,  and  en 
the  seventh  day  "  (Num.  xxxi.  19).  If  this  were  merely  a  ritual, 
and  the  third  and  seventh  were  days  not  rc])resentative  and 
significative  of  what  was  holy,  or  of  expiation,  it  would  he  as 
something  dead,  and  without  a  cause,  or  as  a  cause  without  an 
end,  or  as  a  something  separate  from  its  cause,  and  this  ag:mi 
from  its  own  end  ;  and  thus  in  no  respect  Divine  _^  That  lb.; 

WAV) 


!HI2.  !»0n.]  GENESIS. 

tliiril  ilay  was  representative,  and  thus  significative  of  what  is 
holy,  is  very  evident  from  tlie  Lord's  Coming  upon  Mount 
Sinai ;  concerning  which  it  is  written  :  "  Jehovah  said  unto 
Moses,  Go  unto  the  people,  and  sanctify  them  to-day  and 
to-morrow,  and  let  them  wasli  their  clothes,  and  be  ready 
against  the  third  day ;  for  on  the  tliird  day  Jehovah  will  come 
down  in  the  sight  of  all  the  people  upon  Mount  Sinai"  (Exod. 

4  xix.  10,  11,  15,  IG).  It  was  likewise  required  that  Joshua 
should  pass  over  Jordan  on  the  third  day,  of  which  it  is  thus 
recorded :  "  Joshua  commanded  to  pass  through  the  host,  and 
commanded  the  people,  saying,  Prepare  ye  victuals  ;  for  within 
three  days  ye  shall  pass  over  this  Jordan,  to  go  in  to  possess 
the  land"  (Josh.  i.  11;  iii.  2).  The  passing  over  Jordan 
represented  the  introduction  of  the  children  of  Israel,  or  of  the 
regenerate,  into  the  Lord's  kingdom ;  and  Joshua,  who  intro- 
duced them,  on  the  third  day,  represented  the  Lord  Himself. 
Because  the  third  day,  like  the  seventh,  was  holy,  it  was  there- 
fore ordained  that  the  third  year  should  be  the  period  for  taking 
tithes,  w^hen  the  people  were  to  shew  themselves  holy  by  acts 
of  charity  (Deut.  xxvi.  12,  and  following  verses).  Tithes 
represent  Eemains,  which  are  sacred,  because  they  are  of  the 
Lord  alone.  That  Jonah  was  in  the  belly  of  the  fish  for  three 
days  and  three  nights  (Jonah  i.  17),  manifestly  represented  the 
burial  and  Eesurrection  of  the  Lord  on  the  third  day  (Matt. 

5  xii.  40).  Tiiat  three  signifies  what  is  holy,  appears  also  from 
the  prophets.  As  from  Hosea:  "After  tivo  days  will  He 
revive  us,  on  the  third  day  He  will  raise  us  up,  and  we  shall 
live  in  His  sight"  (vi.  2).  Here  the  third  day  also  manifestly 
relates  to  the  Lord's  Coming  and  Eesurrection.  So  in  Zecha- 
riah  :  "  It  shall  come  to  pass  in  all  the  land,  tico  parts  therein 
shall  be  cut  ott"  and  die,  but  the  third  shall  be  left  therein. 
And  I  will  bring  the  third  part  through  the  fire,  and  will  refine 
them  as  silver  is  refined,  and  will  try  them  as  gold  is  tried  " 
(xiii.  8).  Here  a  third  part,  or  three,  denotes  what  is  holy. 
For  a  third  has  the  same  meaning  as  three,  as  has  also  the 
third  of  a  third,  as  in  the  present  passage ;  for  three  is  the 
third  of  the  third  of  twenty-seven. 

902.  That  the  earth  vxis  dried  signifies  that  he  was  regener- 
ate, appears  from  what  was  previously  stated  concerning  the 
drying  up  of  the  waters,  and  of  the  drying  of  the  earth  and  of 
the  faces  of  the  ground  (vers.  7  and  13). 

903.  Verses  15,  16.  And  God  sjjakc  unto  Noah,  saying,  Go 
forth  from  the  arh,  thou,  and  thy  vnfe,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy 
sons'  wives  with  thee.  God  spake  to  Noah  signifies  the  Lord's 
presence  with  the  man  of  this  Church.  To  go  forth  out  of  the 
ark  signifies  liberty.  Thou,  and  thy  wife,  the  Church.  And. 
thy  sons,  and  thy  sons'  wives  with  thee,  signifies  truths,  and  goods 
conjoined  with  the  truths  in  him. 

344 


CHAPTER  VIII.  15,  16.  [904 

904.  That  God  spalx  to  Noah  signifies  the  Lord's  presence 
with  the  man  of  this  Church,  may  appear  from  the  internal 
sense  of  the  Word.  The  Lord  speaks  with  every  man.  For 
whatever  a  man  wills  and  thinks  that  is  good  and  true  is  from 
the  Lord.  There  are  with  every  man  at  least  two  evil  spirits, 
and  two  angels,  the  former  exciting  his  evils,  and  the  latter  in- 
spiring goods  and  truths.  All  the  good  and  truth  which  the 
angels  inspire  is  of  the  Lord;  thus  the  Lord  continually  speaks 
with  man,  but  with  one  man  altogether  differently  from  another 
man.  To  such  as  suffer  themselves  to  be  led  away  by  evil 
spirits  the  Lord  speaks  as  though  He  were  absent,  or  at  a 
distance,  so  that  He  can  scarcely  be  said  to  speak.  But  to 
such  as  are  led  of  Him,  the  Lord  speaks  nearer  at  hand, 
as  must  be  sufficiently  evident  on  reflecting  that  no  one 
can  possibly  think  anything  good  and  true  except  from  the 
Lord.  The  Lord's  presence  is  predicated  according  to  the  state  ■ 
of  love  towards  the  neighbour,  and  of  faith,  in  which  a  man  is. 
For  the  Lord  is  present  in  love  towards  the  neighbour,  l;)ecause 
He  is  in  all  good,  but  not  in  faith,  as  it  is  called,  without  love. 
Faith  without  love  and  charity  is  a  something  separate  or  dis- 
joined. Wherever  there  is  conjunction,  there  must  be  a  con- 
joining medium,  which  is  love  and  charity  alone.  This  may  be 
evident  to  every  one  from  this  consideration,  that  the  Loid  is 
merciful  to  all,  loves  all,  and  desires  to  make  all  happy  for  ever. 
He,  therefore,  who  is  not  in  such  love  that  he  is  merciful 
towards  others,  that  he  loves  others,  and  desires  to  make  them 
happy,  cannot  be  conjoined  to  the  Lord,  because  of  his  being 
utterly  destitute  of  the  likeness  and  image  of  the  Lord.  For 
a  man  to  look  upon  the  Lord  by  faith,  as  they  term  it,  and 
hate  his  neighbour,is  not  only  to  stand  at  a  distance  from  lliin, 
but  also  to  have  an  hellish  gulf  between  them,  into  which  he 
would  fall  were  he  to  approach  more  nearly.  For  hatred  against 
the  neighbour  is  the  hellish  gulf  which  is  interposed.  The 
Lord's  presence  with  man  is  tlien  first  granted  wiien  he  loves 
his  neighbour.  The  Lord  is  in  love.  And  so  far  as  man  is  in 
love  the  Lord  is  present ;  and  in  the  degree  in  which  the  I^>rd 
is  present,  He  speaks  with  man.  Man  knows  not  otlicrwis.- 
than  that  he  thinks  from  himself;  whereas  he  has  not  a  .single 
idea  of  thought,  nor  even  a  particle  of  an  idea  from  liim.sfU. 
On  the  contrary,  whatever  is  evil  and  false  he  receives  hy 
means  of  evil  spirits  from  hell ;  and  all  that  is  good  and  true, 
by  means  of  angels  from  the  Lord.  Such  is  the  nature  of 
influx.  Hence  he  derives  his  life,  and  hence  is  tli<!  intercourse 
of  his  soul  with  his  body.  From  these  considerations  it  may 
appear  what  God  spake  to  Noah  denotes.  Tiiere  is  a  diMeifMice 
of  signification  between  His  myivrj  to  any  one  (Gen.  i.  2'J  ;  ill.  1^''. 
14,  17;  iv.  G,  9,  15;  vi.  LS;  vii.  1),  and  His  apealciivj  to  any 
one.     Here,  to  speak  to  Xoah  is  to  U-.  present  with  him.  lic- 


905-907.]  (JENKSIS. 

ciiuse  the  subject  now  treated  of  is  the  regenerate  man,  who 
receives  the  gilt  of  charity. 

90~}.  Tliat  to  (JO  forth  out  of  tlir  ark  signifies  liberty,  appears 
from  what  has  been  previously  sta,tecl,  as  w^ell  as  from  the 
series  of  things  itself,  in  tlie  context.  As  long  as  Noah  re- 
mained in  the  ark,  encompassed  by  the  waters  of  the  flood,  he 
was  in  captivity,  that  is,  he  was  tossed  about  by  evils  and 
falsities,  or  by  evil  spirits,  who  gave  rise  to  the  combat  of 
temptations.  Whence  it  follows  that  to  go  forth  out  of  the  ark 
signifies  to  be  at  liberty.  The  presence  of  the  Lord  implies 
liberty ;  the  one  follows  upon  the  other.  The  more  intimately 
the  Lord  is  present,  so  much  the  more  man  is  in  freedom ;  that 
is,  in  proportion  as  he  is  in  the  love  of  good  and  truth,  he  acts 
freely.  tSuch  is  the  Lord's  influx  by  means  of  angels.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  influx  of  hell  is  effected  by  means  of  evil 
spirits,  and  is  attended  with  the  violence  and  impetuosity  of 
domination,  their  ruling  desire  l)eing  to  subdue  man  to  such  a 
degree,  that  he  may  be  as  nothing,  and  themselves  as  all  in  all. 
Then  man  is  one  of  them,  and  scarcely  one,  but  is  accounted 
as  nothing  in  their  eyes.  Hence,  when  the  Lord  is  liberating 
man  from  their  yoke  and  dominion,  there  arises  a  combat. 
But  when  he  is  liljerated,  or,  in  other  words,  regenerated,  then 
he  is  so  gently  led  of  the  Lord  by  means  of  angels,  that  there 
is  not  the  least  appearance  of  bondage  or  dominion,  since  he  is 
led  by  what  is  most  delightful  and  happy,  and  is  loved  and 
esteemed.  As  the  Lord  teaches  in  ]\Iatthew  :  "  My  yoke  is 
easy,  and  My  burden  is  light"  (xi.  30).  That  the  case  is 
altogether  opposite  with  the  evil  spirits,  by  whom,  as  was 
observed,  man  is  accounted  as  nothing ;  and  who,  were  it  in 
their  power,  would  torment  him  every  moment,  has  been  given 
me  to  know  by  much  experience.  Of  these,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter. 

906.  That  thov,  mid  thy  ivife,  signifies  the  Church,  likewise 
appears  from  the  series  of  events  related ;  as  well  as  by  the  fact 
that  tlaj  sons,  and  thy  sons  wives  ivith  thee,  signifies  truths,  and 
goods  conjoined  to  the  truths  in  him.  That  tliou  signifies  the 
man  of  the  Church,  is  evident ;  and  that  wife  signifies  the 
Church  ;  sons,  truths ;  and  sons'  ivives,  goods  conjoined  to  truths, 
was  abundantly  shewn  above ;  wherefore  it  is  unnecessary  to 
dwell  on  the  subject  here. 

907.  Verse  17.  Bring  forth  with  thee  every  wild  beast  that  is 
with  thee,  of  all  flesh,  as  to  fowl,  and  as  to  heast,  and  as  to  every 
reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth ;  that  they  may  diffuse  themselves 
over  the  earth,  and  he  fruitful,  and  he  midtiplicd  upon  the  earth. 
Every  vnld  heast  that  is  vsith  thee  of  all  flesh  signifies  all  that 
was  vivified  in  the  man  of  this  Church.  The  foui  signifies 
here,  as  before,  his  intellectual  things,  and  the  beast  his  volun- 
tary things,  which  are  both  of  the  internal  man.     Every  reptile 

346 


CHAPTEE  Yin.  17  [908. 

creeping  upon  the  earth  signifies  the  like  corresponding  things  in 
the  external  man.  Bring  forth  with  thee  signifies  their  state  of 
ireedoni.  Tha,t  they  may  diffuse  themselves  'over  the  earth  signi- 
fies the  operation  of  the  internal  man  upon  the  external.  And 
be  fruitful  signifies  the  increase  of  good.  And  be  m  iiltiplied,  the 
increase  of  truth.  Upon  the  earth  signifies  in  the  external  man. 
908.  That  every  wild  beast  that  is^with  thee  of  all  flesh  sisrni- 
fies  all  that  was  vivified  in  the  man  of  this  Church,  may  appear 
from  the  consideration,  that  wild  beast  is  predicated  of  Noah,  or 
of  the  man  of  the  Cliurch  now  become  regenerate,  and  plainly 
refers  to  the  things  which  follow — the  fowl,  the  beast,  and  the 
creeping  reptile.  For  it  is  said,  Every  wild  beast  n-hieh  is  with 
thee  of  cdl  Jlesh,  as  to  fowl,  and  as  to  beast,  and  as  to  every  reptile 
erceping  upon  the  earth.  The  term  wUd  beast,  in  the  original 
language,  properly  signifies  life,  or  what  is  living;  but  in  the 
AVord  it  not  only  means  what  is  living,  but  also  what  is,  as  it 
were,  not  living,  or  a  wild  beast.  AVherefore,  unless  a  person 
is  acquainted  with  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word,  he  is  some- 
times unable  to  discover  its  signification.  The  reason  of  this 
twofold  meaning  is,  that  the  man  of  the  ]\lost  Ancient  Chnrcli, 
when  humbling  himself  before  the  Lord,  acknowledged  liis 
destitution  of  life,  and  unworthiness  to  be  ranked  even  with 
the  beasts,  yea  even  with  wild  beasts;  for  they  were  aware 
that  as  such  man  is  considered  as  to  himself,  or  his  proprium. 
Hence  this  same  expression  denotes  both  what  is  alive,  and 
also  a  wild  beast.  That  it  signifies  what  is  alive,  is  evident  ~ 
from  David:  "Thy  wikl  beast  shall  dwell  tlierein  (the  iidierit- 
ance  of  God) ;  Thou,  0  God,  hast  prepared  of  Thy  goodness  for 
the  poor"  (Psalm  Ixviii.  10.)  Here  by  the  u-ild  beast  dwelling 
in  the  inheritance  of  God,  nothing  else  is  meant  than  the 
regenerate  man,  consequently  what  is  living  in  him,  as  in  tlie 
present  passage.  Again:  "Every  wild  beast  of  the  forest  is 
Mine,  the  beasts  upon  a  thousand  mountains;  I  have  known 
every  bird  of  the  mountains,  and  the  wild  beast  of  My  Jield  is 
with  Me"  (Psalm  1.  10,  11).  Here  the  wild  beast  of  the  Jield  is 
with  Me,  or  with  God,  also  denotes  the  regenerate  man,  thus 
what  is  vivified  in  him.  8o  in  Ezekiel:  "All  the  fowls  of 
heaven  made  their  nests  in  his  bouglis,  and  under  his  liranclies 
did  every  ivild  beast  of  the  field  bring  forth"  (xxxi.  <i).  Tho 
subject  here  spoken  of  is  the  inqdantation  ol'  the  Spiritual 
Church,  thus  of  those  things  that  were  living  in  tiic  man  of 
that  Church.  In  Hosea:  "1  will  make  a  covenant  for  tlieni 
with  the  xoild  beast  of  the  field,  and  with  the  fowl  of  I  he  h.'sivcns  " 
(ii.  18).  This  is  said  of  those  about  to  be  regenerate.!,  and  willi 
whom  a  covenant  was  to  be  made.  Yea,  so  i)erfcctly  (Un-s  Ji 
wild  beast  signify  what  possesses  life,  that  the  chernbun.  or 
angels,  which  appeared  to  Ezekiel,  are  caUiMl  the  four  living 
creatures  (Ezek.  i.  5.  13-15,  19 ;  x.  15).     That  a  wd-l  beast,  in  1 

347 


909,011.]  GENESIS. 

an  opposite  sense,  is  used  in  the  Word  to  express  what  is  not 
livinj];,  or  a  savage  beast,  is  evident  from  numerous  passages. 
In  l)avid:  "0  deliver  not  the  soul  of  thy  turtle-dove  to  the 
■vUd  beast"  (Psalm  Ixxiv.  19).  And  from  Zephaniah  :  "The 
city  has  become  a  desolation,  a  place  for  the  wild  least  to  lie 
down  in"  (ii.  15).  And  Ezekiel :  "They  shall  no  more  be  a 
prey  to  the  heathen,  neither  sliall  the  ivild  heast  of  the  land 
devour  them "  (xxxiv.  28).  Again :  "  Upon  his  ruin  shall 
every  fowl  of  the  heavens  dwell,  and  every  heast  of  the  field 
shall  be  upon  his  branches"  (xxxi.  13).  And  Hosea:  "There 
will  I  devour  them  like  a  lion,  the  wild  heast  of  the  field  shall 
tear  them "  (xiii.  8).  Again  in  Ezekiel :  "  I  have  given  thee 
for  meat  to  the  wild  heast  of  the  earth,  and  to  the  fowl  of  the 
heavens "  (xxix.  5) ;  an  expression  which  often  occurs.  And 
because  the  Jews  remained  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  only,  and 
by  wild  beast  understood  a  wild  beast,  and  by  bird  a  bird,  and 
had  no  desire  to  know,  much  less  to  acknowledge,  the  interior 
things  of  the  Word,  so  as  to  be  instructed  thereby,  they 
even  became  so  cruel,  and  such  wild  beasts,  that  they  took 
delight,  after  slaying  their  enemies  in  battle,  in  leaving  them 
unburied,  and  exposing  them  to  be  devoured  by  birds  and  wild 
beasts.     Whence  it  may  appear  what  a  wild  beast  man  is. 

909.  That /o?y/s  signify  his  intellectual,  and  heasts  his  volun- 
tary things,  which  are  of  the  internal  man ;  and  that  every 
reptile  creeping  upon  the  earth  signifies  the  like  corresponding- 
things  in  the  external  man,  may  appear  from  the  signification 
of  fowl,  as  given  above  (nos.  40,  776) ;  and  of  beast  (nos.  45,46, 
142,  143,  246) ;  for  the  reptile  creeping  refers  here  both  to 
fowl,  or  intellectual  things,  and  to  beast,  or  voluntary  things. 
The  most  ancient  people  called  sensual  things  and  corporeal 
pleasures  creeping  reptiles,  because  they  are  like  reptiles  creep- 
ing upon  the  earth.  They  also  compared  man's  body  to  the 
earth  or  ground ;  yea,  even  so  called  it,  as  in  the  present 
instance ;  where  by  the  earth  nothing  else  is  signified  but  the 
external  man.* 

911.  That  the  reptile  creeping  signifies  similar  corresponding 
things  in  the  external  man,  is,  because  the  externals  of  the 
regenerate  man  correspond  to  his  internals,  that  is,  shew  them- 
selves submissive  thereto.  Externals  are  reduced  to  submission 
when  man  is  regenerated,  for  he  then  becomes  an  image  of 
heaven.  Previous  to  his  regeneration,  however,  externals  rule 
over  internals,  and  then  he  is  an  image  of  hell.  Order  consists 
in  celestial  things  regulating  the  spiritual,  and  through  them 
the  natural,  and  lastly,  through  them,  the   corporeal.      But 

*  It  should  be  noted  that  there  is  no  no.  910  in  the  original  work,  owing  no 
doubt  to  a  slip  of  the  author's  during  composition.  The  same  explanation  will 
account  for  the  duplicating  of  a  number.  Where  this  occurs,  to  the  second 
number  we  make  the  addition  of  a  *. — Ed, 

348 


CHAPTEE  VIII.  17.  [912,  913. 

when  corporeal  and  natural  things  dominate  over  those  tliat 
are  spiritual  and  celestial,  order  is  destroyed,  and  man  becomes 
an  image  of  hell.  Hence  the  Lord  by  regeneration  restores 
man  to  order,  and  thus  produces  an  image  of  heaven ;  where- 
fore man  is  thus  drawn  out  of  hell  by  the  Lord,  and  raised  up 
to  heaven.  That  the  nature  of  the  correspondence  of  the  ^ 
external  man  with  the  internal  may  be  understood,  it  may  be 
briefly  stated,  that  every  regenerate  man  is,  as  it  were,  a  little 
heaven,  or  an  effigy,  or  image  of  the  universal  heaven;  and 
hence,  in  the  Word,  his  internal  man  is  called  a  heaven.  The 
order  of  heaven  is  such  that  the  Lord  through  celestial  things 
governs  spiritual,  and  through  these  the  natural ;  and  thus  he 
governs  the  universal  heaven  as  one  man,  wherefore  also 
lieaven  is  called  the  Greatest  Man.  This  order  likewise  has 
place  in  every  individual  who  is  in  heaven ;  and  when  it  is  the 
same  with  man,  he,  in  like  manner,  is  a  httle  heaven,  or,  in 
other  words,  a  kingdom  of  the  Lord  ;  for  the  Lord's  kingdom  is  in 
him.  Then  with  him,  in  like  manner,  as  in  heaven,  externals 
correspond  to  internals,  that  is,  they  are  obedient.  For  in 
the  heavens,  which  are  three,  and  which  together  represent  one 
man,  spirits  constitute  the  external  man,  angelic  spirits  the 
interior,  and  angels  the  inmost  (no.  459).  It  is  the  very  reverse  3 
with  those  who  make  life  to  consist  only  in  corporeal  tilings, 
or  in  lusts  and  pleasures ;  and  in  the  appetites  and  sensual 
things  ;  that  is,  who  perceive  no  delight  but  what  is  of  self-love 
and  the  love  of  the  world  ;  which  in  truth  is  only  hatred  towards 
all  who  do  not  favour  and  serve  them.  Inasmuch  as  witli  such 
persons  corporeal  and  natural  things  have  rule  over  everything 
spiritual  and  celestial,  there  is  not  only  no  correspondence  or 
obedience  of  the  external,  but  precisely  the  reverse,  Tims 
order  is  utterly  destroyed,  and  consequently  they  are  neces- 
sarily images  of  hell. 

912.  That  hring  forthwith  thee  signifies  their  state  of  liberty, 
is  manifest  from  what  was  said  (ver.  15)  about  going  forth  tuil 
of  the  ark,  as  denoting  liberty. 

913.  That  they  may  diffuse  themselves  over  the  earth  signifies 
the  operation  of  the  internal  man  upon  the  external;  that  thry 
may  be  f ruitf id  signiHes  an  increase  of  good;  and  that  t/iry  may 
multiply  signifies  an  increase  of  truth;  and  that  upon  the  earth 
signifies  in  the  external  man,  is  evident  from  the  serii-s  of  the 
events  treated  of;  and  also  from  what  has  been  said  before 
respecting  the  signification  of  being  fruitful,  in  the  WdhI.  as 
predicated  of  goods,  and  of  multiplying,  as  spoken  of  truths. 
That  the  earth  signifies  the  external  man,  has  in  like  niannrr 
been  shewn  before  ;  wherefore  there  is  no  need  to  dwell  on  the 
confirmation  of  these  things.  The  subject  hero  is  the oi.eration 
of  the  internal  man  upon  the  external  alter  nian  has  be.'.mie 
ref^enerate  ;  when  good  is  first  made  fruiLlul  and  truth  niulti- 


01 4,  915.]  GENESIS. 

plied,  the  external  man  being  reduced  to  correspondence  or  to 
obedience.  This  was  previously  impossible,  since  corporeal 
things  resist  what  is  good,  and  sensual  things,  what  is  true : 
the  former  extinguishing  the  love  of  good,  and  the  latter  the 
love  of  truth.  The  fructification  of  good  and  the  multiplication 
of  truth  take  place  in  the  external  man ;  the  fructification  of 
good  in  his  afiections,  and  the  multiplication  of  truth  in  his 
memory.  The  external  man  is  here  the  earth  over  which 
they  spread  themselves,  and  on  which  they  fructify  and 
multiply. 

914.  Verses  18,  19.  And  Noah  ivent  forth,  and  his  sons,  and 
his  wife,  and  his  so7is'  wives  with  him.  Everij  wild  least,  ever// 
reptile,  and  every  bird,  everything  creejnng  upon  the  earth,  accord- 
ing to  their  families,  went  forth  out  of  the  ark.  Went  forth 
signifies  that  it  was  so  done.  JVoah  and  his  sons  signify  the 
]\Ian  of  the  Ancient  Church.  His  tvife,  and  his  sons'  wives  rvifh 
him,  signify  the  Church  itself.  Uverg  taild  beast  and  every 
reptile  signify  its  goods  ;  wild  beast  being  the  goods  of  the  in- 
ternal, and  the  reptile  those  of  the  external  man.  Every  bird, 
everything  creeping  ujjoii  the  earth,  signify  truths  ;  the  bird,  the 
truths  of  the  internal,  and  everything  creeping  upon  the  earth, 
the  truths  of  the  external  man.  According  to  their  families 
signifies  pairs.  i\nd  went  forth  out  of  the  ark,  here,  as  before, 
that  it  was  so  done ;  and  at  the  same  time  a  state  of  liberty. 

915.  That  v:cnt  forth  signifies  that  it  was  so  done;  that 
JSoah  and  his  sons  signify  the  man  of  the  Ancient  Church ;  that 
his  vAfe,  and  his  sons'  wives,  signify  the  Church  itself,  is  evident 
from  the  series  of  things  related ;  which  is  such  as  to  imply 
that  thus  it  came  to  pass  with  the  Ancient  Church ;  tliis  being 
the  final  clause  of  the  description.  When  the  Church  is  de- 
scribed in  the  Word,  it  is  either  as  a  man  (vir)  and  wife,  or  as 
man  (homo)  and  wife.  If  as  a  man  {vir)  and  wife,  then  by  man 
is  signified  the  intellectual  part,  or  truth ;  and  by  wife,  the 
voluntary  part,  or  good.  But  if  it  be  described  as  man  (homo) 
and  wife,  then  by  man  is  signified  the  good  of  love,  or  love  ; 
and  by  wife,  the  truth  of  faith,  or  faith.  Thus  by  man  (homo) 
is  described  the  essential  of  the  Church,  and  by  wife,  the  Church 
itself;  as  may  be  seen  throughout  the  Word.  In  the  present 
instance,  as  the  subject  hitherto  treated  of  has  been  the  forma- 
tion of  the  Ancient  Church  during  the  destruction  of  the  Most 
Ancient,  therefore  by  Noah  and  his  sons  are  signified  the  man 
of  the  Ancient  Church ;  and  by  his  wife,  and  his  sons'  wives 
with  him,  that  Church  itself.  And  therefore  they  are  here 
mentioned  in  a  different  order  from  that  which  occurs  in  the 
preceding  verse  (ver,  16),  where  it  is  said,  Go  forth,  thou,  and. 
thy  wife,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy  so7is  wives  with  thee.  There  the 
words  thoit,  and  thy  vnfe,  are  coupled  together,  as  are  also  sovs, 
and  thy  sons'  ivives.     Thus  by  thou  and  sons  is  meant  truth  ; 

350 


cha[^tp:k  vui.  is,  id.  [dig. 

and  by  wife  and  sons  irivcs,  good.  But  here  they  are  mentioned 
in  a  different  order,  in  consequence,  as  has  been  stated,  of  Xoali 
and  his  sons  denoting  the  man  of  the  Church,  and  his  wife  and 
his  sons'  wives  the  Church  itself.  For  the  present  passage  is  a 
conclusion  to  the  preceding.  Xoah  did  not  constitut"e  the 
Ancient  Church,  but  his  sons,  Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth.as  was 
before  observed.  For  there  were  three  Churches,  as  it  were, 
which  formed  this  Ancient  Church,  of  which,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in  the  following  pages.  These 
Churches  came  into  existence  as  the  offspring  of  the  one  which 
was  called  Noah.  Hence  it  is  here  said,  thou  and  thy  sons, 
then  thy  wife  and  thy  sons'  wives. 

916.  That  evert/  wild  heast  and  ererf/  reptile  signify  his  goods  ; 
rinld  heast,  the  goods  of  the  internal  man,  and  reptile  those  of 
his  external:  and  that  every  bird,  and  everi/thinr/  ereeping  upon 
the  earth,  signify  truths ;  the  bird  being  the  truths  of  the  internal 
man,  and  creeping  thinr/  npon  tlie  earth,  the  truth  of  the  external 
man :  all  this  is  evident  from  what  was  said  and  shewn  in 
the  preceding  verse  respecting  wild  beast,  fowl,  and  creeping 
reptile.  They  were  there  called  the  reptile  creeping,  because 
they  signified  both  the  good  and  truth  of  the  external  man. 
Inasmuch  as  what  is  here  said  is  the  conclusion  of  what 
precedes,  those  things  which  are  of  the  Church,  namely,  it.s 
goods  and  truths,  are  adjoined;  by  which  also  is  indicated  the 
quality  of  the  Church,  namely,  that  it  was  spiritual ;  ami  that 
it  became  such  that  charity  or  good  was  its  chief.  Wherefore 
here  the  wild  beast  and  the  reptile  are  first  mentioned  ;  and 
afterwards  the  bird  and  creeping  thing.  A  Church  is  said 
to  be  spiritual  when  it  acts  from  charity,  or  from  the  good  of 
charity.  But  it  is  never  so  named  when  it  says  that  it  has  faith 
without  charity.  Then,  indeed,  it  is  not  even  a  Church.  For 
what  is  the  doctrine  of  faitli  unless  it  be  the  doctrine  of  charity  i 
And  to  what  purpose  is  the  doctrine  of  faith,  but  tliat  men  should 
become  such  as  they  are  taught?  When  men  know  and  think 
according  to  doctrine,  there  the  Church  rnai/  be ;  but  where  men 
act  according  to  doctrine,  there  alone  the  Church  is.  Hence  the 
spiritual  Church,  or,  what  is  the  same,  the  man  of  the  Church, 
first  becomes  a  Church  when  it  acts  from  charity,  which  is.  indee»l. 
the  very  doctrine  itself  of  faith.  The  (,'ommiindm<'nts  were 
given  that  men  might  live  according  to  tliem  ;  not  merely  Hint 
they  might  be  acquainted  with  th(;m.  For  then  man  has  the 
Lord's  kingdom  within  him ;  which  consists  solely  in  mutual 
love,  and  the  happiness  therefrom.  They  who  sej.arale  faith 
from  charity,  and  jdace  salvation  in  faith  without  the  good.s  (.f 
charity,  are  Cainites,  who  slay  their  brother  Ahcl,  that  is  lo 
say,  charitv.  And  they  are  like  l)inls  which  hover  al»r)ut  a 
carcase.  For  such  faitli  is  a  bird  ;  and  a  man  witlw.ut  ehsinty 
is  a  dead  body.     Thus  also  they  form  to  themselves  a  spunoiiH 


917,  918.]  GENESIS. 

conscience,  which  allows  them  to  live  like  devils,  hating  and 
persccutin<T  their  neighbour,  and  spending  their  whole  lives  in 
atlultcries,  and  yet  to  expect  to  be  saved,  as  it  is  well  known 
many  do  in  the  Christian  world.  What  can  be  more  agreeable 
lor  inen  to  hear  and  be  persuaded  of,  than  that  they  may  live 
like  wikl  beasts,  and  nevertheless  be  saved  ?  But  the  very 
Gentiles  perceive  the  falsity  of  such  a  notion  ;  and  many  of 
them,  in  consequence  of  observing  the  misconduct  of  Christians, 
hold  their  doctrines  in  abhorrence.  The  nature  of  such  a  faith 
is  also  evident  from  the  fact,  that  nowhere  do  people  conduct 
themselves  more  abominably  than  among  Christians. 

917.  That  according  to  their  families  signifies  pairs,  is  evident 
from  what  has  been  said  before  respecting  the  clean  beasts 
entering  into  the  ark  by  sevens,  and  the  unclean  by  twos 
(chap.  vii.  2,  3,  15).  But  it  is  here  said  that  they  went  forth 
according  to  their  families,  and  not  by  sevens  and  by  twos  ; 
because  all  things  were  now  so  reduced  to  order  by  the  Lord 
as  to  represent  families.  With  the  regenerate  man,  goods  and 
truths,  or  all  things  belonging  to  charity  and  faith,  have  a 
mutual  relationship  each  to  the  other,  like  the  consanguinities 
and  relationships  of  families  derived  from  a  common  parent. 
It  is  thus  likewise  in  heaven  (no.  685) ;  this  being  the  order 
into  which  goods  and  truths  are  reduced  by  the  Lord.  This 
passage  signifies,  in  particular,  that  each  and  every  good  re- 
gards its  own  truth  as  if  conjoined  in  a  marriage.  As  charity 
in  general  regards  faith,  so  in  every  particular  instance  good 
regards  truth.  For  the  general,  unless  it  exists  from  the 
particular,  is  not  general.  The  general  has  its  existence  from 
particulars,  and  from  these  is  called  general.  Thus  it  is,  for 
example,  with  every  individual  man.  Whatever  be  his  general 
character,  such  he  is  as  to  the  minutest  affections  and  ideas,  of 
which  and  by  which  his  general  character  is  composed.  Where- 
fore those  who  are  regenerated  become,  in  the  minutest  parti- 
culars, such  as  they  are  in  general. 

918.  That  to  go  forth  out  of  the  ark  involves  a  state  of 
liberty,  was  shewn  just  above  when  explaining  a  similar  ex- 
pression (ver.  16).  The  nature  of  the  liberty  of  the  spiritual 
man  is  manifest  from  this  consideration,  that  he  is  ruled  by  a 
conscience  derived  from  the  Lord.  He  who  is  ruled  by  con- 
science, in  other  words,  he  who  acts  according  to  conscience, 
acts  freely.  Nothing  is  more  repugnant  to  such  a  person  than 
to  act  asjainst  it.  This  would  be  as  hell  to  him.  On  the  other 
hand,  to  act  as  conscience  dictates  is  as  heaven.  Hence  every 
one  may  see  that  this  is  freedom.  The  Lord  rules  the  spiritual 
man  by  a  conscience  of  what  is  good  and  true,  which,  as  was 
previously  observed,  is  formed  in  his  intellectual  part,  and  is 
thus  separated  from  his  voluntary  things.  This  is  an  evident 
proof  that  man  never  does  anything  good  of  himself.      That 

352 


CHAPTEK  VIII.  20.  [910,  920. 

every  truth  of  faith  is  from  the  good  of  faith,  may  be  seen  also 
from  the  fact  that  man  never  thinks  anything  true  of  himself, 
hut  from  the  Lord  alone.  For  although  he  seems  to  think  from' 
himself,  this  is  only  an  appearance;  as  the  truly  spiritual  man, 
therefore,  acknowledges  and  believes.  Hence  it  is  evident  that 
the  conscience,  wherewith  the  spiritual  man  is  gifted  bv  the 
Lord,  is  as  it  were  a  new  will ;  and  thus  that  the*  man  who  is 
created  anew  is  endued  with  a  new  will,  and  thereby  with  a 
new  understanding. 

919.  Verse  20.  And  Noah  huildcd  an  altar  to  Jehovah,  and 
took  of  every  clean  least,  and  of  every  clean  bird,  and  offered 
whole  burnt-qfcrings  upon  the  altar.  The  altar  huilt  hy  Noah  to 
Jehovah  is  a  representative  of  the  Lord.  He  took  of  every  clean 
heast,  and  of  every  clean  bird,  signifies  the  goods  of  charity  and 
faith.  And  offered  whole  burnt-offerings  upon  the  altar  signifies 
all  the  worship  thence. 

920.  In  this  verse  is  described  the  worship  of  the  Ancient 
Church  in  general,  the  altar  and  whole  burnt-offering  being  the 
principal  things  in  all  representative  worship.  Before  we 
proceed  to  their  consideration,  however,  it  will  be  expedient  to 
shew  the  nature  of  the  worship  in  the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church, 
and  thence  how  the  worship  of  the  Lord  by  representatives  had 
its  rise.  The  man  of  the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church  offered  no  other 
than  internal  worship,  such  as  there  is  in  heaven ;  for  with  them 
heaven  so  communicated  with  man  that  they  made  a  one.  This 
communication  was  the  perception  of  which  so  much  has  been 
said  above.  Accordingly,  inasmuch  as  they  were  angelic,  they 
were  internal  men.  They  were,  indeed,  sensible  of  the  external 
objects  relating  to  their  bodies  and  the  M'orld,  but  they  did  not 
care  for  them.  In  each  single  object  of  sense  they  ]ierceived 
something  Divine  and  heavenly.  Thus,  for  example,  when 
they  looked  npon  any  high  mountain,  they  did  not  perceive  the 
idea  of  a  mountain,  but  of  height ;  and  from  height  they  had  a 
perception  of  heaven  and  the  Lord.  Hence  it  came  to  ]iass  that 
the  Lord  was  said  to  dwell  on  high ;  and  that  He  Himself  was 
called  the  Highest  and  the  ]\Iost  Exalted  ;  and  that  the  worship 
of  the  Lord  was  subsequently  solemnized  on  mountains.  And 
so  with  other  things.  Thus,  when  tliey  perceived  the  morning. 
it  was  not  the  morning  itself  of  the  day  tliat  they  jjerceived, 
but  the  heavenly  morning,  which  is  the  image  of  the  dawn  and 
morning  in  the  mind  ;  hence  the  Lord  was  called  tlie  Morninff. 
the  Uast  (Oriens),  and  the  Day-spriny  (Aurora).  1  n  like  mann<'r. 
when  they  beheld  a  tree,  with  its  fruit  and  leaves,  these  they 
cared  nothing  for;  bnt  saw  in  them  man,  as  it  were,  repre- 
sented; in  the  fruit,  his  love  and  charity;  and  in  the  leaveK. 
his  faith.  Hence  also  the  man  of  the  Church  was  iiot  only 
compared  to  a  tree  and  a  paradise,  and  the  things  in  nian  to 
fruit  and  leaves,  but  they  were  likewise  so  called.     Such  are 

VOL.  I.  Z  ^''^^ 


020.]  GENESIS. 

-  they  who  are  in  heavenly  and  angelic  ideas.  Every  one  may 
know  the  fact,  that  all  particular  impressions,  thus  all  im- 
pressions from  the  ohjects  of  the  senses — as  well  such  as  affect 
the  eye  as  those  that  impress  the  ear — are  ruled  by  the  one 
general  idea,  so  that  the  attention  is  not  given  to  the  objects 
themselves,  except  so  far  as  they  flow  into  the  general  idea  of 
them.  Thns,  if  the  mind  be  joyful,  whatever  is  heard  or  seen 
ajypears  smiling  and  happy ;  but  if  it  be  affected  witli  sorrow, 
I  lien  whatever  is  heard  or  seen  appears  sad  and  painful.  So 
also  it  is  in  other  cases.  For  the  general  affection  flowing  into 
particulars  modifies  them  into  accordance  with  itself.  Other 
things  do  not  even  appear,  but  are  as  if  they  were  absent,  or 
were  counted  for  nothing.  This  was  the  state  of  the  man  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Church.  Whatever  he  saw  with  his  eyes 
gave  rise  to  some  heavenly  idea ;  and  thns  with  him  all  things, 
both  in  general  and  in  particular,  were  as  if  they  were  living. 
Hence  it  may  appear  that  his  Divine  worship  was  exclusively 

3  internal,  and  in  no  respect  external.  When,  however,  the 
Church  was  on  the  decline,  as  with  his  posterity,  and  when 
their  perception  or  commnnication  with  heaven  began  to  cease, 
then  another  state  of  things  commenced.  Men  no  longer 
perceived  i'rom  the  objects  of  sense  what  was  heavenly,  bnt 
what  was  worldly,  and  this  in  proportion  to  the  diminution  of 
their  perception ;  until,  at  length,  in  the  last  posterity  immedi- 
ately preceding  the  flood,  they  recognised  nothing  in  objects  of 
the  senses  but  what  was  worldly,  corporeal,  and  terrestrial. 
Thus  heaven  became  separated  from  man,  he  ceasing  to  have 
any  but  the  remotest  communication  therewith ;  and,  at  the 
same  time,  communication  being  opened  with  hell,  he  derived 
thence  his  general  idea — that  which,  as  was  observed,  modifies 
every  particular  impression.  In  this  state,  when  any  heavenly 
idea  presented  itself,  it  was  as  nothing  to  them  ;  so  that  at 
length  they  w^ere  unwilling  even  to  allow  that  anything  spiritual 
and    celestial   existed.      Thus    the   condition  of  man   became 

4  changed,  yea,  inverted.  Inasmuch  as  the  Lord  foresaw  that 
this  would  be  the  state  of  man,  it  was  provided  that  the 
doctrinals  of  faith  should  be  preserved,  in  order  that  he  might 
know  thereby  what  was  celestial  and  what  spiritual.  Those 
who  were  called  Cain,  and  also  those  who  were  called  Enoch, 
of  whom  mention  was  made  above,  collected  doctrinal  truths 
from  the  men  of  the  ]\Iost  Ancient  Church.  Wherefore  it  is 
said  of  Cain  (chap.  iv.  15  ;  nos.  393,  394),  that  a  mark  was  set 
i(pon  him,  lest  any  one  sliould  slay  him ;  and  of  Enoch  (chap. 
V.  24 ;  nos.  520,  521),  that  he  vms  taken  hy  God.  These  doctrinals 
consisted  solely  in  the  significative,  and  thus,  as  it  were,  enig- 
matical representations  of  terrestrial  objects.  Thus  they  taught 
that  mountains,  morning,  and  the  east,  signified  heavenly  things, 
and  the  Lord ;   and  trees  of  various  kinds,  with  their  fruits. 


CHAPTER  YIII.  20. 


[921. 


denoted  man,  and  what  is  heaveidy  in  liim ;  and  so  with  oilier 
things.  Such  were  the  doctnnals"'collccted  from  the  signiticat- 
ives  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  also  imparted  a  similar 
character  to  their  writings.  And  because  they  admired  what 
was  Divine  and  heavenly  in  such  things,  and  seemed  to  them- 
selves even  to  behold  them,  and  because  thev  admired  them 
also  for  their  anticiuity,  their  worship  from'like  thinijs  was 
begun  and  permitted.  This  was  the  origin  of  their  worshipping 
upon  mountains,  in  groves,  and  in  the  midst  of  trees,  and  oi 
their  erecting  statues  in  the  open  air;  until  at  length  they 
built  altars,  and  olfered  whole  burnt-ofterings,  which  afterwards 
became  the  principal  things  in  all  worsiiip.  This  mode  of 
Avorship,  as  well  as  many  other  customs,  which  began  in  the 
Ancient  Church,  and  passed  thence  to  their  posterity,  and  to 
all  the  surrounding  nations,  will,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
be  treated  of  hereafter. 

921.  That  the  altar  huilt  hj  Noah  to  Jeliovah  is  a  representat- 
ive of  the  Lord,  may  be  seen  from  what  has  been  just  now 
stated.  All  the  rites,  both  of  the  Ancient  and  of  the  Jewish 
Church,  were  representative  of  the  Lord.  But  the  princi])al  re- 
presentatives in  later  times  were  the  altar  and  the  \yhole  burnt- 
offering,  which,  in  consequence  of  consisting  of  clean  beasts  and 
birds,  represented  whatever  they  signified ;  the  clean  boasts 
denoting  the  goods  of  charity,  and  the  clean  birds  the  truths  of 
faith.  These,  when  offered  in  the  Ancient  Church,  signilied  that 
from  charity  and  faith  they  offered  gifts  to  the  Lord.  For 
nothing  else  could  be  offered  to  the  Lord  which  would  be  grate- 
ful to  Him.  Their  posterity,  however,  as  well  Gentile  as  Jewish, 
perverted  these  rituals — not  even  knowing  that  sueli  things 
were  signified — and  placed  worship  only  in  tlie  external  cere- 
monies. That  the  altar  was  a  principal  rejjresentative  of  the 
Lord,  is  evident  also  from  this  consideration,  that  before  other 
rites  were  instituted,  and  before  the  ark  was  constructed,  or  the 
temple  built,  there  were  altars  even  among  tlie  Gentiles.  It  is 
related  of  Abraham,  that  when  he  came  to  the  mountain  on  IIk; 
east  of  Bethel,  he  erected  an  altar,  and  called  on  the  name  of 
Jehovah  (Gen.  xii.  8) ;  and  that  lie  was  commanded  to  offer  n|> 
Isaac  as  a  burnt-offering  on  an  altar  (Gen.  xxii.  2,  9).  Jt  is  also 
recorded  that  Jacob  built  an  altar  at  Luz,  or  15etlu'l  ((Ji-n. 
XXXV.  6,  7) ;  and  that  Moses  Ijuilt  an  altar  on  Mount  Sinai,  and 
sacrificed  thereon  (Exod.  xxiv.  4-G);  all  which  was  antecculenl 
to  the  institution  of  sacrifices,  and  the  construction  of  the  ark, 
in  which  worship  was  afterwards  i)erformed  in  the  wilderness. 
It  is  likewise  clear  that  there  were  altars  amon^'  the  Gentiles, 
from  what  is  related  of  Balaam,  that  he  said  to  I'.aiak,  "  linild 
me  here  seven  altars,  and  prepare  me  here  .sv?v »,  oxen,  and  snni 
rams"  (Num.  xxiii.  1-7,14-18,  29,30);  also  from  theeomnnuMl 
to  destroy  their  altars  (Deut.  vii.  5 ;  Judg.  ii.  2).     AVheidoro 


0>)0 


022.]  GEXESIS. 

it  is  jilain  that  Divine  worship  by  altars  and  sacrifices  was  no 
new  institution,  conlinetl  to  tlie  Jews.  Yea,  altars  were  erected 
as  memorials,  before  men  had  any  notion  of  sacrificing  oxen  and 

3  sheep  upon  them.  That  altars  signify  a  representative  of  the 
Lord,  and  whole  burnt-olferings  His  worship  from  them,  appears 
plainly  from  the  prophets.  As  also  from  Moses,  where  it  is 
saitl  of  Levi,  to  whom  the  priesthood  belonged :  "  They  shall 
teach  Jacob  Thy  judgments,  and  Israel  Thy  law ;  they  shall 
put  incense  in  Thy  nostrils,  and  a  ivliolc  lurnt-sacrijice  upon 
Thine  altar"  (Deut.  xxxiii.  10).  This  denotes  all  worship. 
For  teaching  Jacob  judgments,  and  Israel  a  lata,  denotes  internal 
worship  ;  and  jy^tting  incense  in  the  nostrils,  and  a  whole  hurnt- 
saerifice  ujjoyi  the  altar,  denotes  corresponding  external  worship  ; 
thus  it  denotes  all  worship.  In  Isaiah  :  "  At  that  day  shall  a 
man  look  to  his  Maker,  and  his  eyes  shall  have  respect  to  the 
Holy  One  of  Israel;  and  he  shall  not  look  to  altars,  the  work 
of  his  hands  "  (xvii.  7,  8).  Here  to  look  to  altars  plainly  signifies 
representative  worship  in  general,  which  was  about  to  be 
abolished.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  In  that  day  shall  there  be 
an  (dtar  to  Jehovah  in  the  midst  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  a 
pillar  at  the  border  thereof  to  Jehovah  "  (xix.  19).     Here  also 

4  ATI  a/^«r  denotes  external  worship.  In  Jeremiah:  "The  Lord 
hath  cast  off  His  altar,  He  hath  abhorred  His  sanctuary"  (Lam. 
ii.  7).  Here  the  cdtar  is  put  for  representative  worship,  which 
had  become  idolatrous.  In  Hosea  :  "  Ephraim  hath  made  many 
altars  to  sin;  altars  shall  be  unto  him  to  sin  "  (viii.  11).  Here 
altars  denote  all  representative  worship  separate  from  what  is 
internal,  consequently  they  denote  idolatrous  worship.  In 
the  same  prophet :  "  The  high  places  also  of  Aven,  the  sin  of 
Israel,  shall  be  destroyed,  the  thorn  and  the  thistle  shall  come 
up  on  their  altars  "  (x.  8),  Here  also  altars  denote  idolatrous 
worship.  In  Amos  :  "  In  the  day  that  I  shall  visit  the  trans- 
gressions of  Israel  upon  him,  I  will  also  visit  the  altars  of 
Bethel,  and  the  horns  of  the  cdtar  shall  be  cut  off"  (iii.  14). 
Here  cdtars  also  are  types  of  what  was  representative  rendered 

5  idolatrous.  In  David  :  "  Let  them  bring  me  unto  Thy  holy  hill, 
and  to  Thy  tabernacles.  Then  will  I  go  unto  the  altar  of  God, 
unto  God  the  joy  of  my  exaltation  "  (Psalm  xliii.  3,  4).  Here 
the  altar  plainly  denotes  the  Lord.  Thus  the  construction  of 
an  altar  in  the  Ancient  and  in  the  Jewish  Church  was  on 
account  of  its  being  a  representative  of  the  Lord.  Because 
the  worship  of  the  Lord  was  chiefly  performed  by  sacrifices  and 
whole  burnt-offerings,  and  thus  these  chiefly  signified  repre- 
sentative worship,  it  appears  that  the  altar  itself  was  also 
representative. 

922.  That  he  took  of  every  clean  heast,  and  of  every  clean  lird, 
signifies  the  goods  of  charity  and  the  truths  of  faith,  has  been 
shewn  before.    That  the  beast  signifies  the  goods  of  charity  (nos. 
356 


CHAPTER  VIII.  20.  [022. 

45, 46, 142, 143,  246) ;  and  the  birds,  the  truths  of  faith  (uos.  40, 
776).  Whole  burnt-offerings  consisted  of  oxen,  lambs,  goats, 
and  turtle-doves  or  young  pigeons  (Lev.  i.  3-17  :  Num.  xv.  2- 
15  ;  xxviii.).  All  the  beasts  were  clean,  and  each  denoted 
something  specific.  And  as  they  were  all  significative  iu  the 
Ancient  Churcli,  and  representative  iu  those  which  succeeded, 
it  is  evident  that  whole  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices  were 
nothing  but  representatives  of  internal  worship;  becoming, 
when  separated  from  internal  worship,  idolatrous.  This  must 
be  plain  to  every  one  of  sound  reason.  For  what  is  an  altar 
but  a  X'ile  of  stones  ?  And  a  burnt-offering  and  sacrifice,  but  the 
slaughter  of  beasts  ?  And  this  can  be  subservient  to  Divine 
worship  only  when  representing  something  heavenly  that  is 
known  and  acknowledged,  and  from  which  He  whom  these 
objects  represent  is  worshipped.  That  they  were  representatives  '■ 
of  the  Lord,  none  can  be  ignorant  but  such  as  are  unwilling  to 
understand  anything  concerning  Him  ;  and  that  the  internal 
principles  from  which  He  is  to  be  regarded,  acknowledged,  and 
believed,  are  charity  and  faith,  is  clear  from  the  prophets.  As 
from  Jeremiah :  "  Thus  saifch  Jehovah  of  hosts,  the  Clod  of 
Israel,Put  your  burnt-offerings  unto  your  sacrifices, and  eat  Hesh; 
for  I  spake  not  unto  your  fathers,  nor  commanded  them,  iu  the 
day  that  I  brought  them  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  conccrniiKj 
hiirnt-offerinr/s  and  sacrifices ;  but  this  thing  commanded  I  them, 
saying,  Ohcy  My  voice,  and  I  will  be  your  God"  (vii.  2l-2."5). 
To  liear  or  ohcy  tlic  voice  is  to  obey  the  law,  tlie  whole  of  which 
has  relation  to  the  single  Commandment,  that  men  shouhl  hive 
God  above  all  things  and  the  neighbour  as  themselves ;  for  (Ui 
these  hang  the  law  and  the  prophets  (Matt.  xxii.  35-40 ;  yii. 
12).  In  David:  " Sacrifice  avid  off criny  Thou  didst  not  desire, 
whole  bitrnt-ofcring  and  sin-offeriny  hccst  Thou  not  required.  I 
delight  to  do  Thy  will,  0  my  God;  yea.  Thy  law  is  in  the 
nud'st  of  my  bowels  "(Psalm  xh  6,  8).  So  in  Samuel,  wiio  said 
to  Saul,  "Hath  Jehovah  deliyht  in  whole  burnt-offrri/iys  and 
sacrifices,  as  in  ohcyiny  the  voice  of  Jehovah  ?■  Behold,  ^  to  ohey 
is  better  than  sacrifice,  and  to  hearken,  than  the  iiit  of  rani.s  " 
(1  Sam.  XV.  22).  What  is  meant  by  obeying  the  voice,  ajtpears 
from  Micah  :  "Shall  I  come  before  Jehovah  with  whole  humt- 
offerings,  with  calves,  sons  of  a  year  ?  ^^'ill  Jehovah  he  ])loase(l 
with  thousands  of  rams,  or  with  ten  thousands  of  rivers  ol  nil? 
He  hath  shewed  thee,  0  man,  what  is  good  ;  and  what  dotli 
dehovah  require  of  thee,  but  to  do  justly  and  to  love  „irny  n\ul 
humble  thyself  by  walking  with  thy  (iod  ?"  (vi.  C-.S).  I  h-hu 
are  the  things  signified  l)y  whole  burnt-olTcrings  and  Nicnliccs 
of  clean  beasts  and  bird.s.  In  Amos:  "Though  ye  oH.t  Mc 
whole  bumf -offer  in  fjs,  and  your  ofrinys,  I  wdl  not  arcept  them 
neither  will  I  regard  the  i)eacc-olf.'rings  of  your  fat  ln'a.sl.s.  Ixit 
jadyoicnt  nm  down  as  waters,  i\w\jusliee  as  a  mighty  stream 


923-925.]  GENESIS. 

(V.  22,  24).  Judfjmcnt  is  what  is  true,  ^wdi  justice  is  what  is  good. 
Both  are  from  charity ;  and  are  the  whole  burnt-offeriugs  and 
sacrifices  of  tlie  internal  man.  In  Hosea :  "  /  desire  mercy,  mid 
not  sacrijicc,  and  the  knowledge  of  God  rather  than  whole  hurnt- 
offerings"  (vi.  6).  From  these  passages  it  is  evident  what 
sacrifices  and  wliole  l)urnt-ofrerings  are  when  there  is  no  charity 
and  faith ;  and  also,  that  clean  beasts  and  clean  birds  repre- 
sented and  signified  tlie  goods  of  charity  and  faith. 

923.  That  he  offered  vrlwle  hurnt  -  offerings  ui^on  the  altar 
signifies  all  worship  from  them,  is  evident  from  what  has  been 
already  said.  "Whole  burnt-ofl'erings  were  the  principal  things 
of  the  worship  of  the  representative  Church ;  so  afterwards 
were  sacrifices,  of  which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy, 
something  will  be  said  in  the  following  pages.  That  whole 
burnt-offerings  in  the  aggregate  signify  representative  worship, 
appears  also  from  the  prophets;  as  in  David:  "Jehovah  will 
send  thy  lielp  from  the  sanctuary,  and  will  strengthen  thee  out 
of  Zion ;  He  will  remember  all  thy  offerings,  and  accept  thy 
u^hole  hurnt-offh'ings  "  (Psalm  xx.  1-3).  And  in  Isaiah :  "  Every 
one  that  keepeth  the  Sabbath,  from  polluting  it,  them  Mill  I 
bring  to  the  mountain  of  My  holiness ;  their  vshole  liurnt- 
offerings  and  their  sacrifices  shall  be  well-pleasing  upon  ]\Iine 
cdtar"  (Ivi.  6,  7).  Here  whole  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices 
stand  for  all  worship ;  whole  burnt-offerings,  for  worship  from 
love  ;  and  sacrifices,  for  worship  from  tlie  faith  therefrom.  As 
is  usual  with  the  prophets,  internal  things  are  here  described 
by  external. 

924.  Verse  21.  And  Jehovah  sracllcd  an  odour  of  rest;  and. 
Jehohah  said  in  His  heart,  I  will  not  again  any  more  curse  tlie 
ground  for  man's  sake,  because  the  fashion  of  man  s  heart  is  evil' 
from  his  childhood ;  neither  vjill  I  again  smite  every  living  thing, 
as  I  liave  done.  Jehovah  snielled  an  odour  of  rest  signifies  that 
the  worship  thence  was  grateful  to  the  Lord.  Aiid  Jehovah  said 
in  His  heart  signifies  that  it  would  be  so  no  Ioniser  /  ivill  not 
again  any  more  curse  the  ground  signifies  that  man  Avould  no 
longer  thus  turn  himself  away.  For  man's  sake  signifies,  as  the 
man  of  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  had  done. 
Because  the  fashion  of  man's  heart  is  evil  from  his  childhood, 
signifies  that  man's  voluntary  part  is  altogether  evil.  Neither 
'u;ill  I  again  smite  every  living  thing,  as  I  have  done,  signifies 
that  man  would  no  longer  be  able  thus  to  destroy  himself. 

925.  That  Jehovah  smelled  an  odour  of  rest  signifies  that 
worship  thence — namely,  worship  from  charity  and  from  the 
faith  of  charity,  which  is  signified  by  a  whole  burnt-offering — 
was  grateful  to  the  Lord,  was  stated  in  the  verse  immediately 
preceding.  It  is  frequently  said  in  the  Word  that  Jehovah 
smelled  an  odour  of  rest,  especially  when  speaking  of  whole 
burnt-offerings ;  and  everywhere   it  signifies  what  is  grateful 

358 


CHAPTER  VIII.  21. 


[925, 


and  acceptable.    It  is  said  that  He  smelled  an  odour  of  rest  from 
burnt-ofterings  (in  Exod.  xxix.  18,  25,  41;  Lev.  i.  9,  13,  17; 
xxiii.  12,  13,  18  ;  Num.  xxviii.  6,  8,  13  ;  xxix.  2,  G,  s]  13,' 3G); 
and  from  other  sacrifices  (in  Lev.  ii.  2,  9  ;  vi.  15,  21 ;  viii.  21 
28  ;  Num.  xv.  3,  7,  13).     They  are  said  to  be  made  by  tire,  for 
an  odour  of  rest  to  Jehovah,  to  signify  that  they  were  i'rom  love 
and  charity.     Eire,  in  the  Word,  and  what  is  kindled  with  tire, 
when  predicated  of  the  Lord,  and  of  His  worship,  signifies  love. 
Bread   has   likewise   a   similar   signification.    AYirerefore   tlie 
representative  worship  by  whole  burnt-offerings  and  sacrifices 
is  also  called  the  bread  of  the  offering  made  by  fire  unto  Jehovali. 
for  an  odour  of  rest  (Lev.  iii.  11, 16).     The  reason  why  an  odour  ^ 
signifies  what  is  gratefid  and  acceptable,  and  so  in  the  Jewish 
Church  was  alsorepresentativeof  whatisgrateful,and  is  attributed 
to  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  is,  because  the  good  of  charity,  and  the 
truth  of  faith  from  charity,  correspond  to  sweet  and  delightful 
odours.     The  existence  of  the  correspondence  itself,  and  it.s 
nature,  may  appear  from  the  spheres  in  the  heaven  of  spirits 
and  of  angels.     There  are  spheres  of  love  and  of  faith,  which 
are  manifestly  perceived;  and  they  are  such,  that  when  a  good 
spirit  or  angel  approaches,  or  a  society  of  good  spirits  or  angels, 
as  often  as  it  pleases  the  Lord,  it  is  instantly  perceived  what 
is  the  quality  of  the  spirit,  or  angel,  or  society,  as  to  love  and 
faith ;  and  this  even  from  afar,  but  still  more  as  they  become 
more  nearly  present.     This  may  appear  incredible,  yet  still  it  is 
most  true.     .Such  is  the  communication,  and  such  the  percep- 
tion, wdiich  prevail  in  the  other  life.     And  hence,  when  it  so 
pleases  the  Lord,  there  is  no  need  of  much  examination  to 
discover  what  is  the  quality  of  a  soul,  or  spirit ;  for  this  may 
be  known  at  the  first  approach.     To  these  spheres  the  spheres  of 
odours  in  the  world  correspond.     The  correspondence  is  evident 
from  the  fact  that  the  spheres  of  love  and  of  faith  in  the  world 
of  spirits,  when  it  pleases  the  Lord,  are  manifestly  changed  into 
spheres  of  svveet  and  delightful  odours,  wliich  are  plainly  i)er- 
ceived.     From  these  considerations  it  may  now  appear  wheiici; , 
and  wherefore  an  odour  of  rest  signilies  what  is  grateful,  and  is 
attributed  to  Jehovah  or  the  Lord,  and  why  an  odour  wa.s  made 
a  representative  in  the  Jewish  Church.     An  odour  of  rest  is  an 
odour  of  peace,  or  a  grateful  sense  of  peace.    I'eace  in  one.  com- 
plex comprehends  all  things,  in  general  and  in  particular,  which 
belong  to  the  Lord's  kingdom ;  for  the  state  of  the  Lord's  kini^dom 
is  a  state  of  peace.     In  a  state  of  peace,  all  the  hapj.y  staU-s 
exist,  from  love  and  faith  in  the  Lord.     From  what  has  now 
been   said,  it  may  be  seen,  not  only  how  tin-  ease  is  with 
representatives,  but  also  why  incense  was  employed  in  1  he  .Icwish 
Church,  for  which  there  was  an  altar  before  the  vcd  and  t ho 
mercy-seat  ;  why  there  were  oblations  of  frankinccns.'  in  Ik? 
sacrifices;    and  why  there  were  so  many  spices  ns.-d  in  IIk; 


02G.  027.]  GENESIS. 

incense,  in  the  frankincense,  and  in  the  anointing  oil;  thus, 
uluit  an  odour  ol'  rest,  incense,  and  spices,  signities  in  the  Word, 
iiiiniely,  the  celestial  things  of  love,  and  the  spiritual  things  of 
faith  therefrom,  and  in  general  whatever  is  grateful  proceeding 
from  love  and  faith.  As  in  K/ekiel :  "  In  the  mountain  of  My 
holiness,  in  the  mtiuntain  of  the  height  of  Israel,  there  shall 
all  the  house  of  Israel,  all  of  them  in  the  land,  serve  Me ;  there 
will  I  account  them  accepted  ;  and  there  v.ill  I  require  your 
oflerings,  and  the  first-fruits  of  your  oblations,  in  all  your 
sanctifications,  through  an  odour  of  rest  will  I  account  you 
accepted "  (xx.  40,  41).  Here  an  odour  of  rest  is  predicated 
of  whole  burnt- oflerings  and  oblations  ;  that  is,  of  worship  from 
charity  and  its  faith,  which  is  signified  by  whole  burnt-olferings 
and  oblations.  And  hence  it  was  accepted ;  which  is  denoted 
by  their  odour.  In  Amos  :  "  I  hate,  I  despise  your  feasts,  and 
/  win  not  smell  the  odour  in  your  solemn  assemblies.  Though 
ye  offer  Me  whole  burnt-offerings  and  your  offerings,  /  ivill  not 
accept  them"  (v.  21,  22).  Here  it  is  plain  that  an  odour  signi- 
fies to  be  grateful  or  acceptable.  Concerning  Isaac's  blessing 
Jacob,  instead  of  Esau,  it  is  written  :  "  And  Jacob  came  near, 
and  Isaac  kissed  him,  and  smelled  the  odour  of  his  garments,  and 
blessed  him,  and  said,  See,  the  smell  of  my  son  is  as  the  smell  of 
a  field  which  Jehovah  hath  blessed "  (Gen.  xxvii.  27).  The 
odour  of  the  garments  signifies  natural  good  and  truth,  which 
is  grateful  on  account  of  its  agreement  with  celestial  and 
spiritual  good  and  truth  ;  the  gratefulness  of  which  is  described 
by  the  odour  of  a  field. 

926.  That  Jehovah  said  in  His  heart  signifies  that  it  would 
be  so  no  longer,  is  evident  from  what  follows.  When  it  is  pre- 
dicated of  Jehovah  that  He  says,  nothing  else  is  meant  than  that 
so  it  is  or  is  not,  or  that  so  it  is  done  or  is  not.  For  nothing  else 
can  be  said  of  Jehovah  but  that  HE  IS.  The  things  which  are 
predicated  of  Jehovah  throughout  the  Word,  are  spoken  in 
accommodation  to  those  who  are  able  to  comprehend  nothing 
except  by  means  of  such  things  as  are  with  man.  Wherefore 
the  sense  of  the  letter  is  such  as  we  find  it.  The  simple  in 
heart  may  be  instructed  by  the  appearances  with  man.  For 
they  scarcely  go  beyond  the  knowledges  derived  from  sensual 
things.  Wherefore  the  manner  of  speaking  in  the  Word  is 
adapted  to  their  apprehension.  Accordingly  it  is  here  stated 
that  Jehovah  saAd  in  His  heart. 

927.  That  /  will  not  again  any  more  curse  the  ground  for 
mans  salce,  signifies  that  man  would  no  longer  thus  turn  him- 
self away,  as  the  man  of  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient 
Church  had  done,  is  evident  from  what  has  been  said  before 
concerning  the  posterity  of  that  Church.  That  to  curse,  in  the 
internal  sense,  signifies  to  turn  away  one's  self,  may  be  seen 
above  (nos.  223,  245).     How  the  case  is  with  these  things,  and 

oGO 


CHAPTEli  YIII.  21.  [928,  929. 

with  what  follows,  namely,  that  man  would  no  longer  thus 
turn  himself  away  like  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient\'hureh, 
and  that  he  would  no  longer  be  able  to  destroy  himself,  may 
also  appear  from  what  has  been  said  before  concerning  the 
posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  who  perished,  and  con- 
cerning the  new  Church  called  Noah.  It  was  shewn  that  the 
man  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  such  that  the  will  and 
the  understanding  with  him  constituted  one  mind  ;  or  that  with 
him  love  was  implanted  in  his  voluntary  part,  and  so  at  the 
same  time  faith,  which  filled  the  other,  or  tlie  intellectual,  part 
of  his  mind.  Their  posterity  hence  derived  from  hereditary 
transmission,  that  their  will  and  understanding  made  a  om-. 
Wherefore  when  the  love  of  self,  and  the  unbridled  lusts  there- 
from, began  to  possess  their  voluntary  part,  which  had  before 
been  filled  with  love  to  the  Lord  and  charity  towards  tlie  neigh- 
bour, then  not  only  did  the  voluntary  part,  or  the  will,  become 
altogether  perverted,  but  also  at  the  same  time  the  intellectual 
part,  or  the  understanding  ;  and  this  all  the  more  when  the  last 
posterity  immersed  falsities  in  their  lusts,  and  in  consequence 
became  Kcpltilim.  Hence  they  became  such  that  they  could 
not  be  restored,  because  both  parts  of  their  mind,  in  Other  words, 
their  whole  mind,  was  destroyed.  As  this,  however,  was  foreseen  3 
by  the  Lord,  it  was  also  provided  that  man  should  be  built  up 
again ;  and,  indeed,  by  this  means — that  he  should  be  made 
.capable  of  being  reformed  and  regenerated  as  to  the  other  jiart 
of  his  mind,  or  the  understanding ;  and  thereby  a  new  will  or 
conscience  be  implanted  within  him,  througli  v>hich  the  Lord 
might  introduce  the  good  of  love  or  charity,  and  the  truth  of 
faith.  Thus  man,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  was  restored. 
These  are  the  things  signified  in  this  verse  by  the  words  : 
"  I  will  not  again  any  more  curse  the  ground  for  man's  sake, 
because  the  fashion  of  man's  heart  is  evil  from  his  childhooii ; 
neither  will  I  again  smite  every  living  thing,  as  I  have  done." 

928.  That  the  fashion  of  man's  heart  is  ceil  from  /lis  r/iihf- 
hood,  signifies  that  man's  voluntary  part  is  allugcthcr  evil, 
appears  from  what  has  now  been  said.  T/ie  fashion  if  tlt>' 
heart  has  no  other  signification.  Man  supyjoses  himself  to  have 
the  will  of  good,  but'he  is  altogether  deceived.  AVlien  he  (hu-s 
good,  it  is  not  from  his  own  will,  but  from  the  new  will,  which 
is  of  the  Lord;  thus  from  the  Lord.  So,  wlien  he  thinks 
and  speaks  what  is  true,  it  is  from  a  new  underslan.hng. 
which  is  derived  from  the  new  will ;  and  tlins  also  from  the 
Lord.  For  the  regenerate  man  is  altogether  a  new  man,  f<.rmed 
by  the  Lord.     Hence  he  is  also  said  to  be  created  anew. 

929.  From  the  foregoing  it  is  now  evident  tliat  ixnthcr  v'Ul 
I  again  smite  every  lirivij  thhir/,  as  I  hare  (four,  Hijznifies  tlml 
man  would  no  longer  be  able  thus  to  de.stn»y  himself,  l-or  tin; 
case  stands  thus.  ^When  man  is  regenerated,  he  is  then  wilh- 


030,031.]  CJENESIS. 

liolil  from  llic  evil  nnd  the  falsity  which  arc  with  hira,  and  in 
this  state  he  perceives  no  otlierwise  than  tliat  he  does  what  is 
good  and  thinks  what  is  true  from  himself.  But  this  is  an 
appearance  or  fallacy.  There  is  a  withholding  from  evil  and 
falsity,  and,  indeed,  a  powerful  one.  And  because  he  is  thus 
withheld  from  evil  and  falsity,  he  is  not  able  to  destroy  himself. 
If  the  hold  upon  him  were  in  the  least  remitted,  or  if  he  were 
left  to  himself,  he  would  rush  into  every  evil  and  falsity. 

030.  Verse  'I'l.  As  yd  in  all  the  days  of  the  earth,  seed-time 
and  harvest,  and  cold  and  heat,  and  summer  and  winter,  and  day 
and  night,  shall  not  cease.  As  yet  in  all  the  days  of  the  earth 
signifies  all  time.  Seed-time  and  harvest  signify  man  about  to 
be  regenerated,  and  thence  the  Church.  Cold  and  heat  signify 
the  state  of  the  man  who  is  being  regenerated,  which  is  such  as 
to  the  reception  of  faith  and  charity.  Cold  signifies  no  faith 
and  charity ;  and  heat,  faith  and  charity.  Summer  and  ivinter 
signify  the  state  of  the  regenerate  man  as  to  his  new  voluntary 
things,  the  changes  of  which  are  as  summer  and  winter.  Day 
and  night  signify  the  state  of  the  same,  that  is,  of  the  regenerate 
man,  as  to  intellectual  things,  the  changes  of  which  are  as  day 
and  night.  Shall  not  cease  denotes  that  this  shall  be  in  all 
time. 

031.  That,  as  yet  in  all  the  days  of  the  (?arif  A,  signifies  all  time, 
appears  from  the  signification  of  day,  which  is  time  (see  nos.  23, 
487,  488,  403).  Wherefore  here  the  days  of  the  earth  denote 
all  time,  as  long  as  there  is  an  earth,  or  an  inhabitant  upon  the 
earth.  There  then  first  ceases  to  be  an  inhabitant  upon  the 
earth  when  there  is  no  longer  any  Church.  For  when  there  is 
no  Church,  man  has  no  longer  communication  with  heaven; 
M'hich  communication  ceasing,  every  inhabitant  perishes.  The 
Church,  as  w^as  said  before,  is  as  the  heart  and  lungs  in  man. 
As  long  as  the  heart  and  lungs  are  sound,  so  long  man  lives. 
It  is  the  same  also  w^ith  the  Church,  in  relation  to  the  Greatest 
]\Ian,  which  is  the  universal  heaven.  Wherefore  it  is  here 
said  :  "  In  all  the  days  of  the  earth,  seed-time  and  harvest,  and 
cold  and  heat,  and  summer  and  winter,  and  day  and  night,  shall 
not  cease."  From  this  it  may  appear  also  that  the  earth  is  not 
to  endure  for  ever,  but  that  it  likewise  will  have  its  end  ;  for 
it  is  said,  in  all  the  days  of  the  earth;  that  is,  as  long  as  the 

2  earth  endures.  But  with  respect  to  those  who  believe  that  the 
end  of  the  world  will  be  the  same  as  the  Last  Judgment  of 
which  they  read  in  the  Word — where  it  treats  of  the  consum- 
mation of  the  age,  of  the  day  of  visitation,  and  of  the  Last 
Judgment — in  this  they  are  deceived.  For  there  is  a  last  judg- 
ment of  every  Church  when  it  is  vastated,  or  when  there  is  no 
longer  any  faith  therein.  The  last  judgment  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  was  when  it  perished  as  with  its  last  posterity 
immediately  before  the  tlood.  Tlie  last  judgment  of  the  Jewish 
302 


CHAPTER  VIII.  22.  [932. 

Churcli  was  when  the  Lord  came  into  the  world.  A  last  judg- 
ment is  also  about  to  be,  when  the  Lord  shall  come  in  His  glory. 
Not  that  the  earth  and  the  world  {terra  et  mundus)  are  then  to 
perish,  but  that  the  Church  perishes.  But  in  such  a  case  a  new 
Church  is  always  raised  up  by  the  Lord ;  as  was  the  Ancient 
Church  at  the  time  of  the  flood,  and  the  Primitive  Church  of 
the  Gentiles  at  the  time  of  the  Lord's  Advent.  Tluis  will  it  be 
also  when  the  Lord  shall  come  in  His  glory  ;  and  this,  indeed, 
is  understood  by  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth.*  The  case  is  : 
the  same  as  with  each  individual  who,  being  regenerated,  be- 
comes a  man  of  the  Church,  or  a  Church.  When  he  is  created 
anew  his  internal  man  is  called  a  new  heaven,  and  his  external 
man  a  new  eartli.  Moreover,  there  is  a  last  judgment  with 
every  man  when  he  dies.  For  then,  according  to  the  things 
that  he  has  done  in  the  body,  he  is  judged  either  to  death  or  to 
life.  That  nothing  else  is  meant  by  the  consummation  of  the 
age,  the  end  of  days,  or  the  Last  Judgment,  consequently  that 
they  do  not  mean  the  destruction  of  the  world,  is  clearly 
evident  from  the  Lord's  words  in  Luke  :  "  In  that  niglit  there 
shall  be  two  men  in  one  bed,  the  one  shall  be  taken  and  the 
other  left.  Two  women  shall  be  grinding  together,  the  one 
shall  be  taken  and  the  other  left.  Two  men  shall  be  in  the 
field,  the  one  shall  be  taken,  and  the  other  left"  (xvii.  34-36). 
Here  the  last  time  is  called  night,  because  there  is  no  faith, 
that  is,  charity.  And  it  is  declared  that  some  will  be  left ;  by 
which  it  is  clearly  indicated  that  the  world  will  not  then 
perish. 

932.  That  scecl-timc  and  harvest  signify  man  about  to  be  re- 
generated, and  thence  the  Church,  needs  no  confirmation  from 
the  Word.  Because  it  so  often  occurs,  both  that  man  is  com- 
pared and  likened  to  a  field,  thus  to  the  seed-time ;  and  the 
AVord  of  the  Lord  to  the  seed  ;  and  its  effect  to  the  increase,  or 
liarvest.  This  signification,  indeed,  every  one  comprehends,  irom 
iamiliar  speech  founded  upon  it.  In  general,  this  passage  treats 
of  every  man  ;  instructing  us  that  the  seed  will  never  cease  to  be 
sown  in  him  by  the  Lord,  whether  he  be  within  the  Church  or 
without  the  Church ;  that  is,  whether  he  has  been  made  ac- 
quainted with  the  Word  of  the  Lord  or  not.  Without  seed  in- 
seminated by  the  Lord,  man  cannot  do  the  least  good.  All  the 
good  of  charity,  even  with  the  Gentiles,  is  seed  from  the  Lord. 
Although  with  them  there  is  not  the  good  of  faith,  as  there  may 
l»e  within  the  Church  ;  yet  their  good  is  capable  of  becon)ing  the 
good  of  faith.  For  the  Gentiles  who  have  lived  in  charity— as 
they  are  wont  to  do  in  the  world,  so  in  the  other  life — when  tliey 
are  instructed  by  the  angels,  embrace  and  receive  the  doctrine  of 
trne  faith,  and  the  i'aitii  of  charily,  much  more  readily  than 

*  This  work  was  jjulilislicil,  in  tlif  ori^'iiiiil  Liitiii,  in  tjif_  yvir  1  7  I'.i,  consc- 
fjuently  beforu  tlie  Last  Judijincnt,  w'.iicli  was  cffcrti'd  in  l?;';?.— Ki'._ 

303 


933.]  GENESIS. 

Christians ;  of  wliicli,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will 
be  said  in  the  following  pages.  But,  in  particular,  this  passage 
treats  of  man  about  to  be  regenerated ;  namely,  that  there  will 
never  cease  to  be  a  Church  somewhere  on  the  earth  ;  which  is 
here  signilied  by  the  declaration,  that  in  all  the  days  of  the  earth 
seed-time  and  harvest  shall  not  cease.  That  seed-time  and 
harvest,  or  a  Church,  shall  always  exist,  has  reference  to  what 
is  said  in  the  preceding  verse,  namely,  that  man  would  no 
longer  be  able  thus  to  destroy  himself,  as  did  the  last  posterity 
of  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 

93o.  That  cold  and  heat  signify  the  state  of  the  man  who  is 
being  regenerated,  M'hich  is  such  as  to  the  reception  of  faith  and 
charity.  That  cold  signifies  no  faith  and  charity,  but  that  lieat 
signifies  charity,  appears  from  the  signification  of  cold  and  heat 
in  the  "Word  ;  where  they  are  predicated  of  one  to  be  regenerated, 
or  one  who  has  been  regenerated,  or  of  the  Church.  This  is 
evident  also  from  the  series,  that  is,  from  the  things  which 
precede  and  follow ;  for  the  Church  is  the  subject  treated  of. 
In  the  preceding  verse  it  is  taught  that  man  would  no  longer 
be  able  so  to  destroy  himself,  and  in  this  verse  that  some 
Church  will  always  exist ;  which  is  first  described  as  to  how  the 
case  is  with  it  while  it  is  being  formed,  or  with  man  while  he  is 
being  regenerated  that  he  may  become  a  Church;  and  then  as  to 
the  quality  of  the  regenerate  man  :  thus  it  treats  of  every  state 

2  of  the  man  of  the  Church.  That  such  is  man's  state  while  he  is 
being  regenerated,  namely,  of  cold  and  heat,  or  of  no  faith  and 
charity,  and  then  of  faith  and  charity,  cannot  so  well  appear 
to  any  one  except  from  experience,  and,  indeed,  from  reflection 
upon  experience.  But  as  there  are  few  who  are  being  regenerated, 
and  among  those  who  are  being  regenerated,  fc'w,  if  any,  who 
reflect,  or  to  whom  it  is  granted  to  reflect,  on  the  state  of  their 
regeneration,  it  is  permitted  to  say  these  few  words  on  the  sub- 
ject. Man  while  he  is  being  regenerated  receives  life  from  the 
Lord ;  for  previously  he  could  not  be  said  to  live.  The  life 
of  the  w^orld  and  the  body  is  not  life  ;  but  celestial  and  spiritual 
life  alone  is  life.  By  regeneration  man  receives  life  itself 
from  the  Lord ;  and  as  before  he  had  no  life,  there  is  now  an 
alternation  of  no  life  and  life  itself;  that  is,  of  no  faith  and 
charity,  and  of  some  faith  and  charity.  No  faith  and  charity  is 
here   signified  by  cold,  and  some  faith  and  charity   by  heat. 

3  The  case  is  thus.  As  often  as  man  is  immersed  in  things 
corporeal  and  worldly,  then  there  is  no  faith  and  charity,  that  is, 
there  is  cold ;  for  then  corporeal  and  worldly  things,  conse- 
quently the  things  which  are  of  his  pro]yrium,  are  active.  As 
long  as  he  is  in  them  he  is  absent  or  remote  from  faith  and 
charity,  so  that  he  does  not  even  think  of  celestial  and  spiritual 
things.  The  reason  is,  because  celestial  and  corporeal  things 
can  never  dwell  together   in    man ;    for  the   will  of  man  is 

364 


CHAPTER  YIII.  22.  [934. 

altogether  corrupt.  But  when  the  corporeal  things  of  man  and 
his  voluntary  things  are  not  active,  but  quiescent,  the  Lord 
operates  through  his  internal  man,  and  then  he  is  in  faith  and 
charity,  which  are  here  called  heat.  When  he  returns  again 
into  the  body,  he  is  again  in  cold.  And  when  the  body,  or 
what  is  of  the  body,  is  quiescent,  or  as  nothing,  then  he  is  in 
heat,  and  so  alternately.  For  such  is  the  condition  of  man, 
that  things  celestial  and  spiritual  cannot  abide  in  him  together 
with  his  corporeal  and  worldly  things,  but  by  turns.  "These 
are  changes,  which  take  place  with  every  one  who  is  being 
regenerated,  and,  indeed,  as  long  as  he  is  in  the  process  of 
regeneration.  For  man  cannot  otherwise  be  regenerated,  that 
is,  from  being  dead  be  made  alive,  for  the  reason,  as  has  been 
said,  that  his  will  is  altogether  corrupt,  and  is  therefore 
separated  from  the  new  will  which  he  receives  from  the  Lord, 
and  which  is  the  Lord's,  and  not  man's.  From  all  this  it  may 
now  appear  what  is  here  signified  by  cold  and  heat.  Tliat  such  4 
is  the  case  every  regenerate  man  may  know  from  experience  ; 
namely,  that  wliile  he  is  in  corporeal  and  worldly  things,  he  is 
then  absent  and  remote  from  internal  things,  so  that  he  not 
only  thinks  nothing  about  them,  but  feels  in  himself,  as  it  were, 
cold ;  and  that  when  things  corporeal  and  worldly  are  quiescent, 
then  he  is  in  faith  and  charity.  So  also  he  may  know  from 
experience  that  these  states  alternate.  AVherefore,  when  things 
corporeal  and  worldly  begin  to  overflow,  and  desire  to  have 
dominion,  then  he  comes  into  straitness  and  temptations,  until 
he  is  Ijrought  into  such  a  state,  that  the  external  man  is 
submissive  to  the  internal ;  which  can  never  be,  except  when 
it  is  quiescent,  and  as  it  were  nothing.  The  last  posterity  of 
the  Most  Ancient  Clmrch  could  not  be  regenerated,  because, 
as  has  been  said,  intellectual  and  voluntary  things  with  tliem 
constituted  one  mind.  Wherefore  their  intellectual  things 
could  not  be  separated  from  their  voluntary,  so  that  tliey  miglit 
be  alternately  in  celestial  and  spiritual,  and  in  corporeal  and 
worldly  things.  But  with  them  there  was  perpetual  cold  as  to 
celestial  things,  and  perpetual  heat  as  to  their  lusts ;  so  that  no 
alternation  could  be  granted  to  them. 

934.  That  cold  signifies  no  love,  or  no  charity  and  faitli,  and 
that  heat  or  fire  signifies  love,  or  charity  and  faith,  may  ap])ear 
from  the  following  passages  in  tlie  Word.  In  John,  it  is  said  to 
the  Church  of  Laodicea :  "  I  know  thy  works,  that  thou  art 
neither  cold  nor  hot;  I  would  thou  wort  cold  or  hot.  But 
because  thou  art  lulceunrm,  and  neither  cold  nor  hot,  I  will  spew 
thee  out  of  my  mouth  "  (Apoc.  iii.  15,  IG).  Here  cold  stands  for 
no  charity,  and  hot  for  much.  In  Isaiali :  "  So  Jehovali  said 
unto  me,  I  will  take  My  rest,  and  I  will  consider  in  My 
dwelling-place,  like  a  clear  heat  upon  tlie  liglit,  and  like  a  cloud 
of  dew  in  the  heat  of  harvest"  (xviii.  4).     This  is  said  conceru- 

365 


D34.]  GENESIS. 

ing  a  new  Cliuvch  about  to  be  planted;  heat  upon  liylit ,  and 
heat  of  harvest,  stand  for  love  and  charity.  In  the  same  prophet : 
"  The  Ji/'C  of  Jehovah  is  in  Zion,  and  His /<«'>iac'c  in  Jerusalem" 
(xxxi.  0);  iire  denoting  love.  Concerning  the  cherubim  seen  hy 
Ezekiel  it  is  written  :  "  As  for  tlie  likeness  of  the  living  creatnres, 
their  appearance  was  like  hnrning  coals  of  fire,  like  the  appeai'- 
ance  of  lamps;  it  went  among  the  living  creatures,  and  the^rc 
was  bright,  and  out  of  the  fire  went  forth  lightning  "  (Ezek.  i. 

2  13).  Again,  in  the  same  prophet,  concerning  the  Lord  :  "  Above 
the  expanse  which  was  over  the  heads  of  the  cherubim  was  the 
likeness  of  a  throne,  as  the  appearance  of  a  sapphire  stone  ;  and 
upon  the  likeness  of  the  throne  the  likeness  as  the  appearance 
of  a  man  above  upon  it.  And  I  saw  as  the  appearance  of  a 
burning  coal,  as  the  appearance  oifire  round  about  within  it; 
from  the  appearance  of  His  loins  even  upward,  and  from  the 
appearance  of  His  loins,  even  downward,  I  saw  as  it  were  the 
appearance  of  fire,  and  it  had  a  brightness  round  about  it " 
(i.  26,  27  ;  viii.  2).  Here  fire  denotes  love.  So  in  Daniel :  "  The 
Ancient  of  days  did  sit,  His  throne  was  like  the  fiery  fiamc,  and 
His  wheels  as  burning  fire.  A  fiery  stream  issued  and  came 
forth  from  before  Him ;  thousand  thousands  ministered  unto 
Him,  and  ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  stood  before  Him  " 
(vii.  9,  10).  Here  fire  denotes  the  Lord's  love.  And  in  Zech- 
ariah :  "  I,  saith  Jehovah,  will  be  unto  her  a  wall  of  fij^e  round 
about "  (ii.  5).  This  is  said  of  the  New  Jerusalem.  And  in 
David :  "  Jehovah  niaketh  His  angels  spirits.  His  ministers  a 
fiaming  fire  "  (Psalm  civ.  4).    Afiamingfire  denotes  the  celestial- 

3  spiritual  Because  fire  signified  love,  it  was  also  made  a  re- 
presentative of  the  Lord,  as  appears  from  the  fire  upon  the 
altar  of  the  w^hole  burnt-offering,  which  was  never  to  be  extin- 
guished (Lev.  vi.  9,  12,  13);  representing  the  mercy  of  the 
Lord.  Therefore,  before  Aaron  entered  into  the  mercy-seat,  he 
was  directed  to  offer  incense,  taking  fire  from  off  the  altar  of 
the  whole  burnt-offering  (Lev.  xvi.  12-14);  therefore,  also,  in 
order  to  signify  that  the  worship  was  acceptable  to  the  Lord, 
fire  was  sent  down  from  heaven,  and  consumed  the  holocausts 
(Lev.  ix.  24,  and  elsewhere),  'hy  fire  also  in  the  Word  is  sig- 
nified self-love  and  its  lust,  with  which  heavenly  love  cannot 
asrree.  "Wherefore  also  the  two  sons  of  Aaron  were  consumed 
by  fire,  because  they  offered  incense  with  strange  fire  (Lev.  x. 
1,  2).  Strange  fire  denotes  every  love  of  self  and  of  the  world, 
and  every  lust  of  those  loves.  Moreover,  heavenly  love  appears 
no  otherwise  to  the  wicked  than  as  a  burning  and  consuming 
fire,  and  therefore,  in  the  AVord,  the  expression  a  consuming  fire 
is  predicated  of  the  Lord.  Thus  the  fire  on  Mount  Sinai,  which 
represented  the  Lord's  love  or  mercy,  w^as  perceived  by  the 
people  as  a  consiiming  fire.  Wherefore  they  entreated  Moses 
not  to  make  them  hear  the  voice  of  Jehovah  God,  and  see  the 

366 


CHAPTEE  Ylir.  22.  [935,  936. 

great  fire,  lest  they  sliould  die  (Deut.  xviii.  16).  Such  is  the 
appearance  of  the  Lord's  love  or  mercy  to  those  who  are  in  the 
tire  of  the  loves  of  self  and  of  the  Avorld. 

935.  That  summer  and  ■winter  signify  the  state  of  the  regener- 
ate man  as  to  his  new  voluntary  things,  the  changes  of  which 
are  as  summer  and  winter,  is  evident  from  what  has  been  said 
concerning  cold  and  heat.  The  changes  of  those  who  are  beiu"- 
regenerated  are  likened  to  cold  and  heat ;  but  the  changes  of 
the  regenerate,  to  summer  and  winter.  That  the  former  expres- 
sion relates  to  one  M'ho  is  being  regenerated,  and  the  latter  to 
the  regenerate,  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  cold  is  there  men- 
tioned in  the  first  place,  and  then  heat,  while  here  summer  is 
first  mentioned,  and  then  winter.  The  reason  is,  that  the  man 
who  is  being  regenerated  begins  from  cold,  that  is,  from  no  faith 
and  charity ;  but  when  he  is  regenerated  then  he  begins  from 
charity.  Tliat  there  are  alternations  of  state  with  the  regenerate  2 
man ;  namely,  that  with  him,  at  one  time  there  is  no  charity, 
and  at  another  some  charity,  may  clearly  appear  from  the  con- 
sideration that  with  every  one,  even  the  regenerate,  there  is 
nothing  but  evil,  and  that  all  good  is  of  the  Lord  alone.  Since 
there  is  nothing  but  evil  with  him,  it  cannot  be  but  that  he  will 
suffer  changes  ;  being  at  one  time  as  it  were  in  summer,  that  is, 
in  charity,  and  at  another  in  winter,  or  in  no  charity.  These 
alternations  are  to  the  end  that  the  man  may  be  more  and  more 
perfected,  and  that  he  may  thus  be  rendered  more  and  more 
happy.  Not  only  while  he  lives  in  the  body  are  there  such 
changes  with  the  regenerate  man,  but  also  when  he  comes  into 
the  other  life.  For  without  alternations  as  it  were  of  summer 
and  winter  as  to  things  voluntary,  and  of  day  and  night  as  to 
things  intellectual,  he  is  never  perfected  and  made  happier. 
But  their  changes  in  the  other  life  are  like  the  alternations 
of  summer  and  winter  in  the  temperate  zones,  and  of  day  and 
night  in  the  season  of  spring.  These  states  are  also  described  3 
in  the  prophets  by  summer  and  winter,  and  day  and  night.  Ab 
in  Zechariah :  "  And  it  shall  be  in  that  day,  living  waters  shall 
go  out  from  Jerusalem,  part  of  them  towards  the  eastern  sea, 
and  part  of  them  towards  the  hinder  sea;  in  summer  and  in 
vinter  shall  it  be  "  (xiv.  8).  This  is  said  concerning  the  New 
Jerusalem,  or  the  Lord's  kingdom  in  heaven  and  on  earth,  or 
concerning  the  state  of  both,  which  is  also  called  summer  and 
winter.  In  David :  "  The  day  is  Thine,  the  night  also  is  Thine, 
Thou  hast  prepared  the  light  and  the  sun.  Thou  hast  set  all 
the  borders  of  the  earth  ;  Thou  hast  made  summer  and  winter" 
(Psalm  Ixxiv.  16,  17).  Similar  things  are  here  involved.  In 
like  manner  in  Jeremiah  :  "  If  ye  can  l)reak  My  corenant  of  the 
day  and  My  covenant  of  the  night,  that  there  be  not  (/ay  and 
night  in  their  season  "  (xxxiii.  20). 

936.  That  day  and  night  signify  the  .stale  of  the  .same,  or  of 

367 


0;^.:,  Ons.]  GENESIS. 

the  rogLMieratc  man,  as  to  iuLellectual  Uiings — the  changes  of 
which  are  as  day  and  night — is  evident  from  what  has  been 
ah-eady  said.  Summer  and  winter  are  predicated  of  vohmtary 
things  on  account  of  their  heat  and  cold ;  for  the  case  with 
vohmtary  things  is  simihir.  ]>iit  day  and  night  are  predicated 
of  intellectual  things,  on  account  of  their  light  and  darkness. 
For  with  intellectual  things  the  case  is  similar  in  this  respect. 
As  these  things  are  self-evident,  however,  there  is  no  need  to 
confirm  them  by  like  passages  from  the  Word. 

937.  From  these  considerations  it  may  also  appear  what  the 
Vv'ord  of  the  Lord  is  in  the  internal  sense.  In  the  sense  of  the 
letter,  so  rude  does  it  appear,  that  it  seems  as  if  what  is  here 
said  were  spoken  merely  of  seed-time  and  harvest,  of  cold  and 
heat,  of  summer  and  winter,  and  of  day  and  night,  when  yet 
these  expressions  involve  arcana  of  the  Ancient  or  spiritual 
Church.  The  words  themselves,  in  the  sense  of  the  letter,  are 
such  that  they  form  as  it  were  vessels  of  a  most  general  kind, 
in  each  one  of  wdiich  there  are  contained  so  many  and  so  great 
heavenl}'-  arcana,  that  they  can  never  be  exhausted,  even  as  to 
,a  ten-thousandth  part  of  them.  For  in  these  words,  so  very 
general,  taken  from  terrestrial  things,  the  angels,  under  the 
Lord's  influence,  are  able  to  perceive,  with  indefinite  variety, 
the  whole  process  of  regeneration,  and  the  state  of  the  man  who 
is  to  be  regenerated,  and  of  the  man  who  is  regenerate,  although 
man  perceives  scarcely  anything. 


COXTINUATIOX  COXCERNIXG  THE  HELLS. 

THE  HELLS  OF  THE  AVAEICIOUS ;  THE  FILTHY  JERUSALEM,  AND 
HE  TROBBERS  IN  THE  DESERT  ;  LIKEWISE  THE  EXCREMEN- 
TITIOUS  HELLS  OF  THOSE  WHO  HAD  LIVED  IX  MERE  SEXSUAL 
PLEASURE. 

938.  The  ctvaricious  arc  of  all  men  the  most  sordid,  and 
think  least  concerniiuf  the  life  after  death,  the  soul,  and  the 
internal  man.  They  do  not  even  knoio  what  heaven  is,  because  of 
all  2^(^ople  they  elevate  ■  their  thoughts  the  least,  hut  sink  and 
immerse  them  exclusively  in  corporeal  and  terrestricd  objects. 
Wherefore  when  they  come  into  the  other  life,  for  a  long  time  they 
do  not  know  that  they  are  spirits,  but  siqjposc  themselves  to  be 
still  in  the  body.  The  ideas  of  their  thought,  which  by  avarice 
are  rendered  as  it  were  corporeal  and  terrestricd,  become  changed 
into  direful  fantasies.  And  v:hat  may  seem  incredible,  hit  what 
is  nevertheless  true,  the  sordidly  avaricious,  in  the  other  life,  appear 
3G8 


CHAPTER  VIII.  [939,  940. 

io  themselves  to  dioell  in  cells,  where  their  money  is,  and  there  to 
he  infested  hy  mice ;  hut  however  they  may  he  aimoyed  they  do 
not  retire  therefrom  until  they  are  wearied  out,  and  then  at 
length  they  emerge  from  those  scpidchrcs. 

939.  How  foul  the  fantasies  arc,  into  lohich  the  ideas  of  the 
sordidly  avaricious  hecome  chanyed,  is  evident  from  the  hell  in 
which  they  live,  which  is  at . a  great  depth  under  the  feet,  and 
from  ivhich  a  vapour  exhales  Wee  the  vajwur  arising  from  swine 
scalded  in  a  trough.  The  habitations  of  the  avaricious  are  there. 
They  who  are  admitted  therein  at  first  appear  hlack,  hut  hy  scrap)- 
ing  off  their  hair,  as  the  hristles  are  icont  to  he  scraped  from 
swine,  they  seem  to  themselves  to  he  made  ivhite;  hut  still  they 
retain  and  carry  w'ith  them  the  marlc  of  their  original  colour, 
wherever  they  go.  A  certain  hlack  spirit,  who  teas  not  as  yet 
conveyed  to  his  oivn  hell,  hecause  there  ivas  a  reason  for  his 
detention  in  the  world  of  spirits,  was  let  down  amongst  them.  He 
had  not  heen  extremely  avaricious,  hut  still,  during  his  life  in 
the  hody,  he  had  wielcedly  coveted  the  wealth  of  others.  On  his 
approach  the  avaricious  inhcd)itants  of  tliat  region  fled  aivay,  say- 
ing that  he  was  a  rohhcr,  hecause  he  ivas  hlack,  and  thus  he  ivould 
murder  them ;  for  the  covetous  flee  from  such,  heing  greatly  in 

fear  for  their  life.  At  length,  discovering  that  he  ivas  no  rohher, 
as  they  suspected,  they  told  him  that  if  he  ivere  disposed  to  hecome 
vjhite  he  needed  only  to  have  his  hair  taken  off,  like  the  p)igs  which 
appeared  in  sight ;  he  woidd  thus  hecome  white.  Bat  this  he  uns 
not  inclined  to  do,  and  he  vxis  taken  up  into  the  world  of  spirits. 

940.  A  large  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  hell  consists 
of  those  Jews  ivho  have  heen  sordidly  avaricious,  the  presence  of  , 
vjhom,  when  they  approach  other  spirits,  is  perceived  hy  a  stench 
resemUing  that  of  mice.  While  speaking  of  the  J  civs,  in  order  to 
sheiv  how  miserable  is  the  state  of  such  after  death  as  have  heen 
sordidly  avaricious,  and  have  despised  others  in  comparison  with, 
themselves  from  innate  arrogance,  hecause  they  believe  that  they 
alone  are  the  chosen  'people,  it  is  permitted  to  relate  some  circum- 
stances concerning  their  cities,  and  the  robbers  in  the  desert. 
On  account  of  the  fantasy  which,  during  their  life  in  the  hody,  ~ 
iJicy  had  conceived  and  confirmed  in  themselves,  that  they  should, 
go  to  Jeruscdem  and  the  Holy  Lamd,  to  possess  it — not  being 
disposed  to  understand  that  by  the  New  Jerusalem  is  meant  the 
JjorcVs  kingdom  in  the  heavens  and  on  the  earth — when  they  come 
into  the  other  world,  there  appears  to  them  a  city  on  the  left 
of  Gehennah,  a  little  in  front,  to  vjhich  they  fiock  in  great  crowds. 
But  this  city  is  miry  and  fetid,  and  is  therefore  called  the  filthy 
Jerusalem.  And  here  they  run  about  the  streets,  above  the 
ankles  in  dirt  and  mud,  pouring  out  complaints  and  lamenta- 
tions. They  see  the  cities  with  their  eyes,  and  also  the  streets. 
There  is  a  representation  of  such  things  to  them  as  in  dear 
day.      I  cdso  have  sometimes  seen  the  cities.     There  once  appeared  3 

VOL  I.  2  A  309 


041.]  GENESIS. 

io  mc  a  (n'tain  spirit,  dark  and  shadovj/,  coming  from,  this  filthi/ 
Jcrasalem.  The  (/ate  sccined,  as  it  were,  to  he  opened.  Around 
him  were  wandering  stars,  chiejli/  on  his  left  side.  Wandering 
stars  around  a  spirit  in  the  spiritual  world  signifi/  falsities. 
If  v'-s-  otherwise  when  the  stars  are  not  wandering.  He  approached, 
atid  applied  himself  to  the  upper  part  of  my  left  ear,  lohich  he 
seemed  to  touch  icith  his  mouth,  in  order  to  speak  tcith  me.  He 
did  not  speak  in  a  sonorous  voice  like  others,  hut  within  him- 
self;  nerertheless,  in  svch  a  manner  that  I  coidd.  hear  and  under- 
stand. He  said  that  he  was  a  Jeioish  Rahhi,  and  that  he 
hadhecn  in  the  mirg  city  for  a  long  time;  declaring  that  the 
streets  there  ivere  nothing  hut  mud  and  dirt.  He  said  also  that 
there  was  notliing  in  it  to  eat  hut  dirt.  I  asked  him  ivhy  he,  who 
\  was  a  spirit,  desired  to  eat.  He  replied  that  he  did  eat ;  and  that 
when  he  wished  to  eat,  nothing  was  offered  him  hut  mud ;  which 
grieved  Mm  exceedingly.  He  inquired  what  he  must  do,  having 
in  vain  tried  to  meet  with  Ahraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacoh.  I  related 
to  him  some  j^articulars  respecting  them,  informing  him  that  it 
u-as  folly  to  seek  for  them ;  for  even  if  they  were  found  they  coidcl  not 
possihly  afford  him  any  assistance.  I  also  informed  him  of  other 
things  still  more  mysterious.  I  told  him,  thai  no  one  ought  to  he 
sought  after  hut  the  Lord  alone,  who  is  the  Messiah,  whom  in  life 
they  had  despised  ;  for  that  He  governs  the  irhole  heaven  and  the 
'whole  earth,  and  that  help  comes  only  from  Him.  He  then  asked 
anxiously  and  repeatedly  where  the  Lord  is.  I  replied  that  He  is 
to  he  found  everywhere,  and  that  He  hears  and  knoivs  all:  hut  at 
that  instant  other  Jeicish  spirits  drew  him  away. 

941.  Tliere  is  also  another  city  on  the  right  of  Gchennah,  or 
hetiveen  Gchennah  and  a  sivavip,  where  the  hetter  sort  of  the  Jens 
appear  to  themselv(^s  to  dwell.  But  this  city  is  changed  in 
apjjcarance  to  them  according  to  their  fantasies.  Sometimes  it  is 
turned  into  villages,  sometimes  into  a  lake,  and  again  into  a  city. 
Its  inhahitants  are  much  afraid  of  rohbers ;  hut  so  long  as  they 
remain  in  the  city  they  are  secure.  Between  the  tivo  cities  there 
is,  as  it  were,  a  triangular  space,  very  dark,  where  there  are 
robbers,  who  are  Jews,  hut  of  the  most  abandoned  sort,  and  they 
cruelly  torture  whoever  they  meet.  The  Jews,  from  fear,  call 
these  robbers  the  Lord,  and  the  icilderness  icheix  they  are  they 
call  the  earth.  At  the  entrance  into  this  city,  which  is  at  an 
angle  on  the  right  side,  as  a  security  against  the  robbers,  a  good 
.spirit  is  stationed,  u:ho  receives  all  comers,  and  before  whom, 
as  they  ai'rii'e,  they  bow  themselves  totuards  the  earth.  They 
are  admitted  under  his  feet,  this  being  the  ceremony  of  admission 
into  this  city.  A  certain  spirit  approached,  me  suddenly,  and 
I  asked  ivhence  he  came?  He  replied,  that  he  was  making  his 
escape  from  the  robbers,  whom  he  feared ;  who  kill,  slaughter, 
burn,  and  boil  men  ;  he  was  inquiring  where  he  might  he  safe. 
J  asked  ivhence  he  was,  and  from  whcd  country?  In  consequence 
370 


CHAPTEPt  VIII.  [942-944. 

of  his  terror  lie  dared  to  make  no  other  answer  than  that  it  was 
the  Lord's  ceirth,-  for  the//  cedl  tliat  wUderness  the  earth,  and 
the  rohhers,  the  Lord.  Afferivards  the  rolhers  came.  They  were  2 
very  hlaek,  ayul  spoke  in  a  deep  tone  of  voice  like  giants,  and 
inhat  is  surprising,  on  their  approach  they  induced  a  sense  of 
terror  and  dread.  L  asked  wJw  they  loere  ?  They  answered  that 
they  were  in  quest  of  plunder.  L  asked  them  u-hat  they  meant  to 
do  toith  their  plunder,  and  whether  they  did  not  know  that  they 
■irere  spirits,  and  eovld  neither  carry  aioay  nor  lay  iip  jjlnnder, 
and  that  such  notions  loere  the  fantasies  of  their  evils  ?  They 
replied,  that  they  toere  in  the  wilderness  in  quest  of  booty,  and. 
tortured  -whoever  they  met.  At  length,  while  with  me,  they 
acknoioledged  that  they  loere  spirits ;  hut  still  they  could  not  he 
induced  to  helieve  otherwise  than  that  they  vjere  living  in  the 
hody.  They  who  thus  wander  ahout  are  Jews,  wlio  threaten  to 
kill,  slaughter,  hum,  and  hoil  whoever  they  meet,  whether  Jews, 
or  even  friends.  Thus  it  hecame  knoivn  what  is  the  qucdity 
of  their  character,  cdthough.  in  the  trorld  they  did  not  dare  to 
divulge  it. 

942.  Not  far  from  the  filthy  Jeruscdem  there  is  also  another 
city,  ivhich  is  called  tlic  Judgment  of  Gehennah,  wliere  they  dwell 
v}ho  claim  heaven  as  due  to  their  oivn  righteousness,  and  condenui 
others  who  do  not  live  according  to  their  fantasies. '  Between 
this  city  and  Gehennah  titer e  appears,  as  it  were,  a  hridge,  rather 
heautiful,  of  a  pcde  or  greyish  colour.  Here  a  hlaek  spirit,  v.-hom 
they  fear,  is  stationed,  to  pir event  their  p)assing  over,  for  on  the 
other  side  of  the  hridge  appears  Gehennah,. 

943.  They  who  in  the  life  of  the  hody  have  made  mere  ji?/c«- 
sures  their  end,  and  have  loved  only  to  indulge  their  naturcd  hcnt 
and  to  live  in  luxury  and  festivity,  caring  only  for  themselves 
and  the  world,  having  no  regard  to  things  Divine,  heing  devoid  of 
faith  and  charity,  are  first  introduced,  after  death,  into  a  life 
similar  to  that  ichich  they  heal  passed  in  the  world.  There  is  a 
p)lace  in  front  towards  the  left,  at  a  co7isiderahle  depth,  tuhere 
all  is  2)lc<:<'SU7'e,  frolic,  dancing,  feasting,  and  light  coiiversation. 
Jfither  such  spirits  are  conveyed,  and  then  they  know  no  otherunse 
than  that  they  are  still  in  the  uxrrld.  After  a  short  time,  how- 
ever, the  scene  is  changed,  and  then  they  are  carried  down  to  the 
hell  which  is  beneath  the  back-parts,  and  is  entirely  cxcrementitious. 
For  such  pleasure  as  is  merely  corporeal,  hecomes  changed  in  the 
other  life  into  excrement.  L  have  seen  them  there,  carrying  dung 
and  bemoaning  their  lot. 

944.  Such  of  the  femcde  sex  as  from  a  low  and  mean  condi- 
tion have  become  rich,  and  from  pride  on  that  account  hare  given 
themselves  up  entirely  to  pleasures,  and  to  an  idle  effrnnmUe  life, 
lying  in  stcite  beds  like  queens,  delighting  to  preside  at  the  t(diles 
of  luxury  and  refinement,  and  having  no  care  for  other  things, 
when  they  meet  in  another  life,  miserably  quurrel  with  each,  ollu  r, 

371 


04:..  O-U).]  GENESIS. 

ht-nlini/,  tearing,  ami imllin(j  each  other  hy  thchenr,an(J  hccominf/ 
as  furies. 

O-io.  Jiiif  it  is  otherwise  iciih  t/iose  u-Jto  arc  horn  to  the  plea- 
sures or  enjoi/ments  of  life,  heini/  hrov(j]it  up  from  their  infancy 
in  such  things;  as  <]ucens,  and  others  of  nolle  p^nrentage,  and 
likewise  the  rich.  For  they,  although  they  have  lived,  in  pleasures, 
delicacies,  and  splendours,  if  cd  the  same  time  they  have  lived  in 
faith  in  the  Lord  and  in  charity  tovjctrd  the  neighbour,  are. 
among  the  happy  in  the  other  life.  For  it  is  an  error  to  think 
of  meriting  heaveyi  hy  a  total  ahdication  of  the  enjoyments  of 
life,  povser,  and  wealth,  and-  thus  hy  sinking  into  wrctcliedness. 
The  renunciation  of  these  which  is  incidcated  in  the  Word,  is, 
that  they  should  he  esteemed  as  nothing  in  respect  to  the  Lord,  and 
that  worldly  life  shoidd  he  regarded  as  nothing  in  comparison  with 
heavenly  life. 

946.  /  have  conversed  with  spirits  in  reference  to  the  p)roha- 
hility  of  few  heing  disjjosed  to  helieve  that  there  are  so  many 
things,  and  of  such  a  kind  in  the  other  life  ;  hecause  men  have  no 
other  than  a  very  general  and  ohscure  conception  of  the  nature 
of  the  life  after  death,  one  which,  indeed,  is  next  to  none  at  all, 
and  in  which  they  have  confirmed  themselves  hy.ohserving  that 
a  soul  or  spirit  is  invisible  to  the  bodily  eye.  And  the  learned, 
although  tliey  maintain  that  there  is  a  soul  or  spirit,  yet  helieve 
still  less  than  the  ignorant ;  hecause  they  adhere  to  artificial 
cj:pressions  and  terms,  ichich  greatly  ohscure,  yea,  extinguish  the 
understanding  of  things,  and  hecause  they  have  regard  to  them- 
selves  and  the  ivorld,  and  rarely  to  the  public  good  and  heaven. 
The  spirits  with  whom  I  conversed  were  mitch  surprised  that  this 
should  he  the  ease  with  man,  while  yet  lie  knows  that  nature 
herself,  in  each  of  her  kingdoms,  presents  so  many  different  and 
wonderful  things  of  tchieh  he  is  ignorant.  As,  for  example,  in 
the  structure  of  the  internal  human  ear  alone  there  are  amazing 
and  unlieard-of  particidars  which  ivotdd  fill  a  vohtnie ;  and 
everybody  has  faith  in  the  existence  of  these  things.  And  yet  if 
anything  he  said  concerning  the  spiritucd  world,  from  which  all 
and  everything  in  the  kingdoms  of  nature  exist,  scarcely  any  one 
believes  it,  on  account,  as  was  said,  of  a  preconceived  and  con- 
firmed opinion,  that  it  is  nothing  hecause  it  is  not  seen. 


GENESIS. 

CHAPTEE   NINTH. 


CONTINUATION  CONCERNING  THE  HELLS. 

OTHER    HELLS,    DISTINCT    FRO:\r   THOSE    MENTIONED    BEFORE. 

947.  Those  ivho  are  deccitfid,  and  hy  crafty  viachinatiuns 
seek  to  secure  everything  to  themselves,  and  loho  have  confirmed 
themselves  in  such  evils  hy  their  success  during  the  life  of  the 
body,  appear  to  themselves  to  dwell  in  a  sort  of  tun,  toward  the 
left,  called  the  hellish  tun,  over  vjhich  there  is  a  covering,  and 
on  its  outside  a  small  globe  on  a  pyramidal  base,  vjhich  they 
imagine  to  be  the  universe  under  their  inspection  and.  government. 
Such  among  them  as  have  craftily  persecuted  the  innocent,  divcll 
therein  for  ages — /  was  informed  that  some  had  remained  there 
already  during  ticenty  ages — and  when  they  are  let  out,  they 
entertain  such  a  fantasy  as  to  imagine  that  the  universe  is  a  sort 
of  globe,  vjhich  they  vjalk  aboiit  and  trample  under  foot,  believing 
themselves  to  be  the  gods  of  the  universe.  I  have  sometimes  seen 
and  conversed  U'ith  them  concerning  their  fantasy ;  but,  having 
acquired  such  a  nature  during  their  abode  in  the  ivorld,  they  coidd 
not  be  withdraicn  from  it.  I  have  sometimes  perceived  also  with 
ivhat  sribtle  art  they  coidd  pervert  the  thoughts,  and  turn  them  in 
a  moment  in  a  different  direction,  and  substitute  others  ivith  such 
incredible  craftiness  that  it  could  scarcely  be  hioum  thcd  it  v:as 
done  by  them.  Because  they  are  such,  they  are  never  admittrd 
to  men ;  for  they  so  secretly  and  clandestinely  infuse  their  jwson, 
that  it  is  impossible  to  perceive  it. 

948.  There  is  also  totvard  the  left  another  tun — so  it  appears 
to  them — in  ivhich  there  are  certain  spirits,  who,  in  the  life  of  the 
body,  imagined  ivhen  they  did  evil  that  they  ivere  doing  good,  and 
vice  versa ;  thus  who  put  good  in  the  place  of  evil.  '  These  continue 
therefor  a  time,  until  they  are  deprived  of  rationality ;  in  which 
state  they  are  as  it  icere  in  a  dream,  and  whatever  they  then  do 
is  not  imjmted  to  them.  Bui  still  they  a.pp)ear  to  thmisrhrs  to  be 
nujake.  On  recovering  their  rationality  they  return  to  theniselres, 
and  are  as  other  spirits. 

o  1 3 


940,  O:.!.]  GENESIS. 

949.  Toirards  flic  left,  in  front,  there  h  a  certain  vault  icherc 
there  7S  no  li(/hf,  but  c/ro.ss  ihii'knc.-^s,  on  which  account  it  is  called 
the  t/looDii/  vault.  Iti  this  place  are  those  who  have  coveted  the 
possessions  of  others,  whose  minds  were  eontinually  intent  upon 
them  ;  and  who  also  without  conscience  appropriated  them  when- 
ever 1)1/  any  specious  pretext  they  were  able.  There  are  some 
amony  them  who,  while  they  lined  in  the  world,  were  in  no  small 
degree  of  dignity,  and  who  ascribe  to  craftiness  the  honoiLr  due 
to  2^rudence.  In  that  vault  they  consult  together,  as  they  were 
wont  to  do  in  the  body,  how  they  may  fraudulently  deceive  others. 
The  darkness  of  the  place  they  call  their  delight.  An  effigy  %oas 
shewn  to  me  ivhich  I  saw  as  in  the  clear  light  of  day,  of  what 
they  who  are  there,  and  have  decdt  fraudidently ,  at  length  become. 
Their  countenances  are  tvorse  than,  those  of  the  dead,  of  a  livid 
hue,  like  a  corpse,  and  horribly  wrinkled  frovt  being  always  tor- 
mented with  anxiety. 

950.  There  was  a  p)halanx  of  spirits  rising  from  the  side  of 
Gehennah  to  a  considercdjle  height  in  front,  from  whose  sphere  it 
was  evident  that  they  had  no  regard  for  the  Lord,  and  desjnsed 
all  Divine  ivorship ;  for  the  equality  of  spirits  may  be  perceived 
by  their  spheres  alone,  on  their  first  appiroach.  Their  speech  was 
of  a  wave-like  kind.  One  of  them  having  uttered  some  scandal 
against  the  Lord,  ivas  in  consequence  constantly  cast  down  toioards 
one  side  of  Gehennah.  From  the  front  they  ascended  over  the 
head,  hoping  to  find  some  with  idiom  they  might  join  themselves 
for  the  purpose  of  subduing  others  ;  but  they  were  stopped  in  the 
way,  and  told  that  unless  they  desisted  it  luould  be  to  their  ov:n 
detriment;  so  they  halted.  Then  they  became  visible.  Their 
faces  were  black,  and  they  had  about  the  head  a  ivhite  bandage, 
denoting  that  they  regard  Divine  u'orship,  and  conseciucntly  the 
Word  of  the  Lord,  as  dark  matters  useful  only  to  keep  the  vidgar 
under  the  restraints  of  conscience.  Their  residence  is  near 
Gehennah,  where  there  arc  flying  but  not  poisonous  dragons. 
Whence  this  place  is  called  the  habitation  of  dragons.  As  they 
are  not  deceitful,  however,  their  hell  is  less  grievous.  These  spirits 
also  ascribe  all  things  to  themselves  and  their  own  prudence,  and 
boast  that  they  are  cfraid  of  no  one.  But  it  was  sheivn  them 
tJuit  a  mere  hiss  suffices  to  excite  their  alarm  and  put  them  to 
flight ;  for  a  hissing  noise  being  heard,  they  were  so  terrifled  that 
they  thought  all  hell  was  rising  up  to  bear  therii  away,  and  from 
heroes  they  suddenly  became  as  women. 

951.  Those  lulto  in  the  life  of  the  body  fancied  themselves 
saints,  are  in  the  lower  earth  before  the  left  foot,  where  they  some- 
times appear  to  themselves  to  have  a  shining  countena7ice,  which 
flows  forth  from  tlicir  ideas  of  their  own  sanctity.  At  length  it 
comes  to  pass,  that  they  are  seized  with  the  greatest  desire  to 
ascend  into  heaven,  ivhich  they  suppose  to  be  on  high.  This  desire 
becomes  increased,  and  is  changed  more  and  more  into  anxiety, 

374 


CHAPTEli  IX.  [952-954. 

which  gro7rs  njyon  them  immensely,  until  they  acknoxdedge  that 
they  are  not  saints.  When  they  are  taken  away  from  thence, 
it  is  given  them  to  perceive  their  oicn  stench,  icliich  is  most 
offensive. 

952.  A  certain  spirit  imagined  that  he  had  lived  a  holy  life 
in  the  icorld  hecausc  he  tvas  esteemed  holy  hy  men,  and  thus  that 
he  merited  heaven.  He  said  that  he  had  led  a  pious  life,  and  had 
given  much  time  to  prayer,  supposing  it  to  he  sufficient  for  every 
one,  that  he  should  he  concerned  about  himself  and  provide  for 
himself.  He  added,  also,  that  he  was  a  sinner,  and  thcd  he  was 
willing  to  suffer,  even  to  he  trodden  under  foot  hy  others — calling 
this  Christian  patience — and  that  he  was  willing  to  he  the  least, 
in  order  that  he  might  become  the  greatest  in  heaven.  On  being 
examined  as  to  whether  he  had  done,  or  had  desired  to  do,  good,  or 
the  tvorks  of  charity,  to  any  one,  he  said  that  he  did  not  know 
vjhat  they  were,  only  that  he  had  lived  a,  holy  life.  This  spirit, 
hecause  his  end  was  his  own  pre-eminence  over  others,  ichom  he 
accounted  vile  in  comparisoii  with  himself,  chiefly  hecause  he 
imagined  himself  to  he  holy,  appeared  in  the  human  form,  and 
white  down  to  the  loins,  hut  became  changed,  first  to  a  dark  blue, 
and  afterwards  to  a  black  colour.  And  hecause  he  desired  to  rule 
over  others,  despising  them  in  compariso7i  tvith  himself,  he  became 
blacker  than  they  {concerning  those  who  wish  to  be  greatest  in 
lieaven,  sec  above,  nos.  450-452). 

953.  /  icas  conducted  through  certain  mansions  of  the  first 
heaven,  tohence  it  was  given  me  to  behold,  at  a  distance,  an  ex- 
tensive sea  siuelling  with  mighty  leaves,  the  boundaries  of  which 
stretched  beyond  the  range  of  vision.  I  ivas  informed  that  those 
who  had  desired  ivorklly  grandeur,  cuul  vjcre  solicitous  only  to 
p)rocure  glory,  caring  noticing  tchether  rightly  or  wrongly,  are 
possessed  of  such  fantasies,  and  behold  such  a  sea,  with  fear  lest 
they  be  drowned  in  it. 

954.  Tlic  fantasies  irhich  have  ^??-(?ra iVc^/  during  the  life  of 
the  body,  in  the  other  life  are  changed  into  others,  which,  however, 
correspond  to  them.  Thus,  for  example,  those  who  were  violent 
and  U7imerciful  on  earth,  have  their  violence  and  iinmerciful- 
ness  changed  into  incredible  cruelty,  and  aptpear  to  themselves  to 
murder  and  torment  in  divers  ivays  every  companion  they  meet 
u:ith.  The  deligld  from  these  iiraeticcs  constitutes  their  highest 
gratification.  Sucli  as  have  been  bloodthirsiy  take  pleasure  in 
torturing  spirits  even  to  blood ;  for  they  supp)0se  them  to  be  men , 
not  knowing  otherwise.  At  the  sight  of  blood— for  such  is  their 
fantasy  that  they,  as  it  were,  see  blood — they  are  highly  delighted. 
From  avarice  there  break  forth  fantasies,  so  that  they  appear  to 
he  infested  u'ith  m/ice,  and  tlte  like,  accord inc/  to  the  kind  of 
avarice.  They  tvho  have  been  delighted  with  mere  pleasures,  re- 
garding them  as  the  ultimate  object  of  life,  as  their  highest  good, 
and,  as  it  ivere,  their  heaven,  find  their  greatest  gratifiration  in 


i):.5-957.]  genp:sis. 

(hccUing  in  privies,  perceiving   them  as   most   agreeable.     Some 
inhabit  urinous  and  stinking  lakes,  other  miry  places,  etc. 

955.  TJi^rc  arc,  moreover,  divers  kinds  of  punishment  in  the 
other  life,  with  which  the  wicked  are  most  grievously  2^U7iished, 
and  into  which  they  run  when  they  return  into  their  own  fiUhy 
lusts;  by  ichich  they  are  brought  to  shame,  a7id  to  feel  terror  and 
Jiorror  of  such  things,  until  at  length  they  desist  from  them. 
TJu'SC  punishments  are  of  various  kinds.  In  general,  they  are 
jntnishmoits  by  laceration,  ptmishments  hy  discerption,  punish- 
ments under  veils,  and  many  others. 

956.  They  who  are  addicted  to  revenge,  and  loho  fancy  them- 
selves greater  than  all  others,  esteeming  others  as  nothing  in  com- 
parison  with  themselves,  are  punished  by  laceration;  which  is 
thus  effected:  They  are  mutilated  in  body  and  face,  so  that 
there  appears  scarcely  anything  human  left.  The  face  becomes 
like  a  broad  round  cake ;  the  arms  appear  like  ragged  garments, 
which  being  extended,  the  spirit  is  whirled  about  on  high,  con- 
stantly toieards  heaven.  And  it  is p)roclaimed  before  all  that  such 
is  his  character ;  until  he  is  interiorly  touched  with  shame,  and 
is  brought  itito  a  state  of  supplication ;  and  it  is  dictated  to  him 
[ivhat  he  ought  to  say].  Aftertvards  he  is  taken  to  a  miry  lake, 
lohich  is  near  the  filthy  Jerusalem,  arid  he  is  plunged  and 
tumbled  therein,  that  he  may  become  a  very  form  of  filth ;  and 
this  is  repeated  until  such  hist  is  taken  away.  In  this  miry 
lake  there  are  malicious  u'ooncn  belonging  to  the  province  of  the 
bladder. 

957.  Those  who  in  the  life  of  the  body  have  contracted  a  habit 
of  speaki7ig  one  thing  and  thinking  another — especially  if,  U7ider 
the  mask  of  fric7idship,  they  have  sought  to  obtairi  the  wecdth  of 
others — wcmder  about  i7i  the  other  life ;  and  7vhe7^ever  they  come, 
inquire  ivhether  they  may  abide  there,  saying  tliat  tliey  are  poor. 
On  being  7'eceived  in  any  place,  they  eovet  all  thcd  they  sec,  m  co7i- 
sequence  of  the  lust  that  is  in  them.  But  as  soo7i  as  their  evil 
natu7'e  is  discovered,  they  ewe  pu7iishcd  a7id  expelled ;  sometimes 
being  7niserably  7XLeked  i7i  differe7it  ways — aceo7^di7ig  to  the  7iatu7x 
if  the  treaclier-oiis  hnjpocris7j  which  they  have  practised — some  as 
to  their  whole  body,  some  as  to  the  feet,  soine  as  to  the  loins,  so7ne 
as  to  the  breast,  some  as  to  the  head,  cmd  some  ord'yas  to  the  region 
of  the  7nouth.  They  cvrc  suhjectcd  to  reciprocal  irjyercussions, 
such  as  can7%ot  be  described.  These  are  violent  collisions  of  the 
parts,  and  eoiisequent  ptdlings  asunder,  so  that  they  fancy  that 
they  are  bei7ig  torn  to  pieces.  Resista7ice  is  also  inchiced,  which 
increases  the  p>ain.  lliesc  p)unishrnents  by  disce7ption  a7^e  of 
great  va7nety,  and  cire  frec[ue7itly  7'epeatcd,  at  iritervals,  until  the 
suffe7'ers  beco7ne  affected  with  fear  arid  ho7Tor  at  the  thought  of 
deceivi7ig  by  false  sp>eeches.  Each  pni7iish7nent  irmoves  something. 
Those  7vho  inflict  the  punishme7it  clcclar^e  they  are  so  delighted 
loith  their  offee  that  they  would  like  to  exercise  it  to  eterriity. 

376 


CHAPTER  IX.  [958-960. 

958.  There  are  froojjs  of  sjmnts  7rJw  vander  ahovt,  and  wliom 
other  spirits  dread  execedingly.  They  cqiply  themselves  to  the 
loiver  part  of  the  back,  and  torment  ly  rapid  jerldngs  to  and  fro, 
vjhich  no  one  is  able  to  restrain,  attended  ivith  a  noise ;  directing 
the  movement  of  the  reciprocal  tormentors  toivard  the  higher 
parts,  after  the  manner  of  a  cone,  pointed  vpwards.  Whoever  is 
made  to  go  within  this  cone — especially  those  loho  are  towards 
its  apex — is  miserahly  racked  as  to  every  least  part  of  his  joints. 
Those  who  are  made  to  go  iji,  and  are  thus ptunished,  are  deceitful 
hypocrites. 

959.  On  a  certain  night  I  awoke  from  sleep,  and  heard  spirits 
about  me,  ivho  wished  to  ensnare  me  in  my  sleep;  and  presently, 
dozing,  I  had  a  sorrovrfid  dream.  But  having  ajvakened  there 
were  suddenly  near  me  punishing  spirits — which  surprised  me — 
u'ho  miserably  punished  those  u-ho  had  endeavoured  to  ensnare  me 
in  my  sleep,  by  clothing  them  as  itiverewith  visible  bodies,  having 
liodily  senses,  and  then  torturing  them  by  violent  collisions  of 
the  parts,  forward  and  backward,  attended  with  pains  induced  by 
resistance.  The  chastising  spirits  desired  to  kill  them  if  they 
could,  and  hence  used  the  greatest  violence.  Those  who  were 
punished  were  for  the  most  part  sirens  {mentioned' above,  no.  531). 
Tlie  p)unishment  lasted  a  long  time,  extending  to  several  troops 
around  me.  And  what  was  sinprising,  all  who  had  erideavoured 
to  ensnare  me  icere  discovered,  notwithstanding  that  they  sought  to 
conceal  themselves ;  for,  being  sirens,  they  tried  by  numerous 
artifices  to  chide  punishment,  but  in  vain.  Noto  they  sought  to 
withdraiv  secretly  into  an  i7itcrior  nature;  now  to  induce  the 
belief  that  they  were  others;  now  to  divert  the  2^u7iishmcnt  to 
others  by  translations  of  ideas  ;  noto  they  pretended  to  be  infants 
who  were  tortured;  noto  that  they  were  good  sp)irits;  and  noio 
angels;  besides  many  other  artifices,  but  all  to  no  purpose.  I 
'Wondered  that  they  were  so  severely  p^inished,  bid  perceived,  that 
it  loas  from  necessity — so  enormous  vkis  their  crime — because  man 
requires  to  sleep  in  safety ;  for  otherwise  the  Miman  race  would 
perish.  I  perceived  also  that  the  same  takes  place  around  other 
men  U'hom  spirits  attempt  insidiously  to  assault  in  sleep,  cdthough. 
man  is  not  aware  of  it.  For  he  to  'whom  it  has  not  been  granted, 
to  converse  with  spirits,  and  to  be  until  them  by  an  internal  sense, 
ran  hear  no  such  thing,  still  less  see;  when  yet  such  things  are 
rnr  existi7ig  around  others.  The  Lord  tcatches  over  man  most 
especially  while  he  sleeps. 

960.  Tltere  are  certain  deceitful  spirits,  who,  vh.ilc  tliry  lived 
in  the  body,  secretly  practised  deeep)tions,  and  some  of  whom  by 
p)ernieious  artifices  asswmed- the  semblance  of  angels  iinth  a  view 
to  deceive.  Such  spirits  in  the  other  life  learn  to  witlidraw  them- 
selves into  a  more  subtle  nature,  and  to  disappear  suddenly  from- 
the  eyes  of  others,  siqyposing  themselves  thus  secure  from  every 
jiuuishmcnt.      These,  however,  not  onh/  viidcr(iii  /nniishmenfs  by 

Til 


!)oi-9Gi;.]  (.;enp:8Ls. 

disccrptiun,  like  the  others,  according  to  the  nature  and  hcinovs- 
ness  of  their  deeeit,  but  they  are  also  elosely  hound  together  ; 
SI)  that  when  this  is  effected,  the  more  they  desire  to  separate 
themselves,  or  to  tear  themselves  apart  from  one  another,  so  much, 
the  closer  arc  they  hound.  This  punishment  is  attended  rvith 
more  intense  torment,  because  it  answers  to  their  more  secret 
treacheries. 

961.  Sovie  persons  from  habit,  and  others  from  a  spirit  of 
derision,  accustom  themselves  to  introduee  texts  of  Holy  Scripture 
in  common  discourse,  however  trifling  or  ridiculous  it  may  be, 
thinking  thus  to  add  weight  and  give  a  finish  to  their  idle  jestings. 
But  such  thoughts  and  sayings  adjoin  themselves  to  their  corporeal 
and  defiled  ideas,  and  in  the  other  life  they  bring  them  much 
harm;  for  they  return,  together  ivith  what  is  profane.  Such  also 
imdergo  the  punisliment  of  discerption  until  they  desist  from  such 
practices. 

9G2.  There  is  also  a  punishment  of  discerption  as  to  the 
thoughts;  so  that  the  interior  thoughts  are  in  conflict  with  the 
exterior.     This  is  attended  with  interior  torment. 

96o.  Among  2)unishments,  thcd  of  the  veil  is  frequent.  This 
is  such  that,  through  the  fantasies  tvith  which  they  are  impressed, 
the  spirits  appear  to  themselves  to  be  under  a  veil,  stretched  out 
to  a  great  distance.  It  is,  as  it  were,  a  cohering  cloud,  tohieh 
becomes  dense  in  proportion  to  the  fantasy.  Under  this  cloud 
they  run  hither  and  thither  in  burning  eagerness  to  escape;  icitha. 
difference  of  speedwntil  they  are  wearied.  This  usuaUyjiontinues 
for  the  space  of  an  hour,  more  or  less,  and  is  attended  with  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  torment,  according  to  the  intensity  of  their 
desire  to  extricate  themselves.  The  p)unishment  of  the  veil  is 
inflicted  on  those  who,  although  they  see  the  truth,  are  yet  un- 
vnlling  to  acknowledge  it,  on  account  of  the  love  of  self ;  and 
are  continually  indignant  that  it  is  so.  Some  spirits  have  such 
anxiety  and  terror  under  the  veil,  that  they  despair  of  ever  being 
set  at  liberty,  as  I  was  informed  by  one  who  had  been  set  free 
from  it. 

964.  There  is  also  another  kind  of  veil.  The  spirits  arc  en- 
velop)ed  as  in  a  sheet,  so  that  they  seem  to  themselves  bound — hand, 
feet,  and  body — and  are  at  the  same  time  filled  with  a  strong 

desire  to  extricate  themselves.  This  they  imagine  may  be  easily 
effected,  because  they  are  only  wrapped  in  a  single  fold  ;  bid,  on 
making  the  attempt,  the  more  they  unfold,  it  the  longer  it  grows, 
until  at  last  they  are  driren  to  despair. 

965.  This  much  is  said  concerning  the  hells  and  punishments. 
Hellish  torments  are  not,  as  some  suppose,  the  stings  of  conscience ; 
for  those  'who  are  in  hell  have  no  conscience,  and  therefore  cannot 
be  so  tormented.  Those  who  have  had  conscience  are  among  the 
blessed. 

966.  It  is  to  be  observed,  that  no  one  suffers  any  2^i'iiishrnc7it 
378 


CHAPTER  TX.  [907-909. 

and  torment  in  the  other  life  on  account  of  his  hereclitary  evils, 
hut  for  the  actual  evils  ivhich  he  has  himself  committed. 

967.  When  the  evil  are  2^unished  there  are  always  angeh 
present  who  moderate  the  'jjunishment,  and  alleviate  the  pains  of 
the  wretched.  But  they  cannot  take  them  away ;  becattse  such  is 
the  equilibrium  of  all  things  in  the  other  life  that  evil  punishes 
itself.  And  unless  it  ivere  removed,  by  piinishments,  such  spirits 
coicld  not  but  be  kept  in  some  hell  to  eternity ;  for  otherwise  they 
ivould  infest  the  societies  of  the  good,  and  do  violence  to  that  order 
established  by  the  Lord,  on  which  the  scfcty  of  the  universe 
depends. 

968.  Some  have  brougJit  with  them  from  the  world  the  idea 
that  the  Devil  oxight  not  to  be  sjwkoi  with,  but  that  they  shoidd  flee 
from  him.  Such,  however,  are  instructed  that  it  would  do  no 
injury  to  those  wJtom  the  Lord  defends,  even  ivere  they  encom- 
passed rd)out  with  cdl  the  powers  of  Llell,  both  ivithout  and  within. 
And  this  it  has  been  granted  me  to  hioiv  by  much  and  astonish- 
ing experience,  so  thnt  at  length  L  had  no  fear  of  conversing  with 
them,  not  even  with  the  very  worst  of  the  hellish  crew.  'This 
was  granted  to  me,  that  L  might  become  acquainted  with  their 
nature.  When  some  expressed  their  s^irp)rise  that  L  should  dis- 
course  with  these  creatures,  L  informed  them  not  only  that  such 
conversation  is  unattended  icitli  injury  to  myself,  but  also  that 
devils  in  the  other  ivorld  were  once  men,  who,  when  they  had  lived 
in  the  loorld,  had  sp)ent  their  life  in  haired,  revenge,  and  adxdicry, 
some  of  whom  had  then  been  esteemed  before  others.  Yea,  that 
there  are  some  among  them  whom  I  knew  in  the  body ;  and  that 
the  Devil  signifies  nothing  else  but  such  a  hellish  ere  a-.  L  stated 
further,  that  men,  while  they  live  in  the  body,  have  with  them  at 
least  two  spirits  from  hell,  besides,  also,  two  angels  from  heaven; 
and  these  infernal  spirits  bear  ride  in  wicked  men,  bid.  in  the  good 
they  are  subdued,  and  forced  to  serve.  So  that  it  is  an  error  to 
believe  that  any  devil  has  existed  from  the  beginning  of  creation, 
except  those  who  were  once  such  men.  When  they  heard  these 
things  they  were  much  amazed,  and  confessed  that  they  had 
entertained  an  entirely  different  ojmiion  of  the  Devil  and  his 
diaboliccd  crew. 

969.  Ln  so  large  a  kingdom,  where  all  the  souls  of  men  from 
the  first  creation  fiock  together — nearly  a  million  coming  weekly 
from  this  earth — and  where  all  have  their  peculiar  genius  and 
nature,  different  from  every  other,  and  where  there  is  a  eommuniea- 
tion  (f  all  the  ideas  of  each,  and  yet  cdl  things  in  general  and  in 
particular  must  be  rediiced  into  order,  and  that  eontinually,  it 
cannot  be  but  that  there  exist  indefinite  tilings  u-hieh  have  never 
entered  into  the  idea  of  man.  Jhit  as  scarcely  any  one  has  con- 
ceived any  other  but  a  very  obscure  idea  of  hell,  as  cf  heaven, 
these  things  must  necessarily  appear  strange  and  marvellous ; 
especially  from   the  fart   that    men   believe  that  spirits  have  no 

1^.79 


970.]  GENESIS. 

S('nsatio7i,  when  yet  they  have  a  more  exquisite  sensation  than  men. 
Moreover,  evil  spirits,  by  artifiees  unknown  in  the  world,  super - 
induee  upon  others  a  sense  almost  like  the  bodily,  ivhich  is  far 
more  (jross. 

970.  At  the  end  of  this  chapter  the  nature  of  vastations  will 
be  considered. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

1.  And  God  blessed  Noah  and  his  sons,  and  said  unto  them, 
]>u  fruitful  and  be  multiplied,  and  replenish  the  earth. 

'1.  And  let  the  fear  of  you  and  the  dread  of  you  be  upon  every 
beast  of  the  earth,  and  upon  every  bird  of  heaven  ;  to  every- 
thing which  the  ground  causeth  to  creep  forth,  and  to  all  the 
fishes  of  the  sea,  let  them  be  given  into  your  hands. 

o.  Every  creeping  thing  which  liveth  shall  be  meat  for  you ; 
as  the  green  herb  {olus  herhce)  have  I  given  it  all  to  you. 

4.  Only  flesh  with  the  soul  thereof,  the  blood  thereof,  shall 
ye  not  eat. 

5.  And  surely  your  blood  with  your  -soula  will  I  require ; 
from  the  hand  of  every  wild  beast  will  I  require  it,  and  from 
the  hand  of  man  {homo) ;  from  the  hand  of  the  man  {rir),  his 
brother,  will  I  require  the  soul  of  man  (homo). 

G.  Whoso  sheddeth  man's  blood  in  man,  his  blood  shall  be 
shed ;  for  in  the  image  of  God  made  He  man. 

7.  And  you,  be  ye  fruitful,  and  be  multiplied  ;  be  ye  poured 
forth  upon  the  earth,  and  be  ye  multiplied  therein. 


<S.  And  God  said  to  Noah,  and  to  his  sons  with  him,  saying, 

9.  And  I,  behold,  I  establish  My  covenant  with  you,  and 
with  your  seed  after  you  ; 

10.  And  with  every  living  soul  which  is  with  you,  to  the 
Ijird,  to  the  beast,  and  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth  with  you  ; 
from  all  that  go  forth  out  of  the  ark,  even  to  every  wild  beast 
of  the  earth. 

11.  And  I  establisli  My  covenant  with  you  ;  and  all  flesh 
shall  not  be  cut  off  any  more  by  the  waters  of  a  flood ;  and  there 
shall  be  no  more  a  flood  to  destroy  the  earth. 

12.  And  God  said.  This  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  which  I 
give  between  Me  and  you,  and  every  living  soul  that  is  with  you, 
during  the  generations  of  the  age. 

13.  I  have  given  My  bow  in  the  cloud,  and  it  shall  be  for  a 
sign  of  the  covenant  between  Me  and  the  earth. 

380 


CHAPTER  IX.  [071. 

14.  And  it  shall  be,  in  beclouding  Myself  with  a  cloud  over 
the  earth,  and  the  bow  is  seen  in  the  cloud, 

15.  That  I  will  remember  My  covenant  which  is  between  Me 
and  you,  and  every  living  soul  in  all  flesh  ;  and  the  waters  shall 
no  more  become  a  flood  to  destroy  all  flesh. 

IG.  And  the  bow  shall  be  in  the  cloud  ;  and  I  see  it,  to  re- 
member the  everlasting  covenant  between  God  and  every  living- 
soul  in  all  flesh  which  is  upon  the  earth. 

17.  And  God  said  to  Noah,  This  is  the  sign  of  the  covenant 
which  I  establish  between  Me  and  all  flesli  which  is  upon  the 
earth. 


18.  And  the  sons  of  Noah,  who  went  fortli  out  of  the  aik, 
were  Shem,  and  Ham,  and  Japheth  ;  and  Ham  is  tlie  lather  of 
Canaan. 

19.  These  are  the  three  sons  of  Noah ;  and  by  them  was  the 
whole  earth  overspread. 

20.  And  Noah  began  to  be  a  man  (rir)  of  the  ground,  and 
he  planted  a  vineyard : 

21.  And  he  drank  of  the  wine,  and  was  drunken ;  and  he 
was  uncovered  in  the  midst  of  his  tent. 

22.  And  Ham,  the  father  of  Canaan,  saw  the  nakedness  of 
his  father,  and  told  his  two  brethren  without. 

23.  And  Shem  and  Japheth  took  a  garment,  and  they  both 
laid  it  upon  the  shoulder,  and  went  backward,  and  covered  the 
nakedness  of  their  father ;  and  their  faces  were  backward,  and 
they  saw  not  their  father's  nakedness. 

24.  And  Noah  awoke  from  his  wine,  and  knew  what  his 
younger  son  had  done  unto  him. 

25.  And  he  said,  Cursed  be  Canaan  ;  a  servant  of  servants 
shall  he  be  to  his  brethren. 

26.  And  he  said.  Blessed  be  Jehovah  the  God  of  Shem ;  and 
Canaan  shall  be  his  servant. 

27.  God  shall  enlarge  Japheth,  and  he  shall  dwell  in  the 
tents  of  Shem ;  and  Canaan  shall  be  his  servant. 

28.  And  Noah  lived  after  the  flood  three  hundred  years  and 
fifty  yea^s. 

29.  And  all  the  days  of  Noah  were  nine  hundred  years  and 
fifty  years  ;  and  he  died. 


THE  CONTENTS. 


971.  The  subject  which  now  follows  is  the  state  of  tlie  re- 
generate man  ;  and  first,  of  tlie  dominion  of  the  internal  man 

and  the  submission  of  the  extei'nal ; 

;.58i 


!)72-9r7.]  GENESIS. 

072.  Niunoly,  tliat  tliinfijs  belonging  to  the  external  man 
slionld  be  snbject  and  subservient  to  the  internal,  verses  l-o  ; 
but  that  he  should  take  particular  care  lest  he  immerse  the  goods 
and  truths  of  faith  in  his  lusts,  or  by  goods  and  truths  wliich 
are  of  the  internal  man  confirm  evils  and  falsities,  which  must 
of  necessity  condemn  him  to  death,  and  punish  him,  verses  4,  5  ; 
antl  thus  destroy  the  spiritual  man,  or  tlie  image  of  God,  in  him, 
verse  (5.  If  these  things  be  not  done,  all  will  go  well  with  him, 
verse  7. 

973.  It  next  treats  of  the  state  of  man  after  the  flood,  whom 
the  Lord  so  formed  that  by  means  of  charity  He  might  l)e  pre- 
sent with  him,  and  thus  prevent  his  perishing  like  the  last 
posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Ghurch,  verses  8-11. 

974.  Then  the  state  of  man  after  the  flood,  who  is  capable 
of  receiving  charity,  is  described  by  the  bow  in  the  cloud,  to 
which  he  is  like,  verses  12-17.  And  this  bow  relates  to  the 
man  of  the  Church,  or  the  regenerate  man,  verses  12, 13  ;  to  man 
in  general,  verses  14,  15;  to  the  man  who  is  capable  of  being 
regenerated  in  particular,  verse  16;  and  thus  that  it  relates  not 
only  to  the  man  within,  but  also  to  the  man  outside  the  Churcli, 
verse  17. 

975.  Then  it  treats  of  the  Ancient  Church  in  general.  By 
Shem  is  there  understood  internal  worships  by  Japheth,  corre- 
sponding external  worship  ;  by  Ham,  faith  separate  from  charity  ; 
and  by  Canaan,  external  w^orship  separate  from  internal,  verse 
19,  to  the  end.  That  this  Church,  through  a  desire  to  inves- 
tigate the  truths  of  faith  from  itself  and  by  reasonings,  lapsed  fii'st 
into  errors  and  perversities,  verses  19-21.  That  they  who  are 
in  external  worship  separate  from  internal,  on  account  of  such 
errors  and  perversities,  deride  the  very  doctrine  of  faith,  verse 
22 ;  but  that  they  who  are  in  internal  worship,  and  thence  in 
external,  interpret  such  things  in  a  good  sense,  and  excuse  them, 
verse  23.  That  they  who  are  in  external  worship  separate  from 
internal  are  most  vile,  verses  24,  25 ;  and  that  still  they  may 
perform  vile  services  in  the  Church,  verses  26,  27. 

976.  Lastly,  the  duration  and  state  of  the  first  Ancient 
Church  are  described  bv  the  years  of  the  age  of  Noah,  verses 
28,  29. 


THE  INTEENAL  SENSE. 


977.  As  the  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  regenerate  man, 
it  may  be  expedient  to  state  briefly  what  is  his  nature  as  com- 
pared with  the  unregenerate,  that  thus  the  nature  of  both  may 
be  understood.  "With  the  regenerate  man  there  is  a  conscience 
of  what  is  good  and  true,  and  from  conscience  he  does  good  and 
382 


I 


CHAPTER  IX.  [978. 


tliinlcs  trutli.  The  good  which  he  does  is  the  good  of  charity, 
and  the  truth  which  he  thinks  is  the  truth  of  faith.  The  unre- 
•generate  man  has  no  conscience ;  or,  if  any,  it  is  not  a  conscience 
of  doing  good  from  charity,  and  of  thinking  truth  from  faith,  but 
from  some  love  regarding  himself  or  the  world  ;  it  is  therefore 
a  spurious  or  false  conscience.  With  the  regenerate  man  there 
is  joy  when  he  acts  according  to  conscience,  and  anxiety  when 
he  is  constrained  to  do  or  think  what  is  against  conscience. 
But  it  is  not  so  with  the  unregenerate.  Very  many  of  them  do 
not  know  w  hat  conscience  is,  much  less  what  it  is  to  do  any- 
thing according  to  or  against  conscience ;  but  they  act  according 
to  those  things  which  favour  their  own  loves,  whence  they  have 
their  joy;  while  the  contrary  occasions  anxiety.  Witli  the: 
regenerate  man  there  is  a  new  will  and  a  new  understanding, 
and  this  new  will  and  new  understanding  are  his  conscience; 
that  is,  they  are  in  his  conscience,  by  which  the  Lord  operates 
the  good  of  charity  and  the  truth  of  faith.  With  the  unre- 
generate man  there  is  no  will,  but  in  place  of  will  there  is  lust, 
and  hence  a  proneness  to  every  evil ;  and  there  is  no  under- 
standing, but  ratiocination,  and  hence  a  tendency  to  every 
falsity.  With  the  regenerate  man  there  is  celestial  aud  spiritual 
life  ;  but  witli  the  unregenerate  man  there  is  only  bodily  and 
worldly  life.  That  he  is  able  to  think  and  to  understand  what 
is  good  and  true,  is  from  the  life  of  the  Lord  through  remains, 
of  which  we  have  spoken  above.  Hence  he  has  the  faculty  . 
of  reflection.  With  the  regenerate  the  internal  man  has 
dominion,  and  the  external  is  obedient  and  submissive  ;  but  with 
the  unregenerate,  the  external  man  governs,  and  the  internal  is 
quiescent,  as  if  it  had  no  existence.  The  regenerate  man  knows, 
or  is  capable  of  knowing,  if  he  reflects,  what  the  internal  man 
is,  and  what  the  external ;  but  the  unregenerate  man  is  alto- 
gether ignorant  of  them,  nor  can  he  know  even  though  he 
reflects,  for  he  does  not  know  what  the  good  and  truth  of  faith 
i'rom  charity  are.  From  these  things  it  is  evident  wliat  is  the 
quality  of  the  regenerate,  and  what  of  the  unregenerate  man  ; 
and  that  the  difference  is  as  that  between  summer  and  winter, 
and  light  and  darkness  ;  the  regenerate,  therefore,  is  a  living 
man,  but  the  unregenerate  a  dead  man. 

978.  What  the  internal  man  and  the  external  man  arc  is 
known  to  few,  if  any,  in  the  present  day.  They  are  suj)p()scd 
to  1)0  one  and  the  same ;  and,  indeed,  esjiecially  because  men 
believe  that  they  do  what  is  good  and  think  what  is  true  of  their 
own  2'>ro2')riu'm.  This  idea  springs  from  their  'projrrium.  'Y\\q 
internal  man,  however,  is  as  distinct  from  the  external  as  heaven 
is  from  earth.  Neither  the  learned  nor  the  uiiltMrncd,  when 
they  reflect  on  the  subject,  have  any  other  concei)tion  (jf  tlie. 
internal  man  than  that  it  is  the  thouglit,  l)ecause  it  is  within  ; 
nor  of  the  external  man  than  that  it  is  the  body, and  its  sensual  and 


078.]  GKXESIS. 

voluiUiions  parts,  because  these  are  without.  But  the  thouglit, 
whieli  they  believe  to  beloug  to  the  internal  man,  does  not  belong- 
to  the  internal.  For  in  the  internal  man  there  are  nothing  else 
but  gQods  and  truths  which  are  the  Lord's ;  and  in  the  interior 
man  conscience  is  implanted  by  the  Lord.  And  the  wicked,  yea, 
the  worst  of  men,  even  those  who  are  without  conscience,  never- 
theless have  thouglit.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  the  thought  of 
man  is  not  of  the  internal  man,  but  of  the  external.  That  the 
nuiterial  body,  with  its  sensual  and  voluptuous  parts,  is  not  the 
external  man,  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  spirits,  who  have  no 
material  body,  have  an  external  man  as  well  as  men  on  earth. 

2  But  what  the  internal  man  and  the  external  man  are,  cannot 
1)6  known,  unless  it  be  known,  that  with  every  man  there  is  a 
celestial  and  a  spiritual  part  which  correspond  to  the  angelic 
heaven ;  a  rational  part  which  corresponds  to  the  heaven  of 
angelic  spirits ;  and  an  interior  sensual  part  which  corresponds  to 
the  heaven  of  spirits.  For  there  are  three  heavens  ;  and  there 
are  as  many  in  man.  And  these  heavens  are  most  distinct  from 
each  other.  Hence  it  is  that  after  death  the  man  wlio  has  con- 
science is  at  first  in  the  heaven  of  spirits,  and  is  afterwards 
elevated  by  the  Lord  into  the  heaven  of  angelic  spirits,  and  lastly 
into  the  angelic  heaven ;  which  could  never  be  effected  unless 
there  were  in  him  as  many  heavens,  to  which  and  to  the  state  of 
which  he  is  capable  of  corresponding.  Hence  it  was  made 
manifest  to  me  what  constitutes  the  internal,  and  what  the  ex- 
ternal man.  The  internal  man  is  formed  of  things  celestial  and 
spiritual ;  the  interior  or  intermediate  man,  of  things  rational  ; 
and  the  external  man,  of  things  sensual — not,  indeed,  of  the 
body,  but  derived  from  bodily  things.     And  this  is  the  case  not 

3  only  with  man,  but  also  with  spirits.  To  speak  in  the  language 
of  the  learned  :  These  three  are  like  end,  cause,  and  effect ;  and 
it  is  well  known  that  no  effect  can  ever  exist  unless  there  be  a 
cause,  and  that  there  can  be  no  cause  without  an  end.  The 
effect,  the  cause,  and  the  end  are  thus  distinct  from  each  other, 
as  exterior,  interior,  and  inmost.  Properly,  the  sensual  man, 
that  is,  that  man  who  thinks  from  sensual  things,  is  the 
external  man ;  and  the  spiritual  and  celestial  man  is  the 
internal  man.  The  rational  man  is  intermediate  between 
the  two.  Through  him,  or  through  the  Eational,  the  com- 
munication of  the  internal  man  with  the  external  is  effected. 
I  know  that  few  will  receive  these  statements,  for  the  reason 
that  men  live  in  external  things,  and  think  from  external  things. 
Hence  it  is  that  some  make  themselves  like  the  brutes,  and 
believe  that  on  the  death  of  the  body  they  shall  altogether  die. 
But  when  they  die  they  then  first  begin  to  live.  Then  they 
who  are  good,  in  the  other  life,  at  first  live  a  sensual  life  in  the 
world  or  heaven  of  spirits,  afterwards  an  interior  sensual  life 
in  the  heaven  of  angelic  spirits,  and  at  length  an  inmost  sensual 

384 


CHAPTER  IX.  1.  [979-981. 

life  in  the  angelic  heaven.  This  life,  or  the  angelic  life,  is  the 
life  of  the  internal  man  ;  of  which  scarcely  anything  can  be  said 
that  is  comprehensible  by  man.  The  regenerate  only  may  4 
know,  if  they  reflect,  that  it  is  from  good  and  truth,  and  froili 
combat.  It  is,  indeed,  the  life  of  the  Lord  in  man.  For  the 
Lord,  through  the  internal  man,  operates  the  good  of  charity 
and  the  truth  of  faith  in  his  external  man.  What  comes  thence 
to  perception,  in  his  thought  and  affection,  is  a  certain  general 
idea,  in  which  there  are  innumerable  particulars  that  come 
from  the  internal  man ;  and  these  man  can  never  perceive  until 
he  enters  the  angelic  heaven.  Respecting  the  nature  of  this 
general  idea,  see  what  is  said  from  experience  at  no.  545.  But 
the  things  w^hich  are  here  stated  concerning  the  internal  man, 
since  they  are  above  the  comprehension  of  many,  are  not 
necessary  to  salvation.  Only  let  them  know  that  there  is  an 
internal  and  an  external  man ;  and  acknowledge  and  believe 
that  all  good  and  truth  are  from  the  Lord. 

979.  These  things  are  premised,  concerning  the  state  of  the 
regenerate  man,  and  concerning  the  influx  of  the  internal  man 
into  the  external ;  because  this  chapter  treats  of  the  regenerate 
man,  of  the  dominion  of  the  internal  man  over  the  external,  and 
of  the  obedience  of  the  external  man. 

980.  Verse  1.  And  God  blessed  Noah  and  his  sons,  and  said 
7into  them,  Be  fruitful  and  he  midtiplied,  and  replenish  the  earth. 
God  blessed  signifies  the  Lord's  presence  and  grace.  Noah  and 
his  sons  signify  the  Ancient  Church.  Be  fruitful  signifies 
the  goods  of  charity;  be  midtiplied,  the  truths  of  faith,  which 
should  now  receive  increase.    And  replenish  the  earth  signifies 

-irr  the  external  man. 

981.  That  God  blessed  signifies  the  Lord's  presence  and  grace, 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  to  bless.  To  bless,  in  the 
Word,  in  the  external  sense,  signifies  to  enrich  with  every  earthly 
and  corporeal  good,  according  to  the  explanation  of  all  who  abid(; 
in  the  external  sense  of  the  Word,  as  the  ancient  and  modern  Jews, 
and  also  Christians,  especially  at  the  present  day.  Wherefore 
they  placed,  and  still  do  place,  the  Divine  blessing  in  riches,  an 
abundance  of  all  things,  and  self-glory.  But,  in  the  inti'rnal 
sense,  to  bless  signifies  to  enrich  with  every  spiritual  and  celestial 
good ;  and  this  blessing,  since  it  never  is  and  never  can  be  given 
except  by  the  Lord,  therefore  to  bless  signifies  His  presence 
and  grace.  The  Lord's  presence  and  grace  bring  with  them 
such  spiritual  and  celestial  good.  It  is  said  presence,  because  = 
the  Lord  is  present  only  in  charity,  and  the  subject  here  treated 
of  is  the  regenerate  spiritual  man,  who  acts  from  charity. 
The  Lord  is  present  with  every  man ;  but  in  proportion  as  man 
is  distant  from  charity,  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  so  to  speak,  is 
more  absent,  or  the  Lord  is  more  remote.  The  reason  why 
grace  is  mentioned,  and  not  mercy — which,  as  I  believe,  has 

VOL.  I.  2  h  :>85 


P82.  9SX]  GENESIS. 

hitherto  been  unknown — is,  because  celestial  men  do  not  talk  of 
grace,  but  of  mercy;  while  spiritual  men  do  not  talk  of  mercy,  but 
of  grace.  This  comes  from  the  iact  that  those  who  are  celestial 
acknowledge  that  the  human  race  is  nothing  but  filtldness  ;  yea, 
in  itself  excrementitious  and  infernal.  Wlierefore  they  implore 
the  Lord's  mercy ;  for  mercy  is  predicated  of  such  a  state. 
3  But  the  spiritual,  although  tliey  know  that  such  is  the  nature  of 
the  human  race,  yet  do  not  acknowledge  it;  because  they  remain 
in  the  proprmm,  which  they  love.  Wherefore  they  are  scarcely 
able  to  mention  mercy,  but  easily  speak  of  grace.  This  is  the 
effect  of  the  different  humiliation  of  each.  For  in  proportion  as 
any  one  loves  himself,  and  thinks  that  of  himself  he  can  do  good, 
and  thus  merit  salvation,  he  becomes  less  capable  of  imploring 
the  Lord's  mercy.  The  reason  why  some  can  implore  grace,  is, 
because  it  has  become  a  customary  form  of  prayer ;  and  then 
there  is  but  little  of  the  Lord  and  much  of  self  in  grace.  This 
any  one  may  discover  in  himself  while  he  names  the  Lord's 
grace. 

982.  That  Noah  and  his  sons  signify  the  Ancient  Church, 
was  said  and  shewn  above,  and  appears  from  what  follows. 

983.  That  to  he  fruitful  signifies  the  goods  of  charity,  and  to  lie 
multiplied,  the  truths  of  faith,  which  should  now  receive  increase, 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  both  expressions  in  the 
Word,  where  to  be  fruitful,  or  to  produce  fruit,  is  constantly  pre- 
dicated of  charity  ;  and  to  be  multiplied,  of  faith  (as  was  shewn 
above,nos.  43, 55).  In  further  confirmation  of  this, it  is  permitted 
to  adduce  the  following  passages  from  the  Word :  "  Turn,  0 
backsliding  children  ;  I  will  give  you  pastors  according  to  Mine 
heart,  and  they  shall  feed  you  with  knowledge  and  intelligence. 
And  it  shall  be  that  ye  shall  be  multiplied  and  made  fruitful 
in  the  earth "  (Jer.  iii.  14-16).  Here,  to  midtiply,  evidently 
denotes  to  grow  in  knowledge  and  intelligence,  that  is,  in  faith  ; 
and  to  he  made  fruitful,  to  increase  in  the  goods  of  charity.  Eor 
the  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  planting  of  a  Church,  in  which 

2  faith  or  multiplication  precedes.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  I 
will  gather  the  remnant  of  My  flock  out  of  all  lands  whither  I 
have  driven  them  ;  and  will  bring  them  again  to  their  folds,  and 
they  shall  he  fruitful  and  he  m,tdtiplied  "  (xxiii.  3).  This  is  said 
concerning  a  Church  which  was  to  be  planted,  and  thus  to  be- 
come fruitful  as  to  the  goods  of  charity,  and  to  multiply  as  to 
the  truths  of  faith.  So  in  Moses  :  "  Moreover,  I  will  look  to 
you,  and  make  you  to  he  fruitful,  and  I  will  make  you  to  he 
multiplied,  and  will  establish  My  covenant  with  you"  (Lev. 
xxvi.  9).  In  the  internal  sense,  the  subject  here  is  the  celes- 
tial Church ;  wherefore  to  he  fruitful  is  predicated  of  the  goods 
of  love  and  charity,  and  to  he  midti'plicd,  of  the  goods  and  truths 
of  faith.  In  Zechariah  :  "  I  will  redeem  them,  and  they  shall 
be  multiplied  as  they  have  been  multiplied  "  (x.  8).  That  to  he 
386 


CHAPTER  IX.  2.  [9S4-98G. 

riudtiplied  is  here  predicated  of  the  truths  of  faith,  is  evident  from 
tlie  fact  that  they  were  to  be  redeemed.  In  Jeremiah  :  "  The  . 
city  shall  be  builded  upon  her  own  heap,  and  out  of  them  shall 
proceed  confession,  and  the  voice  of  them  that  make  merry,  and 
I  will  cause  them  to  be  multiplied,  and  they  shall  not  be 
diminished  ;  their  sons  also  shall  be  as  aforetime"  (xxx.  18-20). 
The  subject  here  spoken  of  is  the  affections  of  truth,  and  the 
truths  of  faith.  The  affections  of  truth  are  denoted  by  conles- 
sion,  and  the  voice  of  them  that  make  merry ;  and  the  trvitlis 
of  faith  by  being  multiplied.     Sons  here  also  denote  truths. 

984.  That  to  replenish  the  earth  signifies  in  the  external 
man,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the  earth,  which  is  the 
external  man  (of  which  we  have  spoken  several  times  before). 
With  regard  to  the  goods  of  charity  and  the  truths  of  faitli  in 
the  regenerate  man,  the  case  is  this.  They  are  implanted  in 
his  conscience ;  and  as  they  are  implanted  by  means  of  faitli, 
or  through  the  hearing  of  the  Word,  they  are  first  in  his  memory, 
which  is  of  the  external  man.  When  he  is  regenerated,  and  the 
internal  man  acts,  then  fructification  and  multiplication  proceed 
in  like  manner.  The  goods  of  charity  put  themselves  forth  in 
the  affections  of  the  external  man,  and  the  truths  of  faith  in  the 
memory ;  and  in  each  they  increase  and  multiply.  What  this 
multiplication  is  every  regenerate  person  may  know.  For  there 
always  spring  up  confirmations  from  the  Word,  from  the 
rational  man,  and  from  scientifics  ;  and  thus  he  confirms  him- 
self more  and  more.  This  is  the  effect  of  charity ;  the  Lortl 
alone  operating  by  means  of  cliarity. 

985.  Verse  2.  And  let  the  fear  of  you  and  the  dread  of  you 
-—-bfTvpon  every  'beast  of  the  earth,  and  iipoii  every  bird  of  heaven  ; 

to  everything  whieh  the  ground  causeth  to  creep  forth,  and, 
to  all  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  let  them  be  given  into  your  hands. 
The  fear  of  you  and  the  dread  of  you  signify  the  dominion  of  the 
internal  man ;  fear  relates  to  evils,  and  dread  to  falsities. 
Upon  every  beast  of  the  earth  signifies  upon  the  lusts  which  are 
of  the  mind  (animus).  And  up07i  every  bird  of  heaven  signifies 
upon  the  falsities  which  are  of  ratiocination.  To  everything 
v)hich  the  ground  eauseth  to  creep  forth  signifies  the  affections 
of  good.  To  all  the  fishes  of  the  sea  signifies  scientilics.  Let 
them  be  given  into  your  haoids  signiiies  the  possessions  of  the 
internal  man  in  the  external. 

986.  That  the  fear  of  you  and  the  dread,  of  you  signifies  the 
dominion  of  the  internal  man  ;  and  that  fear  relates  to  evils,  and 
dread  to  falsities,  may  appear  from  the  state  of  the  regenerat'.; 
man.  The  state  of  man  before  regeneration  is  such,  that  lusts 
and  falsities,  which  are  of  the  external  man,  continually  i»re(l<i- 
minate,  and  hence  arises  condjat.  When  he  is  regeneratiul,  then 
the  internal  man  has  dominion  over  the  external,  that  is,  over 
his  lusts  and  falsities.  And  when  the  internal  man  lias  dominion, 

o87 


0S7.]  GENESIS. 

then  man  lias  a  fear  of  evils  and  a  dread  of  falsities,  for  both  evils 
and  falsities  are  against  conscience,  to  act  in  opposition  to  which 

-  aHects  hin\  with  horror.  The  internal  man,  however,  does  not 
fear  evils,  and  is  not  in  dread  of  falsities,  but  the  external  is. 
"Wherefore  it  is  here  said  that  the  fear  of  you  and  the  dread  of 
you  shall  be  upon  ever/j  hcast  of  the  earth,,  and  upon  every 
/>irJ  of  heaven;  that  is,  upon  all  lusts,  which  are  signified  by 
beasts,  and  upon  all  falsities,  which  are  signified  by  the  bird  of 
heaven.  This  fear  and  this  dread  appear  as  man's  own.  But 
the  case  is  this.  There  are  with  every  man,  as  was  said  before, 
at  least  two  angels,  through  whom  he  has  communication  with 
heaven  ;  and  two  evil  spirits,  through  whom  he  has  communica- 
tion with  hell.  When  the  angels  rule,  as  is  the  case  with  the 
regenerate  man,  then  the  evil  spirits  who  are  near  him  dare  not 
do  anything  against  good  and  truth  ;  because  they  are  then  in 
bonds.  And  when  they  attempt  to  do  anything  evil,  to  speak 
what  is  false — that  is,  to  excite  it — they  are  instantly  seized 
with  a  certain  infernal  fear  and  dread.  It  is  this  fear  and  this 
dread  which  are  perceived  in  man,  on  account  of  those  things 
which  are  against  conscience.  Wherefore  as  soon  as  he  does 
or  says  anything  against  conscience,  he  comes  into  temptation, 
and  into  remorse  of  conscience ;  that  is,  into  a  kind  of  torment, 

3  as  it  were,  infernal.  That  fear  is  predicated  of  evils  and  dread 
of  falsities,  is  on  this  ground.  The  spirits  who  are  with  man 
do  not  so  much  fear  to  do  evils  as  to  speak  falsities.  Eor 
through  the  truths  of  faith  man  is  Ijorn  again,  and  receives 
conscience ;  on  Nvhich  account  spirits  are  not  permitted  to 
excite  falsities.  With  every  one  of  them,  indeed,  there  is  no- 
thing but  evil ;  so  that  they  are  in  evil.  Their  very  nature,  and 
lience  their  every  impulse,  is  evil.  And  because  they  are  in 
evil,  and  their  own  proper  life  consists  in  evil,  they  are  excused 
when  they  do  evil,  while  in  the  promotion  of  any  use.  But  to 
speak  what  is  false  is  not  permitted  them.  The  reason  is,  that 
they  may  learn  what  is  true,  and  so  as  far  as  possible  be 
amended,  in  order  that  they  may  subserve  some  mean  use.  But 
on  this  sul  iject,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  in 
the  following  pages.  With  the  regenerate  man  the  case  is 
similar.  Eor  his  conscience  is  formed  of  the  truths  of  faith, 
and  hence  his  conscience  is  a  conscience  of  what  is  right,  and 
the  evil  of  life  itself  to  him  is  falsity,  because  it  is  contrary  to 
the  truth  of  faith.  It  was  otherwise  with  the  man  of  the  Most 
Ancient  CMiurch,  who  had  perception.  He  perceived  the  evil  of 
life  as  evil,  and  the  falsity  of  faith  as  falsity. 

987.  That  ujJOJi  every  beast  of  the  earth  signifies  upon  the 
lusts  which  are  of  the  the  mind  (animus),  is  evident  from  the 
signification  of  beasts  in  the  Word ;  where  they  signify  either 
affections  or  lusts.  The  affections  of  good  are  signified  ))y 
tame,  useful,  and  clean  beasts ;  and  the  affections  of  evil,  or 
;588 


CHAPTER  IX.  2.  [987. 

lusts,  by  fierce,  useless,  and  uucleiin  beasts  (concerning  which, 
see  above,  nos.  45,  46,  142, 143, 246,  776).  Here,  because  they 
signify  lusts,  they  are  called  beasts  of  the  earth,  not  beasts  of 
the  field.  As  regards  the  dominion  of  the  regenerate  man  over 
his  lusts,  it  is  to  be  known  that  they  are  in  the  greatest  error, 
and  are  never  regenerated,  who  believe  that  of  themselves  they 
can  rule  over  their  evils.  For  man  is  nothing  but  evil.  He  is 
a  mass  of  evils,  and  his  whole  will  is  merely  evil ;  as  was  said 
in  the  preceding  chapter  (cliap.  viii.  21) :  "  The  fashion  of  man's 
heart  is  evil  from  his  childhood."  It  has  been  shewn  to  me 
by  living  experience,  that  a  man,  a  spirit,  yea,  an  angel,  con- 
sidered in  himself — that  is,  as  to  his  proprium — is  the  vilest 
excrement ;  and  that  when  left  to  himself  he  breathes  nothing 
but  hatred,  revenge,  cruelty,  and  the  most  filthy  adultery.  These 
are  his  proprium,  and  these  are  his  will.  This,  indeed,  may  2 
appear  to  every  one,  if  he  will  reflect  upon  it,  from  this  con- 
sideration alone,  that  man  when  he  is  born  is  the  vilest  living 
thing  among  all  the  wild  beasts  and  beasts ;  and  when  he  grows 
up,  and  becomes  his  own  master,  unless  the  external  restraints 
of  the  law,  and  the  restraints  which  he  imposes  upon  himself, 
in  order  that  he  may  become  great  and  rich,  prevented,  he 
would  rush  headlong  into  all  sorts  of  wickedness.  Nor  would 
he  rest  until  he  had  subjugated  all  in  the  universe,  and  raked 
together  the  wealth  of  all  in  the  universe.  Nor  w^ould  he  spare 
any,  except  those  who  submitted  themselves  to  him  as  vile  slaves. 
Such  is  the  nature  of  every  man,  although  they  do  not  perceive 
it  who  are  in  a  state  of  inability  and  impotence,  and  who  are 
under  the  restraints  mentioned  above.  But  the  possibility  and 
power  being  given,  and  the  restraints  removed,  they  would  rush 
on  as  far  as  they  could  go.  Wild  beasts  are  never  so.  They 
are  born  into  a  certain  order  of  nature.  Those  that  are  fierce 
and  rapacious  do  violence  to  others,  but  only  for  their  own 
security ;  and  that  they  devour  others  is  for  the  purpose  of 
appeasing  their  hunger ;  and  when  this  is  appeased  they  harm 
no  one.  But  it  is  entirely  otherwise  with  man.  Hence  it  is 
evident  what  the  proj^rium  of  man  is,  and  what  his  will  is. 
Since  man  is  such  mere  evil  and  excrement,  it  is  clear  that  of  3 
himself  he  can  in  nowise  have  dominion  over  evil.  It  is  an 
utter  contradiction  that  evil  is  able  to  have  dominion  over  evil, 
and  not  only  over  evil,  but  over  hell  itself;  for  every  man, 
through  evil  spirits,  is  in  communication  with  hell,  by  which 
the  evil  in  him  is  excited.  From  these  considerations  every 
one  may  know,  and  he  who  is  of  a  sound  mind  may  conrbuh', 
that  it  is  the  Lord  alone  who  has  dominion  over  evil  in  man, 
and  over  the  hell  that  is  with  man.  In  order  that  the  evil  in 
man  may  be  subjugated,  that  is,  the  hell,  which  every  momenl 
is  endeavouring  to  burst  into  him  and  destroy  him  to  eternity, 
he  is  regenerated  by  the   Lord  ;  and  a  new  will  is  given  him, 

38'J 


088,  989.]  GENESIS. 

whicli  is  conscience,  by  which  the  Lord  alone  operates  every 
good.  The  following  pertain  to  faith,  namely,  That  man  is 
nothing  but  evil ;  and  that  all  good  is  from  the  Lord.  Where- 
fore man  ought  not  only  to  know  them,  but  also  to  acknowledge 
and  believe  them.  If  he  does  not  so  acknowledge  and  believe 
in  the  life  of  the  body,  it  is  shewn  him  in  a  living  form  in  the 
other  life. 

988.  Tiiat  upon  every  bird  of  heaven  signifies  upon  the 
falsities  which  are  of  ratiocination,  is  evident  from  the  sig- 
nification of  birds.  Birds,  in  the  Word,  signify  intellectual 
things.  The  tame,  useful,  and  beautiful,  signify  intellectual 
truths  ;  and  the  fierce,  useless,  and  ugly,  intellectual  falsities,  or 
the  falsities  which  are  of  ratiocination.  That  birds  signify 
intellectual  things,  may  be  seen  above  (nos.  40, 776,  870) ;  where 
it  also  appears  that  they  signify  ratiocinations  and  their  fals- 
ities. That  no  one  may  have  a  doubt,  in  addition  to  what  was 
said  concerning  the  raven  (no.  836),  let  the  following  passages 
serve  for  confirmation.  As  in  Jeremiah  :  "  I  will  make  a  visita- 
tion upon  them  in  four  kinds ;  with  the  sword  to  slay,  and  with 
the  dogs  to  tear ;  and  with  the  birds  of  heaven,  and  the  beast 
of  the  earth  to  devour  and  to  destroy  "  (xv.  iii.).  In  Ezekiel : 
"  Upon  his  ruin  shall  every  bi7'd  of  the  heaven  dwell,  and  every 
wild  beast  of  the  field  shall  be  upon  his  branches"  (xxxi,  13). 
In  Daniel :  "  At  length  upon  the  bird  of  abominations  shall  be 
desolation  "  (ix.  27).  In  John  :  "  Babylon  is  become  the  cage 
of  every  unclean  and  hateful  bird  "  (Apoc.  xviii.  2).  It  is  also 
frequently  said  in  the  prophets,  that  their  carcases  should  be 
given  for  meat  to  the  bird  of  heaven,  and  to  the  beast  of  the 
earth  "  (Jer.  vii.  33 ;  xix.  7 ;  xxxiv.  20 ;  Ezek.  xxix.  5 ;  xxxix. 
4 ;  Ps.  Ixxix.  2 ;  Isa.  xviii.  6) ;  by  which  is  signified  that  they 
should  be  destroyed  by  falsities,  which  are  the  birds  of'  heaven, 
and  by  evils  or  lusts,  which  are  the  beasts  of  the  earth. 

989.  As  regards  dominion  over  falsities,  the  case  is  the  same 
as  that  of  dominion  over  evils,  namely,  that  of  himself  man 
cannot  have  the  least  dominion  over  falsity.  Since  the  subject 
here  treated  of  is  the  dominion  of  the  regenerate  man  over  lusts, 
or  the  beasts  of  the  earth,  and  over  falsities,  or  the  bird  of  heaven, 
it  is  to  be  known  that  one  can  never  say  that  he  is  regenerate, 
unless  he  acknowledge  and  believe  that  charity  is  the  primary 
constituent  of  his  faith  ;  and  unless  he  be  affected  with  love 
towards  his  neighbour,  and  be  merciful  to  him.  From  charity 
his  new  will  is  formed.  By  means  of  charity  the  Lord  operates 
good,  and  therefrom  truth ;  but  not  by  faith  without  charity. 
There  are  some  who  do  the  works  of  charity  from  a  principle 
of  obedience  only,  that  is,  because  the  Lord  has  so  commanded, 
and,  nevertheless,  they  are  not  regenerated.  These,  if  they  do 
not  place  righteousness  in  works,  are  regenerated  in  the  other 
life. 

390 


CHAPTEE  IX.  2.  [990,  991. 

990.  That,  to  everything  which  the  ground  causcth  to  creep 
forth,  signifies  the  affections  of  good,  is  evident  both  from  what 
precedes,  and  from  the  signification  of  the  ground,  out  of  which 
they  are  brought  forth,  or  creep  forth.  It  is  evident  from  what 
precedes,  because  the  subject  there  treated  of  is  the  evils  and 
falsities  over  which  the  regenerate  man  should  have  dominion ; 
liere,  therefore,  it  treats  of  the  affections  of  good,  which  are 
given  into  his  hands.  This  is  evident  from  the  signification  of 
the  ground  out  of  which  they  are  produced,  or  creep  forth ; 
because  the  ground  signifies,  in  general,  the  man  of  the  Church, 
and  whatever  is  of  the  Church;  consequently  here,  whatever  is 
produced  by  the  Lord  in  the  external  man  through  the  internal. 
The  ground  itself  is  in  the  external  man,  in  his  affections  and 
in  his  memory.  Because  it  appears  as  if  man  brought  forth 
what  is  good,  therefore  it  is  said,  everything  which  the  ground 
causeth  to  creep  forth.  It  is,  however,  an  appearance.  Good  is 
produced  through  the  internal  man  by  the  Lord ;  for,  as  was 
before  observed,  there  is  nothing  of  good  and  truth  but  from  the 
Lord. 

991.  That,  to  all  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  signifies  scientifics,  is 
evident  from  the  signification  of  the  term  Jish.  Fishes,  in  the 
Word,  signify  the  scientifics  which  spring  from  sensual  things. 
For  scientifics  are  of  three  kinds,  intellectual,  rational,  and 
sensual,  all  of  which  are  inseminated  in  the  memory,  or  rather 
in  the  memories ;  and  in  the  regenerate  they  are  thence  called 
forth  by  the  Lord  through  the  internal  man.  Those  scientifics, 
which  are  from  sensual  things,  come  to  man's  sensation  or  per- 
ception while  he  lives  in  the  body ;  for  he  thinks  from  them. 
The  others,  which  are  more  interior,  are  not  so  mucli  perceived 
until,  the  body  being  put  off,  he  comes  into  the  other  life.  That 
fishes,  or  the  creeping  things  which  the  waters  produce,  signify 
scientifics,  may  be  seen  above  (no.  40)  ;  and  that  wliales,  or  large 
fish,  signify  the  general  things  of  scientifics  (no.  42).  And  it  is 
evident,  moreover,  from  the  following  passages  in  the  Word : 
"  I  will  cause  to  fail  man  and  beast ;  I  will  cause  to  fail  tlie 
hircl  of  the  heavens,  and  the  fishes  of  the  sea"  (Zeph.  i.  3). 
Here  the  bird  of  the  heavens  denotes  rational  things  ;  m\^  fishes 
of  the  sea  denote  lower  rational  things,  or  the  thought  of  man 
from  sensual  scientifics.  So  in  Habakkuk :  "Tlmu  makest 
man  as  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  as  the  creejring  thing  to  wliich  there 
is  no  ruler "  (i.  14).  To  make  man  as  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  is 
to  make  him  altogether  sensual.  In  Hosea  :  "  The  earth  shall 
mourn,  and  every  one  that  dwelleth  therein  shall  languisli ;  both 
the  wild  beast  of  the  field  and  the  l)ird  of  the  ]ieav(!ns,  yea,  the 
fishes  of  the  sea,  are  collected  together"  (iv.  '.)).  Here  Wxii  fishes 
of  the  sea  denote  scientifics  from  things  sensual.  In  JJavid : 
"  Thou  hast  put  all  things  under  his  feet,  the  beasts  of  the 
field,  the  flying  thing  of  the  heavens,  and  the  fishes  of  the  sea, 


092-004]  GENESIS. 

and  whatsoever  passeth  tlirougli  ilio  paths  of  the  sea"  (Ps, 
viii.  G-8).  The  subject  of  this  passage  is  the  Lord's  dominion 
in  man.  The  fishes  of  the  sea  denote  scientifics.  That  seas 
signify  the  aggregate  of  scientifics  or  knowledges,  may  be  seen 
above  (no.  28).  In  Isaiah  :  "  The  fishers  also  shall  mourn,  and 
all  they  that  cast  a  hook  into  the  river  shall  lament,  and  they 
that  spread  the  net  upon  the  faces  of  the  waters  shall  languish  " 
(xix.  8).  The  fishers  denote  those  who  confide  only  in  things 
sensual,  and  from  them  bring  forth  falsities.  The  subject 
treated  of  is  Egypt,  or  the  scientific  part. 

002.  That  let  them  he  given  into  your  hands  signifies  the 
possessions  of  the  internal  man  in  the  external,  is  evident  from 
what  has  been  said  before ;  and  also  from  the  signification  of 
the  hand  (spoken  of  above,  no.  878).  It  is  said,  let  them  he  given 
into  your  hands,  because  such  is  the  appearance. 

003.  Verse  3.  Every  ereeping  thing  which  livcth  shall  he  meat 
for  you ;  as  tlie  green  hcrh  have  I  given  it  all  to  you.  Every 
creeping  thing  whieh  liveth,  signifies  all  pleasures,  wherein  there 
is  good,  which  is  living.  Shall  he  meat  for  you  signifies  the 
delight  of  them  which  they  should  enjoy.  The  green  herh  signi- 
fies the  meaner  things  of  delights.  To  give  it  all  to  you  signifies 
enjoyment  on  account  of  their  use. 

004.  That  every  creeping  thing  ivhieh  liveth  signifies  all 
pleasures  wherein  there  is  good  which  is  living,  is  evident  from 
the  signification  of  the  creeping  thing,  spoken  of  above.  All 
clean  beasts  and  birds  are  here  meant  by  the  creeping  thing ; 
as  must  be  apparent  to  every  one.  For  it  is  said  that  they  are 
given  for  meat.  Creeping  things,  in  the  proper  sense,  are  the 
meanest  of  all  those  which  are  mentioned  in  Leviticus  (xi.  23, 
20,  30),  and  were  unclean;  but  in  an  extended  sense,  as  here, 
they  are  the  animals  which  were  given  for  meat.  Here,  how- 
ever, they  are  called  creeping  things,  because  they  signify  plea- 
sures. The  affections  of  man,  as  has  been  said,  are  signified  in 
the  Word  by  the  clean  beasts.  But  because  they  are  not  per- 
ceived otherwise  than  in  his  pleasures,  so  that  man  calls  them 
pleasures,  therefore  they  are  here  denominated  creeping  things. 

2  Pleasures  are  of  two  kinds,  voluntary  and  intellectual.  In 
general,  there  are  the  pleasures  of  the  possession  of  lands,  and 
of  wealth ;  the  pleasures  of  honours,  and  of  offices  in  the  state ; 
the  pleasures  of  conjugial  love,  and  of  love  towards  infants  and 
children  ;  the  pleasures  of  friendships,  and  of  social  intercourse  ; 
the  pleasures  of  reading,  writing,  acquiring  knowledge,  and  of 
becoming  wise;  and  many  others.  There  are  also  the  pleasures 
of  the  senses  :  as  hearing,  which  in  general  is  the  pleasure  aris- 
ing from  the  sweetness  of  music  and  singing ;  sight,  which  in 
general  is  the  pleasure  arising  from  various  beauties,  which  are 
manifold  ;  smell,  which  is  the  pleasure  derived  from  the  sweet- 
ness of  odours ;  taste,  which  is  the  pleasure  arising  from  the 
302 


CIIArTEE  rX.  3.  [994. 

agreeableness  aud  usefulness  of  meats  and  drinks ;  and  touch, 
which  are  the  pleasures  of  many  agreeable  sensations.  These 
various  kinds  of  pleasures,  being  felt  in  the  body,  are  called 
bodily  pleasures  ;  although,  in  fact,  there  is  no  pleasure  existing 
in  the  body  which  does  not  exist  and  subsist  from  some  interior 
affection ;  and  there  is  no  interior  affection  which  does  not  exist 
and  subsist  from  an  affection  still  moi'e  interior,  in  which  is  its 
use  and  end.  Of  these  interior  things  which  proceed  in  ordei',  3 
even  from  the  inmost,  man  is  not  sensible  while  he  lives  in  the 
body ;  and  most  men  scarcely  know  that  they  exist,  much  less 
that  pleasures  are  therefrom.  As,  however,  nothing  can  ever 
exist  in  externals,  except  in  order  from  the  interiors,  pleasures 
are  only  ultimate  effects.  Interior  things  do  not  appear  so  long 
as  men  live  in  the  body,  except  to  those  who  reflect.  They  first 
manifest  themselves  in  the  other  life ;  and  that  in  the  order  in 
which  men  are  elevated  by  the  Lord  tow^ards  heaven.  Interior 
affections,  with  their  delights,  manifest  themselves  in  the  world 
of  spirits ;  the  more  interior,  with  their  pleasantnesses,  in  the 
heaven  of  angelic  spirits  ;  and  those  which  are  still  more  in- 
terior, with  their  happiness,  in  the  heaven  of  angels.  For  there 
are  three  heavens,  one  more  interior,  perfect,  and  happy  than 
another  (as  may  be  seen  above,  nos.  459,  684).  Thus,  in  regular 
order,  these  affections  unfold  and  present  themselves  to  the 
perception  in  the  other  life.  But  so  long  as  man  lives  in  the 
body,  because  he  is  continually  in  the  idea  and  thought  of 
corporeal  things,  these  interior  things  are,  as  it  were,  asleep, 
being  immersed  in  his  corporeal  ideas.  Yet,  still  it  may 
appear  to  the  reflecting,  that  all  pleasures  are  of  the  same 
quality  as  the  interior  affections  from  which  they  proceed  in 
order ;  and  that  from  these  they  derive  all  their  essence  and 
quality.  As  these  interior  affections,  in  their  order,  are  per-  4 
ceived  in  the  extremes,  or  in  the  body,  as  pleasures,  they  are 
therefore  called  creeping  things  ;  but  these  are  merely  corporeal 
things  affected  by  things  internal.  This  may  be  evident  to  any 
one  from  a  consideration  of  the  sense  of  sight  and  its  pleasures. 
Unless  there  were  interior  vision,  the  eye  could  never  see  ;  the 
sight  of  the  eye  exists  from  an  inner  sight,  and  therefore  a 
man  also  sees  equally  well  after  the  life  of  the  body,  nay,  much 
better  than  while  he  lived  in  the  body ;  not,  indeed,  worldly 
and  corporeal  objects,  but  those  which  are  in  the  other  life. 
They  who  were  blind  in  the  life  of  the  body,  see  in  the  other 
life  equally  well  as  those  that  were  (piick-sighted.  For  the  same 
reason  also  a  man  sees  while  he  sleeps,  and  in  his  drenms,  as 
well  as  when  he  is  awake.  By  the  internal  sight  it  lias  been 
granted  me  to  see  the  things  that  are  in  the  other  life  more 
clearly  than  I  see  those  that  are  in  the  world.  From  these  con- 
siderations it  is  evident  that  external  vision  exists  from  interior 
vision,  and  this  from  a  vision  still   more  interior,  and  so  on. 


094.]  GENESIS. 

The  case  is  the  same  with  every  otlier  sense,  and  with  every 

5  pleasure.  Pleasures  are  likewise  called  creeping  things  in  other 
parts  of  the  Word,  and  a  distinction  is  also  there  made  between 
creeping  things  that  are  clean  and  those  that  are  unclean ;  that 
is,  between  pleasures  the  delights  of  which  are  living  or  heavenly, 
and  i»leasures  whose  delights  are  dead  or  hellish.  Thus  we 
read  in  Hosea  :  "  In  that  day  will  I  make  a  covenant  for  them 
with  the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  with  the  bird  of  the  heavens, 
and  with  the  creeping  thing  of  the  ground  "  (ii.  18).  Here  the 
wild  least  of  the  field,  the  bird  of  the  heavens,  and  the  creeping 
thing,  signify  such  things  as  have  been  spoken  of,  in  man,  as  is 
evident  from  the  consideration,  that  the  subject  here  treated  of 
is  a  new  Church.  In  David  :  "  Let  the  heavens  and  earth  praise 
Jehovah,  the  seas  and  everything  thad  ereepeth  therein  "  (Psalm 
Ixix.  34).  The  seas  and  the  creeping  things  in  them  cannot 
praise  Jehovah  ;  but  He  may  be  praised  by  the  things  in  man 
which  they  signify;  which  things  are  alive;  thus,  from  the 
living  things  that  are  in  them.  Again  :  "  Praise  ye  Jehovah, 
wild  beasts,  and  every  beast,  creeping  thing,  and  bird  of  wing  " 
(Psalm  cxlviii.  7-10).  The  signification  here  is  similar.  That 
by  the  creeping  thing  in  this  passage  nothing  else  is  meant  but 
good  affections  from  which  are  pleasures,  is  evident  from  the 
consideration,  that  with  the  Jews  creeping  things  were  unclean, 

6  as  will  appear  from  what  follows.  Again :  "  0  Jehovah,  the 
earth  is  full  of  Thy  riches ;  this  great  and  wide  sea,  wherein 
is  the  creeping  thing  without  number.  These  wait  all  upon 
Thee,  that  Thou  mayest  give  them  their  meat  in  due  season. 
Thou  givest  them,  they  gather ;  Thou  openest  Thy  hand,  they 
are  filled  with  good  "  (Psalm  civ.  24,  25,  27,  28).  Here,  in  the 
internal  sense,  by  seas  are  signified  spiritual  things  ;  by  creeping 
things  all  that  derive  life  therefrom  ;  enjoyment  is  described  by 
giving  them  meat  in  due  season,  and  filling  them  with  good.  In 
Ezekiel :  "  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  living  soul 
which  ereepeth,  whithersoever  the  river  shall  come,  shall  live,  and 
there  shall  be  a  very  great  multitude  of  fish,  because  these 
waters  shall  come  thither,  for  they  shall  be  healed  ;  and  every- 
thing shall  live  whither  the  river  cometh "  (xlvii.  9).  This  is 
said  of  the  waters  from  the  New  Jerusalem.  Waters  denote 
spiritual  things  from  a  heavenly  origin ;  the  living  soid  v:hich 
ereepeth  denotes  the  affections  of  good  and  the  pleasures  thence, 
both  of  the  body  and  of  the  senses ;  that  these  live  hy  the  ivaters, 
or  by  spiritual  things  from  a  heavenly  origin,  is  very  evident. 

7  That  filthy  pleasures,  which  derive  their  origin  from  the  j9?-o- 
prium,  thus  from  its  abominable  lusts,  are  likewise  called 
creeping  things,  appears  from  Ezekiel :  "  So  I  went  in  and  saw, 
and,  behold,  every  form  of  creeping  thing,  and  of  beast,  the 
abomination  ;  and  all  the  idols  of  the  house  of  Israel  portrayed 
upon  the  wall  round  about"  (viii.  10).     Here  the  form  of  the 

394 


CHAPTER  IX.  3.  [995. 

creeping  fhinr/  signifies  filthy  pleasures,  of  which  the  interiors 
are  lusts ;  and  the  interiors  of  these  are  hatreds,  revenges, 
cruelties,  and  adulteries.  Such  are  the  creeping  things  or  the 
delights  of  pleasures,  arising  from  the  love  of  self  and  of  the 
world,  or  from  the  2J'>^oprium ;  and  these  are  their  idols,  because 
they  think  them  delightful,  love  them,  hold  them  for  gods,  and 
thus  adore  them.  These  creeping  things,  because  they  signified 
such  filthy  pleasures,  were  accounted  so  unclean  in  tlie  repre- 
sentative Church,  that  it  was  not  lawful  even  to  touch  them ; 
and  he  who  only  touched  them  became  unclean  (Lev.  v.  2 ; 
xi.  31-33 ;  xxii.  5,  6). 

995.  That  slinll  he  meat  for  you  signifies  the  delight  of  them 
which  they  should  enjoy,  is  evident  from  the  fact,  that  man  is 
not  only  affected  by  various  pleasures,  but  is  also  supported  ])y 
them  as  by  meat.  Pleasure  without  delight  is  no  pleasure,  but 
a  something  inanimate  ;  for  it  is  in  consequence  of  delight  tliat 
it  becomes  a  pleasure,  and  is  so  called ;  and  such  as  the  delight 
is,  such  is  the  pleasure.  Corporeal  and  sensual  things,  in  them- 
selves, are  merely  material,  inanimate,  and  dead ;  but  from  the 
delights  which  proceed  in  order  from  theinteriors  they  have  life. 
Hence  it  is  evident  that  such  as  is  the  quality  of  the  life  of  the 
interiors,  such  is  the  delight  of  pleasures;  for  the  life  is  in  the 
delight.  That  delight  alone  is  living  in  which  there  is  good 
from  the  Lord  ;  for  then  it  is  from  the  very  life  of  good.  It  is 
here  said,  therefore,  "  Every  creeping  thing  which  is  living  shall 
be  meat  for  you,"  that  is,  for  enjoyment.  Some  are  of  opinion, 
tiiat  no  one  who  wishes  to  be  happy  in  the  other  life  should  ever 
live  in  the  pleasures  of  the  body  and  of  the  senses,  but  should 
renounce  all  such  delights ;  saying,  that  these  corporeal  and 
worldly  pleasures  are  what  draw  away  and  withhold  a  man  from 
spiritual  and  celestial  life.  But  they  who  thus  believe,  and 
therefore  voluntarily  reduce  themselves  to  wretchedness  while 
they  live  in  the  world,  are  not  aware  of  the  real  truth.  It  is  l)y  ~ 
no  means  forbidden  any  one  to  enjoy  the  pleasures  of  tlie  liody 
and  of  sensual  things,  namely,  the  pleasures  of  the  possession  of 
lands,  and  of  wealth ;  the  pleasures  of  honours,  and  of  olHces  in 
the  state;  the  pleasures  of  conjugial  love,  and  of  love  towards 
infants  and  children  ;  the  pleasures  of  friendships,  and  of  social 
intercourse:  the  pleasures  of  hearing,  or  of  the  sweetness  of 
singing  and  music;  tlie  pleasures  of  sight,  or  of  beauties  which 
are  manifold — as  of  becoming  raiment,  (jf  well-furnished  hou.scs, 
of  beautiful  gardens,  and  tlie  like,  which  from  tlidr  harmonics 
are  delightful ;  the  pleasures  of  smelling,  or  of  agreeable,  odours  : 
the  pleasures  of  the  taste,  or  of  the  sweetness  and  usefulness  ol' 
meats  and  drirdvs ;  and  the  pleasures  of  the  touch.  For  tlicse, 
as  was  observed,  are  outermost  or  corporeal  affections,  from 
interior  affection.  The  interior  affections  which  are  living,  all  3 
derive  their  delight  from  L'ood  !i lid  truth;  and  good  and  linlli 

305 


090.]  GEXESI^?. 

derive  their  ileliL,'ht  from  charity  and  faith,  and  then  from  the 
Lord,  thus  from  lite  itself.  Therefore  affections  and  pleasures 
which  are  from  thence  are  living.  And  since  genuine  pleasures 
derive  their  origin  from  this  source,  they  are  never  denied  to 
any  one.  Yea,  when  pleasures  thence  derive  their  origin,  the 
delight  of  them  indefinitely  exceeds  the  delight  which  is  not 
therefrom.  The  latter  is  comparatively  unclean.  Thus,  for 
example,  the  pleasure  of  conjugial  love,  when  it  derives  its  origin 
from  true  conjugial  love,  exceeds  indefinitely  the  pleasure  which 
is  not  therefrom ;  yea,  so  much,  that  they  who  are  in  true  con- 
jugial love  are  in  a  kind  of  heavenly  delight  and  happiness;  for 
it  comes  down  from  heaven.  This  they  who  were  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  also  confessed.  The  delight  of  adulteries,  which 
adulterers  feel,  was  so  abominable  to  them  that  they  were  struck 
with  horror  at  the  mere  thought  of  it.  From  this  it  is  evident 
what  is  the  nature  of  delight  which  does  not  descend  from  the 
true  fountain  of  life,  or  from  the  Lord.  That  the  pleasures 
above  mentioned  are  never  denied  to  man,  yea,  that  so  far  from 
being  denied,  they  first  become  real  pleasures  when  they  are 
from  their  true  source,  may  also  appear  from  this  consideration, 
that  very  many  who  have  lived  in  the  world,  in  power,  dignity, 
and  opulence,  and  have  enjoyed  abundantly  all  the  pleasures 
both  of  the  body  and  of  sensual  things,  are  among  the  blessed 
and  happy  in  heaven ;  and  with  them  the  interior  delights  and 
felicities  are  now  alive,  because  they  derived  their  origin  from 
the  goods  of  charity  and  the  truths  of  faith  to  the  Lord.  And 
as  they  were  thence  derived,  they  regarded  all  tlieir  pleasures 
from  the  idea  of  use,  which  was  their  end.  Use  itself  was  most 
delightful  to  them ;  and  hence  they  received  the  delight  of  their 
pleasures  (as  may  be  seen  from  experience,  no.  945). 

996.  That  the  green  herb  signifies  the  meaner  things  of  de- 
lights, is  evident  from  what  has  been  previously  stated.  They 
are  called  the  green  hcrlj,  because  they  are  merely  worldly  and 
corporeal,  or  external.  For,  as  was  observed,  tlie  pleasures 
which  are  in  corporeal  things,  or  in  the  extremes,  derive  their 
origin  in  regular  order  from  interior  delights,  and  are  comparat- 
ively trifling  and  worthless.  Every  delight  is  of  such  a  nature, 
that  it  becomes  of  less  account  in  proportion  as  it  proceeds  to 
the  external,  and  happier  in  proportion  as  it  is  internal.  For 
this  reason,  as  has  been  said,  just  as  the  externals  are,  in  order, 
unfolded  or  unswathed,  so  the  delights  become  more  pleasant 
and  happy.  This  is  sufficiently  evident  from  the  consideration, 
that  the  delight  of  a  man's  pleasures  while  he  lives  in  the  body 
is  small  and  mean  in  comparison  with  his  delight  after  the  death 
of  the  body,  when  he  comes  into  the  world  of  spirits ;  yea,  so 
much  so,  that  good  spirits  utterly  despise  the  delights  of  the 
body,  nor  would  they  desire  to  return  to  them  even  if  they 
-  could  enjoy  all  that  the  world  affords.  But  the  delight  of  these 
396 


I 


CHAPTEll  IX.  ;i.  [997. 

good  spirits  likewise  becomes  of  little  account  when  they  are 
elevated  by  the  Lord  into  the  heaven  of  angelic  spirits'^;  for 
then  they  put  off  their  interior  delights,  and  put  on  such  as  are 
still  more  interior.  And  the  same  is  true  of  the  delight  which 
angelic  spirits  enjoyed  in  their  heaven  ;  this  becomes"^ poor  and 
worthless  when  they  are  raised  up  by  the  Lord  into  the  ano-elic 
or  third  heaven.  In  this  heaven,  because  internal  things  are 
living,  and  nothing  else  exists  in  it  but  nmtual  love,  the  happi- 
ness there  is  ineffable  (concerning  interior  delight  and  happiness, 
see  what  is  related  from  experience,  in  no.  545).  From  these  3 
things  it  is  evident  what  is  signified  by  the  words,  "  As  the 
green  herb  have  I  given  it  to  you."  Since  creeping  things  signify 
both  the  sensual  and  corporeal  pleasures,  of  which  the  green 
herb  is  predicated,  in  the  original  language  a  word  is  used  which 
signifies  both  a  kitchen  vegetalile  and  a  green  thing ;  a  kitchen 
vegetable  in  reference  to  the  pleasures  arising  from  things  of 
the  will,  or  of  the  celestial  affections,  and  a  green  thing  in  refer- 
ence to  the  pleasures  of  things  intellectual,  or  of  the  spiritual 
affections.  That  the  green  herb,  and  the  green  thing  of  the 
herb,  signify  what  is  of  small  account,  is  evident  from  the  AVorJ. 
Thus  it  is  written  in  Isaiah :  "  The  waters  of  Nimrim  shall  be 
desolations,  because  the  grass  is  withered  away,  the  herb  is  con- 
sumed, there  is  no  g7'ee)i  thing'''  (xv.  6).  Again,  in  the  same: 
"  Their  inhabitants  were  short  of  hand,  they  were  dismayed 
and  confounded,  they  were  made  the  herb  of  the  field,  the  grcm 
grass,  and  the  hay  of  the  house-tops  "  (xxxvii.  27).  Here  the 
g7ren  grass  denotes  what  is  utterly  worthless.  In  Moses :  "  The 
land  into  which  thou  comest  to  possess  it,  is  not  as  the  land  of 
Egypt  from  whence  ye  came  out,  where  thou  sowedst  thy  seed, 
and  wateredst  it  with  thy  foot,  as  a  garden  of  esculent  vegetables" 
(Deut.  xi.  10).  Here  a  garden  of  esculent  regcfables  stands  for 
what  is  poor  and  mean.  And  in  David:  "The  wicked  shall 
soon  be  cut  down  like  the  grass,  and  be  consumed  as  the  greoi 
herb"  (Psalm  xxxvii.  2).  Here  grass  and  the  green  herb  denote 
what  is  most  vile. 

997.  That  /  have  given  it  all  to  you  signifies  enjoyment  on 
account  of  use,  in  that  it  is  for  meat,  is  evident  from  the  con- 
sideration, that  whatever  is  given  for  meat  is  for  use.  AVith 
regard  to  use  it  may  be  observed,  that  they  who  are  in  charit}-, 
that  is,  in  love  towards  the  neighbour,  which  imparts  a  living 
delight  to  their  pleasure,  look  for  the  enjoyment  of  no  pleasure 
except  in  the  performance  of  uses.  For  charity  is  notlnng  unh'ss 
it  manifests  itself  in  the  works  of  charity.  Cliarity  consists  in 
exercise  or  use.  He  who  loves  his  neighbour  as  himself,  never 
perceives  the  delight  of  charity  except  in  its  exercise  ;  wherefi)rc 
a  life  of  charity  is  a  life  of  uses.  Such  is  the  life  of  the  wlidle 
heaven.  For  tiie  Lord's  kingtiom,  being  a  kingdom  of  mutual 
love,  is  a  kingdom  of  uses.     Every  pleasure,  therefnrc,  whicli  is 

;;!)7 


908,  000.]  GENESIS. 

from  charity  has  its  delight  from  use,  and  the  more  exalted  the 
use,  the  greater  is  the  delight.  Hence  it  is  that  the  angels 
receive  happiness  from  tlie  Lord  according  to  the  essence  and 
2  quality  of  the  use  which  they  perform.  So  is  it  also  with  every 
pleasure.  The  more  noble  its  use,  the  greater  is  its  delight. 
Thus,  for  example,  conjugial  love,  because  from  it  there  is  the 
seminary  of  human  societv,  and  from  this  the  Lord's  kingdom 
in  the  heavens — which  is  the  greatest  of  all  uses — is  therefore 
attended  with  so  great  a  delight,  that,  as  was  observed,  it  is 
heavenly  happiness.  So  with  respect  to  other  pleasures,  but 
with  a  difference,  according  to  the  excellence  of  their  uses; 
which  uses  are  so  numerous  that  they  can  scarcely  be  arranged 
into  genera  and  species.  And  all  of  them — some  more  nearly 
and  directly,  others  more  remotely  and  indirectly — regard  the 
Lord's  kingdom,  or  the  Lord.  Hence  it  appears  that  all  plea- 
sures are  allowed  to  man,  but  only  for  the  sake  of  use ;  which 
pleasures,  with  a  difference  according  to  the  use  in  which  they 
are,  participate  in  and  live  from  heavenly  felicity. 

998.  Verse  4.  Only  Jlcsh  loith  the  soul  thereof,  the  hlood  thereof, 
shall  ye  not  cat.  Flesh  signifies  man's  voluntary  part ;  the  soul, 
the  new  life ;  the  blood,  charity ;  and  not  to  eat  thereof,  not  to 
commingle  together.  Wherefore  not  to  eat  flesh  with  the  soul 
thereof,  which  is  its  hlood,  signifies  not  to  mix  together  things 
profane  and  holy. 

999.  That  flesh  signifies  man's  voluntary  part,  is  evident 
from  its  proper  signification  in  reference  to  man  in  a  state  of 
corruption.  Flesh,  in  general,  signifies  every  man ;  in  parti- 
cular, the  corporeal  man  (as  may  be  seen  above,  no.  574).  Hence 
it  signifies  man's  proirrium,  and  consequently  his  will.  His 
voluntary  part,  or  will,  is  nothing  but  evil.  Wherefore  flesh, 
when  predicated  of  man,  because  he  is  of  such  a  quality, 
signifies  every  lust,  or  every  concupiscence  ;  for  his  will,  as  has 
been  often  previously  shown,  is  nothing  else  but  lust.  Because 
flesh  had  this  signification,  therefore  the  same  was  represented 
by  the  flesh  which  the  people  lusted  after  in  the  wilderness ; 
concerning  which  it  is  thus  written  in  Moses :  "  The  mixed 
multitude  which  was  in  the  midst  of  it  lasted  a  lust,  and  the 
children  of  Israel  also  returned  and  wept,  and  said,  Who  shall 
give  us  flesh  to  eat  ?"  (Xum.  xi.  4).  Here  flesh  is  plainly  called 
a  lust,  for  it  is  said  they  lusted  a  lust,  and  said,  "  Who  shall  give 
us fesh  to  eat?"  The  same  may  also  appear  from  the  words 
which  follow  :  "  While  the  fcsh  was  yet  between  their  teeth,  ere 
it  was  chewed,  the  wrath  of  Jehovah  was  kindled  against  the 
people,  and  Jehovah  smote  the  people  with  a  very  great  plague, 
and  He  called  the  name  of  that  place.  The  graves  of  lust,  because 

2  there  they  buried  the  people  that  lusted  "  (Num.  xi.  33,  34).     It 
must  be  plain  to  every  one  that  such  a  plague  would  never  have 
been  inflicted  on  the  people  merely  because  they  desired  meat, 
398 


CHAPTER  IX.  4.  [1000,  1001. 

since  this  is  natural  to  men  wlio  have  been  long  kept  from  eatin^^ 
it,  as  at  that  time  the  people  in  the  wilderness  had  been.  There 
was,  however,  a  more  interior  cause  for  such  a  plague,  one  of  a 
spiritual  nature,  which  was  that  the  people  here  spoken  of  were 
such  as  utterly  to  loathe  what  was  signified  and  represented  by 
the  manna  (as  appears  from  the  sixth  verse  of  the  same  chapter), 
and  that  they  desired  only  what  was  signified  and  represented 
by  flesh — the  things  of  their  own  will,  which  are  of  lusts,  and  in 
themselves  excrementitious  and  profane.  As  that  Churcli  was 
a  representative  Church,  on  account  of  the  representation  of 
such  things,  the  people  were  smitten  with  this  great  plague. 
For  what  was  done  to  the  people  was  spiritually  represented  in 
heaven.  The  manna  represented  what  is  heavenly,  and  the  flesh 
which  was  lusted  after,  their  defiled  voluntary  part.  Hence  their 
punishment  was  a  consequence  of  their  evil  nature.  From  these 
and  other  passages  in  the  Word  it  may  be  seen  that  by  fiesh  is 
signified  what  is  of  the  will,  and  here  man's  voluntary  part. 
How  filthy  this  is,  was  shewn  at  the  second  verse  of  this 
chapter,  where  the  beast  of  the  earth  is  treated  of. 

1000.  That  the  soul  signifies  life,  may  appear  from  its  signi- 
fication in  many  passages  in  the  Word.  The  soul,  in  the  "Word, 
in  general,  signifies  all  life,  both  what  is  internal,  or  the  life  of 
the  internal  man,  and  what  is  external,  or  the  life  of  the  external 
man.  And  as  it  denotes  all  life,  it  signifies  such  life  as  is  that 
of  the  man  of  whom  it  is  predicated.  It  is  here  predicated  of 
the  life  of  the  regenerate  man,  which  is  separated  from  man's 
voluntary  part.  For,  as  was  before  observed,  tlie  new  life  which 
the  regenerate  spiritual  man  receives  from  the  Lord  is  altogether 
separate  from  his  voluntary  part  or  his  proprium,  or  from  his 
own  life — which  is  not  life,  although  it  is  so  called,  but  deatli ; 
because  it  is  infernal  life.  Here,  therefore,  flesh,  with  the  soul 
thereof,  which  they  were  not  to  eat,  signifies  flesh  together  witli 
the  soul ;  that  is,  they  were  not  to  mingle  this  new  life,  which 
is  of  the  Lord,  with  the  evil  or  excrementitious  life,  which  is 
of  man,  or,  in  other  words,  with  his  voluntary  part  or  his 
proprium. 

1001.  That  the  hloocl  signifies  charity,  may  appear  from  many 
considerations.  And  thus  it  signifies  the  new  voluntary  part 
which  the  regenerate  spiritual  man  receives  from  the  Lord. 
This  new  voluntary  part  is  the  same  as  charity.  For  the  new 
will  is  formed  from  charity.  Charity  or  love  is,  ind(u',d,  the  very 
essential  or  life  of  the  will.  For  no  one  can  say  that  \\v.  wills 
anything  unless  he  lik(;s  or  loves  it.  Men  may  say  that  they 
think  a  certain  thing;  Init  that  is  not  to  will  it,  unless  thc^  will 
be  in  the  thought.  This  new  will,  which  is  of  charity,  is  what 
is  here  denoted  by  the  blood.  And  it  is  not  man's  will,  i)ut  the 
Lord's  in  him.  Therefore,  being  the  Lord's,  it  is  on  no  account 
to  be  mingled  with  the  things  of  man's  will,  which,  as  was  said, 

399 


1001.]  GENESIS. 

are  so  defiled.  This  was  the  reason  wliy,  in  the  Representative 
Churcli,  it  was  commanded  that  they  sliouhl  not  eat  tlesh  with  its 
soul,  or  the  blood  ;  in  other  words,  that  they  should  not  mix  them 
together.  Because  blood  signified  charity,it  signified  what  is  holy. 
And  because  flesh  signified  man's  voluntary  part,  it  signified 
what  is  profane.  And  these  things  being  separated,  because  they 
are  contrary  to  each  other,  the  eating  of  blood  was  therefore  for- 
bidden. In  those  times,  to  eat  flesh  with  the  blood,  represented,  in 
heaven,  profanation,  or  the  mingling  of  what  is  holy  with  what  is 
profane ;  which  could  not  but  strike  the  angels  with  horror.  For 
in  that  age  all  things  that  existed  with  the  man  of  the  Church 
were  changed  with  the  angels — according  to  their  signification 
in  the  internal  sense — into  corresponding  spiritual  representa- 

2  tions.  As  all  things  have  a  peculiar  signification  according  to 
the  man  of  whom  they  are  predicated,  so  is  it  with  the  blood. 
With  reference  to  the  regenerate  spiritual  man,  the  blood  signi- 
fies charity,  or  love  towards  the  neighbour ;  with  reference  to 
the  regenerate  celestial  man,  it  signifies  love  to  the  Lord  ;  and 
with  reference  to  the  Lord,  it  signifies  all  His  Human  Essence, 
consequently  Love  itself,  that  is  to  say.  His  mercy  towards  the 
human  race.  Hence,  the  blood,  in  general,  as  it  signifies  love, 
and  the  things  of  love,  signifies  what  is  celestial,  or  of  the 
Lord  alone.  Thus,  with  respect  to  man,  it  signifies  the  celestial 
things  which  he  receives  from  the  Lord.  The  celestial  things 
which  the  regenerate  spiritual  man  receives  from  the  Lord  are 
celestial  -  spiritual ;    of  which,   by  the   Lord's   Divine   mercy, 

3  we  will  speak  elsewhere.  That  the  blood  signifies  celestial 
things,  and,  in  the  highest  sense,  the  Lord's  Human  Essence, 
consequently  Love  itself,  or  His  mercy  towards  the  human  race, 
may  appear  from  the  sanctity  in  which  blood  was  required  to  be 
held  in  the  Jewish  representative  Church.  For  this  reason 
it  was  called  the  blood  of  the  covenant;  and  was  sprinkled 
upon  people  ;  also  upon  Aaron  and  his  sons,  together  with  the 
anointing  oil :  and  the  blood  of  every  whole  burnt-offering 
and  sacrifice  was  sprinkled  upon  the  altar,  and  round  about  the 
altar  (Exod.  xii.  7,  13,  22,  23:  xxiv.  6,  8;  Lev.  i.  5,  11,  15: 
iv.  6,  7,  17,  18,  25,  30,  34;  v.  9;  xvi.  14,  15,  18,  19;  Num. 

4  xviii.  17 ;  Deut.  xii.  27).  It  was  because  blood  was  esteemed 
so  sacred,  and  man's  voluntary  part  is  so  profane,  that  the 
eating  of  blood  was  so  severely  prohibited,  on  account  of  the 
representation  of  the  profanation  of  wdiat  is  holy.  Thus  we 
read  in  Moses :  "  It  shall  be  a  perpetual  statute  for  your 
generations  throughout  all  your  dwellings,  that  ye  eat  neither 
fat  nor  blood"  (Lev.  iii.  17).  Fat  denotes  celestial  life,  and 
blood  celestial-spiritual  life.  That  is  called  celestial-spiritual 
which  is  spiritual  from  a  celestial  origin.  Thus,  in  the  ^Most 
Ancient  Church,  love  to  the  Lord  was  their  celestial  part, 
because  it  was  implanted  in  their  will ;    and  their  celestial- 

400 


CHAPTER  IX.  4.  [1002. 

spiritual  part  was  the  faith  therefrom  (concerning  which  see 
nos.  30-38,  337,  393,  398).      But  with  the  spiritual  man  there 
is   no  celestial  part,  because  charity  is  implanted  in  his  in- 
tellectual part;  but  there  is  a  celestial-spiritual.    Again:  "  "Who- 
soever of  the  house  of  Israel,  or  of  the  stranger  sojourninLj  in 
tlie  midst  of  you,  eatcth  any  manner  ofUoocl,  I  will  even  set  ^My 
faces  against  the  soul  that  eateth  blood,  and  will  cut  him  off  from 
among  his  people.     For  the  soul  of  the  flesh  is  in  the  blood ;  and 
I  have  given  it  to  you  upon  the  altar,  to  make  an  atonement 
for  your  souls  ;  for  it  is  the  blood  that  maketh  an  atonement  for 
the  soul.     The  soul  of  all  flesh  is  the  blood  thereof;  whosoever 
eateth  it  shall  be  cut  off"  (Lev.  xvii.  10,  11,  14).     Here  it  is 
plainly  taught  that  the  soul  of  the  flesh  is  in  the  blood,  and  is 
the  blood,  or  the  celestial  part,  in  other  words,  the  holy  part 
which  is  the  Lord's.      Again ;    "  Be   sure   that  thou  eat  not  5 
the  blood,  for  the  blood  is  the  soul,  and  thou  mayest  not  eat  the 
soul  with  the  flesh  "  (Deut.  xii.  23-25).     From  this,  likewise, 
it  appears  that  the  blood  is  called  the  soul,  that  is,  the  celestial 
life,  or  the  celestial  part,  which  was  represented  by  the  burnt- 
offerings  and  sacrifices  of  that  Church.     That  also  the  Celestial 
which  is  the  Lord's  'proprium,  and  which  alone  is  celestial  and 
holy,  should  not   be   mixed   together  with   man's  proprium, 
which  is  profane,  Avas  represented  likewise  by  the  injunction, 
that  they  should  not  sacrifice  or  offer  the  blood  of  the  sacrifice 
on  what  was  leavened  (Exod.  xxiii.  18 ;   xxxiv.  25).      What  6 
ivas  leavened  signified  what  M^as  corrupt  and  defiled.    The  reason 
why  the  blood  is  called  the  soul,  and  signifies  the  holiness  of 
charity,  and  why  the  holiness  of  love  was  represented  by  blood 
in  the  Jewish  Church,  is  because  the  life  of  the  body  consist 
in  the  blood.     And  inasmuch  as  the  blood  constitutes  the  life 
of  the  body,  it  is  its  ultimate  soul;  so  that  it  may  be  called  the 
corporeal  soul,  or  that  in  which  the  corporeal  life  of  man  resides. 
And  inasmuch  as  in  the  representative  Churches,  internals  were 
represented  V>y  externals,  therefore  the  soul  or  celestial  life  was 
represented  by  the  blood. 

1002.  Hence  it  noAv  follows,  that  not  to  eat  signifies  not  to 
commingle.  Eating  the  flesh  of  animals,  considered  in  itself, 
is  something  profane.  For  in  the  most  ancient  times  they  never 
ate  the  flesh  of  any  beast  or  l)ird ;  but  only  grain — esj^fcially 
bread  made  of  wheat — the  fruits  of  trees,  vegetables,  milk,  and 
such  things  as  wore  made  from  milk,  as  butter,  etc.  To  kill 
animals  and  eat  their  flesh  was  to  them  unlawful,  being  regarded 
as  like  that  which  pertains  to  wild  beasts.  Tliey  only  took  from 
them  .services  and  uses  (as  is  evident  from  Gen.  i.  20,  30).  liut 
in  course  of  time,  when  men  began  to  be  cruel,  like  the  wild 
beasts,  yea,  mon;  cruel,  they  then  first  Ix^gan  to  kill  animals, 
and  eat  their  flesh  ;  and  because  man  had  arMpiired  sufh  a  nature, 
therefore   the    killing  and  eating  of   animals  wa.s  jxMiuitted ; 

voi.  I.  2c  401 


1003, 1004]  GENESIS. 

and  is  also  permitted  at  this  day.  And  so  far  as  man  does  this 
conscientiously,  it  is  lawful ;  for  his  conscience  is  formed  of  all 
those  things  which  he  believes  to  be  true,  thus  which  he  regards 
as  lawful.  At  this  day,  therefore,  no  one  is  condemned  for 
eating  ilesh. 

1003.  From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident  tha.t  not  to 
cat  flesh  ivith  the  soul  thereof,  v:hieh  is  the  blood,  is  not  to  mix 
together  what  is  profane  with  what  is  holy.  Profane  things  are 
not  mingled  with  what  is  holy  by  eating  blood  with  flesh  ;  as  the 
Lord  also  clearly  teaches  in  Matthew :  "  Not  that  which  goeth 
into  the  mouth  defileth  a  man,  but  that  which  cometh  out  of 
the  mouth,  this  delileth  a  man.  Those  things  which  proceed 
out  of  the  mouth  come  forth  from  the  heart"  (xv.  11,  17-20). 
But  the  eating  of  flesh  with  the  blood  was  forbidden  in  the 
Jewish  Church,  because,  as  previously  stated,  it  then  represented, 
in  heaven,  profanation.  Everything  done  in  that  Church  was 
changed,  in  heaven,  into  corresponding  representatives.  Thus 
blood  became  changed  into  what  was  holy  celestial ;  and  flesh, 
when  not  used  in  sacrifices,  because  it  signified  lusts  (as  was 
shewn  above),  was  turned  into  wdiat  is  profane ;  and  the  eating 
of  one  with  the  other,  into  the  mixing  together  of  what  is  holy 
and  profane.  Eor  this  reason  it  was  then  so  strictly  prohibited. 
After  the  Lord's  Coming,  however,  when  external  rites  were 
abolished,  and  representatives  consequently  ceased,  these  were  no 
longer  changed,  in  heaven,  into  corresponding  representatives. 
For  as  man  becomes  internal,  and  is  instructed  in  internal  things, 
then  externals  are  as  nothing  to  him.  He  then  knows  what  is 
sacred,  namely,  charity  and  the  faith  therefrom.  His  externals 
are  now  viewed  from  these  internals,  for  the  purpose  of  ascer- 
taining how  much  there  is  of  charity  and  of  faith  to  the  Lord  in 
them.  Wherefore,  since  the  Lord's  Coming,  man  is  no  longer 
considered,  in  heaven,  as  from  externals,  but  as  from  internals. 
And  if  any  one  be  regarded  as  to  his  externals,  it  is  solely  be- 
cause he  is  in  simplicity,  and  in  this  state  has  innocence  and 
charity,  which  are  introduced  by  the  Lord  into  externals,  or 
into  his  external  worship,  without  his  consciousness. 

1004.  Verse  5.  And  surely  your  blood  tvith  your  souls  icill  I 
require  ;  from  the  hand  of  every  wild  beast  will  I  require  it,  and 
from  the  hand  of  man  (homo) ;  from  the  hand  of  the  man  (vir), 
his  brother,  will  I  require  the  soul  of  man  (ho\\\o).  Iwillre- 
qidre  your  blood  tvith  your  soids  signifies  that  violence  done  to 
charity,  will  punish  itself.  Your  blood,  here  denotes  violence, 
and  souls  those  that  do  violence.  From  the  hand  of  every  wild 
beast  signifies  from  all  that  pertains  to  the  violent  man.  From 
the  hand  of  man  (homo),  denotes  from  his  every  voluntary  thing; 
from  the  hand  of  the  man  (vir),  his  brother,  denotes  Irom  his 
every  intellectual  thing.  To  require  the  soul  of  man  denotes  to 
avenge  profanation. 

402 


CHAPTER  IX.  5.  [1005-1007. 

1005.  That  surely  your  blood  with  your  souls  tv ill  I  require 
signifies  that  violence  done  to  charity  will  punish  itself;  and 
that  blood  denotes  violence,  and  souls,  those  that  do  violence,  is 
evident  from  what  precedes  and  follows ;  and  also  from  the 
signification  of  blood  and  of  souls  in  the  opposite  sense.  It 
appears  from  what  precedes  :  because  the  subject  of  the  pre- 
vious verse  was  the  eating  of  blood,  by  which  is  signified 
profanation,  as  has  been  already  shewn.  Aud  from  what  fol- 
lows :  because  the  verse  immediately  following  treats  of  the 
shedding  of  blood.  Wherefore  it  here  treats  of  the  state  and 
punishment  of  him  who  mixes  together  things  sacred  and  pro- 
fane. It  may  be  seen  likewise  from  the  signification  of  blootl 
in  the  opposite  sense.  For,  as  in  its  genuine  sense,  it  signifies 
what  is  celestial,  and,  in  reference  to  the  regenerate  spiritual 
man,  charity — which  is  his  celestial  part  ;  so,  in  the  opposite 
sense,  it  signifies  violence  done  to  charity ;  consequently  what 
is  contrary  to  charity ;  thus  all  hatred,  revenge,  cruelty,  and 
.  especially  profanation  (as  may  appear  from  the  passages  in  the 
Word  quoted  above,  nos.  374, 376).  The  same  appears  from  the 
signification  of  the  soul  in  the  opposite  sense.  For  as  the  soul, 
in  the  Word,  signifies  life  in  general — thus  every  man  who  lives  ; 
and  as  whatever  a  man  is,  such  is  his  life,  therefore  it  also 
represents  that  man  who  does  violence.  This  might  be  con- 
firmed by  numerous  citations  from  the  Word.  But  let  the 
following  one  from  Moses  at  present  suffice :  "  Whosoever 
eateth  blood,  I  will  set  My  faces  against  the  soul  that  eateth 
blood,  and  will  cut  him  off  from  among  his  people ;  for  the  soul 
of  the  flesh  is  in  the  blood ;  and  I  have  given  it  to  you  upon 
the  altar,  to  make  an  atonement  for  your  souls ;  for  it  is  the 
blood  that  maketh  an  atonement  for  the  soul "  (Lev.  xvii.  10, 
11,  14.)  Here,  as  in  many  other  passages  to  the  same  purport, 
the  soul  stands  for  life  in  a  tin-eefold  sense.  That  violence 
done  to  charity  punishes  itself,  will  appear  presently. 

1006.  That  from  the  hand  of  every  wild  beast  signifies  from 
all  that  pertains  to  the  violent  man,  is  evident  from  the  signi- 
fication of  a  wild  beast.  A  wild  beast,  in  the  Word,  signifies 
what  is  living  (as  was  shewn  above,  no.  908) ;  but,  in  the  opposite 
sense,  as  has  also  been  shewn  before,  a  wild  beast  signifies  what- 
ever is  like  a  wild  beast,  consequently,  whatever  is  of  the  nature 
of  a  beast  in  man.  Wherefore  it  signifies  a  man  of  such  a  life, 
namely,  a  violent  man,  or  one  who  does  violence  to  charity ;  inr 
such  a  man  is  like  a  wild  beast.  A  man  is  a  man  from  love 
and  charity  ;  but  he  is  a  wild  beast  from  hatred,  revenge,  and 
cruelty. 

1007.  That  from  the  hand  of  man  (homo)  is  from  his  every 
voluntary  thim,%  and/rr)??i  the  hand  of  the  man  (vir),  his  brother, 
his  every  intellectual  thing,  is  evident  from  the  signification  ff 
man  (homo)-,  for  the  essential  and  life  of  man  is  his  will,  and 

403 


1008.]  GENESIS. 

such  as  is  the  will  such  is  the  man :  and  from  the  signification 
of  the  man  (nV),  his  brother;  for  the  intellectual  in  man  is 
called  man  (vir),  the  brother,  as  was  shewn  above  (no.  367). 
"Whether  the  intellectual  be  true,  or  spurious,  or  false,  it  is  still 
called  man  (r('r),  the  brother;  for  the  understanding  is  called 
man  (vir)  (nos.  ir)M,  265),  and  the  brother  of  the  will  (no.  367). 
The  terms  man  (homo),  and  man  (rij')>thc  brother,  ai'e  here  used 
to  denote  the  impure  voluntary  and  the  impure  intellectual ; 
because  the  subject  here  treated  of  is  profanation,  neither  the 
mention  nor  representation  of  which  is  tolerated  in  heaven,  but 
is  instantly  rejected.  This  is  the  reason  why  such  mild  expres- 
sions are  here  used,  and  also  why  the  sense  of  the  words  in  this 
verse  is,  as  it  were,  ambiguous  ;  that  it  may  not  even  be  known 
in  heaven  that  such  things  are  herein  contained. 

1008.  That  to  Tequire  the  soul  of  man  is  to  avenge  profana- 
tion, is  evident  from  what  was  said  in  the  preceding  verse,  as 
well  as  from  what  is  contained  in  this.  For  the  subject  treated 
of  is  the  eating  of  blood,  which  denotes  profanation.  Few 
})er3ons  know  what  profanation  means,  and  still  fewer  what  is 
its  punishment  in  another  life.  Profanation  is  of  many  kinds. 
He  who  denies  the  truths  of  faith  without  the  knowledge  of 
them,  like  the  Gentiles  who  live  out  of  the  Church,  does  not 
profane  them  ;  but  he  profanes  the  truths  of  faith  who  is 
acquainted  with  them — and  still  more  if  he  acknowledges,  talks 
of,  preaches,  and  persuades  others  respecting  them — and  yet 
lives  in  hatred,  revenge,  cruelty,  rapine,  and  adultery  ;  con- 
tirming  himself  in  these  vices  by  passages  of  the  Word,  which 
he  perverts,  and  thereby  inmierses  in  his  filthy  affections.  He 
it  is  who  is  guilty  of  profanation.  And  these  are  the  things, 
especially,  which  bring  spiritual  death  to  man.  As  may  appear 
from  the  consideration  that  in  the  other  life  things  profane  and 
holy  are  entirely  separate ;  what  is  profane  being  in  hell,  and 
what  is  holy  in  heaven.  When  such  a  man  comes  into  the 
other  life,  what  is  holy  adheres  to  what  is  profane  in  every  idea 
of  his  thought,  in  the  same  manner  as  during  the  life  of  the 
body;  so  that  he  cannot  bring  forth  a  single  idea  of  what  is 
lioly,  but  there  is  seen,  just  as  in  the  clear  light  of  day,  some- 
thing profane  adhering.  Such  is  the  perception  of  the  ideas  of 
otliers  in  the  other  life.  Tims,  in  every  smallest  particular  of 
wiiat  he  thinks,  profanation  is  openly  manifest.  And  as  heaven 
abhors  profanation,  it  cannot  be  otherwise  than  that  he  should 
2  be  thrust  down  into  hell.  Scarcely  any  one  is  acquainted  with 
the  nature  of  ideas.  It  is  supposed  to  be  a  simple  thing.  But 
in  every  single  idea  of  thought  there  are  innumerable  things,  in 
divers  ways  conjoined,  so  as  to  be  a  certain  form,  and  hence  a 
])ictured  image  of  the  man ;  and  this  is  fully  perceived,  yea, 
even  visilily,  in  the  other  life.  Thus,  for  example,  when  the 
idea  of  anv  place  occurs  to  the  mind,  whether  it  be  a  countrv,  a 
404 


CHAPTER  IX.  6.  [1009,  1010. 

city,  or  a  house,  then  the  form  and  image  of  all  that  he  has  ever 
done  there  is  produced  at  the  same  time  to  the  sight  of  spirits 
and  angels.  Or  if  the  idea  of  a  person  occurs,  against  whom  a 
man  has  entertained  hatred,  then  whatever  he  has  thought, 
spoken,  or  done  against  him,  is  presented  at  the  same  moment. 
So  is  it  with  regard  to  all  other  ideas.  As  they  spring  up,  all 
and  everything  which  may  have  heen  conceived  and  improsseil 
on  the  mind  in  relation  to  them,  is  made  manifest.  Thus,  when 
the  idea  of  marriage  presents  itself,  then,  if  the  man  has  been 
an  adulterer,  all  the  filth  and  obscenity  of  adultery,  even  of  the 
thought  of  it,  present  themselves;  likewise  all  the  false  notions 
by  which  he  has  confirmed  himself  in  adulteries,  whether  from 
sensual  things  or  from  rational  things,  or  from  the  Word,  and 
the  manner  in  which  he  has  adulterated  and  perverted  its  truth, 
recur.  And,  moreover,  the  idea  of  one  thing  flows  into  the  idea  3 
of  another,  and  infects  it,  as  a  drop  of  ink  cast  into  water 
obscures  the  whole  body  of  the  water.  Wherefore  the  spirit 
is  known  by  his  ideas ;  and,  what  is  wonderful,  there  is  in  each 
of  them  his  image  or  likeness,  which,  when  made  visible,  is  so 
deformed  that  it  is  horrible  to  behold.  Hence  it  is  evident 
what  is  the  state  of  those  who  have  profaned  things  holy,  and 
the  nature  of  their  image,  in  the  other  life.  Such  profanation, 
however,  is  by  no  means  chargeable  on  those  who  have  believed 
in  simplicity  wdiat  is  contained  in  the  Word,  even  if  they  have 
believed  what  is  not  true ;  for  what  is  said  in  the  Word 
is  expressed  according  to  appearances  (concerning  which,  see 
no.  589). 

1009.  A-'erse  6.  WJioso  shcddcth  mans  Mood  in  man,  his  Hand 
shall  he  shed ;  for  in  the  image  of  God  made  He  man.  'To  shed 
man's  blood  in  man  signifies  to  extinguish  charity.  In  (in) 
man  is  with  (apud)  man.  His  hlood  shall  he  shed  signifies  his 
condemnation.  Fo7'  in  the  image  of  God  made  He  7??o?/,  signifies 
charity,  which  is  the  image  of  God. 

1010.  That  to  shed  man's  hlood  in  man  signifies  to  e.xtinguisli 
charity,  and  that  in  (in)  man  is  with  (apad)  man,  is  evident 
from  the  signification  of  blood  given  above,  which  is  the  lioliness 
of  charity ;  and  from  the  fact  that  it  is  called  the  blood  of  man 
in  man,  or  his  internal  life ;  which  is  not  in  him,  but  with  him. 
For  the  life  of  the  Lord  is  charity,  which  is  not  in  man,l)ecan.s(! 
man  is  filthy  and  profane,  but  with  man.  That  to  shal  hlood  ds 
to  do  violence  to  charity,  is  ])lain  from  the  passages  of  the  Word 
above  quoted  (nos.  374,  376),  where  it  was  shewn  that  viohjiicc 
done  to  charity  is  called  blood.  To  slied  blood,  in  the  sense  of 
the  letter,  is  to  kill ;  but,  in  the  internal  sense,  it  is  to  bear 
hatred  against  the  neighbour.  As  the  Lord  teaches  in  Matthew  :  2 
"Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  by  tliem  of  old  time.  Thou  shall 
not  kill,  and  whosoever  shall  kill  sliall  be  in  danger  of  the  judg- 
ment;  but  I  say  unto  you, 'I'hat  whosoever  is  angrg  \\\t\\  his 

405 


J  on.]  GENESIS. 

brother  witliout  a  cause  shall  be  in  danger  of  the  judgment "  (v. 
21,22).  To  he  angry  here  signities  to  depart  from  charity,  conse- 
quently to  be  in  hatred  (as  may  be  seen  above,  no.  357).  He  who 
indulges  in  hatred  not  only  lias  no  charity,  but  also  does  violence 
to  charity,  that  is,  he  sheds  blood.  For  in  hatred  there  is  real 
murder,  as  is  evident  from  the  considnration,  that  he  who  hates 
another  desires  nothing  more  than  his  death,  and  he  himself 
Avould  destroy  him  unless  he  were  withlield  by  outward  restraints. 
Wherefore  the  slaying  of  a  brother,  and  the  shedding  of  his  blood, 
is  hatred ;  and  being  hatred,  it  is  such  in  every  single  idea 
against  him.  It  is  the  same  with  profanation.  He  who  profanes 
tlie  Word,  as  has  been  said,  not  only  bears  enmity  towards  the 
truth,  but  also  extinguishes  or  destroys  it;  as  appears  in  the 
other  life  from  those  who  have  been  guilty  of  profanation.  For 
however  upright,  wise,  and  devout  they  may  have  externally 
appeared  while  living  in  the  flesh,  in  the  other  life  they  enter- 
tain the  most  deadly  hatred  to  the  Lord,  and  towards  all  the 
goods  of  love  and  truths  of  faith  ;  because  these  are  contrary  to 
their  intestine  hatreds,  extortions,  and  adulteries,  which  they 
have  veiled  under  an  appearance  of  sanctity ;  and  because  they 
have  adulterated  such  goods  and  truths  in  favour  of  themselves. 
3  That  blood  denotes  profanation,  appears  not  only  from  the 
passages  above  cited  (no.  374),  but  also  from  the  following  in 
Moses :  "  Whosoever  of  the  house  of  Israel  that  killeth  an  ox, 
or  a  lamb,  or  a  goat,  in  the  camp,  or  that  killeth  it  out  of  the 
camp,  and  bringeth  it  not  unto  the  door  of  the  Tabernacle  of 
the  congregation,  to  offer  an  offering  unto  Jehovah,  before  the 
Tabernacle  of  Jehovah,  hlood  shall  be  imputed  unto  that  man ; 
he  hath  shed  hlood,  and  that  man  shall  be  cut  off  from  among 
his  people  "  (Lev.  xvii.  3,  4).  To  sacrifice  in  any  other  place 
than  upon  the  altar,  which  w^as  near  the  Tabernacle,  represented 
profanation.  For  to  sacrifice  was  holy  ;  but  performed  in  the 
camp  or  outside  the  camp,  it  was  profane. 

1011.  That  his  hlood  shall  he  shed  signifies  his  condemnation, 
is  evident  from  what  has  been  said  before.  It  is  according  to 
the  sense  of  the  letter  that  the  shedder  of  blood,  or  the  murderer, 
is  to  be  punished  with  death.  But  in  the  internal  sense  it 
teaches  that  he  wdio  hears  hatred  against  his  neighbour,  is  by 
that  very  hatred  condemned  to  death,  that  is,  to  hell.  As  the 
Lord  also  teaches  in  Matthew :  "  Whosoever  shall  say  to  his 
brother,  Thou  fool,  shall  be  in  danger  of  hell  fire"  (v.  22). 
When  charity  is  extinguished,  man  is  left  to  himself  and  to  his 
own  proprium;  and  is  no  longer  governed  by  the  Lord  by 
means  of  internal  bonds,  which  are  of  conscience,  but  by  external 
bonds,  which  are  of  law  ;  and  which  man  makes  for  himself 
that  he  may  become  rich  and  powerful.  When  these  bonds, 
therefore,  become  loosened,  as  in  the  other  world,  he  plunges 
into  the  extremest  cruelty  and  obscenity ;  consequently,  into  his 
406 


\ 


CHAPTER  IX.  6.  [1012,  1013. 

own  condemnation.  That  his  blood  sliall  be  shed  wlio  sliall  liave 
shed  blood,  is  a  law  of  retaliation  with  which  the  ancients  were 
well  acquainted,  and  according  to  which  they  judged  crimes 
and  misdemeanours,  as  is  plain  from  many  passages  in  the  Word. 
This  law  has  its  origin  in  the  universal  law,  that  no  one  should 
do  to  another  what  he  would  not  wish  another  to  do  to  him 
(Matt.  vii.  12) ;  and  also  in  the  fact,  that  according  to  the 
general  order  which  prevails  in  the  other  life,  evil  and  falsity 
punish  themselves,  so  that  each  has  within  itself  its  own  punish- 
ment. And  since  the  order  is  such,  that  evil  punishes  itself — 
or,  what  is  the  same,  that  the  evil  man  runs  into  the  punish- 
ment answering  to  his  evil — from  this  the  ancients  derive  their 
law  of  retaliation ;  which  also  is  here  signified  by  the  words : 
"  Whoso  sheddeth  blood,  his  blood  shall  be  shed,"  that  is,  he 
rushes  headlong  into  condemnation. 

1012.  The  literal  sense  of  the  words,  "  Whoso  sheddeth 
man's  blood  in  man,  his  blood  shall  be  shed,"  is  he  who  sheds 
another's  blood.  In  the  internal  sense,  however,  it  is  not  another, 
but  charity  in  himself.  Wherefore  it  is  also  said,  "  The  blood 
of  man  in  man."  Sometimes,  when  the  literal  sense  treats  of 
two,  it  is  understood,  in  the  internal  sense,  as  concerning  one. 
The  internal  man  is  man  in  man.  Whoever,  therefore,  extin- 
guishes charity,  which  is  of  the  internal  man,  or  rather  is  the 
internal  man  himself,  his  blood  shall  be  shed,  that  is,  he  is  self- 
condemned. 

1013.  That  /(??'  in  the  image  of  God  made  He  man  signifies 
charity,  which  is  the  image  of  God,  is  a  consequence  of  what 
precedes.  The  subject  treated  of  just  before  was  charity,  which 
was  signified  by  blood.  And  that  it  should  not  be  extinguished, 
was  signified  by  the  injunction,  that  blood  should  not  be  shed. 
Here  now  follows  the  declaration  that  "In  the  image  of  God 
made  He  man ; "  from  which  it  is  evident  that  charity  is  the 
image  of  God.  It  is  scarcely  known  to  any  in  the  present  day 
what  is  meant  by  the  image  of  God.  The  common  notion  is  tlmt 
the  image  of  God  was  destroyed  in  the  first  man,  whom  they  call 
Adam,  and  that  it  consisted  of  a  certain  integrity  of  which  they 
are  ignorant.  There  was,  indeed,  a  state  of  integrity.  For  by 
Adam,  or  Man,  is  meant  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  was  u 
celestial  man,  and  had  perception  such  as  no  Churcli  lias  since 
enjoyed  ;  and  therefore  it  was  also  a  likeness  of  the  Lord.  A  : 
likeness  of  the  Lord  signifies  love  to  Ilini.  After  this  Church, 
in  process  of  time,  had  perished,  tlu'ii  the  Lord  creuUMl  a  new 
Church,  which  was  not  a  celestial,  but  a  spiritual  ('hurch,  and 
not  a  likeness,  but  an  image  of  the  Lord.  An  image  signifies 
spiritual  love,  that  is,  love  towards  the  neiglil)our  or  charity  (as 
was  also  shewn  above,  nos.  50,  51).  That  this  (church,  by  virtue 
of  spiritual  love  or  charity,  was  an  image  of  the  Lord,  appears 
from  this  verse.     And  it  also  appears  tliat  charity  itself  is  an 

407 


1013.]  GENESIS. 

image  of  tlie  Lord,  from  the  fact  that  it  is  said,  "For  in  the 
image  of  God  made  He  man,"  signifying  that  charity  itself  did 
this.  That  charity  is  an  image  of  God,  most  clearly  appears 
from  the  very  essence  of  love  or  charity.  Nothing  else  but  love 
and  charity  can  make  a  likeness  and  an  image  of  any  one.  It 
is  the  essence  of  love  and  charity  of  two  to  make  as  it  were 
one.  When  one  person  loves  another  as  himself,  and  more  than 
himself,  then  lie  sees  the  other  in  himself,  and  himself  in  tlie 
other ;  as  may  be  known  to  any  one  if  he  only  considers  the 
nature  of  love,  or  regards  attentively  those  who  love  mutually. 
For  the  will  of  the  one  is  the  will  of  the  other.  They  are,  as  it 
were,  interiorly  conjoined,  and  only  distinct  from  each  other  as 

3  to  the  body.  Love  to  the  Lord  makes  man  one  with  the  Lord, 
that  is,  a  likeness.  Charity  also,  or  love  towards  the  neighbour, 
makes  man  one  with  the  Lord,  but  as  an  image.  An  image  is 
not  a  likeness,  but  according  to  the  likeness.  This  oneness 
arising  from  love  is  thus  described  by  the  Lord  Himself  in  John  : 
"  I  pray  that  they  all  may  be  one,  as  Thou,  Father,  in  ]\Ie,  and  I 
in  Thee,  that  they  also  may  be  one  in  us.  And  the  glory  which 
Thou  gavest  Me  I  have  given  them,  that  they  may  be  one,  even 
as  we  are  one,  I  in  them,  and  Thou  in  Me  "  (xvii.  20-23).  This 
oneness  is  that  mystical  union  of  which  some  think,  and  this 
union  is  effected  by  means  of  love  alone.  Again  :  "  Because  I 
live,  ye  shall  live  also.  At  that  day  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  in 
My  Father,  and  ye  in  Me,  and  lin  you.  He  that  hath  My  Com- 
mandments and  keepeth  them,  he  it  is  that  loveth  Me.  If  a  man 
love  Me,  he  will  keep  ]\Iy  w^ords,  and  My  Father  w^ill  love  him, 
and  we  will  come  unto  him,  and  maJcc  our  abode  with  him" 
(John  xiv.  19-21,  23).  From  these  words  it  is  evident  that  it 
is  love  which  conjoins ;  and  that  the  Lord  has  His  abode  with 
him  who  loves  Him,  and  who  also  loves  his  neighbour.    For  this 

4  is  to  love  the  Lord.  This  union,  which  makes  an  image  and  a 
likeness,  cannot  be  clearly  seen  on  earth.  But  in  heaven, 
where  from  mutual  love  all  the  angels  are,  as  it  were,  one,  it  is 
very  manifest.  Each  particular  society  there,  consisting  of  many 
angels,  constitutes,  as  it  were,  one  man ;  and  all  the  societies 
together — or  the  universal  heaven — -constitute  one  man;  and 
he  is  also  called  the  Greatest  Man  (see  nos.  457,  550).  The 
whole  heaven  is  a  likeness  of  the  Lord,  for  the  Lord  is  the  all 
in  all  therein.  So  also  is  each  particular  society ;  and  every 
individual  angel.  The  celestial  angels  are  likenesses,  and  the 
spiritual  angels  are  images.  Heaven  consists  of  as  many  like- 
nesses of  the  Lord  as  there  are  angels ;  and  this  only  through 
mutual  love,  from  the  fact  that  each  loves  another  better  than 
himself  (see  nos.  548-553).  For  the  case  is  this  :  In  order  that 
the  general  or  whole  heaven  may  be  a  likeness  of  the  Lord, 
it  is  necessary  that  every  part  of  it,  or  each  particular  angel, 
should  be  a  likeness,  or  an  image  according  to  a  likeness.     For 

408 


CHAPTER  IX.  7.  [1014,  1015. 

unless  a  whole  consists,  as  it  were,  of  parts  like  itself,  it  is  not 
a  whole  in  which  there  is  unity.  From  what  has  been  said,  it 
may  be  clearly  seen  that  it  is  love  to  the  Lord  and  love  towards 
the  neighbour  which  constitute  a  likeness  and  image  of  God  ; 
consequently  that  every  spiritual  regenerate  man  is  an  image  of 
Him,  by  virtue  of  love  or  charity,  which  is  from  the  Lord  alone. 
And  whosoever  is  in  charity  from  the  Lord,  is  also  in  integrity  : 
concerning  which  more  will  be  said,  by  the  Lord's  iJiviue 
mercy,  hereafter. 

1014.  Verse  7.  And  you,  he  ye  fruitful,  and  he  multiplied; 
he  ye  poured  forth  tqjon  the  earth,  and  he  ye  multiplied  therein. 
Be  ye  fruitful,  and  he  viidtiplied,  here,  as  before,  signifies  the 
increase  of  good  and  of  truth  in  the  interior  man.  To  he  fruitful 
is  predicated  of  goods,  and  to  he  multijjlicd  of  truths.  Be  ye 
poured  forth  ujjon  the  earth,  and  he  ye  midtiplicd  therein,  signifies 
the  increase  of  good  and  truth  in  the  external  man,  which  the 
earth  denotes.  To  he  poured  forth  is  predicated  of  goods;  to  he 
raulti'plied ,  of  truths. 

1015.  That  he  ye  fruitful,  and  he  midtiplied,  signifies  the 
increase  of  good  and  of  truth  in  the  interior  man  ;  and  that  to 
be  fruitful  is  predicated  of  goods,  and  to  be  multiplied  of  truths, 
is  evident  from  what  was  shewn  above,  at  the  first  verse  of  this 
chapter,  where  the  same  words  occur.  That  tliis  fruitfulncss 
and  multiplication  were  to  be  in  the  interior  man,  is  evident 
from  the  words  which  follow,  where  it  is  again  said,  he  ye  multi- 
plied ;  which  repetition  would  be  needless,  because  superfluous, 
if  there  were  not  something  peculiar  in  it,  distinct  from  what  was 
signified  by  the  former.  iVom  these  considerations,  and  from 
those  which  have  been  mentioned  before,  it  appears  that  fructi- 
fication and  multiplication  are  here  predicated  of  goods  and 
truths  in  the  interior  man.  It  is  said  in  the  interior  man,  be- 
cause, as  was  shewn  above,  man,  as  to  his  reception  of  things 
celestial  and  spiritual,  which  are  of  the  Lord  alone,  is  an  in- 
ternal man.  But  as  to  rational  things  he  is  an  interior  man,  or 
intermediate  between  tlie  internal  and  the  external.  And  as 
to  the  affections  of  good,  and  the  scientifics  of  the  memory,  lie 
is  external.  That  man  is  such  was  shown  in  wliat  was  i)rcmised 
at  the  beginning  of  this  cliapter  (no.  978).  That  he  is  ignorant 
of  it,  while  he  lives  in  the  body,  is  because  he  is  in  cor])()rcal 
things  ;  wlience  he  does  not  even  know  that  there  are  interior 
things,  much  less  that  they  are  thus  distinct  in  onh'r.  Yet,  if 
he  will  reflect,  it  may  be  sufhciently  evident  to  liini  that  it  is 
so,  while  in  thouglit  he  is  withdrawn  from  tlie  body,  und,  as  it 
were,  thinks  in  liis  spirit.  TIjo  reason  why  fructilication  and 
multiplication  are  predicated  of  the  interior  man,  or  of  th(3 
Kational,  is  because  the  activity  of  the  internal  man  is  not  felt 
in  the  interior  man,  except  in  a  very  general  way.  For  there 
rire  indefinite  particulars  which  constitute  any  general  thing, 

40'J 


101 G,  1017.]  GENESIS. 

even  the  most  general,  in  the  interior-  man.  How  innumerable 
tliese  particulars  are,  how  the  case  is  with  regard  to  them,  and 
how  they  constitute  this  most  general  and  obscure  something, 
may  be  seen  from  Avhat  was  said  above  (no.  545). 

lOlG.  That  he  ye  ■poured  forth  tqwn  the  earth,  and  he  ye  innlti- 
2)lied  (herein,  signifies  the  increase  of  good  and  of  truth  in  the 
external  man,  whicli  is  the  earth;  and  that  to  be  poured  forth 
is  predicated  of  goods,  and  to  be  multiplied,  of  truths,  is  evident 
from  what  has  just  been  said,  and  from  the  signification  of  the 
earth,  as  denoting  the  external  man  (concerning  which,  see 
what  is  said  and  shewn  at  tlie  first  verse  of  this  chapter,  no.  983). 

~  With  regard  to  being  poured  forth  upon  the  earth,  and  being 
midtiplied  therein,  tlie  case  is  this :  With  the  regenerate  man 
nothing  is  multiplied  in  his  external  man ;  that  is,  nothing  of 
good  and  truth  becomes  increased,  except  by  the  influence  of 
charity.  Charity  is  as  the  warmth  in  the  time  of  spring  and 
summer,  which  makes  the  various  grasses,  herbs,  and  trees  to 
grow.  Without  charity,  or  spiritual  heat,  nothing  grows. 
Wherefore  it  is  here  first  said,  Be  ye  poured  forth  upon  the 
earth ;  which  is  predicated  of  goods  which  are  of  charity, 
whereby  good  and  truth  are  multiplied.  Every  one  may 
comprehend  how  this  is.  Nothing  grows  and  multiplies  in 
man  unless  there  be  some  affection.  The  delight  of  affection 
not  only  makes  it  take  root,  but  also  grow.     All  things  take 

3  place  according  to  the  aspiration  of  affection.  What  a  man 
loves  he  willingly  seizes  upon,  retains,  and  guards.  So  it  is 
with  whatever  favours  any  affection.  And  whatever  does  not 
favour,  man  cares  nothing  for,  regards  as  nothing,  yea,  rejects. 
Such,  then,  as  the  affection  is,  such  is  the  multiplication.  And 
as  with  the  regenerate  man  there  is  an  affection  of  good  and 
truth  from  charity,  given  by  the  Lord,  therefore  whatever 
favours  the  affection  of  charity,  that  he  seizes  upon,  retains, 
and  guards,  and  thus  confirms  himself  in  goods  and  truths. 
This  is  signified  by  the  words,  "  Be  ye  poured  forth  upon  the 
earth,  and  be  ye  multiplied  therein." 

1017.  To  shew  that  multiplication  is  such  as  is  the  affection, 
take,  for  example,  a  man  who  receives  as  a  principle  the  doctrine 
that  faith  alone  saves,  even  although  he  does  no  work  of  charity  ; 
in  other  words,  that  it  saves  him  who  has  no  charity.  Such  a 
man  separates  faith  from  charity ;  not  only  in  consequence  of 
the  principle  held  from  infancy,  but  also  l3ecause  he  imagines 
that  whoever  should  declare  works  of  charity,  or  charity  itself, 
to  be  an  essential  of  faith,  and  should  thus  live  a  life  of  piety, 
must  necessarily  place  merit  in  works.  This,  however,  is  a 
false  conclusion.  He  thus  rejects  charity,  and  regards  its 
works  as  of  no  account ;  abiding  only  in  an  idea  of  faith,  which 
is  no  faith  without  its  essential  constituent,  which  is  charity. 
While  he  confirms  this  principle  in  himself  he  never  acts  from 
410 


CHAPTER  IX.  8.  [1018-1021. 

the  affection  of  good,  but  only  from  an  aflection  of  delight,  that 
lie  may  live  in  the  free  indulgence  of  his  lusts ;  and  he  who 
among  them  confirms  it,  by  many  considerations,  does  not  do 
it  from  an  affection  of  truth,  but  for  his  own  glory,  that  he 
may  be  thought  greater,  more  learned,  and  more  exalted  than 
others,  and  thus  be  elevated  among  the  rich  and  honourable. 
Thus  he  acts  from  the  delight  of  an  aflection,  which  delight 
causes  a  multiplication  of  things  that  confirm  his  opinions. 
For,  as  was  observed,  such  as  is  the  affection,  such  is  the  nnilti- 
plication.  As  a  general  truth,  when  a  principle  is  false,  it 
necessarily  leads  to  false  conclusions.  For  all  things  conform 
to  their  principle.  Yea,  as  I  know  from  experience — of  which, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  I  shall  speak  elsewhere — those 
who  confirm  themselves  in  such  principles  respecting  faith 
alone,  and  are  not  in  charity,  care  nothing  about,  and,  as  it 
were,  do  not  see,  all  that  the  Lord  has  so  often  said  concerning 
love  and  charity  (as  in  Matt.  iii.  8,  9  ;  v.  7,  43-48 ;  vi.  12,  15 ; 
vii.  1-20 ;  ix.  13 ;  xii.  33 ;  xiii.  8,  23 ;  xviii.  21  to  the  end ; 
xix.  19;  xxii.  34-39;  xxiv.  12,  13;  xxv.  34-46;  Mark  iv. 
18-20  ;  ix.  13,  14,  20 ;  xii.  28-35 ;  Luke  iii.  8,  9 ;  vi.  27-30, 
43  to  the  end;  vii.  47;  viii.  8,  14,  15  ;x.  25-28;  xii.  58,  59; 
xiii.  6-10;  John  iii.  19-21;  v.  42;  xiii.  34,  35;  xiv.  14,  15, 
20,  21,  23;  xv.  1-18;  xxi.  15-17). 

1018.  The  reason  why  it  is  here  again  said.  Be  yc  fruitful 
and  he  multij)lied,  in  like  manner  as  in  the  first  verse  of  this 
chapter,  is  because  here  is  the  conclusion ;  and  it  is,  that  all 
things  would  go  on  well,  and  be  fruitful  and  multiply,  if  men 
would  not  do  what  is  signified  by  the  eating  and  shedding  of 
blood ;  that  is,  if  they  would  not  extinguish  charity  by  hatred 
and  profanation. 

1019.  Verse  8.  And  God  said  to  Noah,  and  to  his  sons  vAth 
him,  sayiiui,  signifies  the  truth  of  what  follows  concerning  the 
spiritual  Church,  which  is  meant  by  Noah  and  his  sons  with 
him. 

1020.  That  this  is  the  signification  of  these  words,  is  evident 
from  the  fact  that  all  things  which  are  arranged  in  an  historical 
form,  from  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis  to  the  account  of  Eber 
in  the  eleventh  chapter,  have  a  different  signification  from  what 
is  presented  in  the  letter;  and  that  the  historical  narratives 
there  are  only  constructed  historical  narratives  according  to  the 
custom  of  the  most  ancient  people,  who,  when  they  would  bear 
witness  to  the  truth  of  anything,  were  wont  to  say,  that  Jihovah 
said.  Here,  however,  the  statement  is,  that  Uod  snid  ;  Itecausc 
the  subject  here  treated  of  is  the  spiritual  Church;  in  like 
manner  when  any  truth  was  accomplished  or  came  to 
pass. 

1021.  That  Nou/i,  and  his  sons  ici/h  him,  signify  the  Ancient 
Church,  was  shewn  above,  and  will  also  ai.])ear  in  tin'  follnwiug 

411 


1022--1024.]  GENESIS. 

parts  of  this  chapter  ;  wherefore  it  is  unnecessary  to  dwell  upon 
the  subject  here. 

1022.  Verses  9,  10.  And  /,  behold,  I  estaUish  My  covenant 
with  you,  and  with  your  seed  after  you ;  and  with  every  living 
soul  whicJi  is  with  you,  to  the  bird,  to  the  beast,  and  to  every  wild 
beast  of  the  earth  with  you;  from  all  that  go  forth,  out  of  the 
ark,  even  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth.  And  I,  behold,  I 
establish  My  eovenant,  signifies  the  Lord's  presence  in  charity. 
With  you  signifies  with  the  regenerate  spiritual  man.  And 
with  your  seed  after  you  signifies  those  who  are  created  anew. 
With  every  living  sold  which  is  with  you  signifies,  in  general, 
all  things  that  are  regenerated  with  man.  To  the  bird  signifies 
specifically,  his  intellectual  things.  To  the  beast,  sj)ecifically, 
his  new^  voluntary  things.  To  every  wild  beast  of  tlte  earth,  his 
lower  intellectual  and  voluntary  things,  which  are  from  them. 
With  you  signifies  here,  as  before,  what  is  \\\t\\  the  regenerate 
spiritual  man.  From  all  that  go  forth  out  of  the  ark  signifies 
the  men  of  the  Church.  Even  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth 
signifies  the  men  who  are  out  of  the  Church. 

1023.  That,  and  I,  behold,  I  establish  My  eovenant,  signifies 
the  Lord's  presence  in  charity,  may  appear  from  the  significa- 
tion of  a  covenant,  concerning  which  see  no.  iG66,  where  it  is 
shewn  that  a  covenant  signifies  regeneration,  and,  indeed,  the 
conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  the  regenerate  man  by  love  ;  and 
that  the  heavenly  marriage  is  the  very  covenant  itself ;  and,  con- 
sequently, that  the  heavenly  marriage  is  with  every  regenerate 
man.     How  the  case  is  with  this  marriage  or  covenant  was  also 

2  shewn  above.  The  heavenly  marriage  with  the  man  of  the  Most 
Ancient  Church  was  in  hisYolmitary  proprium.  But  with  the  man 
of  the  Ancient  Church  it  was  in  his  intellectual  proprm??i.  For 
when  the  voluntary  part  of  man  had  become  altogether  corrupt, 
the  Lord  miraculously  separated  his  intellectual  proprium  from 
that  corrupt  voluntary  part,  and  in  his  intellectual  projyritim 
formed  a  new  will,  which  is  conscience ;  and  into  conscience 
insinuated  charity,  and  into  charity,  innocence ;  and  thus  con- 
joined himself  with,  or,  what  is  the  same,  entered  into  covenant 

3  with  man.  In  so  far  as  man's  y olwntsiry  propriion  can  be  separ- 
ated from  this  intellectual  proprium,  the  Lord  can  be  present 
with  liim,  or  conjoin  Himself,  or  enter  into  covenant,  with 
him.  Temptations  and  similar  means  of  regeneration  render 
the  voluntary  proprimn  of  man  quiescent,  so  as  to  become 
as  if  it  were  nothing,  and,  so  to  speak,  dead.  In  proportion 
as  this  is  effected,  the  Lord  is  enabled  to  act  by  means  of  the 
conscience  implanted  in  charity  in  man's  intellectual  proprium. 
This,  then,  is  here  what  is  called  a  covenant. 

1024.  That  with  you  signifies  with  the  regenerate  spiritual 
man,  is  evident  from  what  was  said  in  several  places  above  re- 
specting Noah  and  his  sons,  as  signifying  the  spiritual  Church, 

412 


CHAPTER  IX.  9,  10.  [1025. 

whicli  succeeded  the  Most  Ancient  celestial  Church.  And  as 
they  signify  the  Church,  they  also  signify  every  man  of  the 
Church,  thus  the  regenerate  spiritual  man. 

1025.  That,  icitli  your  seed  after  you,  signifies  those  who  are 
created  anew,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  seed,  as  well 
as  from  what  follows.  It  is  manifest  from  the  signification  of 
seed,  because  seed,  in  the  sense  of  the  letter,  signities  posterity, 
and,  in  the  internal  sense,  faitli.  And  since,  as  has  been  often 
said,  there  is  no  faith  except  where  there  is  charity,  therefore 
charity  itself  is  meant  by  seed  in  the  internal  sense.  It  appears 
from  what  follows,  that  the  passage  treats  not  only  of  the  man 
who  is  within  the  Church,  but  also  of  the  man  who  is  out  of 
the  Church,  thus  of  the  whole  human  race.  "Wherever  there  is 
charity,  even  with  nations  the  most  remote  from  the  Churcli, 
there  also  is  seed.  Tor  charity  is  heavenly  seed.  No  man  can 
do  anything  good  of  himself,  but  all  good  is  from  the  Lord. 
Even  the  good  which  the  Gentiles  do  is  from  the  Lord,  of  whom, 
by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter.  That 
the  seed  of  God  is  faith,  was  shewn  above  (at  no.  255).  ]'>v 
faith  there,  and  in  other  places,  is  meant  charity,  from  which 
is  faith.  Eor  no  other  faith  is  possible,  which  is  truly  faith, 
but  the  faith  of  charity.  The  same  is  signified  in  other  parts 
of  the  Word  where  seed  is  mentioned.  Thus,  where  the  seed  of 
Abraham,  or  Isaac,  or  Jacob,  is  mentioned,  it  signifies  love  or 
charity.  For  Abraham  represented  celestial  love,  Isaac  spiritual 
love — both  of  the  internal  man;  and  Jacob  the  same — but 
of  the  external  man.  It  is  so  not  only  in  the  prophetical 
parts  of  the  Word,  but  also  in  the  historical.  The  historical 
matters  of  the  Word  are  not  perceived  in  heaven,  but  the  things 
which  are  signified  by  them.  The  Word  was  written  not  only 
for  man,  but  also  for  angels.  And  while  man  reads  the  Word, 
and  receives  thence  no  other  than  the  literal  sense,  the  angels 
do  not  at  the  same  time  perceive  the  literal,  but  the  internal 
sense.  The  material,  worldly,  and  corporeal  ideas,  which  man 
has  while  reading  the  Word,  become,  with  the  angels,  spiritual 
and  celestial  ideas.  'Thus,  while  man  reads  about  Abraham, 
Isaac,  and  Jacob,  the  angels  never  think  of  Abraham,  Isaac,  and 
Jacob,  but  of  the  things  which  are  represented,  and  thus  signi- 
fied, by  them.  In  like  manner,  when  he  reads  alniut  Noah, 
Shem,  Ham,  and  Japheth,  the  angels  know  nothing  of  these 
])ersons.  Nor  do  they  perceive  anything  but  the  Ancient 
Church — the  interior  angels  not  even  the  (Jhurch,  but  the  failh 
of  that  Church,  and,  according  to  the  series,  the  state  of  th<' 
subjects  treated  of.  So  also  when  seed  is  mentioned  in  the 
Word — as  when  here,  on  the  subject  of  Noah,  it  is  said  that 
a  covenant  should  be  established  with  Noah  and  his  sons, 
and  with  their  .seed  after  them — the  angels  do  not  i)erc('iv(f 
their  posteritv,  for  there  was  no  sur-h   person   as    Nnah,  that 

41:3 


102:..]  GENESIS. 

Lt'ing  only  the  name  of  the  Ancient  Church ;  but  by  seed 
they  understand  charity,  which  was  the  essential  of  the  faith 
of  that  Church.  Likewise,  in  the  historical  narratives  con- 
cerning Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  where  their  seed  is  spoken 
of,  the  angels  never  understand  their  peculiar  posterity ;  but 
all  in  the  universe,  as  well  those  who  are  within  as  those  who 
are  out  of  the  Church,  with  whom  there  is  heavenly  seed,  or 
charity.     Yea,  the  interior  angels  perceive  love  itself,  which  is 

4  heavenly  seed  in  the  abstract.  That  by  seed  is  signified  love, 
and  also  every  one  who  has  love,  is  evident  from  the  following 
passages  ;  where  concerning  Abram,  "  Jehovah  said.  To  thy  seed 
will  I  give  this  land  "  (Gen.  xii.  7),  and,  "  All  the  land  which 
thou  seest,  to  thee  will  I  give  it,  and  to  thy  seed  for  ever  ;  and  I 
will  make  thy  seed  as  the  dust  of  the  earth"  (Gen.  xiii.  15,  IG). 
They  who  are  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  receive  no  other  idea 
than  that  by  seed  is  meant  the  posterity  of  Abram ;  and  by 
land  the  land  of  Canaan ;  and  this  the  more  because  that  land 
was  given  to  his  posterity.  They,  however,  who  are  in  the 
internal  sense,  as  the  whole  heaven  is,  by  the  seed  of  Abram 
perceive  nothing  else  than  love  ;  and  by  the  land  of  Canaan  the 
Lord's  kingdom  in  heaven  and  on  earth ;  and  by  the  fact  that 
the  land  was  given  to  them  only  as  representative  (concerning 
which,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  be  said  elsewhere). 
So  also  in  another  place  it  is  written  concerning  Abram : 
"  And  Jehovah  brought  him  forth  abroad,  and  said,  Look  now 
toward  heaven,  and  number  the  stars,  if  thou  be  able  to  number 
them  ;  and  He  said  unto  him.  So  shall  thy  seed  be  "  (Gen.  xv.  5). 
Here,  likewise,  as  Abram  represented  love,  or  saving  faith,  by 
his  seed,  in  the  internal  sense,  no  other  posterity  is  meant  than 

5  all  in  the  universe  who  are  in  love.  Again  :  "  I  will  estaUisk 
My  covenant  between  Me  and  thee,  and  thy  seed  after  thee. 
And  I  will  give  to  thee,  and  to  thy  seed  after  thee,  the  land 
wherein  thou  art  a  stranger,  all  the  land  of  Canaan  for  an  ever- 
lasting possession,  and  I  will  be  their  God.  This  is  My  covenant 
which  ye  shall  keep  between  Me  and  you,  and  thy  seed  after  thee; 
every  male  among  you  shall  be  circumcised  "  (Gen.  xvii.  7,  8, 
10).  Here,  in  like  manner,  to  establish  a  covenant  signifies  the 
conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  men  throughout  the  universe,  by 
means  of  love ;  which  love  was  represented  by  Abram  ;  and 
hence  it  is  evident  that  by  his  seed  are  meant  all  in  the  universe 
who  are  in  love.  The  covenant  here  spoken  of  was  circum- 
cision; by  which  heaven  never  understands  the  circumcision 
of  the  flesh,  but  the  circumcision  of  the  heart,  or  of  those  who 
are  in  love.  Circumcision  was  a  representative  of  regeneration 
by  means  of  love,  as  is  clearly  explained  in  Moses :  "  Jehovah 
God  will  circumcise  thy  heart,  and  the  heart  of  thy  seed,  to  love 
Jehovah  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul, 
that  thou  mavest  live  "  (Deut.  xxx.  6).     From  these  words  it  is 

4U 


CHArTP:E  IX.  9,  10.  [1025. 

evident  what  circiimcision  is  in  the  internal  sense ;  and  there- 
fore wherever  circnmcision  is  mentioned  it  means  nothing  else 
than  love  and  charity,  and  the  life  from  these.  That  by  the  6 
seed  of  Abraham  are  signified  all  in  the  universe  in  whom 
there  is  love,  is  also  manifest  from  the  Lord's  words  to 
Abraham  and  to  Isaac.  To  Abraham,  after  he  determined 
to  sacrifice  Isaac,  as  he  was  commanded  :  "  In  blessing  I  will 
bless  thee,  and  in  multiplying  I  will  multiply  thy  seed  as 
the  stars  of  the  heavens,  and  as  the  sand  which  is  upon  the 
shore  of  the  sea,  and  thy  seed  shall  possess  the  gate  of  thine 
enemies,  and  in  thy  seed  shall  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  he 
blessed"  (Gen.  xxii.  17,  18).  Here  it  plainly  appears  that  by 
seed  are  meant  all  in  the  universe  in  whom  there  is  love.  As  7 
Abraham  represented  celestial  love,  so  Isaac  represented  spiritual 
love.  Wherefore  by  the  seed  of  Isaac  nothing  else  is  signified 
but  every  man  in  whom  there  is  spiritual  love  or  charity. 
Concerning  Isaac  it  is  thus  written :  "  Sojourn  in  this  land,  and 
I  will  be  with  thee,  and  will  bless  thee ;  for  unto  tliee,  and  unto 
thy  seed,  I  will  give  all  these  lands,  and  I  will  perform  the  oath 
which  I  sware  to  Abraham  thy  father ;  and  I  will  cause  thy  seed 
to  be  multiplied  as  the  stars  of  heaven,  and  I  will,  give  to  thy 
seed  all  these  lands ;  and  in  tliy  seed,  shall  cdl  the  nations  of  the 
earth  he  blessed "  (Gen.  xxvi.  3,  4,  24).  Here  it  is  plain  that 
by  all  nations  are  meant  those  who  are  in  charity.  Celestial 
love  represented  by  Abraham  is  as  the  father  of  spiritual  love 
represented  by  Isaac,  for,  as  was  shewn  above,  the  spiritual  is 
born  from  the  celestial.  As  Jacob  represents  the  externals  of  ^"^ 
the  Church,  which  exist  from  internals,  he  thus  represents  every- 
thing in  the  external  man  whicli  is  derived  from  love  and 
charity ;  therefore  by  his  seed  are  signified  all  in  the  universe 
with  whom  there  is  external  worship  in  which  is  internal,  and 
who  do  works  of  charity  in  which  there  is  charity  from  the 
Lord.  Concerning  this  seed  it  was  said  to  Jacob,  after  he  saw 
the  ladder  in  his  dream,  "  I  am  Jehovah,  the  God  of  Abraham 
thy  father,  and  the  God  of  Isaac;  the  land  whereon  thou 
lie'st,  to  thee  will  I  give  it,  and  to  thy  seed;  and  thy  seed 
shall  be  as  the  dust  of  the  earth ;  and  in  tliee  and  in  lh;i  snd 
sJudl  all  the  families  of  the  ground  be  blessed"  (Gen.  xxviii.  l.".. 
14;  xxxii.  12;  xlviii.  4).  That  seed  has  no  other  siunilicalion,  9 
may  appear,  in  addition  to  the  passages  of  the  Word,  adduced 
above  (no.  255),  also  from  these.  In  Isaiah  :  "  Thou,  Israel,  art 
My  servant,  Jacob  whom  1  have  chosen,  the  seed  of  Abraham 
My  friend"  (xli.  8).  Here  the  subject  treated  of  is  th(i 
regeneration  of  man,  and  Israel  and  Jacob,  as  is  frecpicnlly 
the  case,  are  distinguished  from  each  otlier.  V>y  Israel  is  sig- 
nified the  internal  spiritual  Church,  and  by  Jacob  the  external  of 
the  same  Church ;  and  both  are  called  the  seed  of  Abraham, 
that  is,  of  the  celestial  Church,  because  the  celestial,  spiritual, 

415 


102G.]  GENESIS. 

and  natural  succeed  each  other.  In  Jeremiah  :  "  I  had  planted 
thee  wholly  a  noble  vine,  a  seed  of  truth;  how  then  art  thou 
turned  into  the  degenerate  plant  of  a  strange  vine  unto  Me  ? " 
(ii.  21).  The  subject  here  is  the  spiritual  Church,  which  is  the 
noble  vine,  whose  charity,  or  the  faith  of  charity,  is  called  the 

10  seed  of  truth.  Again  :  "  As  the  host  of  the  heavens  cannot  be 
numbered,  neither  the  sand  of  the  sea  measured,  so  will  I  multiply 
the  seed  of  David  My  servant,  and  the  Levites  ministering  unto 
Me  "  (xxxiii.  22).  Here  the  seed  is  plainly  heavenly  seed,  for 
by  David  is  signified  the  Lord.  It  is  known  to  every  one  that 
the  seed  of  David  was  not  as  the  host  of  the  heavens,  which 
cannot  be  numbered,  nor  as  the  sand  of  the  sea,  which  cannot 
be  measured.  Again:  "  Behold,  the  days  come,  saith  Jehovah, 
and  I  will  raise  Unto  David  a  rigliteoiis  branch,  and  He  shall 
reign  king;  He  shall  act  intelligently,  and  shall  execute  judgment 
and  justice  in  the  earth.  In  His  days  Judah  shall  be  saved,  and 
Israel  shall  dwell  confidently  ;  and  this  is  His  name  which  they 
shall  call  Him,  Jehovah  our  righteousness.  "Wherefore,  behold, 
ihe  days  come,  saith  Jehovah,  and  they  shall  no  more  say, 
Jehovah  liveth,  who  brought  up  the  sons  of  Israel  out  of  the 
land  of  Egypt ;  but  Jehovah  liveth,  wlio  brought  up,  and  who 
led,  the  seed  of  the  house  of  Israel  out  of  the  north  country  " 
(xxiii.  5-8).  Here  the  signification  is  entirely  different  from 
what  appears  in  the  letter  ;  for  David  is  not  meant  by  David, 
nor  Judah  by  Judah,  nor  Israel  by  Israel ;  but  by  David  is 
signified  the  Lord;  by  Judah,  what  is  celestial ;  and  by  Israel, 
what  is  spiritual ;  wherefore  by  the  seed  of  Israel  are  signified 

11  those  who  have  charity,  or  the  faith  of  charity.  So  in  David: 
"  Ye  who  fear  Jehovah,  praise  Him  ;  all  ye  seed  of  Jacob,  glorify 
Him;  be  in  fear  of  Him,  all  ye  the  seed  of  Israel"  (Psalm  xxii. 
23).  Here  also  by  the  seed  of  Israel  is  meant  the  spiritual 
Church.  In'Isaiah  :  "  The  seed  of  holiness  shall  be  the  substance 
thereof"  (vi.  13).  The  subject  here  is  remains,  which  are  holy, 
because  from  the  Lord.  Again :  "  I  will  bring  forth  a  seed  out 
of  Jacob,  and  out  of  Judah  an  inheritor  of  My  mountains,  and 
Mine  elect  shall  inherit  it,  and  My  servants  shall  dwell  there  " 
(Ixv.  9).  Here  it  treats  of  the  celestial  Church,  both  external 
and  internal.  And  again :  "  They  shall  not  bring  forth  for 
trouble,  for  they  are  the  seed  of  the  blessed  of  Jehovah,  and  their 
offspring  with  them  "  (Ixv.  23).  The  subject  here  treated  of  is 
the  new  heavens  and  the  new  earth,  or  the  Lord's  kingdom. 
They  who  are  therein,  having  been  begotten  or  regenerated  of 
love,  are  called  "  the  seed  of  the  blessed  of  Jehovah." 

1026.  That,  luith  every  living  soul  which  is  unth  you,  signifies 
in  general  all  things  that  are  regenerated  with  man,  may 
appear  from  what  precedes  and  follows,  as  well  as  from  the 
signification  of  living.  Everything  is  said  to  live  which  receives 
life  from  the  Lord ;  and  the  living  soul  is  everything  with  the 
416 


I 


CHAPTER  TX.  9,  10.  [1027-1030. 

regenerate  man  which  lives  therefrom.  For  according  to  the  life 
which  the  regenerate  man  receives  do  the  least  things  with  him 
Hve,  both  his  rational  things  and  his  affections.  This  life 
appears  before  the  angels  in  every  particular  of  his  thought 
and  speech ;  it  is  not  so  before  man. 

1027.  That,  to  the  bird,  signifies,  specifically,  his  intellectual 
tilings,  may  appear  from  what  has  been  said  and  shewn  con- 
cerning birds  several  times  before  (as  at  nos.  40,  776). 

1028.  That,  to  the  beast,  signifies,  specifically,  his  new  volun- 
tary things,  as  is  also  evident  from  what  has  been  said  and 
shewn  several  times  before  concerning  beasts  and  their  signi- 
fication (as  at  nos.  45,  46,  142,  143,  246,  776). 

1029.  That,  to  evert/  icild  beast  of  the  earth,  signifies  his 
lower  intellectual  and  voluntary  things  which  are  from  them, 
appears  also  from  what  has  been  stated  before  concerning  the 
signification  of  the  wild  beast.  There  are  with  every  man  both 
interior  and  exterior  things.  The  interior  are  things  rational, 
here  signified  by  the  bird,  and  affections,  which  are  signified  by 
the  beast ;  and  the  exterior  are  scientifics  and  pleasures,  which 
are  here  signified  by  the  icild  beasts  of  the  earth.  That  by  birds, 
beasts,  and  wild  beasts,  these  animals  are  not  meant,  but  what 
is  living  with  the  regenerate  man,  every  one  may  know  and 
conclude  from  the  consideration,  that  a  covenant  cannot  be 
entered  into  by  God  with  brute  animals.  It  is,  nevertheless, 
said,  "  I  establish  My  covenant  with  every  living  soul  that  is 
with  you,  to  the  bird,  to  the  beast,  and  to  every  wild  beast  of 
the  earth  with  you."  A  covenant,  however,  may  be  established 
with  man,  who,  as  to  his  interioi-s  and  exteriors,  is  therefon; 
described  by  these  animals. 

1030.  Thdit,  from  cdl  that  go  forth  out  uf  the  art,-,  signifies  the 
men  of  the  Church,  and  that,  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth, 
signifies  the  man  who  is  out  of  the  Church,  may  appear  from 
the  series  of  things  in  the  internal  sense.  For  all  that  weni 
forth  out  of  the  ark  were  mentioned  before.  For  example  : 
"  Every  living  soul,  to  the  bird,  to  the  beast,  and  to  the  wild  l)east 
of  the  earth."  Here  it  is  again  said  :  "  From  all  that  go  forlii 
out  of  the  ark,  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth."  Thus  the  wild 
beast  of  the  earth  is  mentioned  a  .second  time  ;  which  repetition 
would  not  have  been  made  unless  something  else  were  herr 
understood.  Then  also  it  follows:  "And  I  estaldish  My  cove- 
nant with  you,"  which  also  was  said  before.  Hence  it  is  evident 
that  by  those  that  go  forth  out  of  the  ark  are  signified  the 
regenerate,  or  the  men  of  the  Church  :  and  l»y  tii(!  wild  beast  of 
the  earth,  all  in  the  universe  who  are  out  of  the  ( 'hureh.  The  '- 
wild  beast  of  the  earth,  in  the  Word — when  living  things  arc 
not  meant  by  it — signifies  things  which  are  more  vilo.  and  par- 
take more  or  less  of  the  animal  nature,  and  this  according  to  tlie 
subject  treated  of.     When  it  is  predicated  of  things  which  are  in 

VOL.  I.  2  u  417 


1031,10r,2.]  GENESIS. 

man,  then  the  wihl  beast  of  the  earth  signifies  the  lower  things 
wliich  are  of  the  external  man  and  of  the  l)ody,  as  just  before  in 
this  verse ;  thus  the  viler  things  in  man.  When  it  is  predicated 
of  an  entire  society,  which  is  called  a  composite  man,  or  a  com- 
posite person,  then  the  wild  beast  of  the  earth  signifies  those 
who  are  not  of  the  Church,  because  they  are  more  vile ;  and  so 
forth,  after  the  manner  of  a  predicate  adapted  to  that  which  is 
its  subject.  Thus  it  is  written  in  Hosea :  "  In  that  day  I  will 
make  a  covenant  for  them  with  the  wild  beast  of  the  field,  and 
with  the  bird  of  the  heavens,  and  with  the  reptile  of  the  earth  " 
(ii,  18).  In  Isaiah:  "The  wild  beast  of  the  field  shall  honour 
Me,  because  I  have  given  waters  in  the  wilderness  "  (xliii.  20). 
And  in  Ezekiel :  "  Every  bird  of  the  heavens  made  its  nest  in 
its  boughs,  and  under  its  branches  every  wild  beast  of  the  field 
brought  forth,  and  under  its  shadow  dwelt  all  great  nations  " 
(xxxi.  6). 

1031.  Verse  11.  And  I  establish  My  covenant  with  you;  and 
all  flesh  shall  not  be  cut  off  any  more  by  the  luaters  of  a  flood ; 
and  there  shall  be  no  more  a  flood  to  destroy  the  earth.  And  I 
establish  My  covenant  with  you.  signifies  the  Lord's  presence 
with  all  those  who  have  charity.  It  refers  to  those  who 
go  forth  out  of  the  ark,  and  to  every  wild  beast  of  the  earth, 
that  is,  to  men  within  the  Church,  and  to  men  outside  the 
Church.  And,  all  flesh  shall  not  be  cict  off  any  more  by  the 
waters  of  a  flood,  signifies  that  they  should  not  perish  like  the 
last  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  And  there  shall  be 
710  more  a  flood,  to  destroy  the  earth,  signifies  that  such  a  deadly 
and  suffocating  persuasion  should  no  more  exist. 

1032.  That,  and  I  establish  My  covenant  with  you,  signifies 
the  presence  of  the  Lord  with  all  those  who  have  charity,  and 
that  it  refers  to  those  who  go  forth  out  of  the  ark,  and  to  every 
wild  beast  of  the  earth,  that  is,  to  men  within  the  Church,  and 
to  men  outside  the  Church,  is  evident  from  what  has  just  been 
said.  With  regard  to  the  truth  that  the  Lord  enters  into  a 
covenant,  or,  in  other  words,  by  charity  conjoins  Himself  with 
those  who  are  out  of  the  Church,  the  case  is  thus.  The  man  of 
the  Church  supposes  that  none  of  those  outside  the  Church,  who 
are  called  Gentiles,  can  be  saved,  because  they  have  no  know- 
ledges of  faith,  and  are  therefore  altogether  ignorant  of  the  Lord. 
He  says,  that  without  faith,  and  without  a  knowledge  of  the 
Lord,  there  is  no  salvation.  Thus  he  condemns  all  who  are  out 
of  the  Church.  Yea,  more,  there  are  many  such  who  are  in 
some  particular  doctrine,  even  who  are  in  a  heresy,  and  who 
believe  that  none  that  are  outside,  or  who  are  not  of  the  same 
opinion  as  themselves,  can  be  saved.  When,  nevertheless,  the 
case  is  the  very  opposite.  The  Lord  has  mercy  towards  the 
whole  human  race,  and  wishes  to  save  all  that  are  in  the  universe, 

2  and  to  draw  them  to  Himself.     The  Lord's  mercy  is  infinite, 
418 


I 


CHAPTER  IX.  11.  [1033. 

and  does  not  suffer  itself  to  be  limited  to  those  few  that  are 
within  the  Church,  but  extends  itself  to  all  througliout  the 
whole  world.  It  is  not  their  own  fault  that  men  are\orn  out 
of  the  Church,  and  are  in  ignorance  of  faith  ;  and  no  one  is  ever 
condemned  for  not  having  faith  in  the  Lord,  from  being  irnwr- 
ant  of  Him.  Who  that  thinks  aright  would  ever  say,  that  the 
greatest  part  of  the  human  race  is  to  perish  eternally  because 
they  were  not  born  in  Europe,  where  there  are  comparatively  so 
few  ?  Or  who  that  thinks  aright  would  say  that  the  Lord  could 
suffer  so  great  a  multitude  of  human  beings  to  be  born  tliat  thev 
might  perish  in  eternal  death  ?  This  would  be  contrary  to  the 
Divine,  and  contrary  to  mercy.  And,  besides,  those  who  are 
out  of  the  Church,  and  are  called  Gentiles,  live  a  much  more 
moral  life  than  those  who  are  within  the  Church,  and  far  more 
easily  embrace  the  doctrine  of  a  true  faith.  This  may  still 
more  plainly  appear  from  souls  in  the  other  life.  The  worst  of 
all  come  from  the  so-called  Christian  M-orld,  bearing  deadly 
hatred  to  the  neighbour  and  to  the  Lord.  Beyond  all  in  the 
whole  world  they  are  adulterers.  But  it  is  not  thus  with  those 
who  are  from  other  parts  of  the  globe.  For  very  many  of 
those  who  have  worshipped  idols  are  of  such  a  disj^osition  that 
they  have  a  horror  of  hatreds  and  adulteries.  And  they  are 
afraid  of  Christians,  because  they  are  of  such  a  character,  and 
would  fain  torment  every  one.  Yea,  more,  the  Gentiles  are 
such  that  when  they  are  informed  by  the  angels  concerning  the 
truths  of  faith,  and  that  the  Lord  rules  the  universe,  they  readily 
listen,  are  easily  imbued  with  faith,  and  thus  reject  their  idols. 
Wherefore  Gentiles  who  have  lived  a  moral  life,  and  in  mutual 
charity,  and  in  innocence,  are  regenerated  in  the  other  life. 
While  they  live  in  the  world,  the  Lord  is  present  with  them  in 
charity  and  innocence  ;  for  there  is  nothing  of  charity  and 
innocence  except  from  the  Lord.  The  Lord  also  gives  them  a 
conscience  of  what  is  right  and  good,  according  to  their  religion, 
and  into  that  conscience  He  insinuates  innocence  and  charity  ; 
and  when  innocence  and  charity  are  in  the  conscience,  they 
easily  suffer  themselves  to  be  imbued  with  the  truth  of  faith 
from  good.  This  the  Lord  Himself  thus  declared  in  Luke : 
"Then  said  one  unto  Him,  Lord,  are  there  few  that  be  saved  { 
And  He  said  unto  them,  Ye  shall  see  Abraham,  and  Isaac,  and 
Jacob,  and  all  the  prophets  in  the  kingdom  of  God,  but  you 
yourselves  thrust  out.  And  they  shall  come  from  the  cast  and 
from  the  west,  and  from  the  north  and  from  the  south,  and 
shall  sit  down  in  the  kingdom  of  God.  And,  behold,  there  an; 
last  which  shall  be  first,  and  there  are  first  which  shall  be  last" 
(xiii.  23,  28-30).  By  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  are  here 
meant  all  who  are  in  love  (as  has  hmm  sliewn  b('ff)r('). 

1033.  It  was  also  said  that  the  (ientiles  are  cndowcil  with  a 
conscience  of  what  is  right  and  good,  according  to  their  religion. 

4VJ 


1034,  lOr..".]  GENESIS. 

The  case  is  thus.  Conscience,  in  general,  is  either  true,  spurious, 
or  false.  A  ime  conscience  is  that  which  is  formed  by  the  Lord 
from  the  truths  of  faith.  And  when  a  man  is  endowed  with 
this,  he  fears  to  act  contrary  to  the  truths  of  faith,  because  he 
would  thus  act  against  his  conscience.  Tliis  conscience  no  one 
can  receive  who  is  not  in  the  truths  of  faith.  Wlierefore,  even 
in  the  Christian  world,  there  are  not  so  very  many  who  are  thus 
gifted.  Eor  every  one  sets  up  his  own  dogma  as  the  truth  of  faith. 
But  still  they  who  are  regenerated  receive  conscience  when  tliey 
receive  charity.     For  charity  is  the  fundamental  constituent  of 

~  conscience.  A  sj^iirionscoiiscienee  is  that  which  is  formed,  witli 
the  Gentiles,  out  of  that  form  of  religion  and  worship  into  whicli 
they  were  born  and  educated  ;  to  act  contrary  to  which,  with 
them,  is  to  act  against  conscience.  When  this  conscience  is 
founded  in  charity  and  mercy,  and  in  obedience,  then  they  are 
in  such  a  state  as  to  be  capable  of  receiving  a  true  conscience  in 
the  other  life,  which  also  they  do  receive ;  for  they  love  nothing 

3  in  preference  to,  or  better  tlian,  the  truth  of  faith.  A  false 
ronsciencc  is  that  which  is  formed  not  from  internal  things,  but 
from  external,  that  is,  not  from  charity,  but  from  the  love  of  self 
and  of  the  world.  Eor  there  are  some  who  seem  to  themselves 
to  act  against  conscience  when  they  act  against  the  neighbour, 
and  also  then  appear,  to  themselves,  to  be  inwardly  tormented, 
when  in  fact  the  reason  is,  because  they  perceive  in  thought  that 
their  life,  their  honour,  their  fame,  their  wealth,  or  their  gain  is 
endangered,  and  that  thus  they  themselves  are  injured.  Some 
derive  such  a  kind  of  tenderness  of  heart  by  hereditary  descent, 
and  some  acquire  it  from  themselves  ;  but  it  is  a  false  conscience. 

1034.  That,  and.  all  flesh  shall  not  he  cut  off  any  more  hy  the 
waters  of  a  flood,  signifies  that  they  should  not  perish  like  the 
last  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is  evident  from  what 
has  been  said  before  respecting  the  antediluvians  wlio  perished. 
These  are  they  who  were  cut  off  by  the  waters  of  the  tiood. 
It  was  shewn  above  (no.  310),  how  the  case  was,  namely,  that 
the  last  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church  was  of  such  a 
nature,  that  when  their  voluntary  part  became  corrupt,  their 
intellectual  part  also,  at  the  same  time,  became  corrupt;  so  that 
witli  them  the  intellectiial  part  could  not  be  separated  from  their 
voluntar}^  and  a  new  will  formed  in  the  intellectual ;  for  so  did 
the  two  parts  of  their  mind  cohere.  That  as  this  was  foreseen, 
it  was  also  provided  by  the  Lord  that  with  man  the  intellectual 
])art  might  be  separated  from  his  voluntary,  and  so  renewed. 
And  as  it  was  thus  provided  that  man  should  not  afterwards 
exist  of  such  a  quality  as  this  antediluvian  race,  therefore  it  is 
here  said,  that  all  tlesh  should  no  more  be  cut  off"  by  the  waters 
of  a  flood. 

1035.  Th^t,  and  there  shall  he  no  more  a  flood  to  destroy  th e 
earth,  signifies  that  such  a  deadly  and  suffocating  persuasion 

420 


CHAPTER  IX.  12,  i:!.  [1036-1038. 

should  no  more  exist,  is  evident  from  tlie  signification  of  the 
blood  with  reference  to  the  antediluvians  who  perished  (spoken 
of  above) ;  and  from  their  direful  persuasions  (concerning  which 
see  nos.  311,  563,  570,  581,  586) ;  as  also  from  what  is  said  of 
the  succeeding  Church  called  Noah ;  and,  moreover,  from  tiie 
things  which  follow  concerning  the  rainbow. 

1036.  Verses  12,  13.  And  God  said,  This  is  the  token  of  the 
covenant  which  I  give  hetiveen  Me  and  you,  and  every  living  sonl 
that  is  with  you,  during  the  generations  of  the  age.  I  have  given 
My  bow  in  the  cloud,  and  it  shall  be  for  a  token  of  the  covenant 
betiveen  Me  and  the  earth.  And  God  said  signifies  that  it  was 
so.  This  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  signifies  a  symbol  of  the 
Lord's  presence  in  charity.  Which  I  give  betiveen  Mc  and  yon 
signifies  the  Lord's  conjunction  with  man  by  means  of  charity. 
A7id  betiveen  every  soid  that  is  with  you  signifies,  as  before,  all 
things  with  man,  that  are  regenerated.  During  the  generations 
of  the  age  signifies  all  who  are  created  anew  for  ever.  /  have 
given  My  boic  in  the  cloud  signifies  the  state  of  the  regenerate 
spiritual  man,  which  is  like  the  rainl)o\v.  The  eland  signifies 
the  obscure  light  in  which  the  spiritual  man  is  in  comparison 
with  the  celestial  man.  And  it  shall  he  for  a  token  of  the  eovr- 
nant  betiveen  Me  and  the  earth,  signifies,  as  before,  a  symbol  of 
the  Lord's  presence  in  charity.  The  earth  here  denotes  the 
proprium  of  man.  All  these  things  relate  to  the  regenerate 
spiritual  man,  or  the  spiritual  Church. 

1037.  That,  and  God  said,  signifies  that  it  was  so,  has  been 
said  and  shewn  before.  For  to  say,  or  the  saying  of  God  or 
Jehovah,  signifies  that  it  is  so.  As  the  most  ancient  people 
arranged  the  things  of  the  Church  in  the  form  of  a  history, 
when  they  wished  to  affirm  that  a  thing  was  so,  they  said, 
"  God  said,"  or  "  Jehovah  said,"  and  this  was  with  them  a  form 
of  asseveration  and  confirmation. 

1038.  That  this  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  signifies  a  proof  of 
the  Lord's  presence  in  charity,  is  evident  i'rom  the  signiticatii»n 
of  a  covenant  and  of  the  token  of  a  covenant.  That  aeovemint 
signifies  the  Lord's  presence  in  charity,  was  shewn  aljove  (at 
chap.  vi.  18,  and  ver.  9  of  this  chap.).  It  is  evident  from  the 
nature  of  a  covenant,  that  the  covenant  is  the  T/)rd's  presence 
in  love  and  charity.  Every  covenant  is  for  the  sake  of  conjunc- 
tion, that  they  who  are  united  liy  the  covenant  ni:iy  live  in 
mutual  friendshi)),  or  in  love,  llenci^  marririgo  also  is  caHcd  m 
covenant.  The  Lord's  conjunction  with  man  cannot  be.  clfcctcd 
except  in  love  and  charity.  For  the  Lord  is  Love  itself  and 
Mercy,  and  desires  to  save  every  one,  and  with  mighty  ])0\ver  to 
attract  every  one  to  heaven,  that  is,  to  Himself.  Hence  every  one 
may  know  and  be  convinced  that  it  is  imixissiblefor  any  one  to 
be  conjoined  with  the  Lord  except  ])y  means  of  that  wliich  llf 
Himself  is;  that  is,  unless  he  become  like  tiic  Lord,  or  make  one 

421 


1038.]  GENESIS. 

with  Hiiu  ;  in  other  words,  unless  lie  love  the  Lord  in  return,  and 
love  his  neighbour  as  himself.  By  this  means  alone  conjunction 
isetlected.  This  is  the  very  essence  itself  of  a  covenant.  And 
when  conjunction  is  thus  effected,  it  plainly  follows  that  the  Lord 
is  present.  The  actual  presence  of  the  Lord  is,  indeed,  with 
every  man;  but  it  is  nearer  or  more  remote  just  according  to  his 

2  approach  to  love,  or  distance  from  love.  Since  the  covenant 
is  the  conjunction  of  the  Lord  with  man  by  means  of  love,  or, 
what  is  the  same,  the  Lord's  presence  with  man  in  love  and 
charity,  therefore  it  is  called  in  the  Word,  a  covenant  of  peace. 
For  peace  signifies  the  kingdom  of  the  Lord,  and  the  Lord's 
kingdom  consists  in  mutual  love,  in  which  alone  is  peace. 
Thus  it  is  written  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  mountains  shall  depart 
and  the  hills  be  removed,  but  My  mercy  shall  not  depart  from 
thee,  neither  shall  the  covenant  of  My  peace  be  removed,  saith 
Jehovah,  that  hath  mercy  on  thee  "  (liv.  10).  Here  mercy,  which 
is  of  love,  is  called  the  covenant  of  peace.  In  Ezekiel :  "  I  will 
set  up  one  shepherd  over  them.  My  servant  David,  and  he 
shall  feed  them;  he  shall  feed  them,  and  he  shall  be  their 
shepherd,  and  I  will  make  with  them  a  covenant  of 'peace  "  (xxxiv. 
23,  25).  Here  by  David  is  evidently  meant  the  Lord.  His 
presence  with  the  regenerate  man  is  described  by  His  feeding 

3  them.  Again,  in  the  same  prophet :  "  David  My  servant  shall 
be  king  over  them,  and  they  all  shall  have  one  shepherd. 
Moreover,  I  will  make  a  covenant  of  peace  with  them ;  it  shall 
be  an  everlasting  covenant  with  them,  and  I  will  place  them, 
and  cause  them  to  be  multiplied,  and  will  set  My  sanctuary  in 
the  midst  of  them  for  evermore.  And  I  will  be  their  God,  and 
they  shall  be  My  people  "  (xxxvii.  24,  26,  27).  Here,  likewise, 
by  David  is  meant  the  Lord ;  by  a  sanctuary  in  the  midst  of 
them,  is  meant  love ;  and  by  His  being  their  God,  and  they  His 
people,  is  meant  the  Lord's  presence  and  conjunction  in  love, 
which  is  called  a  covenant  of  peace  and  an  everlasting  covenant. 
In  Malachi :  "  Ye  shall  know  that  I  have  sent  this  command- 
ment unto  you,  that  My  covenant  might  be  with  Levi,  saith 
Jehovah  of  hosts.  My  covenant  with  him  was  of  lives  and  of 
peace,  and  I  gave  them  to  him  with  fear,  and  he  shall  fear  Me "' 
(ii.  4,  5).  Levi  in  the  highest  sense  denotes  the  Lord,  and 
consequently,  the  man  who  is  in  love  and  charity ;  and  therefore 
the  covenant  of  lives  and  of  peace  with  Levi  is  in  love  and 

4  charity.  So  in  Moses,  concerning  Phinehas  it  is  said :  "  Behold, 
I  give  unto  him  My  covenant  of  peace,  and  he  shall  have  it,  and 
his  seed  after  him,  even  the  covenant  of  an  everlasting  priest- 
hood" (Xum.  XXV.  12,  13).  By  Phinehas  here  is  not  meant 
Phinehas,  but  the  priesthood  represented  by  him ;  which,  like 
all  the  priesthood  of  that  Church,  signified  love  and  all  things 
of  love.  Every  one  knows  that  PJiinehas  had  not  an  ever- 
lasting priesthood.     Again  :  "  Jehovah  thv  God,  God  Himself, 

422 


\ 


CHAPTER  IX.  12,  13.  [1038. 

tlie  faithful  God,  keeping  the  covenant  and  mercy  vjith  them  that 
love  Him  and  keep  His  Commandments,  to  the  thousandth 
generation"  (Deut.  vii.  9,  12).  Here  it  is  very  evident  that 
the  Lord's  presence  with  man,  in  love,  is  the  covenant.  For  it 
is  said  that  it  is  with  them  that  love  Him  and  keep  His  Com- 
mandments. As  the  covenant  is  the  Lord's  conjunction  with  5 
man  by  love,  it  follows  that  it  is  also  by  all  things  of  love  ; 
such  as  are  the  truths  of  faith,  which  are  called  Command- 
ments. For  all  the  Commandments,  yea,  the  Law  and  the 
Prophets,  are  founded  on  this  one  single  law — that  men  should 
love  the  Lord  above  all  things,  and  their  neighbour  as  them- 
selves, as  appears  from  the  Lord's  own  words  (Matt,  xxii. 
34-40  ;  Mark  xii.  28-34).  Wherefore  the  tables,  on  M-hich  the 
Ten  Commandments  were  written,  are  called  the  Talks  of  the 
Covenant.  As  the  covenant  or  conjunction  is  by  means  of  the 
laws  or  precepts  of  love,  it  was  also  by  means  of  the  laws  of 
society  established  by  the  Lord  in  the  Jewish  Church,  whicli 
are  called  testimonies ;  as  well  as  by  the  rituals  of  the  Church, 
enjoined  by  the  Lord,  which  are  called  statutes.  All  these  are 
said  to  belong  to  the  covenant,  because  they  relate  to  love  and 
charity.  Hence  it  is  written  concerning  king  Josiah :  "  The 
king  stood  upon  a  pillar,  and  made  a  covenant  before  Jehovah,  to 
walk  after  Jehovah,  and  to  keep  His  Co^nmandments,  and  His 
testimonies,  and  His  statutes,  with  all  the  heart,  and  with  all  the 
soul,  to  perform  the  words  of  this  covenant "  (2  Kings  xxiii.  3). 
From  these  considerations  it  is  now  evident  what  a  covenant  is ;  6 
and  that  the  covenant  is  internal.  For  the  Lord's  conjunction 
with  man  is  effected  through  the  internals,  and  not  through 
externals  separate  from  the  internals.  The  externals  are  merely 
types  and  representatives  of  the  internals.  As  the  action  of 
a  man  is  a  representative  type  of  his  thought  and  will ;  and 
as  a  work  of  charity  is  a  representative  type  of  the  charity 
within,  in  the  soul  and  mind.  Thus,  all  the  rituals  of  the 
Jewish  Church  were  types  representative  of  tlie  Lord  ;  and 
consequently  of  love  and  charity,  and  of  all  things  wliich  are 
therefrom.  The  covenant  and  conjunction  are  therefore  eflected 
through  the  internals  of  man.  The  externals  are  only  the 
tokens  of  the  covenant,  as  they  are  also  called.  That  the 
covenant  or  conjunction  is  effected  througli  t\w.  internals,  is 
very  evident  from  the  Word.  Thus  it  is  written  in  Jeremiah  : 
"  Behold,  the  days  come,  saith  Jehovah,  that  I  will  inak(!  a  vrm 
covoiant  with  the  house  of  Israel  and  with  the  house  of  Jndah  ; 
not  according  to  the  covenant  which  I  made  with  their  fallicrs, 
which  My  covenant  they  brake ;  but  this  is  the  covnuint  whi(ih 
I  will  make  with  the  house  of  Israel ;  after  those  days,  /  vnU 
pnt  My  lav)  in  the  midst  of  them,  and  write  it  on  their  hearts  " 
(xxxi.  31-33).  The  subject  here  treated  of  is  anew  Church. 
It   is   plainly  declared   that   the   very   essential   covcniant   is 


1039.]  GENESIS. 

through  the  internals,  and,  indeed,  in  the  conscience ;  on  wliich 
is  inscribed  the  hiw,  all  which,  as  was  said,  is  of  love.  That 
externals  are  not  the  covenant,  unless  the  internals  are  ad- 
joined to  them,  so  that  by  the  union  they  act  as  one  and  the 
same  cause ;  but  that  they  are  tokens  of  the  covenant,  that 
througli  them,  as  through  representative  types,  the  Lord  might 
be  kept  in  remembrance,  appears  from  the  fact,  that  the  Sabbath 
and  circumcision  are  called  tokens  of  the  covenant.  That  the 
Sabbath  is  so  called  appears  in  Moses  :  "  The  children  of  Israel 
shall  keep  the  Sahhath,  to  observe  the  Sahhath,  throughout  their 
generations,  for  a  jKrpetical  covenant.  It  is  a  token  between  Me 
and  the  children  of  Israel  for  ever"  (Exod.  xxxi.  IG,  17).  And 
that  circumcision  is  so  called,  appears  in  the  same :  "  This 
is  Ml/  covenant  which  ye  shall  keep  between  Me  and  you,  and 
thy  seed  after  thee ;  every  male  among  you  shall  be  circumcised. 
And  ye  shall  circumcise  the  Hesh  of  your  foreskin,  and  it  shall 
be  for  a  token  of  the  covenant  between  Me  and  you  "  (Gen.  xvii. 
10,  11).  Hence,  also,  blood  is  called  the  blood  of  the  covenant 
(Exod.  xxiv.  7,  8).  On  this  account,  chiefly,  external  rites  were 
called  tokens  or  signs  of  the  covenant ;  as  by  means  of  them 
men  could  be  kept  in  remembrance  of  interior  things,  that  is, 
of  the  things  which  they  signified.  The  rites  of  the  Jewish 
Church  were  all  nothing  else  but  signs  or  tokens  of  the  cove- 
nant. Thus  whatever  served  to  remind  them  of  interior  things 
was  called  a  sign.  As  the  binding  of  the  chief  Commandment 
on  the  hand  and  on  the  forehead,  enjoined  in  Moses :  "  Thou 
shalt  love  Jehovah  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy 
soul,  and  with  all  thy  might ;  and  these  words  thou  shalt  bind 
for  a  sign  upon  thy  hand,  and  they  shall  be  as  frontlets  between 
thine  eyes"  (Deut.  vi.  5,  6,  8 ;  xi.  13,  18),  Here  the  hand 
signifies  the  will,  because  it  denotes  power.  For  power  is  of  the 
will.  Erontlets  between  the  eyes  signify  the  understanding. 
Thus  the  sign  signifies  the  remembrance  of  the  chief  Command- 
inent,  that  is  to  say,  of  the  law  in  a  summary,  that  it  should  be 
continually  in  the  will  and  in  the  thought ;  in  other  words,  that 
there  should  be  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  and  of  love,  in  every 
wish  and  in  every  thought.  Such  is  the  presence  of  the  Lord, 
and  of  mutual  love  from  Him,  with  the  angels.  Of  this  con- 
tinual presence,  and  its  nature,  something  will  be  said,  by  the 
Lord's  Divine  mercy,  in  the  following  pages.  Likewise  the 
words  here,  This  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  tvhich  I  gave  between 
Me  and  you  ;  I  have  given  My  boiv  in  the  cloud,  and  it  shall  be 
for  a  token  of  the  covenant  between  Me  and  the  earth,  signify 
that  the  sign  is  no  otlier  than  a  proof  of  the  Lord's  presence  in 
charity ;  thus  a  memorial  with  man.  How  the  bow  in  the 
cloud  came  to  be  this  evidence  and  memorial,  will,  of  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  be  shewn  in  the  following  pages. 

1039.  That,  ivhich  I  give  between  Me  and  you,  signifies  the 
424 


CHAPTER  IX.  12,  13.  [1040,  1041. 

Lord's  conjunction  with  man  by  means  of  charity,  is  evident 
from  what  has  now  been  said  of  the  covenant  and  the  token  of 
the  covenant.  The  covenant  is  the  Lord's  presence  in  charity. 
Betxmen  Me  and  you  is  conjunction  tlierefrom.  To  give  is  to 
cause  that  it  be. 

1040.  That,  and  every  living  soul  that  is  icith  you,  signifies  all 
things  with  man,  that  are  regenerated,  appears  i'rom  the  signi- 
fication of  the  living  soid  (explained  at  ver.  10).  For,  as  was 
said,  the  soul  in  the  Word  signifies  all  life ;  as  well  the  internal 
as  the  external  life  of  man  ;  and  also  of  animals  ;  from  the  fact 
that  they  signify  those  things  that  are  in  man.  The  living  soul, 
however,  is  properly  what  receives  life  from  the  Lord,  that  is, 
wliat  is  regenerate,  because  this  alone  lives.  And  since  the  soul 
signifies  both  internal  and  external  life  with  man,  the  living  soul 
signifies  in  one  complex  all  that  is  regenerated  in  man.  Man 
possesses  both  voluntary  and  intellectual  things  most  distinct 
from  each  other ;  and  wuth  a  living  man  all  and  each  of  the 
things  thence  are  living.  The  case  is  thus  :  Whatever  a  man 
is,  such  are  all  and  each  of  the  things  belon«in<i;  to  him.  Life 
Itself,  in  general,  is  in  each  individual  thing.  For  from  each, 
as  from  its  own  particulars,  the  general  exists.  Otherwise 
nothing  general  could  ever  exist.  For  it  is  called  general 
because  it  exists  from  particulars.  Therefore  w'hat  a  man's  life  ~ 
is  in  general,  such  is  his  life  in  the  particulars  ;  yea,  in  the 
veriest  individual  constituents  of  his  inclination  and  intention 
or  will ;  and  in  the  veriest  individual  constituents  of  his  thought, 
so  that  he  cannot  have  the  smallest  part  of  an  idea  in  which 
there  is  not  a  similar  life.  As,  for  example,  he  who  is  of  a 
haughty  disposition,  is  haughty  in  every  least  effort  of  his  will, 
and  in  every  least  idea  of  his  thought.  He  that  is  covetous,  is 
covetous  in  like  manner.  He  who  hates  his  neighbour,  so  hates 
likewise.  Thus  he  who  is  stupid,  is  stupid  in  every  least  tiling 
of  his  will,  and  in  every  least  thing  of  his  thought ;  and  he  wIki 
is  insane,  is  thus  insane.  As  this  is  the  case  with  man,  there- 
fore in  the  other  life  his  quality  is  known  from  a  single  idea 
only  of  his  thought.  When  man  is  regenerated,  then  all  and  .> 
each  of  the  things  with  him  are  regenerated,  that  is,  have  life; 
and  this  in  proportion  as  his  voluntary  proprium,  which  is 
defiled  and  dead,  could  be  separated  from  the  new  will  and 
understanding,  which  he  receives  from  the  Lord.  Wherefore, 
as  it  here  treats  of  the  regenerate  man,  the  living  soul  denotes 
all  that  he  has  which  is  regenerated,  this  being,  in  general,  all 
that  belongs  to  his  will  and  understanding,  as  well  interior  as 
exterior.  They  are  denoted  above  (ver.  lU)  by  the  bird,  the 
beast,  and  the  ivild  least  of  the  earth  ;  for  it  is  said,  "  I  eslaltlish 
My  covenant  with  every  living  soul,  to  tlui  bird,  to  the  beasi, 
and  to  the  wild  beast  of  tiie  earth." 

1041.  That,  during  the  generations  of  the   age,  signifies  all 

420 


1042.]  GENESIS. 

who  are  created  anew  for  ever,  is  evident  from  the  signification 
of  the  generations  of  the  age.  Generations  are  posterities,  which 
arc  derived  from  their  predecessors  and  from  their  parents, 
IVie  age  is  what  is  perpetual.  As  it  here  treats  of  those  things 
wliich  are  regenerated,  therefore  by  the  generations  of  the  age 
are  meant  those  who  thence  are  being  perpetually  regenerated, 
or  created  anew.  Eor  everytliing  in  the  internal  sense  is  pre- 
dicated according  to  the  subject  treated  of. 

1042.  /  have  r/ivcn  My  how  in  the  cloud,  signifies  the  state 
of  the  regenerate  spiritual  man,  which  is  like  the  rainbow.  It 
may  appear  surprising  that  a  token  of  the  covenant  in  the 
Word  should  be  a  bow  in  the  cloud,  or  rainbow ;  since  this  is 
produced  by  the  modification  of  the  solar  rays  when  falling  upon 
drops  of  rain,  and,  unlike  the  other  signs  of  the  covenant  in 
the  Church,  mentioned  above,  is  a  purely  natural  phenomenon. 
That  it  does,  however,  represent  regeneration,  and  denote  the 
state  of  the  regenerated  spiritual  man,  can  only  be  known  by 
those  who  are  permitted  to  see,  and  thereby  to  know  the  reason 
of  it.  The  spiritual  angels,  who  have  all  been  regenerate  men 
of  the  spiritual  Church,  when  presented  to  view  in  the  other 
life,  have  an  appearance  like  the  rainbow  about  the  head.  And 
as  these  rainbows  agree  perfectly  with  the  state  of  the  angels, 
their  quality  is  hence  discernible  in  heaven  and  in  the  world  of 
spirits.  The  reason  why  the  likeness  of  a  rainbow  appears,  is, 
that  their  natural  things,  corresponding  to  their  spiritual,  pre- 
sent such  an  appearance.  It  is  a  modification  of  spiritual  light 
from  the  Lord  in  their  natural  things.  It  is  these  angels  who 
are  said  to  be  born  again  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit ;  but  the 
celestial  angels  are  those  who  are  said  to  be  regenerated  by  fire. 
"■  In  natural  things  the  case  is  thus.  In  order  that  colour  may 
exist  there  must  be  a  something  dark  and  light  (obscurum  et 
niveuni),  or  black  and  white,  in  which,  when  the  rays  of  light 
from  the  sun  fall  upon  it,  the  colours  may  appear,  by  the 
modification  of  the  inflowing  rays  of  light,  according  to  the 
various  proportion  of  light  and  dark,  or  black  and  white. 
Some  of  the  colours  derive  more  or  less  from  the  dark  or  black, 
and  some  more  or  less  from  the  light  or  white.  Hence  arises 
their  diversity.  So  it  is  comparatively  in  spiritual  things. 
Here  the  dark  is  the  intellectual  proprium  of  man  or  falsity ; 
and  the  black  is  his  voluntary  'propriiim,  or  evil,  which  absorb 
and  extinguish  the  rays  of  light ;  and  the  light  and  white  are 
the  truth  and  good  which  man  thinks  that  he  does  of  himself, 
which  reflect  and  cast  back  from  themselves  the  rays  of  light. 
The  rays  of  light  which  fall  on  them,  and,  as  it  were,  modify 
them,  are  from  the  Lord,  as  from  the  Sun  of  wisdom  and 
intelligence.  For  the  rays  of  spiritual  light  are  nothing  else ; 
nor  are  they  from  any  other  source.  It  is  because  natural 
things  correspond  to  spiritual,  that  when  what  is  around  the 
426 


CHAPTEE  IX.  12,  13.  [1043. 

regenerate  sxjiritual  man,  in  the  other  life,  is  thus  presented 
to  view,  it  appears  like  a  bow  in  the  cloud.  And  this  bow  is  a 
representation  of  the  spiritual  things  in  his  natural  things. 
The  regenerate  spiritual  man  has  an  intellectual  proprium, 
into  which  the  Lord  insinuates  innocence,  charity,  and  mercv. 
And  according  to  the  reception  of  these  gifts  by  the  man,  is 
the  appearance  of  his  rainbow  when  presented  to  view ;  it 
being  more  beautiful  in  proportion  as  his  voluntary  proprium 
is  more  removed,  subdued,  and  reduced  to  obedience.  To  the 
prophets,  while  they  were  in  the  vision  of  God,  there  also  appeared 
a  bow  as  in  a  cloud.  It  is  written  in  Ezekiel :  "  Above  the 
expanse,  which  was  over  the  heads  of  the  cherubim,  there  was 
the  likeness  of  a  throne,  as  the  appearance  of  a  sapphire  stone, 
and  the  likeness  as  the  appearance  of  a  man  upon  it.  And  1 
saw,  as  it  were,  the  appearance  of  a  burning  coal,  as  the  appear- 
ance of  fire,  round  about  within  it,  from  the  appearance  of  his 
loins  even  upwards ;  and  from  the  appearance  of  his  loins  even 
downwards,  I  saw,  as  it  were,  the  appearance  of  fire,  and  it  had 
brightness  round  about.  As  the  appearance  of  the  how  (hat  is 
in  the  cloud  in  the  day  of  rain,  so  was  the  appearance  of  the 
brightness  round  about.  This  was  the  appearance  of  the 
likeness  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah  "  (i.  26-28).  It  must  be  clear 
to  every  one,  that  it  was  the  Lord  who  thus  appeared,  and  also 
that  by  Him  was  represented  heaven.  For  He  is  heaven,  that 
is,  the  all  in  all  of  heaven.  He  is  the  Man  here  spoken  of. 
The  throne  denotes  heaven.  The  burning  coal  as  the  ajjpearance 
of  fire  from  the  loins  upwards  denotes  tb.e  Celestial  of  love. 
The  brightness  of  fire  round  about  from  the  loins  downwards, 
as  the  bow  in  the  cloud,  is  the  Celestial-spiritual.  Thus  the 
celestial  heaven,  or  the  heaven  of  the  celestial  angels,  was  repre- 
sented from  the  loins  upwards  ;  and  the  spiritual  heaven,  or  the 
heaven  of  the  spiritual  angels,  from  the  loins  downwards.  For, 
in  the  Greatest  ]\Ian,  the  parts  below  the  loins,  even  l>y  the  way 
of  the  feet  to  the  soles,  signify  natural  things.  Hence  also  it  is 
evident  that  the  natural  things  of  man,  thus  enlightened  by 
spiritual  light  from  the  Lord,  appear  like  a  bow  in  the  cloud. 
A  similar  appearance  was  also  seen  by  John  (concerning  which, 
see  Apoc.  iv.  2,  3 ;  x.  1). 

1(M3.  That  a  cloud  signifies  the  obscure  light  in  which  the 
spiritual  man  is  in  comparison  with  tlie  celestial  man, may  ai)p(;ar 
from  what  has  just  been  said  concerning  the  ])0w.  For  the  l)ow, 
or  the  colour  of  the  l)ow,  never  apjiears  except  in  a  cloud.  The 
dark  {ohscururn)  itself,  as  was  said,  through  which  the  rays  of  th(! 
sun  glisten,  is  what  is  changed  into  colours.  Thus  tlu;  colour  is 
according  to  the  dark  {ohscvrmn)  which  is  touched  by  the  bril- 
liancy of  the  rays.  The  case  is  similar  witli  the  spiritual  man. 
The  dark  {ohscurnm)  with  him,  which  is  liere  calleil  a  (•h)n(l,  is 
falsity,  or,  what  is  tlie  same,  his  intellectual  7>;v7>r((^///,  into  which 

427 


1043.]  GENESIS. 

jjroprium,  when  innocence,  charity,  and  mercy  are  insinuated  by 
the  Lord,  tlien  this  cloud  is  no  Ioniser  seen  as  falsity,  but  as  an 
appearance  of  truth  together  with  truth  from  the  Lord.  Hence 
there  is  a  likeness  of  the  coloured  bow.  It  is  a  certain  spiritual 
modification  wliich  can  never  be  described  ;  and  which,  unless  it 
be  perceived,  on  the  part  of  man,  by  means  of  colours  and  the  way 
in  which  they  arise,  I  do  not  know  whether  it  can  be  explained 

:  to  his  apprehension.  The  quality  of  this  cloud  with  the  regener- 
ate man  may  be  known  from  his  state  before  regeneration. 
Man  is  regenerated  by  means  of  what  he  believes  to  be  the  truths 
of  faith.  Every  one  supposes  his  own  dogma  to  be  the  truth,  and 
from  thence  receives  a  conscience.  Wherefore,  after  he  has 
received  a  conscience,  to  act  contrary  to  those  things  which 
are  impressed  upon  him  as  the  truths  of  faith,  is  with  him  to 
act  against  conscience.  Such  is  every  regenerate  man.  For 
many  are  regenerated  by  the  Lord,  holding  every  kind  of  dog- 
matic belief.  And  when  they  are  regenerated,  they  do  not  then 
receive  any  immediate  revelation,  only  what  is  insinuated  into 
them  by  means  of  the  Word  and  the  preaching  of  the  Word. 
But  inasmuch  as  they  receive  charity,  the  Lord  by  means  of 
charity  operates  on  their  cloud.  Thence  there  arises  light 
as  when  the  sun  glances  on  a  cloud ;  which  thence  becomes 
brighter  and  is  variegated  with  colours.  Thus,  also,  there  appears 
in  the  cloud  the  likeness  of  a  bow.  The  greater  the  tenuity  of 
the  cloud,  therefore,  that  is,  the  more  it  consists  of  truths  of 
faith,  intermingled,  the  more  beautiful  is  the  bow  ;  and  the  more 
dense  the  cloud,  that  is,  the  fewer  the  truths  of  faith  of  which 
it  consists,  the  less  beautiful  is  the  bow.  Innocence  adds  much 
of  beauty  ;  there  is  thence,  as  it  were,  a  living  splendour  in  the 

.5  colours.  All  appearances  of  truth  are  clouds,  in  which  a  man  is 
while  he  is  in  the  sense  of  the  letter  of  the  Word ;  for  in  the  Word 
truths  are  expressed  according  to  appearances.  But  when  a  man 
believes  the  Word  in  simplicity,  and  has  charity,  although  he 
remain  in  appearances,  this  cloud  is  comparatively  light  and  rare. 
In  this  cloud  a  conscience  is  formed  by  the  Lord  with  the  man 
who  is  within  the  Church.  All  ignorances  of  truth  are  also 
clouds,  in  which  a  man  is  when  he  does  not  know  what  the 
truth  of  faith  is ;  in  general,  when  he  does  not  know  the  Word, 
and  still  more  when  he  has  not  heard  of  the  Lord.  In  this  cloud 
a  conscience  is  formed  by  the  Lord  with  the  man  who  is  out  of 
the  Church  ;  for  in  ignorance  itself  there  can  be  innocence,  and 
thus  charity.  All  falsities  also  are  clouds.  But  these  clouds  are 
the  darkness  which  is  with  those  who  have  a  false  conscience, 
spoken  of  above,  or  with  those  who  have  no  conscience.  These 
are  the  qualities  of  clouds  in  general.  As  regards  their  quantity, 
so  great  are  the  clouds  with  man  and  so  dense,  that  if  he  knew, 
he  would  wonder  that  the  rays  of  light  from  the  Lord  could  ever 
shine  through  them,  and  that  man  could  be  regenerated.  He 
428 


CHAPTER  IX.  12,  13.  [1044. 

who  thinks  that  he  has  a  cloud  of  the  least  magnitude  very  often 
has  one  of  the  greatest ;  and  he  who  believes'  that  he  has  the 
greatest  has  one  that  is  less.  Such  clouds  are  with  the  spiritual  4 
man.  But  with  the  celestial  man  they  are  not  so  great  ;  heeause 
he  is  in  love  to  the  Lord.  And  this  love  is  implanted  in  hi.s 
voluntary  part,  and  therefore  does  not  receive  conscience,  like 
the  spiritual  man  ;  but  a  perception  of  good,  and  thence  of  truth, 
from  the  Lord.  When  the  voluntary  part  of  man  is  such  thai 
he  can  receive  the  rays  of  celestial  flame,  his  intellectual  part  is 
thence  enlightened ;  and  from  love  he  knows  and  perceives  all 
things  that  are  truths  of  faith.  His  voluntary  part  is  then  like 
a  little  sun,  from  which  the  rays  flow  into  his  intellectual  pan. 
Such  was  the  man  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church.  IJut  when  the 
voluntary  part  of  man  becomes  altogether  corrupt  and  hellish, 
and  therefore  a  new  will,  which  is  conscience,  is  formed  in  his 
intellectual  part — as  was  the  case  with  the  man  of  the  Ancient 
Church,  and  as  is  the  case  with  every  regenerate  man  of  the 
spiritual  Church — then  there  is  a  dense  cloud.  For  he  ouijht 
to  learn  what  is  true  and  good,  and  has  no  ability  to  perceive 
whether  they  are  so  or  not.  And  then  also  falsity,  which  is 
the  dark  part  of  the  cloud,  continually  flows  in  from  his  black 
voluntary  part,  or  by  means  of  it  from  hell.  This  is  the  reasoji 
v/hy  the  intellectual  part  can  never  be  enlightened  with  the 
spiritual  man  as  it  is  with  the  celestial  man.  Hence  it  is  that 
a  cloud  here  signifies  the  obscure  light  in  which  the  spiritual 
man  is  in  comparison  with  the  celestial  man. 

1044.  That,  and  it  shall  he  for  a  token  of  the  eovenant  hetwern. 
Me  and  the  earth,  signifies  a  proof  of  the  Lord's  presence  in 
charity,  is  evident  from  what  was  said  before  ;  and  that  the  earth, 
here  signifies  moxi  &  proprium,  appears  from  the  internal  sense, 
and  from  the  very  series  of  the  things  treated  of.  For  it  wa.s 
said  before, "This  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  between  i\Ie  and 
you,  and  every  living  soul  that  is  with  you,"  by  which  is  signi- 
fied whatever  is  regenerate.  Ikit  here  it  is  expressed  otherwise, 
"It  shall  be  for  a  token  of  the  covenant  between  Ale  and  the 
earth."  From  this  circumstance,  and  also  from  the  repetition 
of  the  expression,  "a  token  of  the  covenant,"  it  is  evident  that 
something  else  is  here  signified  ;  and  this,  indeed — that  tin- 
earth  is  that  wliich  is  not  regenerate,  and  which  cannot  Ix-  re- 
generated, that  is,  man's  voluntary  propriuin.  For  the  regener-  - 
ate  man  as  to  his  intellectual  part  is  the  Lord's,  but  \w  is  as  to 
his  voluntary  part  his  own.  And  these  two  parts  in  the  s|)irituai 
man  are  opposite.  But  the  voluntary  part  of  man,  although  it 
is  opposite,  cannot  but  be  present.  Indeed,  all  that  i.s  obscun* 
in  his  intellectual  part,  or  all  the  density  of  his  chjud,  is  from 
it,  and  continually  flows  from  it.  And  the  more  it  flows 
in,  the  more  dense  is  tlui  cloud  in  his  intellectual  part;  but  in 
proportion  as  it  is    removed,  the    cloud    becomes   attenuated. 

429 


]  045-1047.]  GENESIS. 

lloiioe  it  is  that  I)}'  the  earth  licre  is  signified  man's  2^^oprh(m. 
That  besides  many  other  things,  tlie  eartli  signifies  man's  cor- 
poreal part,  was  shewn  above.  The  case  is  this.  It  is  like 
two  who  have  before  been  conjoined  by  a  covenant  of  friendship, 
as  the  will  and  the  understanding  were  with  the  man  of  the 
Most  Ancient  Church.  When  the  friendship  is  broken,  and 
enmity  arises — as  came  to  pass  when  man  altogetlier  corrupted 
liis  vohnitary  part — and  a  covenant  is  entered  into  again  ;  then 
I  lie  part  at  enmity  is  presented  as  if  there  were  to  be  a  covenant 
with  it.  Yet  the  covenant  is  not  with  it,  because  it  is  altogether 
opposite  and  contrary ;  but  is  with  what  flows  from  it,  as 
lias  been  said,  that  is,  with  the  intellectual  ^jroprium.  The 
token  or  sign  of  the  covenant  is,  that  in  proportion  as  the 
Lord  is  present  in  the  intellectual  proprium,  in  the  same  pro- 
portion will  the  voluntary  proprium  be  removed.  These  are 
altogether  like  heaven  and  hell.  The  intellectual  part  of  the 
regenerate  man,  from  the  charity  in  which  the  Lord  is  present, 
is  heaven  ;  his  voluntary  part  is  hell.  In  the  proportion  that 
the  Lord  is  present  in  heaven,  hell  is  removed.  For  of  himself 
man  is  in  hell.  Of  the  Lord  he  is  in  heaven.  And  he  is  con- 
tinually elevated  from  hell  into  heaven ;  and  in  proportion  as 
he  is  elevated  his  hell  is  removed.  The  token  or  sign  that  the 
Lord  is  present  is,  therefore,  that  the  voluntary  proprium  of 
man  is  removed.  This  removal  is  effected  by  temptations,  and 
Ijy  many  other  means  of  regeneration. 

1045.  What  has  already  been  adduced  relates  to  the  regener- 
ate spiritual  man,  or  the  spiritual  Church.  What  now  follows 
relates  to  man  in  general.  Afterwards,  specifically,  the  man 
who  is  capable  of  being  regenerated  will  be  considered. 

1046.  Verses  14,  15.  And  it  shall  he,  in  beclouding  Mi/self 
vnth  a  cloud  over  the  earth,  and  the  boiv  is  seen  in  the  cloud,  that 
I  will  remeviber  My  covenant  u^hich  is  between  Me  and  you,  and 
every  living  soid  in  all  ficsh  ;  and  the  ivaters  shall  no  more  become 
a  fiood  to  destroy  cdl  Jlesh.  And  it  shcdl  be,  in  beclouding  Myself 
with  a  cloud  over  the  earth,  signifies  when,  on  account  of  man's 
voluntary  pi^oprium,  the  faith  of  charity  does  not  appear. 
And  the  bow  is  seen  in  the  cloud  signifies,  when  yet  man  is  such 
that  he  can  be  regenerated.  That  I  will  remember  My  covenant 
which  is  between  Me  and  you  signifies  the  Lord's  mercy,  specific- 
ally, towards  the  regenerate,  and  those  who  are  capable  of  being 
regenerated.  And  every  living  soul  in  all  Jlesh  signifies  the 
whole  human  race.  And  the  waters  shcdl  no  more  become  a  flood 
to  destroy  all  flesh  signifies  that  man's  intellectual  part  should 
no  longer  be  capable  of  imbibing  such  a  persuasion  as  to  cause 
him  to  perish  like  the  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church. 
These  tldngs  relate  to  all  men  in  general. 

1047.  And  it  shall  be,  in  beclouding  Myself  vnth  a  cloud  over 
the  earth.     That  this  signifies  when,  on  account  of  man's  voluu- 

430 


CHAPTER  IX.  14,   15.  [1048,  1049. 

tiiTj  projjrium,  the  faith  of  charity  does  not  appear,  is  evident 
from  what  was  said  just  above  respecting  the  earth,  or  man's 
voluntary  _?>ro^rmm  ;  namely,  that  it  is  of  such  a  character  as  to 
be  continually  infusing  into  his  intellectual  part  what  is  obscure 
or  false,  by  which  it  is  beclouded,  and  made  to  give  birth  to 
every  falsity.  This  may  be  seen  plainly  enough  from  this  con- 
sideration, that  self-love  and  the  love  of  the  world,  which  are  of 
man's  will,  are  nothing  but  hatred.  For  in  proportion  as  any 
one  loves  himself  he  hates  his  neighbour.  As  these  loves  are 
thus  contrary  to  heavenly  love,  it  cannot  be  but  that  there  con- 
tinually flows  in  from  them  such  things  as  are  contrary  to 
mutual  love  ;  all  which,  in  the  intellectual  part,  are  falsities. 
From  them  is  all  its  obscurity  and  darkness.  Falsity  beclouds 
truth,  as  a  thick  cloud  does  the  light  of  the  sun.  And  as  falsity 
and  truth  cannot  abide  together — any  more  than  darkness  and 
light — it  hence  evidently  follow^s  that  the  one  must  retire  as 
the  other  approaches.  Now,  as  this  takes  place  alternately,  it 
is  therefore  here  said,  "  In  beclouding  the  earth  with  a  cloud  ;  " 
that  is,  when  on  account  of  the  voluntary  proprium,  the  faith 
of  charity,  or  truth,  and  the  good  therefrom,  does  not  appear ; 
still  less  good,  and  the  truth  therefrom. 

1048.  And  the  hoiv  is  seen  in  the  cloud.  That  this  signilies 
when  yet  man  is  such  that  he  can  be  regenerated,  is  evident 
from  the  signification  of  a  bow  in  the  cloud ;  whicli  is  a  token 
or  evidence  of  regeneration,  as  was  said  before.  "With  regard 
to  the  bow  in  the  cloud,  moreover,  the  case  is  thus.  What  is 
the  character  of  a  man,  or  of  the  soul  after  the  death  of  the  body, 
is  instantly  known.  By  the  Lord  it  is  known  from  eternity  ; 
and  what  it  will  be  to  eternity.  By  the  angels  it  is  instantly 
perceived  what  he  is,  on  a  man's  first  arrival  in  the  other  world. 
There  is  a  certain  sphere  exhaling,  as  it  were,  from  his  character, 
or  from  all  things  that  pertain  to  him.  And  this  sphere,  won- 
derful as  it  may  seem,  is  of  such  a  nature,  that  it  is  thence 
perceived  in  what  faith  and  what  charity  he  is.  This  sphere, 
when  it  so  pleases  the  Lord,  becomes  visible  in  the  I'orm  of  a 
bow.  But  of  this,  by  the  Lord's  Divine  mercy,  more  will  Ik; 
said  hereafter.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  by  the  bow,  when  il 
is  seen  in  the  cloud,  is  here  signified  man,  when  he  is  such  thai 
he  can  be  regenerated. 

1049.  That  I  will  remember  My  covenant  which  is  hctwccn  Mc 
and  you.  That  this  signifies  the  Lord's  mercy  in  particular 
towards  the  regenerate,  and  those  who  are  cajtaltle  of  being 
regenerated,  hence  follows  of  course.  For,  with  the  Lord,  to 
remember  is  to  be  merciful.  It  cannot  be  said  of  the  Lord  that 
He  remembers;  because  He  knows  all  and  everything  from 
eternity.  But  it  can  be  said  of  Him  that  He  is  merciful  ; 
because  He  knows  that  man  is  of  such  a  nature,  as  was  said, 
that  his  vroprium  is  infernal,  and  that  it  is  his  very  hell.     For 

'431 


10r>0.]  GENESIS. 

1)V  his  voluntary  proprium  he  is  in  communication  with  hell. 
<  in  this  account,  and  from  its  own  nature,  the  froprimn  desires 
nothing  more  earnestly  than  to  precipitate  itself  into  hell.  Nor 
is  it  content  with  this,  but  wishes  also  to  draw  all  others  in  the 
universe  along  with  it.  Because  man  of  himself  is  so  diabolical, 
and  the  Lord  knows  this,  it  is  evident  that  to  remember  the 
covenant  is  nothing  else  than  to  be  merciful,  and,  by  Divine 
means,  to  regenerate,  and  with  mighty  power  to  draw  towards 
heaven,  in  so  far  as  man  is  of  such  a  nature  as  to  render  this 
possible. 

1050.  That,  and  every  living  soul  in  alljiesh,  signifies  the  whole 
human  race,  is  proved  by  the  signification  of  a  living  soul  and 
ui  all  fiesli.  Man  is  called  a  living  soul  from  the  living  principle 
that  is  in  him.  For  it  is  impossible  for  any  man  to  live,  especially 
to  live  as  a  man,  if  he  have  not  something  living  within  him  ; 
that  is,  unless  he  have  something  of  innocence,  charity,  and 
mercy ;  or  something  therefrom  of  a  similar  kind,  or  at  least 
emulons  of  being  such.  This  portion  of  innocence,  charity,  and 
mercy,  man  receives  from  the  Lord  during  infancy  and  child- 
hood; as  may  be  seen  from  the  states  of  infants  and  children. 
What  man  then  receives  is  treasured  up  within  him,  and  is  called 
in  the  Word  Bemains,  which  are  of  the  Lord  alone  with  man, 
and  give  him  the  capacity  of  becoming  truly  a  man  on  his 
arrival  at  adult  age  (but  more  may  be  seen  on  this  subject  above, 

2  nos.  468,  530,  560-563,  576).  That  the  states  of  innocence, 
charity,  and  mercy,  which  man  has  in  infancy  and  childhood, 
enable  him  to  become  a  man,  is  evident  from  the  consideration 
that,  unlike  the  brutes,  he  is  not  born  into  any  exercise  of  life, 
but  has  all  and  every  least  thing  to  learn  ;  and  what  he  learns 
becomes  l)y  use  habitual,  and  thus,  as  it  were,  natural  to  him. 
He  cannot  even  walk  or  speak  unless  he  be  taught ;  and  so  it  is 
with  all  the  other  actions  which  habit  renders,  as  it  were,  natural 
to  him.  So  is  it  also  with  regard  to  the  states  of  innocence, 
charity,  and  mercy,  with  which  he  likewise  becomes  imbued  in 
infancy.  And  unless  these  were  present  with  him  he  would  be 
nmch  viler  than  the  brute.  These  states,  however,  are  not 
learned  by  man,  but  received  as  a  gift  from  the  Lord,  by  whom 
t  hey  are  preserved  in  him.  And  these,  together  with  the  truths 
of  faith,  are  what  are  called  Remains,  which  are  of  the  Lord 
alone.  In  proportion  as  man  in  adult  age  extinguishes  these 
states,  he  becomes  dead.  When  man  is  regenerated,  these  states 
are  the  beginnings  of  regeneration,  and  he  is  led  into  them  ;  for, 
as  was  said  before,  the  Lord  operates  by  means  of  Bemains. 

3  These  Bemains  with  every  man  are  what  are  here  called  every 
living  soul  in  all  flesh.  That  all  flesh  signifies  every  individual 
man,  and  thus  the  whole  human  race,  may  appear  from  the  sig- 
nification of  flesh  everywhere  in  the  Word  ;  as  was  shewn  above 
(no.  574),  and  may  be  seen  in  Matthew:   "Except  those  days 

432 


CHAPTEE  IX.  IG.  [1051-105:1. 

should  be  shortened  there  should  nofcsk  be  saved  "  (xxiv.  22  ; 
Mark  xiii.  20).  In  John  :  "  Jesus  said,  Father,  glorify  Thy  Son  ; 
as  Thou  hast  given  Him  power  over  all  flesh  "  (xvii.  1,  2).  And 
in  Isaiah :  "  The  glory  of  Jehovah  shall  be  revealed,  and  all  flesh 
shall  see  it "  (xl.  5).  And  again  :  "  All  flesh  shall  know  that  I, 
Jehovah,  am  thy  Saviour"  (xlix.  2G). 

1051.  That,  the  waters  shall  no  more  Iccovie  a  flood  to  destroj/ 
all  fl.esh,  signifies  that  man's  intellectual  part  should  no  more 
be  capable  of  imbibing  such  a  persuasion,  as  to  cause  him  to 
perish,  like  the  last  posterity  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is 
evident  from  what  has  been  frequently  said  and  shewn  before 
concerning  the  waters  of  the  flood,  and  the  antediluvians  who 
perished ;  namely,  that  with  them  not  only  the  voluntary  part 
was  destroyed  and  became  infernal,  but  even  the  intellectual 
part,  so  that  they  were  incapable  of  regeneration,  tliat  is,  of 
having  a  new  will  formed  in  their  intellectual  part. 

1052.  Verse  16.  And  the  how  shall  he  in  the  cloiul ;  and  I  see 
it,  to  reme77iher  the  everlasting  covenant  heticeen  God  and  every 
living  soid  in  all  flesh,  ivhich  is  upon  the  earth.  And  the  how 
shall  he  in  the  cloud  signifies  his  state.  And  I  see  it  signifies 
that  it  is  such  that  he  can  be  regenerated.  To  remc'niher  the  ever- 
lasting covenant  signifies  that  tlie  Lord  can  be  present  with  him 
who  is  in  charity.  Between  God  and  every  living  soid  in  edlfles/i, 
tvhich  is  upon  the  earth,  signifies  every  man  who  is  capable  of 
receiving  the  gift.  These  things  relate,  in  particular,  to  the  man 
who  is  capable  of  being  regenerated. 

1053.  And  the  how  shall  he  in  the  cloud.  That  this  signifies 
his  state,  is  evident  from  what  has  been  previously  said  re- 
specting the  bow  in  the  cloud  ;  where  it  was  shewn  that  the  man 
or  the  soul  in  the  other  life  is  known  among  the  angels  by  his 
sphere.  'And  this  sphere,  as  often  as  it  seems  good  to  the  Lord, 
is  represented  by  colours  like  those  of  the  rainbow ;  with  a  dif- 
ference according  to  the  state  of  each  as  to  faith  towards  the 
Lord,  thus  as  to  the  goods  and  truths  of  faitli.  In  the  other  lifi; 
colours  ai'e  presented  to  the  sight  which  in  brilliancy  and  splen- 
dour immensely  exceed  the  beauty  of  those  that  are  seen  on 
earth.  Each  colour  represents  something  celestial  and  s]iiritual. 
These  colours  are  from  the  light  which  is  in  licaven,  and  I'rom 
the  variegation  of  spiritual  light,  as  was  said  above.  The  angels 
live  in  so  bright  a  light  tliat  the  light  of  this  world  is  as  nothing 
in  comparison  with  it.  The  light  of  heaven,  in  whicii  the  angels 
dwell,  in  comparison  with  the  light  of  this  world,  is  as  the  light 
of  the  sun  at  noonday  to  that  of  a  candle,  which  becomes  invis- 
ible, and  as  nothing,  when  the  sun  rises.  In  heaven  there  is 
both  celestial  and  spiritual  light.  Celestial  light  is  com])arat- 
ively  as  the  light  of  the  sun,  and  spiritual  light  as  the  light  of 
the  moon;  but  with  every  difference,  according  to  the  state  (if 
the  angel  receiving  the  light.     And  this  is  also  the  case  with 

VOL.  I.  2  E  433 


10:.4-10:.7.]  GENESIS. 


colours,  because  they  are  derived  from  lij^lit.  The  Lord  Him- 
self is  a  sun  to  the  heaven  of  the  celestial  angels,  and  a  moon 
to  the  heaven  of  the  spiritual  angels.  These  things  are  incredible 
to  those  who  have  no  conception  of  the  life  -which  souls  live 
after  death,  but  yet  they  are  most  true. 

1054.  That,  and  I  sec  it,  signifies  that  it  is  such  that  he  can 
be  regenerated,  is  evident  from  the  consideration,  that  to  see 
any  one,  when  it  is  predicated  of  tlie  Lord,  is  to  know  his  quality. 
For  the  Lord  knows  all  I'rom  eternity,  and  has  no  need  to  see 
what  they  are.  When  man's  state  is  such  that  he  can  be  regenerT 
ated,  the  Lord  is  said  to  see  him,  and  to  lift  up  His  counten- 
ance upon  him ;  but  when  he  cannot  be  regenerated,  then  the 
Lord  is  no  longer  said  to  see,  or  to  lift  up  His  countenance  upon 
him,  but  to  turn  away  His  eyes  or  His  countenance  ;  althougli  it 
is  not  the  Lord  who  turns  Himself  away,  but  man.  Hence  it 
is  that  where  before  it  treats  of  the  whole  human  race,  of  whom 
t'lere  are  mau}^  who  cannot  be  regenerated,  it  is  not  said,  "  When 
1  see  the  bow  in  the  cloud,"  but  "  When  the  bow  is  seen  in  the 
cloud  "  (ver.  14).  It  is  the  same  with  the  expression  "  to  see," 
when  predicated  of  the  Lord,  as  with  "  to  remember,"  which  in 
the  internal  sense  signifies  to  have  mercy  (concerning  which, 
see  above,  nos.  840,  1049 ;  see  also  what  was  said  in  no.  626). 

1055.  That  to  remember  the  everlasting  covenant  signifies  that 
the  Lord  can  be  present  with  him  who  is  in  charity,  appears 
from  what  has  been  said  and  shew- n  above  respecting  the  signi- 
fication of  a  covenant,  namely,  that  no  other  covenant  is  ever- 
lasting but  love  to  the  Lord  and  love  towards  the  neighbour. 
This  is  everlasting,  because  it  is  from  eternity  to  eternity.  The 
whole  heaven  is  founded  in  love  ;  yea  more,  so  is  ail  nature. 
For  nothing  of  union  or  conjunction  exists  in  nature,  whether 
it  be  animate  or  inanimate,  which  does  not  derive  its  origin 
from  love.  All  that  is  Natural  exists  from  the  Spiritual,  and 
the  Spiritual  from  the  Celestial,  as  was  said  above.  And  hence 
in  all  and  everything,  love,  or  the  likeness  of  love,  has  been  im- 
planted. With  man  alone  there  is  not  love,  but  its  contrarv ; 
because  man  has  destroyed  in  himself  the  order  of  nature.  But 
when  he  can  be  regenerated,  or  restored  again  to  order,  and 
receive  mutual  love,  then  there  is  a  covenant  or  conjunction  by 
means  of  charity,  which  is  the  subject  here  treated  of. 

1056.  That,  between  God  and  every  living  soul  in  all  flesh, 
which  is  v.pon  the  earth,  signifies  with  every  man  to  wdiom  it 
can  be  given,  may  appear  from  what  was  said  above,  namely, 
that  it  here  treats  of  those  who  are  capable  of  being  regenerated. 
AVherefore  none  others  are  signified  by  every  living  soul  in  all 
flesh. 

1057.  Averse  17.  And  God  said  to  Noah,  This  is  the  token  of 
the  covenant  lohich  I  establish  beticeen  Me  and  all  flesh  which  is 
upon  the  earth.     And  God  said  to  Noah  signifies  that  this  should 

434 


Im-    ~ 


CHAPTER  IX.  17.  [1058,  105D. 

be  known  to  the  Church.  This  is  the  token  of  the  covenant  which 
I  establish  hetvjcen  Me  and  all  flesh  that  is  ^ipon  the  earth,  sifjni- 
ties  that  there  should  be  evidence  of  the  Lord's  presence  in 
charity,  not  only  with  the  man  of  the  Church,  but  also  with 
the  man  who  is  out  of  the  Church. 

1058.  That  God  said  to  Noah  signifies  that  this  should  be 
known  to  the  Church,  is  evident  from  the  series  of  things,  which 
does  not  appear  except  from  the  internal  sense.  In  this  sense 
they  are  thus  connected.  First,  it  treats  of  the  regenerate 
spiritual  man  within  the  Church  ;  secondly,  of  all  men  univers- 
ally ;  thirdly,  of  every  man  who  is  capable  of  being  regenerated. 
Here  is  the  conclusion,  namely,  that  tlie  (Jhurch  should  know 
this.  That  N"oah  is  the  Church  has  been  shewn  before ;  and, 
indeed,  that  he  is  here  the  spiritual  Church  in  general,  is 
evident  from  the  fact  that  Noah  alone  is  named. "  "What  he 
should  know  now  follows. 

1059.  That,  this  is  the  sign  of  the  covenant  ivkich  I  establish 
betiveen  Me  and  cdl  flesh  that  is  upon  the  earth,  signifies  that 
there  should  be  a  proof  of  the  Lord's  presence  in  charity,  not 
only  with  the  man  of  the  Church,  but  also  with  the  man  who 
is  out  of  the  Church,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  all  flesh, 
which  is  every  man,  consequently  the  whole  human  race.  Tiial 
it  denotes  the  whole  human  race,  both  within  the  Church  and 
out  of  the  Church,  appears  not  only  from  the  fact  that  it  is  said 
"  all  flesh,"  but  also  from  the  fact  that  it  is  not  said,  as  l»efore, 
the  "living  soul  in  all  flesh  ;"  and  still  more  evidently  from  the 
addition  of  the  words,  "  tliat  is  upon  the  earth."  That  the  Lord  2 
is  equally  present  in  charity  with  those  who  are  out  of  the 
Church,  and  are  called  Gentiles,  as  with  those  who  are  M'ithin 
the  Church,  may  be  seen  above  (nos.  932,  1032).  Yea,  he  is  more 
])resent  with  them,  because  there  is  not  so  great  a  cloud  in 
their  intellectual  part,  as  there  is  in  general  with  those  who  are 
called  Christians.  For  the  Gentiles  being  ignorant  of  the 
Word,  and  not  knowing  what  is  meant  by  the  Lord,  liave  cdn- 
sequently  no  kno\vle(lge  of  the  truth  of  faith.  Hence  their 
cloud  is  not  contrary  to  the  Lord,  and  contrary  to  the  truth  of 
faith.  Such  a  cloud  can  be  more  easily  dis])ersed  when  they  are 
enlightened.  But  the  cloud  with  Christians  is  contrary  to  the  3 
Lord,  and  contrary  to  the  truth  of  faith.  And  this  cloud  is  so 
dense  that  it  is  darkness;  and  wlien  hatred  is  in  i)]aeeof  eliai-ity 
it  is  thick  darkness.  It  is  still  worse  witli  these  wjio  ])rf)fane 
the  truths  of  faith,  which  the  Gentiles  cannot  do,  because  they 
live  in  ignorance  of  them.  For  no  one  can  ])rofane  that,  ns  to 
the  quality  and  existence  of  which  he  is  in  ignorance.  'J'liis  is 
the  reason  why  more  Gentiles  are  saved  than  Christians;  which 
also  the  Lord  has  declared  (Luke  xiii.  23,  2H  ;;0  ) ;  and,  nK)re- 
over,  that  all  their  infants  are  of  the  Lord's  kingdom  (Matt, 
xviii.  10,  14  ;  xix.  14;  Luke  xviii.  10). 

435 


1OG0-10G3.]  GENESIS. 

lOGO.  Verse  18.  And  the  sons  of  KoaJi,  who  iccnt  forth  out  (f 
the.  (trie,  were  Shem,  and  Ham,  and  Ja^hcth;  and  Ham  is  the 
father  of  Canaan.  The  sons  of  Koah,  ivho  went  forth  out  of 
the  ark,  signify  those  who  constituted  the  Ancient  Church. 
Who  went  forth  out  of  the  ark  signifies,  who  are  regenerated. 
Slieni  signifies  the  internal  Church.  Ham  signifies  the  Churcli 
corrupted.  Japhetli  signifies  the  external  Church.  And  Ham 
is  the  fatlier  of  Canaan  signifies  that  from  the  corrupted  Church 
there  arose  a  worship  in  externals  without  internals,  which  is 
signified  by  Canaan. 

lOGl.  That  the  sons  of  Noali,  icko  went  forth  out  of  the  ark, 
signify  those  who  constituted  the  Ancient  Church,  and  that 
those  tclio  u-ent  forth  out  of  the  ark  are  those  who  are  regener- 
ated, is  evident  from  all  that  follows ;  from  which  also  it  will 
appear  how  the  case  is. 

1062.  That  Shem  signifies  the  internal  Church,  Ham  the 
Church  corrupted,  and  Jafheth  the  external  Church,  will  also 
appear  from  what  follows,  when  the  character  of  each  is  de- 
scribed. In  the  Ancient  Church,  as  in  every  other,  there  were 
those  who  were  internal  men,  those  who  were  corrupt  inter- 
nally, and  those  who  were  externally.  The  internal  are  those 
who  make  charity  the  principal  constituent  of  faith ;  the  in- 
ternally corrupt  are  those  who  make  faith  without  charity  the 
chief  part  of  their  faith ;  and  the  external  are  those  who  think 
little  about  the  internal  man,  but  yet  do  {jjra'stant)  the  works 
of  charity,  and  observe  witli  fidelity  and  devotion  the  appointed 
rites  of  the  Church.  Besides  these  three  kinds  of  men,  there 
are  no  others  who  are  to  l)e  called  members  of  the  spiritual 
Cliurch.  And  because  they  were  all  men  of  the  Church,  they 
are  said  to  go  forth  out  of  the  ark.  Those  who  were  internal 
men  in  the  Ancient  Church,  that  is,  who  made  charity  the 
chief  constituent  of  faith,  were  called  Shem ;  but  those  who 
were  corrupt  internally,  that  is  to  say,  who  made  faith  without 
charity  tlie  principal  part  of  faith,  in  the  Ancient  Cliurcli,  were 
called  Ham  ;  and  those  who  were  external,  and  thought  little 
about  the  internal  man,  but  still  performed  {prccstiterunt) 
works  of  charity,  and  faithfully  and  devoutly  observed  the 
appointed  rites  of  the  Church  in  the  Ancient  Church,  were 
called  Japheth.  The  character  of  each  is  treated  of  in  what 
follows. 

10G3.  That,  Ham  is  thefatlter  of  Canaan,  signifies  that  from 
the  corrupted  Church  there  arose  a  worship  in  externals  without 
internals,  which  is  signified  by  Canaan,  is  likewise  evident  from 
what  follows.  For  the  contents  of  this  verse  are  the  intro- 
duction to  the  things  following.  That  Ham  signifies  the  Church 
corrupted,  that  is,  those  who  make  faith  separate  from  charity 
the  chief  part  of  religion,  is  evident  from  David  :  "  He  smote  all 
the  first-born  in  Egypt,  the  beginning  of  strengths  in  the  tents 
436 


CHAPTER  IX.  19.  [1064-106G. 

(tf  Ham"  (Psalm  Ixxviii.  51).  By  the  first-born  of  Egypt  Avas 
represented  faith  without  charity.  That  faith  is  called  The  first- 
born of  the  Church,  may  be  seen  above  (nos.  352,  367) ;  and  that 
it  is  therefore  called  the  beginning  of  strength,  as  here  in  David, 
may  be  seen  in  Genesis  (xlix.  3) ;  where  Pteuben,  because  he  was 
the  first-born  of  Jacob,  represented  faith,  and  is  called  tlie 
beginning  of  strength.  The  tents  of  Ham  denote  the  worshij) 
therefrom.  That  tents  signify  worship,  may  be  seen  above 
(no.  414).  Hence  Egypt  is  called  the  land  of  Ham  (Psalm  cv. 
23,  27  ;  cvi.  22).  Such  as  were  called  Ham  in  the  Ancient  - 
Church,  because  they  lived  in  the  indulgence  of  all  their  lusts, 
only  prating  that  they  could  be  saved  by  faitli  however  the^' 
might  live,  appeared  to  the  ancients  to  be  black  from  the  heat 
of  their  lusts.  Hence  they  were  called  Ham.  Ham  is  said  to 
be  the  father  of  Canaan,  because  such  men  care  nothing  about 
liow  a  man  lives  if  he  only  frequent  the  sacred  ordinances. 
For  they  still  wish  for  some  kind  of  worship.  The  only  wor- 
ship witl]  them  is  external.  Internal  worship,  which  is  of 
charity  alone,  they  reject.  Hence  it  is  said,  Ham  is  the  fatkcr 
of  Canaan. 

1064.  Verse  19.  These  three  are  the  sons  of  Noah ;  and  hi/ 
them  was  the  whole  earth  overspread.  These  three  arc  the  sons  of 
Noah  signifies  these  are  the  three  kinds  of  doctrines  wliich  are 
those  of  the  Churches  in  general.  And  hj  them  was  the  irhole 
earth  ocerspread  signifies  that  from  them  were  derived  all  doc- 
trines, both  true  and  false. 

1065.  That  these  three  are  the  sons  of  Noah  signifies  that 
these  are  the  three  kinds  of  doctrines,  which  are  those  of  the 
Churches  in  general,  was  explained  just  above.  There  are, 
indeed,  innumerable  doctrines  less  universal;  but  more  uni- 
versal kinds  are  not  possible.  They  who  neither  acknowledge 
charity,  nor  faith,  nor  external  worship,  are  not  of  any  Church. 
They  are  therefore  not  here  treated  of,  because  the  subject 
here  is  the  Church. 

1066.  That,  hy  them  was  the  v.hoh  earth  overspread,  signifies 
that  from  them  were  derived  all  doctrines,  both  true  and  false, 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the  earth.  The  term  earth 
(terra),  in  the  Word,  is  used  witii  various  meanings.  In  a 
universal  sense  it  denotes  tlie  place,  or  region  of  the  eartli, 
where  the  Church  is,  or  where  the  Church  was.  As  the  land 
(terra)  of  Canaan,  the  land  of  Judah,  the  land  of  Israel.  'I'hns, 
universally,  it  denotes  all  who  are  of  the  Church.  For  the 
term  earth  is  used  on  account  of  tlie  man  who  dwells  therein, 
as  is  also  known  in  common  discourse.  In  ancient  times, 
therefore,  when  they  made  mention  of  t]t.e  whole  earth,  th(;y  A\(\ 
not  mean  the  whole  hal)itable  j^lobe,  ])ut  only  tlie  earth  where 
the  Church  was,  and  thus  the  Church  itself,  as  may  ai>])ear  fi-«tm 
the  followiu'^  passages  from  the  AN'ord.     IL  is  written  in  Isaiah  : 

•^  ^        °  437 


lOGG.]  GENESIS. 

"  Jehovah  maketh  the  earth  empty ;  in  emptying  He  will  empty 
the  land ;  the  earth  shall  mourn,  it  is  confounded ;  the  earth 
also  is  defiled  under  the  inhabitants  thereof;  therefore  tlie 
curse  consunieth  the  earth;  therefore  the  inhabitants  of  the 
rarth  are  burned,  and  few  men  left.  The  cataracts  from  on 
high  are  opened,  and  the  foundations  of  the  eaiih  are  moved ; 
in  breaking  the  earth  is  broken  ;  in  breaking  to  pieces  the  earth 
is  broken  to  pieces ;  in  moving  the  earth  is  moved.  The  ea^ih 
shall  reel  to  and  fro  like  a  drunkard,  and  shall  be  shaken  like 
a  cottage ;  and  the  transgression  thereof  shall  be  heavy  upon 
it;  and  it  shall  fall  and  not  rise  again"  (Isa.  xxiv.  1,  3-G, 
18-20).  The  earth  denotes  the  people  who  dwell  therein,  and 
indeed  the  people  of  the  Church,  and  thus  the  Church  itself, 
and  the  things  of  the  Church  which  were  vastated ;  of  whicli, 
when  vastated,  it  is  said  that  they  shall  be  emptied  and  moved, 
that  they  shall  reel  to  and  fro  like  a  drunkard,  be  shaken,  and 
■  fall,  and  not  rise  again.  That  by  the  earth  is  signified  man, 
and  consequently  the  Church,  which  is  of  man,  appears  from 
Malachi :  "  All  nations  shall  call  you  blessed ;  for  ye  shall  he  a 
delightsome  land  (terra)  "  (iii.  12).  That  it  denotes  the  Church 
is  evident  from  Isaiah  :  "  Have  ye  not  understood  the  founda- 
tions of  the  earth  I"  (xl.  21).  The  foundations  of  the  earth 
here  are  the  foundations  of  the  Church.  Again :  "  Behold,  I 
create  new  heavens,  and  a  new  earth  "  (Ixv.  17  ;  Ixvi.  22 ;  Apoc. 
xxi.  1).  Xew  heavens  and  a  new  earth  denote  the  Lord's 
kingdom  and  Clmrch.  So  in  Zechariah :  "  Jehovah  who 
stretcheth  forth  the  heavens,  and  foundeth  the  earth,  and 
formeth  the  spirit  of  man  in  the  midst  of  him  "  (xii.  1).  Here 
also  the  earth  denotes  the  Church.  As  also  above  :  "  In  the 
beginning  God  created  the  heaven  and  the  earth"  (Gen.  i.  1); 
"  The  heavens  and  the  earth  were  finished"  (ii.  1) ;  "  These  are 
the  nativities  of  the  heaven  and  the  earth"  (ii.  4).  In  each 
case  it  denotes  the  Church,  which  was  created,  formed,  and 
made.  In  Joel :  "  The  earth  quaked  before  Him,  the  heavens 
trembled;  the  sun  and  moon  became  black  "  (ii.  10);  speaking 
of  the  Church  and  the  things  of  the  Church ;  which  being 
vastated,  the  heavens  and  earth  are  said  to  be  moved,  and  the 
sun  and  the  moon — that  is,  love  and  faith^to  become  black. 
3  And  in  Jeremiah  :  "  I  beheld  the  earth,  and  lo,  it  was  void  and 
empty,  and  the  heavens,  and  they  had  no  light "  (iv.  23).  The 
earth  here  signifies  man,  in  whom  there  is  nothing  of  the 
Church.  And  again :  "  The  v:hole  land  shall  be  desolate, 
yet  will  I  not  make  a  consummation ;  for  this  shall  the  earth 
mourn,  and  the  heavens  be  black  "  (iv.  27,  28).  Here  likewise 
the  Church  is  spoken  of,  the  exteriors  of  wdiich  are  the  earth, 
and  the  interiors  the  heavens ;  which  are  said  to  be  black  and 
to  have  no  light,  when  there  are  no  longer  any  wisdom  of  good 
and  understanding  of  truth.  Then  ako  the  earth  is  void  and 
438 


CHAPTER  IX.  20.  [lOGT,  1068. 

empty ;  and  in  like  manner  the  man  of  the  Chnrcb,  who  ouglit 
to  be  a  Church.  That  elsewhere  by  the  whole  earth  is  also 
meant  the  Church  only,  appears  in  Daniel :  "  The  fourth 
beast  shall  be  the  fourth  kingdom  in  the  earth,  which  shall  l)e 
diverse  from  all  kingdoms,  and  shall  devour  the  u-holc  eartJi, 
and  shall  tread  it  down  and  break  it  in  pieces"  (vii.  23).  The 
whole  earth  is  the  Church  and  those  things  which  arc  of  the 
Church.  For  the  Word  does  not,  like  profane  writings,  treat  of 
monarchial  powers,  but  of  the  holy  things  and  states  of  the 
Church,  which  are  signified  by  the  kingdoms  of  the  earth.  So  4 
in  Jeremiah  :  "  A  great  whirlwind  shall  be  raised  up  from  the 
sides  of  the  earth,  and  the  slain  of  Jehovah  shall  be  at  that, 
day  from  the  end  of  the  earth  even  iinto  the  end  of  the  earth  " 
(xxv.  32,  33).  Here  from  the  end  of  the  earth  to  the  end  of 
the  earth,  denotes  the  Church,  and  all  that  is  of  the  Churcli. 
And  in  Isaiah  :  "  The  vAoU  earth  is  at  rest,  and  is  quiet ;  they 
l)reak  forth  with  singing"  (xiv.  7).  Here  the  whole  earth 
denotes  the  Church.  And  in  Ezekiel :  "  As  the  vlwle  earth 
rejoiceth"  (xxxv.  14).  Heie  also  the  whole  earth  means  the 
Church.  Again  in  Isaiah:  "I  have  sworn  that  the  waters  of 
Noah  shall  no  more  go  over  the  earth''  (liv.  £•).  Here  the 
earth  denotes  the  Church  ;  for  the  Church  is  the  subject  treateil 
of  in  this  passage.  As  the  earth,  in  the  Word,  signifies  the 
Church,  it  also  signifies  what  is  not  the  Church.  For  to  every  5 
such  expression  there  are  contrary  or  opposite  senses  ;  as,  for 
example,  the  different  lands  {terra')  of  the  Gentiles  :  in  general, 
all  lands  {terrce)  out  of  the  land  {terra)  of  Canaan.  Therefore 
the  earth  is  also  taken  to  denote  people,  or  man,  out  of  the 
Church ;  and  hence  to  denote  the  external  man,  his  will,  his 
jn'oprium,  and  so  on.  It  is  rarely  used  in  the  Word  to  denote 
the  whole  habitable  globe,  unless  it  then  signifies  the  whoh; 
human  race,  as  to  their  state,  whether  of  the  Church  or  not  of 
the  Church.  And  as  the  earth  is  what  includes  the  groinul, 
which  also  is  the  Church,  and  the  ground  is  what  contains  tli*; 
field  ;  therefore  this  is  an  expression  signifying— because  ii. 
involves — many  things.  But  what  it  signifies  apjiears  from 
the  matter,  which  is  treated  of,  and  of  which  it  is  predicated, 
as  from  its  own  subject.  Hence  it  now  appears,  that  hern  by 
the  whole  earth,  which  was  overspread  by  the  sons  of  Noah, 
is  not  signified  the  entire  haljitable  globe,  or  the  whole  hnmau 
race,  but  all  the  doctrines,  both  true  and  false,  which  lH'lon-''d 
to  the  Churches. 

1067.  Verse  20.  And  Noah  began  to  he  a  man  (vii-)  of  th>' 
firound,  and  he  planted  a  vineyard.  Noah  began  to  be  a  wan  of 
the  ground  signifies,  in  general,  man  instructed  in  the  doctrinalH 
of  faith.  And  he  'planted  a  r/megard  signi(i(!S  tlu"  Church 
from  them.     A  vineyard  denotes  the  Spiritual  Church. 

1008.  Noah  he<ian.  ti>  he  a  nam  (vir)  >>/'  th''  ground.      'I'hat 

43') 


10G9.]  GENESIS. 

lliis  signifies,  in  general,  man  (homo)  instructed  in  the  cloctriiiiils 
of  faith,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the  ground  (see 
above,  nos.  2G8,  56G),  which  is  the  man  of  the  Church,  or,  what 
is  the  same,  the  Church.  For  that  there  may  be  a  Church,  man 
must  be  a  Church.  The  Church  is  called  the  ground  from  the 
fact  that  it  receives  tlie  seeds  of  faith,  or  the  truths  and  goods  of 
faith.  The  ground  is  distinguished  from  the  earth — which,  as 
has  been  shewn,  also  signifies  the  Church — as  faith  is  from 
charity.  As  charity  is  the  continent  of  faith,  so  the  earth  is  what 
embraces  the  ground.  When,  therefore,  the  subject  treated  of 
is  the  Church  in  general,  it  is  called  the  earth ;  but  when  the 
Church  in  particular  is  treated  of,  it  is  called  the  ground,  as  in 
this  instance ;  for  the  general  is  a  complex  of  the  things  which 
are  from  it.  The  doctrinals  which  the  man  of  the  Ancient 
Church  possessed  were,  as  has  been  said,  from  the  revela- 
tions and  perceptions  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  which  had 
been  preserved,  and  in  wdiich  they  had  faith  ;  as  we  at  this 
•  lay  have  in  the  Word.  These  doctrinals  were  their  Word. 
Wherefore,  that  Xoah  began  to  be  a  man  (vir)  of  the  ground 
signifies  man  (homo)  instructed  in  the  doctrinals  of  faith. 

1069.  T\\?Lt  ho  jAanted  a  vineyard  signifies  the  Church  from 
them,  and  that  a  vineyard  is  the  spiritual  Church,  is  evident 
from  the  signification  of  a  vineyard.  In  the  Word,  Churches 
are  often  described  by  gardens,  and  also  by  the  trees  of  the 
garden ;  and  they  are  likew^ise  so  named  on  account  of  their 
fruits,  which  signify  the  things  of  love  and  charity.  Hence  it 
is  said  that  a  man  is  known  by  his  fruit.  The  comparisons  of 
Churches  with  gardens,  trees,  and  fruits,  arise  from  representa- 
tions in  heaven,  where  gardens  of  inexpressible  beauty  are 
sometimes  presented  to  view,  according  to  the  spheres  of  faith. 
Hence,  also,  the  celestial  Church  w^as  described  by  a  paradisiacal 
garden,  wdierein  w^ere  trees  of  every  kind ;  and  by  the  trees  of 
the  garden  were  signified  the  perceptions  of  that  Church,  and 
by  their  fruits  every  kind  of  goods,  which  are  of  love.  But  the 
Ancient  Church,  because  it  was  spiritual,  is  described  by  a 
vineyard,  on  account  of  its  fruits,  which  are  grapes;  which 
represent  and  signify  the  works  of  charity ;  as  is  evident  from 
2  many  passages  of  the  Word.  Thus  it  is  written  in  Isaiah  :  "  I 
will  sing  to  my  well-beloved  a  song  of  luy  beloved,  of  his  vine- 
yard. My  beloved  had  a  vineyard  in  the  horn  of  a  son  of  oil ; 
and  he  fenced  it,  and  suirounded  it  with  stones,  and  planted  it 
with  a  noble  vine,  and  built  a  tower  in  the  midst  of  it,  and  also 
cut  out  a  wine- press  therein ;  and  he  expected  that  it  should 
bring  forth  grapes,  and  it  brought  forth  loild  grapes.  And  now, 
O  inhabitant  of  Jerusalem,  and  man  of  Judah,  judge,  I  pray, 
Ijetwixt  me  and  my  vineyard.  The  vineyard  of  Jehovah  Zebaoth 
is  the  house  of  Israel "  (v.  1-7).  The  vineyard  here  is  the 
Ancient,  thus  the  spiritual,  Church  ;  and  it  is  expressly  said  that 
440 


CHAPTER  IX.  20.  [1069. 

it  is  the  house  of  Israel.  For  hv  Israel,  iu  the  Word,  is  signified 
the  spiritual  Church,  and  by  Judah  the  celestial  Church.  So  in 
Jeremiah :  "Again  I  will  build  thee,  and  thou  shaltbe  built,  U 
virgin  of  Israel ;  thou  shalt  be  again  adorned  with  thy  tabrets, 
and  shalt  go  forth  in  the  dances  of  them  that  make  merry.  Thou 
shd.]t  jet 2)lci)it  Tinci/ards  in  the  monntams  of  Samaria"  (xxxi. 
4,  5).  Here  the  vineyard  denotes  the  spiritual  Church ;  and  the 
subject  treated  of  is  Israel,  by  whom,  as  M-as  said,  is  signified  tiiu 
spiritual  Church.  In  Ezekiel :  "  When  I  shall  have  gathered  3 
the  house  of  Israel  from  the  people,  they  shall  dwell  upon  the 
earth  in  confidence,  and  shall  build  liouses,  and  p/«''^  vinc- 
i/ards"  (xxviii.  25,  26).  Here  the  vineyard  stands  for  the 
spiritual  Church,  or  Israel ;  and  to  plant  vineyards  is  to  be 
instructed  in  the  truths  and  goods  of  faith.  In  Amos :  "  I  have 
smitten  you  with  blasting  and  mildew ;  the  caterpillar  shall 
devour  your  gardens,  anci  your  vineyards,  and  your  fig-trees, 
and  your  olive-yards.  Tiius  will  I  do  to  thee,  0  Israel "  (iv.  9, 
1 2).  Gardens  denote  the  things  which  are  of  the  Church  ;  vine- 
yards, the  spiritual  things  of  the  Church  ;  fig-trees,  the  natural 
things  ;  and  olive-yards,  the  celestial  things.  Tiius  they  denote 
those  things  which  are  of  the  spiritual  Church,  or  Israel. 
Again,  iu  the  same  prophet :  "  I  \i\\\  bring  again  tlie  captivity  of 
My  people  of  Jerusalem,  and  they  shall  build  the  waste  cities, 
and  inhabit  them,  and  they  shall  ^:»/a?i^  vinci/ards,  mid  drink  tlu* 
irme  thereof;  they  shall  also  make  gardens,  and  eat  the  fruit  of 
tliem"  (ix.  14).  To  plant  vineyards  denotes  the  planting  of  a 
s]»iritual  Church.  Thus  the  vineyard  stands  for  the  spiritual 
Church,  or  Israel.  As  a  vineyard  signifies  the  spiritual  Chui'cii,  4 
so  also  does  the  vine.  For  the  vine  is  of  the  vineyard.  The 
relation  is  like  that  of  the  Church  and  the  man  of  the  Churcli ; 
M'herefore  it  is  the  same  thing.  It  is  written  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Is 
Israel  a  servant  ?  Is  he  home-born  ?  Why  is  he  made  a  spoil  ^ 
I  Imd  23l(intcd  thee  wliolly  a  noble  vine,  a  seed  of  truth,  and  how 
art  thou  turned  into  tlie  degenerate  plants  of  a  .strnnf/e  vine 
unto  Me  ?"  (ii.  14.  21).  The  vine  denotes  the  spiritual  Church, 
or  Israel.  In  Ezekiel :  "  Take  thou  up  a  lamentation  upon  the 
])rinces  of  Israel.  Thy  motlier  is  like  a  vine  in  thy  likeness, 
])lanted  by  the  waters  ;  fruitful  and  full  of  Ijoughs,  by  reason  of 
many  waters  "  (xix.  1,  10).  The  vine  here  denotes  the  Ancient 
sjiiritual  Church,  which  is  the  motlier;  thus  it  denotes  Israel,  and 
therefore  it  is  said  also,  "In  tliy  lilceness."  In  Hosca :  "  Isnud 
is  an  empty  vine,  he  bringetli  forth  Iruit  like  liimsclf "  (x.  1). 
The  vine  denotes  the  spiritual  Church,  or  Israel;  licrt',  that 
(Jhurch  desolated.  Again,  in  the  same  iu-o]»het:  "  ()  I.srael, 
return  to  Jehovah  thy  God.  I  will  1)0  as  the  dew  to  Israel. 
They  that  dwell  under  his  shad<nv  shall  return  ;  they  shall  re- 
vive the  corn,  and  bbjssom  forth  as  a  vine;  the  renicniltrance 
<if  liiin  shall  l)e  as  the  wine  (jf  Leliaiion  "  (\iv.    1,  o,  7).     Ib-re 

441 


1070,1071.]  GENESIS. 

the  vine  is  the  spiritual  Clmrcli.  or  Israel.  So  in  Moses: 
"  Until  Shiloh  shall  come,  binding  his  loal  to  tlie  vine,  and  the 
son  of  his  ass  to  the  noble  vine"  (Gen.  xlix.  10,  11);  speaking 
prophetically  of  the  Lord,  and  the  vine  and  the  noble  vine  de- 
noting spiritual  Churches.  The  Lord's  parables  concerning  the 
labourers  in  the  vineyards  likewise  signilied  spiritual  Cliurches 
(Matt.  x.x.  1-16;  xxi.  o3-44 ;  Mark  xii.  1-12;  Luke  xx. 
0-1 G).  As  the  vine  signifies  the  spiritual  Church,  and  the 
chief  thing  of  the  spiritual  Church  is  charity,  in  which  the  Lord 
is  present,  and  by  M'hich  He  conjoins  Himself  to  man,  and  by 
whicli  He  alone  operates  every  good  ;  therefore  the  Lord  com- 
pares Plimself  to  a  vine,  and  describes  the  )nan  of  the  Church, 
or  the  spiritual  Church,  in  these  words  in  John :  "  I  am  the 
true  Vine,  and  My  Father  is  the  Vinc-dresser.  Every  branch  in 
Me  that  hearcth  not  fruit  He  taketh  away:  but  every  brancli 
that  heareth  fruit  He  will  prune  it,  that  it  may  bring  forth 
more  fruit.  Abide  in  Me,  and  I  in  you.  As  the  branch  cannot 
bear  fruit  of  itself  except  it  abide  in  the  vine,  no  more  can  ye 
except  ye  aljide  in  Me.  /  am  the  Vine,  ye  are  the  branches : 
he  that  abideth  in  Me,  and  I  in  him,  the  same  bringeth  forth 
much  fruit :  for  without  Me  ye  can  do  nothing.  This  is  ]\Iy 
Commandment,  That  ye  love  one  another,  as  I  have  loved 
you"  (xv.  1,  2,  4,  5,  12).  Hence  may  be  seen  the  nature  of 
the  Spiritual  Church. 

1070.  Verse  21.  And  he  drank  of  the  wine,  and  ivas  drunken  ; 
and  he  was  uncovered,  in  the  midst  of  his  tent.  And  he  drank 
tlie  loine  signifies  that  he  wished  to  investigate  the  things  of 
faith.  And  was  drunken  signifies  that  he  thence  fell  into  errors. 
And  he  was  uncovered  in  the  midst  of  his  tent  signifies  the  per- 
versions tlierefrom.  The  midst  of  the  tent  denotes  the  chief 
thing  of  faith. 

1071.  That  he  drank  the  wine  signifies  that  he  desired  to 
investigate  the  things  of  faith,  is  evident  from  the  signification 
of  wine.  A  vineyard,  or  the  vine,  as  has  been  shewn,  denotes 
the  spiritual  Church,  or  the  man  of  the  spiritual  Church.  The 
grape,  and  bunches  and  clusters  of  grapes,  are  the  fruit  of  the 
vine,  and  signify  charity  and  the  things  of  charity.  But  wine 
signifies  the  faith  from  it,  and  all  the  things  of  faith.  Thus 
the  grape  is  the  Celestial  of  that  Church,  and  wine  its  Spiritual. 
The  former,  or  the  celestial,  as  has  often  been  said  before,  is  of 
the  will ;  and  the  latter,  or  the  spiritual,  is  of  the  understand- 
ing. That  he  drank  of  the  wine  signifies  that  he  desired  to 
investigate  the  things  of  faith — and  this  by  reasonings — is 
evident  from  the  fact  that  he  was  drunken  ;  that  is,  that  he  fell 
into  errors.  For  the  man  of  this  Church  had  not  perception 
like  the  man  of  the  ^lost  Ancient  Church,  but  was  obliged  to 
learn  what  was  good  and  true  by  means  of  the  doctrinals  of 
faith  collected  from  the  perception  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church, 

442 


CHAPTER  IX.  21.  [1071. 

and  preserved.  And  these  doctrinals  constituted  the  Word  of 
that  Church.  These  doctriuals  of  faith,  hke  the  "Word,  were 
such,  in  many  instances,  that  without  perception  they  coukl  not 
be  believed.  Tor  spiritual  and  celestial  things  infinitely  tran- 
scend the  human  capacity;  and  hence  comes  reasoning.  He, 
however,  who  is  not  willing  to  believe  such  things  before  lie 
comprehends  them,  can  never  believe ;  as  has  been  repeatedly 
shewn  before  (see  nos.  128-130,  195, 196,  215,  232,  233).  That  2 
grapes,  in  the  Word,  signify  charity  and  the  things  of  charity, 
and  that  w^ine  signifies  the  faith  therefrom,  and  the  things  of 
faith,  is  evident  from  the  following  passages.  In  Isaiali :  "  My 
beloved  had  a  vineyard  in  the  horn  of  a  son  of  oil,  and  he  looked 
that  it  should  jjring  forth  grapes,  and  it  brought  forth  u-ild 
(jra'pes  "  (v.  1,  2,  4).  Here  grapes  denote  charity  and  its  fruits. 
In  Jeremiah  :  "  In  collecting  I  will  collect  them,  saitli  Jehovah  : 
there  are  no  (jrapcs  on  the  vine,  nor  figs  on  the  fig-tree" 
(viii.  13).  The  vine  denotes  the  spiritual  Church,  and  grapes 
charity.  In  Hosea  :  "  I  found  Israel  like  grapes  in  the  wilder- 
ness; I  saw  your  fathers  as  the  first-ripe  in  the  fig-tree,  at  her 
first  time"  (ix.  10).  Israel  denotes  the  Ancient  Church;  and 
grapes  denote  that  it  is  endued  with  charity.  It'  is  used  in  au 
opposite  sense  when  Israel  is  put  for  the  sons  of  Jacob.  In 
Micah  :  "  There  is  no  chister  to  eat,  my  soul  desired  the  first- 
ripe  fruit.  He  that  is  holy  has  perished  out  of  the  earth,  and 
there  is  none  upright  amongst  men  "  (vii.  1,  2).  The  cluster 
denotes  charity,  or  him  that  is  holy;  and  the  first-ripe  denotes 
faith,  or  the  upright.  In  Isaiah  :  "  Thus  saith  Jehovah,  As  the  3 
new  wine  is  found  in  the  cluster,  and  he  saitli.  Destroy  it  not, 
because  a  blessing  is  in  it"  (Ixv.  8).  The  cluster  denotes 
charity,  and  the  new  wine  the  goods  of  charity  and  the  truths 
therefrom.  In  Moses  :  "  He  washed  His  garment  in  nnne,  and 
His  vesture  in  the  blood  of  grapes"  (Gen.  xlix.  11).  This  is 
said  prophetically  of  the  Lord.  Wine  denotes  what  is  spiritual 
from  the  celestial.  The  blood  of  grapes  denotes  what  is  celes- 
tial with  reference  to  the  S])iritual  Churches.  Thus,  grapes 
denote  charity  itself,  and  wine  faith  itself.  And  in  .Icilin: 
"  The  angel  said,  Thrust  in  thy  sharp  sickle,  and  gather  tlu; 
clusters  of  the  vine  of  the  earth  ;  for  her  grapics  are  fully  rijie" 
(Apoc.  xiv.  18).  Here  the  last  times  are  spoken  of,  when  there 
is  no  faith,  that  is,  when  there  is  no  charity.  For  there  is  no 
other  faith  than  the  faith  of  charity  ;  and  it  is  essentially  charity 
itself.  Wherefore  when  it  is  said  that  then;  is  no  longer  any 
faith,  as  in  the  last  times,  it  is  to  be  understood  that  tlii-re  is 
no  charity.  As  grapes  signify  charity,  so  wine  signifies  the  liiith  4 
therefrom  ;  for  wine  is  from  grapes.  Besides  tlie  many  jiassages 
already  quoted,  on  the  subject  of  the  vineyard  and  th(^  vino, 
this  is  evident  from  the  following.  In  Isaiah:  "Chulness  is 
taken  away  and  joy  out  of  Carniel ;  and  in  the  litui/ards  there 

443 


1071.]  GENESIS. 

is  no  singing,  neither  shouting ;  the  treader  shall  tread  out  no 
vine  in  the  presses;  I  have  made  the  shouting  to  cease"  (xvi.  10); 
denoting  that  tlie  spiritual  Church,  whicli  was  Carmel,  was  vast- 
ated.  The  treading  out  no  wine  in  the  presses  denotes  that  there 
were  no  longer  any  who  were  in  faith.  Again  :  "  The  inhabit- 
ants of  the  earth  are  burned,  and  few  men  left.  The  new  v:ine 
mourneth,  the  vine  languisheth.  They  sliall  not  drink  ivinc 
with  a  song;  strong  drink  shall  be  bitter  to  tlieni  that  drink  it. 
Tliere  is  a  crying  for  luine  in  the  streets"  (xxiv.  6,7,  9,  11). 
Tliis  is  said  of  the  spiritual  Church  vastated.  AVine  here 
denotes  the  truths  of  faith,  which  were  esteemed  of  no  value. 
In  Jeremiah  :  "  They  say  to  their  mothers.  Where  is  corn  and 
wine,  ?■  when  they  swooned  as  the  wounded  in  the  streets  of  the 
city"  (Lam.  ii.  12).  Where  is  corn  and  wine  signifies  where  is 
love  and  faith.  The  streets  of  the  city  here,  as  in  other  parts 
of  the  Word,  signify  truths ;  and  the  wounded  here  denote  those 

5  who  do  not  know  what  are  the  truths  of  faith.  So  in  Amos  :  "  I 
will  bring  again  the  captivity  of  My  people  Israel,  and  they 
shall  build  the  desolate  cities,  and  inhabit  them,  and  they  shall 
plant  vineyards,  and  drink  the  ivine  thereof"  (ix.  14).  This  is 
said  of  the  spiritual  Church,  or  Israel;  which  is-  said  to  plant 
vineyards  and  drink  wine,  when  it  becomes  such  that  from 
charity  it  has  faith.  So  in  Zej)haniah :  "  They  shall  build 
houses,  but  not  inhabit  them ;  and  they  shall  2)Iant  vineyards, 
but  not  drink  the  tvinc  thereof"  (i.  13;  also  Amos  v.  11);  de- 
noting the  contrary  state,  when  the  spiritual  Church  is  vastated. 
And  in  Zechariah  :  "They  shall  be  like  mighty  Ephraim,  and 
their  heart  shall  rejoice  as  through  icine ;  j^ea,  and  their  sons 
shall  see  and  be  glad  "  (x.  7).  This  is  said  concerning  the  house 
of  Judah ;  that  it  should  be  thus  on  account  of  the  goods  and 
truths  of  faith.  And  in  John  :  "  See  thou  hurt  not  the  oil  and 
the  wine"  (Apoc.  vi.  6),  denotes  that  they  ought  not  to  injure 
celestial  and  spiritual  things,  or  the  things  of  love  and  faith. 

6  As  wine  signified  faith  in  the  Lord,  faith,  even  in  the  Jewish 
Church,  was  represented  in  the  sacrifices  by  a  libation  of  wine 
(concerning  which,  see  Num.  xv.  2-15;  xxviii.  11-15,  and  18 
to  the  end;  xxix.  7  to  the  end;  Lev.  xxiii.  12,  13;  and  Exod. 
xxix.  40).  Wherefore  it  is  thus  written  in  Hosea :  "  The  fioor 
and  the  wine-press  shall  not  feed  tliem,  and  the  new  wim'  shall 
fail  in  her ;  they  shall  not  dwell  in  the  land  of  Jehovah,  and 
Ephraim  is  returned  to  Egypt,  and  they  shall  eat  the  unclean 
thing  in  Assyria.  They  shall  not  offer  a  libation  of  ivine  to 
Jehovah,  neither  shall  they  be  pleasing  unto  Him"  (ix.  2-4). 
The  subject  here  spoken  of  is  Israel,  or  the  spiritual  Church ; 
and  those  therein  who  pervert  and  contaminate  the  true  and 
holy  things  of  i'aith,  through  their  desire  to  investigate  them  by 
means  of  sciences  and  reasonings.  For  Egypt  denotes  science ; 
Assyria,  reasoning  ;  and  Ephraim,  those  wdio  reason. 

444 


CITAPTEE  IX.  21.  [1072. 

1072._  That  lie  was  drunlccn  signilies  that  he  thence  fell  into 
errors,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  a  drunkard  in  the 
Word.  They  are  called  drunkards  who  believe  nothing  but 
what  they  comx^rehend,  and  on  tliat  account  inquire  into  thAnys- 
teries  of  faith.  And  because  this  is  done  by  means  of  sensual, 
or  scientific,  or  philosoplncal  things,  according  to  the  quality  of 
the  man,  he  cannot  do  otherwise  than  fall  "into  errors.  Tiie 
thought  of  man  is  merely  terrestrial,  corporeal,  and  material, 
because  it  is  from  terrestrial,  corporeal,  and  material  things; 
which  are  continually  cleaving  thereto,  and  in  which  the  ideas 
of  his  thought  are  founded  and  terminated.  To  think  and 
reason  from  these  things,  therefore,  concerning  things  Divine,  is 
to  bring  one's  self  into  errors  and  perversions  ;  and  it  is  as 
impossible  for  a  man  to  obtain  faith  from  them  as  for  a  camel 
to  go  through  the  eye  of  a  needle.  The  error  and  insanity 
which  are  therefrom  are  called,  in  the  Word,  drunkenness. 
Yea,  souls  or  spirits  in  the  other  life,  who  argue  alDout  the  truths 
of  faith  and  against  them,  even  become  like  drunkards,  and 
behave  in  a  similar  manner;  of  whom,  by  the  Lord's  Divine 
mercy,  more  will  be  said  hereafter.  Spirits  who  are  in  the  faith  ~ 
of  charity  are  readi,ly  distinguished  from  those  who  are  not. 
Those  who  are  in  the  faith  of  charity  do  not  argue  about  the 
truths  of  faith,  but  say  that  they  are  so,  and  also,  as  far  as  they 
can,  confirm  them  by  means  of  things  sensual  and  scientific,  and 
the  analytical  conclusions  of  reason.  But  as  soon  as  anything 
ol)scure  intervenes,  which  they  do  not  comprehend,  this  they 
set  aside,  and  never  suffer  such  a  thing  to  lead  them  into  doubt; 
saying,  that  there  are  very  few  things  which  they  are  able  to 
comprehend,  and  therefore  to  think  that  a  thing  is  not  true 
because  they  do  not  understand  it  would  be  insane.  These  are 
they  who  are  in  charity.  But  those,  on  the  contrary,  who  are 
not  in  the  faith  of  charity,  desire  nothing  else  but  to  argue 
whether  a  thing  bo  so,  and  to  know  how  it  is  ;  saying,  that 
unless  they  can  understand  how  it  is,  they  cannot  believe  that 
it  is  so.  From  this  circumstiince  only,  it  is  instantly  known 
that  they  are  in  no  faith,  and  the  proof  of  it  is,  that  they  not 
only  doubt  about  all  things  of  faith,  but  in  their  liearts  they 
even  deny  them.  And  when  they  are  instructed  how  the  matter 
is,  they  still  cling  to  their  views,  and  move  all  manner  of  s('ru[)les 
against  them,  and  are  never  at  rest,  even  thougli  it  were  to 
eternity.  They  who  tlius  adhere  to  their  opinions  acmmulate 
errors  upon  errors.  It  is  these,  or  such  as  these,  who,  in  the 
Word,  are  called  drunk  with  wine  or  strong  diink.  As  in  3 
Isaiah:  "They  also  have  erred  through  v:inr,  and  through  stroiuj 
drink  are  out  of  the  way;  the  prie.st  and  the  prophet  liave  erred. 
through  strovfi  drinh ;  they  arc  swallowed  up  (;f  nAnr^  tiioy  are 
out  of  the  W(iy  through  drovg  drink,  they  err  in  vision.  All 
tables  are  full  of  vomit  and  filthiness.     ^^'h'llll  sliall  h(!  teach 

445 


1 072.]  GENESIS. 

Icnowlcdge  ?    Ami  wliom  shall  he  make  to  umlerstand  doctrine  ? 
Tliem  that  are  weaned   from  the   milk,  and  drawn  from  the 
breasts  "  (xxviii.  7-9).     Here  it  is  evident  that  such  are  under- 
stood.    In  the  same  prophet :  "  How  say  ye  to  Pharaoh,  I  am 
the  son  of  the  wise,  the  son  of  the  king  of  antiquity  ?     Where 
are  now  thy  wise  men  ?     And  let  them  tell,  I  pray.     Jehovah 
hath  mingled  a  spirit  of  perversities   in   the   midst  thereof, 
and  they  have  caused  Egypt  to  err  in  every  work  thereof, 
as  a  drunken  man  staggereth  in  his  vomit"  (xix.  11,  12,  14). 
A  drunken  man  here  denotes  those  who  desire  by  means  of 
scientifics  to  investigate  things  spiritual  and  celestial.     Egypt 
signifies  scientifics,  and  hence  he  calls  himself  the  son  of  the 
wise.     In  Jeremiah:  "Drink  ye  and  he  drvnkcn,  and  vomit, 
and   fall,   and   rise   no   more "   (xxv.    27) ;   denoting  falsities. 
^  In  David :  "  They  reel  to  and  fro,  and  stagger  like  a  drunken 
man,  and   all   their  wisdom   is   swallowed   up"   (P.salm  cvii. 
27).     In  Isaiah  :   "  Come  ye,  I  will  fetch  wine,  and  ice  will 
he   drunken  vjith    strong   drink,   and    to-morrow    shall   be    as 
this  day,  great  in  abundance "  (Ivi.   12).     This  is   predicated 
of  those  things  which  are  contrary  to  the  truths  of  faith.    Again, 
in  Jeremiah  :  "  Every  bottle  shall  be  filled  viil\\- vnne ;  all  the 
inhabitants   of  Jerusalem    with   drunkenness"   (xiii.    12,    13). 
AVine  denotes  faith  ;  and  drunkenness  denotes  errors.     In  Joel : 
"Awake,  jq  drunkards,  and  weep,  and  howl,  all  ye  drinkers  of 
wine,  because  of  the  newtvine,  for  it  is  cut  off  from  your  mouth  ; 
for  a  nation  is  come  up  upon  My  land,  he  hath  laid  My  vine 
waste "  (i.  5-7) ;  speaking  of  the  Church  vastated  as  to  the 
truths  of  faith.     In  John  :   "  Babylon  hath  made  all  nations 
drink  of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  fornication.    The  inhabit- 
ants of  the  earth  are  drunken  with  the  ^vine  of  fornication " 
(Apoc.  xiv.  8, 10 ;  xvi.  19  ;  xvii.  2  ;  xviii.  3 ;  xix.  15).    The  wane 
of  fornication  denotes  the  adulterated  truths  of  faith,  of  whicli 
drunkenness  is  predicated.     Likewise  in  Jeremiah  :  "  Babylon 
is  a  CIO})  of  gold  in  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  making  all  the  earth 
drunken;  the  nations  have  drunken  of  her  ivine  ;  therefore  the 
;  nations  are  mad "  (li.  7).     Because  drunkenness  signified  in- 
sanity in  regard  to  the  truths  of  faith,  therefore  it  was  also  made 
a  representative,  and  w\as  thus  prohibited  to  Aaron  :  "  Do  not 
drink  v:ine,  nor  drink  that  maketh  drunken,  thou  nor  thy  sons 
with  thee,  when  ye  go  into  the  tabernacle  of  the  congregation, 
lest  ye  die ;  that  ye  may  put  a  difference  between  holy  and 
unholy,  and  between  unclean  and  clean  "  (Lev.  x.  9, 10).     They 
who  believe  n'othing  but  what   they  comprehend   by  things 
sensual  and  scientific,  were  also  called  "  mighty  to  drink."     As 
in  Isaiah  :  "  Woe  unto  them  that  are  wise  in  their  own  eyes,  and 
intelligent  in  their  own  sight !     Woe  unto  them  that  are  mighty 
to  drink  wine,  and  men  of  strength  to  mingle  strong  drink!" 
(v,  21,  22).     Tliey  are  said  to  be  wise  in  their  own  eves  and 
446 


CHAPTER  IX.  21.  [1073,  1074. 

intelligent  in  their  own  sight,  because  they  tliat  reason  against 
the  truths  of  faith  deem  themselves  ^Yiser  than  others."  But  6 
they  who  care  nothing  for  the  Word  and  the  truths  of  faith,  and 
thus  have  no  desire  to  know  anything  about  faith,  denying  thus 
its  principles,  are  described  as  being  drunken  without  wine.  As 
in  Isaiah  :  "  They  arc  drunken,  and  not  v:lth  ivine ;  they  stayyer, 
and  not  with  strony  drink,  for  Jehovah  hatli  poured  out  upon 
you  the  spirit  of  deep  sleep,  and  hath  closed  your  eyes  "  (xxix. 
9,  10).  Tiiat  such  are  meant,  is  evident  from  what  precedes  and 
follows  in  the  prophet..  Such  drunkards  imagine  themselves 
more  awake  than  others,  but  they  are  in  a  profound  sleep.  That 
the  Ancient  Church  in  the  beginning  was  such  as  is  described 
in  this  verse,  and  especially  those  members  of  it  who  were  of 
the  stock  of  the  Most  Ancient  Church,  is  evident  iiom  what 
was  said  before  (no.  788). 

1073.  That,  Ae  ivas  uncovered  in  the  midst  of  Ills  tent,  signifies 
the  perversions  therefrom,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of 
being  uncovered  or  naked.  For  he  with  whom  there  are  no 
truths  of  faith  is  said  to  be  uncovered  or  naked,  from  drunken- 
ness with  wine  ;  and  still  more  he  with  whom  the  truths  of 
faith  are  perverted.  TJie  truths  of  faith  are  theinselves  com-  ' 
pared  to  garments,  which  cover  the  goods  of  charity,  or  charity. 
For  charity  is  the  very  body ;  and  therefore  truths  are  garments. 
Or,  what  is  the  same,  charity  is  the  very  soul ;  and  the  trutiis 
of  faith  are  as  the  body,  which  is  the  vesture  of  the  soul.  Truths 
of  faith,  moreover,  are  called  garments  and  a  covering  in  the 
AVord.  Wherefore,  in  a  subsequent  verse  (ver.  23),  it  is  said  that 
Shem  and  Japheth  took  a  yarment,  and  covered  the  nakedness 
(if  their  father.  Spiritual  things  are  to  celestial  things  as  the 
body  which  invests  the  soul  ;  or  as  the  garments  which  clothe 
the  body.  And  in  heaven  they  are  also  represented  by  garments. 
Here,  because  he  is  said  to  have  lain  uncovered,  it  is  signified 
that  he  deprived  himself  of  the  truths  of  faith,  tin'ough  his  desire 
to  investigate  them  by  means  of  sensual  things,  and  the  reason- 
ings therefrom.  Such  things  are  signilied,  in  the  Word,  by 
lying  naked  from  drunkenness  with  wine.     Thus  in  Jeremiah  : 

"  Eejoico  and  be  glad,  0  daughter  of  Edom,  that  dwellest  in 
the  land  of  Uz,  the  cAq^  also  shall  pass  tlirougli  unto  thee,  Oioil 
alialt  he  drunl-en,  and  shalt  make  thyself  naked"  (Lam.  iv.  21). 
And  in  Habakkuk :  "  Woe  unto  him  that  givetli  his  neighl)()ur 
drink,  and  niaketh  him  drunken  also,  to  Irjok  npon  their  ncdxd- 
ness  !"  (ii.  15). 

1074.  That  the  midst  of  the  tent  denoUis  the  chief  thing  of 
faith,  is  evident  from  the  signification  of  the  midst,  and  from 
the  signification  of  a  tent.  The  midst,  in  the  Word,  signilics 
the  inmost;  and  a  tent  signifies  charity,  or  worshi])  from  chaiily. 
Charity  is  the  inmost,  that  is,  the  chief  thing  of  I'aith  and 
worship  ;  and  thus  the  midst  of  the  tent.     That  llie  midst  sig- 

447 


1075-1077.]  GENESIS. 

iiilics  the  imnosl,  lias  been  shewn  before  ;  and  that  a  tent  denotes 
the  holiness  of  love,  or  charity,  may  be  seen  above  (no.  414). 

1075.  Verse  22.  And  Ham,  the  father  of  Canaan,  saw  tJie 
nakedness  of  his  father,  and  told  his  twohrethremoithout.  Ham 
and  Canaan  have  the  same  signification  here,  as  before;  Hait) , 
the  Church  corrupted  ;  and  Canaan,  \\'ox^\\^  in  externals  witli- 
out  internal  [worship].  He  saiv  the  nakedness  of  his  father 
signifies  that  he  observed  the  errors  and  perversions  before 
mentioned.  And  told  his  tvo  hrcthren  icithout  signifies  that  he 
derided.  They  are  said  to  be  his  brethren,  because  he  professed 
faith. 

1076.  That  Ham  signifies  the  Church  corrupted,  appears  from 
what  has  been  said  before  concerning  Ham.  A  Church  is  said 
to  be  perverted  which  acknowledges  the  Word,  and  has  a  kind 
of  worship  similar  to  that  of  the  true  Church,  but  still  separates 
faith  from  charity,  thus  from  its  essential,  and  from  its  life. 
Faith  consequently  becomes  something  dead,  and  thereby  the 
Church  cannot  but  be  corrupted.  What  they  become  who  fall 
into  this  state,  may  appear  from  the  consideration,  that  they 
can  never  have  any  conscience.  For  conscience,  which  is  really 
conscience,  can  never  be  bestowed  except  from  charity.  It  is 
cliarity  that  makes  conscience ;  that  is,  the  Lord  by  means  of 
charity.  For  what  is  conscience  but  to  do  no  evil  to  any  one, 
in  whatever  way  ;  and  to  do  good  to  all  in  every  way  ?  Thus 
conscience  is  of  charity,  never  of  faith  separated  from  charity. 
If  they  have  any  conscience,  it  is  a  false  conscience,  such  as  is 
described  above.  And  as  they  are  without  conscience,  in  the 
proportion  tliat  external  restraints  are  removed  they  rush  into 

2  all  wickedness.  Indeed,  they  do  not  know  what  charity  is, 
except  only  in  name.  And  as  they  are  without  charity,  the}' 
do  not  know  wdiat  faith  is.  When  they  are  asked,  they  are 
able  to  make  no  other  answer  than  that  it  is  a  certain  way  of 
thinking ;  some,  that  it  is  trust ;  others,  that  it  consists  of  the 
knowledges  of  faith  ;  few,  that  it  is  a  life  according  to  those 
knowledges ;  and  scarcely  any,  that  it  is  a  life  of  charity,  or  of 
mutual  love.  And  if  they  are  told  this,  and  opportunity  is 
given  them  for  reflection,  they  make  no  other  answer  than  that 
all  love  begins  with  self,  and  that  he  is  worse  than  a  heathen 
who  does  not  take  care  of  himself  and  his  own.  Wherefore 
they  regard  nothing  but  tliemselves  and  the  world.  Hence  it 
comes  to  pass  that  they  live  in  the  p'l'ojirium,  the  nature  of 
whicli  has  been  descriljed  several  times  before.  These  are  they 
who  are  called  Ham. 

1077.  Since  those  who  are  here  called  Ham  and  Canaan, 
that  is,  who  separate  faith  from  charity,  and  thus  make  worship 
to  consist  only  in  external  observances,  are  not  able  to  know 
what  and  whence  conscience  is,  it  shall  be  told  in  a  few  words. 
Conscience  is  formed  ])V  the  truths  of  faith.    For  what  a  man  has 

448 


CHAPTER  IX.  22.  [10V8,  1079. 

heard,  acknowledged,  and  believed,  this  makes  conscience  with 
him.  To  act  afterwards  contrary  to  these  things  is  with  him  to 
act  against  conscience,  as  must  be  clear  to  every  one.  Hence  it 
is  that  unless  they  be  truths  of  faith  which  he  hears,  acknow- 
ledges, and  believes,  he  cannot  have  a  true  conscience.  For  man 
is  regenerated  by  means  of  the  truths  of  faith,  the  Lord  operat- 
ing in  charity.  Thus,  by  these  truths  he  receives  a  conscience  ; 
and  this  conscience  is  the  new  man  himself.  It  appears,  there- 
fore, that  the  truths  of  faith  are  the  means  whereby  lie  may 
become  a  man,  that  is,  live  according  to  those  things  wliich 
faith  teaches ;  the  principal  of  which  is,  to  love  the  Lord 
above  all  things  and  the  neighbour  as  one's  self.  If  he  does  not 
live  according  to  them,  what  is  his  faith  but  an  empty  thing, 
a  sounding  name,  or  something  separated  from  heavenly  life ; 
in  which,  being  separated,  there  is  no  salvation  ?  For,  to  believe  ■ 
that  a  man  can  be  saved,  whatever  may  be  his  life,  if  he  only 
have  faith,  is  to  say  that  he  can  be  saved,  even  though  he  have 
no  charity,  and  even  though  he  have  no  conscience.  That  is, 
he  can  be  saved  even  though  he  indulge  in  hatred,  revenge, 
theft,  adultery  —  in  a  word,  in  all  things  that  are  against 
charity  and  conscience,  although  it  were  at  the  last  hour  of 
his  life.  Let  them  consider  now,  when  men  are  in  a  principle  so 
false,  what  truth  of  faith  is  there  that  can  form  their  conscience  / 
Is  it  not  formed  of  what  is  false  ?  If  they  imagine  that  they 
have  anything  of  conscience,  it  is  only  external  restraints ;  such 
as  the  fear  of  the  law^  of  the  loss  of  honour,  of  gain,  or  of  repu- 
tation, on  account  of  these  things.  And  these  make  with  them 
what  they  call  conscience,  whereby  they  are  restrained  from  doing 
injury  to  the  neighbour,  and  inclined  to  do  him  good.  But  since 
this  is  not  conscience,  because  it  is  not  charity,  on  the  loosening 
or  removal  of  these  restraints  such  men  rush  into  the  greatest 
vices  and  obscenities.  But  it  is  quite  otherwise  with  those  who, 
although  they  have  said  that  faitli  alone  saves,  have  yet  lived  a 
li  fe  of  charity.    For  in  their  faith  there  was  charity  from  the  Lord. 

1078.  That  the  father  of  Canaan  signifies  worship  in  externals 
without  internal  [worship],  was  stated  above.  From  faith 
separated  from  charity,  no  other  worship  can  exist.  For  the 
internal  man  is  charity,  and  never  faith  without  charity.  And 
therefore,  he  who  is  destitute  of  charity  can  have  no  other  l»ut 
external  worship  without  internal.  And  because  such  worship 
derives  its  existence  from  faith  separated  from  charity,  Ham  is 
called  the  father  of  Canaan;  and  in  what  follows  Ham  is 
not  treated  of,  but  Canaan. 

1079.  That,  he  saio  the  nakedness  of  his  father,  signiiies  that 
he  observed  these  errors  and  perversions,  may  ap{)ear  from  the 
signification  of  nakedness  (spoken  of  just  above,  as  well  as  bofon-, 
at  nos.  213,  214),  as  denoting  what  is  evil  and  ])erverted.  They 
who  are  in  faith  separated  from  charity  are  here  described  by 

VOL.  I.  2  F  449 


lOSO-1082.]  GENESIS. 

Ham,  in  that  he  observed  the  nakedness  of  his  fatlier,  that  is,  his 
errors  and  perversions.  They  who  are  in  such  a  state  see  nothing- 
else  in  man.  But  it  is  otherwise  with  those  who  are  in  the  faith 
of  charity.  They  observe  the  good,  and  if  they  see  what  is  evil 
and  false  they  excuse  it :  and  if  possible  strive  to  amend  it  in 
2  liini,  as  it  is  here  related  of  Shem  and  -Tapheth.  Where  there  is 
no  charity,  there  is  the  love  of  self,  consequently  hatred  towards 
all  who  do  not  favour  self.  Hence  it  is  that  such  men  see 
nothing  else  but  the  evil  in  their  neighbour  ;  and  if  they  observe 
any  good,  they  either  perceive  it  as  nothing,  or  interpret  it  into 
evil.  It  is  quite  otherwise  with  those  who  are  in  charity.  B}' 
this  are  these  two  kinds  of  men  distinguished,  especially  when 
they  come  into  the  other  life.  With  those  who  are  in  no  charity 
the  spirit  of  hatred  is  then  manifest  in  every  particular.  They 
wish  to  examine  every  one,  yea,  to  judge  every  one,  and  desire 
nothing  more  earnestly  than  to  discover  evil;  continually  purpos- 
ing in  their  mind  to  condemn,  to  punish,  and  torment.  But  they 
who  are  in  charity, scarcely  see  the  evil  of  another;  but  observe 
all  his  goods  and  truths :  and  what  is  evil  and  false  they 
interpret  into  good.  Such  are  all  the  angels  ;  and  this  state 
they  have  from  the  Lord,  who  turns  all  evil  into  good. 

1080.  That,  he  told  his  two  brethren,  signifies  that  he  derided, 
follows  now  from  what  has  been  said.  For  with  those  who  are 
in  no  charity,  there  is  a  continual  contempt  or  derision  of  others  ; 
and  as  often  as  opportunity  is  offered  they  publish  their  errors. 
That  they  do  not  these  things  openly,  is  merely  on  account  of 
external  restraints  which  prohibit  them  ;  such  as  the  fear  of  the 
law,  the  fear  of  their  life,  of  the  loss  of  honour,  of  gain,  and  of 
reputation,  on  account  of  them.  Hence  it  is  that  they  cherish 
such  things  inwardly  ;  while  outwardly  they  put  on  the  appear- 
ance of  friendliness.  In  this  way  they  procure  to  themselves 
two  spheres,  which  are  plainly  perceived  in  the  other  life. 
The  one,  which  is  interior,  is  full  of  hatreds  ;  the  other,  which 
is  exterior,  is  simulative  of  good.  These  spheres  being  utterly 
discordant,  cannot  but  be  in  conflict  with  each  other.  Where- 
fore, when  their  external  sphere  is  removed,  so  that  they  can 
110  longer  dissemble,  they  rush  into  every  kind  of  wickedness. 
And  when  it  is  not  removed,  hatred  perceptibly  lurks  in 
every  expression  of  theirs.  Their  punishments  and  torments 
are.  therefrom. 

1081.  That  they  are  said  to  be  his  brethren,  because  he  pro- 
fessed faith,  appears  from  what  was  shewn  (no.  367),  namely, 
tliat  charity  is  the  brother  of  faith. 

1082.  Verse  23.  And  Shem  and  Japheth  took  a  garment, 
and  thejf  both  laid  it  upon  the  shoulder,  and  icent  backward,  and 
covered  the  nakedness  of  their  father ;  and  their  faces  were  back- 
ward, and  they  saiu  not  their  father's  nakedness.  By  Shem  \< 
signified,  as  has  been  said,  the  internal  Church.     Bv  Japhetli, 

450 


CHAPTER  IX.  23.  [1083. 

the  external  Church  corresponding  to  it.  They  took  a  garment 
signifies  that  they  interpreted  it  lor  good.  And  they  both  laid  it 
upon  the  shoulder  signifies  that  they  did  this  with  alf  their  power. 
And  vjent  backicard  signifies  tliat  they  did  not  attend  to  errors 
and  perversions.  And  covered  the  nakedness  of  their  fath.er 
signifies  that  they  thus  excused  them.  And  their  faces  were 
lackward,  and  they  saw  not  their  fathers  nakedness,  sio-nifies 
that  it  ought  to  be  so  done  ;  and  that  such  things  as  errors  and 
mistakes  from  reasonings  ought  not  to  be  attended  to. 

1083.  That  by  Shcm  is  signified  the  internal  Church,  and  bv 
Japhcth  the  external  corresponding  to  it,  was  stated  above. 
Wherever  there  is  a  Church,  there  will  of  necessity  be  an  internal 
and  an  external.  For  man,  who  is  a  Church,  is  internal  and 
external.  Before  he  becomes  a  Church,  that  is,  before  he  is 
regenerated,  he  is  in  externals.  And  while  he  is  being  regener- 
ated he  is  led  from  externals;  yea,  by  means  of  externals  to 
internals,  as  has  been  said  and  shewn  before.  And  afterwards, 
when  he  is  regenerated,  all  things  that  are  of  the  internal  man 
terminate  in  externals.  Thus,  of  necessity,  every  Church  will  be 
internal  and  external.  So  it  was  with  the  Ancient, Church,  and 
so  it  is  with  the  Cliristian  Church  at  the  present  dav.  The  - 
internals  of  the  Ancient  Church  were  all  things  of  charity  and 
the  faith  therefrom,  all  humiliation,  all  adoration  of  the  Lord 
from  charity,  every  good  aftection  towards  the  neighbour,  and 
other  things  of  a  like  nature.  The  externals  of  that  Church 
were  sacrifices,  libations,  and  many  other  things,  which  all,  In- 
representation,  referred  to  the  Lord,  and  regarded  Him.  Hence 
internals  were  in  externals,  and  made  one  Churcli.  Tlic 
internals  of  the  Christian  Church  are  precisely  similar  to  the 
internals  of  the  Ancient  Church  ;  but  other  externals  have 
succeeded  ;  that  is  to  say,  in  place  of  sacrifices  and  such  tilings, 
there  are  things  symbolical ;  and  from  these,  in  like  mannci-. 
the  Lord  is  regarded.  Tims,  again,  internals  and  externals  form 
a  one.  The  Ancient  Churcli  did  not  differ  in  the  least  from  tlie  3 
Christian  Church  as  to  internals,  but  only  as  to  externals.  The 
worship  of  the  Lord  from  charity  can  never  differ,  however 
externals  may  be  changed.  As  has  been  said,  the  Churcli  caiin.it 
exist  unless  there  be  an  internal  and  an  external.  The  inleinal, 
by  itself,  would  be  something  undefined,  unless  it  terminatcil 
in  some  external.  In  fact, man  is  such — and  this  applies  to  thr 
greater  part  of  mankind — that  he  does  not  know  what  the  in- 
ternal man  is,and  what  is  of  the  internal  man.  AVliereforo.uiilcs.s 
there  were  external  worship,  he  would  know  nothing  whatever 
of  what  is  holy.  AVhen  such  men  have  charity,  and  a  fon.M-ience  4 
therefrom,  they  have  internal  worship  with  them  in  the  ex- 
ternal. For  the  Lord  operates  with  them  in  charity,  and  in 
conscience  ;  and  causes  all  their  worship  to  partake  of  what  is 
internal.     It  is  otherwise  with  those  who  have  not  charitv.aiid 

451 


1084,  1085.]  GENESIS. 

consequently  a  conscience.  They  may  have  worship  in  externals, 
but  it  is  separated  from  internal  [worship],  as  their  faith  is  separ- 
ated from  charity.  Such  worship  is  called  Canaan ;  and  such 
faith  is  called  Ham.  And  because  such  worship  comes  from 
faith  separated,  therefore  Ham  is  called  the  father  of  Canaan. 

1084  That  tlicy  took  a  garment  signifies  that  they  interpreted 
it  for  good,  appears  from  what  has  been  already  said.  To 
take  a  garment  and  cover  the  nakedness  of  any  one,  can  have 
no  other  signification,  when  being  uncovered  and  nakedness 
signify  errors  and  perversions. 

1085.  That  they  laid  it  upon  the  shoulder  signifies  that  they 
did  this  with  all  their  power — namely,  interpreted  for  good  and 
excused  it — appears  from  the  signification  of  the  shoulder,  which 
is  all  power.  That  the  hand,  in  the  Word,  signifies  power,  was 
shewn  above.  The  arm  signifies  still  greater  power ;  and  the 
shoulder  all  power.  As  may  be  seen  from  the  following  passages 
in  the  Word  :  "  Ye  have  thrust  with  side  and  with  shoulder,  and 
have  pushed  all  the  diseased  with  your  horns  till  ye  have  scat- 
tered them  abroad "  (Ezek.  xxxiv.  21).  With  side  and  with 
shoulder  here  denote  all  the  soul  and  all  the  power  ;  and  to  push 

2  with  horns  denotes  all  the  strength.  Again,  in  the  same  pro- 
phet :  "  And  all  the  inhabitants  of  Egypt  shall  know  that  1  am 
Jehovah,  because  they  have  been  a  staff  of  reed  to  the  house  of 
Israel.  When  they  took  hold  of  thee  by  the  palm  of  the  hand, 
thou  didst  break  and  rend  all  their  shoulder  "  (xxix.  6,  7).  This 
is  said  of  those  who  wish  to  search  out  spiritual  truths  by  means 
of  scientifics.  The  staff  of  reed  denotes  such  power ;  to  take 
hold  of  the  hand,  is  to  confide  therein ;  and  to  rend  all  their 
shoulder,  is  to  deprive  of  all  power,  so  that  they  know  nothing.    In 

3  Zephaniah  :  "That  they  all  may  call  upon  the  name  of  Jehovah, 
to  serve  Him  witli  one  shoulder  "  (iii.  9) ;  meaning  with  one 
soul,  and  thus  witli  one  power.  In  Zechariah  :  "  They  refused 
to  hearken,  and  gave  a  refractory  shoidder"  (vii.  11);  denoting 
that  they  resisted  with  all  their  power.  In  Isaiah  :  "  They  go 
to  the  goldsmith,  who  maketh  gold  and  silver  into  a  god :  they 
adore,  yea,  they  worship ;  they  bear  it  upon  the  shoidder,  they 
carry  it "  (xlvi.  6,  7)  ;  denoting  that  with  all  their  power  they 

4  adore  an  idol,  which  is  to  bear  upon  the  shoulder.  Again : 
"  Unto  us  a  Child  is  born,  unto  us  a  Son  is  given ;  and  the 
government  shall  be  upon  His  shoulder  ;  and  His  name  shall  be 
called  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  God,  Hero,  the  Father  of  eternity, 
the  Prince  of  peace  "  (ix.  6).  This  is  predicated  of  tlie  Lord  and 
of  His  power  and  might,  wherefore  it  is  said,  upon  His  shoulder. 
And  again :  "  The  key  of  the  house  of  David  will  I  lay  upon  His 
shoulder  ;  and  He  shall  open,  and  none  shall  shut ;  and  He  shall 
shut,  and  none  shall  open  "  (xxii.  22).  Here  likewise  the  Lord 
is  spoken  of ;  and  to  lay  the  key  of  the  house  of  David  upon  His 
shoulder  denotes  power  and  might. 

452 


CHAPTER  IX.  24.  [1086-1091. 

1086.  That  they  loent  hackioard  signifies  that  they  did  not 
attend  to  errors  and  perversions,  may  appear  from  the  significa- 
tion of  going  backward ;  which  is  to  avert  the  eyes  and  not  to 
see.  As  also  appears  from  what  follows,  where  it  is  said,  that 
they  did  not  see  the  nakedness  of  their  father.  Not  to  see,  in 
the  internal  sense,  is  not  to  attend  to. 

1087.  That,  they  covered  the  nakedness  of  their  father,  signifies 
that  they  thus  excused  them,  appears  equally  from  the  series, 
and  from  the  signification  of  nakedness,  as  denoting  perversions. 

1088.  That  their  faces  tvere  hackivard,  and  they  saiu  not  their 
father's  nakedness,  signifies  that  it  ought  to  be  so  done,  and  that 
such  things  as  errors  and  mistakes  from  reasonings  ought  not  to 
be  attended  to,  is  evident  from  the  repetition  ;  for  almost  the 
same  words  are  said  here  as  just  before.  Wherefore  at  the  same 
time,  these  words  form  also  a  conclusion.  For  such  was  this 
parent  Church,  or  the  man  of  this  Church,  that  he  did  not  do 
this  from  wickedness,  but  from  simplicity.  This  is  evident  from 
what  presently  follows,  where  it  is  said  that  Noah  awoke  from 
his  wine  ;  that  is,  that  he  was  better  instructed.  As  regards  this  - 
subject,  they  who  are  in  no  charity,  think  only  evil  of  their 
neighbour,  nor  do  they  speak  anything  but  evil ;  or  if  good,  it  is 
for  the  sake  of  themselves,  or  to  obtain  the  favour,  under  the 
appearanceof  friendship,  of  him  whom  they  flatter.  But  they  who 
are  in  charity,  think  and  speak  nothing  else  but  what  is  good  of 
their  neighbour;  and  this  not  for  their  own  sake,  or  to  gain  the 
favour  of  others  whom  they  flatter,  but  from  the  Lord  thus 
operating  in  charity.  The  former  are  like  the  evil  spirits,  and 
the  latter  like  the  angels,  who  are  attendant  upon  man.  The 
evil  spirits  excite  nothing  but  man's  evils  and  falsities,  and  con- 
demn him.  But  the  angels  excite  only  goods  and  truths  ;  and 
what  is  evil  and  false  they  excuse.  Hence  it  is  evident  that 
they  who  are  in  no  charity  are  under  the  dominion  of  the  evil 
spirits,  through  whom  man  has  communication  with  hell ;  and 
that  they  who  are  in  charity  are  governed  by  the  angels,  through 
whom  man  has  communication  with  heaven. 

1089.  Verse  24.  And  Noah  awoke  from  his  wine,  and  knew 
what  his  younger  son  had  done  unto  him.  Noah  awoke  from  his 
wine  signifies  when  he  was  better  instructed.  And  kneiv  what 
his  younger  son  had  (^o?ictmto /«'???.  signifies  that  external  worship 
separated  from  internal  is  such  that  it  derides. 

1090.  That,  Noah  aiookefrom  his  i/-mr,  signifies  when  he  was 
better  instructed,  appears  from  the  signification  of  awaking 
after  drunkenness,  since  his  drunkenness  (ver.  21)  signified 
that  he  fell  into  errors.  Wherefore,  to  awake  is  nothing  else 
but  to  arise  out  of  errors. 

1091.  That,  he  knew  what  his  younger  son  had  done  unto  him, 
signifies  that  external  worship  separated  from  internal  is  sudi 
that  it  derides.     From  the  sense  of  the  letter,  or  tlie  historical 

453 


1092,  1093.]  GENESIS. 

souse,  it  appears  as  if  Ham  were  here  meant  by  the  younger  son  ; 
but  from  the  following  verse  it  is  evident  tluit  Canaan  is  meant, 
tor  it  is  said,  "  Cursed  be  Canaan."  Also  in  the  subsequent 
verses  (vers.  26,  27),  it  is  said  that  Canaan  shall  be  a  servant. 
And  the  reason  why  nothing  is  related  of  Ham  may  be  seen  in 
the  following  verse.  It  is  only  to  be  mentioned  here  why  the 
order  is  such  that  Shem  is  spoken  of  in  the  first  place,  Ham  in 
the  second,  Japheth  in  the  third,  and  Canaan  in  the  fourth. 
Charity,  or  Shem,  is  the  lirst  principle  of  the  Church ;  faith,  or 
Ham,  is  the  second ;  worship  from  charity,  or  Japheth,  is  the 
third ;  and  worship  in  externals  without  faith  and  charity,  or 
Canaan,  is  the  fourth.  Charity  is  the  brother  of  faith,  and 
hence  also  worship  from  charity ;  but  worship  in  externals 
without  charity  is  a  servant  of  servants. 

1092.  Verse  25.  A7ul  he  said,  Cursed  he  Canaan;  a  servant 
of  servants  shall  he  he  to  Ms  hrethreii.  Cursed  he  Canaan  signi- 
fies that  external  worship  separated  from  internal  turns  itself 
away  from  the  Lord.  A  servant  of  servants  shall  he  he  to  his 
hrethren  signifies  that  it  is  the  vilest  thin^  in  the  Church. 

1093.  That,  Cursed  he  Canaan,  signifies  that  external  worship 
separated  from  internal  turns  itself  away  from  the  Lord,  appears 
from  the  signification  of  Canaan,  and  from  the  signification  of 
being  cursed.  That  Canaan  denotes  external  worship  separated 
from  internal,  appears  from  what  has  been  said  before  concerning 
Canaan ;  and  also  from  the  fact  that  he  is  called  cursed,  and 
from  the  circumstances  which  follow,  namely,  that  he  should  be 
a  servant  of  servants,  and  should  serve  both  Shem  and  Japheth. 
And  this  can  be  nothing  else  but  what  is  separated  from  the 
Church  itself ;  such  as  worship  is  when  solely  in  externals.  This 
is  evident  from  the  signification  of  being  cursed,  which  is  to  turn 
one's  self  away  from  the  Lord ;  for  the  Lord  never  curses  any  one, 
and  is  never  angry.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  man  who  curses  him- 
self, by  turning  from  the  Lord  (concerning  which,  see  what  was 
said  and  shewn  before,  at  nos.  223,  245,  592).  The  Lord  is  as  far 
from  cursing  and  being  angry  with  any  one,  as  heaven  is  from 
earth.  Who  can  believe  that  the  Lord,  who  is  omniscient  and 
omnipotent,  and  by  His  wisdom  governs  the  universe,  and  thus 
is  infinitely  above  all  infirmities,  can  be  angry  with  dust  so  miser- 
able ;  that  is,  with  men,  who  scarcely  know  anything  that  they 
do,  and  can  do  nothing  of  themselves  but  what  is  evil  ?     It  is 

'■  therefore  not  in  the  Lord  to  be  angry,  but  to  Ije  merciful.  That 
there  are  arcana  contained  in  this  passage,  may  be  seen  even  from 
this  circumstance  alone,  that  Ham  was  not  cursed — although  it 
was  he  who  saw  his  father's  nakedness,  and  shewed  it  to  his 
brethren — hut  Canaan  his  son,  who  was  not  his  only  son,  nor  his 
first-begotten,  but  the  fourth  in  order;  as  appears  from  the 
following  chapter  (chap.  x.  6),  where  the  sons  of  Ham  are  named, 
to  wit,  Cush,  Mizraim,  Phut,  and  Canaan ;  also  that  it  w\^s  of 
454 


CHAPTER  IX.  25.  [1094. 

the  Divine  law  that  the  son  should  not  bear  the  iui(|uity  of  tlie 
father ;  as  appears  in  Ezekiel :  "  The  soul  which  hath  sinned, 
it  shall  die.  The  son  shall  not  hear  the  iniquity  of  the  father, 
neither  shall  the  father  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  son  "  (xviii.  20 ; 
Deut.  xxiv.  16  ;  2  Kings  xiv.  6).  The  same  appears  also  from 
the  consideration,  that  the  iniquity  was  too  light — namely,  that 
of  merely  seeing  the  nakedness  of  his  father,  and  shewing  it  to 
his  brethren — for  an  entire  posterity  to  be  cursed  on  that  account. 
From  these  considerations  it  is  clear  that  arcana  are  herein 
contained.  The  reason  why  Ham  is  not  here  mentioned,  but . 
Canaan,  is,  because  Ham  signifies  faith  separated  from  charity 
in  the  spiritual  Church ;  which  cannot  be  cursed,  since  in  that 
Church  there  is  a  sacredness  in  faith,  because  it  is  the  trutli. 
And  this  truth,  although  it  is  not  faith  when  there  is  no  charity, 
still,  as  man  is  regenerated  by  means  of  the  knowledges  of  faith, 
it  may  be  adjoined  to  charity,  and  thus  in  a  certain  sense  is  a 
]>rother,  or  is  capable  of  becoming  a  brother.  Therefore  it  was 
not  Ham,  but  Canaan,  who  was  cursed.  Moreover,  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  land  of  Canaan — as  well  the  Jews  as  the  Gentiles 
there — were  such,  as  to  the  greater  part,  that  they  placed  all 
worship  in  externals.  These  are  the  arcana  herein  contained. 
And  had  there  been  no  interior  meaning,  Canaan  would  never 
have  been  substituted  instead  of  Ham.  That  external  worshi]) 
separate  from  internal  turns  itself  away  from  the  Lord,  ami 
thus  curses  itself,  is  sufficiently  evident  from  the  consideration 
that  they  who  are  in  external  worship  look  only  to  worldly, 
corporeal,  and  terrestrial  things,  thus  downwards ;  immersing 
in  them  their  mind  {animus)  and  life,  as  may  be  seen  in  what 
presently  follows. 

1094.  That,  a  servant  of  servants  shall  he  he  to  his  hretltrcn, 
signifies  that  it  is  the  vilest  thing  in  the  Church,  appears  from 
the  nature  of  external  worship  separate  from  internal.  That 
external  worship  considered  in  itself  is  nothing,  unless  there  be 
internal  worship  to  make  it  holy,  must  be  clear  to  every  one. 
What  is  external  adoration  with(nit  the  adoration  of  the  heart, 
but  a  gesture  ?  What  is  the  prayer  of  the  lips  if  the  mind  be 
not  in  it,  but  babbling  ?  And  what  is  any  work  if  there  be  not 
intention  in  it,  but  a  thing  of  nought  ?  Every  external,  tlierefure, 
is  in  itself  something  lifeless,  and  lives  solely  from  the  internal. 
The  nature  of  external  worshij)  separate  from  internal  was  ■ 
made  evident  to  me  from  many  examples  in  the  other  life.  Tht; 
witches  and  enchantresses  there  had  attended  the,  (Jliurch  and 
sacraments,  equally  with  others,  while  they  lived  in  the  worUl ; 
likewise  the  treacherous,  and  these,  indeed,  more  than  others; 
and  also  those  who  were  delighted  with  ra])ine;  and  the  avari- 
cious; and  yet  they  are  infernals,  and  bear  the  utmost  liatrcd 
to  the  Lord  and  the  neiglii)Our.  'J'lieir  internal  worship  in  tli*- 
external  had  been,  eitlier  that  they  might  be  sceji  of  Um'  world, 


1095,  1006.]  GENESIS. 

or  that  they  might  obtain  worldly,  terrestrial,  and  corporeal 
things  which  they  coveted;  or  that  they  might  deceive  under 
the  show  of  sanctity  ;  or  from  a  kind  of  habit  into  which  they  had 
been  led.  Tiiat  sucli  persons  are  most  prone  to  adore  any  god  or 
any  idol  whatever  that  favours  themselves  and  their  lusts,  is 
very  evident ;  and  especially  from  the  Jews,  who  so  often  fell  into 
idolatries  in  consequence  of  placing  worship  only  in  externals. 
The  reason  is,  because  such  worship  in  itself  is  nothing  but 
idolatrous ;  for  the  external  is  w^orshipped  by  them.  The  nations 
also  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  which  worshipped  Baal  and  other 
gods,  had  an  almost  similar  external  worship.  Eor  they  not 
only  had  temples  and  altars,  but  also  sacrifices ;  so  that  their 
external  worship  differed  little  from  that  of  the  Jews.  Only 
that  they  named  Baal,  Ashtaroth,  or  some  other  for  their  god, 
and  the  Jews  named  Jehovah — as  they  also  do  at  the  present 
day — supposing  that  the  mere  naming  of  Jehovah  Avould  make 
tliem  holy  and  chosen  ;  when  in  fact  this  rather  condemns  them 
l)eyond  others.  For  they  are  thus  able  to  profane  what  is  holy, 
wliich  the  Gentiles  cannot.  Such  worship  is  what  is  called 
Canaan  ;  who  is  said  to  be  a  servant  of  servants.  That  a  servant 
of  servants  is  that  which  is  vilest  in  the  Church,  may  be  seen 
in  the  following  verse. 

1095.  Verse  26.  And  he  said,  Blessed  he  Jehovah  the  God  of 
Shem ;  and  Canaan  shall  he  his  servant.  Blessed  he  Jehovah  the 
God  of  Shem  signifies  every  good  for  those  who  from  internals 
worship  the  Lord.  Shem  denotes  the  internal  Church.  And 
Canaan  shall  he  his  servant,  signifies  that  such  as  place  worship 
solely  in  externals,  are  among  those  who  are  capable  of  per- 
forming vile  services  to  the  men  of  the  Church. 

1096.  That,  Blessed  he  Jehovah  the  God  of  Shem,  signifies  every 
good  for  those  who  from  internals  worship  the  Lord,  may  appear 
from  the  signification  of  the  word  Messed.  Blessing  involves 
all  good  celestial  and  spiritual,  and  also  natural ;  and  these  are 
signified  by  blessing  in  the  internal  sense.  In  the  external  sense 
also  by  blessing  is  signified  all  worldly,  corporeal,  and  terrestrial 
good.  But  these,  if  they  are  a  blessing,  must  necessarily  be  from 
the  internal  blessing.  Eor  this  only  is  a  blessing,  because  it  is 
eternal,  is  conjoined  with  every  felicity,  and  is  the  very  being 
(esse)  of  blessings.  For,  that  wliich  is — what  else  can  it  be 
but  eternal  ?  Every  other  being  ceases  to  be.  It  was  a  solemn 
rite  with  the  ancients  to  say.  Blessed  be  Jehovah ;  by  which 
they  meant,  that  every  blessing,  that  is,  every  good,  is  from 
Him.  And  it  was  also  a  form  of  thanksgiving  for  the  Lord's 
blessing,  both  past  and  present.  As  in  David  (see  Psalm 
xxviii.'6  ;  xxxi.  21 ;  xli.  13;  Ixvi.  20;  Ixviii.  19,  35;  Ixxii.  18, 
19 ;  Ixxxix.  52 ;  cxix.  12  ;  cxxiv.  6  ;  cxxxv.  21 ;  cxliv.  1),  and 

■  also  in  other  places.     It  is  here  said.  Blessed  be  Jehovah  God, 
liecause  the  subject  treated  of  is  Shem,  or  the  internal  Church  ; 
456 


CHAPTEK  IX.  2G.  [1097. 

M'hich  Church  is  called  internal,  from  charity.  In  charity  the 
Lord  is  present,  who  is  therefore  here  called  Jehovah  God.  But 
it  is  not,  however,  so  in  the  external  Church,  in  which,  althougii 
the  Lord  is  present,  yet  still  not  as  He  is  in  the  man  of  the 
internal  Church.  For  the  man  of  the  external  Church  still 
believes  that  he  does  the  goods  of  charity  of  himself.  Where- 
fore, when  the  subject  treated  of  is  the  man  of  the  external 
Church,  then  the  Lord  is  called  God  ;  as  in  the  following  verse 
concerning  Japheth,  it  is  said,  "  God  shall  enlarge  Japheth." 
That  every  good  is  for  those  who  worship  the  Lord  from  inter- 
nals, is  evident  also  from  the  order  of  things.  For  tlie  order 
here  is  this  :  From  the  Lord  proceeds  all  that  is  celestial ;  from 
the  Celestial  all  that  is  spiritual ;  and  from  the  Spiritual  all 
that  is  natural.  This  is  the  order  of  existence  of  all  things  ; 
consequently  it  is  the  order  of  influx.  The  Celestial  is  love  to  3 
the  Lord  and  towards  the  neighbour.  Where  there  is  no  love 
the  connection  is  broken,  and  the  Lord  is  not  present.  For  He 
Hows  in  only  through  the  Celestial ;  that  is,  through  love. 
AVhen  there  is  not  the  Celestial,  then  neither  can  the  Spiritual 
be  granted;  because  all  that  is  spiritual  is  from  the  Lord, 
through  the  Celestial.  The  Spiritual  is  faith.  Tliere  can, 
therefore,  be  no  faith  except  through  charity,  or  love,  from  the 
Lord.  The  case  is  similar  with  regard  to  the  Natural.  Accord- 
ing to  the  same  order  all  goods  flow  in.  Hence  it  follows  that 
they  wdio  worship  the  Lord  from  internals,  that  is,  from  charity, 
are  in  possession  of  every  good.  But  they  who  do  notworshij) 
the  Lord  from  charity  are  not  in  possession  of  good,  but  only 
of  that  which  feigns  to  be  good,  and  in  itself  is  evil.  As  the 
delight  of  hatreds  and  adulteries  ;  which  considered  in  itself  is 
nothing  but  an  excrementitious  delight,  into  which,  moreover, 
it  is  changed  in  the  other  life. 

1097.  That,  Canaan  shall  he  his  servant,  signifies  that  such 
as  place  worship  solely  in  externals,  are  among  those  who  arc 
capable  of  performing  vile  services  to  the  men  of  the  Church, 
may  appear  especially  from  the  representatives  in  the  .Jewish 
Church.  In  the  Jewish  Church  the  internal  Cinirch  was 
represented  by  Judah  and  Israel ;  by  Judah  the  celestial  Church, 
by  Israel  the  spiritual  Church,  and  by  Jacob  the  external 
Church.  But  those  who  place  worshiji  solely  in  externals 
were  represented  by  the  nations  whom  they  called  strangers; 
who  were  to  be  their  servants  ;  and  were  to  ])erf()rin  menial 
services  (vilia  scrvitia)  in  the  Church.  Thus  we  read  in  Isaiiih  : 
"Strangers  shall  stand  and  feed  your  flock,  and  the  sons  of  the 
alien  shall  be  your  husbandmen  and  your  vine-dressers.  JUit  ye 
shall  be  named  the  priests  of  Jehovah  ;  they  shall  call  you  tlic 
ministers  of  our  God  ;  ye  shall  eat  the  riches  of  the  Ucidilex,  and 
in  their  glory  shall  ye  boast  yourselves  "  (Ixi.  r»,n).  Herocele.s- 
tial  men  are  called  the  priests  of  .Ielu)vah,  and  spiritual  im-n 

4r>7 


1098.]  GENESIS. 

the  ministers  of  God.    Those  who  place  worship  in  externals  are 
the  sons  of  the  alien  who  were  to  serve  in  the  fields  and  in  the 

-  vineyards.  In  the  same  prophet :  "  The  sons  of  the  stramjer  shall 
build  np  thy  walls,  and  their  kings  shall  'minister  unto  thee  " 
(L\.  10).  Here  likewise  their  services  are  mentioned.  Concern- 
ing tlie  Giheonites  it  is  said  in  Josliua  :  "  Ye  are  cursed,  and  there 
shall  none  of  you  be  freed  from  being  a  bondman,  and  hewers 
of  woods,  and  draw^ers  of  waters,  for  the  house  of  my  God. 
And  Joshua  made  them  that  day  hewers  of  woods  and  drawers 
of  waters  for  the  congregation,  especially  for  the  altar  of  Jeho- 
vah "  (ix.  23,  27).  But  who  were  represented  by  the  Gibeonites, 
inasmuch  as  a  covenant  was  made  with  them,  may  be  seen 
elsewhere.  Still  they  were  among  those  who  were  to  serve  in 
the  Church.  A  law  was  enacted  concerning  strangers,  that  if 
they  would  receive  peace,  and  open  their  gates,  they  should 
serve  as  tributaries  (Deut.  xx.  11 ;  1  Kings  ix.  21,  22).  Each 
and  every  thing  in  the  Word  which  was  written  concerning 
the  Jewish  Church  was  representative  of  the  Lord's  kingdom. 
The  Lord's  kingdom  is  sucli  that  every  one,  whoever  and  what- 
ever he  may  be,  must  perform  a  use.  There  is  nothing  but 
use  which  is  regarded  by  the  Lord  in  His  kingdom.  Even  the 
infernals  are  obliged  to  perform  a  use ;  but  the  uses  which  they 
perform  are  of  the  lowest  kind.  Among  those  who  perform  vile 
use  in  the  other  life  are  such  as  have  been  only  in  external 

3  worship,  separate  from  internal.  But  the  representatives  in  the 
Jewish  Church  were  such  that  the  mind  should  reflect  not  at  all 
upon  the  person  representing,  but  upon  the  thing  represented. 
As  the  Jews,  who  were  anything  but  celestial  men,  and  yet 
represented  them ;  so  Israel  was  anything  but  a  spiritual  man, 
and  yet  represented  him.  The  same  is  true  of  Jacob  and 
others.  Thus  it  was  also  with  their  kings  and  priests ;  and 
yet  they  represented  the  royalty  and  holiness  of  the  Lord.  This 
more  evidently  appears  from  the  consideration,  that  inanimate 
tilings  also  were  representatives ;  as  the  garments  of  Aaron, 
the  altar  itself,  the  tables  whereupon  the  bread  was  placed,  the 
lamps,  the  bread  and  wine,  and  also  oxen,  heifers,  goats,  sheep, 
kids,  lambs,  pigeons,  and  turtle-doves.  And  since  the  children 
of  Judah  and  Israel  only  represented  the  internal  and  external 
worship  of  the  Lord's  Church,  and  yet  more  than  all  others 
placed  worship  solely  in  externals,  therefore  they,  more  than  all 
others,  are  those  who,  according  to  his  signification  here,  may 
Ije  called  Canaan. 

1098.  That  it  may  be  known  what  is  meant  by  Shem,  and 
what  by  Japheth  ;  that  is,  who  is  the  man  of  the  internal  Church, 
and  who  the  man  of  the  external,  and  thence  what  is  meant 
by  Canaan;  the  following  remarks  are  subjoined.  The  man 
of  the  internal  Church  attributes  to  the  Lord  all  the  good  that 
he  does,  and  all  the  truth  that  he  thinks ;  but  the  man  of  the 
458 


CHAPTER  IX.  27.  [1099,  1100. 

external  Church  is  ignorant  of  this,  and  yet  he  does  good. 
The  man  of  the  internal  Church  makes  the  worship  of  the 
Lord  from  charity,  and  indeed  internal  worship,  essential ;  and 
external  worship  not  so  essential.  The  man  of  the  external 
Church  makes  external  worship  essential,  and  does  not  know 
what  internal  worship  is,  although  he  has  this  worship.  The 
man  of  the  internal  Church  therefore  believes  tliat  he  acts 
against  conscience  if  he  does  not  worship  the  Lord  from  the 
internal ;  but  the  man  of  the  external  Church  believes  that  he 
acts  against  conscience  if  lie  does  not  religiously  observe  ex- 
ternal rites.  There  are  many  things  in  the  conscience  of  the 
man  of  the  internal  Church,  because  he  knows  nuuiy  things 
from  the  internal  sense  of  the  Word  ;  but  there  are  fewer 
things  in  the  conscience  of  the  man  of  the  external  Church, 
because  he  knows  few  things  from  the  internal  sense  of  the 
Word.  It  is  the  former,  or  the  man  of  the  internal  Church, 
who  is  called  Shem ;  and  it  is  the  latter,  or  the  man  of  the 
external  Church,  who  is  called  Japheth.  But  he  who  phices 
worship  solely  in  externals,  and  has  no  charity,  and  conse- 
quently no  conscience,  is  called  Canaan. 

1099.  Verse  27.  God  shall  enlarge  Japlietli,  and  lie  shall 
dtvell  in  the  tents  of  Shcrii ;  and  Canaan  shall  he  his  servant. 
Japheth  signifies,  as  before,  the  corresponding  external  Church. 
God  shall  enlarge  Japheth  signifies  his  enlightenment.  And  he 
shall  dwell  in  the  tents  of  Shem  signifies  in  order  that  the 
internals  of  worship  may  be  in  the  externals,  ^ind  Canaan 
shall  he  his  servant  signifies  here,  as  before,  that  those  who 
place  w^orship  solely  in  externals  are  able  to  perform  menial 
services. 

1100.  That  Japheth  signifies  the  corresponding  external 
Church,  has  been  explained  before ;  and  also  what  is  meant  by 
the  external  Church,  namely,  that  it  is  external  worship  ;  thus, 
<jf  those  who  do  not  know  what  the  internal  man  is,  and  what 
is  of  the  internal  man,  and  yet  live  in  charity.  The  Lord  is 
present  alike  with  them.  For  the  Lord  operates,  wherever 
charity  is,  by  means  of  it.  The  case  witli  them  is  as  with 
little  children,  who  do  not  know  what  charity  is,  and  still  less 
what  faith  is.  And  yet  the  Lord  is  much  more  nearly  present 
with  them  than  with  adults;  especially  when  children  live  in 
mutual  charity.  So  with  the  simple,  in  whom  there  is  inno- 
cence, charity,  and  mercy.  It  avails  nothing  that  a  man  knows 
many  things,  if  he  does  not  live  according  to  what  he  knows. 
For  knowledge  has  no  other  end  than  that  a  man  may  thereby 
become  good.  And  when  he  has  become  good  he  is  in  ])os- 
session  of  a  far  richer  treasure  than  he  who  knows  innumeralthi 
things,  and  yet  is  Jiot  good.  For  what  the  latter  seeks  l)y  much 
knowledge,  the  former  already  possesses,  lint  it  is  otlierwi.sc; 
with  him  who  knows  many  truths  and  goods,  and  at  the  sanif 

40'J 


1101,1102.]  GENESIS. 

time  has  charity  and  conscience,  and  is  a  man  of  the  in- 
ternal Church,  or  Shem.  Those  who  know  little  and  have 
conscience,  are  enlightened  in  the  other  life,  even  so  that 
they  become  angels  ;  and  their  wisdom  and  intelligence  are 
then  inexpressible.  These  are  they  who  are  signified  by 
Japhcth. 

1101.  That,  God  shall  enlarge  Japheth,  signifies  his  en- 
lightenment. In  the  literal  sense,  to  enlai-ge  means  to  extend 
the  boundaries ;  but  in  the  spiritual  sense,  it  signifies  to 
enlighten.  For  enlightenment  is  an  extending,  as  it  were,  of 
the  boundaries  of  wisdom  and  intelligence.  Thus  it  is  written 
in  Isaiah  :  "  Enlarge  the  place  of  thy  tent,  and  let  them  stretch 
forth  the  curtains  of  thy  habitations"  (liv.  3);  denoting  en- 
lightenment in  spiritual  things.  The  man  of  the  external 
Church  is  enlarged  when  he  is  instructed  in  the  truths  and 
goods  of  faith.  And  because  he  is  in  charity,  he  is  thereby 
more  and  more  confirmed ;  and  the  more  he  is  instructed,  so 
much  the  more  the  cloud  of  his  intellectual  part,  in  w-hich  his 
charity  and  conscience  are,  is  dispersed. 

1102.  That  he  shall  d^cell  in  the  tents  of  Shem,  signifies  that 
the  internals  of  worship  may  be  in  its  externals,  appears  from 
all  that  has  been  said  before  concerning  Shem ;  namely,  that 
Shem  is  the  internal  Church,  or  internal  worship,  and  that 
external  worship  is  nothing  else  but  a  something  inanimate  or 
defiled,  unless  there  be  internal  worship,  which  may  vivify  and 

2  sanctify  it.  That  tents  signify  nothing  but  the  holiness  of 
love  and  the  worship  therefrom,  may  be  seen  from  the  signi- 
fication of  tents,  as  given  above  (no.  414).  It  was  customary 
with  the  ancients  to  speak  of  journeying  and  dwelling  in  tents, 
by  which,  in  the  internal  sense,  holy  worship  was  signified ; 
for  the  reason  that  the  most  ancient  people  not  only  journeyed 
with  tents,  but  also  dwelt  in  tents,  and  performed  holy 
worship  therein.  Hence  also  to  journey  and  to  dwell,  in  the 
internal  sense,  signified  to  live.  That  tents  signify  holy  wor- 
ship, may  be  confirmed  by  the  following  passages  (in  addition 
to  those  which  were  adduced  at  no.  414).  In  David :  "  God 
forsook  the  habitation  of  Shiloh,  the  tent  where  He  dwelt  in 
man"  (Psalm  Ixxviii.  60).  Here  the  tent  signifies  the  same 
as  the  temple,  in  which  God  is  said  to  dwell  when  He  is  pre- 
sent with  man  in  love.  Hence  the  man  who  lived  in  sacred 
worship  was  called  by  the  ancients  a  tent,  and  afterwards  a 
temple.  In  Isaiah :  "  Enlarge  the  place  of  Thy  tent,  and  let 
them  stretch  forth  the  curtains  of  Thy  habitations"  (liv.  2); 
denoting  illustration  in  those  things  which  are  of  true  wor- 
ship. In  Jeremiah  :  "  The  whole  land  is  devastated ;  suddenly 
are  My  tents  devastated,  and  My  curtains  in  a  moment  "  (iv.  20). 
Here  it  is  very  evident  that  tents  are  not  meant,  but  holy  wor- 
ship. And  in  Zechariah :  "Jerusalem  shall  vet  dwell  under 
460 


CHAPTER  IX.  28,  29.  [1103,  1104. 

herself  even  in  Jerusalem.  Jehovah  shall  save  the  tents  of 
Judah  "  (xii.  6,  7).  Here  the  tents  of  Judah  denote  the  worship 
of  the  Lord  from  the  holiness  of  love.  From  these  con-  ; 
siderations  it  may  now  appear  what  it  is  to  dwell  in  the  tents 
of  Shem,  namely,  that  internal  worship  should  be  in  external. 
But  since  the  man  Japheth,  or  the  man  of  the  external  Church, 
does  not  so  well  know  what  internal  things  are,  it  shall  therefore 
be  briefly  explained.  When  a  man  feels  or  perceives  in  himself 
that  he  is  well-affected  towards  the  Lord,  and  that  he  is  well- 
disposed  to  his  neighbour,  and  willing  to  do  him  good  offices, 
not  for  the  sake  of  any  gain,  nor  with  a  view  to  his  own  honour  ; 
and  when  he  feels  that  he  has  compassion  for  him  who  is  in 
distress,  and  especially  for  him  who  is  in  error  as  to  the 
doctrines  of  faith,  then  he  may  know  that  he  dwells  in  the 
tents  of  Shem,  that  is,  that  he  has  in  him  internal  things 
through  w^hich  the  Lord  operates. 

1103.  That,  Canaan  shall  he  his  servant,  signifies  that  those 
who  place  worship  solely  in  externals  are  able  to  perform  menial 
services,  appears  from  what  was  said  above  in  exposition  of  the 
preceding  verses  (vers.  25,  26),  concerning  Canaan  as  a  servant. 
Such  persons,  indeed,  are  not  servants  in  the  Lord's  Church  on 
earth.  For  many,  who  occupy  exalted  stations,  and  preside 
over  others,  do  nothing  from  charity  and  conscience,  and  yet 
very  strictly  observe  the  externals  of  the  Church,  yea,  even 
condemn  others  who  do  not  observe  them.  But  such  men, 
because  they  are  in  no  charity  and  conscience,  and  place  wor- 
ship solely  in  externals,  are  servants  in  the  Lord's  kingdom, 
that  is,  in  the  other  life ;  for  there  they  are  among  the  unhappy. 
The  services  which  they  there  perform  are  vile,  and  are  so 
many  that  they  cannot  well  be  described ;  but,  by  the  Lord's 
Divine  mercy,  something  will  be  said  about  them  hereafter. 
Every  one,  in  fact,  whoever  he  may  be,  is  obliged  in  the  other 
life  to  perform  some  use.  For  a  man  is  born  for  no  other  end 
but  to  be  of  use  to  the  society  in  which  he  is,  and  to  his  neigh- 
bour, while  he  lives  in  the  world  ;  and  in  the  other  life,  tiiat 
he  may  perform  a  use  according  to  the  Lord's  good  pleasure. 
The  case  is  the  same  as  in  the  human  body.  Everything 
therein  must  perform  a  use,  even  those  things  that  in  them- 
selves are  of  small  account  {nauci),  as  the  humours,  which  are 
in  their  nature  excrementitious ;  such,  for  examjile,  are  the 
many  salival,  as  well  as  biliary,  and  other  similar  secretions, 
which  are  destined  not  only  to  be  of  service  to  the  food,  but 
also  to  separate  wliat  is  excrementitious,  and  ])urge  tlie  intes- 
tines. Such  uses  are  also  similar  to  that  of  lilth  and  manure 
in  fields  and  vineyards ;  and  so  on. 

1104.  Verses  28,  29.  And  Noah  lived  after  the  flood  three 
hundred  years  and  fifty  years.  And  all  the  days  of  Noah  were 
nine  hundred  years  and  fifty  years,  and  he  died.     These  wonls 

401 


110."   1109.]  GENESIS. 

signify  the  duration  of  the  first  Ancient  Church ;  and  at  the 
same  time  its  state. 

1105.  That  these  things  are  signified  is  sufficiently  evident 
from  what  has  been  said  before  respecting  numbers  and  years 
(as  may  be  seen  in  nos.  482,  487,  488,  493,  575,  647,  648). 


VASTATIONS. 

1106.  There  arc  many  persons  who,  during  their  abode  in 
the  world,  through  simplicity  and  ignorance,  have  imbibed  falsities 
as  to  faith,  and  have  formed  a  certain  kind  of  conscience  according 
to  the  principles  of  their  faith,  and  who  have  not,  like  others,  lived 
in  hatred,  revenge,  and  adultery.  These  in  the  other  life,  so  long 
as  they  are  in  falsity,  cannot  be  introduced  into  the  heavenly 
societies,  inasmuch  as  these  societies  toonld,  thus  be  contaminated. 
They  are  therefore  kept  for  some  time  in  the  lower*  earth,  in 
order  that  they  may  pid  off  their  false  principles.  The  periods 
for  v-'hich  they  remain  there  are  longer  or  shorter  according  to  the 

nature  of  the  falsity ,  the  life  thence  contracted,  and  the  principles 
I'-hich  they  have  confirmed  in  themselves.  Some  who  are  there 
■suffer  severely,  others  not  severely.  These  states  are  what  are 
called  vastcdions,  which  are  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Word. 
When  the  time  of  vastcdion  is  over,  they  are  taken  up  into  heaven, 
and,  as  new-comers,  are  instructed  in  the  truths  of  faith  ;  and 
this  by  the  angels  by  whom  they  are  received. 

1107.  There  are  some  who  desire,  with  cheerfulness,  to  be  vas- 
tated,  and  thus  to  put  off  the  false  principles  lohich  they  had 
brought  with  them  from  the  world.  But  no  one  can  p)id  off  false 
'principles  in  the  other  life,  except  through  the  process  of  time, 
and  by  the  use  of  the  means  provided  by  the  Lord.  JVJiile 
they  remain  in  the  lower  earth  they  are  kept  by  the  Lord  in  the 
liope  of  deliverance,  and  in  thought  about  the  proposed  end  ;  which 
is  that  they  may  be  amended,  and  prepared  to  be  received  into 
jicarcnly  hapjnness. 

1108.  Some  arc  kept  in  a  state  intermediate  between  wakcfid- 
ness  and  sleep,  and  think  very  little.  Only,  at  times,  they  arc 
aroused,  as  it  were,  and  reminded  of  the  things  which  they  had 
til  ought  and  done  in  the  life  of  the  body,  and  then  relapse  again 
iido  the  intermediate  state  between  wakefidness  and  sleep  ;  and, 
thus  they  are  vastated.  They  are  under  the  left  foot,  a  little  in 
front. 

1109.  They  who  have  cdtogether  confirmed  themselves  in  false 
'principles  are  reduced  to  a  state  of  complete  ignorance  ;  and  then 

*  See  references  to  it  in  the  Apoc.  vi.  9  ;  vii.  1  ;  x.  5  ;  xiii.  11,  and  elsewhere. 
— Eo. 

462 


CHAPTER  IX.  [1110-1113. 

they  arc  in  such  ohscurity  and  confusion,  that  if  they  only  think 
of  the  things  in  vjhich  they  have  confirmed  themselves  they  are 
seized  with  inward  pain.  But  after  the  time  of  vastation  is 
accomplished,  they  are,  as  it  were,  created  anew,  and  are  imbued 
with  the  truths  of  faith. 

1110.  They  who  have  placed  righteousness  and  merit  in  good 
irorks,  and  thus  have  attributed  the  virtue  of  salvation  to  them- 
selves instead  of  to  the  Lord  and  to  His  righteousness  and  merit, 
and  have  confirmed  themselves  in  this  error  by  thought  and  life, 
have  their  false  principles  changed  into  such  fantasies  in  the 
other  life  that  they  seem  to  themselves  to  be  cutting  wood ;  so  if 
tictually  ap-pears  to  them.  I  have  conversed  vnth  them.  When 
they  are  at  their  labour,  and.  are  ashed  whether  they  are  not 
fatigued,  they  reply  that  they  have  not  yet  done  work  enough  to 

merit  heaven.  It  appears  while  they  are  cutting  wood  as  if  some- 
thing of  the  Lord  were  under  the  wood,  so  that  the  v:ood  is  merit. 
The  more  of  the  Jjord  there  seems  to  be  in  the  wood,  the  longer  do 
they  remain  in  such  a  state ;  htt  when  this  begins  to  disappiear, 
they  draw  near  to  the  end  of  their  vastation.  At  length  they 
become  of  such  a  character  that  tliey  cdso  can  be  admitted  into 
good  societies;  but  still  they  fluctuate  for  a  long  time  between 
truth  and  falsify.  Because  they  have  led  a  pious  life  the  Jjord 
takes  much  care  of  them,  and  from  time  to  time  sends  angels  to 
them.  These  are  they  who  were  represented  in  the  Jeivish  Church 
by  hevjcrs  of  wood  (Josh.  ix.  23,  27). 

1111.  They  who  have  lived  a  good  civil  and  moral  life,  but 
have  persuaded  themselves  that  they  might  merit  heaven  by  their 
ivorks ;  and  have  thought  it  enough  to  acknovdedgc  the  only  God, 
the  Creator  of  the  universe,  their  fedsc  principles  are  changed,  in 
the  other  life,  into  such  fantasies  that  they  seem  to  themselves  to  be 
cutting  grass,  and  are  called  sawers  (serratorcs)  of  grass.  They 
are  cold;  and  by  this  satving  try  to  make  themselves  warm. 
Sometimes  they  go  about,  and  inquire  among  those  whom  they 
meet  whether  they  will  give  them  any  heat.  And  the  spirits  are 
also  able  to  do  this.  But  the  heat  ivhich  they  receive  does  them  no 
good,  because  it  is  external,  and  they  ivant  internal  heat.  Where- 
fore they  return  to  their  sawing,  and  thus  acquire  warmth  by 
labour.  I  have  felt  their  cold.  They  are  cdways  hojnug  that 
they  may  be  taken  up  into  heaven.  Sometima  they  consult  how 
they  may  by  their  own  power  introduce  themselres  there.  These, 
because  they  have  performed  good  works,  are  among  those  who  are 
vastated  ;  and  at  length,  when  the  time  is  fulfilled,  they  are  in- 
troduced into  good  societies  and  are  instructed. 

1112.  They,  hoiuevcr,  who  have  been  in  the  goods  and  truths  of 
faith,  and  have  thereby  acquired  a  conscience  and  life  of  charity, 
are  elevated  by  the  Tjord  into  heaven  immediately  after  death. 

1113.  There  are  young  girls  who  have  been  enticed  to  pr oaf i- 
tu.tion,  and  thus  persuaded  tliat  there  was  no  eril  in  it,  who,  by 

4G3 


llir;.]  GENESIS. 

natural  disposition,  ivcre  in  other  respects  well-disposed.  These, 
since  they  had  not  yd  attcdned  to  an  o.ge  at  ivhich  they  could  knoiv 
and  judge  concerning  such  a  life,  have  a  certain  instructor  placed 
with  thcni  of  exceeding  strictness,  who  chastises  them  wlienever 
in  thought  they  break  out  into  such  vjantonness.  They  are  in  the 
greatest  dread  of  him;  and  thus  they  are  vastated.  But  adidt 
women  who  have  been  prostitutes,  ami  have  enticed  others,  do  not 
undergo  vastation,  but  are  in  hell. 


y 


MORRISON    AND  GIBB.    PRINTERS.    EDINBURGH. 


im\m.:..~:  r   'LAUFORNIA 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


PSD  2343    9/77 


%       A>clOSANCElfx 

T"        O 

)  -n         t-> 


,.v  -'/^a.. 


3  1158  00401    040C 


ju- 


) 


uc 


SOUTHERN?EG,O^I^LL^;;J|||. 


AA    001099  307   9 


i\^ 


J.OS-AK'CHf;.